Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia"

See other formats 


rye 8 


ry | i 


? 
INNG 
/ 


PROCEEDINGS: 


OF THE 


Academy of Natural Sciences 


OF 
PERLE ES ap HVA 


VOLUME LVIII 
1906 . \\ 4 A 
eee! ev 
ee 
ne | 


PHILADELPHIA : 
THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES 


LOGAN SQUARE 


1906-1907 


THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 
FEBRUARY 23, 19Q7. 


I hereby certify that printed copies of the Procrnpines for 1906 have heen 
mailed as follows :— 


Piaires (ela 132 ace esqeessctesessieoe cscs seeavddeceaarnaeatmennscss mailed May 18, 1906. 
S «May 19, 1906. 
« o> May. 29, 1906. 
co Afiebees 20, 1906. 
oy « dJuly 24, 1906. 
SEES Oi O92 seen eae cles ce she sets totes sae weeeena antics ‘August 21, 1906. 


*e  293-356 «« September 25, 1906. 
ec 357-420 ‘October 19, 1906. 
CAD ADB ora connate vaesienan s'vceeles Ona cebaste soacameunieences *“. November 6, 1906. 
“429-460 ‘January 7, 1907. 
: «January 16, 1907. 
‘« February 19, 1907. 

March 8, 1907. 


EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D., 
Recording Secretary. 


PUBLICATION COMMITTEE: 


Henry SKINNER, M.D., Puitie P. Canvert, Ph.D., 
Henry A. Pitspry, Se.D., WITMER STONE, 


Epwarp J. Noran, M.D. 
The President, SamurL G. Dixon, M.D., ex-officio. 
EDITOR: Epwarp J. Nouan, M.D. 


E CONTENTS. 


For Announcements, Reports, etc., see General Index. 


Banks, NarHan. New Oribatide from the United States 
(Plates XIV-XVIID), 
Bratcuiey, W.S. On Some Reptilian Beeake ee om Tie 
Brown, Stewarpson. Botanizing in the Canadian Rockies, 
CHAMBERLAIN, RatpH V. A New Lithobius from Colorado, 
Fowier, Henry W. Some Cold-blooded Vertebrates of the 
Florida Keys (Plates III and IV), ; 
Further Knowledge of Some Heterognathous Fishes, Part I, 
Note on the Dusky Salamander (Plate XIIT), 
Description of Two New Species of Centropomus, , 
Further Knowledge of Some Heterognathous Fishes, Part Ul, 
Some New and Little-known Percoid Fishes, 
McInpoo, N. E. On Some Fishes of Western Cuba, . : 
Moorn, J. Percy. Additional New Species of Polycheta from 
the North Pacific (Plates X, XI, XII), 
Descriptions of Two New Polychxta from Mexico, } 
Descriptions of New Species of Polychzeta from the Sonik 
eastern Coast of Massachusetts (Plate XIX), . 
OBERHOLSER, Harry C. A Monograph of the Genus Collocalia, 
Pitspry, Henry A. Description of a New Australian Glycymeris, 
Pinspry, Henry A., and C. M. Cooxr, Jk. On Hawaiian Species 
of Sphyradium, ‘ og en 
Pruspry, Henry A., and J. H. Bree! Mollusea of the South- 
western States, II (Plates V-IX), 
Mollusea of the Ozarkian Fauna (elntes XX, XXI, XXID, 
Rerun, JAMES A. G. Studies in South and Central American 
Acridine (Orthoptera), with the Descriptions of a New 
Genus and Six New Species, 
Records and Descriptions of Non- Saltator ial Gatenien 
from British Guiana, 
Descriptions of Five New Species of Orlentee a = om Towne 


PAGE 


lv CONTENTS. 


Rean, James A. G., and Morcan Hesarp. A Contribution to 
the Knowledge of the Orthoptera of Montana, Yellow- 
stone Park, Utah and Colorado, 

SuirH, Burnett, Ph.D. Phylogeny of the Races of V alutilithes 
petrosus (Plate IT), . ee sc SS es 

Srevens, N. M., and A. M. Bortne. Planaria Morgani n. sp. 
(Plate I), eee. so es ee 

Vaux, GeorGH, JR., and WitiiAM §., Jr. Observations on 
Glaciers in Alberta and British Columbia (Plates X XIII 
et seq.), are et een ee 

Warts, Harvey M. Weather Predictions, 


PAGE 


~J 


568 
430, 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES 


OF 


PHILADELPHIA. 
1906. 


JANUARY 2. 
Mr. ARTHUR ERwIN Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Thirty-four persons present. 


The Council reported that the following Standing Committees had 
been appointed to serve during the ensuing year: 


Finance.—John Cadwalader, Edwin 8. Dixon, Effingham B. Morris, 
Horatio C. Wood, M.D., and George Vaux, Jr., Treasurer. 


Pusiications.—Henry Skinner, M.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, D.Sc., 
Witmer Stone, Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., and Edward J. Nolan, M.D. 


Lirprary.—Dr. C. Newlin Peirce, Thomas A. Robinson, Thomas 
Biddle, Jr., M.D., Benjamin Sharp, M.D., and George Vaux, Jr. 


Instruction.—Benjamin Smith Lyman, Henry A. Pilsbry, D.Sc., 
Charles Morris, Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., and Dr. C. Newlin Peirce. 


CoMMITTEE OF CouNcIL oN By-LAaws.—Arthur Erwin Brown, 
Thomas H. Fenton, M.D., John Cadwalader and Charles B. Pen- 
rose, M.D. 


nN 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., 


The Chair announced the deaths of the following :— 

Charles T. Yerkes, a member, December 29, 1905. 

George Bowdler Buckton, a correspondent, September 25, 1905. 
J. B. Ellis, a correspondent, December 30, 1905. 


Mr. Strwarpson Brown made a communication on a botanical 
trip to the Bermudas taken during the last summer. (No abstract.) 


JANUARY 16. 
Mr. ArTHUR Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. 
Thirty-four persons present. 


Dr. Sharp having taken the Chair, Mr. A. E. Brown made a commu- 
nication on theories of evolution since Darwin. (No abstract.) 


The following were elected members: 
H.S. Jennings, Robert G. LeConte, M.D., and Henry Leffman, M.D. 


The following was ordered to be printed: 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3 


A NEW LITHOBIUS FROM COLORADO. 


BY RALPH V. CHAMBERLIN. 


Lithobius harriete sp. nov- 

Diagnosis.—Angles of the 9th, 11th, and 13th dorsal plates produced ; 
articles of antenne 36; ocelli 11-12 in 3 series; prosternal teeth 2-2, 
3-3; spines of first legs beneath 1,3,1, of penult 1,3,3,1 with 2 claws, of 
anal 1,3,3,0 with 2 claws; coxal pores in 1 series, round, 4,6,6,5; length 
11.5 mm. 

Description.—Dorsum brown with a black or blackish median longi- 
tudinal stripe; head paler especially anteriorly; antennze brown or 
yellowish-brown, paler distally; legs yellow; venter yellow, darkest 
over middle portion. 

Head wider than long (85 : 78), widely truncate or slightly incurved 
behind, lateral margins moderately convex behind posterior end of 
eye patch, then converging to bases of antenne, anterior margin of 
head between antenne substraight; two furrows extending trans- 
versely between eyes concave anteriorly, the posterior one usually 
giving off two branches which converge caudally and meet in a point 
on the median line; each posterior lateral portion of head marked with 
one or several sharply impressed curved lines. 

Ocelli arranged in an oblong patch in three series ; 11 or 12 in number, 
1+4,4,2(3); single ocellus large, vertically elliptical; first eye of upper 
row larger than others excepting the single one. 

Antenne short, consisting of 36 articles of short length, the ultimate 
conical, in length about equalling the two preceding together; articles 
in specimens examined nearly glabrous, possibly due to rubbing. 

Prosternal teeth 2-2, 3-3; when 3-3 the external tooth on each side 
more widely separated from the median than the latter from the in- 
ternal. 

Angles of the 9th, 11th, and 13th dorsal plates produced; Ist and 3d 
scuta considerably sinuate posteriorly, 5th slightly so, 7th straight, 
Sth, 10th and 12th sinuate. 

0,2,2,0,0 , 1,0,3,3,1 


Spines of first legs 57379; of the penult 9°73°5+;, the claw with 1 spine; 
1,0,1,3,0 am 


of the anal ,;'°3 9, the claw with 1 spine. 


4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., 


Coxal pores in 1 series, round, 4,6,6,5. 

Gonopods of female with claw tripartite, the lobes rather short; 
basal spines 2-2, or 3-3, stout, acutely pointed above middle, the inner 
smallest. 

Length of body 11.5 mm.; width 10th plate 1.6 mm.; length of an- 
tenne 3.3 mm.; of anal legs 4 mm. 

Locality—Near Glenwood Springs, Col. 

The types consist of four adults. 


1906. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5 


FEBRuARY 6. 
Mr. ArtHuR Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. 
Fourteen persons present. 


The Publication Committee reported that papers under the follow- 
ing titles had been presented for publication: 

‘‘Mollusea of the Southwestern States, III,’’ by Henry A. Pilsbry 
(January 24). 

‘*4 New Lithobius from Canada,’’ by Ralph V. Chamberlain (Janu- 
ary 26). 

**Some Cold-blooded Vertebrates of the Florida Keys,’’ by Henry 
W. Fowler (January 29). 

‘Studies in South and Central American Acrididz (Orthoptera), 
with the descriptions of a new genus and six new species,’’ by James 
A. G. Rehn (February 2). 

‘‘Further Knowledge of some Heterognathus Fishes,’’? by Henry 
W. Fowler (February 6). 


Mr. Wirmer STonE made a communication on certain orni- 
thologists of the past, giving incidents in the lives and commenting 
on the works of Catesby, William Bartram, Barton, Wilson, Charles 
Lucien Bonaparte, Audubon, John K. Townsend, William Gamble, 
John Cassin and Samuel W. Woodhouse. (No abstract.) 


The Council reported that the President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., 
had been appointed to represent the Academy at the approaching 
celebration of the 200th anniversary of the birth of Benjamin Franklin 
by the American Philosophical Society. 


FEBRUARY 20. 
Mr. ArTHUR ERwIN Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


One hundred and six persons present. 


6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


The Publication Committee reported that a paper entitled ‘‘Planaria 
morgani n. sp.,’’ by N. M. Stevens and A. M. Boring, had been pre- 
sented for publication (February 14). 


The deaths of Charles Smith, a member, March, 1905, and of John 
C. Wilson, a member, February 19, 1906, were announced. 


Mrs. CHARLES SCHAEFFER made a communication on the caves and 
flowers of the Cougar Valley in the Selkirks. (No abstract.) 


The following were elected members: 
D. H. Tennent, R. E. B. MeKenny, and Edward S. Miles. 


The following were ordered to be printed : 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7 


PLANARIA MORGANI n. sp 
BY N. M. STEVENS AND A. M. BORING. 


Size.—Length 10-12 mm., width in the region of the pharynx 1.6 
mim., at the level of the eyes 1 mm. 

Form.—Head wedge-shaped, no auricular appendages, posterior 
end obtuse, thickness slight compared with Planaria maculata or P. 
simplicissima (Plate I, figs. 1 and 2). 

Color.—White and translucent; digestive tract often colored green, 
yellow, brown, or red by food recently ingested. 

Eyes.—Two, crescent-shaped, situated far back and near together 
(Pl. I, figs. 1-4). 

Nervous System.—Cephalic ganglia large and distinct, connected by 
a broad commissure, lateral nerve cords as in P. maculata, two promi- 
nent nerves extending forward from below the eyes (Plate I, fig. 4). 

Pharynx.—Single, much elongated, centrally located in forms with 
functional sexual organs, posterior to the center in forms which are 
reproducing asexually (Plate I, figs. 1 and 2). Digestive tract as in 
the typical triclads with little anastomosis of branches (fig. 3). 

Reproductive Organs.—Ovaries two, situated ventrally between the 
anterior axial division of the gut and its first lateral branches, some- 
times lobed, and often extending nearly to the dorsal epidermis 
(Plate I, fig. 4). Oviducts following a spiral course dorsal and slightly 
lateral to the nerve cords, back to the region of the atrial organs, 
where they converge and unite into a short common oviduct which 
enters the atrium dorsal to the opening of the uterus stalk, instead of 
entering a vagina as in P. maculata (Curtis, ’02). Spermatozoa are 
often found massed at the anterior end of the oviducts. Yolk glands 
lie between all of the main branches of the gut dorsal to the testes. 
Testes many, irregular in form and variable in size, scattered between 
the branches of the gut, for the most part ventral and median to the 
nerve cords, and extending from the region of the ovaries to the 
posterior end of the pharynx (fewer and larger than in P. maculata). 
Distinct seminal vesicles extending posteriorly from the last pair of 
testes (v.s., Plate I, figs. 5 and 6). Vasa deferentia broad, short and 


8 '" PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


only slightly coiled, entering the anterior enlargement of the lumen of 
the penis nearly at right angles. Penis short and broad, nearly filling 
the atrium (similar to that of P. maculata). Uterus large, dorsal, ex- 
tending forward nearly to the pharynx chamber; stalk of the uterus 
passing to the left side, dorsal to the vasa deferentia and oviducts, 
and entering the atrium laterally and ventral to the entrance of the 
common oviduct (Plate I, figs. 5 and 6). a 

Reproduction by Fission.—Like Planaria maculata, this species 
reproduces both sexually and asexually. Indications that fission had 
occurred were observed in May, 1901-1905. In May, 1905, while all 
the individuals in one branch of a certain stream were sexually mature 
and depositing egg-capsules, those in another branch of the same 
stream were found in all stages of fission and regeneration (Plate I, 
figs. 7-10). During the last week of May and first week of June a few 
individuals showed regenerating atrial organs. The same difference, 
as to sexual maturity and fission, was observed in collections from the 
two branches of the stream in October, and at the date of writing 
(February 7th) there are no sexually mature worms among the thirty 
to forty specimens which were reproducing by fission when brought 
into the laboratory in October. About half of the number have 
divided in the aquarium. Fission occurs at a point nearer the pharynx 
than in P. maculata (fig. 7). 

Regeneration.—Both anterior and posterior regeneration at all levels 
proceeds much as in P. simplicissima, but both regeneration and form 
regulation are more rapid. 

Habitat.—Planaria morgani is found on the under side of stones and 
dead leaves in asmall stream, one branch of which flows through the 
Bryn Mawr College campus. The authors have not found it elsewhere. 


EXPLANATION OF PuaTeE I. 


Fig. 1. Freehand sketch of living planarian, magnified five times. Atrial 


organs present (a). Limits of the digestive tract indicated by dotted out- 
line. 


Fig. 2. Same of an individual without atrial organs. 


Fig. 3. Camera drawing of whole mount, showing pharynx and branches of the 
digestive tract. Magnification 10 diameters. 


Fig. 4. Reconstruction from camera drawings of frontal sections, showing 


cerebral ganglia, lateral nerve cords, cephalic nerves, eyes, and ovaries. 
Mag. 35 d. 


Fig. 5. Reconstruction of reproductive system from a series of frontal sections, 
dorsal aspect. p.=pharynx. ¢.=testis. od.=oviduct. v.s.=vesicula 
seminalis. w.=uterus. p.l.=penis lumen. pe.=penis. a.=atrium. C.0. 
=common oviduct. r.=reproductive pore. u.s.=uterus stalk. Mag. 10 d. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 9 


Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 


Fig. 


6. Similar reconstruction from sagittal sections. Left-hand aspect. Ovi- 
duct and vas deferens of right side omitted. Lettering as above. Mag. 10 d. 


7. Freehand sketch of the anterior piece of a living specimen soon after 
fission. Mag. 5d. 


8. Similar drawing from a larger anterior piece several days after fission, 
showing considerable regeneration. 


9. Posterior piece soon after fission, showing the two separate branches 
of the digestive tract. Mag. 10 d. 


10. Similar posterior piece after several days’ regeneration (probably about 
a week). Branches of digestive tract united and new pharynx and eyes 
formed. Mag. 10 d. 


10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


STUDIES IN SOUTH AND CENTRAL AMERICAN ACRIDINE (ORTHOPTERA), 
WITH THE DESCRIPTIONS OF A NEW GENUS AND SIX NEW SPECIES. 


BY JAMES A. G. REHN. 


The subfamily treated in the following pages is usually termed the 
Truxaline, but the resurrection of the Old World Linnzan genus 
Acrida necessitates the use of the name Acridine. 

Of this subfamily by far the majority of the South and Central 
American genera have been studied in this connection and numerous 
opinions and conclusions regarding their relationship are given in the 
following pages, while several genera, or subgenera, have been con- 
sidered untenable and one new one proposed. The consideration of 
several wrongly identified or overlooked species caused a shifting of 
generic names, which necessitated in one case a new generic name. 

Twenty-two genera have been considered in more or less detail, and 
sixty-three species, of which six are new, have been examined. The 
material examined numbered six hundred and twenty specimens, of 
which two hundred and sixty-seven were from the Academy Collection, 
three hundred and twenty-eight from the Hebard Collection, and 
twenty-five from various sources. 

I wish to express my thanks to Mr. Hebard for the privilege of 
examining the material from his collection. 


HYALOPTERYGES. 


HYALOPTERYX Charpentier. 
1845. Hyalopteryx Charpentier, Orthopt. Deser. et Depict., tab. 46. 

Type.—H. rufipennis Charpentier. 

From its closest allies Hyalopteryx can be separated as follows: 
from Radinotatum by the presence of well developed tegmina and wings, 
the caudal expansion of the pronotum and the much shorter rostrum 
and less produced head; from Achwrum by the more robust form, 
the caudal expansion of the pronotum (more or less pronounced ac- 
cording to the sex), the much broader tegmina and wings as well as the 
shorter, blunter rostrum and less produced head; from Eutryxalis in 
the longer, slender limbs, the somewhat broader tegmina, the shorter 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11 


rostrum, and the more fenestrate wings of the male; from 7Truralis in 
the longer, more produced rostrum, the more angulate caudal 
margin of the pronotum, the slender caudal limbs and the broader, 
less subequal tegmina; from Orphula in the characters which 
separate it from T’ruxalis. The genus Hyalopteryx appears to con- 
nect two extremes of the series, one extreme represented by Radi- 
notatum, a quite peculiar type, and Achwrwm, and the other by Truxalis 
and Orphula, Eutryxalis apparently sharing the intermediate position, 
but really being closer to Truwxalis. The sequence of genera which 
appears most natural in the Hyalopteryges is: 

Radinotatum McNeill. 

Achurwm Saussure. 

Hyalopteryx Charpentier. 

Eutryxalis Bruner. 

Truxalis Fabricius. 

Orphula Stal. 


Hyalopteryx rufipennis Charpentier. 
1845. Hyalopteryx rufipennis Charpentier, Orthopt. Deser. et Depict., 
tab. 46. [Brazil.] 

Sapucay, Paraguay. December 13, 16, 19, 1904. March 7, 1902. 
February 13 and 15, March 6,7 and 9, 1905. (Foster, Hebard Coll.) 
Eleven oc", eleven 2 2. 

These specimens appear from Charpentier’s description and figure 
to be the same form as he called rwfipennis. The description particu- 
larly mentions the distinct lines on the metazona, and states that the 
lateral carins are similar to the median, which would hardly have 
been said if the metazona was irregularly lineato-rugose and the lateral 
carine faint and strongly expanded on the metazona, as in the new 
species here described as H. asinus. Of the caudal femora he says: 
**Die Hinterschenkel . . . . oben eine fein erhabene Linie, die vorn 
am Knie in eine ganz kleine Spitze ausgeht, woselbst seitwarts zwey 
weit gréssere hervorragen, wie Stacheln.’’ From this and the com- 
parative proportions of the structures mentioned above and the sub- 
genital plate as figured in his plate it is very evident that the Sapucay 
specimens are either Charpentier’s rufipennis or a very closely related 
new species. Burr’s H. exaggerata,' the only other previously de- 
scribed species, possesses elongated genicular structures as in my new 
asinus. 

The series examined is quite uniform, a little variation in size being 


1 Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1902, pt. II, p. 183. [Chiquitos, Bolivia.] 


2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


noticed and a little in the intensity of fine blackish maculations on 
the dorsum, a few specimens being almost free from the latter while 
others have a ‘‘salt and pepper’’ effect. 


Hyalopteryx asinus n. sp. 

Types: co’ and 2; Sao Paulo, Sio Paulo (o'), Jundiahy, Sao Paulo 
(2), Brazil. September 14, 1900 (<'), February 24, 1899(2). (Hem- 
pel [@], Schrottky [2].) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.] 

Allied to H. rufipennis Charpentier, but differing in the larger size 
and slenderer limbs in both sexes, and in the male in the bullate meta- 
zona, the broader, more acute tegmina, the elongate internal genic- 
ular processes of the caudal femora and the extremely elongate sub- 


genital plate. The Bolivian H. exaggerata Burr is a close ally as 


Fig. 1.—Hyalopteryx asinus n. sp. Lateral view of male type. (x 2.) 


shown by the genicular structures mentioned in the brief original 
description, but it can be separated by the yellow anal field of the 
wings and by inference by other characters, as the author says: ‘‘In 
venation and structure, this form resembles H. rufipennis.’’ 

Size rather large ; form elongate, very distinctly compressed, greatly so 
in the male; surface rugulose and covered with scattered whitish hairs, 
both the character of the surface and the hairs being much more pro- 
nounced in the male than the female. Head about equal to the pro- 
notum in length in the male, distinctly shorter in the female, the 
occiput much more ascendent in the male than in the female; fastigium 
projecting beyond the eyes a distance equal to the width at the cephalic 
margin of the eyes, lateral margins parallel in the male, slightly con- 
verging in the female, the apex with a rounded angle, lateral sections 
more distinetly depressed and the short medial carina more apparent 
in the female than in the male; face very strongly retreating in the 
male, slightly less in the female; frontal costa narrow, moderately 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 


excavated dorsad and mesad, very strongly compressed dorsad, slightly 
broader and parallel to the ocellus, gently but regularly diverging to 
the clypeus, the margins in the male all more or less sinuate; antenne 
of the male distinctly but not greatly exceeding the head and prono- 
tum in length, strongly ensiform, depressed, greatest width not con- 
tained more than seven times in length, the proximal section slender 
and the apex acute; eyes elongate subovoid, much more acute cephalad 
in the female than in the male, the infraocular sulcus slightly greater 
than the length of the eye in both sexes. 

Pronotum of the male distinctly, but not very greatly, expanded 
and sub-bullate on the metazona, of the female with the metazona 
but very slightly broader than the prozona, the lateral carine slightly 
and regularly expanding caudad; cephalic margin subtruncate, caudal 
margin obtuse-angulate in the male, obtuse in the female but with 
the angle more acute and the side margins subemarginate; median 
carina distinct in both sexes, but apparently more prominent in the 
female than in the male; lateral carinze of the male parallel on the 
cephalic portion of the prozona and following the ‘‘shoulder’’ on the 
metazona; prozona equal to the length of the metazona in the male, 


Hyalopteryx asinus n. sp. Fig. 2—Dorsal view of head and pronotum of male 
type. Fig. 3.—Lateral view of genicular region of caudal femur of male type. 
Fig. 4.—Dorsal view of head and pronotum of female type. ( 2.) 


very slightly shorter in the female; metazona in the male with the 
dorsal rugee broken, irregular, and not strictly longitudinal, in the 
female more regular than in the male but not strongly marked; lateral 
lobes with the dorsal length very considerably greater than the depth, 
cephalic and caudal margins converging except for a short parallel 
ventral section, the ventral margin sinuate-oblique. Tegmina of the 
male broad, the greatest width about a fourth the distance from the 


14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


apex and contained slightly less than four times in the length; costal 
margin moderately arcuate, apex acute, the sutural margin straight 
with the apical fourth obtusely deflected to the apex, which consider- 
ably exceeds the tip of the subgenital plate. Tegmina of the female 
lanceolate, exceeding the tips of the caudal femora by about the length 
of the head, greatest width about a third the distance from the apex, 
which is acute; greatest width contained about six and a half times in 
the length; costal margin arcuate distad, the sutural margin straight 
for about four-fifths the length, the apical fifth obliquely deflected 
to the apex. Wing of the male very nearly two-thirds the length of 
the tegmen; costal margin strongly arcuate, the apex rectangulate; 
hyaline ulnar area with the width contained about two and a half 
times in the width of the entire wing, complete transverse veins eight 
in number. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes very distinctly 
longitudinal in the male, subquadrate in the female; interspace be- 
tween the metasternal lobes narrow, slightly longitudinal in the male, 
transverse quadrate in the female. Abdomen more distinctly com- 
pressed in the male than in the female; male subgenital plate enor- 
mously produced, compressed, the apical section needle-like, the length 
equal to that of the pronotum. 

Cephalic and median limbs slender, femora very slightly arcuate in 
the male. Caudal femora very slender and elongate, the greatest 
width in the male being about nine times in the length, about eight 
and a half in the female, exceeding the tip of the subgenital plate 
proximal portion hardly inflated, but almost regularly tapering to the 
apex, carine distinet, pattern of the pagina distinct, acute-angulate and 
but shallowly impressed, genicular lobes in both sexes produced, the 
dorsal angles of the genicular region produced into broad, somewhat 
flattened, acute-angulate processes, in the male that of the internal 
face over twice the length of the external and as long as the femoral 
depth, in the female the processes of the two sides subequal; caudal 
tibie slender, very slightly shorter than the femur, lateral margins 
with seventeen to eighteen spines in the male, nineteen in the female; 
tarsi with rather small arolia. 

General color dorsad russet sprinkled and washed with mummy 
brown, ventral color pale cinnamon. Head in the male with the cari- 
nz spotted with mummy brown and two rather faint postocular lines 
of the same color present; eyes in the male mars brown, in the female 
vandyke brown. Pronotum with a pair of irregular dark bars on the 
lateral carine. Tegmina in the male liberally sprinkled with small 
mummy brown and bistre maculations. Wings with the costal margin 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 


of the hyaline ulnar area and the cross veins of the same canary y ellow, 
the costal section of the wing wood brown clouded with vandyke 
brown; anal field proximad rather pale scarlet, distal section smoky 
hyaline, between the two a very distinct and moderately broad bar 
of hazel. Caudal limbs of the general color of the ventral surface. 


Measurements. 
of Q 
IL@negiin Gi lyoehy, 5 < o 3 6 3 o ¢ 5 wile mm. 37.5 mm. 
ene ihompronotui lees nee enc no: Us 
Length of tegmen, : Re ae a a 2 ss 34.5 “ 
Greatest width of tegmen, Pe S eles 
Length of caudal femur, 5. es Gk, alee wer naaes 18. ai 22) 


A paratypic series of three males has been examined in addition 
to the type. One is from Jundiahy (Schrottky), and the others from 
Sio Paulo (September 14, 1900; Hempel). These specimens do not 
differ appreciably except very slightly in color and in the slightly greater 
size of the Jundiahy male. 


EUTRYXALIS Bruner. 


1900. Eutryxalis Bruner, Acc. Gen. and Spec. Locusts Argent., pp. 22, 24. 
Included Metaleptea minor Bruner (not of Giglio-Tos) and Eutryxa- 
lis strigata Bruner, of which the former (=Hyalopteryx gracilis Giglio- 
Tos) is the type. 
This genus is closely related to Hyalopteryx, but differs in the char- 
acters given under that genus. 


Eutryxalis gracilis (Giglio-Tos). 

1897. H[yalopteryx] qronilis Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. ed Anat. 
Comp. Torino, XII, No. 302, p. 22. [San Lorenzo, Jujuy, Argentina ; 
Caiza, Bolivian Chaco.] 

1900. Hu{tryxalis] minor Bruner, Acc. Genera and Spec. Locusts Argent. 
p. 24. (Not Metaleptea minor Giglio-Tos.) [Argentina ; common through- 
out the provinces north of the Rio Colorado.] 

Sapucay, Paraguay. February 10-15, March 2-10, 1905. Seven 

SS, ten 9 Y. [Foster, Hebard Coll.] 

These specimens are quite uniform in size, and in color have the 
browns and greens distributed in the bicolored individuals as seen in 
Truxalis. No uniform brown specimen has been examined. 

The possession of two males and three females of this species from 
Carcarania, Argentina, received from Prof. Bruner and labelled Eutryxa- 
lis minor Giglio-Tos, enabled the author to clear up a rather unfortunate 


and complicated question of misidentification. A male and female 


16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


specimen of Metaleptea minor Giglio-Tos, received through Dr. Borelli 
(the collector of the types) from the Turin Museum, show that the 
species really is an Orphula and not closely related to Truxalis (Meta- 
leptea Bruner), while the specimens determined by Bruner really 
are Hyalopteryx gracilis, answering the description very well. The 
species is quite distinct from Hyalopteryx and well worthy of generic 
separation. 

From the known records this species appears to be distributed over 
a large area, extending from Caiza in the Bolivian Chaco to the Rio 
Colorado, and east to the Paraguay river region. 


TRUXALIS Fabricius. 
Truxalis brevicornis (Johansson). 

Bartica, British Guiana. May 25,1901. o 2. (Crew, A.N.S. P.) 
Sao Paulo, Brazil. September 7 and 14,1900. 40°o0,2 29. (Hem- 
pel, A.N.S.P.) Jundiahy, Brazil. 2. (Schrottky, A. N.S. P.) Corumba, 
Brazil (lowland). March. 5oc. (H.H.Smith, U. S.N.M.) Sa- 
pucay, Paraguay. February 10-17, March 2-21, 1905. 10 So, 17 
22. (Foster, Hebard Coll.) 

This series presents examples of all the color phases noticed in this 
widely distributed species. 

Records for this species include Buenos Ayres and San Lorenzo, 
Argentina, Villa Rica and Asuncion, Paraguay, and Caiza, Bolivia, 
as well as numerous localities north of Brazil. Bruner says it is ‘‘found 
throughout the Republic [Argentine] north of the Rio Colorado, 
especially along the eastern border.’ ”* 


ORPHULA Stal. 
1873. Orphula Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, p. 105. 
Included pagana (Stal), plebeia (Stal), imtricata Stal and punctata 
(De Geer), of which pagana has been selected as the type by Giglio-Tos.* 
Orphula pagana (Stal). 


1860. Gomphocerus (Hyalopteryx) paganus Stal, Kongliga Svenska Fregatt. 
Eugenies Resa, Zool., I, Ins., p. 339. [Rio Janeiro, Brazil.] 


Sao Paulo, Brazil. September 1 and 5,1900. 222. (Hempel, A. 
N.S. P.) Chapada, Brazil. April. 20°,1 9. (H.H.Smith, U.S. 
N. M.) Corumbd, Brazil (lowland and highland), March. 2 2 2. 
(H. H. Smith, U. S. N. M.) Sapucay, Paraguay. February 6-13, 


2 Acc. Gener. and Spec. Locusts Argent., p. 23, 1900. 
3 Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, 1X, No. 184, p. 9. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 


March 6-19, 1995. 70,10 22. (Foster, Hebard Coll.) Asun- 
Cion, Parasuaya, 2G, 2 2 2. “(AL NUS. P:) 

The specimens from Corumba are slightly larger than individuals 
of the same sex from the other localities. Considerable variation 
also exists in the form of the fastigium, the 2 from Chapada having 
it rather broad, but otherwise inseparable, while one individual from 
Sapucay has the same portion more acute than usual, in a considerable 
measure approaching O. minor. The tips of the tegmina are sharper 
and more acute in individuals from Chapada, Corumbd and Sao Paulo 
than in Asuncion specimens, but the series from Sapucay includes 
practically both extremes. Some specimens have the dorsal dark 
lines absent and the coloration but little varied. 

The species has previously been recorded from Santos, Brazil, 
Formosa and Resistencia nel Chaco, Argentina. 

Orphula minor (Giglio-Tos).* 


1897. Mf[etaleptea] minor Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. 
Torino, XII, No. 302, p. 23. [San Lorenzo, Jujuy, Argentina; Caiza and 
Aguairenda, Bolivian Chaco.] 


Caiza, Bolivia. (Borelli, A.N.S.P.) One &. 

Chaco. (Borelli, A. N.S. P.) One °. 

These authentic specimens, received from the Turin Museum, show 
that the species is a member of the genus Orphula and closely related 
to O. pagana. From the latter species it differs in the slenderer head, 
with less prominent and somewhat longer eyes, and the more acute 
fastigium. 

MERMIRIZ. 
SYRBULA Stal. 

The genus Syrbula presents two extreme types, one represented by 
admirabilis, and the other by montezuma and eslave. These extremes 
might with justice be separated, as has provisionally been done by 
the author (7.e., subgenus Herus), but for the presence of a type like 
S. acuticornis, which is clearly an annectant form. 

Syrbula montezuma (Saussure), 

The specimens from Cuernavaca, Mexico, previously recorded by 
the author as S. valida and eslave, and from La Joya, San Luis Potosi, 
Mexico, are referable to this species, which is closely related to S. 
eslave and differs chiefly in the less constricted lateral carine of the 
pronotum. 


*Bolivar’s Orphula jucunda (Actas Soc. Espaii. Hist. Nat., XXV, p. 15) from 
the Rio Atalapo is probably a member of this genus, but apparently quite dis- 
tinct from either O. pagana, with which it was originally compared, or O. minor. 


9 


~ 


18} PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


Syrbula eslave Rehn. 


1900. Syrbula eslave Rehn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XXVII, p. 90. [Es- 
lava, D. F., Mexico.] 
1900. Syrbula (Herus) valida Rehn, Ibid, p. 91. [Eslava, D. F., Mexico.] 


These two names were applied to the sexes of the same species. 


AMBLYTROPIDIZA. 
AMBLYTROPIDIA Stal. 


Amblytropidia ferruginosa Stal. 


1873. Al[mblytropidia] ferruginosa Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, p. 107. 
{Brazil.] 


Sapucay, Paraguay. December 19 and 20,1901. April 30, 1902. 
February 13-27, March 2-11, 1905. 9 Oo, 12 292. (Foster, 
Hebard Coll.) 

These specimens are assigned here with some little doubt, as they 
are larger than Stal’s measurement of the female type (length 25 
millimeters). 

The females all show more or less blackish-brown maculations on the 
teemina, and the males have the caudal femora strongly rose-colored 
with the genicular regions blackish. In the latter respect they appear 
to approach the very brief characterization of australis, but the an- 
tenn are longer and the general coloration rather different. The 
latter character is of very uncertain value in this genus, as the extremes 
of one species are quite different, considering A. occidentalis a repre- 
sentative form. 

Amblytropidia australis Bruner. 


1904. [Amblytropidia] australis Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, pp. 62, 
64. [Argentina.] 


Chapada, Brazil. April and June. 2 oo’, 1 2. (H. H. Smith, 
(Wis iS ING WY) 

As the original description of this species is extremely brief, little 
can be gleaned from it to aid in identifying material. In the material 
examined the tegmen are darker near the costal margin than elsewhere, 
and a median dark line is present on the head and pronotum of the 
female and the pronotum of one male. The genicular regions are 
obscured with dark color in both sexes, but more strongly in the male 
than in the female. 

The range of the species is here extended north of its previous limit, 
Caiza, Bolivian Chaco. 

Amblytropidia vittata Giglio-Tos. 


1894. A[mblytropidia] vittata Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. 
Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 18. [Luque, Paraguay.] 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19 


Sio Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil. September 1 and 7, 1900. 229. 
(Hempel, A. N.S. P.) 

The coloration of these two specimens is generally similar, but one 
has a longitudinal pale green bar on the proximal portion of each teg- 
men. This specimen also has a median line on the head and pronotum 
quite dark, while the other individual is devoid of any striking markings. 


Amblytropidia trinitatis Bruner. 


1904. Amblytropidia trinitatis Bruner, Biol. Cent-Amer., Orth., II, pp. 63, 
65. [Demerara, British Guiana; Trinidad.] 


Trinidad, West Indies. 1c. (H. D. Chipman, through Bruner, 
AON. S: B2) Venezuela. 1c’. A-N.S:) Pe? 

The Venezuela male is inseparable from the topotypic specimen. The 
range of the species is considerably extended by the Venezuela record. 
Amblytropidia auriventris McNeill. 


1897. [Amblytropidia] auriventris McNeill, Proc. Davenport Acad. Nat. 
Sci., VI, p. 227. [Orizaba, Mexico.] 


Atoyac, Vera Cruz, Mexico. December. 1. (Bruner, A. N.S. P.) 
Amblytropidia mysteca (Saussure). 

The material previously recorded by the author as A. mysteca from 
Cuernavaca, Texolo, Uruapan and Patzcuaro, Mexico, has been re- 
examined, and in all cases represents mysteca as understood by Bruner. 

The genus Sinipta Stal is a rather aberrant member of this group, 
chiefly differing in the depressed, subensiform antennz, which, how- 
ever, does not appear to be sufficient to remove it from association 
with Amblytropidia, some species of which have the antennz some- 
what depressed. 


ORPHULELLZA. 


The genera generally accredited to this group are with two excep- 
tions, Calephorus and Comacris, American. The genera examined by 
the author in this connection are given below, with their apparent 
positions as far as can be expressed in a linear arrangement. 

Calephorus Fieber (=Oxycoryphus Fisher). 

Parorphula Bruner. 

Sisantum Bruner. 

Orphulina Gigho-Tos. 

Orphulella Giglio-Tos. 

Clinocephalus Morse. 

Dichromorpha Morse. 

Chloeaitis Harris. 

Cocytotettix n. n. (= Fenestra Bruner, not of Giglio-Tos). 

Toxopterus Bolivar. 


20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


Of these ten genera a total of thirty-six species has been examined. 

Several genera like Chloealtis and Toxopterus are rather aberrant 
and really occupy isolated positions, that of Chloealtis, however, being 
somewhat modified by Cocytotettiz, which is in a way a transition 
type. The European Calephorus is also somewhat removed from the 
nearest ally Parorphula, but its position appears to be in this group 
and its affinity is clearly with the above-mentioned genus. The rela- 
tionship of Sisantwm and Orphulina is close, as an examination of the 
type species of each shows, but, for the present at least, I have con- 
sidered them distinct. The only American genus not examined is 
(Honomus Scudder, from California. 


CALEPHORUS Fieber. 


1853. Calephorus Fieber, Lotos, III, p. 97. May, 1853. Included C. 
elegans Fieber and Gryllus dubius Rambur, both equalling Acrydium com- 


pressicornis Latreille. 
1854. Oxycoryphus Fischer, Orthoptera Europiea, p. 311. Type, Acry- 
dium compressicornis Latreille. 


This genus is mentioned merely to show its relationship to Paror- 
phula from which it appears to be an offshoot. Aside from the pres- 
ence of a distinct intercalary vein no character of great weight is ap- 
parent to distinguish Calephorus from Parorphula. Three females of 
C. compressicornis from France and Egypt have been examined. 


PARORPHULA Bruner. 
1900. Parorphula Bruner, Ace. Gen. Spec. Locusts Argent., pp. 22, 25. 
Included P. graminea, pallidinota and strigata Bruner, of which the 
first, graminea, can be selected as the type. 
This genus appears to form a transition type between Calephorus and 
the Sisantum-Orphulina group. 


Parorphula graminea Bruner. 
1900. Pflarorphula] graminea Bruner, Acc. Gen. Spec. Locusts Argent., p. 
26. [Provinces of Buenos Aires, Santa Fe and Cordoba, Argentina.] 


Carearafia, Santa Fé, Argentina. 3 oo, 3 29. (Through Law- 


rence Bruner, A. N. S. Phila., and U. 8. N. M.) 


SISANTUM Bruner. 
1904. Sisantwm Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, pp. 30, 69. 
Type.—S. notochloris Bruner. 


Sisantum notochloris Bruner. 
1904. Sisantum notochloris Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 69. 
{Medellin, Vera Cruz, Mexico.] 


Medellin, Vera Cruz, Mexico. 1c. (T. Heyde through L. Bruner, 
fa\s IN| Sh 12) 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 


The genus Sisantum is closely related to Orphulina, and the two form 
a group intermediate between the Calephorus-Parorphula type and 
Orphulella. 


ORPHULINA Giglio-Tos. 
1894. Orphulina Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, 
No. 184, pp. 8, 9. 
Type.—0. pulchella Giglio-Tos. 
This genus can be recognized without difficulty by the characters 
given by Giglio-Tos. The structure of the frontal costa is quite dis- 
tinctive, at least in several species. 


Orphulina pulchella Giglio-Tos. 


1894. O[rphulina] pulchella Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat, Comp. 
Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 10. [San Pedro, Paraguay.] 


Sapucay, Paraguay. March 7-11,1905. 422. (Foster, Hebard 
Coll.) 

Two of these specimens have the dorsum green or tinted with green- 
ish, the other two being dull ochre in the same region. 


Orphulina balloui (Rehn). 


1905. Orphulella balloui Rehn, Ent. News, XVI, p. 178, pl. VIII, figs. 2 
and 3. [Bay Estate, Barbados, West Indies.] 


This species is really a member of the genus Orphulina and rather 
closely related to O. pulchella. It can be separated by the blunter 
fastigium, which has both the dorsal and lateral aspects showing a 
more rounded angle, the slightly more elongate ovoid eye, the slightly 
less longitudinal and more quadrate interspace between the meso- 
sternal lobes, and the different coloration. The National Museum 
Collection contains a single female, labelled ‘‘ West Indies,’’ collected 
by the U.S. Fish Commission. 

Orphulina veteratoria n. sp. 

Types: G’ and 2; Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil. September 5 
(2) and 19, 1900. (Hempel; No. 216 part.) A. N.S. P. 

Allied to both pulchella and ballowi, but separated from the former 


pronounced expansion of the lateral carinz on the metazona and the 
slightly more acute fastigium. The male has the interspaces between 
the sternal lobes much as in Orphulella. From O. ballowi it can be 
separated by the smaller size, more acute fastigium, the more promi- 
nent eyes and the heavier caudal femora. This species is not closely 
related to O. acuta. 

Size small; form moderately robust. Head slightly shorter than the 


22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


pronotum, slightly but distinctly ascending; fastigium about as long 
as the width at the cephalic angle of the eye (<) or very considerably 


Fig. 5.—Orphulina veteratoria n. sp. Lateral view of female type. (x 3.) 


shorter (2), acute-angulate in the male, rectangulate in the female, 
an intermarginal depressed lunate area in both sexes; lateral foveole 
distinct in the female, much less distinct in the male, cephalic, elongate- 
lanceolate; face moderately retreating with the apex 
rather truncate; frontal costa rather narrow, sub- 
parallel to below the ocellus, very slightly expanded 
between the antenne, the margins moderately diver- 
gent ventrad, moderately suleate from the antenne 
ventrad; eyes subovate in the male, ovoid in the 
female, quite prominent in the male, very slightly 
longer than the infraocular space in both sexes; 
antenne slightly longer than (c) or subequal to (2) 
the head and pronotum together, moderately de- 
Fig. 6.—Orphu- pressed, slightly expanded proximad and very faintly 
eee raves subensiform. Pronotum with the caudal width con- 
view of head tained about once and a half in the length; cephalic 
ates margin arcuato-truncate, caudal margin rounded 
(é S) obtuse-angulate; median carina distinct, lateral cari- 
ne slightly narrowed at the second sulcus and moder- 

ately divergent caudad in the male, subparallel to the second sulcus and 
very slightly divergent caudad in the female; first transverse sulcus not 
intersecting any of the carina, second intersecting the lateral,’and the 
third intersecting the lateral and median carinze, metazona slightly 
longer than the prozona in the male, subequal in the female; lateral lobes 
very distinctly longer than the depth, ventral margin with a considerable 
oblique cephalic emargination. Interspace between the mesosternal 
lobes slightly transverse in the male, and slightly longitudinal in the 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23 


female; metasternal lobes separated by a very narrow space in both 
sexes. Tegmina slightly exceeding the tips of the caudal femora, the 
caudal margin with a distinct but rather small proximal dilation, apex 
rotundato-truneate; intercalary vein distinct in the female, irregular in 
the male. Abdomen moderately compressed ; subgenital plate of male 
blunt. Caudal femora moderately robust, considerably dilated in the 
proximal two-thirds, pagina rather deeply sculptured; caudal tibice 
somewhat shorter than the femora, lateral margins bearing ten or 
eleven spines, arolia small, subtrigonal. 

General color of the male bistre, the anal area of the tegmina and the 
dorsum of the pronotum burnt umber, the lateral angles of the pro- 
notum ventrad and slightly mesad on the pronotum marked with black; 
eyes walnut brown; ventral surface buffy becoming buff-yellow on 
the abdomen; caudal femora ochre yellow becoming tawny, ochra- 
ceous and raw umber distad, caudal tibie dull heliotrope purple, the 
spines yellowish narrowly tipped with black. 

General color of female bistre becoming wood brown ventrad; dor- 
sum of the head, pronotum and anal area of the tegmina pale apple 
green, the lateral carine of the pronotum marked with blackish as 
in the male but more narrowly; eyes raw umber blotched with bistre. 


Measurements. 
of 2 
Ibemailn @i lyoehy, 6 2 5s o 6 5 « 6 o debaemen 1) iy 
Wencthsofpronowumie es) = seo) : 
eam Gi Wea, 2 « so 6 © 6 2 o & LAOS gy 
IL@cralvOt CUCM Wem, 5 6 ¢ «6 « o o iO ile, 


The types are the only specimens of this species which have been 
examined. It is possible that the sexes here described do not repre- 
sent the same species, and that my association of them is erroneous. 
Several characters of the co’ do not appear to be in accord with one’s 
ideas as to what the opposite sex of the 2 type should be, but as neither 
belongs to an old species of the genus I have thought best to associate 
them, pending the acquisition of further material. In case the sexes 
should prove to represent distinct species I would restrict the name 
veteratoria to the 2. 

Orphulina acuta n. sp. 

Types: co’ and 2; Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil. (Hempel; No. 
216 part.) A. N.S. P- 

Allied to O. pulchella, but a heavier species with the fastigium more 
acute, the eyes longer, and more compressed when viewed dorsad, the 


24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


tegmina and caudal femora shorter, the latter more robust, and the 
whole insect lacking the prominent lateral stripe of O. pulchella. 


Fig. 7.—Orphulina acuta n. sp. Lateral view of female type. (x 3.) 


Size small; form somewhat robust, moderately compressed. Head 
distinctly shorter than the pronotum, considerably elevated in both 
sexes, the occiput more rounded in the male than in the female, the 
latter having it almost straight; fastigium acute- 
angulate in both sexes, but slightly more so in the 
male than in the female, the width at the cephalic 
angle of the eye equal to (<) or slightly greater (2 ) 
than the length, margins distinct, a moderately de- 
pressed intermarginal area present on the dorsum, no 
median carina; lateral foveole distinct, deep, cephalic, 
blunt elongate-lanceolate in shape; the front dorsad 
forming a right angle with the fastigium, ventrad 
Fig. 8.Orphu- of the antenne considerably retreating; frontal costa 

lina acuta n. narrow in the male regularly but slightly expand- 

ena Doral ing from the fastigium to the clypeus, deeply suleate, 
and prono- particularly dorsad of the ocellus; frontal costa in 

AD cay the female similar to the male but subparallel from 

: between the antenne to the ocellus, the width being 
greater and the suleation shallower than in the male; eyes regularly 
ovoid in the male, acute ovoid flattened cephalad in the female, in 
both sexes very distinctly exceeding the infraocular sulcus in the 
length; antenne slightly longer (<) or slightly shorter (9 ) than the 
length of the head and pronotum, slightly depressed and expanded 
proximad, being thus very slightly ensiform. Pronotum with the great- 
est caudal width of the dorsum contained once and a half in the length; 
median carina very distinct, severed in the middle, lateral carine 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25 


parallel to the second suleus, considerably expanding between the 
second and third, very slightly expanding to the caudal margin; 
cephalic margin subtruncate, caudal margin obtuse-angulate, more 
rounded in the male than in the female; first transverse sulcus obsolete; 
lateral lobes of the pronotum with the dorsal length slightly greater 
than the depth, ventral margin with a considerable cephalic emargina- 
tion. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes moderately longi- 
tudinal in the male, slightly so in the female; metasternal lobes con- 
tiguous caudad in the male, separated by a space about a fourth the 
width of the mesosternal interspace in the female. Tegmina consid- 
erably exceeding the tips of the caudal femora in length, apex rounded, 
costal margin with a very narrow and slight proximal lobe; hyaline 
in the proximal third ; intercalary vein irregular and extending the whole 
length of the area, becoming lost in irregular reticulations; ulnar area 
with a distinct longitudinal dividing vein in both sexes. Wings ample. 
Abdomen considerably compressed; subgenital plate compressed with 
a blunt apical tubercle. Caudal femora robust, the pagina deeply 
and strongly sculptured; caudal tibie distinctly, but not greatly, 
shorter than the femora, the lateral margins armed with ten or eleven 
spines; tarsi with large arolia. 

General color shading from tawny-olive to burnt umber. Head and 
pronotum with postocular bars of vandyke brown, broad and dark 
in the male, quite narrow and light in the female. Dorsum of the 
head, pronotum and closed tegmina lighter than the lateral aspects, 
tawny-olive in the female, bay in the male. Venter wood brown. 
Limbs varying shades of the general color; tarsi very pale viridian 
green, with the base of the first, the whole second, the apex of the third, 
arolium and tips of the claws black; spines on the tibize tipped with 
black. 


Measurements. 
Ci g 
IDerdn CH loshin oc aan US So) taco, 
Benethvonpronotume, 2 9s 2 asl) eee oes Aa 
Length of tegmen, SE eee 2 outs 16255; 
iLenethyof caudal femurs - 5 5) 2 Stowe NOK ens 


A paratypic series of two females have also been examined (Septem- 
ber 7 and 14, 1900), and differ in no important characters from the 
type. One specimen represents a darker and more sooty type of color- 


ation than the other. 
ORPHULELLA Giglio-Tos. 
1894. Orphulella Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Musei Zoolog. Anat. Comp. Torino, 
IX, No. 184, pp. 8, 10. 


Included O. gracilis Giglio-Tos, punctata (De Geer), intricata Stal 


26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


and elegans Giglio-Tos. Of these punctata is the oldest known and the 
most widely distributed species, and may be considered the type. 
The species of this genus are quite difficult to separate and the recogni- 
tion of almost all the forms can be considered only tentative. The extent 
of individual variation is great, both in structure and color, and reliable 
characters for the separation of species are few. The work of Bruner 
in the Biologia is by far the best treatment of the genus so far published. 


Orphulella neglecta Rehn. 


1900. Orphulella neglecta Rehn, Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc., X XVII, p. 94. 
[Orizaba, Vera Cruz, Mexico.] 


Orizaba, Mexico. June. 1c; type. (O. W. Barrett, A. N.S. P.) 
2 So. (Sumichrast, A. N. S. P. received through Dr. Saussure.) 
Jalapa, Mexico. August and September. 2 o'c’. (Barrett, A. N. 
S.P.) Presidio, Mexico. June. 10. (Barrett,A.N.S.P.) Coatepec, 
Mexico. August. 1 o',1 9. (Barrett, A. N.S. P.) 

This series shows that the species varies somewhat in size (males 
from 16 to 21 millimeters in total length), but little in color. All 
except one Go from Jalapa are of the same colors, allowance being 
made, of course, for fading in the Sumichrast specimens, while the 
Jalapa exception has the usual green dorsum replaced by a dull olive 
tint, while the pronotum near the lateral lobes is not as distinctly 
marked as in the other specimens. 

The 2 specimen measures as follows: length of body, 22 mm.; 
length of pronotum, 4.1; length of tegmen, 17; length of caudal femur, 
12/9, 

This species seems to be a form limited to the Eastern Cordilleras. 


Orphulella aculeata Rehn. 


1900. Orphulella aculeata Rehn, Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc., XX VII, p. 92. 
(Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico.] 


Cuernavaca, Mexico. June. 1,3 2 2 including types. (O. W. 
Barrett, A. N. S. P.) 

This species appears to be quite distinct, and is not an Orphulina 
as has been thought possible by Bruner.® Superficially this form 
considerably resembles O. viridescens Scudder, but the structural char- 
acters are quite distinctive and show that no close relationship exists. 
Orphulella gracilis Giglio-Tos. 

1894. Orphulella gracilis Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. 


Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 11. [Province of San Pedro, Villa Rica and 
Asuncion, Paraguay.] 


Sapuecay, Paraguay. December 20, 1901 (one specimen). 2 cc". 
(Foster, Hebard Coll.) 


5 Bool. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 74, 1904. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 


The validity of this species appears to be somewhat doubtful, Giglio- 
Tos himself * considering it a synonym of the North American O. 
maculipennis (=pelidna Burmeister). In this he is of course in error, 
but it is extremely close to O. punctata, which is so variable that 
gracilis may only be an extreme with the lateral carinee more or less 
obliterated between the first and third transverse sulci. The form is 
rather more elongate, however, than in the average individual of O. 
punctata, 


Orphulella punctata (De Geer). 

San Rafael, Vera Cruz, Mexico. co, 2. (Townsend through L. 
Bruner, A. N.S. P.) San Marcos, Nicaragua. 222.. (C.F. Baker, 
A.N.S.P.) Trinidad. o&,2. A.N.S.P. Bartica, British Guiana. 
May 1-27,1901. 23 6'o',14 22. (Crew, A. N.S. P.) Sado Paulo, 
Brazil. September 1-19, 1900. 50,5 22. (Hempel, A. N.S. 
P.) Sapueay, Paraguay. February 3-27, March 6-12, 1905. 100o', 
22 22. (Foster, Hebard Coll.) 

This large series of specimens, representing a very considerable range, 
I find cannot be divided into species on any one or number of the 
innumerable characters of variation exhibited. The green and brown 
phases of coloration, varied with maculations and distinct bars or uni- 
form with practically no markings, and variations in the shape and 
strength of the lateral carinse of the pronotum, in the length of the 
tegmina and wings, in the form of the fastigium and eyes, some slight, 
others pronounced, are all present, and on superficial examination 
would appear to furnish good characters for dividing the series. At- 
tempts along these lines, however, soon show how hopeless it would 
be to erect species on even the most striking types, as intermediates 
are present to connect them with any other extreme. 

Two specimens from Gualaquiza and Valle del Lamora, Equador, 
received from the Turin Museum, labelled ‘‘Orphula olivacea’’ and 
recorded as such by Giglio-Tos,’ are provisionally referred to this 
species. They are clearly not O. olivacea, as comparison with para- 
typic material shows, and having been preserved in alcohol are badly 
shrivelled in consequence.® 
Orphulella elegans Giglio-Tos. 


1894. O[rphulella] elegans Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. 
Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 12. [Resistencia nel Chaco, Argentina; Province 
of San Pedro, Villa Rica and Asuncion, Paraguay.] 


® Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XII, No. 302, p. 24, 1897. 

7 Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, No. 311, p. 39, 1898. 

§ Bolivar’s Orphula patruelis (Actas Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., XXV, p. 15) from 
the Rio Atalapo I have not recognized, and can give no idea of its proper position. 


28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


Four specimens, two of each sex, from Carearafia, Argentina, de- 
termined as this species by Bruner, I am unable to separate from 
my series of punctata, which includes material determined as that 
species by Bruner. Individuals of the latter from Nicaragua, Costa 
Rica and British Guiana resemble the Carcarafia specimens very closely. 


Orphulella intricata (Stal). 


Tet: es) intricata Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, p. 106. [Buenos 
Ayres. 


Two specimens, o and 2, one from Cordoba, the other from Car- 
caraha, Argentina, determined as this species by Bruner, are avail- 
able for study. I am of the opinion that this species will prove to be 
merely a phase of the very variable O. punctata. 


Orphulella mexicana (Saussure). 


1861. Oz[ycoryphus] mexicanus Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 
2e sér., XIII, p. 314. [Mexico.] 


Jalapa, Vera Cruz, Mexico. August. 2 22. (O. W. Barrett, 
A. N.S. P.) Coatepec, Mexico. August. 1 2. (Barrett, A. N.S. 
P.) Texolo, Mexico. March 13, 1899. 5 oc. (S. N. Rhoads, 
Jal INIo tSh 125) 

The above records, with the Jalapa record given by Bruner in the 
Biologia,® constitute the sum of our knowledge of this species. It 
appears to be restricted in its range, as suggested by Bruner, and the _ 
taking of five specimens in one day shows it can hardly be called rare. 
The species is apparently confined to the country on the lower eastern 
slope of the Cofre de Perote. The compressed form of this insect will 
readily separate it from allied species. The compression of the male 
abdomen with its appendages is quite pronounced. 


Orphulella tepaneca (Saussure). 


1861. Sélenoboth|r[us] tepanecus Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 
2e sér., XIII, p. 319. [Mexico.] 


Orizaba, Vera Cruz, Mexico. July 14, 1891. 1,12. (W.S. 
Blatchley, A. N. 8. P.) 

This pair was received from Blatchley labelled ‘‘ Orphulella zapoteca,’’ 
but they are clearly not that species and answer Saussure’s description 
of tepanecus very well. This species would appear to be limited in 
range to the vicinity of Orizaba, Bruner having also recorded it from 
there. 

Orphulella meridionalis Bruner. 

San Marcos, Nicaragua. 1. (C.F. Baker, A.N.S.P.) Chinan- 
dega, Nicaragua. 10’. (C.F. Baker, A.N.S. P.) 

® Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 80, 1904. ; 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29 


These specimens have been compared with the Costa Rican individ- 
uals previously recorded by the author.”° 


Orphulella zapoteca (Saussure). 

1861. Ozx{ycoryphus] zapoteca Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e 
sér., XIII, p. 316. [Mexico.] 

Texolo, Vera Cruz, Mexico. March 3 and 13, 1899. 8 jo. (S. 

N. Rhoads, A. N. S. P:) 
The specimens from Alta Mira, Tamaulipas, previously recorded by 
the author as O. tepaneca are referable to this species. The frontai 
costa, however, is moderately sulcate in all the Tamaulipas individuals. 


Orphulella viridescens Scudder. 


1899. Orphulella viridescens Scudder, Canad. Entom., XXXI, p. 187. 
{[Mt. Alvarez, Mexico.]} 

The specimens previously recorded by the author from Eslava, 

D. F., Mexico," are now before me. This species is quite distinct 


from any other mainland form, and rather closely related to O. scuddert. 


DICHROMORPHA Morse. 
1896. Dichromorpha Morse, Psyche, VII, pp. 326, 383. 
Type.—Chloealtis viridis Scudder. 


Dichromorpha mexicana Bruner. 


1904. Dichromorpha viridis Rehn (not of Scudder), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila., 1904, p. 518. [Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico.] 

1904. Dichromorpha mexicana Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 87. 
{Sinaloa and Tepic, Mexico.] 

Aside from the longer tegmina and wings this species differs from 
viridis in the slightly more robust form and the more acute fastigium 
in both sexes. 

The range of this species now coyers three States or Territories on 
the west coast of Mexico—Sinaloa, Tepic and Jalisco. 


Dichromorpha longipennis Bruner. 


1904. Dichromorpha longipennis Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 
87. [Mexico.] 
= 


Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico. August 20. 1 &. (J. F. Mc- 
Clendon, A. N.S. P.) ; 

This specimen is uniform brown and does not exhibit the green 
dorsum mentioned by Bruner as present in the type co. This the 
first definite record of the species. 


10 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 802. 
1 Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc., XX VII, p. 95, 1900 


30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


COCYTOTETTIX”™ n. n. 


1900. Fenestra Bruner (not of Giglio-Tos), Acc. Gen. Spec. Locusts’Argent., 
pp. 22, 30.8% 


Included F. pulchripennis, intermedia and argentina Bruner, of 
which the first may be considered the type. 

This genus is quite distinct from any other, but is nearer to the 
North American Chloealtis than any South American type. The 
Matto Grosso C. linearis‘ is rather aberrant in the slender form, 
narrow tegmina, weaker carina and more hyaline wings. 


Cocytotettix pulchripennis (Bruner). 


1900. Fenestra] pulchripennis Bruner, Acc. Gen. Spec. Locusts Argent., 
p. 30. [Argentina; open camp.] 


Carearaia, Santa Fé, Argentina. 2 oo’. (Through L. Bruner, 
AG UNES Sse) 
Cocytotettix intermedius (Bruner) 


1900. Fenestra] intermedia Bruner, Acc. Gen. Spec. Locusts Argent., p. 31. 
[Carearana, Argentina.] 


Carecarafa, Santa Fe, Argentina. 2 
Bruner, A. N.S. P.) 

The © of this species superficially remind one of the males of the 
certain species of the genus Syrbula. 


Kile Chhrouchwel 


TOXOPTERUS Bolivar. 
1890. Toxopterus Bolivar, Anales Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., XIX, p. 313. 

Type.—T. miniatus Bolivar. 

This genus is rather aberrant and isolated in position in consequence, 
but its position is in the Orphulelle, and nearer to Cocytotettix than 
any other genus. The structure of the antenne is similar to that of 
Gomphocerus, but such resemblance is also found in Hritettix, which is a 
member of the Amblytropidizw, and are superficial and not of great 
taxonomic value. 

Toxopterus miniatus Bolivar. 


1890. Toxopterus miniatus Bolivar, Anales Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., XIX, p. 
314. [Cumbase, Peru.] 


Sapucay, Paraguay. January 18, 1903. January 28, February 6- 
25, March 2-10, 1905. .7 oo’, 13 292. (Foster, Hebard Coll.) 


2The genus Fenestra is invalid from Bruner (Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. 
Genova, XXXIII, p. 120, 1893), as he designates no named species for type or 
included forms. The first species named under the generic term Fenestra was 
F. bohlsii Giglio-Tos (Zool. Jahrb., Syst., VIL, p. 807, 1895), which, on a subse- 
quent page (p. 32), I will show to be the species later named Dichroatettix viridi- 
jrons Bruner, and for which the generic name Fenestra must be used. 

13 Kwnuroc, shrieking, Te77/€, grasshopper; in allusion to the loud stridulations. 

14 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 374. 3 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31 


This series exhibits considerable variation in the intensity of the 
coloration, the dorsal aspect ranging in color from dull blackish brown 
to mottled ochre and umber and again washed with dull green. The 
paler lateral bands, including the ventral portion of the lateral lobes, 
pleura and caudal femora are distinct in all the specimens examined 
and in several are decidedly greenish; in these cases the gen are 
also colored. Some individuals are distinctly maculate, or might 
really be called tessellate, ochre and umber being the two colors. 
Considerable variation in the sharpness of the angle of the fastigium 
is also noticeable, and in both sexes. In some females the angle is 
almost as acute as in some males. 

The species has previously been recorded by Giglio-Tos* from 
Gualaquiza, Cuchipamba and the valley of Santiago, Ecuador. 


GOMPHOCERI. 


The South American genera of this group are six in number, three 
previously known and three recognized as the result of the present 
study. Of these genera two will be described in a subsequent paper, 
but they are mentioned here to show their position in the series. The 
genera would stand as follows: 

Fenestra Giglio-Tos (= Dichroatettix Bruner). 

Staurorhectus Giglio-Tos. 

Tsonyx n. gen. 

Borellia n. gen. 

Stereotettix n. gen. ’ 

Tristira Bruner. 

The first genus is quite distinct, as is the second. The next three 
genera, Isonyx, Borellia and Stereotettix, show some characters in 
common, but differ in a number of others, such as the position of the 
lateral foveolee and the relative proportion of the spurs. The last, 
Tristira, is a quite distinct type, much isolated from the others and 
immediately recognizable by its peculiar facies. 


FENESTRA Giglio-Tos. 
1895. Fenestra Giglio-Tos, Zoolog. Jahrbiicher, Syst. Abth., VIII, p. 807. 
Type.—F. bohlsit Giglio-Tos. 
1900. Dichroatettix Bruner, Acc. Genera Spec. Locusts Argent., pp. 22, 32. 
As I have stated on a previous page (p. 30) these names apply to 
the same genus and species. As there stated Fenestra is invalid from 
Bruner, 1893,° on account of the lack of a type or included named 


% Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, No. 311, p. 39. 
1 Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, XX XIII, p. 120. 


32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


species. The only information we have is a footnote to the extent 
that ‘‘Ce genre est fondé sur une espéce de Buenos Aires.’’? The next 
use of the name is by Giglio-Tos, who placed the species in hand in 
that genus, in spite of the sanguineous wings, which appendages were 
stated to be hyaline by Bruner. Bruner was apparently unacquainted 
with the paper of Giglio-Tos and erected a new genus Dichroatettix 
for a species, which is undoubtedly the same as F’. bohlsii Giglio-Tos, 
while Fenestra was applied to three species, which therefore require 
a new generic name, a want supplied on a previous page of this paper.” 
This genus is related to the North American genera Napaia and 
Horesidotes. It can be distinguished from the former by the less 
expanded antenne, the strongly constricted lateral carine of the pro- 
notum, the subequal prozona and metazona, the distinctly angulate 
caudal margin of the pronotum, the longer tegmina with more definite 
venation and the very peculiar cerci. From Horesidotes (which has 
not been examined) it appears to differ in that the occiput has no 
distinct median carina, the caudal margin is more angulate and the 
lateral lobes of the pronotum are deeper than long. 
Fenestra bohlsii Giglio-Tos. 


1895. Flenestra] bohlsii Giglio-Tos, Zoolog. Jahrbiicher, Syst. Abth., VIII, 
p. 807. [Paraguay.] 

1900. Dichroatettix viridifrons Bruner, Acc. Gen. Spec. Locusts Argent., 
p. 33, figs. 9 and 10. [Cordoba and Carearafia, Argentina.] 


Cordoba, Argentina. 1’. (Through L. Bruner, U. 8. N. M.) 
Sapucay, Paraguay. January 24, 26, February 13 and March 2- 
21,1905. 50 oh,10 299. (Foster, Hebard Coll.) 

This series shows that the green color of the face is not present in 
some of the females, and in such as it is present the lateral lobes of 
the pronotum are always, and generally also the dorsum, the pleura 
and the caudal femora, except the apices, of the same color. All the 
males examined have the face green. In some specimens the dorsum 
of the pronotum is without the velvety black patches seen in others, 
in fact about half the specimens are without them. Size, as exhibited 


“The name Dichroatettiz might with justice be used for this genus if the un- 
identifiability of the Brunnerian genus Fenestra precludes its use by Giglio-Tos. 
As an unidentifiable name requires different treatment from a nomen nudum the 
use of Fenestra once in such a way would by some be considered to preclude its 
subsequent use, its existence terminating as a name when considered unidentifi- 
able. A nomen nudum, being considered to express nothing definite, can be 
properly used by a later author from whom it dates. An unidentifiable name, 
on the other hand, represents something imperfectly and improperly presented 
and should be discarded for all time. I have presented both views, the proper 
presentation of the name by a later author and the complete elimination of the 
name, and leave others to choose for themselves. In any case Giglio-Tos’s 
species bohisti would stand. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33 


by this series, is subject to little variation. Some of the females show 
considerable variation in the angle of the fastigium. 


STAURORHECTUS Giglio-Tos.!* 


1897. Staurorhectus Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, 
XII, No. 302, p. 25. 


Type.—S. longicornis Giglio-Tos. 

This genus is apparently closer related to Chorthippus (Stenobothrus) 
than to any other genus of the group, the tegmina of the male being 
rather similar in some species, but the lateral foveole are very weak, 
the lateral carine of the pronotum are much less distinct and the 
caudal femora slenderer. 


Staurorhectus longicornis Giglio-Tos. 


1897. S[taurorhectus] longicornis Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. 
Comp. Torino, XII, No. 302, p. 26. [San Lorenzo and Tala, Argentina; 
Caiza, Bolivia.] 


Campo Santo, Bolivia.® 1c. (Borelli, A. N.S. P.) San Lorenzo, 
Jujuy, Argentina. 1 2. (Borelli, A. N.S. P.) Sapucay, Paraguay. 
March 2-27, 1905. 12 oo’, 87 22. (Foster, Hebard Coll.) 

The interesting series listed above exhibits a very great range of 
variation with four distinct color forms in the 2 ; the @ is more uni- 
formly colored. These forms I will designate a, b, c and d, lettering 
from the most diversified to the most uniform type. 

Type a. A median longitudinal line from fastigium to tip of teg- 
mina buff, flanked by lines of blackish brown on pronotum and teg- 
mina, on the latter occupying all except a narrow proximal costal 
line of pale yellow. Lateral carine distinct, light, slightly constricted. 
Light bar on head shghtly margined with brownish. Remainder of 
lateral aspect, and caudal femora except the dorsal blackish line and 
the reddish distal section, grass green. Represented by twelve speci- 
mens. 

Type b. Similar to type a, but green replaced by ochraceous brown. 
Represented by eight specimens. 

Typec. The dorsal median line in this type is almost lost and nearly 
concolorous with the lateral bars, so that dorsum from the fastigium 
caudad is nearly uniform. Represented by six specimens. 


8 Tt is quite possible this may prove to be the same as Compsacris Bolivar 
(Anales Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., XIX, p. 314, 1890) based on one species—C. 
pulcher—trom ‘* Villa Bella en el Pert,’’ which is apparently Villa Bella, Bolivia, 
at the junction of the Beni and Mamore rivers. If such should prove to be the 
ease Compsacris would replace Stawrorhectus. None of the species examined by 
the author are closely related to C. pulcher judging from the description. 

; eas as above, but Campo Santo, Salta Province, Argentina, is probably 
intended, 


5 


CL ae PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb. 


Type d. Tegmina colored much as in type a, but head, pronotum, 
pleura and limbs suffused with rose red, the usual markings being 
only faintly indicated. Represented by eleven specimens. 

The largest 2 specimen (38 millimeters in length of body) belongs 
to type c, the smallest (30 millimeters) to type a. The typical 2 re- 
ceived from the Turin Museum has been immersed in a liquid preserva- 
tive and it is impossible to tell to which type it belongs. 

One & individual has a coloration which would be considered type 
c. while the other males are of a type which approximates closer to the 
2 type b with, however, some greenish, but not on the caudal femora. 

The curve of the fastigium of the female varies from arcuate to dis- 
tinctly angulate, and is more excavated in some than in others. 
Staurorhectus glaucipes n. sp. 

Type: 2; Sapucay, Paraguay. March 8, 1905. (Foster; No. 32.) 
Hebard Collection. 

Allied to S. longicornis Giglio-Tos, but considerably smaller and 
slenderer with the fastigium more acute, the frontal costa more sul- 
cate, the lateral foveol of the vertex practically suppressed, the ulnar 


Fig. 9.—Stawrorhectus glaucipes n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 2.) 


area of the teemina without a distinct longitudinal dividing vein, no 
distinct continuous intercalary vein present, and possessing a char- 
acteristic coloration which does not appear to vary appreciably in a 
series of ten females. 

Size rather small; form moderately slender. Head distinctly shorter 
than the pronotum, the occiput not elevated and gently arched longi- 
tudinally; fastigium shorter than the width at the cephalic angle of 
the eyes, slightly acute, the apex rounded, margins with a narrow 
semicircular depression, no median carina present; lateral foyeole not 
distinet, ventrad; face considerably retreating, the apex acute when 
viewed laterad; frontal costa moderately wide, margins subparallel, 
reaching to the clypeus, sulcate from dorsad of the antenne ventrad; 
eyes elongate-ovoid, very slightly longer than the infraocular sulcus; 
antenn considerably exceeding the head and pronotum together in 


1906.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35 


length, nearly two-thirds the length of the tegmen, moderately depressed 
proximad and very slightly dilated. Pronotum moderately rounded 
but with a perceptible dorsal flattening; cephalic margin slightly 
arcuate, caudal margin broadly obtuse-angulate with the angle 
rounded, no lateral carine present, but a moderate shoulder developed 
on the metazona; greatest caudal width contained about one and two- 
thirds in the length, metazona regularly and closely, but not deeply, 
punctate; three distinct transverse sulci present on the dorsum, the 
caudal only intersecting the median carina, which is distinct and regular ; 
lateral lobes with the dorsal length very considerably greater than the 
depth, ventral margin sinuato-angulate. Interspace between the 
mesosternal lobes slightly longitudinal; interspace between the meta- 
sternal lobes hardly narrower than between the mesosternal lobes, 
pentagonal. Tegmina very slightly exceeding the apex of the abdo- 
men, but falling considerably short of the caudal femora; marginal 
field with a very slight proximal dilation, apex rather narrowly rounded, 
no intercalary vein present. Wings ample. Abdomen consider- 
ably compressed. Caudal femora considerably inflated proximad, the 
distal section quite slender, pattern of the pagina very distinct, regu- 
lar; caudal tibize very slightly shorter than the femora, gently sinuate, 
the external margins with eleven or twelve spines, 
internal spurs slightly unequal; tarsi with distinct, 
rounded arolia. 

General color apple green, becoming more oil 
green on the caudal femora. Two broad lines, 
one on each side, of vandyke brown start from 
the margins of the fastigium, cross the dorsum 
of the eyes, extend over the pronotum, and on 
the tegmina broaden out and occupy the entire 
discoidal and all except the proximal portion of the 
marginal fields. On the head the color of these bars 
is decidedly blackish brown, about true vandyke 
brown on the pronotum, becoming dilute and 
fainter as the stripe broadens on the tegmina, 
while along the ventral margins of these bars the 
green is touched with yellowish, while the light Fig. 10. —Stauro- 


: C 2 : rhectus glaucipes 
proximal section of the marginal field is cream n.sp. Dorsal view 


color. Antenne vandyke brown with the proxi- beat ae 
mal joint green; eyes tawny-olive and bistre mot- 63) a” 


tled; caudal femora with the genicular regions 
laterad and ventrad black, the pagina with a dorsal longitudinal bar of 


36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


olive, except for a pregenicular annulus of clear green; caudal tibie 
bice green, the genicular section blackish and the distal portion slightly 
suffused with brownish, spines and spurs tipped with black. 


Measurements. 
Length’of bodys. eae Meee ee) oy is. 26.4 Gite 
LENO ORTMONIN, eg tk a 
Length of teemens Sia an eer tite, - 19, 
Lenya Canlliionmir . o . 2 . & se 4. WGgye 


A paratypic series of nine males have also been examined, the dates 
being as follows: December 21, 1904; January 26, February 15, March 
7,18 and 21, 1905. This series is rather uniform in size, two females, 
however, being appreciably smaller than the others. In color one 
specimen has the green more glaucous, while several others show a 
tendency in the same direction. One specimen has the caudal femora, 
the lateral lobes and the face suffused with orange vermilion. The 
intensity of the longitudinal bars appears to vary very little; on the 
tegmina, however, some specimens are more strongly colored than 
others. 


ISONYX n. gen.?° 


“AThis genus probably is closer related to Borellia Rehn™ than to 
Staurorhectus, and may possibly be considered a distinct and separate 
type with no close relationship to either the above mentioned genera. 
The characters are so contradictory and the facies so different that 
the author does not feel justified in making detailed comparisons, but 
prefers to present the rather striking features of the form in the general 
description. It might be added that this position is assigned to 
Tsonyx after studying all the South American Gomphoceri, both genera 
and species. : 


Isonyx paraguayensis 0. sp. 

Types: o! and 9. Sapucay, Paraguay. February 12 (2) and 
27 (%), 1905. (Foster; Nos. 24 and 165.) Hebard Collection. 

Size rather small; form moderately compressed and slender; surface 
subsericeous. Head slightly (oc) or considerably (2) shorter than 
the pronotum, the occiput very slightly elevated and rounded; fasti- 
gium subrectangulate in the male, obtuse-angulate in the female, very 
much shorter than the width at the cephalic angle of the eyes, margins 


20 Tooc, equal; ovux, claw. 5 
2 Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, XXX p. 379. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37 


distinct with a broad sublunate intermarginal depression, no median 
carina present, fastigium when viewed laterad moderately declivent; 


Fig 11.—Isonyx paraguayensis n. gen. and sp, Lateral view of 


female type. (xX 3.) 


dorsal section of the face vertical, ventrad of the antenn consider- 
ably (c') or gently (2) retreating; lateral foveole distinct, cephalic 
well impressed and excavated, sublanceolate; frontal costa strongly 
compressed dorsad, regularly expanding ventrad of the antenne to the 
clypeus, with an additional rotundate expansion at the ocellus, slightly 
suleate ventrad of the ocellus; eyes suboyate in the male, subovoid in 
the female, flattened cephalad in the latter sex, moderately prominent 


Fig. 12.—Isonyx paraguayensis n. gen. Fig. 13.—Isonyx paraguayensis n. gen. 
and sp. Dosal view of head and and sp. Lateral view of abdomen 
pronotum of female type. (x 3.) of male type. (xX 6.) 


in the male when viewed dorsad;antenne subequal to the head and 
pronotum in length in the male, slightly shorter in the female. Pro- 
notum deplanate dorsad, the greatest caudal width contained about 
once and a quarter in the length; cephalic margin subtruncate, caudal 


38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


margin obtuse-angulate in both sexes; median carina distinct but not 
high, severed by the third sulcus slightly cephalad of the middle; 
lateral carine clepsydral, strongly constricted to the first suleus, ab- 
sent between the first and second, straight between the second’ and 
third, wider spaced caudad of the third sulcus than cephalad of it, 
arcuate diverging caudad; lateral lobes with the greatest dorsal length 
slightly less than the greatest depth, the ventral margin sinuato- 
angulate, a weak shoulder running diagonally . yentro-cephalad 
on the prozona. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes sub- 
quadrate in the male, slightly transverse in the female; metasternal 
lobes contiguous caudad in the male, separated by a small ovate space 
in the female. Tegmina slightly exceeding the tips of the caudal 
femora, the tips rounded, costal margin with the proximal lobe small 
and low; interealary vein present, distinct but irregular, and becoming 
lost proximad in the reticulations; ulnar area with a longitudinal 
dividing vein as distinct as the intercalary in the male, more distinct 
and regular in the female. Wings ample. Abdomen considerably 
compressed ; cerci of the male styliform, apex rather blunt; subgenital 
plate of the male somewhat contracted and turned in dorsad, apex 
moderately acute and but slightly produced. Cephalic and median 
limbs rather slender, more robust and somewhat inflated in the male. 
Caudal femora quite robust, considerably inflated, pagina sharply 
but not very deeply sculptured ; caudal tibize shightly shorter than the 
femora and with a hardly perceptible sinuation, lateral margins with 
ten spines in the male and nine in the female, internal spurs moderately 
arcuate, equal; tarsi with distinct arolia. 

General color vandyke brown, mottled and overlaid with seal brown, 
clove brown and blackish. Eyes cinnamon (c’) or mummy brown 
(2); occiput with two dark arcuate, diverging bars extending caudad 
from between the eyes. Pronotum with the lateral carine, lateral 
sections of the dorsum of the metazona and the extreme upper portions 
of the lateral lobes seal brown or blackish, leaving a unicolor median 
bar extending from the fastigium to the caudal margin of the prono- 
tum, which is more or less hazel in the male and apple green in the 
female; remaining section of the lateral lobes mottled and lined. 
Tegmina with a longitudinal diseoidal series of quadrate clove brown 
spots, the marginal field in the female touched proximad with apple 
green, and the sutural margin in the male with a touch of vinaceous- 
cinnamon. Limbs mottled and faintly annulate with the general 
colors, the caudal femora blackish in the genicular region and with 
the dorso-lateral face marked with several velvety seal brown spots, 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 


one submesad and another nearer the base; caudal tibie dull olive 
with a faint proximal lighter annulus, the spines and spurs tipped 
with black; tarsi soiled greenish with the proximal part of the first 
joint, the whole second and the tip of the third blackish. 


Measurements. 
of 2 
Length of body, sa ee pe og ellcrfaaanone HAIN Meech oo 
Weucthvoh pronotume | 5... = « 6 oa 4.3 “ 
Length of tegmen, ee Le eee Bh ceegeermias io ete SiS 
ikenothiohcaudaliiemuryee 2 4 2 4 2 se LOSE 1S 


A paratypic series of six females has also been examined (February 
13, 15 and 27, March 17 and 21, 1905). This series shows that the 
species varies somewhat but not greatly in size, and the coloration 
presents a considerable range of base tones and finer definition of 
markings without much modification of such pattern as is found in 
the types. Two specimens are touched with green as in the 2 type, 
but both have it weaker on the head and tegmina, and the lateral 
carine are broadly marked with the same tint on the metazona, and the 
caudal femora have distinct oblique blackish bars. Other specimens 
have the lighter general colors replaced by ferruginous or wood 
brown, giving a warm rufescent type or a rather sandy form, while 
the femoral bars are present as variations irrespectively of color form 
All the females except the type have the lateral carine marked with 
lighter on the metazona. One of the rufescent' type has the dark colors 
all blackish, presenting a strong contrast with the other ferruginous 
patches. 

SCYLLINZA. 


After examining individuals of all the genera of the Scylline except 
Eupnigodes McNeill and Zapata Bruner, the following arrangement of 
the genera seems to be desirable as it appears to express their natural 
relations: 

Bodpedon Thomas. 

Euplectrotettix Bruner. 

Scyllina Stal. 

Eupnigodes McNeill. 

Zapata Bruner. 

Psoloessa Scudder. 

Stirapleura Seudder. 

Ageneotettix McNeill. 

Aulocara Scudder. 

Lngurotettiz McNeill. 


40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


The position of Hupnigodes and Zapata is taken from other authors, 
while Ligurotettix is placed here instead of in the Epacromia, as it is 
quite different from Mecostethus and Epacromia, approaching Aulocara 
in some respects. While no doubt somewhat aberrant Ligurotettix is 
clearly a member of the Scylline, the intercalary vein, for example, 
being no stronger than is the case in many specimens of Aulocara. 


EUPLECTROTETTIX Bruner. 


1900. Huplectrotettix Bruner, Acc. Gen. Spec. Locusts Argent., pp. 23, 38 
(Lupletrotettix laps. p. 38). 


Included E. jerrugineus, conspersus, schulzi and prasinus Bruner, 
of which ferrugineus may be considered the type. 


Eupleotrotettix ferrugineus Bruner. 
1900. FHuplectrotettix ferrugineus Bruner, Acc. Gen. Spec. Locusts Argent., 
p. 39. [Sandy knolls about Asuncion, Paraguay; Territory of Formosa, 
Argentina. ] 

Sapucay, Paraguay. February 13, 1903; December 16, 1904; Janu- 
ary 26, February 10-25, March 2-19, 1905. 90'c',10 22. (Foster, 
Hebard Coll.) 

These specimens are all larger than the measurements given by Bruner, 
but otherwise do not appear to materially differ. The series is quite 
uniform in size, and an average GO’ and 2 measure as follows: 


of 2 
eng thkoi body-um use Maen wen os) e) 2) Ssoemm tn 2 5 rma 
LEAN Oi ROME, 5 5 5 2» 6 5 o 6 ou 4.8 “ 
Length of tegmen, ii li alls, gaia Rael Sa LA Rd US )e. re DA ae 
ene throficaudallfenuT se en cee ee lleome: Wey, 


Two distinct types of coloration are present, one irregularly 
mottled and washed with fuscous, the other with a light orange 
ochraceous median bar on the head and pronotum, flanked by blackish 
lateral lines, which are filiform on the head and broader on the pro- 
notum. The tegmina in the latter type also possess a pair of light 
parallel longitudinal lines on the anal areas. 

The indications of femoral bars mentioned by Bruner are quite 
strong in nearly all the females and several of the males examined, 
while the blackish genicular region of the Gc’ and the orange-red 
abdomen of the same sex are quite striking. 


SCYLLINA Stal. 
187 . Scyllina Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, p. 112. 
Included S. peragrans (Stal) and S. viatoria (Saussure) of which 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 


the former is the type, the latter having been removed to Plectro- 
phorus (= Plectrotettiz) by McNeill. 


1895. Pseudostauronotus Giglio-Tos, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. Syst., VIII, p. 
808. Type.—P. brunneri Giglio-Tos. 

1897. Plectrophorus McNeill, Proc. Davenp. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, p. 198, 
251, pl. 4, fig. 21 [not of Férussac, 1819]. Included Stenobothrus viatorius 
and gregarius Saussure. 

1897. Plectrotettix McNeill, Psyche, VIII, p. 71. 


Of the various species here considered a series of one hundred and 
fifty-six specimens have been examined, including typical material 
of the five species described by Bruner. Thorough consideration of 
this material shows that no tangible characters exist for separating 
Scyllina, Pseudostauronotus and Plectrotettix even as subgenera as 
proposed by Bruner.” The characters on which the subdivisions 
were there made are: the presence or absence of an intercalary vein in 
the post-radial area, the cells of this region being accordingly arranged 
in two series or else irregularly reticulate; the caudal lobe of the 
pronotum either subequal to or longer than the cephalic; the inner 
claw of the hind tibiew more or not more than twice the length of the 
outer, and the number of spines on the outer margin of the hind tibize 
(9 to 12 or 13 to 16). : 

The first of these characters can usually be depended upon as stable, 
but in this genus the intercalary vein is by no means a stable character 
being present or absent in individuals of the same species, and in some 
cases varying in an individual to the extent that it is distinct on one 
tegmen and absent on the other. The proportions of the lobes of the 
pronotum are also found to vary, as in species belonging unquestion- 
ably to the section supposed to have subequal divisions the caudal 
section distinctly exceeds the cephalic in length, while the reverse is 
the case in other species. The length and shape of the tibial claws 
while diagnostic when the type species alone are compared, is without 
value when other forms are considered; specimens of varipes, which 
is allied to conspersa, has the spurs no longer than is found in Mexican 
forms referred to Plectrotettiz. The number of tibial spines is a char- 
acter which appears unworthy of use in separating subgenera, especially 
when the extent of variation is such as to cause great doubt as to which 
division a particular specimen belongs. 

While the type of the genus Gomphocerus (Epacromia) peragrans 
Stal,* has not been recognized since the original description, a cir- 
ecumstance probably due to the fact that the type locality is an unfre- 


2 Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., II, pp. 99-100. 
28 Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenies Resa, Zool., I, p. 343, 1860. [Puna.] 


42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


quented one, the description is such that it could be identified with 
little difficulty. 

The name Pseudostauronotus was proposed by Giglio-Tos under the 
impression that the type, brunneri, was a member of the very insuffi- 
ciently described genus to which Brunner applied the same name two 
years previously.*4 As Brunner’s name rests on a description of seven 
words without included species or type mentioned, it is really a nomen 
nudum and as such not invalidating the later use of the name by Giglio- 
Tos, even when used in misapprehension. Scudder has shown?’ from 
the evidence of material sent him by Brunner that Pseudostawronotus 
of that author equals his much older Stirapleura. 

Some species of the genus appear to resemble species of Bodpedon, 
others forms of Stirapleura and several have a striking superficial 
resemblance to forms of the Locustine genus Schistocerca. The fol- 
lowing arrangement appears to present their relationship as clearly as 
possible in a linear arrangement. 

Species but little variegated, the coloration rather uniform; lateral 
carine of the pronotum moderately arcuate, not prominent; super- 
ficially resembling Bodpedon. 

Scyllina uniformis Rehn. 
Scyllina instabilis n. sp. 

Types: co’ and 2; Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil. September 5, 
1900. (Adolph Hempel; No. 202.) A. N.S. Phila. 

This species is closely allied to S. wniformis, but differs in the sharper 
caudal angle of the pronotum, the longer metazona of the pronotum 
(much longer than the prozona), the slightly narrower interspace be- 
tween the eyes and the rather different type of coloration. 

Size medium; form robust. Head with the fastigium broad, rounded 
rectangulate, depressed area crescentic, interspace between the eyes 
equal to the interantennal width of the frontal costa, lateral foveole 
oblong, punctate, slightly impressed; viewed laterad the fastigium 
rounds into the frontal costa without angle; frontal costa broad, sub- 
equal, slightly constricted above the antennz, two rows of punctures 
dorsad; supplementary facial carine indistinct ventrad; eyes acute 
reniform, slightly longer than the infraocular portion of the 
gene; antenne slender, slightly depressed proximad. Pronotum 
with the cephalic margin arcuato-truncate, caudal margin obtuse- 
angulate, sharper in the male than in the female; median carina 
rather high, distinct, cut slightly cephalad of the middle by the 


% Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, XX XIII, p. 123, 1893. 
3% Canad. Entom., XXIX, p. 76, 1897. 


1906. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43 


distinct transverse sulcus; lateral carine distinct cephalad and caudad, 
subobsolete mesad with the constriction slight; lateral lobes slightly 
over half as deep again as long, cephalic and caudal margins subparallel, 
ventral margin rounded obtuse-angulate. Tegmina distinctly (co) or 
moderately exceeding the apex of the abdomen, but only slightly 
exceeding the tips of the caudal femora; costal expansion slight, ow, 
apex rotundato-truncate; postradial area irregularly areolate. Ceph- 
alic and median limbs rather slender, .Qaudal femora robust, inflated, 
the distal portion slenderer and jwith,the,pregenicular portion con- 
stricted, carinee strongly ribbed, patterngf the pagina distinct and 
regular; caudal tibie with eleven spings, laterad, longer internal spur 
slightly more than twice the length of the shorter, sharply curved 
distad but not distinctly hooked. 


Figs. 14 and 15.—Scyllina instabilis n. sp. Female type. Dorsal view of head 
and pronotum and lateral view. (X 1%.) 


General color ranging from ochraceous-rufous (male) to dull hazel 
and clay color (female). Head with a blackish postocular bar distinct 
in the male, slight in the female; infraocular line very distinct in the 
male, absent in the female; lateral margins of the frontal costa and 
ventral portion of the lateral foveole lined with blackish, more distinct 
in the male than in the female; face and sides of the head blotched 
with a darker brown in the female; eyes rather cinnamon in the male, 
pale isabella color in the female; antennz of the general color. Pro- 
notum of the male clear ochraceous-rufous, with the lateral 
earine slightly marked cephalad, the lateral lobes with a broad 


44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Feb., 


blackish bar extending from the principal transverse suleus dorsad 
obliquely ventrad to the ventro-cephalic angle; of the female 
with a dorsal eross imperfectly indicated by dull hazel on a 
clove brown ground, lateral lobes reddish clay color with weak longi- 
tudinal blotches of broccoli brown. Tegmina with the anal area 
obsolete maculations in both sexes, those of the female more distinct 
than those of the male, remainder with rather narrow rather regularly 
disposed transverse bars of Be brown, which are weaker distad than 
proximad in the female, bu®4in#f4rm in strength in the male. Limbs 
cream buff marked with !eld¥e! Bown ; caudal femora cream ochra- 
ceous-rufous dorsad in the Tha hot barred, in the female hazel with 
four rather weak transverse bars of dull brown, carine of the lateral 
face dotted with blackish, the pattern of the pagina outline in brown- 
ish; ventral face very dark verditer blue; caudal tibie ranging from 
orange-vermilion (male) or chinese orange (female) proximad to ma- 
roon purple (male) or burnt carmine (female), spine blackish at the 
tips. 


Measurements. 
Weve IOC, 2 2 6 5 5» 2 oe 5 eS iooMm, ye} ata 
ILSaVetiln OH joo. gy) G2 % 
Leneth of tegmen, Md 20) ak ee ee ae) 28:5 
Length of caudal femur, Meee Ont” U8 oe PAN ge 


In addition to the types a paratypic series of five males (September 
5 and 14, 1900) have been examined. Considerable color variation is 
presented by this series, which is roughly divisible into three types; 
one (a) with the dorsum of the pronotum unicolorous, which is repre- 
sented by the type alone, another (b) with a rather pale median pro- 
notal line flanked laterad by blackish, represented by three individuals, 
and a third (c) with a pronotal cross as in the 2 with the caudal margin 
of the pronotum as pale as the cross, represented by two specimens. 
The median pale line is distinctly carried to the tips of the tegmina 
in one of type b, while the transverse tegminal bars are rather regular 
and distinct, though not complete in some specimens; a pale proximal 
tegminal line is present in two individuals of type 6. The dorsum of 
the caudal femora is distinctly barred in both of type c, and faintly in 
one of type b, while the lateral face shows distinct oblique bars in several 
specimens. The color of the caudal tibize in all males other than the 
type is as in the 2 type. A single c specimen from Sapucay, Para- 
guay (III 9.05; Foster, No. 195 part), in the Hebard Collection, is 
referred to this species. It presents a rather different appearance 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 


when compared with the typical series, but the differences are wholly 
of color. The dorsum of the pronotum is to a large extent velvety 
black, broken at the sulci, while the lateral carinzee are marked as in 
specimens of type c, but darker, with the median longitudinal bar 
present. 

Scyllina picta (Bruner). 


1900. P{lectrotettix] pictus Bruner, Acc. Genera Spec. Locusts Argent., p. 
37, fig. 18. [Cordoba and Sante Fé Provinces, Carcarafia and Rosario, 
Argentina.] 


A topotypic series of three males and three females from Carcarafia, 
collected by Bruner, have been examined. 

This species is only known from Cordoba and Sante Fé Provinces, 
Argentina. 

Soyllina brunneri (Giglio-Tos). 

Sapucay, Paraguay. February 13, 1905. 1 @. (Foster, Hebard 
Coll.) 

This specimen is considerably darker than any strongly marked 
specimen of this species seen. The whole insect is quite dark except 
for the light femoral bars, but the pattern is still distinctly visible, 
the medio-dorsal and lateral bars being present, and the tegminal 
streak clear apple green. The size of this specimen is slightly greater 
than Matto Grosso specimens. 

Scyllina pratensis (Bruner). 


1904. [Plectrotettix] pratensis Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 100. 
[Pernambuco, Brazil.] 


Paratypic specimens, a d’ and °, of this species, loaned by Prof, 
Bruner, have been examined. They differ from brasiliensis in the 
slightly smaller size, rather slenderer form, less divergent carine of 
the pronotum and the more acute fastigium. The color of the caudal 
tibize is of little diagnostic value, as in other species of the genus, the 
male in hand having them wholly red, the female ochraceous with the 
dorsal surface purplish distad and reddish proximad. 


Measurements of paratypes. 


~A ; ie) 
Ibeinin Oi shi, 5 2 6) 5 5 5 2 « © Albumen, Aogssraaior's 
ILSMCHAN OH ROMO SG Oma 
Length of tegmen, ee ees Oe lca 23.5 “* 
Length of caudal femur, Tey EO) 


Scyllina gregaria (Saussure). 
1861. St[enobothrus] gregarius Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 
2e sér., XIII, p. 318. [St. Thomas; Haiti.] b 
1903. Plectrotettix gregarius Rehn, Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc., X XIX, p. 


46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb. 


133. [Utuado, Arroyo, Bayamon and Mayaguez, Porto Rico; Culebra and 
Vieques Islands.] 


A 2 from Vieques Island has been examined in this connection. 
The species is closely related to pratensis, but differs in the narrower 
space between the eyes and the greater interantennal constriction of 
the frontal costa. It is interesting to note that the known ranges of 
these very closely related species are separated by a distance of over 
two thousand miles, in the land areas of which, as far as at present 
known, no species of the genus is found. 

Scyllina brasiliensis (Bruner). 


1904. [Plectrotettix] brasiliensis Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 
100. [Southern Brazil.] 


Sapucay, Paraguay. 1 o,1 2. Prof. Bruner’s Coll. Sapucay, 
Paraguay. January 28, February 2-27, March 6-10, 1905. 11 Mo’, 
20 2 2. (Poster, Hebard Coll.) Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil. Sep- 
tember 1-14, 1900. 430,622. (Hempel, A. N.S. P.) 

The Sapucay specimens loaned by Prof. Bruner are marked as types, 
although the locality southern Brazil is given with the original brief 
description. 

The variation in the intensity of the markings of this species is quite 
considerable. The males appear to be, for this genus, rather uniform 
in coloration, and the variation in size is not very great. The females, 
however, vary greatly in the amount and shade of green coloring, 
some having the dorsal face of the caudal femora, head and the greater 
portion of the pronotum and pleura rather pale apple green, while 
others have these parts mottled and overlaid more or less strongly 
with dull brown. In a few specimens the green, except the tegminal 
bar, is wholly replaced with a shade of brown, but in such cases the 
pattern remains the same. In the material examined but very few 
specimens have the characteristic pattern obscured and even in those 
cases it is not obliterated. 

As a series the females are quite uniform in size, one Sapucay female, 
however, being quite large. This latter individual is also very deeply 
colored, 

The measurements of Bruner’s Sapucay specimens and the large ? 
mentioned above are as follows: 


Bruner. BRUNER. LARGE. 


ot 2) o 
Geng thyotibody, 5 02) ee2oso mms oO: smmme me o4eo mma. 
ILIA Oi joo, 5 4. «4 ., « 4 & CRs ay 
Length of tegmen, jae a ee eee 26.8 “ ZOO as 


Length of caudalfemur, . : . .15 “ PA) ee Dap nssy 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47 


The records of this species given above cover the known region, 
from Sao Paulo, Brazil, to western Paraguay. 
Soyllina conspersa (Bruner). 


1904. [Plectrotettix] conspersus Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer. Orth., II, p. 100 
[No locality.] 


Sapueay, Paraguay. December 17, 1901; December 16, 1904. 
January 26 and 28, February 8-15,1905. 90,11 22. (Foster, 
Hebard Coll.) 

Through the kindness of Prof. Bruner I have before me the type of 
this species, a 2 from Sapucay, Paraguay. From the material in 
hand it appears that this species has several color forms, as in brunnert 
and other species. The type has the dorsal surface of the head and 
pronotum uniform wood brown without cruciform markings or longi- 
tudinal median stripe, and a majority of the females and several of the 
males examined belong to this type. Several males and females have 
the dorsum dark with weak, but distinct, cruciform pronotal markings 
and a longitudinal light bar of variable prominence, in some cases 
absent. In about half the specimens the heavy blackish markings 
on the lateral lobes of the pronotum and caudad and ventrad of the 
eyes are distinct, while the dorsal bars of the caudal femora are dis- 
tinct in the greater number, weak and interrupted in several others 
including the type, dorso-lateral carina of the femora marked ventrad 
with blackish in all specimens, very distinct in some, broken and 
faint in others, the genicular lobes also blackish. 


Measurements of the type. 


ILemmin@iliesh, o of 5 5 6 o & 6 9 1h to so) Ben(fiemare 
ensth; of pronotum 7 aig tae ron he cee ike GQ = 
mene chivon beomncn esse) een mranAN Ee Us) ri 32-20 
Length of caudal femur, 22.0 “ 


‘Scyllina suffusa Rehn. 
Soyllina varipes (Bruner). 


1905. Plectrotettix varipes Bruner, Entom. News, XVI, p. 214. [Sapucay, 
Paraguay.] 


Sapuecay, Paraguay. March 5 and 15, 1905. 4 co 
(Foster, Hebard Coll.) 

These specimens have been compared with typical individuals 
kindly loaned by Prof. Bruner. This species is very richly colored 
and one of the more easily recognized forms, the distinct femoral bars 
and the entirely black genicular region being quite striking in all the 
specimens examined. Considerable superficial resemblance exists to 
S. conspersa, which is found in the same locality, but the angle of the 


ONOly By =e 


48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


face and the shorter and heavier caudal femora, as well as the color 
of the caudal tibiz, serve to separate it without difficulty. In the case 
of this species and S. conspersa the colors of the tibia appear to be 
constant, all the specimens of conspersa examined having the distal 
section dark bluish, while the deep rich crimson of the distal two-thirds 
of varipes is clear and uniform in the whole series. 

Scyllina smithi Rehn. 

Soyllina borellii Giglio-Tos. 

Scyllina schistocercoides Rehn. 

Scyllina viatoria (Saussure). 

Specimens recorded by the author as this species from Texolo, 
La Joya, San Luis Potosi and Alta Mira, Tamaulipas, when re-examined 
in the light of recent work on the Mexican and Central American 
forms of the genus, prove to represent true viatoria. The males have 
the dorsal face of the caudal femora distinctly barred, while the 
females have these parts almost uniform green. 


Soyllina calida (Bruner). 


1904. Plectrotettix calidus Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., IH, p. 101 
(Cuernavaca, Morelos and Guerrero, Mexico, Nicaragua, Costa Rica.] 


Previous records of the author of vatoria from Cuernavaca, Uruapan, 
Gualajara, Zapotlanejo and Zapotlan should be referred to this species. 

The range of variation in size and coloration in this form is very 
great, some individuals having the colors weak and poorly defined, 
while other individuals from the same locality are quite richly colored. 
The width, number and intensity of the transverse bars of the tegmina 
also varies greatly as in some individuals they are as broad as the inter- 
vening sections, while in others they are broken, imperfect and rather 
pardaline in character and distribution. 


Soyllina excelsa (Bruner). 


1904. Plectrotettix excelsus Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, pp. 101-102. 
[Tlalpam and Tacubaya, Mexico.] 


A male and two females of this species from Tacubaya show that this 
is probably the most striking Mexican species. These individuals 
have been previously recorded by the author as viatoria. ‘The rather 
short tegmina, more robust form and heavier caudal femora will 
assist in separating this from the allied species. These specimens 
show practically no green, the light shades being ochres. 

PSOLOESSA Scudder. 
1875. Psoloessa Scudder, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 512 


Included P. texana, ferruginea and maculipennis Scudder, of which 
maculipennis can be considered the type. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 


Psoloessa maculipennis Scudder. 
1875. Psoloessa maculipennis Scudder, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, 
p. 513. 


San Luis Potosi, Mexico. August 5, 1903. 1 2. (M. E. Hoag, 
AS INE Ses) 

This species has been recorded from Texas, New Mexico, Arizona 
and California. 


Psoloessa buddiana Bruner. 


1889. Psoloessa Buddiana Bruner, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XII, p. 61, t. I, 
fig. 6. (Carrizo Springs, Southwest Texas.] 


Zapotlan, Jalisco, Mexico, July 7, 1902. &, 2. (C. H. T. Town- 
send, A. N.S. P.) 

These specimens are referred here with some little doubt. The 
species has been recorded from Montelovez, Coahuila. 


STIRAPLEURA Scudder.** 


1876. Stirapleura Seudder, Ann. Rep. Chief of U.S. Engineers, 1876, pt. 
3, p. 510. 


Type.—Stirapleura decussata Scudder. 
Specimens of all the South American forms of this genus have been 
examined and the species are here listed to show their relationship. 


Stirapleura variabilis Bruner. 
Stirapleura signatipennis (Blanchard). 


1851. (C£dipoda signatipennis Blanchard, in Gay, Hist. Fis. y Polit. de Chile, 
Zool., VI, p.. 79. [Coquimbo, Chili.] 


Penco, Chili. December, 1903. 722. (C.S. Reed, A. N.S. P.) 
Concepcion, Chili. 12. (C.S. Reed, A. N.S. P.) 

These specimens fully agree with Blanchard’s original description. 
This is the largest species of the genus, exceeding even the North 
American S. decussata. An average 2 measures as follows: 


henguhvolsbodiy, 0-1 0) suena erate ee yo ani 2D, Mm - 
ILGNVRnn Oi OROMONIEN, G5. 6 so oo oye ee 6 4.3 ° 
Length of tegmen, Poe ee eee = ee iQ), vets 
ens throlcaud allifenit een one enn IG: omic 


Stirapleura bruneri n. n. 


1900. S[tirapleura] signatipennis Bruner (not (Cdipoda  signatipennis 
Blanchard), Gen. Sp. Locusts Argent., p. 34. [Argentina from the 
Pampa Central and extending into Uruguay to the eastward.] 


This species is quite distinct from signatipennis Blanchard, as six 


76 Saussure’s Stenobothrus chilensis (Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e sér., 
XIII, p. 319, 1861) is no doubt a member of this genus, and possibly the male 
of signatipennis, the female being the only sex known to the author. The size 
given by him (length with elytra 15 mm.) is much too large for the male of 
humilis. 


4 


50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


specimens from Carcarafia, Argentina, determined by Bruner show. 
The Argentine form is smaller, with the lateral carine of the pronotum 
more constricted and the coloration more variable than in signatipennis. 
This is apparently one of the species on which Brunner erected his 
insufficiently characterized Pseudostauronotus,?? as specimens received 
from Saussure from Buenos Ayres bear the manuscript name Pseudo- 
stauronotus occidentalis. 
Stirapleura humilis (Blanchard). 

1851. (Edipoda humilis Blanchard, in Gay, Hist. Fis. y Polit. de Chile, 

Zool., VI, p. 79. [Coquimbo, Chili.] 

Penco, Chili. November and December, 1903, and February, 1904. 
17 oS, 16 QPL, 5 immat. (C.S. Reed, A. N.S. P.) Concepcion, 
Chili. November and December, 1903, and February, 1904. 200, 
722,3immat. (Reed, A.N.S.P.) Coronel, Chili. January, 1904. 
1c. (Reed, A.N.S.P.) Longuen, Chili. February, 1994. 200, 
4 292. (Reed, A. N. S. P.) Guiltio, Chili. December, 1903. 2 
380,629. (Reed, A.N.S.P.) Lota, Chili. October, 1903. 1c. 
(Reed, A. N.S. P.) 

This large series exhibits a very great amount of individual variation 
in size and color. The females range in total length from 13 to 20 
millimeters, the males varying proportionately. The color ranges 
from a mottled black-brown and gray with femoral bars and weakly 
lateral carine of the pronotum, to another with the general color pale 
with broad dark lateral bars on the dorsum of the head and pronotum 
with a broad pale median bar, a longitudinal dark bar on the tegmina 
flanked toward the costa by a pale green line, and the femora with 
bars and suffused along the dorso-lateral carine with blackish. The 
latter type has the markings of the lateral lobes of the pronotum quite 
distinet and the genicular regions of the caudal femora and tibie are 
paler than in the other type, in which these portions are blackish. 
These differences are irrespective of locality and date, and are con- 
nected by dozens of intermediates. 

This species appears to fit Blanchard’s form, some specimens agree- 
ing very well with the rather vague description. It is apparently a 
common species. 

Stirapleura pallida Bruner. 
Stirapleura obscura Bruner. 

The position of this species is a little doubtful. In some respects 
it resembles bruneri, but its general characters approach brunnea. 
Stirapleura brunnea Rehn, 

27 Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, XX XIII, p. 123, 1893. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 


Marcu 6. 
The President, Samuget G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. 
One hundred and twenty-seven persons present. 


The death of William W. Jefferis, a member, February 24, 1906, was 
announced. 


The reception of a paper entitled ‘‘Phylogeny of the Races of 
Volutilithes petrosus,’’ by Burnett Smith, Ph.D. (February 23), was 
reported. 


Dr. Witt1am P. Witson made a communication on the Philippine 
Islands, their resources, their inhabitants and present progress toward 
independence. (No abstract.) 


Marcu 20. 
Mr. ARTHUR ERWIN Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. 
Sixty-nine persons present. 


Miss Mary 8S. Holmes made a communication on the Dos Pueblos 
Cafion, California. (No abstract.) 


Francis William Rawle was elected a member. 


The following were ordered to be printed: 


52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


PHYLOGENY OF THE RACES OF VOLUTILITHES PETROSUS. 


BY BURNETT SMITH, PH.D. 


INTRODUCTION. 


In a recent article‘ the author has described some of the shell char- 
acters which, occurring in the later stages of Gastropod ontogeny and 
phylogeny, mark the gerontic or senile condition of the individual or 
of the race. It was seen that these senile features may at times be as 
useful to the student of phylogeny as those of the earlier stages, which 
latter have always received the more attention. In the paper referred 
to, the attempt was made to show that the modern Fulgur carica of 
our New Jersey coast is the descendant of a main F. carica stock, 
which originated in Miocene time; and that such forms as PF. maximum 
and its allies, which had heretofore been regarded as ancestral by 
Grabau? and others, are in reality not so at all, but senile offshoots 
which at an early period in the history of the stock diverged from the 
main line of descent. The paucity of individuals representing the 
forms considered ancestral, and the extreme abundance of the speci- 
mens of senile forms, was a source of some embarrassment to the 
author. It is therefore with considerable satisfaction that I am now 
able, though in another genus (Volutilithes), to present a series in 
which the forms comprising the main ancestral stock are nearly as 
plentiful as those which represent the senile offshoots. 

The history of certain of the species of Volutilithes can be well traced 
in the Eocene of our Gulf States, but nowhere better than in Alabama, 
where the fine sections along the Alabama and Tombigbee rivers have 
furnished abundant material for the study of the geological and geo- 
graphical distribution of these forms. The races and species studied 
range from the Matthew’s Landing horizon in Alabama to the Jackson 
horizon in Mississippi, and therefore represent a fair proportion of the 
phylogenetic units through nearly the whole of the Eocene. They are 
likewise restricted to a small geographical area, and the geological 
s ections in which they appear are unusually good. 


' Senility among Gastropods, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., May, 1905. 
* Studies’of Gastropoda, II—Fulgur and Sycotypus, Am. Nat., Vol. 37. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53 


The material“at my disposal is very full and complete,? and has 
enabled me to study large series of individuals. These series in each 
case represent the forms in the proportions in which they occur in the 
field, and therefore offer every opportunity for obtaining the average 
racial characters in any particular locality or horizon. 


MorPHonoey. 


The genus Volutilithes is widely distributed throughout our Southern 
Eocene. At some localities several sharp and distinct species occur, 
but at most of the localities Volutilithes is represented by one species 
and by a particular race of that species. The term race is used in place 
of variety, for in these assemblages the individuals frequently differ 
widely. There is, however, always an average of characters which 
stamps the stage of evolution which the race has attained. Of course, 
extreme specimens often have more of the features of some other race 
than of the race to which they belong, but these individuals are always 
few; and there is never any difficulty in recognizing the general race 
characters for any particular geographical point, and the phase of 
phylogenetic development found in the faunule at that point. In 
cases of this sort, the introduction of varietal and specific names is to 
be deprecated, and the adoption of the system of race analysis is 
strongly urged by the author. 

In the forms under consideration, the first two or three whorls are 
smooth and rounded, constituting the Smooth Stage. The first orna- 
mental feature to appear on the smooth, rounded whorl is the trans- 
verse rib, that is, a slight elevation on the whorl which runs across it 
from suture to suture. These early ribs are invariably curved slightly, 
and each one is simple and uniform from suture to suture. The curved 
ribs persist as a rule for about a quarter or a half of a whorl, or even for 
a much less space; in fact, sometimes we have only one or two of them. 
This Curved Rib Stage is short but remarkably constant, and though 
occasionally much suppressed, has been found in every species and race 
dealt with in this paper. 

The curved ribs, after about one-third of a whorl, change abruptly 
into the straight ribs of what has been designated the Cancellated 4 


° It forms part of the Isaac Lea Collection of Eocene Mollusca at the Academy 
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and was brought together largely by Mr. 
Charles W. Johnson, now of the Boston Society of Natural History. The col- 
lections are a tribute to his skill and perseverance as a collector, and are an example 
of what museum research collections should be. 

4See Dall, Trans. Wag. Inst., Vol. IU, p. 68. 


5k PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (March, 


Stage, which begins by the appearance of two swellings or tubercles 
on each rib. One of these tubercles is near the suture, and the other 
at the position which is later occupied by the shoulder angle. They 
will be referred to as the suture and shoulder tubercles respectively. 
These two tubercles are often of nearly equal size at the start, though 
frequently the suture tubercle is the larger. Tubercles other than 
these two mentioned are seldom visible on an early rib; but when a 
sufficiently small shell is obtainable, other smaller tubercles can be 
seen upon each rib, and the tubercles diminish in size quite regularly 
from the suture tubercle downward. Lach tubercle is connected with 
the corresponding tubercle of the next rib by a faint spiral, the first 
appearance of the definite cancellation which later becomes more 
pronounced. In most specialized forms the shoulder angle develops 
shortly after the appearance of the tubercles. 

The cancellated condition is found more or less well developed in 
all the different races. In primitive species ° it may persist as a con- 
stant feature to the end of the individual’s life; but in most forms it 
covers only a few whorls and is more variable than the preceding 
Curved Rib Stage, in that certain of its features change as the shell 
grows. These changes are gradual, but they render the end of the 
Cancellated Stage much less definite than its beginning. They may 
be briefly summarized as follows: The tubercles, with the exception of 
the shoulder tubercle, usually tend to degenerate, and soon disappear, 
though their corresponding faint spirals may sometimes persist. 

The shoulder tubercle, on the contrary, becomes stronger and sharper. 
First the ribbing above the shoulder disappears, and later the ribbing 
below the shoulder shortens, and with its practical disappearance 
what might be termed the Spiny Stage is inaugurated. 

In the Spiny Stage the shoulder tubercle is now sharp and spine-like. 
Other tubercles have disappeared and the spirals are, as a rule, re- 
stricted to the region of the anterior siphon. Ribbing has practically 
gone, but very short rudiments may sometimes still be present below 
the shoulder spines. The commencement of this stage is never sharp, 
for it is the result of gradual change from the preceding one.® It is 


5In Am. Nat. for 1902, Vol. 36, p. 926, Grabau says: ‘‘It is perhaps not too 
much to say that in the majority of the larger phyletic series, except those highly 
specialized, the radicle is a smooth, round-whorled form, succeeded by types in 
which the adults are ribbed, and later cancellated, after which progressive modi- 
fication may be carried further.’’ 

* No morphological distinction is made between spine and tubercle, ‘‘The 
writer considers that the difference between the small rounded tubercle of the 
early whorls and the large, sharp spine of the later whorl is one merely of degree. 


1906.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. A5 


not reached in all species, but occurs usually as the end term of normal 
progressive development in the ontogeny, and of slow.and even evolu- 
tion in the phylogeny. 

The Spiny Stage, then, may sometimes be present as a well-defined 
stage, but it may also be accompanied by extreme individual variation 
and by features of senility. These latter characterize the Senile 
Stage, and may follow regularly after the Spiny Stage; but, as stated 
above, they not infrequently are thrown back by acceleration, and 
found together in the same whorl with the features of the Spiny Stage. 

The Senile Stage, whether following normally after the Spiny Stage 
or associated with it, is always easily distinguished. In the forms 
under consideration its most important features are the following: 7 

1. Tendency for the shoulder spines to pass into a shoulder keel. 

2. Irregularity of growth lines. 

3. Thickening of the shell. 

4. Encroachment of the anal siphon upward on the preceding whorl. 

5. Protrusion of the mantle in the region of the anal siphon, pro- 
ducing a smoothing of the preceding whorl by a shelly overgrowth. 

These five characters are all sometimes found together in one in- 
dividual or race, but, as arule, only two or three of them are so asso- 
ciated. 

In studying the development of the shell features, each whorl has 
been taken up in detail, and its particular ornamental characteristics 
noted: Of course, this system is more or less arbitrary, and at times 


| 


Fig. 1.—Line shows position taken for the end of the first whorl. 


inaccurate, on account of the acceleration of features in certain in- 
dividuals. In the following study, the writer has endeavored to get 
the average characters for a certain whorl, except where individual 
variation is great. In this latter case the variations are noted. 


The word spine is therefore used, throughout this paper, simply in a descriptive 
sense, and implies no difference from the early tubercle, except that it is larger and 
sharper. Both are produced by the same fold in the mantle, and every gradation 
between the two is observable.’’ Smith, Burnett, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 
May, 1905, p. 347. This opinion is quite different from that held by Grabau 
(see Am. Nat., Vols. 36, 37). 

7 For a discussion of senility see Smith, Burnett, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 
May, 1905. 


56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


In counting the whorls, it has been attempted to have the end of 
the first whorl come in about the position shown in the figure. It is 
impossible to make an absolutely exact count, but if care is used there 
will seldom be much of an error in the last whorl. As stated above, 
the method is purely arbitrary, but it seemed to the writer to be the 
only practical way in which the statistics of the development of orna- 
mental features could be arranged. 


Fig. 2.—Volutilithes limopsis Conrad. Matthew’s Landing, Ala. Apex 
enlarged, showing smooth stage followed by the curved rib stage, which begins 
in the latter part of whorl four. Whorl five shows the cancellated stage. 
Length =1.6 mm. 

Volutilithes limopsis Conrad. 

Locality—Matthew’s Landing, Ala. 

This species was originally described by Conrad in Jour. Acad. Nat. 
Sct. Phila., 2d Series, Vol. IV, p. 292, Pl. 47, fig. 24. 

Whorls 1, 2, 3—Smooth and rounded. 

Whorl 4—Smooth and rounded, except toward the end, where the 
curved rib stage may start. 

Whorl 5—The curved rib stage often commences early in five, per- 
sisting as a rule for about a quarter of a whorl. The cancellated stage 
follows abruptly with its straight, tubercled ribs. These tubercles 
are largest at the suture, decreasing regularly in size anteriorly on each 
rib. Each tubercle is connected with the corresponding tubercle of 
the next rib by a faint spiral. A shoulder angle is never developed. 

Whorls 6, 7—Characterized by the cancellated stage and much like 
the latter part of five. 

Whorl 8—Characterized by the cancellated stage and much like 
six and seven. The tubercles nearest the suture are the strongest, and 
they diminish in size regularly as the rib is followed anteriorly. The 
ribs are also less prominent anteriorly, disappearing entirely on the 
branchial siphon. Spirals cover the entire whorl. 

Whorls 9, 10—Much as in eight, the cancellated stage still persisting. 


106.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57 


The tubercles are a little sharp, and the protruded mantle shows a 
very slight tendency to smooth the preceding whorl—a tendency which 
in later forms results in a senile feature. 

Remarks.—This form possesses no stage later than the cancellated 
stage and never has a shoulder angle. The suture tubercle is through- 
out life the dominant one. The specimens are remarkably uniform, 
no perceptible individual variation occurring. The smooth stage is 
very long. From its primitive characteristics, and its geological posi- 
tion near the base of the Eocene, the writer has no hesitation in assign- 
ing to it an ancestral position among the races and species dealt with 
in this paper. 


Fig. 3.—Volutilithes rugatus Conrad. Matthew’s Landing, Ala. Adult indi- 
vidual. Length=44 mm. 


Volutilithes rugatus Conrad. 


Locality—Matthew’s Landing, Ala. 

This species was originally described by Conrad as Volutilithes 
rugata in Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d Series, Vol. IV, p. 292, Pl. 
47, fig. 32. 

Whorls 1, 2, 3—Smooth and rounded. 

Whorl 4—Smooth and rounded, except near the end, where in many 
individuals the curved rib stage begins. 

Whorl 5—The curved rib stage usually occupies the latter part of 
four and early part of five. Its ribs are wide apart and it persists for 
about a quarter of a whorl. It is followed by the straight, tubercled 
ribs of the cancellated stage. The two upper tubercles are the largest, 
those below becoming fainter anteriorly. The ribs die away anteriorly 
on the branchial siphon. Each tubercle is connected with the corre- 
sponding one of the next whorl by a spiral. 


58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


Whorls 6,7, S—All characterized by the cancellated stage. Changes, 
however, take place during these whorls. At first the ornamentation 
is much like that of the cancellated stage in V. limopsis, but later the 
ribs become relatively farther apart and broader (in a spiral direction). 
At the same time many fine riblets are introduced between the pri- 
mary ribs. The tubercles are largest near the suture and become smaller 
as the ribs die away anteriorly. There is never a distinct shoulder 
angle. The whorls are covered with spirals. i 

Whorl 9—Individual variation now sets in. In some specimens the 
whorl is much as in eight. In others the rib is swollen into a very 
rounded, transversely long angle which hardly occupies the position 
of the shoulder angle of later forms, and in addition the shells become 
thick. In all individuals the mantle protrudes in the region of the 
anal siphon, and tends to smooth the preceding whorl with a shelly 
overgrowth. This latter is never extreme. 

Whorl 10—Much as in nine, though here the forms with swollen 
ribs predominate. In many specimens the shells become thick, the 
growth lines irregular, and the smoothing of the preceding whorl by 
the shelly overgrowth is quite well marked, though it never becomes 
extreme as in some forms of later time. 

Remarks.—This species in its earlier stages of growth closely re- 
sembles V. limopsis. It differs radically, however, from that form 
with the progress of its ontogeny. Though its individuals vary greatly, 
it is nevertheless entitled (in the opinion of the author) to rank as a 
distinct species. In its later whorls there is great individual variation, 
accompanied by senile features. These latter, though never extreme, 
are well marked. They comprise protrusion of the mantle in the 
region of the anal siphon, producing a smoothing of the preceding 
whorl by a shelly overgrowth; thickening of the shell, and irregularity 
of growth lines. There is no spiny stage. V. rugatus is considered 
to be a short senile offshoot from V. limopsis. In the absence of 
intermediate forms this evolution must have taken place either at 
some other locality or at some geologically earlier date. 


Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. 

The forms described at the present day under this name represent 
an assemblage of races. If every gradation of evolutional develop- 
ment did not exist among them, many of these races would doubtless 
now be regarded as distinct species. In fact, there are several dis- 
carded specific names which were used in this way by Conrad and Lea, 
Each race is an assemblage of individuals, showing more or less in- 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 


dividual variation, yet nevertheless possessing on the average definite 
racial characters. In other words, the majority of specimens from 
any one locality or horizon show a certain stage of evolution. Some 
of the specimens may show developmental features characterizing 
either a more primitive or a less primitive race; but these specimens 
are few, and are not typical of the average of individuals from the 
locality or horizon to which they belong. 

The races of V. petrosus are known to range from the Nanafalia beds 
to the Jackson beds inclusive. The original specific description * is 
accompanied by a figure of a member of the Claiborne race. Though 
this particular race is perhaps not the most typical expression of the 
V. petrosus main stock, the writer feels that no better method can be 
employed than to use the name V. petrosus to designate the assemblage 
of races under discussion. 

Several of the races differ in the development of senile characters 
from the V. petrosus main stock, but there is every gradation between 
these and the representatives of the main stock. On account of this 
gradation the senile forms are included as races of V. petrosus, in spite 
of the fact that their old individuals differ greatly in appearance from 
those of the more normal type. 

The young of all the races, senile and otherwise, are remarkably 
uniform and constant. The early whorls indicate clearly that they 
are all descended from a cancellated ancestor, and bear a strong re- 
semblance, especially in the cancellated stage, to the characters of 
V.limopsis. In the absence of any record of a V. petrosus being found 
below the horizon of the Nanafalia beds, the author believes that it 
is perfectly safe to conclude that all these races in question are de- 
scended from the V. limopsis of the Matthew’s Landing horizon. 


Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. 
Nanafalia Race. 
Locality—Nanafalia, Ala, 
The only specimen known to the writer from this horizon is not suf- 

ficiently well preserved to admit of its accurate study whorl for whorl. 

It is, however, a perfectly normal specimen of moderate size and ex- 

presses the general characters of the V. petrosus main stock. It is 

about the size of the eight-whorled individuals of the Gregg’s Landing 
or the Jackson races, When it is placed in line with such specimens, 

‘the three shells exhibit yery few differences. This Nanafalia individual 


® Voluta petrosa Conrad, ‘‘Fossil Shells of the Tertiary Formations of North 
America.’”’ 


60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


has spines in its last whorl which make it resemble the Jackson race 
quite closely. In this respect it is nearer the Jackson specimens than 
the Gregg’s Landing specimens. Its mantle perhaps smooths the 
preceding whorl a trifle more than does the mantle in the Jackson race. 
However, in its general features, it is very close to the Jackson form. 
The amount which the mantle has smoothed the preceding whorl is 
about equal to that found in shells of the same size from Gregg’s 
Landing. 


Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. 


Grege’s Landing Race. 

Locality—Gregg’s Landing, Alabama River, Ala. 

Whorls 1, 2, 3—Smooth and rounded. 

Whorl 4—The curved rib stage begins early in four. It persists for 
a quarter or a third of a whorl, but changes abruptly into the can- 
cellated stage with its straight, tubercled ribs. The shoulder and 
suture tubercles are of about the same size at first. By the end of 
four the shoulder angle is quite well developed. 

Whorl 5—Characterized by the cancellated stage and much like the 
latter part of four. Suture and shoulder tubercles are of about the 
same size. The shoulder angle is well developed. Tubercles are 
connected by fine spirals. 

Whorl 6—Characterized by the cancellated stage, but changes occur. 
The shoulder tubercle is becoming stronger, while the suture tubercle 
is getting weaker. The ribbing above the shoulder angle is also 
becoming weaker. 

Whorl 7—Still characterized by the cancellated stage, but here 
the suture tubercle has disappeared and is only represented by its 
spiral. The ribbing above the shoulder angle has gone, though it is 
still well represented below the shoulder angle. 

Whorl 8—Still characterized by the cancellated stage and much like 
whorl seven. Below the shoulder angle the whorl is covered with fine 
spirals. There is a very slight smoothing of the preceding whorl by 
the protruded mantle, for the end of the cancellated stage is not sharp 
like that of the curved rib stage. 

Whorl 9—From here on individual variation is great. Some forms 
have a whorl much as in eight, with the ribbing still well developed 
below the shoulder, though the shoulder tubercles are more spine- 
like. In other specimens the ribbing below the shoulder is gone, the 
shoulder spines are more extreme, and the anal siphon shows a tend- 
ency to encroach upward on the preceding whorl. In addition, these 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 


latter forms have a heavier shell, and the shelly smoothing of the pre- 
ceding whorl by the protruded mantle is more marked. 

Whorl 10—Here again we have every gradation between forms char- 
acterized by the spiny stage, in which the preceding whorl has been 
only slightly smoothed by the mantle, and forms which show a moder- 
ate development of senile features. These latter show the tendency 
for the spines to pass into a shoulder keel. They also possess a thick 
shell with irregular growth lines, the anal siphon encroaches upward, 
and the preceding whorl is smoothed by the shelly overgrowth of the 
protruded mantle. Though these latter forms possess senile features, 
these features are only shghtly developed. They are, in fact, just the 
beginnings of those characteristics which become so extreme in some 
of the races of later time. 

Remarks.—This race occurs in the Gregg’s Landing marl. The 
greater number of individuals of the Gregg’s Landing race have a 
perfectly normal ontogeny, and in their later whorls have the spiny 
stage well marked. These individuals belong therefore to the V. 
petrosus main stock, and as they form a majority of the assemblage, 
they determine the position of the race to be on the main stock. A 
minority of individuals, however, show senile features. These senile 
features are not well marked, but they indicate that here in this race 
was inaugurated the tendency which resulted in the development of 
the senile races of later time. In other words, we have here the point 
where a senile offshoot is starting to branch from the main ancestral 
stock. The marks of this tendency are but slight, and the individuals 
are few; yet, nevertheless, the tendency is plainly recognizable. 
Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. 

Bell’s Landing Race. 

Locality—Bell’s Landing, Alabama River, Ala. 

Whorls 1, 2, 3—Smooth and rounded. 

Whorl 4—The curved rib stage commences early in four and per- 
sists for about a quarter of a whorl. It is followed by the straight, 
tubercled ribs of the cancellated stage. The suture and shoulder 
tubercles are about equal in size, and the shoulder angle soon becomes 
well marked. Spirals connect the tubercles. 

Whorl 5—Characterized by the cancellated stage and closely re- 
sembles the latter part of four. 

Whorl 6—Characterized by the cancellated stage. Suture tubercles 
grow weaker, shoulder tubercles grow stronger. Ribbing above the 
shoulder also grows weaker, but it is well marked below the shoulder. 

Whorl 7—Much as in six. 


62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


Whorl 8—Still characterized by the cancellated stage, but the suture 
tubercles and the ribbing above the shoulder have now gone. Shoul- 
der tubercles are stronger. Ribbing below the shoulder is weaker. 
The beginning of the tendency to form a shelly overgrowth is seen, 
and the cancellated stage comes to an end. 

Whorl 9—Ribbing is about gone and the shoulder tubercles have 
become spines. In other words, the spiny stage has set in. In most 
individuals, however, the senile characters are also mingled with those 
of the spiny stage. The shell gets thicker, and the mantle protrudes 
in the region of the anal siphon, and smooths the preceding whorl with 
a shelly overgrowth. This latter, though not extreme, often covers 
the spines of eight, which, however, are visible through it. 

Whorls 10, 11, 12—In these whorls we simply have an exaggeration 
of the characters of nine. The features of the spiny stage and the 
marks of senility are found together in the same whorl. Toward the 
end senile characters are quite well marked. The shell becomes 
thick, the growth lines irregular, the anal siphon encroaches upward, 
and the shoulder spines tend to pass into a shoulder keel. In addition, 
the shelly overgrowth produced by the protruded mantle is well 
marked, and in some specimens may be quite thick. As a rule, how- 
ever, the spines of the preceding whorl can be counted through the 
shelly envelope. 

Remarks.—This race occurs in the Bell’s Landing marl. Though 
oceasionally a rare specimen may nearly approach the V. petrosus 
main stock in its general features, the vast majority of individuals 
show such a development of senile characters that it is necessary to 
consider the race to be a senile offshoot from the main stem. These 
senile marks though typ:cal are not highly developed. This race 
unquestionably sprang from the senile individuals which occurred as a 
minority in the otherwise normal, geologically earlier Grege’s Landing 
race. 


Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. 

Wood’s Bluff Race. 

Locality—Wood’s Bluff, Tombigbee River, Ala. 

Whorls 1, 2, 3—Smooth and rounded. 

Whorl 4—The curved rib stage appears early in four and persists 
for about a quarter of a whorl. It is followed by the straight, tubercled 
ribs of the cancellated stage. The suture and shoulder tubercles are 


about equal in size. A shoulder angle soon develops. The tubercles 
are connected by spirals. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 


Whorl 5—Characterized by the cancellated stage and closely resem- 
bling the latter part of four. 
Whorl 6—Characterized by the cancellated stage. Ribbing above 


Fig. 4.—Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. Wood’s Bluff Race. Wood’s Bluff, 
Ala. Apex enlarged. The first three whorls are characterized by the smooth 
stage. In whorl four the passage from the curved rib stage to the cancellated 
stage can be seen. Whorl five shows the cancellated stage. It will be noted 
that the stages are all more accelerated than in text fig. 2. Length=1.5 mm. 


the shoulder growing weaker, though well marked below the shoulder. 
Suture tubercles weaker, shoulder tubercles stronger. 

Whorl 7—Much as in latter part of six. 

Whorl 8—Still characterized by the cancellated stage, but the suture 
tubercles are gone, and are represented only by their spiral. Ribbing 
above the shoulder has disappeared, though it is still present below 
the shoulder. The ribbing below the shoulder is, however, weaker. 
The tendency to form a shelly overgrowth is plainly seen. Though 
its end is not well marked, the cancellated stage comes to a close with 
this whorl. 

Whorl J—The spiny stage usually begins with this whorl. It is, 
however, accompanied by well-developed senile features, the most 
marked of which is the shelly overgrowth, which is produced by the 
protrusion of the mantle on to the preceding whorl. 

Whorls 10, 11, 12—Here we have simply an exaggeration of what 
occurs in nine. The shelly overgrowth is extreme, obscuring the 
ornamentation of several of the earlier whorls. The shell becomes 
thick, the growth lines irregular, the anal siphon encroaches upward, 
and the shoulder spines tend to pass into a shoulder keel. 

Remarks.—This is typically a senile race. No individuals of more 
than eight whorls ever approach in their general appearance the V. 
petrosus main stock. All specimens exhibit senile characters. These 
latter are much more extreme than those found in the geologically 


64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


earlier Bell’s Landing race. It has unquestionably been evolved from 
the Bell’s Landing race by an exaggeration of senile characters. 


Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. 

Hatchetigbee Bluff Race. 

Loeality—Hatchetigbee Bluff, Tombigbee River, Ala. 

The series of young individuals at hand is so small, and the shelly 
overgrowth produced by the protruded mantle is so great in the old 
individuals, that a detailed study of the specimens, whorl for whorl, 
is not practical. 

These forms are extraordinarily senile, and have been derived from 
the geologically earlier Wood’s Bluff race by an exaggeration of the 
senile features. The shoulder spines tend to pass into a shoulder 
keel, the shell is thick, the growth lines irregular, the anal siphon 
encroaches upward, and the preceding whorl is encumbered with the 
shelly overgrowth. ‘This last feature is very extreme. In addition 
the race is, on the whole, a dwarfed race, the full-grown individuals 
being smaller than those of the earlier less senile races. This race is 
the end term of the senile offshoot which diverged from the V. petrosus 
main stock in Bell’s Landing time. The author knows of no authentic 
abnormal senile specimen from beds higher than the Hatchetigbee 
horizon in Alabama or Mississippi.* 


Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. 

Yellow Bluff Race. 

Loeality—Yellow Bluff, Alabama River, Ala. 

Unfortunately the material at hand is not sufficiently well preserved 
to give a detailed description, whorl for whorl. Nevertheless,'there is 
no difficulty in making out the following points. The great majority 
of individuals possess, in general, the characters of the V. petrosus 
main stock, and have arrived at little more than that evolutional 
stage which is typified by the Gregg’s Landing race. 

Though a few individuals exhibit senile characters, these latter are 
only very slightly developed, and we are undoubtedly warranted in 
placing the Yellow Bluff race on the Volutilithes petrosus main stock 
as the descendant of the Gregg’s Landing race. 

The exact stratigraphical horizon for this race is unknown to the 


®See Trans. Wag. Inst., Vol. III, part 1, p. 75. The statement made on this 
page by Dall is not borne out by a study of full collections. He says that 4 thleta 
“is foreshadowed by the distorted specimens of Volutilithes petrosa to which I 
have already referred, and which occur from the Lower Eocene of Alabama 
(Wood’s Bluff) up to the Claiborne Sands and the beds known as Jackson, over- 
lying the Claiborne, associated with the undistorted normal form, which is always 
more numerous.’’ wm 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 


author. It cannot, however, be lower than that of the Bell’s Landing 
marl. If it is at the same horizon, we have an example of a slightly 
senile race (the Bell’s Landing) living at the same period of time not 

far from a race (the Yellow Bluff) which exhibits, on the whole, main 
stock characteristics. If, on the other hand, the Yellow Bluff race 
occupies a position above the Bell’s Landing marl, we have a primitive 
race overlying a more specialized race. If this latter is the case, a 
discordance between the geological and phylogentic successions has 
been produced by the migration into the section of the Yellow Bluff 
race. 


Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. 

Lower Claiborne Horizon, Claiborne, Ala. 

Very poorly preserved specimens are found in these beds. They 
are determinable as representatives of the V. petrosus main stock, but 
a detailed study, whorl for whorl, is not practical. 


Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. 

Claiborne Race. 

Locality—Claiborne, Ala. 

Whorls 1, 2, 3—Smooth and rounded. 

Whorl 4—Early in four the curved rib stage appears. It is not well 
marked, persisting for but a short time, and is soon followed by the 
straight, tubercled ribs of the cancellated stage. The shoulder angle 
soon develops. The suture and shoulder tubercles are of about the 
same size. 

Whorl 5—Characterized by the cancellated stage and much as in 
the latter part of four. Spirals not strong. Suture tubercle weakens, 
shoulder tubercle becomes stronger. 

Whorl 6—Characterized by the cancellated stage. The suture 
tubercle and the ribbing above the shoulder are almost gone. Shoul- 
der tubercle stronger. Ribbing below shoulder is weaker. 

Whorl 7—The ribbing and the suture tubercles disappear, and the 
shoulder tubercles develop into spines during this whorl. In other 
words, we have the transition from the cancellated to the spiny stage. 

Whorls 8, 9, 10—All characterized by the spiny stage, but individual 
variation is great. Senile features do not appear. 

Remarks.—Occurs in the Claiborne Fossiliferous Sand. This race 
exhibits in general the characters of the V. petrosus main stock, though 
it is probably not the most typical expression of that stock as it existed 
at the time of the Claiborne deposits. The most notable features are 
the shortening of the curved rib stage and the acceleration of the spiny 


o 


66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


stage, which is long and well developed though accompanied by con- 
siderabte individual variation. The curved rib and cancellated stages 
are very short. 


Fig. 5—Volutilithes sayana Conrad. Claiborne, Ala. Apex enlarged, show- 
ing ornamental features thrown far back by acceleration. The smooth stage 
is almost entirely confined to the large first whorl. In whorl two the transition 
from the straight untubercled ribs (suppressed curved rib stage) to the can- 
cellated stage is seen. Whorl three shows the cancellated stage. Length = 
1.8 mm. 


Fig. 6.—Volutilithes sayana Conrad. Claiborne, Ala. Adult individual. 
Length =48 mm. 


Volutilithes sayana Conrad. 
Locality—Claiborne, Ala. 
This species was originally described as Voluta sayana by Conrad.” 
Whorl 1—Smooth and rounded. 
Whorl 2—Smooth and rounded at first, but soon ribbing begins. 
Untubercled ribs are the first ribs, but they are not curved. Neverthe- 


10 Fossil Shells of the Tertiary Formations of North America. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67 


less they probably represent the curved rib stage and will be assigned 
toit. They persist for only a short while and are followed by the tuber- 
cled ribs of the cancellated stage. At first the suture tubercle is con- 
siderably larger than the shoulder tubercle. A shoulder angle soon 
develops, and by the end of the whorl the suture and shoulder tubercles 
are about of the same size. 

Whorls 3, 4—Characterized by the cancellated stage and much as 
in latter part of two. Changes however occur, for the ribbing above 
the shoulder and the suture tubercles weaken, though the shoulder 
tubercle becomes stronger. The spirals are not well marked. 

After whorl four great individual variation sets in. The cancellated 
stage may persist through the sixth whorl. After this the individual 
variation is still more marked. Many specimens pass through the 
spiny stage, though it is considerably modified by the development of 
numerous secondary spirals and riblets. In many specimens the 
shoulder spines are long in a transverse direction and notched by several 
spirals. Sometimes the whorl may be of a rounded shape, with the 
spines blunt, weak and obscure. 

Remarks.—Occurs in the Claiborne Fossiliferous Sand. This most 
variable species has an apex very different from those of the other 
forms considered in this paper. The smooth stage is nearly all con- 
fined to the first whorl, which is extraordinarily large for Volutilithes. 
By a careful study of its ontogeny it is plain, however, that this species 
was derived by acceleration from the Claiborne race of V. petrosus, or 
else from some form very close to it. We are forced, then, to-the con- 
clusion that shells with rather different apices may sometimes be very 
nearly related ; in spite of the fact that, as a rule, this condition pre- 
cludes close affinity. Though this variable species may have given 
rise to species and races of later age than the Claiborne, the writer has 
no evidence to that effect. The anal siphon does not encroach up- 
ward, and the protruded mantle smooths the preceding whorl but 
little; nevertheless, the thickness of the shell and the irregularity of 
growth lines in many of the older individuals point to the fact that it 
isasenilerace. It is well developed in the Claiborne horizon at several 
points, where it is always variable and more numerous than the Clai- 
borne race of V. petrosus. From this latter race it was probably 
evolved during or just before Claiborne time, and may therefore be con- 
sidered as a senile offshoot from the V. petrosus main stock. 

Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. 

Jackson Race. 

Locality—Jackson, Miss. 


68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


An individual of this race was originally described by Conrad as 
Volutalithes symmetrica.™ 

Whorls 1, 2—Smooth and rounded. 

Whorl 3—The curved rib stage commences early in three and per- 
sists for about a quarter of a whorl. It is followed by the straight 
tubercled ribs of the cancellated stage. The suture and shoulder 
tubercles are about equal in size. By the end of the whorl the shoulder 
angle is well marked. 

Whorls 4, 5—Characterized by the cancellated stage. Ribbing 
above the shoulder weakens, as does also the suture tubercle. Shoulder 
tubercle gets stronger. Ribbing below the shoulder well marked and 
crossed by fine spirals. 

Whorl 6—Characterized by the cancellated stage and much as in 
five. 


Fig. 7—Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. Jackson Race. Jackson, Miss. Apex 
enlarged. Whorls one and two show the smooth stage. _Whorl three 
shows the curved rib stage and whorl four the cancellated stage. It will be noted 
that the stages are all more accelerated than in text fig. 4, but less accelerated 
than in text fig. 5. Length=1.3 mm. 

Whorl 7—Characterized by the cancellated stage. Ribbing gone 
above the shoulder, but well developed below the shoulder, and crossed 
by fine spirals. Suture tubercles almost gone though represented by 
a spiral. Shoulder tubercle stronger and sharper. 

Whorl 8—Much like seven, but toward the end the ribs disappear, 
the shoulder tubercle becomes a spine, and the cancellated stage comes 
to a close. 

Whorl 9—Characterized by the spiny stage. High shoulder spines 
and no ribs. Spirals well developed, but strongest on the anterior 
siphon. 

Whorl 10—In many individuals the shoulder spines tend to pass 
into a shoulder keel, the shell thickens, and the growth lines become 
irregular. The shelly smoothing of the preceding whorl by the pro- 
truded mantle is only slight. This whorl is characterized by the senile 
stage. 


1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. VII, p. 260. In this case ‘‘ Volutalitnes’’ 
is probably a typographicai error. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69 


Remarks.—This race shows a regular and even ontogeny. The 
different stages are quite distinct. The senile characters are not 
thrown back into the spiny stage but follow regularly after it, and 
constitute the culminating feature of individual development. These 
marks of old age are never extreme. Acceleration early in life has 
placed the curved rib stage at the beginning of the third whorl, and 
the cancellated stage has been correspondingly lengthened. The 
eancellated stage is longer here than in any of the other forms con- 
sidered in this paper except V. limopsis. This assemblage is the last 
representative of Volutilithes in the Alabama and Mississippi Eocene. 
It fulfills every requirement for position on the V. petrosus main stem, 
it is the culminant race of the stock, and has attained its characters 
by a slow and even phylogenetic development. 


Volutilithes haleanus Whitfield. 

Locality—Lisbon, Ala. 

Whorls 1, 2—Smooth and rounded. 

Whorl 3—Smooth and rounded at first, but later the curved rib stage 
begins. This persists for about a quarter of a whorl, and is then fol- 
lowed by the straight, tubercled ribs of the cancellated stage. The 
shoulder tubercle is just a trifle larger than the suture tubercle. The 
shoulder angle is well marked by the end of the whorl. 

Whorl 4—Characterized by the cancellated stage. Shoulder angle. 
Shoulder tubercle stronger than the suture tubercle. 

Whorls 5, 6—Characterized by the cancellated stage and much like 
whorl four. During these whorls the suture tubercle tends to attain 
the same strength as the shoulder tubercle. Spirals not very well 
marked. 

Whorl 7—From here on the primitive cancellated stage is replaced 
by what may be called a modified cancellated stage. The suture 
and shoulder tubercles are now of about the same size. The ribs are 
crowded so closely together that they are almost in contact, being 
separated by a mere depressed line. The shoulder tubercles are so 
close together that the general effect is that of a whorl with a shoulder 
keel. 

Whorls 8, 9—Much as in seven, but toward the end the shell becomes 
thick and the growth lines slightly irregular. The protruded mantle 
produces only an insignificant smoothing of the preceding whorl. 

Remarks.—By a study of its early whorls it is evident that this form 
was at some time derived from the V. petrosus main stock. Its can- 
cellated stage closely resembles that of the races of V. petrosus until we 
reach the seventh whorl. After that it is quite different in its general 


70 


characters from every other American species of Volutilithes. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


[March, 


Just 


when it diverged from the V. petrosws main stock the writer is not 


prepared to say. 


This race has, properly speaking, no senile stage. 


In order to show more clearly some of the important correlations 
between the ontogeny and phylogeny, the following tables are intro- 


duced. 


are used for the different ontogenetic stages as follows: 

A—Smooth Stage. 

B—Curved Rib Stage. 

C—Cancellated Stage. 

D—Spiny Stage. 

E—NSenile Stage. 

I—Individual Variation. 

This last may appear anywhere, but it usually follows stageC. B 
is exaggerated in all the tables. 


V. limopsis. 
Matthew’s Ldg. 


V. petrosus. 
Gregg’s Ldg. Race. 


V. petrosus. 
Jackson Race. 


The figures stand for the number of the whorl, while the letters 


E. is very slight. 


E. is never extreme 


Tas.LE I.—Showing slow, even evolution in the main stock, accompanied by 


V. limopsis. 
Matthew’s Ldg. 


V. petrosus. 
Gregg’s Ldg. Race. 


V. petrosus. 
Bell’s Ldg. Race. 


V. petrosus. 
Wood's Bluff Race. 


TABLE. II].—Showing senility in an 


acceleration. 


offshoot. 


The senility increases, 
acceleration, but by an exaggeration of senile features. 


E. is very slight. 


E. is slight. 


E. is extreme. 


not by an 


Matthew’s Ldg. 


Gregg’s Ldg. Race. 


Claiborne Race. 


Matthew’s Ldg. 


Matthew’s Ldg. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71 


VV. limopsis. 


V. petrosus. 


V. petrosus. 
I. is great. 


V. sayana. 
Claiborne. 


Tasie IlI.—Evolution of V. sayana through the Claiborne race of V. 
petrosus. Shows general acceleration, condensation of B, and reduction 
in the number of whorls. 


V. limopsis. 


V. rugatus. 


TaBLE IY.—Shows evolution of V. rugatus from the primitive ancestral stock 
by the appearance of senile features in the last whorl or in the last two 
whorls. 


RANGE AND DISTRIBUTION. 


Of the forms considered in this paper Volutilithes limopsis stands out 
distinctly as fulfilling all the requirements of an ancestor. Among 
other characters, the long smooth stage and the absence of senile fea- 
tures show its primitive state. The general likeness of the full-grown 
shells to the young of many later species, together with its low geo- 
logical position, justifies us in considering it to be the form from which 
were descended the races which followed Matthew’s Landing time. 

In the same horizon with V. limopsis we find V. rugatus. The young 
of the latter show many of the features of the adult V. limopsis, while 
the old individuals are often slightly senile and quite different in ap- 
pearance from the small specimens. It was undoubtedly derived from 
V. limopsis, or some closely allied form, and may be considered a short 
senile offshoot which did not survive the Matthew’s Landing. 


E. is very slight. 


D. is much modi- 
fied. I. is great. 


I. is the transition 
between C. and E 


72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


In the Nanafalia the first member of the Volutilithes petrosus assem- 
blage makes its appearance, and is representative of the V. petrosus 
main stock. After the Nanafalia the races of V. petrosus are a promi- 
nent feature of the faunas. Though the adults of these races may differ 
greatly, the young resemble each other ciosely, and indicate their 
common derivation from V. limopsis. 

In the Grege’s Landing marl, the Gregg’s Landing race represents 
the V. petrosus main stock, though a few of its individuals show slightly 
senile tendencies. In the Bell’s Landing marl the Bell’s Landing race 
has separated from the main stock with the evolution of senile features. 
It is the first member of a senile offshoot which in later time produces 
the Wood’s Bluff and Hatchetigbee Bluff races. These latter are 
evolved from the Bell’s Landing race, not so much by an acceleration 
as by an exaggeration of the marks of senility. The Hatchetigbee 
Bluff race is without descendants and the last term of this senile series. 
Its individuals are dwarfed and stunted, reflecting plainly the unfavor- 
able conditions under which they lived, and which soon caused the 
extinction of the race. 

While in some localities the members of the Volutilithes petrosus 
assemblage were following out a line of evolution which resulted in 
their elimination from the geological record, the main stock was still 
flourishing in nearby regions. For instance, at Yellow Bluff on the 
Alabama river we have a representative of the V. petrosus main stock. 
The Yellow Bluff race is indicative of favorable conditions at that 
locality. 

In the Lower Claiborne the V. petrosus main stock occurs, though it 
is represented only by a few poorly preserved specimens. The Clai- 
borne, however, not only gives us the Claiborne race but an offshoot 
from it, namely, V.sayana. This Claiborne race is an assemblage of 
rather accelerated and variable forms which probably express the 
effect of shallow water marine conditions upon the main stock. By 
an acceleration of ornamental features V. sayana was derived either 
from the Claiborne race or from some very closely related form. 

Passing now into the Jackson, we find the last member of this phy- 
logenetic series which we have traced up from the Matthew’s Landing 
horizon. It is the Jackson race of V. petrosus. This form is the result 
of the slow and even evolution of the ancestral race which took place 
in the favorable conditions of a more open sea. Its ontogeny is nor- 
mal, each stage following its predecessor in regular fashion. Though 
this form is accelerated, there is little mingling of the senile and spiny 
characters by unequal acceleration. The senile stage closes a well- 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73 


developed spiny stage. This race of V. petrosus differs but slightly 
from the form which we saw in the Nanafalia beds, and demonstrates 
clearly how little a stock may vary through a long period of time if it 
is living under favorable conditions.” 

The phylogeny of the Alabama and Mississippi species of Volutilithes 
may be represented by the table on p. 74. The Yellow Bluff race is 
provisionally placed in the Bell’s Landing horizon. 


SUMMARY. 


From the Matthew’s Landing to the Hatchetigbee inclusive the 
strata belong to the so-called Lignitic formation. They consist of 
thick deposits of cross-bedded sands and clays, often glauconitic, and 
of lignites alternating with thin beds of marine fossils.% It is evident 
that these deposits were formed in a great shallow arm of the sea, 
whose waters were sometimes fresh or blackish and at others salt. 

The marine faunas which from time to time invaded this Lignitic 
gulf brought with them, at first, species and races of Volutilithes with 
normal aspect. These, however, only represent the dwellers on the 
edge of the respectivee Volutilithes communities, the centres of which 
were farther out in the open sea. These forms which were subjected 
to the conditions of the Lignitie eventually followed out a course of 
evolution which was a direct reflection of their unfavorable environ- 
ment. The races of Volutilithes petrosus at Bell’s Landing, Wood’s 
Bluff, and Hatchetigbee Bluff make such a series, in which the 
senility becomes more and more extreme with the course of time."4 

Occasionally throughout the later Lignitic, as at Yellow Bluff, we 
find a race which has migrated from a more favorable environment, 
and which resembles the primitive races of earlier Lignitic waters, as 
those of Gregg’s Landing and Nanafalia. The grade of phylogenetic 
development which the Yellow Bluff assemblage has attained also 


2 The author has seen forms purporting to come from the Vicksburg horizon 
which appear to be poorly preserved examples of the Jackson race of V. petrosus. 
He does not, however, feel justified (without further evidence) in carrying the 
range of V. petrosws above the Jackson horizon. 

8 Bull. 48, U.S. G. S., ‘‘Tertiary and Cretaceous Strata of the Tuscaloosa, 
Tombigbee, and Alabama Rivers,’’ Eugene A. Smith and Lawrence C. Johnson. 


14 Tt is to be noted in this connection that forms occur in the Miocene of Europe 
which appear to belong to Volutilithes and to possess the shelly overgrowth. 
The abnormal American races are produced by local conditions, that is, by those 
of the Lignitic, and are widely separated not only geographically but geologically 
from the European specimens. It is therefore highly improbable that the Eu- 
ropean forms (if they are Volutilithes at all) are descended from the American ones, 
In the absence of more definite information, we are justified in regarding the 
phenomenon as one of parallelism. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


74 


G 
Ss 4, 
2, Me? 
29, bay %) 
Sdn, > “On, 
: Yay 40, 
J aS 
op “Ip, 
sg wy ~ Op 
©0217) OA) 2 
<l a ; 855 \% 
“2%, Ys, 
PO, coe SOR 
8; 3 ‘ Wo, \S, 
on PS Ye, \3 
SS ‘Sy ic 
SS - ¥ 
S i \ 
aORy doy DOV aory yu sony “Sp'T a0Byy sasdoun), “A 
uosyoue auIOge[g aMLOIVID “T MOTO 8, 55014) BILRJBULN 
‘(paAT[ SUO[) WONN[OAD Mos Suyuasardes yooys ulvur snsoujad +4 
,  emoqEtg =u ug = Surpawy Ss Surpuy | Surpuwy 
Moewous PREP A LG) 1AMO'T soqsyayoyey $,P00 AA 8,1 8, 55014) VILSSUBN 8, MOTIIB]L 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75 


indicates that a normal, slow, and even evolution has been going on 
in one locality; while at the same time rapid, senile evolution has taken 
place among forms subjected to unfavorable conditions in another 
region. 

Where, then, was the centre of this normal phylogeny? We may 
well look toward the open sea to find this favorable environment, and 
the deposits which follow the Hatchetigbee beds furnish us with the 
desired answer. 

With the inauguration of the Lower Claiborne began that movement 
which finally resulted in the deepening of the sea and the production 
of the white limestone of the Jackson. The brackish water conditions 
disappear and are replaced by those of a shallow water (but typically 
marine) environment. The Claiborne race of Volutilithes petrosus 
shows the effect of such conditions upon the main stock. The sinking 
of the sea-bottom proceeded throughout Claiborne time, and finally 
the Jackson limestone with its relatively deep water fauna is intro- 
duced. The Jackson race of V. petrosus represents the result upon the 
main stock of slow and even evolution in a favorable environment. 

It follows, then, that every stock has some particular set of condi- 
tions in which it develops normally. Contemporaneously with this 
normal phylogeny a senile evolution in the same stock may occur at 
some less favored locality. In the forms we have considered the 
environment most favorable to a slow and even evolution is an open 
sea one, in which limy deposits are forming. It is only, then, in a 
thick limestone deposit that we could expect to find all the phyloge- 
netic stages of the Volutilithes petrosus main stock and other primitive 
species. In conclusion it is interesting to note that one of the only 
two existing species of the genus, namely, Volutilithes abyssicola 
Adams and Reeve,” is a cancellated form which apparently is quite 
close in its grade of evolutional development to the ancestral V. limop- 
sis of remote Eocene time. This recent species is found in relatively 
deep water off the Cape of Good Hope, and probably is a member of 
a primitive stock, which in the favorable environment of a deep and 
open sea has been able to persist long after its nearest relatives have 
become extinct." 

The writer wishes to express his indebtedness to Prof. Henry A. 
Pilsbry, of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and to 
Prof. Amos P. Brown, of the University of Pennsylvania, for many 


18 Zoology of the Voyage of the Samarang. 
16 See Dall, Trans. Wag. Inst., Vol. III, p. 74. 


76 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


helpful suggestions, and to Miss Helen Winchester for care exercised 
in making the drawings. In addition the writer wishes to especially 
acknowledge the kindness of Mr. Charles W. Johnson, of the Boston 
Society of Natural History, in giving him much valuable information 
in regard to the range and distribution of the races and species. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. 


1.—Volutilithes limopsis Conrad. Matthew’s Landing, Ala. Adult of 
moderate size showing the persistence of the cancellated stage throughout 
the later whorls. Length=18.5 mm. 


. 2—Volutilithes rugatus Conrad. Matthew’s Landing, Ala. Young individ- 


ual showing the cancellated stage. With the exception of the last whorl, 
the sculpture is very much like that of V. limopsis. Length=19.5 mm. 


. 3.—Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. Bell’s Landing Race. Bell’s Landing, 


Ala. Young individual showing the cancellated stage. Length=20 mm. 


. 4—Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. Jackson Race. Jackson, Miss. Young 


individual showing the cancellated stage. Length—19 mm. 


. 5.—Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. Gregg’s Landing Race. Gregg’s Landing, 


Ala. Adult individual showing the general characters of the V. petrosus 
main stock. The later whorls show the spiny stage. Length=50 mm. 
6.—Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. Yellow Bluff Race. Yellow Bluff, Ala. 
Adult individual showing the general characters of the V. petrosus main 
stock. This is, however, not as typical an expression of the features of the 
main stock as is seen in fig. 5. The later whorls show the spiny stage. 
Length =44 mm. 

7.—Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. Jackson Race. Jackson, Miss. Adult 
individual showing the general characters of the V. petrosus main stock. 
The later whorls show the spiny stage. This is the culminant type of the 
main stock. Length=52 mm. 

8.—Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. Bell’s Landing Race. Bell’s Landing, 
Ala. Adult individual showing the slightly developed senile characters. 
Length =52 mm. 

9.—Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. Wood’s Bluff Race. Wood’s Bluff, Ala. 
Adult individual showing strongly developed senile characters. Length= 
58 mm. 

10.—Volutilithes petrosus Conrad. Hatchetigbee Bluff Race. Hatchetig- 
bee Bluff, Ala. Adult individual showing extreme senility and dwarfed 
size. This is the culminant type of the senile offshoot shown in figs. 8 and 
9. Length=43 mm. . 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77 


SOME COLD-BLOODED VERTEBRATES OF THE FLORIDA KEYS. 


BY HENRY W. FOWLER. 


During June of 1904 the writer, accompanied by Mr. Stewardson 
* Brown, of the Botanical Section of the Academy, was enabled through 
the generosity of Mr. Clarence B. Moore to visit the Florida Keys. 
The chief object of the expedition was to explore the islands for land 
snails of the genus Liguus. Incidentally we were enabled to study the 
flora and fauna of this most interesting region. We availed ourselves 
of every opportunity to gather information, but only data which I 
feel to be absolutely reliable is here included. The vernacular names 
of the different species, so far as I could judge, are those of the fisher- 
men and residents. 

Our operations extended from between a point directly south of 
Cape Sable, or from Grassy Key west to the Marquesas, covering an 
area about fifty miles in length. We did not visit the Tortugas, which 
are the most western of the Keys and more isolated than the Mar- 
quesas. Making Key West our headquarters, we set out after explor- 
ing that island for the Marquesas, stopping at Boca Grande Key on 
our way. The Marquesas bank comprises a number of islands, dis- 
posed in a more or less circular or atoll-like manner with great shallows 
all about, though mostly inside. Few places we visited repaid us as 
well as these islands. On our return we skirted the southern shores 
of the Keys toward Key West, stopping at Ballast Key. We then left 
Key West again and travelled along the southern shores of the Keys 
eastward to Grassy Key, stopping at Boca Chica, Sugar Loaf, Big Pine, 
No Name, Cudjoe’s, Knight, Vaca and Grassy Keys. On our return, 
which was along the northern shores of these islands, we stopped at 
Vaca, Bahia Honda, Hailer’s Rock, Little Pine, Big Pine, Summer- 
land, Cudjoe’s, Sugar Loaf, West Cudjoe’s, Riding, Snipe and Jewfish 
Keys. Most of the Keys are more or less covered with mangroves; 
others, such as Big and Little Pine, have large tracts of pine forest with 
an undergrowth of scattered palmettos. The latter grow several feet 
in height, and in combination with the pines present a beautiful con- 
trast after the monotony of mangroves. All of the islands are low, 
rising but a few feet above the sea-level, and most all are furnished 


78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


with rather broad white sandy beaches. Some places along these 
beaches are studded with mangroves, affording excellent shelter, 
when overhanging, for many fishes. Along a number of the Keys 
were flat embankments covered with long grass, and in other places 
coconut groves, as that on Boca Chica Key. Many Keys were covered 
with more fertile areas in which various tropical plants, shrubs and 
trees were found in abundance, often studded here and there with 
cacti, and sometimes presenting an impenetrable barrier. Throughout 
the Keys we visited the water is comparatively shallow. In some _ 
places reefs are formed where the most beautiful of tropical marine 
animal life abounds in luxuriance. Most of these places, we were in- 
formed, are constantly though gradually shifting, so that new charts 
are needed from time to time to show the changes in depth and to- 
pography. Some of the shallows are left entirely dry by the tides, and 
others are covered with large beds of sea-wrack. In such places many 
wading-birds find an abundant supply of food. We found a few pools 
on certain of the larger Keys, such as Big Pine, Summerland and 
Little Pine. They are of rather brackish-water, though I did not taste 
of all. 

Hailer’s Rock is a small flat or low island of sand-heaped rocks, with 
a growth here and there of a few low bushes. The southern end is of 
bare dry rocks running well out to sea and leaving numerous tide- 
pools. These pools vary in size and depth from some of a few inches 
in extent to others of several feet. Here such gaudy and tropical 
fishes as the Cock Eye Pilot, Sheep’s Head, Rock Fish, and School- 
master were found. The Rock Fish, or Gobies and Blennies, are 
colored much like their surroundings, and trust in great part to this 
for concealment. Some are pale and others are dark. They dart 
swiftly from place to place when disturbed, much after the manner of 
our own Darters, or else hide in crevices. Though they were active, 
I secured a number by hand with a little trouble. 

While off Key West we saw cetaceans, evidently a species of Del- 
phinus. The Opossum and Raccoon were reported from Key West, 
and the latter also from Sugar Loaf, Big and Little Pine Keys. I saw 
a Rabbit on Big Pine Key and a Deer on Sugar Loaf. Deer were 
found formerly on Little Pine Key, but were now believed to be absent. 
Though I did not see the Wood Rat on Summerland Key, I was in- 
formed that they sometimes climb the trees to feed on fruits, such as 
the sapadilla. 


tod 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79 


FISHES. 
GINGLYMOSTOMID:. 
1. Ginglymostoma cirratum (Gmelin). Shark. 

Very abundant in all warm shallows about the Marquesas. At 
this season (June) they come in these places to copulate, and I was 
informed that they do not occur here, or at least were rarely seen, at 
other times for this purpose. I saw a male and female in coitus. On 
one occasion about four males were seen swimming close about a 
female, whose whitish belly could be seen quite a distance, as she was 
back down. She was also evidently awaiting their initiative. I 
approached in a small boat till almost directly above, when it was 
possible to prod them with an oar as they swam slowly about and 
but little agitated. A pair will remain fastened together some little 
time, and then suddenly part without much commotion. Their loca- 
tion may easily be determined in these places by a portion of the dorsal 
fin, and frequently also a part of the caudal, projecting above the 
surface. The term ‘‘cooting,’’ employed by some fishermen for the 
act of copulation among these sharks, may possibly have been 
derived from the word courting. 

Examples vary somewhat in color, some appearing pale cinnamon, 
though they are always distinguishable quite a distance, even when 
entirely under water. All I observed were large, nearly twelve or 
fourteen feet in length, and were not at all shy. Occasionally in shal- 
low water, especially like that along the southern shores of Ballast 
Key, they were sometimes more or less exposed or with both caudal 
fins well out of the water when copulating. 


oe 


ALOPIIDZ. 
2. Alopias vulpes (Gmelin). Fish Shark. 
Reported to be rather numerous at times in and about the Keys. 
They were said to feed almost entirely on fish. 
GALEIDA, 


(Galeus Wein, in Walbaum, Pet. Arted. Gen. Pise., III, 1792, p. 580. Type 
Squalus galeus Linneus = Galeorhinus Blainville, 1816-17.) 


8, Cynais canis (Mitchill). 
A small Shark was seen in the shallow water about Sugar Loaf Key. 
4. Galeocerdo tigrinus Miller and Henle. 


Reported as sometimes taken during summer. 


80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


5. Carcharhinus lamia (Rafinesque). 

Large examples of some species of Carcharhinus, most likely this 
species, were reported under the name ‘‘Man Eater.’’ I did not see 
any examples or hear any reports of Scoliodon terre-nove (Richard- 
son), unless it was confounded with the present form. 


CESTRACIONTIDA. 
(Cestracion Klein, in Walbaum, Pet. Arted. Gen. Pisc., III, 1792, p. 580. 
Type Squalus zygena Linneus = Sphyrna Rafinesque, 1810.) 
6. Cestracion tiburo (Linnzus). Bonnet Head Shark. 
Reported as rather abundant. 


7. Cestracion zygena (Linneus;, Hammer Head. Hammer Head Shark. 

The large examples which occur about Bahia Honda Key are said 
to attain at least fifteen or more feet in length. C. tiburo is said to 
be small. Both species were reported as more abundant in summer. 


RHINIDA. 
(Rhina Klein, in Walbaum, Pet. Arted. Gen. Pisc., III, 1792, p. 580. Type 
Squalus squatina Linneus = Squatina Dumeril, 1806.) 
8. Rhina squatina (Linnieus). 
Occasionally taken in summer. 


- 


PRISTIDZ. 


9. Pristis pectinatus Latham. Saw Fish. 
Reaches a considerable size. Young rather common in the shallows. 


NARCACIONTIDA. 


(Narcacion Wein, in Walbaum, ,Pet. Arted. Gen. Pisc., III, 1792, p. 580. 
Type Raja torpedo Linneus = Narcobatus Blainville, 1816.) 
10. Tetronarce occidentalis (Storer). Electric Fish. 
Found occasionally associated with species of Dasybatus. 


DASYBATIDA. 


(Dasybatus Wlein, in Walbaum, Pet. Arted. Gen. Pise., III, 1792, p. 581. 
Type Raja pastinaca Linneus = Dasyatis Rafinesque.) 


11. Dasybatus hastatus (De Kay). Sting Ray. 

Color in life pale hair-brown above, margin of disk paler or more 
or less narrowly whitish, and submarginally a slightly darker shade 
than general color of body. Tail blackish-brown, spine dark. Lower 
surface of body white. Iris brown. 

This species was seen several times about the shallows of the Mar- 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81 


quesas. When swimming they appear to glide over the sand, from 
which they are distinguished with difficulty when quiet. They 
usually swim rapidly away upon the approach of a small boat, though 
we captured a single example with the harpoon. They were found in 
pairs, and seldom attained more than a couple of feet in width 
of disk. 
PSALLISOSTOMIDA. 
(Psallisostomus Klein, in Walbaum, Pet. Arted. Gen. Pise., III, 1792, p. 
581. Type Hsox osseus Linneus.) 

12. Psallisostomus osseus (Linneus). Common Gar. 

Reported from about the Keys south of Cape Sable, but not seen by 
me. 


ELOPIDZ. 
13. Tarpon atlanticus (Valenciennes). Tarpon. 

This fish is reported to be used for food by the negroes at times. It 
is the custom of anglers to throw their bodies on the beach or shore, 
as it is said they attract the sharks if allowed to stay in the water, 
thus interfering with the fishing. The young were said to be not 
quite so common, though it is possible that they may have been over- 
looked. 

14. Elops saurus Linneus. Ten Pounder. 

Said to be abundant at times. 


ALBULIDA. 
15. Albula vulpes (Linnzus’. Bone Fish. 
Mostly abundant. 


DUSSUMIERIIDA. 
16. Jenkinsia stolifera (Jordan and Gilbert). Fig. 1. 

Head 32; depth 5; D. mt, 8; A. 1, 14; P. 1, 11; V. 1, 6; scales 30? 
(according to pockets) in a lateral series to base of caudal, and about 4 
more on latter; about 8? series of scales transversely between origin of 
dorsal obliquely back behind origin of ventral; width of head about 
2 in its length, and depth of head a trifle less; length of depressed 
dorsal 14; base of anal 2; length of caudal (damaged) 14; pectoral 13; 
ventral 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 32; mandible 22; snout 33; 
orbit 3; interorbital space 4; maxillary 24. 

Body long, compressed, profiles similar and not trenchant. Great- 
est depth at origin of dorsal. Caudal peduncle compressed, and its 


length about equal to its depth. 
6 


82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


Head large, deep, compressed, upper profile curved a little from 
tip of upper jaw and then straight after middle of orbit, and lower 
profile forming a broad angle below front of orbit. Snout short and 
rounded. Eye large, rounded, almost impinging on upper profile and 
anterior. Adipose eyelid covering greater part of orbit. Mouth ter- 
minal and a little superior, small, and mandible projecting a little in 
front. Maxillary well inclined, distally broadly expanded till about 
equal to ¢ of pupil, and its posterior edge not quite reaching opposite 
same. Teeth in jaws minute, and if present on roof of mouth and 
tongue very small or indistinct. Tongue small, a little elongate, and 
with free rounded tip. Each ramus of mandible well elevated inside 
mouth. Interorbital space rather narrow and flat. Nostrils close 
together, and about midway in length of snout. Preorbital rather 


\e 


— —— 


Fig. 1. Jenkinsia stolifera (Jordan and Gilbert). 


narrow and together with infraorbital, preopercle and opercle furnished 
with rather large arborescent flutings, those on latter with more or 
less adipose substance above. Opercle with a gash in upper posterior 
margin. Articular surface or mandible below its articulation with a 
broad obtuse spine or denticle. 

Gill-opening carried forward till about opposite front margin of 
orbit. Rakers fine, slender, longer than filaments. Filaments and 
pseudobranchie about equally well developed. Isthmus trenchant 
in front, and flattened rather broadly posteriorly. 

Seales cycloid, caducous or but few remaining on alcoholic examples 
and those mostly comprising dorsal and anal sheaths, and on base of 
caudal. A patch of adipose tissue on shoulder behind opercle above. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83 


Origin of dorsal nearly midway between tip of snout and base of 
caudal and first developed ray longest. Anal low, inserted a little 
behind tip of depressed dorsal or a little nearer origin of ventral than 
base of caudal. Caudal forked and lobes pointed. Pectoral low, 
inner rays of each fin approximating and reaching about half way to 
ventral. Ventral inserted a little behind origin of dorsal or a little 
nearer base of caudal than tip of snout and reaching about 2 of dis- 
tance to anal. Vent close in front of origin of anal. 

Color in alcohol faded pale brownish, a little darker on back, and 
lower surface paler. Head more or less silvery, top brownish. Fins 
all pale or whitish, dorsal and caudal a little grayish. Median line 
of back with a dusky streak. Along course of what would be lateral 
line posteriorly a brownish streak. Iris silvery, a little slaty above. 

Length 14 inches. 

Hailer’s Rock. Altogether 17 examples were taken associated with 
the large schools of Anchovies seen about the tide pools. In life they 
are colored transparent or translucent greenish similar to the Ancho- 
vies. One example contained a crustacean parasite within the -gill- 
opening, the long spiral egg-cases well protruding. 


CLUPHID:. 


17. Harengula sardina (Poey). Fig. 2. 


Fig. 2. Harengula sardina (Poey). 


Two small examples taken at Hailer’s Rock. 
8. Harengula humeralis (Valenciennes). Shiner. Fig. 3. 

Color in life bright or glistening silvery-white on sides and lower 
surface of body. Back bluish-green. Snout brownish. Eye silvery, 


84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (March, 


upper margin brownish blue-green. Dorsal and caudal gray-brown, 
other fins transparent whitish. 

In the shallows of the Marquesas 30 examples were seined, asso- 
ciated with the Anchovies and other small fishes. In a tide-pool on 


Fig. 3, Harengula humeralis (Valenciennes). 


Hailer’s Rock 2 were also taken. After being in alcohol some time 
most of the examples have the peritoneum showing plainly through 


the body-wall. 


19. Clupanodon oglina (Linneus).! Thread Herring. 
Occasional. No examples taken. 


ENGRAULIDIDA. 


20. Anchovia brownii (Gmelin). Sardine. 
Color in life, above clear transparent hyaline-greenish washed with 


1 Drs. Jordan and Gilbert, in Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, 1882 (1883), p. 574, 
have restricted Lacépéde’s genus Clupanodon to jussieuwi. Later Drs. Jordan 
and Evermann, in Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 47, 1, 1896, p. 422, apparently con- 
sider pilchardus as typical. These precepts do not fall within the rule of elimina- 
tion as the last name for which a generic name is proposed, so far as I can find, 
is thrissa. For this Dr. Gill proposed Opisthonema. At any rate Sardinia cannot 
be so considered as it is a synonym of Thrissa Rafinesque. Lacépéde’s species 
thrissa may be considered restricted to the American Thread Herring, as the 
Chinese fish included under Osbeck’s reference is one of the Dorosomatide. Opis- 
thonema Gill is thus to be superseded by Clupanodon Lacépéde The True Sar- 
dines, formerly placed under the latter name, will stand as species of Thrissa 
Rafinesque, with Clupea pilchardus Linnzeus as the type. Messrs. Jordan and 
Seal have pertinent remarks in Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, 1905 p. 771. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85 


bright silvery, and sides and lower regions of the brightest silvery. 
Fins pale and more or less transparent. Ins silvery. 

Reaches a length of 3 inches. Found throughout the Keys, the 
above notes from examples from Hailer’s Rock. Very large schools 
were seen both in this locality and about the Marquesas. They swim 
in large shoals associated with the other small fishes, haunting the shal- 
lower as well as the deeper places along shore. They were unusually 
numerous about the broken rocky shores, where free ingress and egress 
could be had with the outer waters. Here the schools were seen more 
or less quiescent and with their heads all directed one way, so that 
upon any disturbance the whole mass would move more or less as if 
by one impulse. They appear mostly transparent in the water. I 
found them occasionally in the surf, where they were probably more 
abundant than I was able to determine. When taken from the water 
they soon die. I never observed them in any tide-pools which were 
cut off from the sea during low tide. . 

21. Anchovia cherostoma cayorum subsp. noy. Fig. 4. 

Head 33; depth 5; D. mz, 9; A. mm, 25; P. 1, 12; V. 1, 6; scales 36 

(squamation injured) in a lateral series to base of caudal with several 


yy BB \ yy ) > 


i 


Fig. 4. Anchovia cherostoma cayorum Fowler. 


more on latter; about 8 series of transverse scales from above origin of 
anal; width of head 2% in its length; depth of head 14; snout 5; eye 
34; interorbital space 32; maxillary 14; length of depressed dorsal 12; 
caudal 11; pectoral 14; ventral 22; base of anal 34 in head and trunk. 

Body strongly compressed, elongate in form, rather slender, and 
lower profile a little more convex than upper, edges not trenchant 
though rounded, and greatest depth about origin of dorsal. Caudal 


86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


peduncle strongly compressed, rather deep, and least depth about 
2 its length. 

Head strongly compressed, rather deep, and profiles more or less 
similarly convex. Snout rather blunt, rounded, convex, and upper 
profile pronouncedly convex. Eye circular, rather large and well 
anterior. Adipose tissue developed. Mouth a little inclined and gape 
extending nearly 3 length of head. Maxillary slender, long, and 
furnished with a single series of fine or minute teeth to its distal ex- 
tremity which reaches almost to gill-opening in front of origin of 
pectoral. A similar series, though very minute, along margin of 
mandible. Vomerine teeth a little larger than those on palatines 
which are very small and uniserial. Also a still smaller series on each 
pterygoid. Symphysis of mandible reaching about opposite posterior 
nostril. Tongue small, little free, rounded, reaching forward till a 
little in front of anterior orbital rim and with a free asperous patch 
above. Nostrils close together, superior and a little nearer front rim 
of orbit than tip of snout. Interorbital space with a slightly elevated 
median ridge so that it is a little convex. Opercle and top of head 
posteriorly with varied shallow flutings. Cheek with shallow perfora- 
tions, and some above eye posteriorly. 

Gill-opening extending forward till opposite front rim of pupil. 
Rakers about 14+20?, slender, long, and longest much longer than 
filaments. Pseudobranchiz smaller than filaments. Isthmus rather 
broadly rounded though compressed above. Shoulder-girdle notched 
once on each side below for reception of interopercle, and above behind 
opercle an adipose-like tract. 

Seales cycloid, large, and caducous. Dorsal and anal with scaly 
basal sheaths. Scales on base of caudal rather small. Pointed 
axillary flap at base of pectoral 2 length of fin and inner rays of each 
fin approximated. A similar ventral flap. 

Origin of dorsal nearer base of caudal than tip of snout and first 
branched ray longest. Anal inserted about opposite first fourth in 
length of depressed dorsal or much nearer origin of pectoral than base 
of caudal, and its anterior rays elevated. Caudal forked and lobes 
pointed. Pectoral low and reaching origin of ventral. Tip of de- 
pressed ventral reaching at least opposite origin of dorsal. Vent 
close in front of anal. 

Color in alcohol pale brownish, paler or whitish below. Back with 
edge of each scale sprinkled with a series of brownish dots. A double 
series of brownish dots down middle of back. Top of head, snout, and 
operele brownish with darker brownish dots. Upper posterior portion 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87 


of head with gill-opening showing through dark. Head otherwise 
bright silvery. Iris silvery. A broad brownish band overlaid with 
silvery and nearly as wide as pupil extends from above gill-opening 
to middle of base of caudal. It is broader in middle than at either end. 
A series of brownish spots along base of anal. Dorsal and caudal 
pale grayish marked with numerous pale brownish dots, other fins 
whitish. 

Color in life with body more or less silvered and back above with a 
translucent appearance. 

Length 2? inches. 

Type No. 30,613, A. N.S. P. Hailer’s Rock, Florida Keys. June, 
1904. H. W. Fowler. Also Nos. 30,614 to 30,620, A. N. S. P., 
paratypes with same data. 

Found only at the above locality in company with A. brownii. 
Only these few were secured among the multitudes of the latter. 
From A. chwrostoma (Goode), with which this form may prove iden- 
tical, it appears at present to differ a little, upon comparison with 
Porto Rican material, in the more elongate form, larger eye and head, 
and more blunt or rounded snout. Young examples have a smaller 
eye, nearly 4 in head. 

(Cayo, in Spanish meaning a ridge of small rocks or islands in the 
sea, like those off southern Florida.) ~ 


SYNODONTIDZ, 


22. Synodus fetens (Linnzus). Lizard Fish. 


Color in life clear pale brownish above with about 10 wampum-like 
blotches of darker brown. In some examples this produces a pepper 
and salt appearance. A slightly dark double series of blackish dots 
across each blotch on back. On side just below back a series of zig- 
zag W-shaped markings also of same darker color. Same color ac- 
cents end of each blotch in form of a trifle darker speck. A somewhat 
diamond-like blotch or ring between each median lateral marking and 
somewhat connected. Another blotch alternately below each of 
these, and still lower more paler tints of diffuse markings. A deep 
brown blotch at base of tail and another of pale brown at base of each 
lobe. Head brownish above, and variegated with deeper spots and 
more or less olivaceous-golden on sides above. Jaws and mandible 
variegated with olivaceous-brown. Iris golden-olive, in some lights 
pure golden, pupil dark green. Region of isthmus dull citron. Tints 
of colors on sides all more or less golden. Dorsal and caudal variegated 


88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


with golden-brown tints, otherwise pale grayish. Other fins dull 
whitish. Length about 3 inches. 

A number of small examples were taken in the sandy shallows of 
the Marquesas. 


MURANIDA. 
23. Gymnothorax funebris (Ranzani). Moray. 
Large examples were seen about the reefs off Snipe Key, lurking in 
the crevices and holes of the coral rocks. They were deep olive in 
color. 


SILURIDA5. 
24. Galeichthys felis (Linnwus). Cat Fish. Salt Water Cat. 

Very abundant and a very foul feeder, eating any refuse or filth 
thrown overboard. They were so ravenous that it was possible to 
catch them on any kind of bait even on a bent pin. At times great 
quantities were said to have been taken in seines, in which cases the 
fishermen would cut the leads and floats, leaving the whole mass to 
extricate themselves as best they may. Their spines are very much 
dreaded by the fishermen, who claim they are able to produce 
dangerous and ugly wounds. Most all the examples I observed were 
about Big Pine Key. 


e 
P@CILIID 4. 


25. Fundulus similis (Baird and Girard). Sac-a-Lait. 

Color in life with a whitish lateral band from opercle above to base 
of caudal interrupting slaty vertical bars which were 9 in number. 
Lower surface of body white. Dorsal, anal and caudal grayish, former 
with a well-defined pale base. An olive shade on opercle. Iris silvery, 
a little brownish above and below, and latter also with a little pale 
orange. Jaws pale. Length 32 inches. 

Only four examples obtained in the shallow pools on Boca Chica 
Key. The larger ones have as many as sixteen dark vertical bars. 
Found associated with this species were all of the following Peciliide 


26. Cyprinodon variegatus riverendi (Poey). 
Three examples from the Marquesas and Boca Chica Key. 


27. Cyprinodon mydrus Goode and Bean. Puss Gut. Fig. 5 (male). 

Color in life nearly milky-white, upper surface or back above slightly 
brownish. Lower surface or body milky-white and fins very pale 
brownish. After death some examples turned pale olive on back and 
top of head, and on dorsal and caudal. These fins, back and side 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89 


speckled with golden-brown or coppery in the males. Lines of a 
similar shade on side of head, one across chin, one on preorbital, 
another from corner of mouth to lower rim of eye, and two others 
below and parallel up over opercle, Iris golden-brownish. Side of 
body with indistinct traces of several pale slaty vertical streaks. 
Lower fins very pale brownish-golden. Ventral and anal with a more 
or less regular series of golden spots, less distinct on latter. Females 


Fig. 5. Cyprinodon mydrus Goode and Bean. 


were paler and had no spots on dorsal and caudal, and those on body 
more yellowish. In spirits young examples show large blotches of 
grayish on side and lack brilliant colors of the adults noted above. 
They were more or less milky-white in life. 

This species is very abundant in pools and shallows of the Keys. 
They were met with in great numbers all about the Marquesas, and in 
the pools on Boca Chica Key. Young were abundant in the tide- 
pools on West Cudjoe’s Key. Great numbers were also found about 
Big Pine Key. 

Cyprinodon carpio Giinther* may be identical, but the indefinite 
locality ‘‘America’’ admits a doubt. The figure given by Drs. Jordan 


* Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., VI, 1866, p. 306. 


90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


and Evermann ® differs in that there are five rows of scales on the 
cheek, 


28. Mollienisia latipinna Le Sueur. Mud Fish. 

Color in life brown. Side of head with gray and same color on 
costal region. Iris brown. Lower surface of body white. Dorsal 
and caudal with grayish-brown spots and other markings of brown, 
blackish-brown and dull amber-color. Some examples with caudal 
dull amber in middle basally and a lower series of longitudinal lines 
of dots of pale amber. Ventral and anal white. 

This species was found to be very abundant in the pools on Boca 
Chica Key, associated with other small fishes. Many are males with 
the dorsal fin enlarged and the edge of the caudal blackish. 


MASTACCEMBELIDZ. 
29. Tylosurus notatus (Poey). Gar. Fig. 6. 

Color in life clear hyaline-green overshot with silvery. Greenish 
about edge of opercle. Iris silvery. A narrow greenish line from 
origin of pectoral above to base of caudal. Vertical fins pale greenish- 
brown, tinted slightly with ruddy. 

Boca Grande, Big Pine and Boca Chica Keys, also Hailer’s Rock 
and the Marquesas. 


Fig. 6 Tylosurus notatus (Poey). 


Found in small pools on some of the Keys. They usually associate 
in small schools in the shallows or near the shore. When in the water 
their bodies have a transparent appearance and in some lights are 
difficult to distinguish. They are also fond of lurking about over- 
hanging mangroves. 


3 Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 47, IV, 1900, Pl. 112, fig. 297. 


1906. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 


HEMIRAMPHIDZ::' 
30. Chriodorus atherinoides Goode and Bean. Hard Head. 

Color in life bright silvery. A narrow bright silvery-white line 
from gill-opening to base of caudal. Upper surface of body and back 
pale translucent brownish, each scale with a small patch of dark dots 
forming longitudinal series and about three above lateral line. Down 
middle of back three narrow lines of same color, median one pale or 
less distinct than others, and all close together. Dorsal and caudal 
pale grayish-brown and other fins translucent whitish. Iris silvery- 
white. Length 44 inches. Alcoholic examples show lateral silvery 
band slaty. 

Found associated with Atherina laticeps in the sandy shallows of 
the Marquesas and about Hailer’s Rock. 

31. Hemiramphus brasiliensis (Linnus). Bala6. 

Reported as frequently seen. 


ATHERINIDZ. 
32. Atherina laticeps Poey. Silver Sides. 


Very abundant. Large schools were seen about the Marquesas, 
Boca Chica and Snipe Keys. 


MUGILIDZ. 
33. Mugil curema Valenciennes. Mullet. 

Abundant in the shallows near the shore where they associate in 
large schools. When disturbed they rush away, causing a loud noise 
in the water. Many were taken in cast-nets by fishermen, as many 
as a dozen at one time. They average several pounds each, and I 
found their flesh excellent eating. All examined appeared to be this 
species. They were most abundant in the Marquesas shallows. 

34. Mugil trichodon Poey. Fig. 7. 

Head 335; depth 31; D. IV_I, 8; A. III, 8; scales about 36 to base 
of caudal in a lateral series; about 12 series of scales between origin 
of spinous dorsal and middle of belly; 19 scales before spinous dorsal ; 
snout 3} in head; eye 4; interorbital space 23; pectoral 12; ventral 1. 
Teeth large, conspicuous, uniserial, ciliform, and a little larger in upper 
jaw. Pectoral not quite reaching opposite origin of spinous dorsal. 

Color in life with back bluish-slaty. Side and lower surface silvery- 
white. Base and axil of pectoral dark slaty. Dorsal, caudal and 


*A number of Flying Fish, Hxocetide, were seen off Big Pine Key. They 
were all small. 


92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


anal pale brownish. Side of head with slight golden reflections. ¥ Iris 
brownish, a silver margin close to pupil. 

Length of largest example 24 inches, and though only three were 
taken with other small fishes, many others were seen. They frequent 
the shallows like MW. cwrema, but so far as I could observe never asso- 
ciate. Marquesas Keys. 


SPHYRAWNIDA. 


35. Sphyreena barracuda (Walbaum). Barracuda. 

Color in life more or less silvery. Above pale brownish with about 
six pairs of deep olivaceous double saddles meeting as many pairs 
of rounded blotches on side of body just above or over lateral line. 
A similar colored bar from end of snout to eye continued behind and 
across opercle. Iris pale olivaceous, slightly orange around pupil. 
Dorsals and caudal slightly grayish or a trifle dusky marginally, other 
fins pale whitish. These were all young examples. In the smallest, 
which are a little over an inch long, saddles of back are separated 
from lateral blotches by a pale or translucent brownish area. Dorsal 
and caudal but little darker than other fins. A brownish-olive spot 
at base of caudal in all stages of young. 

Many examples obtained at the Marquesas and Boca Chica Key, 
largest about 34 inches. An adult, several feet long, was harpooned 
off Channel Key, and a number of large examples were noted off Bahia 
Honda Key. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ~ 98 


SYNGNATHIDA.’ 
86. Syngnathus mackayi (Swain and Meek). Pipe Fish. Fig. 8. 

Color in aleohol brownish marked with small whitish dots or spots, 
each ring with a pale or whitish blotch on each keel, usually small and 
on side at intervals of four rings extending down in form of narrow 
bars. Back grayish with pale brown vermiculations medianly. On 


Fig. 8. Syngnathus mackayi (Swain and Meek). 


lower suface of tail small white spots producing a more or less con- 
fluent appearance. Head brownish, mottled grayish above, and snout 
and under surface with more or less whitish spots. Dorsal pale brown- 
ish-white mottled with pale brown. Caudal similar, only blotched and 
darker. Pectoral pale transparent brownish-white. Iris pale slaty. 

Color in life resembling the following species. Back whitish, finely 
vermiculated or specked with lavender, brownish and olivaceous. 
Lower surface a little more green than sides which are marked with 
bluish-green. Snout slightly brownish. Iris pearl-colored with 
brownish. Length 64 inches. 

Marquesas and Big Pine Key. This species is subject to color 
variation, some examples inclining more to green and others to brown 
than the one noted above. 

37. Syngnathus elucens Poey. Pipe Fish. Fig. 9. 

Color in alcohol brownish, each ring with a blotch of whitish pos- 
teriorly on each keel, those on sides of about every fifth ring producing 
about a dozen vertical lateral bands. Whitish blotches on lower sur- 
face of caudal becoming more or less confluent posteriorly. Head 
brownish, snout with a few white spots and under surface with a 
number of whitish blotches. Dorsal, caudal and pectoral whitish, 
former fins with brownish specks. Iris dull slaty. 

Color in life with back whitish finely specked or dotted with lavender, 
brownish and olive medianly. Lower surface more clearly green than 


5] follow Profs. Jordan and Snyder in retaining Syngnathus for the species 
formerly called Siphostoma. Of the four species available by elimination, viz., 
typhle, acus, pelagicus and ophidion, the second (acus) remains and therefore 
must be regarded as the type. It is congeneric with Siphostoma Rafinesque. 
For typle Rafinesque also proposed Typle, and tor ophidion, Nerophis. The 
latter name must therefore he used for the Ocean Pipe Fishes. 


94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mareh, 


sides and each ring marked by a whitish or light vertical line. Some 
examples are darker, others have more white or brown, and still others 
are marked below with very pronounced white spots below, with gen- 
eral color of body pale greenish-brown and tail paler. Fins trans- 
parent, dorsal and caudal marked with brownish. Iris pearl-colored 
with brownish spots. Length 44 inches. 


Fig. 9. Syngnathus elucens Poey. 


A number of examples from the Marquesas, taken with many small 
fishes found in the sea-weed and marine vegetation of the shallows. 
One also from Big Pine Key. 


38. Syngnathus louisiane Giinther. Pipe Fish. Fig. 10. 

Color in alcohol rather pale brown, upper side of back dark brown 
and middle of back much paler. Several series of brown wavy longi- 
tudinal lines more or less irregular, but parallel, on middle of back 
and caudal above. Along side, just below each keel, a short brown 
horizontal line on each ring. In dark color of upper half of side several 
others appear on some rings. On lower half of side brown lines are 
sometimes more or less convex, and on caudal they assume various 
vermiculate patterns. Lower or under surface of both head and 
body dull or pale brownish-white without markings. Head brown- 
ish, pale above, and on side of snout a dark brownish streak through 
eye and back across opercle above, giving rise on side of body to hori- 


Fig. 10. Syngnathus louisiane Ginther. 


zontal dark line on each scute just below uppermost keel. Dorsal, 
caudal and pectoral pale brownish-white, caudal with some darker or 
brownish markings. Iris pale slaty, except brownish streak, and 
grayish below. 

Color in life similar. Back grayish-white above or medianly with 
brown lines. Upper side olivaceous-brown. Lower surface pale 
whitish, lines on lower side brownish, and under surface of abdomen 


1906. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 


pale greenish. Dorsal whitish with very pale lines, other fins more or 
less transparent. Iris shell-color with a brown horizontal cross-bar. 
Length 103 inches. 

The Marquesas and Big Pine Key. ‘This is the largest and strong- 
est species met with. It was found associated with the others in the 
sea-weed. It varies in color when seen in life. One example now 
in alcohol is dark blackish-brown on upper half of side. A young 
example taken later at Hailer’s Rock has about sixteen dark annu- 
lations. 

39. Hippocampus punctulatus Guichenot. Sea Horse. 

Color in life deep dull olivaceous, tubercles or joints pale at bases 
and ruddy at tips. Body everywhere more or less variegated with 
narrow whitish vermiculating lines, and those about eye radiating 
from pupil, which is blackish. Pectoral and dorsal pale grayish, 
latter finely spotted at base with small dusky or olive specks. 

Sea-weed of the Marquesas. 


40. Hippocampus zostere Jordan and Gilbert. Sea Horse. 

One living example was pale brownish-white, side speckled with 
pale yellowish. A submarginal dorsal line of blackish. Marginal 
portion of belly dusky-olive. Rings white. Pupil blackish. 

Another was a little more brownish. Dorsal margined with pale 
orange, and a submarginal black band. Brown lines radiating from 
eye and on side of head slightly variegated with pale olive. 

Another was a little more highly colored and more of a golden hue. 
Rings at intervals more grayish-white. Coronet with a dusky fila- 
ment. 

One had a whitish snout. General color more brownish. Brownish 
lines, edged with white, radiate from eye. Tubercles on trunk and 
caudal rings at intervals more whitish. 

An example was similar to pale brownish-white one, but with minute 
specks. A pale brownish line from eye to end of snout. Whitish 
caudal rings at intervals, and like most of preceding with a more or 
less evident submarginal dusky line on dorsal, fins otherwise plain and 
pale-colored. 

One with pronounced tubercles all more or less pure white, inter- 
spaces on rings pale olive, those on ventral surface darker, and all 
more or less variegated with whitish dots. Whitish lines radiate from 
eye. Dorsal with a submarginal brownish band, fins otherwise pale 
whitish. Rings on caudal white and pronounced at intervals. Brown 
band from eye to tip of snout crossed by*several whitish fasciz. 


96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


Another less tuberculate, more brownish, and variegated with 
white and pale brown. 

Darker examples were almost blackish, without vermiculating lines. 
Side somewhat brownish. Snout whitish. Dorsal and caudal plain- 
colored. Other examples were more variable. 

Many others were noted, some olivaceous, brownish, coral-white, 
or almost entirely white, and others pale lavender. 

From the above notes it is easily seen that this species is subject to 
great color variation in life. Some examples are much more brilliant 
than others. There is also variation in the tubercles. All my ex- 
amples collected in the sea-weed (Zostera) of the Marquesas shallows. 


SCOMBRIDZ. 
41. Scomberomorus cavalla (Cuvier). King Fish. 
Abundant. 


TRICHIURIDZ. 
42. Trichiurus lepturus Linnseus. 
Sometimes taken. 


ISTIOPHORID&2. 
43. Istiophorus nigricans (Lacépéde). Sail Fish. 
Almost every season a large example is reported from these Keys. 


CARANGIDZA. 
44. Trachinotus faleatus (Linnzus). Pampano. 

Color of young in life, dusky-lavender. A diffuse vertical patch of 
brownish dots on side from middle of dorsal to anal. Dorsal and anal 
more or less sprinkled blackish, former otherwise with whitish and 
latter with pale orange adjoining blackish of anal. Margin of anal 
and entire caudal white. Caudal peduncle white. Spinous anal red, 
spotted with black. Breast rosy, with brownish specks. Top of 
head brown. Jaws and lower surface of head whitish. Cheek specked 
with brown. Irzis red, with brownish margin. One 1,3; inches long, 
from the Marquesas. 

SERRANIDZ. 
45. Petrometopon cruentatus (Lacépéde). Red Hind. 

No examples were seen, but it is reported from the Marquesas and 
other places. 

46. Epinephelus striatus (Bloch). Nassau Grouper. 

Marquesas Islands. Seen*in the fish-pots. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97 


47. Epinephelus maculosus (Valenciennes). 

Reported. 

48. Epinephelus drummond-hayi Goode and Bean. Speckled Hind, 

Reported from about the Marquesas. 

49. Epinephelus morio (Valenciennes). Red Grouper. 

Color in life olivaceous-brown, branchiostegal region and cavities 
of jaws salmon-color. A brown streak opposite upper margin of 
maxillary in preorbital depression. Inside of pharynx vermilion, and 
inside of mouth fleshy-pink. Fins, except pectoral, dusky or blackish, 
especially submarginally. Narrow margins of rayed vertical fins 
whitish. Pectoral golden-brown, most noticeable marginally. Base 
of ventral pale whitish. Trunk marked with pale diffuse or indistinct 
scattered pale spots. A few dots about size of pin-head on preorbital. 
A salmon-pink line on base of anal. Iris golden or brassy-brown. 
Two examples from Bahia Honda Key. 

About the Marquesas I saw a number of these fishes in fish-pots 
and in live-boxes. At Snipe Key they were frequently seen about 
the reefs. 

50. Promicrops guttatus (Linneus). Jew Fish. 

One taken in a pool on Boea Chica Key, and a large one off West 
Cudjoe’s Key. They were reported as not at all uncommon about the 
other Keys. Several were also seen in the reef near Snipe Key. 


LUTIANIDZ. 
51. Lutianus griseus (Linneus). Mangrove Snapper. 

Marquesas and Boca Grande Key. Found about the roots and 
usually under overhanging mangroves, from which places they dart 
or swim quickly out to the open water when disturbed. They asso- 
ciate with the other snappers, and in some places are very abundant. 
Some attain quite a large size. 


52. Lutianus apodus (Walbaum). Schoolmaster. 

A very young example in alcohol which I take to be this species has 
the bedy dark brownish with about six pairs of dark transverse bands, 
the paler spaces between each much narrower alternately. Vertical 
fins more or less pale or whitish, spinous portions blackish basally. 
Pectoral and ventral dusky. A brownish streak from tip of snout to 
eye and then continued posteriorly along upper side of head to gill- 
opening above. Iris slaty. Eye about three in head. Preopercle 
with a short spine at lower posterior corner. Length one inch. Mar- 
quesas Islands. 


> 
‘ 


98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [March, 


Other examples were found at Big Pine Key. 


58. Lutianus aya (Bloch). Red Snapper. 
Reported from the Marquesas, but no examples taken. 


54, Lutianus synagris (Linnus). 

Marquesas Islands. 

55. Ocyurus chrysurus (Bloch). Yellow Tail, 

Color in life purplish-brown above, side rosy-purplish, becoming 
more purplish below. Jaws rosy. Iris brassy-white, and a red bar 
behind pupil. A gilt-green streak from tip of snout to caudal, broaden- 
ing behind and including upper half of caudal peduncle and finally 
including all of tail. Edge of tail narrowly dull red-orange. A num- 
ber of large gilt-green blotches above lateral streak. Narrow pale 
longitudinal gilt lines, lower ones very pale, below lateral band. 
Dorsal gilt-green. Margin of soft dorsal and base of spinous fin dull 
diffuse plumbeous. Anal pale milky, medianly pale greenish-yellow. 
Pectoral dilute pinkish. Ventral milky, first ray dull greenish-yellow. 
Lower surface of body white. Inside of mouth and gill-opening white. 
Length 8 inches. Hailer’s Rock. 

One of the most abundant food-fishes, large numbers being in the 
markets of Key West during all of our visit. It has been reported 
from all the Keys by fishermen. Most of our examples were taken in 
the deeper channels, like some off Bahia Honda Key. 


HASMULIDAs. 
56. Hemulon sciurus (Shaw). Grunt. Yellow Grunt. Fig. 11 (young). 

Color in life sky-blue above, inclining or fading to plumbeous below. 
Lines on snout and upper back in front more or less violaceous. Inside 
of mouth bright scarlet. Iris silvery. Dorsal plumbeous gray-brown, 
rayed fin and caudal with slightly more plumbeous and latter becoming 
pale brownish marginally. Margins of dorsal dull amber, also same 
shade at base of spinous fin and about seven dull amber blotches 
basally on radii of second dorsal. Pectoral brownish-amber. Ven- 
tral and anal golden-amber, and streaks on side same. Axil of 
pectoral pale. 

The figure represents a young example from the Marquesas. 

Jew Fish and Bahia Honda Keys, and found very abundant through- 
out our trip. 

57. Hemulon plumieri (Lacépéde). Grunt. Boar Grunt. 

Color in life of young, all olivaceous above, more or less golden or 

gilded, especially laterally. Head with bright blue lines, on trunk 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99 


immediately becoming plumbeous and fading. Fins all more or less 
pale olive-brown, margin of spinous dorsal somewhat pinkish. Base 
of caudal with a blackish spot. Inside of lower jaw pale orange. 


BY 
> Ei 


al 


Fig. 11. Hemulon sciurus (Shaw). 


Tris silvery tinted with pale orange above. Length 2? inches. An- 
other was similar except gilt bands were a little broader, upper surface 
of body a little more olivaceous, ventral and anal more golden, and 


mandible white. 
Very abundant about the Marquesas where many were seined. 


58. Bathystoma rimator (Jordan and Swain). Young Grunt. 

Grassy Key, Hailer’s Rock and the Marquesas. Very abundant in 
these localities, also about the reefs near Snipe Key, where large 
schools were seen swimming about in the quiet or still waters. 


SPARIDA:. 


59. Calamus penna (Valenciennes). Speckled Porgy. Fig. 12 (young). 
Color in life brownish, pale purple above on back, and side and lower 
surface silvery. About six golden-olive vertical bands with edges of 


100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


each scale within more or less dusky. Markings extending on fins 
which are very pale brownish. Iris golden. Length 3,%, inches. 
The Marquesas and Boca Chica Key. 


% 


Fig. 12. Calamus penna (Valenciennes) 


60. Lagodon rhomboides (Linnieus). Bream. 


Color in hfe pale bluish-olive above, below silvery white. Gilt lines 
above parallel with lateral line, and below horizontal. Vertical lines 
dusky slate-color, and forming a black blotch at beginning of lateral 
line. Dorsal spines gilded silvery slate-color. A median broad gilt 
band entire length of dorsal and anal. Edge of spinous dorsal gilt. 
Caudal brownish with golden tint. Pectoral and ventral whitish, 
latter with a gilt line in middle of its length. Inside of gill-opening 
silvery. Iris silvery with golden and brown. Length 33 inches. 

Marquesas, Grassy and Big Pine Keys, and Hailer’s Rock. 


GERRIDA. 
61. Eucinostomus gula (Valenciennes). Shad. 


Color in life bright silvery, back tinted with very pale gray-blue. 
About four indistinct grayish vertical bands on side of back, most 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101 


distinct in young examples. Dorsal and caudal grayish, other fins 
paler and translucent. Iris brownish with a brownish vertical bar. 

The Marquesas, Boca Chica, West Cudjoe’s and Grassy Keys, and 
Hailer’s Rock. - 


POMACENTRID. 


62. Pomacentrus leucostictus Miiller and Troschel. Cock Eye Pilot. 

Color-in life with upper half of body anteriorly brilliant violet, this 
color changing insensibly into yellow, and becoming intense orange- 
yellow posteriorly as on caudal and on caudal peduncle. Spinous 
dorsal like back in front. Rayed dorsal yellowish like back posteriorly. 
A black blue-edged ocellus at junction of dorsals basally. Lower 
margin of anal olivaceous-yellow, rest of fin like abdomen. Pectoral 
and ventral orange. Three brilliant, or light, blue lines from eyes 
and snout to occiput. Iris brown. 

Two small examples, a little less than an inch in length, were taken 
in the tide-pools off Hailer’s Rock. When in the water they are very 
conspicuous on account of their brilliant coloration. They are not 
especially active swimmers though shy, the smaller ones usually escap- 
ing capture on account of their size. Found associated with Blennius 
cristatus, Cyprinodon mydrus and Glyphisodon mauritit. 

63. Glyphisodon mauritii (Bloch). Sheepshead. 

Color in life, back shaded with lemon-yellow. Five distinct vertical 
bars of deep plumbeous, edges of scales within each dusky-plumbeous. 
Lower surface of body chalky-white. Fins brownish and transverse 
bars extending on them. Scales on base of anal specked with dusky, 
otherwise plumbeous-white. Base of pectoral above, blackish. Each 
ray and spine of ventral pale dusky, axillary scale white. Head above 
plumbeous with a deep golden shade. Side of head plumbeous.  Ivis 
brown, front rim yellow. One example 44 inches long from the Mar- 
quesas shallows. 

A young example from Hailer’s Rock was more greenish-yellow above 
in life. Below slaty-plumbeous, becoming more or less silvery on 
ventral region. Vertical bars dusky. Greenish-yellow and dark bars 
on spinous dorsal, other vertical fins pale-grayish. Pectoral and 
ventral whitish. Iris brown. Length 14 inches. 


SCARIDZA. 


64. Cryptotomus beryllinus Jordan and Swain. Parrot Fish. 
Color in life brown, edges of some scales darker, those on lower sur- 
face of a light chestnut tint. Dorsal and anal slightly brownish, with 


102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


a ruddy tint and mottled with slightly darker spots. Caudal brown- 
ish with slightly brownish cross-bars. Pectoral and ventral pale 
brownish-white with slight cross-markings of a chestnut tint on latter. 
Hye silvery. Marquesas. . 

Another, from same locality, had ventral and anal more rosy-red. 
Small ones were speckled with dusky and tinted orange-purple on 
anal below. Spots on belly pale purple. 


65. Sparisoma flavescens (Schneider). Parrot Fish. 
Marquesas, Big Pine and Boca Chica Keys. 


66. Pseudoscarus guacamaia (Cuvier). Parrot Fish. Green Parrot Fish 
I saw a large example of this species swimming about the reef near 
Snipe Key. In the water it appeared to be entirely dark green. 


CHASTODONTID. 


67. Chetodon capistratus Linnexus. Butterfly Fish. 

One example seen in the reef about Snipe Key. It was very evi- 
dently this species and measured about 5 inches in length, as far as I 
could judge. 


68. Pomacanthus arcuatus (Linneus). Black Angel. 

Color in life blackish. Bars bright lemon-yellow. Each scale on 
side with a black spot. Iris deep blackish-brown, marginally blackish. 
Length 4 3; inches. 

Only one example was taken about the roots of a red mangrove in 
the Marquesas shallows. It was also reported by several fishermen 
as rather common about the roots of overhanging mangroves of several 
Keys. 

69. Angelichthys ciliaris (Linnwus). Yellow Angel. Golden Angel. Blue Angel. 


Several of these beautiful fishes were seen about the reefs near 
Snipe Key. They like the protection of large rocks and are exceed- 
ingly brilliant among their equally showy surroundings. 


MONACANTHIDZ:. 
70. Stephanolepis hispidus (Linneus). File Fish. Leather Fish. 

Color in life green mottled with whitish and brown. Iris pale 
yellowish. Some examples with fine dusky dots and others with 
pubie flap edged with pale orange. Subject to great color variation, 
especially with respect to pattern. 

Very abundant in the sea-wrack about the Marquesas. Also taken 
about Hailer’s Rock. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103 


OSTRACIONTIDA. 
71. Lactophrys trigonus (Linneus). Trunk Fish. Shell Fish. 

Color in life pale olive with blue spots or dots. Blotch of blackish 
on side. Fins pale yellowish-brown, caudal more brownish. Base 
of dorsal blackish. Iris pale yellowish. Length 6} inches. 

Marquesas Islands. 

72. Acanthostracion tricornis (Linneus). Horned Trunk Fish. 

Color in life with belly pale sulphury. Spots on body blackish- 
brown. Fins pale brownish, caudal with a few spots. Chin whitish. 
Iris yellowish-white with brown spots. Length 3} inches. 

Marquesas Islands. 


TETRODONTIDZ. 
78. Spheroides nephelus Goode and Bean. Puffer. Swelling Fish. 

Color in life with side of body citron-yellow. Back variegated with 
pale vermiculating blue lines of dots and marked with black spots. 
Blue lines also forming ocelli of black lateral blotches. Fins dilute 
brownish. Iris dilute yellowish. Length 24 inches. 

Marquesas Islands. 

74. Spheroides plumieri (Schneider). Puffer. Swelling Fish. 

Color in life brownish above tinted with pale olive and marbled with 
blackish-brown. Tentacles on back whitish. A dark expanded 
triangular blotch between eyes. Side of body olive, blotches blackish. 
Fins pale or dilute brownish. Caudal whitish, and basally and sub- 
marginally with a broad transverse blackish-brown bar. Lower sur- 
face of body chalky-white. Iris pale orange-yellow. Length 34 
inches. 

Marquesas Islands and a number from Boca Chica Key. 


DIODONTIDZ2. 
75. Diodon hystrix Linneus. Porcupine Fish. 
This, and sometimes the following, are taken and dried as curios. 
Nothing further than that both species occur was gathered from the 
fishermen. 


76. Diodon holocanthus Linnzus. Porcupine Fish. 


77. Lyosphera gibbosa Evermann and Kendall. Marble Fish. 

Color in life pale olivaceous above. Black below forming reticulat- 
ing lines with bright orange spots. Black lines reticulating above in 
olivaceous. Jaws pale brownish. Fins whitish. Iris pale golden. 
Length ++ inches. 


104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


This species was reported not at all uncommon in the shallows of 
the Marquesas about the Zostera, though I only found one example. 
It is a very curious and interesting little animal and I watched it 
inflate and collapse several times before death. The inflation was 
slight, much less than that of Spheroides. This specimen agrees best 
with the larger figure given by Drs. Evermann and Kendall,® though 
the dark reticulating lines are more distinct. Those on top ofthe head 
are narrow, or fine, and others are broken a little. Those all over 
abdomen are broader and darker. 


SCORPASNIDZA. 
78. Scorpena grandicornis Cuvier. Sculpin. 

Color in life brownish variegated with darker and whitish. A broad 
brownish band from eye down over cheek. Eye brownish. Fins 
blackish-brown and whitish. Body marked most everywhere with 
small whitish spots. Length 2,8; inches. 

Two examples were seined in the sea-wrack of the Marquesas shal- 
lows. 


GOBIIDZ. 
79. Mapo soporator (Valenciennes). 

Color in life mottled brownish above, sides with darker brownish 
spots. Back also with dusky and olivaceous markings. Lower sur- 
face white. Margin of anal narrowly whitish. Ventral white. Other 
fins more or less grayish and transparent. Iris brownish. Length 
27, inches. Hailer’s Rock, in a tide-pool. After being in alcohol 
there is an evident small bluish shoulder-spot. 

Another example was brownish in life with a dull bluish tint, spots 
more dull or pale bluish. Markings on back brownish. Fins brown- 
ish, spots pale bluish. Outer portions of dorsal pale yellowish, bas- 
ally spotted with pale bluish, and brownish between. Caudal same. 
Anal paler bluish than on dorsal, becoming somewhat dilute brownish- 
yellow distally with a submarginal brownish line, and tip of each ray 
whitish. Pupil greenish, edged narrowly with golden. One example 
4 inches long from the sea-wrack of the Marquesas shallows. 

PLEURONECTIDA. 
80. Platophrys ocellatus (Agassiz). Flounder. 


Color in life pale sandy-brown, mottled with white, deep brown and 
gray, white forming distinct spots. Fins also spotted with same 


® Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm., XVII, 1897 (1898), p. 131, Pl. 9, figs. 11 and 12. 


Rappahannock River, near the mouth of Windmill Creek, Virginia. (W. C. 
Kendall. Type No. 48,794, U. S. Nat. Mus.) 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105 


colors, dark brownish spots at regular intervals and showing through 
on dextral side, which is whitish. Iris pinkish. 
A single small example from the Marquesas. 


BLENNIIDZ. 
CLININ. 
CONGRAMMUS gen. nov. 

Type Congrammus moorei sp. nov. 

Body elongate and tapering from head. Head deep, large and 
broadened posteriorly. Snout short. Eyes small, on top of head, 
directed upwards, close together, and near tip of snout. Mouth su- 
perior and much inclined. Lips with a series of large cutaneous flaps 
or cirri. Teeth in jaws in fine bands. No teeth on vomer or pala- 
tines. Interorbital space very narrow. No gill-rakers. No small 
upturned hook on shoulder-girdle. Scales rather large and cycloid. 
Lateral line continuous and arched till over pectoral. Dorsal not 
divided, radii similar or no apparent spines, and about 40 in number. 
Anal extending well forward on abdomen. Caudal free and rounded. 
Pectoral with tips of lower rays, and those of other fins, with exception 
of caudal, free. Color pale or brownish-white. 

Small Blennies found in tropieal waters or in shallows with sandy 
bottoms, and with something of the appearance of the Star Gazers or 
Uranoscopide. 

(Kéyypoc, or Téyypec, Congrus, the ancient name of the Conger Eel ; 
aupoc, sand.) 

81. Congrammus moorei sp. noy. Sand Conger. Fig. 13. 

Head 33; depth of trunk at tip of pectoral 6; least depth of body 7; 

D. 41; A. III, 33; P. 14; V. 1, 3; scales 46 in lateral line to base of 


Fig. 13. Congrammus moorei Fowler. 


caudal, and 1 more on latter; 5 scales obliquely between dorsal 
and lateral line at tip of pectoral, and 4 scales obliquely back and 


106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


down from same point to anal; width of head 1,8, in its length; depth 
of head 14; mandible 22; caudal 24; pectoral 12; third ray of anal 34; 
snout about 8 in head from tip of upper jaw; eye about 74; inter- 
orbital space about half of eye. 

Body elongate, swollen about branchial region in width but depth 
at this point less than farther back, and rest of trunk or long tail taper- 
ing. Upper profile convex, especially above pectoral posteriorly. 
Caudal peduncle compressed, and its depth nearly a fifth of length of 
head. 

Head large, compressed anteriorly and swollen laterally posteriorly, 
and its greatest depth greater than that of trunk. Upper profile 
nearly straight, and but little inclined. Lower profile well inclined. 
Snout very short and a little broad. Eyes superior, directed upwards, 
close together near tip of snout and longer than broad. Mouth small, 
superior, and with jaws protruding. Mandible produced beyond 
upper jaw. Teeth in jaws, only apparent when mouth is open, fine 
andin bands. Apparently no teeth on vomer or on tongue. Lach lip 
with a fringe of long cutaneous flaps of even length at regular inter- 
vals and conspicuous at all times. Tongue thick, rounded, a little 
posterior in mouth, and free in front. Nostrils directly in front of 
eye, separated, and anterior with a small cutaneous rim or in a short 
tube. Interorbital space very narrow and a little concave. Opercle 
with radiate strize above, each of which is produced beyond posterior 
margin as a slender cutaneous process over gill-flap and beyond. 

Gill-opening large, extending forward about midway in length of 
head. Rakers absent. Filaments small, about equal to orbital diam- 
eter. Isthmus compressed, and surmounted with broadened sur- 
face which is concave medianly. 

Seales only on trunk, except several on base of caudal, where they 
are large. Scales cycloid, large, except on nuchal region anteriorly, 
and in parallel series. Lateral line of large simple tubes and con- 
tinuous, at first high or after fourteenth scale of its course midway in 
depth of body. A 

Dorsal of simple flexible rays, none apparently evident as spines, 
tips of each free anteriorly, but becoming gradually more restricted 
by membranes posteriorly where it is free from caudal. Origin of 
dorsal beginning a trifle before posterior margin of preopercle. Anal 
with three rather pungent short spines, anteriorly separated from rest 
of fin, and nearly opposite origin of pectoral. Rest of anal, except 
first few elongated rays which are more or less erect with first two 
inclined forward and with well-developed membranes, similar to dorsal. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107 


Caudal rounded and small, free from dorsal and anal. Pectoral large, 
broad, tips of lower rays free, and median rays longest. Ventrals 
jugular, each with three graduated rays with more or less free tips. 

Color in alcohol pale brownish, whitish below, and a trifle darker on 
top of head. Latter, and back, with many minute pale brown specks 
or dots. Fins all transparent or brownish-white. Iris whitish, pupil 
slaty. 

Color in life white, below brighter, above more translucent and 
marked on back alternately with pale brown and white. Fins trans- 
parent whitish, dorsal and caudal hardly darker. Iris pale greenish- 
white, becoming silvery marginally, and pupil black. 

Length 2 inches. 

Type No. 30,621, A. N.S. P. Hailer’s Rock, Florida Keys. June 
23, 1904. H. W. Fowler. 

Only a single example, the type, was taken in very shallow water on 
the sandy shore of Hailer’s Rock. 

(Named for Mr. Clarence B. Moore, of Philadelphia, well known for 
his valuable researches in Archeology, and through whose interest in 
Zoology the expedition to the Florida Keys was realized.) 


BLENNIIN#®. 
82. Blennius cristatus Linneus. Rock Fish. 

Color in life olive-brown above, saddles darker than ground-color. 
Body speckled or minutely spotted with deeper brown and whitish, 
markings becoming pale plumbeous below. Lines of dorsal brown. 
Edge of fins whitish. Caudal tinted a little with pale green. Ab- 
domen dilute greenish-white and translucent. Fins all very pale 
transparent brownish, and pale markings dusky or whitish. Lower 
surface of head pale dusky. Eye brown. Crest on head dull deep 
red with dusky spots. 

A larger example with dilute carmine tints to margins of dorsals and 
upper edge of caudal, posterior margin of latter and tips of dorsal 
radii whitish. A whitish-plumbeous spot at base of each anal ray and 
also at tip of each, submarginally dusky. Spots and lines on body 
dilute plumbeous or pearly-blue. Bars on caudal dusky. Occipital 
filaments reddish. Axil of pectoral dusky. Brownish bars on lower 
half of pectoral. Iris brown. 

Small examples have brownish lines on dorsal more pale brownish. 

Found very abundant in all the tide-pools on Hailer’s Rock and 
West Cudjoe’s Key. In such places they are often found completely 
entrapped, darting quickly about when disturbed, however, soon find- 


108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


ing shelter in the crevices. They are colored much in keeping with 
their surroundings, so that it is difficult to make out their presence 
when quiet. 

83. Auchenopterus marmoratus (Steindachner). Rock Fish. 

Color in life brown, darker markings dark brown. A pale spot on 
side of head tinted greenish-white. Pale markings on body whitish 
or pale brown. Caudal whitish. Blotches on dorsals and anals 
blackish-brown. Iris reddish. One small example from the sea- 
wrack in the Marquesas shallows. 


BROTULIDA, 
84. Ogilbia cayorum Evermann and Kendall. 

Color in life nearly uniform or pale isabella-color, finely dusted with 
minute darker specks or dots. Eye slaty. 

Four examples from West Cudjoe’s Key were taken in the tide- 
pools. They all show a distinct opercular spine and have very incon- 
spicuous or imbedded scales, not arranged transversely or otherwise 
in indistinct series, the fish having the appearance of being naked when 
alive. 

BATRACHIDA. 
85. Opsanus tau (Linnzus), 

Color in life brownish, below whitish. Dorsal and caudal pale brown, 
markings darker. Paler markings creamy. Iris brownish. One 3} 
inches from the Marquesas. 

Another, 14 inches long, from West Cudjoe’s Key has no ventral 
sucking-disk. Color-pattern suggesting that of certain Cottide. 
Blotches on body and vertical fins posteriorly very large and confluent, 
so that contrast between light and pale markings is pronounced. 
Belly and abdomen immaculate whitish. 


OGCOCEPHALID A. 


86. Ogcocephalus radiatus (Mitchill). Toad. Plate I‘I. 

Color in life deep slaty-brown, without any distinct markings. 
Dorsal, caudal, anal and pectorals same color above and basally below, 
and marked with a beautiful network of whitish lines forming more 
or less distinct ocelli. Sides of trunk similarly colored. Lower distal 
portion of pectoral, ventral, anal and caudal tinged with golden. 
Under surface of body otherwise pale or soiled whitish. Iris brownish 
with pale radiating line. Length 7% inches. 

Big Pine and Ballast Keys, about the shallows. They do not move 
fast and are easily captured in the hand or in a small dip-net. They 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109 


lurk about the rocks or sea-wrack, and their protective colors make it 
difficult to distinguish them when quiet or not moving about. 


AMPHIBIANS. 


BUFONIDS. 
87. Bufo quericus Holbrook. 

In life plumbeous-gray, markings dusky slate-color. Lower surface 
of body translucent whitish. Soles of feet and toes brownish. Iris 
with yellowish next to pupil. 

Abundant in the open grass-land on Big Pine Key. They progress 
by a series of short jumps. 


HYLIDA. 
88. Hyla squirella Daudin. 

In life plumbeous above speckled with dull brownish. A blackish- 
brown line from tip of snout along side of head and including eye in 
its course. Lower surface of body pale brownish-white. Legs pale 
translucent brown, whitish below and posterior feet dusky. Iris 
brown. 

This species was found on the ground about shady hammock-land 
on Boca Chica Key. I also saw one on a Gumbo Limbo tree on Vaca 
Key. 

89. Hyla carolinensis (Pennant). 

A small green frog, evidently this species, was seen on Key West and 

Boca Chica Key. 


REPTILES. 
COLUBRIDZA. 
90. Natrix fasciata (Linus). Moccasin. 

One example was taken in the mangroves of Boca Grande Key. 
Here they live in the pools among the roots and short sprouts, and are 
thus difficult to see on account of the seclusion afforded. I did not 
meet with it in any other locality, though it doubtless occurs as it 
was reported from No Name Key. The vernacular is ‘‘Moccasin,’’ 
as distinguished from the ‘‘Cotton Mouth Moceasin’’ (Agkistrodon 
contortrix). . 


91. Bascanion constrictor (Linneus). Black Snake. 


Reported from No Name Key. Seen on Knight and Summerland 
Keys. 


110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


92, Lampropeltis doliatus (Linnwus). Red Snake. 

An example, reddish or coppery-red in color, was found on Boca 
Chica Key. Others were reported from No Name, Summerland and 
Cudjoe’s Keys. 


CROTALIDZA. 
93. Crotalus adamanteus Beauvois. Rattler. Rattle Snake. Diamond Rattle Snake. 
Reported from Boca Chica, Big Pine and No Name Keys. I ob- 
served it on Summerland and Sugar Loaf Keys, and on the latter one 
was secured. 


SCINCIDA. 


94. Eumeces fasciatus (Linnieus). Lion. 

General color in life waxy-black. Lines on head and neck deep 
brick-orange, becoming rather more orange on trunk, and finally fad- 
ing into deep ultramarine-violet tail, though latter at first azure. 
Line along side of head paler or more ochraceous. Lower surface of 
head pale or translucent, mandible somewhat dilute purplish and 
throat greenish. A tinge of pale brick-color on lower side of head. 
Iris brownish. Lower surface of trunk dusky with brassy reflections. 
Feet and legs black. 

This beautiful little lizard was first noticed in the hammock-land 
on the east end of Boca Chica Key. They were also rather plentiful 
on Vaca Key, where a rather large one was secured. 


THIDA. 


95, Cnemidophorus sexlineatus (Linnius). Lagarto. Lion. 

Tn life upper surface brownish, and from above hind legs to tip of 
tail grayish-brown. Lower surface entirely chalky or livid dilute 
lavender-blue, inclining more to bluish laterally. A median pale 
streak from occiput along upper surface of tail to become joined with 
its fellows. They unite with a slightly ochraceous one on each side, 
though becoming pale gray on tail, and extending parallel from occiput. 
A bright yellow line similar in shape and course from above posterior 
margin of eye and extending back along side of tail where it also be- 
comes gray. From lower eyelid below another of pale lemon to hip 
and fading out on femur. Still another, and paler, fading out on ribs 
in front. It is indistinctly defined. Eyelid pale yellowish. Iris 
brown. Lower side of head pale bluish. Top of head pale brown. 
Inside of mouth flesh-colored. Upper surfaces of fore legs grayish- 
brown. In sutures of squamation on posterior costal region, hind 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 111 


legs, and front of tail, brick-colored patches. Lines fade out on tail 
which is almost entirely gray a short distance from its base. A brown- 
ish-gray line on posterior side of hind leg, leaving a white one between 
it and color above. It extends along lower side of tail where it is blue- 
ereen, and though continued a good distance back is not well defined. 
Toes and soles of feet pale brownish flesh-color. 

Key West, Boca Chica, Big Pine, Knight, Vaca and Grassy Keys. 
The above notes are from an example from the former locality. They 
were abundant on most Keys, where they were seen running swiftly 
through the grass. They soon hide in holes or among rocks. About 
the lagoon on Key West I found them most common under low grassy 
vegetation where numerous insects, such as small grasshoppers, were 
seen. 


IGUANIDAs. 
96. Anolis principalis (Linnzus). Lion. 

Key West, Boca Chica, Marquesas, Big Pine, No Name, Vaca, 
Grassy and Summerland Keys. Many bright green examples were 
seen on Key West among grasses and other green vegetation, from 
which they are distinguished with difficulty. Those on the ground, 
or on brown sticks, ete., were brown in color. I never saw the animal 
change to the negative of its surroundings. They are quick, though 
more easily captured than the other species. 


CROCODILIDZ. 
97. Alligator mississippiensis (Daudin). Alligator. 

Reported from several pools we saw on Little Pine Key, though I 
did not see any example during our stay. They were also reported 
from pools on Summerland Key, and were said to occasionally reach 
six feet in length. 


DERMOCHELYDIDA. 
98. Dermochelys coriacea (Vandelli). Trunk Back. 


Frequently taken about the Keys. Several shells were seen about 
Key West. 


- CHELONIIDZ. 
99, Thalassochelys caretta (Linneus). Logger Head Turtle. Logger Head. 

Reported as abundant in the past and still frequently taken. It, 
like both of the following species, is much sought after, and bids fair 
to become exterminated in a short time if the ruthless depredations of 
the turtle-fisher are not speedily checked. These animals, all of which 


112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


breed in suitable places in the Keys, are thus subjected to addi- 
tional danger as their eggs are also held indemand. These are eagerly 
gathered when found and used as food. 
100. Eretmochelys imbricata (Linneus). Hawk’s Bill Turtle. 

Shells of this animal were seen in Key West. It was reported as of 
frequent occurrence in past times. 
101. Chelonia mydas (Linnvus). Green Turtle. Turtle. 

Hunted for food and the most familiar of the family. Several 
times newly laid eggs, most likely of this species, were found on the 
sandy beaches of the different Keys. 


EMYDIDA. 


102, Malaclemmys littoralis rhizophorarum subsp. noy. Terrapin. Diamond Back Ter- 
rapin. Plate IV. 


Head large, heavy, flattened somewhat above, and below, and a 
little swollen laterally behind each eye. Eye large. Snout short, 
and rather obtuse. Jaws each with a broad horny covering. Mouth 
large, and its profile together with mandible convex. Legs and feet 
strong, furnished with stout claws, five on each anterior limb and four 
on each posterior. Claws on fore feet rather broad, and those on 
hind feet narrow and longer. Scales on limbs well developed supe- 
- riorly. Tail short, conic, and rather weak. 

Carapace slightly ovoid when viewed from above, with its greatest 
width opposite posterior portion of fourth vertebral plate. Anterior 
carapace a little emarginate. Carapace deepest when viewed laterally 
about middle of its length, or tops of crests of second and third verte- 
bral plates highest with profile sloping down gradually in front and 
behind. Lower margin of carapace sloping gently down to a point 
above suture of seventh and eighth marginal plates, then turns up- 
ward and outward a little to descend again behind. Vertical and 
horizontal measurements of marginal plates forming bridge with 
plastron, or fifth, sixth and seventh, about equal. Edges of marginal 
plates from sixth backwards sharp and becoming more revolute to 
most posterior. Axillary and inguinal plates well developed. Each 
vertebral plate, except posterior which is evenly convex, with a 
median keel surmounted by a more or less well developed osseous 
tubercle posteriorly, and best developed proceeding to last. Hach 
plate of carapace with conspicuous concentric rings. _ Plastron a trifle 
ovoid, and its greatest width would fall a trifle in advance of its middle 
or about middle of bridge. Front of plastron nearly truncate or its 
anterior edge only very slightly emarginate. Behind bridge sides of 
plastron nearly parallel to posterior margin of femoral plate where 
there is a prominent notch, and then more convergent to ends of anal 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113 


plates which are furnished with a deep notch on median line. Epider- 
mal plates of plastron smooth. 

Color in life. Carapace deep dusky, with perhaps faint or obscure 
darker mottlings. Inferior portion of marginal plates of carapace of 
the same shade of pale yellowish-brown as the plastron, though at each 
suture a broad blackish blotch. These blotches are most distinct and 
conspicuous on the bridge, those of posterior plates very narrow. Plas- 
tron dull or pale yellowish-brown, and articulation of each plate with 
a broad irregular blackish margin, at least anteriorly. Head, legs, 
feet and tail pale-slaty or plumbeous, and former speckled or spotted 
with a dark or dusky-slaty. On legs this is evident as each scale has a 
dark or slaty center. Jaws whitish or of a whitish horn-color. Top of 
head pale or light. Eye grayish. Claws horn-color, dark or brownish 
above. 

Length of carapace 7} inches. 

Type, No. 16,570, A. N.S. P. Boca Grande Key, Florida. June 
18, 1904. H. W. Fowler. Clarence B. Moore Collection. 

This form is known to me only from the above described example, 
which was collected in a pool among the mangroves of Boca Grande ~ 
Key together with Natriz. It did not appear to me to be especially 
abundant on the islands we visited, whether for seclusive habits or other 
reasons, I could not tell. It was reported from other islands within 
the limits of our trip, however. As it is highly valued as food it is 
much sought after. Provisionally, as a form of Malaclemmys littoralis 
of Prof. Hay,’ from the Texas coasts, it may be recognized as a distinct 
subspecies. Although he had a very large series of individuals, the 
sutures of the marginal plates of the carapace are not described as 
black, which is the case in the example before me. His figures do not 
show this, and certainly the colored one of the adult is different. I 
have recently had the opportunity of examining a large series of several 
hundred living examples of Malaclemmys centrata (Latreille), through 
Dr. Samuel G. Dixon, in the markets of Philadelphia. Most of these 
were said to have been procured near Savannah, Georgia. Great 
variations in color were noticed, some individuals approaching the 
above described example very closely, while others had perfectly 
uniform plastrons, ete. Most of the variations, like those figured under 
Emys concentrica by Sowerby and Lear,* were found. 

(Rhizophora, Mangrove.) 


7 Bull. Bureau of Fish., XXIV, 1905, p. 18. 
® Tort. Terrap. Turt., 1872. Four figures referable to Pls. 33-55, and 36, are 


not numbered in the copy before me. 
8 


114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


NEW, RARE OR LITTLE KNOWN SCOMBROIDS, NO. 3. 
BY HENRY W. FOWLER. 


CHLOROSCOMBRIN 45. 
Chloroscombrus hesperius sp. noy. Fig. 1. 

Head 4; depth 24; D. 1, VIII-I, 26; A. ILI, 25; P. 1, 17; V. I, 5; 
scales 98? (squamation injured) in lateral line to base of caudal; depth 
of head, over middle of orbit, 145 in its length; width of head 24; 
mandible 2; third dorsal spine 2;%,; second dorsal ray 2; first anal ray 
2,95; ventral 24; snout 32 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; 
eye 24; maxillary 24; interorbital space 32; least depth of caudal 
peduncle 5¢; upper caudal lobe 34 in head and trunk; pectoral 23. 

Body rather shorter than in C. chrysurus, strongly compressed, 


Fig. 1.—Chloroscombrus hesperius Fowler. 


ovoid, lower profile much more convex than upper and greatest depth 
at base of spinous anal. Caudal peduncle long, slender, compressed, 
and its least depth about 3 in its length. 

Head deep, compressed. Snout short, forming obtuse profile, upper 
surface convex and upper jaw little produced. Eye rather large, 


1906.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115 


circular, and a little high and anterior. Adipose eyelid broad poster- 
iorly, and covering a good portion of iris. Mouth obliquely vertical, 
rather small, and mandible well protruded. Maxillary reaching op- 
posite front margin of eye, and its distal expanded extremity a trifle 
less than pupil or about # of orbit. Teeth minute, in bands in jaws, 
and also present on vomer, palatines and tongue. Tongue long, 
rather narrow, with rounded tip, and free infront. Lips thin, except 
lower on side of mandible. Interorbital space elevated and with a 
median elevated trenchant keel extending to occiput. Nostrils adjoin- 
ing, near upper front rim of orbit and posterior larger. 

Gill-opening extending forward about opposite posterior nostril. 
Rakers 10+33, slender, compressed, and longest % of orbit. Fila- 
ments about + length of longest rakers, and pseudobranchie about 
same size. Isthmus narrowly compressed, and its edge not trenchant. 

Seales small, cycloid, and forming convex series bulging posteriorly 
over costal region. A few small scales on occipital region, postocular 
region, and on opercle above, head otherwise naked. Spinous dorsal 
and anal depressible in narrow scaly sheaths. Soft dorsal and anal 
anteriorly with basal scaly sheaths and rays more or less depressible 
within. Lateral line convex anteriorly, its bulge about equal to 1$ 
in straight portion, and no keel. 

Spinous dorsal small, inserted nearly midway between tips of upper 
jaw and pectoral, and fourth or fifth spine probably longest (damaged). 
Soft dorsal inserted nearly midway between front rim of orbit and 
base of last dorsal ray, a little in front of straight part of lateral line, 
and first few rays elongated a little. Soft anal similar, inserted a 
little in advance of soft dorsal. Origin of spinous anal about last 
third in space between origin of ventral and that of soft anal, second 
spine probably a little longer (first damaged). Caudal rather large, 
lobes slender, pointed, and upper much longer. Pectorai long, slender, 
and reaching about opposite first third of base of anal. Ventral in- 
serted a little behind origin of pectoral, small, both fins depressible in 
a groove extending to and containing vent, and when depressed thus 
reaching $ of space to spinous anal. 

Color in alcohol more or less silvery, and back above brownish. A 
small dull or pale brown spot on upper edge of opercle. Head pale 
brown above. Eye dull brassy. Fins pale brownish, spinous dorsal 
and upper anterior dorsal rays with a little brownish. A blackish 
blotch at base of upper caudal lobe. 

Length 6? inches. 

_Type No. 11,198, A.N.S.P. West Africa. Dr. H. E. Savage: 


116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


This species is closely related to Scomber chloris Bloch, with which it 
may possibly prove identical. However, that form, if the original 
figure is to be trusted, is very close to Scomber chrysurus Linnzeus. 
It will be seen to differ from C. chrysurus in the slightly deeper form, 
larger eye, more anterior insertion of the anal, and longer pectoral. 
The gill-rakers are about the same. 

(‘Eoxégptos, western, with reference to the type locality.) 


TRACHINOTIN #. 
GLAUCUS Walbaum. 

Klein, in Walbaum, Pet. Arted. Gen. Pisc., III, 1792, p. 585, with 
Scomber amia Linnzus as type, has priority over Hypacantus Rafin- 
esque, Carat. Aleun. Nuov. Gen. Spec. An. Piant. Sicilia, 1810 (April 1st), 
p. 43 (=Hypacanthus =Hypacantha = Hypodis =Hypodys Rafinesque 
=TInchia Cuvier = Porthmeus Valenciennes). 

Glaucus amia (Linnzeus) examined. 


CAMPOGRAMMA Regan. 

Campogramma Regan is distinct, as an examination of Campo- 
gramma glaucus (Linnzeus) shows. 

TRACHINOTUS Lacépéde. 
PAMPANOA subgen. nov. 
Type Chetodon glaucus Bloch. 

Anterior rays of dorsal and anal prolonged so that they form long 
faleate lobes. Caudal long and triangular. Side with several dark 
transverse vertical bars, at least above. Trachinotus glaucus (Bloch) 
examined. 

(Paémpano [Spanish], a common vernacular for the fishes of this 
genus and mostly written Pompano.) 

Subgenus TRACHINOTUS Lacépéde. 


T. ovatus (Linnzeus), 7’. jaleatus (Linnzeus), 7’. goreensis Cuvier and 
T. carolinus (Linnzeus) examined. 


STROMATEIDZ. 
STROMATEIN#. 
Subgenus STROMATEUS Linnzus.! 


Stromateus brasiliensis sp. noy. Fig. 2. 
Head 414; depth 21; D. V, 40; A. V, 37; P. II, 18; width of head 1,85 
in its length; snout 32; eye 43; maxillary 33; interorbital space 22: 


1 Stromateus fiatola Linnwus examined. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117 


least depth of caudal peduncle 2; pectoral (damaged), a little less than 
head; upper lobe of caudal (damaged) about 34 in head and trunk; 
about 125? scales in a lateral series from gill-opening below lateral 
line to base of caudal. 

Body ovate, deep, compressed, and greatest depth about origins of 
rayed dorsal and anal. Back rather trenchant before dorsal. Caudal 
peduncle compressed, its least depth about 4 of its length. 

Head deep, compressed, blunt in front, profiles steep, and upper a 
little concave in front. Snout blunt, convex and profile in front nearly 
vertical. Eye rather small, circular, a little low, and posterior margin 


Fig. 2.—Stromateus brasiliensis Fowler. 


about midway in length of head. Adipose eyelid well developed, and 
concealing a good portion of eye. Mouth a little inclined, small, and 
mandible hardly protruded in front. Maxillary not quite reaching 
front rim of orbit, and distally expanded till about equal to pupil. 
Teeth minute, uniserial, and forming a rather weak cutting edge. 
Palatines with minute asperites. Vomer edentulous. Tongue smooth, 
broad, rounded, and free in front. Nostrils adjoining, a little nearer 
front of snout than front margin of eye, and posterior larger. Inter- 
orbital space elevated, trenchant, a keel beginning at the internasal 
region. Preopercle broad and with radiating flutings. Opercle 
striate. 


118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (March, 


Gill-opening extending forward about opposite front margin of eye. 
Rakers 5+13, pointed, longest about 2 of longest filaments which 
are 3 of orbit. Pseudobranchiz a trifle longer than longest raker. 
Isthmus rounded. 

Seales small, and extending well out on most of fins, almost entirely 
on dorsals and anals where they are greatly reduced and crowded. 
Head naked except cheek and operele. Lateral line damaged, convex 
at least anteriorly. 

Dorsal apparently over middle of pectoral, spines graduated to last 
which is longest though not as high as longest anterior rays. Anals 
similar though origin of spinous well posterior, a little before end of 
pectoral. Only first 7 or 8 rays of rayed dorsal and anal a little longer 
than others. Caudal large, forked, and lobes rather broad. Pectoral 
broad, its origin a little above lower rim of orbit. Anus placed nearly 
opposite origin of spinous dorsal. 

Color in aleohol pale brown, mostly uniform, or the back onlyfa 
trifle darker and marked with indistinct traces of numerous crowded 
slightly darker or grayish spots. Fins pale brown, pectoral a trifle 
darker. Iris dull brassy. 

Length 13% inches. 

Type No. 11,354, A. N. 8. P. Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. Mus. 
Comp. Zoél. Cambr., Mass. 

One example which does not agree with Gay’s figure of Stromateus 
maculatus.2. This is very poor, as no squamation whatever is indi- 
cated, the fins are naked, also the head, there is no adipose eyelid, 
operele and preopercle without striz, and the spots are greenish- 
golden, the lower ones brighter. The dorsal shows VI, 38, and the 
anal III, 32. Jenyn’s Chiloe example * had D. VII, 41, and A. V, 50, 
and the one from Port St. Julien in Central Patagonia is possibly 
identical with S. brasiliensis. The original account of S. maculatus 
by Valenciennes states that the spots are yellow. 

(Brasiliensis, of Brazil.) 4 


PTERORHOMBUS subgen. nov. 


Type Fiatola jasciata Risso. 


Fiatola Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Merid., III, 1826, p. 289 (fasciata). (Not of 
Cuvier.) 


Small ventrals present. Stromateus fasciata (Risso) examined. 


? Atl. Hist. Chile, Zool., 1854, ‘‘lam 3bis,’’ fig. 1. 
5 Zool. Voy. Beagle, IV, Fish, 1842, p. 74. 
‘ Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833, p. 296. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119 


(IIzep6y, fin, with reference to ventral; ‘p4f0s, Rhombus, a rhomb 
or diamond, and formerly applied to species of Seserinus, Palometa 
and Poronotus.) 

SESERINUS Quoy and Gaimard. 

Seserinus Cuvier, in Quoy and Gaimard, Voyage de |’Uranie, Zool., 
Jan.—Mar., 1825, p. 384 (aanthurus), has priority over Peprilus Cuvier, 
Régne Animal, Ed. Il, I, 1829, p. 214 (longipennis=paru), now 
in use. Cuvier’s account in l.c., Ed. 1, II, 1817, p. 342 (alepidotus = paru) 
cannot be used on account of its vernacular form. Seserinus xanthurus 
Quoy and Gaimard examined. 


NOMEID A. 
Psenes chapmani sp. nov. Fig. 3. 

Head 3; depth 13; D. X, I, 23; A. III, 25; P. 11, 17; V. I, 5; scales 60 
in lateral line to base of caudal; 9 scales vertically between origin of 
soft dorsal and lateral line, and about 25 vertically between latter and 
origin of soft anal; width of head 2 in its length; depth of head over 
middle of eye about equal to its length; snout 33; eye 3; maxillary 3; 
interorbital space 3; least depth of caudal peduncle 3; pectoral 14; 
ventral 1%. 

Body deep, compressed, rather ovoid, profiles similar, and greatest 
depth about origin of soft anal. Caudal peduncle compressed, and its 
least depth about 14 in its length. 

Head deep, compressed, profiles steep, and similar, blunt in front. 
Snout short, blunt, convex, upper jaw but slightly projecting. Eye 
rather large, circular, anterior, and its lower margin about midway in 
depth of head. Mouth small, jaws about even, and maxillary extend- 
ing obliquely down barely opposite front margin of orbit. Teeth in 
jaws uniserial, rather pronounced, well separated and sharp. No 
teeth on roof of mouth. Tongue rounded, and free in front. Nostrils 
small, very close together, and well in front of eye above. Inter- 
orbital space convexly elevated. 

Gill-opening extending forward about opposite front rim of orbit. 
Rakers 11+ 20, clavate, a little shorter than filaments which are about 
2 in orbit. Pseudobranchiz nearly as large as filaments. 

Seales small, those above lateral line forming series parallel with 
its course, and those below forming horizontal longitudinal series. 
Except interorbital space, supraocular region, nasal region, snout, 
mandible, and branchiostegal region, head is covered with scales, 
those on middle of cheek and opercle largest. About 7 series on cheek. 
Seales in front of spinous dorsal small and crowded. Vertical fins 


120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF fMarch, 


almost entirely scaled over most of basal regions which form sheaths 
for spinous dorsal and anal and also rayed dorsal and anal at least 
anteriorly. Only ends of caudal lobes naked. Scales on bases of these 
fins also small and crowded. Base of pectoral scaly. Ventral with 
innermost ray united to abdomen by a membrane and both fins de 
pressible in a groove. Lateral line curved similarly with profile of 
back, also approaching it more closely posteriorly, and extending a 
little above middle-of side of caudal peduncle. Lateral line not 
extending on base of caudal and tubes simple. 

Spinous dorsal inserted a trifle in advance of origin of pectoral, 
spines flexible, and graduated to fourth which is longest. Soft dorsal 


ASTRAL E 


ae 
APE 
32 


au 


2%) 
Zi 
‘Fae 
2. 
"3 


o 


fo) 
Me 
4 
Le 
ese Ae 
reed 
OFS 
LE0 
nD, 


ee ee 
Se 
Re 
rap 
CY. 
a 


£5 
ee 
rae 
oS 
yi 


Weness 


i 
4 he 


Fig. 3.—Psenes chapmani Fowler. 


inserted a little nearer tip of snout than base of caudal or about over 
middle of pectoral, and fin a little higher anteriorly. Anal similar, 
spines graduated to third which is longest, and rayed fin inserted per- 
haps a trifle in advance of rayed dorsal. Caudal forked, lobes rather 
long and pointed. Pectoral broad, hardly reaching half way to tip 
of last anal ray. Ventral inserted a little behind origin of pectoral, 
and reaching second anal spine. Anus in ventral groove before tip of 
ventral fin. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121 


Color in aleohol rich warm brown, lower surface paler, evidently 
silvery in life. Along each series of scales on side of body a narrow 
streak or line of darker color than general body-color. Above lateral 
line these also follow series of scales parallel with it, and below it they 
are also horizontal.. Lower side of head including cheek and opercle 
spotted or dotted with brown. Spinous dorsal and ventrals dusky- 
brown. Rayed dorsal with more or less pale dusky-brown on its outer 
portion. Caudal and anal paler. Pectoral pale brownish. Inside of 
mouth pale. Iris brassy. Peritoneum whitish. 

Length 32 inches. 

Type No. 14,621, A. N. 8. P. Taken on the surface of the open 
Atlantic in Lat. 24° 21’ N., Long. 34° 32’ W. (northwest of Cape de 
Verde Islands). Dr. W. H. Jones. Also seven paratypes with same 
data. The very young differ in having the body marked with large 
blotches, no longitudinal lines on side, and lower parts of head together 
with thorax marked with numerous brown spots. Larger example 
with 28 rays. 

Young examples also from the open Atlantic’s surface in Lat. 23° 
53’ N., Long. 53° 06’ W. (northwest of the Lesser Antilles). Another 
also from the Atlantic in the Saragossa Sea. All from Dr. William H. 
Jones. 

The East Indian form® needs comparison. Psenes guttatus appa- 
rently differs in coloration, especially the spotted thorax and lower 
surface of the head. None of my examples show a trace of the bluish 
bar indicated by Valenciennes, Psenes edwardsii Kigenmann ® has 
a little different radial formula and about 140 scales in the lateral line. 

(Dedicated to Dr. Henry C. Chapman, Professor of Institutes of 
Medicine and Medical Jurisprudence in the Jefferson Medical College 
of Philadelphia, who has contributed many valuable additions to the 
ichthyological collections of the Academy.) 


LEPODIDZAl fam. nom. nov. 
LEPODUS Rafinesque. 
Carat. Alcun. Gen. Spec. An. Piant. Sicilia, 1810, p. 53 (saragus =rait) 
is to be used, as Brama Klein, in Walbaum, Pet. Arted. Gen. Pisc., II, 
1792, p. 586, with Cyprinus brama Linnzus as type, preoccupies Brama 
Schneider, Syst. Ichth., Bloch, 1801, p. 98, based on Sparus raii Bloch. 
The Pomfret, Lepodus raii (Bloch), examined. 


® Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833, p. 198, Pl. 265. 
® Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm., XXI, 1901 (1902), p. 35, fig. From under a 
medusa, 30 miles south of Newport, Rhode Island. 


122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


CORYPHAINID A. 


Coryphena equiselis Linnzeus is of perfectly correct form, and not to 
be emended to C. equisetis as some writers seem to suppose. Further, 
it is not a misprint for the latter but simply a different form of the same. 
A small example, 25 mm. in length, from between the Cape de Verde 
Islands and Montevideo (Uruguay), examined. 


PEMPHERID 3. 
PEMPHERIS Cuvier. 
PRIACANTHOPSIS subgen. nov. 


Type Pempheris milleri Poey. 


Anal rays 25 to 32. Pempheris miilleri Poey examined. 
(Ipiwy, saw; akavOa, spine; é¢ts, appearance. So named as these 
fishes resemble the young of Priacanthus.) 


This paper concludes the series. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123 


MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. II. 
BY H. A. PILSBRY AND J. H. FERRISS. 


The present paper deals with mollusks of Texas, New Mexico and 
Arizona, collected chiefly by the authors in 1903, and not included in 
the first paper of this series." No attempt has been made to present 
complete faunas; but in connection with the previous paper, about all 
the reliable data extant upon the snail faunas of the Chiricahua and 
Huachuca ranges in southeast Arizona and the eastern and southern 
borders of the Lower Sonoran area in Texas will be found herein? 
It has not been thought expedient to repeat data elsewhere accessible. 

For the student of mollusean distribution, the life zones of the United 
States as mapped by Dr. Merriam * emphasize the secondary and not 
the primary facts of distribution. The laws of temperature control, 
which he has developed with keen insight, do not define. transcon- 
tinental zones of primary import zoologically. These zones are sec- 
ondary divisions of vertical life areas of which the molluscan faunas 
were evolved in large part independently. The Sonoran fauna is 
probably intermingling more now with that of eastern North America 
than at any former time, at least so far as such sedentary forms as 
land mollusks are concerned. 

Similar conclusions have been reached by Mr. A. E. Brown in deal- 
ing with Texan reptiles.‘ The results of his study ‘‘establish three 
facts, hitherto not wholly free from uncertainty: first, that the bound- 
ary between the Austroriparian and Sonoran reptilian faunas lies ap- 
proximately between the 96th and 98th meridians of longitude in 
Texas; second, that the restricted Texan district of Cope is not Aus- 
troriparian but Sonoran; third, that transcontinental zones of distribu- 
tion cannot be maintained in the Medicolumbian region for reptiles.’’ 


1 Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1905, p. 211. 

* Some New Mexican records, chiefly from material collected by Prof. T. D. A. 
Cockerell in the upper Pecos valley, are added. 

* Biological Survey, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, Bulletin No. 11, Map. North 
American Fauna, No. 25, Plate I. 

* Texas Reptiles and their Faunal Relations, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1903, pp. 
543-558. 

Post-Glacial Nearctic Centers of Dispersal for Reptiles, Proc. A. N. S. Phila, 
1904, p. 464. 


124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


ce 


. . the community in reptiles between the Sonoran and the 
Austroriparian is much less than that between the Sonoran and the 
Central; it is, in fact, limited to widely ranging genera... . the 
separate identity of these two faunas [Sonoran and Austroriparian], 
as far back as they can be traced, confirms the conclusion already 
reached, from their present distribution, that the association of the 
Sonoran with the Austroriparian into one transcontinental zone is 
unnatural.’’ 

This terse statement only requires the substitution of ‘‘mollusks’’ 
for “reptiles’’ to serve as a summary of the results of our present in- 
vestigation. In land mollusks, as in reptiles, the Sonoran types have 
pushed farther into the humid Austroriparian than the eastern types 
into the Sonoran area. Bulimulus and the texasiana group of Poly- 
gyra are cases in point; while Eastern subgenera of Polygyra, and prac- 
tically all Austroriparian forms except the minute, widely ranging 
genera, stop short at the rise marking the approximate limit of the 
Cretaceous formation and the Sonoran area in Texas. The common 
boundary of the Austroriparian and Sonoran, while surprisingly sharp 
for continuous areas, is deeply accidented by the river valleys, which 
carry very narrow Austroriparian ramifications into Sonoran borders. 
Thus, along the San Marcos river in Hays county, the Guadalupe 
river in Comal county, and the San Antonio river in Bexar county, 
an Austroriparian fauna with such Eastern forms as Omphalina, Poly- 
gyra thyroides, P. monodon fraterna, P. auriformis, P. roemeri, Bulimu- 
lus d. liquabilis, etc., is found, while the fauna on the bluffs or away 
from the streams is frankly Sonoran. Farther southwest, the Aus- 
troriparian forms are wholly wanting, even where moist local condi- 
tions prevail, as in the immediate vicinity of the streams of Val Verde 
county. 

A list of the forms characteristic of the eastern or lower portion of 
the Sonoran in Texas (Texan District of Cope) follows: 


Praticolella berlandieriana Strobilops |. texasianus 
Thysanophora hornw Zonitoides nummus 

Polygyra hippocrepis Vitrea indentata umbilicata 
Polygyra texasiana hyperolia Vitrea dalliana roemerv 
Polygyra t. texasensis Euconulus chersinus trochulus 
Polygyra mooreana® Helicodiscus eigenmanni 
Bulimulus d. mooreanus Planorbis carus 

Bulimulus d. ragsdalei Planorbula obstructa 


5 This species extends somewhat into the Austroriparian. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125 


Bulimulus d. pecosensis Goniobasis comalensis 
Bulimulus alternatus marve Paludestrina seemani 
Holospira roemeri Paludestrina diabola 
Holospira goldjussv Ammuicola comalensis 
Microceramus texanus Cochliopa riograndensis 
Euglandina singleyana Potamopyrgus spinosus 
Bifidaria procera cristata Valvata micra 


Nine genera of this list are not known to occur in the Austro- 
riparian or humid region of Texas. For list of the latter fauna, 
the student is referred to the catalogue of Mr. J. A. Singley, cited below, 
from which a long list of Austroriparian forms of Eastern type may 
readily be compiled. 

The first list of Texan mollusks of any extent was published by 
Romer in his excellent work on Texas, 1849. Numerous references 
to the terrestrial mollusks will of course be found in Binney’s successive 
volumes. In 1878 Mr. A. G. Wetherby® published some notes on the 
forms he found in eastern Texas (American Naturalist for 1878, pp. 
184, 254). The principal source of information, however, is Mr. J. A. 
Singley’s Contributions to the Natural History of Texas, part I, Texas 
Mollusea, published in the Fourth Annual Rep. Geol. Survey of Texas, 
1893. In this list Mr. Singley has included with the records of his 
own extensive collecting, others from many sources, so that the records 
are of unequal value. The Texan list stands much in need of revision 
and a good many names thereon are doubtless to be rejected, either 
because the forms do not occur in Texas, as in the case of Ampullaria, 
or beeause of wrong identifications; yet the work cannot be done until 
resident naturalists take it up. 


HELICINIDA. 
Helicina orbiculata tropica ‘Jan’ Ptr. 

Texas: San Marcos, Hays county; Comal county, around New 
Braunfels; San Antonio, Bexar county; two miles north of Hondo, 
Medina county; Del Rio, Devil’s river and High Bridge of the Pecos, 
Val Verde county. 

Some colonies are all white; others are mingled with red or blue 


shells. 
HELICIDA. 


Praticolella berlandieriana (Moric.). Figs. 1, 2. 


Texas: San Marcos, Hays county; Guadalupe river above New 


® By error Mr. Wetherby’s name was printed ‘‘W. G. Weatherby ’’ 


126 : PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


Braunfels, Comal county; San Antonio, Bexar county; Hondo river, 
two miles north of Hondo, Medina county; Del Rio, Val Verde county. 

Mr. Ferriss took some thin, translucent specimens, 8x 10 mm., at 
Smithville. The shell varies from 9.8 to 11.7 mm. diam. The pub- 


Fig. 1. 


lished figures do not show that there is frequently a short lamellar 
tooth or callous on the parietal wall near the suture, a short distance 
within, as shown in the “figured specimen from the Guadalupe river 
near New Braunfels. 


Thysanophora hornii (Gabb). 

Texas: Hondo river, near Hondo, Medina county; Rio San Filipe, 
near Del Rio; Devil’s river, west of Del Rio, and Pecos river at the 
High Bridge, Val Verde county, all in river drift. 

New Mexico: Florida mountains, near Deming, Grant county. 

Arizona: Cochise county; Cave creek canyon in the Chiricahua 
mountains; Fort Bowie; drift of San Pedro river at Benson, and 
Manilla mine, at the west end of the Huachuca mountains. 

This small species is a typical Thysanophora, closely related to the 
type of the genus. It varies but little throughout its extensive range, 
unless it be in the cuticular lines and hairs, which are worn off of the 
river-drift specimens. It has not before been reported in this country 
from east of Cook’s, Grant county, N. M. Our collection of 1903 
extended its known range in the United States more than 500 miles 
eastward, to the border of the Staked Plains in central-southern 
Texas. Further localities in Arizona are given in Nautilus, XII, p. 99. 

In Mexico, 7. hornti has been collected at Topo Chico, near Mon- 
terey, Nuevo Leon, and at Victoria, Tamaulipas (Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 
1903, p. 763). It is therefore one of the widely distributed species of 
the States both north and south of the international boundary in 
the Sonoran area. 


Polygyra auriformis (Bld.). 


Helix auriformis Bland, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. of N. Y., VII, p. 37 (1858). 
? Helix sayii Wood, Index Testaceologicus, Suppl., p. 22, pl.7, p. 34 m (1828). 


Texas: Galveston (J. H. Ferriss); Calhoun county (Hubbard) ; 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127 


Austin and San Antonio (Pilsbry, 1885); along the Guadalupe river, 
three or four miles above New Braunfels (Ferriss and Pilsbry). Sing- 
ley adds the localities Bastrop and Burleson counties. It is an Austro- 
riparian species which reaches into the borders of the Lower Sonoran 
area along the river bottoms. 

While the identity of Wood’s H. sayi with aurijormis is not estab- 
lished with sufficient certainty to make a substitution advisable, in 
our opinion, yet there can be no doubt that Wood had either that 
species or one of its immediate allies. Helix sayi of Binney, 1840, 
being a homonym, may be changed to Polygyra sayana (Terrestrial 
Mollusks, U1, pl. XXIII). 


Polygyra hippocrepis (Pfr.). Figs. 3, 4. 

The known range of this curious snail is exceedingly restricted. It 
has been found only near New Braunfels, in Comal county, Texas. 
We found it in abundance in April, 1903, on the west side of the 
Guadalupe river about four to six miles north of. New Braunfels, 
under stones near and at the foot of the bluff, with Holospira goldjussi. 
Another place much nearer the town is on the rocky wooded hillside 
above the springs of Comal creek, where we found a few living ones. 
This place is just beyond the pleasure gardens. 


Fig. 3. Fig. 4. 


The structure of the aperture of P. hippocrepis has never been fully 
described or figured. The parietal tooth is not V-shaped as in other 
Polygyras, but U-shaped, hence the name hippocrepis—horseshoe. 
There is an internal tubercle on the columella, as in P. mooreana. The 
upper and lower lip-teeth enter and arch towards each other, forming 
a U-shaped curve, which stands close to but a little deeper than that 
formed by the parietal tooth. Where the two entering teeth join 
there is a notch and a delicate slender hook with the point curved 
towards the adjacent basal wall projecting forward. The immersion 
of the originally lower lip-tooth gives room for a secondary callous 
ridge along the basal lip, as shown in fig. 4. 


128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


These structures form in their way a more perfect barrier perhaps 
than that produced by other means in P. auriculata and wvulifera. The 
species stands isolated at present. It is perhaps an aberrant and 
highly evolved relative of the Tennessee-Arkansas group of P. jack- 
sont, ete. 


Polygyra texasiana (Moricand). PI. V, figs. 16, 17, 20. 

Specimens of typical P. terasiana were taken by us in Hays, Comal 
and Bexar counties, Texas. Ferriss took it at Galveston. The type 
locality is ‘‘Texas.’’ In this widespread form the last two whorls 
are strongly rib-striate above, the riblets rapidly diminishing on pre- 
ceding whorls; the embryonic whorl is smooth and glossy. The ribs 
are strongest just behind the lip, and here continue upon the periphery 
or to the base, which is elsewhere nearly smooth or merely rippled. 
Fresh shells show a reddish peripheral band on the pale brownish- 
corneous surface. Specimens: figured are from the west side of the 
Guadalupe river above New Braunfels, Texas. Alt. 5, diam. 11 mm. 

Along the Rio Grande P. terasiana occurs with transition forms to 
P.t. hyperolia. See below. 

Form with striate base. In some localities the ribs of the upper sur- 
face continue upon the base (pl. V, figs. 18, 19, Calhoun county, Texas), 
the other characters being unchanged. There are transitions to the 
normal sculpture of terasiana in some specimens, and we do not think 
it desirable to distinguish this form at present by a special name. Its 
distribution must be more fully worked out than we have been able to 
do. Calhoun county is on the Gulf coast near the southern angle of 
the State. 


P. texasiana hyperolia u.subsp. PI. VY, figs. 13 14, 15. 

Shell more depressed than texasiana, glossy, very finely striate, almost 
smooth, above and below, with several riblets behind the lip-constriction. 
Uniform brownish-corneous or paler beneath, without a peripheral band. 
Aperture smaller and slightly more oblique than in terasiana. Alt. 4, 
diam. 9.3 to 10 mm. 

The type locality is the high land west of Devil’s river. This is the 
common Polygyra along the Rio Grande in Val Verde county, extend- 
ing north and northwest. The specimens from down the river, at 
Hidaleo) ..: = county, and Laredo, Webb county (collected by 
Singley), are either tevasiana or transitional between terasiana and 
hyperolia in sculpture. At Del Rio, along the Rio San Filipe, Ferriss 
and I found still the terasiana and transition forms. 

On the high land west of the Devil’s river, Val Verde county, we 
found hyperolva in some numbers, under prostrate Yucca trunks and 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129 


sometimes concealed in the shelter of the downward-drooping dead 
leaves on standing Yuccas. From this region they have been washed 
into the Devil’s river, where bleached shells are abundantly found in 
the drift débris. 

We also took specimens in the high land along the Pecos river, near 
the High Bridge (Viaduct, on some maps), east of the river, and in 
drift débris in the canyon. 

In the interior counties of Texas we took specimens in the drift of 
the Hondo river, Medina county, about two miles north of Hondo. 

Much farther northward Mr. Ferriss found hyperolia at Colorado 
City, Mitchell county, Texas. 

In New Mexico Prof. J. D. Tinsley collected it on South Spring 
creek, near Roswell, in the Pecos valley, where it occurred fossil in a 
bed of white marl, three to four feet below the surface. It is not now 
found living in that locality. We are indebted to Prof. Cockerell for 
these specimens.’ 

P. t. hyperolia varies about as much as texasiana in size. Specimens 
from west of Devil’s river measure from 3.8x8 mm., with 44 whorls, 
to 4.2x 11 mm., with 5 whorls. 

This variety is not the Helix (Polygyra) tamaulipasensis of Lea, 
which is typical P. texasiana, as I have ascertained by a comparison 
of the type kindly made for me by Dr. W. H. Dall. 

Polygyra texasiana texasensis (Pils.). PI. V, figs. 11, 12. 
Polygyra texasensis Pils., Nautilus, XVI, p. 31, July, 1902. 

Similar to P. t. hyperolia in the depressed shape and smooth surface, 
without riblets above; but decidedly larger, with about 54 whorls, 
the umbilicus broader than is usual in the other forms of the species. 

Alt. 5.2, diam. 12.5 mm. 

Alt. 5.8, diam. 12.5 mm. 

Alt. 5.8, diam. 13.7 mm. 

Colorado City, Mitchell county, Texas; types collected by James H. 
Ferriss in 1902, No. 83,258, A. N. S. Phila. 

This is a large edition of P. t. hyperolia, and further collections from 
the almost unknown northwestern half of Texas are needed to deter- 
mine whether it is really distinct enough from that subspecies to call 
for recognition of the latter by name. In the large series of hyperolia 
collected there were, however, no forms as large as texasensis. 


Polygyra mooreana (W.G. Binn). PI. V, figs. 4-10. 
This species stands close to P. terasiana, but the shell is smaller than 


7 Reported as P. triodontoides in The Nautilus, XIII, November, 1899, p. 84. 
9 


130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (March, 


any but the smallest terasiana, and with about the same number of 
whorls (5 to 53) appears more closely coiled. It is constantly dis- 
tinct by the elongated columellar tubercle within the last whorl (shown 
in fig. 9). This tubercle seems to be what Binney erroneously describes 
as “an internal transverse tubercle on the base of the shell’’—an ex- 
pression which would lead one to expect such a structure as that 
found in the Stenotremas. Binney states that the color is ‘‘white,’’ 
but fresh shells are brownish-corneous, a little paler and somewhat 
transparent at the base. The diameter varies from 6.5 to 8 mm. 
Variation in the degree of elevation is shown in the figures. 

P. mooreana was originally described from Washington county, 
Texas. We took specimens at Smithville, Bastrop county, San Mar- 
cos, Hays county, around New Braunfels, Comal county (figs 4-7), 
and on the Hondo river north .of Hondo, Medina county (figs. 8, 9, 10), 
everywhere in copious quantity. There are also specimens before 
us from Washington county, Belton, Fort Worth, Waco, Austin and 
Lee county. Further records are given by Mr. Singley in his valuable 
catalogue. It was taken at Galveston by Ferriss. 

Polygyra mooreana tholus (W.G. Binn). PI. V, figs. 1, 2, 3. 

Larger than mooreana, with the last whorl far more openly coiled 
below, exposing more of the penultimate whorl in the much wider 
umbilicus. Specimens from Washington county measure: 

Alt. 5.5, diam. 11, width of umbilicus 4.2 mm.; whorls 7. 

Alt. 4, diam. 8.2, width of umbilicus, 3 mm.; whorls 6. 

This form holds such a relation to P. mooreana as P. d. sampsoni to 
P. dorjfewilliana, being very openly coiled beneath, with a deep and 
very long groove on the last whorl within the umbilicus. The internal 
ridge is like that of P. mooreana. It seems to be comparatively local in 
distribution and is certainly rare. We have never seen a fresh specimen. 
It was described from Washington county, Texas, the locality of the 
specimens figured. It is in the collection of the Academy also from 
Calhoun county. Ferriss took a few specimens at Galveston, and Sing- 
ley found it in Fort Bend and Brazos counties. Von Martens reports 
a worn specimen found by Friedel at Vera Cruz, Mexico. 

Polygyra roemeri (Pfr.). 

Smithville, Bastrop county, Texas (Ferriss); San Antonio, Bexar 
county (Pilsbry and Ferriss); near New Braunfels, Comal county, one 
specimen (Pilsbry). 

BULIMULIDA. 

The genus Bulimulus in Texas has caused much perplexity to stu- 

dents. Many and diverse have been the views held as to the rank 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131 


and identity of the several forms. Several times since the first visit 
of one of us to Texas, in the winter of 1885-86, they have been carefully 
studied anew, with each time larger materials and better knowledge 
of the country. To the specimens already in the museum of the 
Academy about 1,000 were added by our expedition of 1903, from 
central and western Texas and Indian Territory. 

The series is divisible into two species, B. dealbatus and B. alternatus 
marie; the first further split into numerous local races or subspecies. 
The typical forms of B. alternatus and B. schiedeanus do not, so far 
as we know, extend into Texan territory; both were described from 
Mexico where they range over a large area. B. patriarcha W. G. B., 
unquestionably a form of schiedeanus, was also described from Mexico 
(Buena Vista), and we have seen no specimen of it from within our 
borders.® 

In the United States, Bulimulus has not been found west of the 
neighborhood of El Paso. We know nothing of what forms live in 
the State northwest of a line from Austin to San Antonio, or north of 
the Southern Pacific Railroad from San Antonio westward to El Paso. 
Beyond some extension of the ranges of B. dealbatus mooreanus and 
B. alternatus marie, little is to be expected from the great unknown 
area. 

The following forms are now recognized : 


1. B. dealbatus mooreanus W. G. B., Pfr. Arid region of central and 
south Texas. 

2. B. d. liquabilis Rve. Eastern and southeastern Texas. 

3. B. dealbatus Say. Alabama to Kentucky, west to Kansas. 

4. B. d. ozarkensis P. and F. Northern and western borders of the 
Ozark uplift. 

5. B. d. ragsdalei Pilsbry. Bluffs of Red river and southwestern 
Texas. 

6. B. d. pecosensis P. and F. Southwestern Texas. 

. B. d. pasonis Pilsbry. El Paso, western Texas. 

8. B. alternatus marie (Albers). Southern Texas. 


~J 


Of these forms, the anatomy of B. d. mooreanus, B. d. liquabilis, 
B. d. ragsdalei, B. d. pecosensis and the Val Verde county race of B. 
alternatus marie has been examined more or less fully. All agree in 
having a rather short, fusiform penis with a basal sheath which in- 


_ * We do not mean to deny that the forms mentioned occur in Texas. The coun- 
ties along the Rio Grande west of the mouth of the Pecos are still unexplored for 
shells, and B. schiedeanus especially may turn up in this region. 


132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


cludes the vas deferens; a rather long and slender epiphallus, and a 
flagellum. An atrium can scarcely be said to be developed, but the 
vagina is rather long in all the forms. The globular spermatheca is 
borne on a long duct, which is lightly bound to the oviduct and is 
usually somewhat swollen near the middle. The right eye-retractor 
passes between the co and 2 branches, and there is an excessively 
weak and short penial retractor about 1 mm. from the end of the 
flagellum, and inserted on the lung floor. 

B. a. marie differs strongly from all forms of B. dealbatus by the 
great length of the penis with its appendages, and of the duct of the 
spermatheca. Moreover, the penial organs are longer than the 
spermathecal duct, while in mooreanus and pecosensis the spermathecal 
duct is the longer. These differences confirm the opinion, derived 


Fig. 5—A, Bulimulus a. marie. B, B. d. liquabilis. C, B. d_ pecosensis. D, 
penis of a fully mature individual of same E, B. d. ragsdalei. F, penis of 
another individual. G,B.d.mooreanus. Fig. D < 23; the other figures x 2. 


from a study of the shells, that B. alternatus and dealbatus are well 
differentiated specifically. 
The measurements of the genitalia in millimeters follows: 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133 


| 
Total length Length I 
ie cae Length 
of penis, | of penis Benga of Sena Museum 
| eptphallus |(to insertion of Theowusth \ dumber 
and of vas vagina. Piva: : 
_ flagellum. | deferens). oe 
| | 
B a. marie | | 
Pecos river [aay 34 Tan ee5 84,627 
Del Rio 45 | 29 84,635 
| | 
B, d. liquabilis | | 
San Marcos 36 29 11 27 91,396 
| 
B. d. mooreanus | 
Guadelupe river 23 | 16 6 30 84,628 
B. d. ragsdalei | | 
Devil’s river | 16 10.5 5 17 84,638 
B. d. pecosensis 10 en | eebteae ||| 8 6 20 84,618 


24 1.5 


B. dealbatus mooreanus (‘W. G. B.,’ Pfr.). Pl. VI, figs. 1-6. 


Pir., Monographia Hel. Viv., VI, p. 148 (1868). 

Bulimus schiedeanus in part, W. G. Binney, Terr. Moll., IV, p. 129, pl. 80, fig. 8 

Bulimulus schiedeanus var. mooreanus W. G. Binney, Terr. Moll., V, p. 392, 
figs. 277, 278; Man. Amer. Land Shells, p. 400, figs. 438, 440. ; 


The shell is thin, ovate-conic, opaque white above, cofjee-with-cream col- 
ored below the periphery, or sometimes either white or coffee-tinted 
throughout; sometimes varied with a few gray streaks, or some scattered 
translucent-gray dots; surface smooth, with the spire more or less 
“striate, apical whorls waxen or dark. Umbilicus narrow. Interior 
cream-white. Five specimens from New Braunfels measure: 


Alt. 26 22.5 25.5 23 22.5 mm. 
Diam. 16.5 13.5 14 12 13 
Aperture 15 12.8 12.6 11.8 12:8 “ 


Distribution, eastern division of the Lower Sonoran in Texas. 
Originally described from ‘‘ Washington and DeWitt counties, Texas.’’ 
Specimens from both of these are before us, and also from Hays, 
Comal, Guadalupe, Bexar, Medina, Frio, Uvalde and Victoria counties. 
Some shells from Fort Worth and Waco, in northern Texas, are also 
like mooreanus, while others resemble B. d. liquabilis. 

B. d. mooreanus is smaller, thinner and smoother than the Mexican 
B. schiedeanus (Pfr.), but intergrades with B. d. liquabilis Rve. through 
certain specimens having ragged dark streaks, chiefly on the spire, 
such as fig. 5 of pl. VI. In the main, the subspecies is quite uniform 


134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (March, 


in characters, and easily recognized. It is the only Bulimulus found 
in the greater part of the region it inhabits, and is one of the com- 
monest forms in collections. 

The specimens seen from Fort Worth are not unlike those referred 
to B. d. liquabilis from Waco, and it is not easy to decide upon which 
race they belong to. They are undifferentiated forms. 

In Comal, Guadalupe, Bexar and Medina counties we found only 
typical mooreanus. In Frio county the shells are somewhat more 
solid and often whiter. In a series of 313 specimens from along the 
Guadalupe river above New Braunfels (pl. VI, figs. 2, 3, 4) I could 
find but one shell with any of the ragged stripes of B. d. liquabilis. 
In 165 taken along the river below San Antonio (pl. VI, fig. 1) there 
were 7 with some ragged stripes, at least on the upper whorls. A 
series of 55 mooreanus from Victoria had 4 striped shells (pl. VI, figs. 
5, 6). The percentage of intergrading specimens is therefore small. 


B. dealbatus liquabilis (Reeve). PI. VI, figs. 7-12. 


Bulimus liquabilis Reeve, Conch. Icon., V, pl. 57, fig. 387 (Dec., 1848). 

Bulimus confinis Reeve, Conch. Icon., V, pl. 86, fig. 643 (Feb., 1850). 

Bulimulus schiedeanus Pfr., W. G. Binney, Terr. Moll., V, p. 391, fig. 276, but 
not the description. 


The shell is thin, variable in shape but usually obese, the aperture 
half the total length or more. Translucent-corneous or brownish- 
corneous, more or less profusely marked with opaque whitish ragged 
streaks. Interior whitish or colored like the outside. 

This is the form of the humid Austroriparian zone in Texas, as B. d. 
mooreanus is of the arid division. Specimens are before us from the 
following counties: Dallas, McLennan, Coryell, Bell. Travis, Lee, Hays, 
Jackson, Nueces. Also from Limestone Gap, Indian Territory. 

Where the range of liquabilis adjoins that of mooreanus there is a 
belt of overlapping; but so far as we know the two do not actually occur 
together. At San Marcos, Hays county, for instance, B. d. liquabilis 
lives on the moist low alluvium along the San Marcos river, while B. 
d. mooreanus is found on the Cretaceous limestone hills above the town. 
It seems that the one form extends finger-like up some of the streams, 
while the other may occupy intervening upland or calcareous stations. 

B. liquabilis and B. confinis were both described from ‘‘Texas.’’ 

B. d. liquabilis differs from mooreanus by the predominance of 
corneous-brown coloring. It is also usually more globose and less 
smooth. It is more globose than B. dealbatus, with less convex 
whorls, as a general rule, yet there seems to be practically complete 
intergradation between the races, and some Texas shells are not dis- 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135 


tinguishable from those of Alabama, though most others could not 
be matched from east of the Mississippi. On the whole, the race 
has intimate relations to those east and west of it, yet seems in its 
own area to be sufficiently differentiated to be recognized. 

Specimens from Jackson county (collected by J. D. Mitchell) are 
typical of liquabilis. They are small (pl. VI, figs. 9, 10, 11), well striped 
as usual, variable in the length of the spire, and generally have a strong, 
narrow lip-rib. 


Alt. 18.7 20.5 18.5 18 21 mm. 
Diam. 12 12.5 11 110 EDA nice 
Aperture 115 1% 10 9.5 AES eens 
Whorls 54 52 6 6 64 


Shells from Lee county (J. A. Singley), are larger, more globose, cor- 
responding to Reeve’s B. confinis. The corneous-brown tint largely 
predominates over the reduced whitish streaks. Lip-rib present in 
adults (pl. VI, fig. 12). 


Alt. 19 22 25 17.6 mm. 
Diam. 14 14 15.2 ia lees et: 
Aperture 12 13 14.8 10:3" 
Whorls — 6 64 6 


Waco specimens mostly have the spire longer, as do those from 
Belton, Austin and San Marcos. In the series from the latter locality 
(Ferriss and Pilsbry, 1903) there are about equal numbers of typical 
striped shells and nearly unicolored corneous-brown ones, with indis- 
tinct whitish streaks alternating with pale reddish on the spire (pl. 
VI, figs. 7, 8). They measure: 


Alt. 25.5 25.5 26 mm. 
Diam. 14 15 145) < 
Aperture 14 14 1 een 


The genitalia of one of the unicolored shells are figured (fig. B). 
The individual supplying the preparation was that shown in fig. 7 of 
plate VI. Fig. 8 of the plate, a streaked shell, was found similar 
anatomically. Judging by these shells, the race liquabilis is quite 
appreciably different from mooreanus in the proportions of the geni- 
talia. 

Some specimens from Limestone Gap, Indian Territory, evidently 
belong to this race. 


136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March. 


The shells figured by Binney as B. schiedeanus (Manual of American 
Land Shells, p. 399, fig. 437) are apparently B. d. liquabilis. They are 
certainly not the true schiedeanus, of which figures may be found in 
the Manual of Conchology. 

Bulimulus dealbatus (Say). PI.VI, fig. 13. 
Helix dealbata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., IT, p. 159, 1821. 

Say gave the localities ‘‘Missouri and Alabama.’’ His specimens 
in the Academy Museum are labelled Alabama. One of these three, 
agreeing with the dimensions given by him, is figured (pl. VI, fig. 13), 
as the type of the species. The Alabama form has a globose last whorl 
and rather large umbilicus. The aperture is a little more than half 
the total length of the shell, but much less than the diameter of the 
- shell. The shell is profusely striped with ragged white stripes on a pale 
brownish ground. The type measures, alt. 19.4, diam. 12.2, length of 
aperture 10.6 mm. 

The same form occurs in Tennessee, Kentucky (Warren county), 
and west to Kansas (Shawnee county). Some specimens from the 
humid portion of Texas also seem to belong here. 

B. d. ozarkensis 0. subsp. Pl. VI, fig. 14, 15. 
B. dealbatus Say, Pilsbry, Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1903, p. 204 (Seligman, Mo.). 

On the northern and western borders of the Ozark uplift this form 
has been differentiated. The whole shell, and especially the last 
whorl, is narrower, the aperture is smaller, ordinarily half the total 
length or less, and the umbilicus is narrower. The’shape is about that 
of B. d. ragsdalei, but the last whorl is not rib-striate, though the 
spire is weakly so. Coloration as in dealbatus. Specimens measure: 


Locality. Seligman. Rogers Mam. Spring. 
Alt. 26 21.6 21 mm. 
Diam. 13.2 10.5 11 a 
Aperture 12.8 10 IOs; © 
Whorls a 7 64 

Limestone Gap, I. T. 
Alt. 22 21. 20 20 17 mm. 
Diam. 11.3 11.2 9.7 10.8 94: 
Aperture itil 10.2 9.5 10.8 OF. eS 
Whorls 64 64 62 64 6 


Distribution, northern and western outliers of the Ozark system: 
Mammoth Spring, Fulton county, Arkansas; Seligman, Barry county, 
southwestern Missouri (fig. 14); Rogers, Benton county, Arkansas 
(fig. 15); Limestone Gap, Choctaw Nation, Indian Territory. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137 


While only weakly characterized, this form seems to range over a 
considerable area, and apparently deserves recognition by name. 
B. dealbatus ragsdalei (Pils.). Pl. VI, figs. 16, 17. 

Nautilus, IIT, p. 122; Man. of Conch., XI, p. 129. 

The shell varies from the ovate shape of typical dealbatus to a more 
lengthened and slender form, and is conspicuously rib-striate, the strie 
white on a tawny or white-blotched ground and weaker on the base of 
the shell. The lip-rib is strongly developed. Three adult specimens 
of the type lot measure: 


Alt. 21.5 18.5 16.5 mm. 
Diam. 10.8 10.3 So 
Aperture 10 9.3 Sig 
Whorls 64 64 6 


Only dead, more or less bleached shells have been taken from the 
top of the Red river bluff at the southern end of Warren’s Bend, 
twenty-five miles northwest of Gainesville, Cooke county, and a mile 
north of St. Jo, Montague county, Texas. 

Across the whole State of Texas nearly 400 miles distant, this form 
reappears on the Rio Grande river, in Val Verde county, in an area 
inhabited also by B. alternatus marie. We are quite unable to find any 
constant differences between these Southwestern shells and the Red 
river types, although the apparent absence of the form in the inter- 
vening territory suggests that the similar forms of the two areas are 
independent parallel modifications of dealbatus stocks, rather than 
actually connected genetically. Yet it is quite possible that the 
widely sundered colonies have been or still are connected through 
the great conchologically unknown area northwest of the oblique line 
across the State marking the limit of our explorations. Dead, bleached 
shells were found in abundance on the high land west of Devil’s 
river, but the living ones for some time eluded us. Finally we found 
them hidden under the dead reversed leaves which thatch the trunks 
of Yuccas, and sometimes under prostrate dead Yuccas—retreats they 
share with the smooth race of Polygyra texasiana (pl. VI, figs. 18 to 
22). The proportions vary a good deal, a series of adult shells 
measuring : 


Alt. 26.5 20 20 21-57 9 16.5 17 mm. 
Diam. 12.5 92 103 10 LOSs 0 Ste 
Aperture 12.5 9 10 10.5 = 10.7 9.3 Sy 
Whorls 74 7 62 63 6 53 64 


138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


The average size of 78 living shells is about 19x 9 to10 mm. Fig. 
18 represents the largest shell taken, a dead one 26.5 mm. long. There 
is but little variation in sculpture among shells from this place. 

Along the Rio San Filipe, not far from the Rio Grande, in chapparal 
on the east side, we found numerous specimens differing from those 
of Deyil’s river by having the rib-strie nearly obsolete on the last 
whorl except just below the suture. A large number of dead shells 
were found, but only very few living ones (pl. VI, figs. 23, 24). They 
have the dull reddish, white-streaked coloration and the shape of the 
Devul’s river ragsdalet. 


Bulimulus dealbatus pecosensis n. subsp. Pl. VI, figs. 26, 27. 
B. d. schiedeanus var., Pilsbry, Man. of Conch., XI, p. 132, pl. 17, fig. 6. 

The shell is conspicuously calcareous, whitish with some fleshy or 
sometimes corneous or ochraceous streaks; upper whorls striate, the 
last somewhat roughened by irregular growth-wrinkles. Spire long, 
composed of numerous short convex whorls, the suture nearly hori- 
zontal; apex white or pale; aperture small, usually ochre-tinted in 
the throat, lip strengthened by a rib within. 


Alt. ol 29.7 26.5 24 22.8 21 mm. 
Diam. 14.8 14 12.8 12 12.7 ON mice 
Aperture 15 14 12.7 10.5 11.5 10 e 
Whorls wt Tt 74 Wt Ul a 


Type locality, on the mesa about 14 miles southeast of the eastern 
end of the High Bridge of the Pecos (Southern Pacific Railroad), Val 
Verde county, Texas. We found one small colony of this form, in the 
midst of the large dark-mouthed B. alternatus marie, and like that 
chiefly living on Agave. The extent of the colony was perhaps not 
more than 50 yards, but as the sun had already set, and we had just 
emerged from the labyrinthine side canyons of the Pecos, we had 
time to collect only about thirty-five specimens, each, most of them 
dead. Everywhere else in the region around the High Bridge we 
found only B. a. marie. 

This form is clearly a stunted race of the larger and: less slender 
B. schiedeanus of the Mexican fauna. B. schiedeanus has been con- 
sidered specifically distinet from dealbatus by Binney and all the older 
authorities, as well as by von Martens, who gives a series of good 
figures in the Biologia Centrali Americana; but while the typical » 
schiedeanus is distinct enough, there are not lacking specimens sug- 
gesting intergradation with some forms of dealbatus. If schiedeanus 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139 


be retained as a distinct species, then the race pecosensis will be rele- 
gated to it as a variety. 

Some specimens of pecosensis taken about thirty years ago by Dr. 
H. C. Wood, probably, as he informs me, from somewhere in the 
‘‘Great Bend’’ of the Rio Grande, were noticed in the Manual of 
Conchology, Vol. XI. 


Bulimulus dealbatus pasonis Pils. Pl. VI, fig. 25 
Pilsbry, Nautilus, XVI, July 1902, p. 32. 

The shell is smaller and more slender than any other form of deal- 
batus, the diameter about half, the aperture less than half the total 
length of the shell; nearly smooth, being sculptured with irregular 
growth-wrinkles only... The dead specimens are dull reddish-corneous 
with some streaks and mottling of opaque white. Whorls 5} to 6, 
quite convex. Aperture small, ovate, the insertions of the lip and 
columella markedly approaching, without an internal lip-rib in the 
specimens seen. Umbilicus comparatively large. 


Alt. NST 15.3 mm. 
Diam. 7.5 Teoh pe 
Aperture 6.8 Os 


Franklin mountain, near El Paso, Texas. (J. H. Ferriss.) 

This is the most distinct, as it is the most remote, of the races of B. 
dealbatus, and unless connecting forms come to light, it may well be 
given specific rank. The absence of regular striation on the spire, 
the converging ends of the lip and the diminutive size combine to give 
it individuality. As yet but few specimens have been found, and in 
a single place. Some individuals of the Val Verde county B. d. 
ragsdalei approach pasonis in size, but in a series of about 200 examined 
none approach the other characters of the present race. 


Bulimulus alternatus mariz (Albers). Pl. VI. 
Die Heliceen, p. 162 (1850). 


Binney, Terr. Moll., V, p. 390, figs. 272, 273, pl. li a, upper and lower figs.; 
pl. li 6, all figs. y 


This species is recognized by its dense, solid, caleareous texture, 
oblong shape and colored, usually dark brown or purplish interior, 
and by the great length of the penis and spermathecal duct. Its range 
extends in a wide belt along the Rio Grande, from the Gulf at least to 
the Pecos river. How much farther west we do not know. 

B. marie was named by Albers for his daughter Mary, having been 
recognized as distinct on her birthday. The type, figured by Pfeiffer, 
is a ragged-striped shell with only a low prominence, hardly to be called 


140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


a tooth, on the columella. Shells of this exact form and coloringjoceur 
at Laredo, Webb county, on the Rio Grande (pl. VII, fig. 28). 

In a general way, the eastern (typical) form of marie from Frio 
county and Laredo eastward differs from the western (Val Verde 


county) form in several respects: 
Southeastern Form. Western Form. 


Smaller, more oblong; lip more Larger, more conic; lip less thick- 
thickened; columella frequent- ened within; no columellar 


ly toothed; often with ragged 
streaks, at least on the earlier 
whorls. Pl. VII, lower three 
lines of figures. 


tooth; often streaked, but with- 
out ragged or mottled streaks. 
Pl. VII, upper two lines of 
figures. — 


We do not think it advisable at present to make a subspecific separa- 
tion, especially since none of the names proposed apply to the western 
race. The genitalia of this race are figured (fig. A). 

While almost every colony of the eastern race has sight peculiarities 
in shape, relative abundance or absence of the several color-forms, etc., 
yet with large series the intergradation is seen to be so complete that 
we can find no ground for dividing them into several races, as Prof. 
Cockerell proposes. His plan (Journal de Conchyliologie, 1891, pp. 23, 
24) is as follows: 

1. With gray or brownish markings: 
a. Without a columellar tooth, 
b. Columellar tooth present, . 
2. Without color markings: 
a. With no columellar tooth, . . . . albidus Taylor. 


b. A columellar tooth, binneyanus Pir. MS. W. G. B. [=wn- 
termedius Singl., Ckil., Corpus Christi. ] 


alternatus Say. 
marie Alb. 


The true B. alternatus (type in coll. A. N.S.) has not been found 
north of the Rio Grande, and in all probability does not reach our 
limits. The name binneyanus is preoccupied, so that were the race 
valid, we should use for that form the name intermedius Singley MS. 
Ckll., based on Corpus Christi shells. The type locality of albidus 
Taylor MS. Ckll. is Derby, Frio county, Texas. 

Many perfectly adult Corpus Christi shells have no columellar tooth, 
and hence we should have to divide them between intermedius and 
albidus. Similarly, various specimens selected from the Derby, Frio 
county, series before me would be either alternatus, albidus or inter- 
medius; while from the Hidalgo series, all four of the supposed varieties 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141 


may be selected. The study of good series of shells taken at random 
and not selected shows that all lots of streaked shells are more or less 
mingled with white ones, and in colonies of toothed shells, fully adult 
and old individuals may be found without a tooth. On the other hand 
there seem, however, to be colonies without ragged-streaked individuals, 
and also communities in which no toothed shells are to be found. 

Perhaps the colonies containing mottle-streaked or toothed individ- 
uals are mixed or hybrid communities. It is a case where experiments 
on Mendelian lines by some one on the ground might be productive of 
valuable results. 

In illustration of the foregoing remarks, a few of the colonies repre- 
sented in the collection of the Academy may be noticed in more detail. 
In studying these races it is absolutely essential that the snails be col- 
lected alive. The colors, particularly of the interior, are evanescent 
and fade quickly on exposure to the sun and weather, though they 
change very little if at all in the museum. 

Corpus Christi, Nueces county (pl. VII, figs. 13, 14, 15, 16), collected 
by J. A. Singley. Of thick-set compact contour, strong, with a thick 
eream-tinted lip-rib, which is sometimes brown stained. Pinkish 
white, almost uniform with some very inconspicuous grayish or fleshy 
streaks. Not one ina lot of 43 is marked with brown streaks outside. 
Interior varying from pale yellow to reddish brown, the darker tint 
exceptional. Columella varying from strongly toothed to nearly 
straight. Whorls 6, the earliest post-embryonic not distinctly striated. 
This form is the ‘‘binneyanus Pfr.’’ of Binney, intermedius Singley 
MSS. of Cockerell. 


Alt. 29° 27.3 30 25 23 mm. 
Diam. 16 14.5 15 14 ee ae 
Aperture 16.5 14 15.3 14 ike) 


At Hidalgo, Hidalgo county (pl. VU, figs. 17, 18, 19), the shells are 
more slender, white, rarely streaked throughout (fig. 17), but almost all 
of a series of 41 are variegated on the earlier whorls (fig. 18). Some 
are strongly toothed, but most shells have no columellar tooth. 
Interior brown. 


Alt. 30° 29.5 29 28.5 mm. 
Diam. 13.5 13.5 13 We 
Aperture 14 14.5 13.5 145 “ 


A series from Brownsville consists of similar but less elongated 
shells. 


142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


At Derby, Frio county (pl. VII, figs. 20, 21, 22, 23, 24), the shells are 
bluish white with bluish streaks, a few brown tinted with brown 
streaks. The columellar tooth is small or wanting. This form has 
been called albidus Taylor, Ckll. 

At Laredo, Webb county (pl. VII, lower line of figs.), the shells are 
large and mostly long. The lot consists of pure white, and of coffee- 
tinted, brown-streaked shells, with all intermediate forms. <A colu- 
mellar tooth is exceptionally developed. 

At Del Rio, Val Verde county (pl. VII, figs. 9, 10, 11, 12), we found a 
more conic race. The shells are white, often with some very faint 
grayish streaks. Interior varying from ochre-yellow to dark brown. 
In the series of about sixty living shells before us, none has mottled 
markings, and while in a few there is a weak indication of the colu- 
mellar tooth, it is as arule absent. The larger ones measure 29 to 33 
mm. long, 16 wide. Some of the dead shells found in the same place 
are larger, 35x 18.5 to 37x17 mm. A single albino was taken alive 
(fig. 12). These shells are from the plain along the San Filipe river, 
on the east side, not far from the Rio Grande. B. d. ragsdalei was 
found in the same place. 

On the mesa west of Devil’s river we found large dead shells hike those 
from Del Rio but even larger, often with a low lump on the parietal 
wall, but no tooth on the columella. 39x 20.5 to 35x 16 mm. 

At the Pecos High Bridge, on agaves, north of the railroad near the 
eastern end of the bridge, we found Bulimulus abundant and finely 
developed (pl. VII, figs. 1 to 7). The shape varies, but is always more 
conic than in the eastern localities. It is either nearly uniform white, 
or coffee-tinted varied with oblique brown or purplish streaks; these 
two color-forms in about equal numbers, found together on the same 
plants and connected by intermediate examples. Apex white. The 
interior is very dark purple-brown. The outer lip is usually but little 
thickened within, and the columella has no tooth, though often it 
is slightly salient in the middle. Whorls 7 to 73. 


Alt. 36 37.5 33.3 345 36 33.3 37 mm. 
Diam. 19 19 iz 17 ge ilC3} aay epee 
Aperture yess ets} NG) 16 16. 16 14.3 “ 


The last two measurements show the extremes of shape in a series of 
150 living specimens (No. 84,627 A. N.5.). 

Another set from east of the Pecos canyon about a mile from the 
Rio Grande is similar. The largest one measures, alt. 38, diam. 20.3, 
aperture 19 mm. (pl. VII, fig. 8). 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143 


OLEACINIDA., 


Euglandina singleyana (W. G. Binn.). 
Glandina singleyana W. G. B., Fourth Supplement Terr. Moll., V, p. 163 
(1891). 
Singley, Contrib. Nat. Hist. Texas, p. 302. 


Sinking Spring, near San Marcos, Hays county, Texas, young speci- 
mens only; New Braunfels, Comal county, and its environs; San 
Antonio, Bexar county; Hondo river drift, near Hondo, Medina county, 
and in the canyon of the Pecos at High Bridge, Val Verde county. 
The last locality is the extreme southwestern point known for the 
species. Mr. Singley reports it also from Guadalupe, Goliad, Gon- 
zales, Travis, Caldwell and Frio counties. 


PUPILLIDZ. 
Pupilla muscorum (L.). 
Benson, Arizona. 
Pupilla blandi (Morse). 

Texas: Flood débris of Guadalupe river, about four miles above 
_New Braunfels, Comal county. 

New Mexico: Pecos river drift at Pecos (CkIl.). 

The occurrence of this species near New Braunfels is anomalous; 
that place lies far below its normal zone, and the shortness of the 
Guadalupe river precludes the idea that it could have drifted any great 
distance. Mr. Singley also found one specimen at or near the same 
place. 

Pupilla hebes (Anc.). 
Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1900, p. 589, pl. 22, figs. 9, 10. 

Huachuca mountains, Cochise county, Arizona. Two out of about 
a dozen specimens are sinistral. They are readily separable from the 
sinistral P. syngenes by the absence of a crest behind the outer lip. 
Pupoides marginatus (Say). 

In Texas we took this species at San Marcos, Hays county; New 
Braunfels, Comal county; Hondo river, Medina county, and near the 
Rio Grande at Del Rio, Devil’s river four miles from mouth, and drift 
of Pecos river near High Bridge, Val Verde county. 

Arizona: Drift of San Pedro river at Benson. 

Bifidaria pellucida hordeacella (Pils.). 

Texas: Drift of Sinking Spring, San Marcos, Hays county; Guada- 
lupe river about four miles above New Braunfels, Comal county; 
Hondo river, two miles north of Hondo, Medina county; Rio San 
Filipe near Del Rio, Devil’s river near its mouth, and Pecos river near 


144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


the High Bridge, all in Val Verde county. Arizona: Benson. New 
Mexico: Drift of Pecos river at Pecos (CkIl.). 

It varies somewhat widely in size, and is found in great quantity 
in drift débris along all the Texan rivers explored. 
Bifidaria pellucida parvidens (Sterk1). 

Drift débris of Pecos river at Pecos, New Mexico (Ckll.). This sub- 
species has not before been reported from so far east. 


Bifidaria procera (Gld.). 

Texas: Drift of Sinking Spring, San Marcos; Hondo river drift, two 
miles north of Hondo, Medina county. 

The var. cristata Pils. and Van. was found copiously in the drift of 
Guadalupe river, Comal county; near Del Rio; Devil’s river; and Pecos 
river near the High Bridge, Val Verde county. Also Benson, Arizona. 


Bifidaria contracta (Say). 

Texas: San Marcos; Guadalupe river drift, near New Braunfels; 
Hondo river, near Hondo; Rio San Filipe near Del Rio; Devil’s river; 
Pecos river near High Bridge. Rather abundant in the river débris 
except on the Pecos, where but three shells were found. In 1885 
Pilsbry took specimens at Galveston. 

Bifidaria armifera (Say). 

Texas: Drift of Guadalupe river four miles above New Braunfels, 
Comal county; Pecos river near High Bridge. New Mexico: Pecos, on 
the Pecos river, collected by T. D. A. Cockerell. 


Bifidaria pentodon (Say). 

Texas: Sinking Spring, San Marcos, Hays county; Hondo river, 
Medina county. 

Vanatta has figured one of the specimens from San Marcos. Nau- 
tilus, XIX, pl. 6, fig. 11. 

Bifidaria tappaniana (C. B. Ad.) 
Pupa pentodon of authors, not of Sav. 

Texas: Guadalupe river about four miles above New Braunfels, 
Comal county (figured by Vanatta, Nautilus, XIX, pl. 6, fig. 12); 
Hondo river, Medina county; Devil’s river, Val Verde county. 

Bifidaria perversa Sterki. 

Drift. débris of the San Pedro river at Benson, Arizona (Ferriss, 

1904). Hitherto known from Nogales, Arizona. (EH. H. Ashmun.) 


Bifidaria ashmuni Sterki. 
Huachuca mountains, Cochise county, Arizona (J. H. Ferriss.) 
Also from the following places, collected by E. H. Ashmun. Arizona: 


1906.]/ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145 


Near Jerome at Mescal Gulch, Walnut Gulch, Page’s ranch, Kirwagen’s 
ranch, and drift of Verde river; Navajo Springs; Santa Rita mountains ; 
Oak Creek at Owensby’s; drift of Little Colorado river at Holbrook; 
Nogales, both north and south of the international boundary. New 
Mexico: Mountain station, Oscura mountains, Socorro county; San 
Rafael, Valencia county; White Oaks, Lincoln county. 


Subgenus CHASNAXIS nov. 


The shell has a large hollow axis, open below, and about one-third 
the total diameter of the shell, the structure otherwise being like 
Bifidaria s. str.; peristome continuous and free. Type, B. tuba. 

The Bolivian Infundibularia infundibuliformis (Orb.)° resembles B. 
tuba in having a very large umbilicus, and we at first thought to asso- 
ciate the Arizonian species with it; but Infundibularia differs by the 
strictly conic shell, and in the aperture, which shows but one lamella, 
a very large angulo-parietal. Other lamelle or plice, if they exist, 
must be very deeply immersed, as in the group Immersidens. 

The type of d’Orbigny’s species has been lost, and its internal 
structure is unknown. It was found with Bifidaria nodosaria (Orb.), 
a minute species, imperfectly described and figured, but probably not 
distinct from B. pellucida (Pfr.). 

Bifidaria tuba n.sp. Fig. r. 

Shell cylindrie with a short apical cone, openly umbilicate, the um- 
bilicus nearly one-third the diameter of the shell, penetrating well- 
like to the apex. Pale brown, smooth, with light growth-lines only. 
Whorls 54, convex, the apex obtuse; last three whorls forming the 
cylindrical part of the shell. The last whorl is compressed around the 
umbilicus, and scarcely straightened in front. The aperture is short- 
oval, the peristome continuous, thin and well expanded. The angular 
and parietal lamellze are combined into one long lamella, notched on 
the summit; where the two Join, the inner end of the angular projects 
a little on the right side. The columellar lamella is massive, slightly 
bifid, deeply placed, and enters about as deeply as the parietal. 
There are small, short, upper and lower palatal and basal folds, in the 
typical positions, a short distance within the lip, usually with a minute 
denticle between them, and another at the base. 

Length 3, diam. 1.5 mm. 

Drift débris of the San Pedro river, Benson, Cochise county, Arizona. 
Types No. 87,062 A. N. S. Phila.; cotypes in Ferriss collection. A 


*Voyage dans l’ Amérique Méridionale, Mollusques, p. 323, pl. 41 bis, fig. 7-10. 
10 


146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March> 


single immature specimen was taken by Rev. E. H. Ashmun in drift 
of the Salt river, at Tempe, Arizona. 

Remarkable for its ample umbilicus. The freshest specimens are 
about the color of Pupoides marginatus. None 
were taken alive. In the adult shell opened 
(fig. 6) the parietal and columellar lamelle do 
not enter deeply, though they go so far that the 
inner end cannot be seen in the mouth. One 
broken shell from Tempe, taken by Mr. Ashmun, 
and which has been in coll. A. N.S. P. for some 
years, has a strong lamella on the columella, ap- 
parently at least a half-whorl long, but not pene- 
trating much farther than fig. 7 shows. This 
; lamella may perhaps be developed during the 

Fig. 7. latter part of the neanic stage, to be resorbed 

in the fully adult condition. Further material 

is needed to demonstrate this. It is possible that the Tempe shell 

represents a distinct species. It tapers slightly more than the types 
from Benson. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147 


Vertigo ovata Say. 

Benson, Arizona: Drift of Devil’s river, Val Verde county, Texas. 
Vertigo binneyana Sterki. 

Benson, Arizona (Ferriss). 


Vertigo oscariana Sterki. 

Drift débris of the Guadalupe river, about four miles above New 
Braunfels, Texas, a single specimen, a little larger and stronger than 
Eastern (Austroriparian) examples. 

Vertigo milium Gid. 

San Marcos, Hays county; Guadalupe river above New Braunfels, 
Comal county, and on the Hondo river, Medina county, Texas, in 
flood débris. Only one specimen from each place, among thousands 
of other Pupillide, ete. 


Strobilops labyrinthica texasiana n. subsp. 

Shell moderately elevated with dome-shaped spire, brown, whorls 
54, the first 14 smooth, pale-corneous, the rest regularly ribbed 
obliquely, the last whorl rounded peripherally or a trifle and obtusely 
subangular in front, the riblets passing over undiminished upon the 
base, which is as strongly sculptured as the upper surface (or sometimes 
smoothish just in front of the aperture). Aperture with expanded, 
thickened peristome and strong parietal callus, a single strong parietal 
lamella emerging to the edge of the callus, a second weak one visible 
within. About half a whorl inward there is a series of about six lamin, 
the inner one upon the columella, the next short, strong and tongue- 
shaped, bending outward; the third nearly twice as long, high and 
sinuous; the fourth very minute and low, often wanting, leaving a 
space; the fifth and sixth long and low; and just above the periphery 
on the outer wall a very weak, low, long seventh plica may usually be 
traced. Umbihcus rather large. 

Alt. 1.5, diam. 2.2 mm. 

Types No. 91,330 A. N.S. Phila., from drift of the Guadalupe 
river about four miles above New Braunfels, collected by Pilsbry and 
Ferriss, 1903. Other localities in Texas are Austin (Pilsbry), San 
Marcos (Pilsbry and Ferriss), New Braunfels (Ferriss, Pilsbry and Sing- 
ley), Guadalupe river bottom, Victoria county, and Lavaca river, 
Jackson county (J. D. Mitchell), Lee county (Singley), Calhoun county 
(E. W. Hubbard), Gainesville (J. B. Quintard). A smaller form, diam. 
2 mm., was taken in drift débris of the Hondo river about two miles 
north of Hondo, Medina county (Ferriss and Pilsbry). It also ranges 
northward into Indian Territory and to Kansas. 


148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


This form, which for the present we subordinate to the old S. laby- 
rinthica, is the only Strobilops except S. hubbardi which I have seen 
from Texas. It may be distinguished from S. virgo by the costulate 
base, wider umbilicus and far weaker inner parietal lamella. S. 
strebeli is a much more depressed cone. 

The statement by Woodward,’ copied into American works, that 
H. labyrinthica occurs in pretertiary European strata, is misleading, 
since the American species is really not identical with any from Euro- 
pean strata, though there are numerous allied forms in the European 
tertiaries. The genus became extinct in Europe, but survives in China, 
Helix diodontina Heude being a Strobilops. In America it has not been 
found in the Northwest or Pacific States, but extends south to Mexico, 
the West Indies and Venezuela, and a species apparently belonging to 
the genus has been described from the Galapagos. 


VALLONIID2. 


Vallonia excentrica Sterki. 

Galveston, under boards in a vacant lot. (Pilsbry, December, 1885.) 
Vallonia perspectiva Sterki. 

Texas: Drift débris of Devil’s river, and of Pecos river near the High 
Bridge, Val Verde. county. Arizona: Benson, in drift of San Pedro 
river. 

Vallonia gracilicosta Reinh. 

New Mexico: Drift of Pecos river, at Pecos (Cockerell!). 
Vallonia cyclophorella Anc. 

Arizona: Drift of San Pedro river, Benson, Cochise county, a single 
specimen. 


COCHLICOPID. 


Shell oblong, eylindric-oblong or narrowly tapering, smooth and 
glossy, with imperforate axis; aperture ovate or acuminate, the columella 
notched below or continuous with the basal lip. Foot without pedal 
grooves. Kidney with direct ureter, of the Basommatophorous type. 
Genitalia with a long appendix on the penis, as in Achatinella and the 
Pupillide. Jaw and radula about as in Pupillide. 

This group has usually been included in the Achatinide or Stenogy- 
ride, but the direct ureter removes it to a group of primitive snails 
represented only by minute species in America, but by the beautiful 
Achatinellide and Partulide in Polynesia. Cecilianella (Cecilioides) 


10 Manual of the Mollusca, p. 286, edit. 2, 1868. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149 


belongs to the same family, and probably Glessula also, but the pallial 
organs of that Indian genus are unknown. ‘The group is not related to 
the Achatinde. 


Cochlicopa lubrica (Miull.). 

Bear Park and Cave ereek canyon, Chiricahua mountains, and Fort 
Bowie (Ferriss); Carr canyon, Huachuca mountains (Dr. H. Skin- 
ner); all in Cochise county, Arizona. Drift débris of Pecos river, 
Pecos, New Mexico (CkIl.). 


ZONITIDA. 


Omphalina extends to the western border of the Austroriparian 
area in Texas. The form taken by us will be discussed in the conclud- 
ing paper on Southwestern mollusks. 


Zonitoides minuscula (Binn.). 

Texas: San Marcos, New Braunfels, near Hondo, Del Rio, Devil’s 
river and Pecos river. Everywhere common in drift débris. The 
specimens all show a tendency to be more widely umbilicate than 
typical Northern minuscula, a large part of them being typical Z. m. 
alachuana (Dall). Those from San Marcos and Comal county are of 
the size of Northern minuscula, but westward the shells reach a decid- 
edly larger size, with the exception of the lot taken at Devil’s river, 
which show but little tendency towards a wide umbilicus. 

In Arizona, Ferriss took specimens of var. alachuana at Bear Park 
and Cave creek canyon, Chiricahua mountains, in the drift of San 
Pedro river at Benson, and in the Huachucas. Like other minutiz, 
these shells are very rare in the Chiricahua and Huachuca mountains. 

Helix mauriniana Orb., from Cuba, which has been put in the 
synonymy of minuscula, seems to be a Thysanophora close to or 
identical with 7. sazicola (Pfr.), as Arango has already stated. Z. 
minuscula occurs also in Japan. 


Zonitoides minuscula neomexicana Pils and Ckll. 

This form is distinguished by the possession of minute and shallow 
spiral striation. It seems to be of somewhat common occurrence in 
New Mexico, and upon examining a set of seven specimens taken by 
me in Galveston in 1885 I find that they are similarly sculptured. 
They came from under boards in a lumber yard, and it may be that 
they were brought from New Mexico with lumber, though I do not 
know that any lumber was shipped from New Mexico twenty years 


ago. 


150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March; 


Zonitoides singleyana (Pils.). 
Zonites singleyanus Pils., Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1889, p. 84; 1888, pl. 17, fig. 
M. (New Braunfels). ‘ 
Hyalinia leviuscula Sterki, Nautilus, VI, p. 53, Sept., 1892 (New Braunfels). 


Texas: San Marcos, New Braunfels, Del Rio, Devil’s river and Pecos 
river above the High Bridge; everywhere in river débris. 

Arizona: Drift of San Pedro river at Benson. 

Zonitoides nummus Vanatta. 
Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1899, p. 524, figs. (New Braunfels). 

This species seems to be confined to the Texan Lower Sonoran. We 
took it at San Marcos, Hays county; Guadalupe river above New 
Braunfels; Hondo river, Medina county; and in Val Verde county 
near Del Rio; along the Devil’s river, and in the Pecos canyon above 
the High Bridge; everywhere in drift débris. 

Zonitoides arborea (Say). 

Texas: Galveston; Smithville, Bastrop county; Sinking Spring, near 
San Marcos, Hays county; near New Braunfels, Comal county. 

New Mexico: Drift of Pecos river at Pecos (Cockerell). 

Arizona: Cave creek canyon and Bear Park, Chiricahua mountains, 
Cochise county. 

Vitrea indentata (Say). 

Drift of Pecos river, Pecos, New Mexico (Ckll.). As usual, it is the 
Canadian and Carolinian form of the species which extends down the 
Rocky mountains into New Mexico, and not the Sonoran subspecies. 
Vitrea indentata umbilicata (‘Singl.,’ Ckll.). 

Ckll., Nautilus, XII, p. 120, Feb., 1899. 

Texas: San Marcos, Hays county; around New Braunfels, Comal 
county; Hondo river two miles north of Hondo, Medina county; Del 
Rio, Devil’s river and Pecos river at the High Bridge, Val Verde county; 
Alpine, Brewster county, 

Arizona: Cave creek canyon and Bear Park, Chiricahua mountains; 
Fort Bowie. Also Florida mountains, Grant county, New Mexico. 
Large specimens of this race are probably what has been reported from 
Texas as sculptilis Bld.,—a species which does not, we believe, oceur in 
that State. 

This Sonoran race differs from indentata by its distinctly perforate 
axis and larger average size, yet the perforation varies so much in 
size in specimens from the Carolinian zone that I would not myself 
have named the Southwestern form. The name is ill-chosen, since the 
shells are not ‘‘umbilicate,’’ as that term is technically used, but ‘‘per- 
forate.’’ 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151 


Vitrea hammonis (Strom). 

Drift of the Pecos river at Pecos, New Mexico (Cockerell). The 
specimens scarely show a trace of spiral lines. The species is unknown 
in the Austroriparian and Lower Sonoran zones. 


Vitrea dalliana roemeri n. subsp. Fig. 8. 

Shell openly umbilicate, the width of umbilicus contained about 
4 times in the diameter of the shell, pale whitish-corneous, in general 
shape resembling V. dalliana, V. wheatley: and V. petrophila. Sculp- 
ture of very close and regular radial grooves, on the last whorl of large 
specimens becoming crowded and less regular, giving a striate appear- 
ance. The flat intervals between the grooves show no spiral strix. 
The base is nearly smooth. Whorls 44, but slightly convex, slowly 
widening, the last about double the width of the preceding. Suture 
scarcely impressed, translucent-margined below. Base convex. Aper- 
ture lunate, slightly oblique; the insertions of the peristome are distant. 

Alt. 2, diam. 4 mm.; umbilicus .85 mm.; aperture 1.7 x 1.65 mm. 


Fig. 8 —Vitrea dalliana roemert. 


Sinking Spring creek, near San Marcos, Hays county, Texas. Types 
No. 91,318, A. N. 8. Phila., collected by Pilsbry and Ferriss, 1903. 
Also taken in several places around New Braunfels, Comal county; in 
the drift débris of the Hondo river, two miles north of Hondo, Medina 
county; in drift of the Rio San Filipe near Del Rio, and of the Devil’s 
river, Val Verde county. It has about the distribution of Holospira 
goldfussi and Helicodiscus eigenmanni. 

This very pretty little species has a slightly more ample umbilicus 
than V. wheatleyi or petrophila, and the sculpture is closer and more 
regular than in either. The last whorl, in dorsal view, is wider than 
in V. wheatleyi. It is much smaller than V. hammonis. 

V. dalliana roemeri attains a larger size than the Floridian V. dalliana 
and the shells have somewhat more regular and crowded grooves on 


152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


the last whorl; it is less depressed, and the aperture is perceptibly less 
broad, more roundly lunate. The differences seem sufficient to call for 
subspecifie separation. The Texan and Floridian areas of distribution 
seem to be separated, so far as our present data 
indicates. V. dalliana should be looked for along 
the northern border of the Gulf. It is known now 
from peninsular Florida only. 

Vitrea dalliana™ and roemeri are much smaller 
than V. hammonis, and seem to replace that in the 
Austroriparian and Lower Sonoran zones. When 
originally described it was compared with Zonitoides 

= arborea (Say), but it is not really related to that but 

to the hammonis group. In fact V. hammonis, 

ie) binneyana and dalliana form a group of very closely 

related species. In a large number of V. dalliana 

examined from several localities, the largest shell 

measures, alt. 1.6, diam. 3.2, width of umbilicus 

Fig. 9—V. dalliana, -75, aperture 1.4 mm. wide, 1.2 high. This shell, 
from Osprey, Manatee county, Fla., is here figured. 

The figures do not represent the fine and beautiful sculpture of the 
surface. 


Vitrea milium meridionalis n. subsp. 

Similar to V. miliwm but larger, diam. about 1.75 mm., with nearly 
34 whorls, the first one finely, distinctly lirate spirally, the last whorl 
with oblique wrinkles much coarser than in miliwm, more or less an- 
astomosing, and fine spiral striz, the latter distinct on the base. 

V. miliwm with the same number of whorls is smaller and more 
finely wrinkled, and in Maine and Ohio shells spirals on the first 
whorl are excessively weak or wanting, not deeply engraved to the 
tip, as in Texas shells. 

Texas: San Marcos, in drift of Sinking creek, in the limestone hills; 
along the Guadalupe river above New Braunfels (type locality); 
Hondo river, Medina county; drift of Pecos river. (Pilsbry and Ferriss.) 

New Mexico: Cloudcroft, Sacramento mountains (Viereck); Santa 
Fé (Ashmun). 

Arizona: Huachuca mountains (Ferriss); Walnut Gulch near Jer- 
ome (Ashmun). 

Specimens from Baldwin and Clarke counties, Ala. (C. B. Moore), 


 Zonites dallianus Simpson, Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1889, p. 83, pl. 3, 
figs. 9-11. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153 


seem to be referable to this race. In the Northwest another form 
of the species, Z. milium pugetensis Dall, replaces the typical miliwm. 
Neither of the subspecies differs much from miliwm, but what differ- 
entiation there is seems to be correlated with geographic range. 

This species was erroneously placed in Zonitoides in the Classified 
Catalogue of 1898. We are now convinced that it belongs, as Morse 
demonstrated’, to the subgenus Striatura of Vitrea. 


Vitrina alaskana Dall. 


V. pfeifferi Newe., Proc. Cal. Acad., II, p. 92, 1861 ; not of Deshayes, 1852. 
Vitrina alaskana Dall, Land and Fresh-Water Mollusea of Alaska and Ad- 
joining Regions, Harriman Alaska Exped., XIII, p. 37. 


Arizona: Huachuca mountains (Ferriss), numerous rather small 
specimens, the only ones we have seen from Arizona. It seems to be a 
common species of the Canadian and Transition zones eastward, speci- 
mens being before us from the following places in New Mexico: Chi- 
corico canyon near Raton (Cockerell); Las Huastus canyon, Sandia 
mountains, near Albuquerque (Miss Maud Ellis); near Las Vegas (Miss 
Mary Cooper); White Oaks and Gilmore’s Ranch, Sierra Blanca (Ash- 
mun); Fort Wingate (Dr. E. Palmer); James canyon, Cloudcroft, 
Sacramento mountains (H. L. Viereck). 

The type locality of V. alaskana is Carson valley, Nevada; but it 
has a wide range, from Alaska to the Mexican boundary and probably 
beyond, southward occurring only at high elevations. 

Euconulus falvus (Mill.). 

Drift of Pecos river, Pecos, New Mexico (Cockerell). Cave creek 

canyon, Cochise county, Arizona (Ferriss). 


Euconulus chersinus trochulus (Reinh.). 
Nautilus, XII, p. 116. 

Texas: Sinking Spring, San Marcos, Hays county; New Braunfels 
and vicinity, Comal county; Hondo river, north of Hondo, Medina 
county; Rio San Filipe near Del Rio, and Deyil’s river, Val Verde 
county ; everywhere in drift débris. 


ENDODONTIDZ. 


Pyramidula oronkhitei anthonyi Pilsbry. n. n. 
Heliz striatella Anthony, Boston Journ. of Nat. Hist., IIT, p. 278, pl. 3, fig. 2’ 
1840. Not Helix striatella Rang, 1831. 

This shell, well known under the preoccupied name H. striatella 
Anth., has typically a rounded periphery and moderately developed 
oblique and sigmoid rib-strie, 4 or 5 in the space of a mm. on the 
front of the last whorl at the periphery. There are 34 to 3} whorls. 


154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


Alt. 2.7, diam. 5.25mm. Type locality, Fairmount Park, Philadelphia, 
near ‘‘Strawberry Mansion,’’ No. 68,899, A. N.S. P., collected by E. G. 
Vanatta. 

In my opinion the widespread Eastern race is not specifically dis- 
tinct from Helix cronkhitei Newe., of northern California, ete., of which 
specimens from Dr. Neweomb are before me, but it evidently requires 
separation as a subspecies. F 

Arizona: Chiricahua mountains, Cochise county, at Fort Bowie, 
Bear Park and Cave creek canyon (Ferriss); Carr canyon, Huachuca 
mountains (H. Skinner). 

New Mexico: Drift of Pecos river at Pecos (Ckll.). 

Texas: In 1885 I dug a single specimen of this species from the bank 
of Comal creek, New Braunfels, where it occurred with several other 
land and fresh-water shells. Singley reports it from the Pleistocene 
of Swisher county. It is not known to occur living in Texas, or any- 
where in the Austroriparian zone. Its oecurrence in the Texan Pleisto- 
cene is anomalous, like the presence of Pupilla blandi at New Braunfels. 


RADIODISCUS Pilsbry, n. gen. 


Minute, discoidal, openly umbilicate Patuloid snails with the first 
14 whorls minutely engraved spirally, the rest of the shell densely radé- 
ally costulate; aperture lunate, but slightly oblique and as high as 
wide. Type, R. millecostatus. 

This genus is proposed for a group of tiny Pyramidula-like snails, 
various members of which have been found in Arizona, Mexico and 
South America as far south as Patagonia. In the spiral sculpture of 
the embryonic whorls these shells are like Helicodiscus; in shape and 
size they resemble Planogyra, but in that the embryonic shell is smooth. 
There are also some similar Polynesian forms, referred to Charopa, ete. 

In the Endodontidw, where small differences in the shell characterize 
extensive series of species, it seems desirable to recognize as of generic 
value such readily recognizable groups as Radiodiscus. The species 
are chiefly distinguished by their dimensions and the degree of fineness 
of the sculpture. There are several undescribed forms in the collection 
of the Academy. 


Radiodiscus millecostatus n.sp. Fig. 10. 

Shell very small, disk-shaped, chestnut-brown, the first whorl bluish- 
white. Whorls 33, slowly widening, separated by a very deep, chan- 
nelled suture. The first whorl projects a little, and is microscopically 
striate spirally, the rest of the whorls are radially very densely costu- 
late, the riblets nearly straight, delicate and much narrower than 


1906.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155 


their intervals, and about 21 in number in a millimeter measured at the 
periphery, in the front of the last whorl. The last whorl is rounded 
throughout. The umbilicus is widely open, its width contained about 
three times in the diameter of the shell. The aperture is slightly 
oblique and deeply lunate. Alt. 1.1, diam. 2 mm.; diam. of umbilicus 
.6 to .7 mm. 

Huachuca mountains, Cochise county, Arizona, (J. H. Ferriss) ; Carr 
canyon (Dr. Henry Skinner). Also in the State of Michoacan, Mexico, 
at Patzcuaro and Morelia (S. N. Rhoads, 1899). 


\ 


This tiny Patuloid, of a group new to our fauna, is one of the 
most interesting recent finds. It is related to R. hermanni (Helix 
hermanni Pfr.), of central and eastern Mexico, but that species is 
larger and more coarsely sculptured. The two species occur together 
at the Mexican localities mentioned above, but are readily separable. 
Dr. Henry Skinner found one broken specimen of R. millecostatus in 
Carr canyon, Huachucas. 


Genus HELICODISCUS Morse. 


This genus has hitherto been considered to include two species, 
lineatus (Say) and fimbriatus Wetherby. The accessions of Southwest- 
ern material show that several other forms must be recognized. The 
species are not very conspicuously differentiated, and young shells by 
themselves are not always readily placed; yet with adults we find no 
difficulty. The salient characters of the forms follow: 


a.—Diam. of shell 3 to 3.5 mm., whorls 4 to 44; teeth almost always 


present. Eastern United States, . . . H. parallelus (Say). 
a'.—Diam. of shell 4.5 to 5 mm., whorls 44 to 54; often deficient in 
teeth. 


b.—Spiral striz obsolete. Idaho. . . H.salmonensis (Hemph.). 


156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


b!.—Spiral strie well developed, subequal; last whorl not deflexed 
at aperture. 
e.—Umbilicus very wide; last whorl narrow, aperture very 
small. Arizona and New Mexico, 
H. e. arizonensis n. subsp. 
c'—Umbilicus smaller, more cup-shaped, last whorl wider. 
Mexasy ee) eee vergen manners: : 
b’.—Spirals coarse, some of them more conspicuous, with a cutic- 
ular fringe; last whorl in fully adult shells abruptly deflexed 
in front. East Tennessee, North Georgia, H. fimbriatus Weth. 


Helicodisous parallelus (Say). Pl. VIII, figs. 7, 8, 9, 10. 
Helix lineata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., I, p. 18 (1817); Il, p. 373. 
Not Helix lineata Olivi, Zool. Adriatico, p. 177 (1792). 
Planorbis arallellus Say, Journ. A. N.S. Phila., I], p. 164, (1821), corrected 
to parallellus in the Index, p. 407. (Upper Missouri.) 
Helicodiscus lineatus Morse, Journ. Portland Soc., I, p. 25, figs. 61, 62, pl. 
2, fig. 3; pl. 7, fig. 63 (1864). Binney, Man. Amer. Land Shells, p. 75. 

This common species has been well described by Binney and others. 
It has ordinarily four whorls, but there may be as many as 44 in excep- 
tionally large shells. At least one pair of tubercular teeth may be 
seen in most specimens. Shells of maximum size measure: 

Alt. 1.3, diam. 3.5mm. (Grand Rapids, Mich.) 

Alt. 1.25, diam. 3mm. (Philadelphia.) 

The typical form of H. parallelus is before me from localities in 
Ontario, Maine, Massachusetts, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, 
Pennsylvania, Maryland, District of Columbia, Virginia, North Carolina, 
Ohio, Michigan, Minnesota, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Tennessee, 
Alabama, Florida, Missouri, Kansas, Arkansas, Indian Territory. 

I have not seen Texan specimens of typical lineatus, but it doubtless 
occurs in northern and eastern parts of the State. 

In New Mexico, at Pecos, Las Vegas, Mesilla, Sandia mountains and 
other places, and in the Pecos river canyon near its mouth, Val Verde 
county, Texas, there is a form of H. parallelus with rather weak, 
sparse spirals, the intervals more distinctly striate radially than in typical 
parallelus. This seems to be a form of the southeastern Rocky moun- 
tains and southward to the Rio Grande, occupying territory between 
the ranges of H. eigenmanni and H. arizonensis, with some overlapping 
on the territory of the latter. 

Say’s first name, Helix lineata, was preoccupied, but his Planorbis 
parallelus applies to the same species. In the text of the Journal the 
first letter of the name did not print up, but the space in place of it 
shows that it had been there, and the p is correctly supplied in the 
index. The type used in that volume of the Journal was old and full 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157 


of “‘bad letters.’’ All authorities agree that such obvious typograph- 
ical errors should be corrected. 
Helicodiscus eigenmanni Pils. Pl. VIII, figs 1, 2, 3. 

Nautilus, XIV, p. 41. August, 1900 (Beaver cave, near San Marcos, Texas). 

This fine species is easily recognized by its large size, the shell in 
all stages of growth being very much more robust than H. parallelus. It 
is sculptured with numerous spiral threads as in H. parallelus, and 
when fresh is pale yellow. Alt. 2, diam. 5 mm., with 54 whorls. 

We took specimens in the drift débris of Sinking creek at San Mar- 
cos, Hays county; on the Guadalupe river above New Braunfels, 
Comal county; on the Hondo river, Medina county, and in the drift 
of Devil’s river, Val Verde county; Alpine, Brewster county. I have 
seen specimens also from Calhoun county (Hubbard), Lee county 
(Singley), and Navidad river bottom, Jackson county (J. D. Mitchell). 
It has not been reported from any place out of Texas, and seems to 
have about the same distribution as Holospira goldfussi. 


Helicodisous eigenmanni arizonensis u.subsp. PI. VIII, figs. 4, 5, 6. 

Shell larger than H. parallelus with 44 to nearly 54 whorls, the spire 
flat or convex, the umbilicus wider than in parallelus or eigenmannt. 
Surface closely and strongly lirulate spirally. Aperture oblique, lunate, 
very small. 

Alt. 2, diam. 5 mm., whorls 54. (Fort Bowie.) 

Alt. 1.5, diam. 4.6 mm., whorls 44. (Cave creek canyon.) 

Arizona: Fort Bowie (type locality); Bear Park and Cave creek 
canyon, Chiricahua mountains; Huachuca mountains (Ferriss); Santa 
Rita mountains (Ashmun). New Mexico: Florida mountains, Grant 
county (Ferriss); Bland, Sandoval county (Ashmun);débris of Arroyo 
Pecos at Las Vegas (Ck11.). 

Readily distinguished from H. parallelus when mature by the greater 
size, with wider umbilicus, more whorls and proportionately smaller 
mouth. Some specimens are two-toothed. H. eigenmanni has a 
smaller umbilicus, whorls of markedly greater calibre and a larger 
aperture. 


Helicodiscus salmonensis (Hemphill). 
Helicodiscus fimbriatus Wetherby (salmonacca Hemphill), W. G. Binney, 


Third Supplement to Terr. Moll., V, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XIX, No. 4, 
p- 189 (May, 1890). 

Helicodiscus fimbriatus var. salmonensis Hemphill, in Binney, t. c., p. 220 
(May, 1890). 

Helicodiscus fimbriatus Wetherby, var. salmonaceus Hemphill, Binney, 
Fourth Supplement, Bull. Mus..Comp. Zool., XXII, No. 4, p. 177, pl. 3, 
fig. 8. 


Distinguished by the absence of spiral strize, according to Hemphill. 


158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


I have not seen specimens. Mr. Binney in his first note considers the 
Salmon river form identical with what Mr. Simpson reported as H. 
fimbriatus from Indian Territory, and gives no separate or definite 
description of it, though he mentions that Hemphill had given the 
(MSS.) name ‘‘salmonacea.’’ The figure of one of the original speci- 
mens, given in Binney’s Fourth Supplement, represents a shell with 
wide umbilicus and small aperture, like H. arizonensis, from which it 
differs, according to published information, by the smoother surface, 
arizonensis being constantly very well sculptured. 


Punctum pygmeum (Drap.). 


San Marcos, Hays county; Comal county; Hondo river, Medina 
county; Devil’s river, Val Verde county. 

The form in this region is slightly larger than northeastern speci- 
mens, and is more strongly sculptured. There are barely four whorls, 
the first 14 smooth, the next striate; the last two whorls have striz 
at regular intervals much larger, with about six fine strize in each space, 
and the basal spirals are very distinct. This sculpture reminds one 
of the west coast forms, conspectum, pasadene and californicum, which 
however are decidedly larger and coarser shells of a dark brown color. 


SUCCINEIDA. 
Succinea luteola Gid. 


Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., II, p. 37, June, 1848 (Texas); Terr. Moll., 
II, p. 75, pl. 67e, fig. 1. (Florida; Texas, especially Galveston.) Bin- 
ney, Terr. Moll., V, p. 419; Man. Amer. Land Shells, p. 441. 

Succinea texasiana Pfr., Monogr., II, 526; Roemer’s Texas, p. 456, 1849 
(Galveston). 

Succinea lutescens Sowerby, Conchologia Iconica, XVIII, pl. 10, fig. 67 a, b, 
1872 (Texas). 


We took specimens in Texas along the Guadalupe river above New 
Braunfels, Comal county; San Antonio, Bexar county; near Hondo 
river about two miles north of Hondo, Medina county, and in Val 
Verde county at Del Rio, high land west of Devil’s river, and in the 
canyon of the Pecos near the High Bridge. 

In Gould’s original description the only locality given was Texas. 
In the Terrestrial Mollusks he states ‘‘found in Florida, and more 
abundantly in Texas, especially in the region of Galveston.’’ Speci- 
mens collected at Galveston by the author in 1885 agree perfectly 
with Gould’s figures, and that place may be taken to be the type 
locality. I have seen no Florida shells which I would refer with cer- 
tainty to luteola, though S. floridana is closely related. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159 


Succinea concordialis Gld. Figs. 11, 12. 


Gould, in Terr. Moll. U. S., II, p. 82 (Lake Concordia). 
Moll. U. S., V, p. 419; Man. Amer. Land Shells, p. 441. 

Succinea forsheyt Lea, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1864, p. 109; Obs. Gen. Unio 
XI, 134 (Rutersville, Texas). 

Succinea haleana Lea, Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1864, p. 109 (Alexandria, La.). 

Succinea halei Lea, Obs., XI, 136 (n. n. for S. haleana). 


Binney, Terr. 


~ Distribution, Gulf States from Florida to the Rio Grande, on mud 
or herbage near the water’s edge. Common from Louisiana west- 
ward, probably rare and local eastward. 

The type locality, Lake Concordia, is not in Texas, as Gould and 
Binney supposed, but in Louisiana. The lake is an abandoned ox- 
bow of the Mississippi river, opposite Naches, Mississippi. Some of Lea’s 
original lot of S. halei (haleana) before me show that to be merely the 
young of concordialis. S. forsheyi Lea, of which two cotypes are in 
the Philadelphia collection, is surely identical with concordialis. 

An adequate knowledge of the distribution of S. concordialis east- 
ward awaits further exploration of the Gulf coastal peneplain, which 
in Mississippi, Alabama, Georgia and Florida has been very imper- 
fectly examined for land mollusks. I have not seen S. wilsoni Lea, 
described from Darien, Ga., the figure of which looks a good deal like 
concordialis, though it seems to be less swollen basally. Specimens col- 
lected by Mr. A. A. Hinkley at Cypress creek, Ala., in 1895 are evi- 
dently concordialis; and a set of very pale shells, corneous instead of 
amber-colored, before me from Mayport, Florida, collected by M. A. 
Mitchell about twenty years ago, seems to agree with concordialis in 
everything but color. Northward it extends to Frierson (L. S. Frier- 
son) and Bayou Pierre (George Williamson), in northwestern Louisiana, 
the specimens from these places being rather small. The species must 
also extend in a long lobe up the Mississippi and its tributaries, for 
typical specimens have lately been sent by Mr. A. A. Hinkley from 
Dubois, Illinois, and by Mr. T. Van Hyning from Des Moines, Iowa. Mr. 
Van Hyning notes that ‘‘the animal is black with small yellow dots.’’ 
These Northern shells may be distinguished from S. retusa by their 
pot-belled figure and reddish apex. 

In Texas, specimens were taken by us in April at San Marcos, Hays 
county; New Braunfels, Comal county; San Antonio, Bexar county; 
along the Rio Grande near and San Filipe river, at Del Rio, and along 
the Devil’s river, Val Verde county. We have seen it also from Lee 
county (Singley) and Spring creek, Victoria county (J. D. Mitchell). 

It lives on the moist earth immediately adjacent to the water’s 
edge, and where found is usually abundant. It is a thin shell, rather 


160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


deeply amber-colored, with the apical whorls darker, reddish-orange. 
Whorls 34, the last deeply descending, somewhat flattened above, 
very convex basally, having thus a more sack-like contour than S. 
retusa; this being its chief peculiarity. The sculpture consists of rather 
coarse wrinkles and often some indistinct spiral impressions on the 
last whorl. The aperture is symmetrically ovate, the columella con- 
cave throughout, with a delicate fold above. Large specimens from 
San Marcos measure: 

Length 16.8, diam. 9, length of aperture 11.5, width 6.7 mm. 

Length 16, diam. 8, length of aperture 10.5, width 6 mm. 

The mantle is intensely black, dappled throughout in the last whorl 
with rounded yellowish spots. Those above the kidney are brighter, 
more conspicuous and usually larger, often more or less confluent. 


Fig. 11. 


Towards the edge of the mantle the spots are large and lengthened. 
The foot including head and eye-stalks is pale grayish-white, speckled 
with irregular grayish-black spots. The sole is pale yellow. Figs. 
11 and 12 were drawn from specimens taken at San Marcos, Texas, 
near the river. 

Specimens from the Rio Grande and Devil’s river are of almost as 
large size; but in some situations it is much smaller, a set from along 
the San Filipe river at Del Rio measuring, length 12, diam. 6.7, length 
of aperture 8 mm. Those taken at San Antonio and New Braunfels 
are also of small size. Such variation in size is apparently not racial, 
but dependent upon local conditions of the food supply, ete. The 
color and markings of the mantle are substantially the same in all 
colonies we found, though there is individual variation in the size of 
the light spots, figure 12 representing one of the darker individuals. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 161 


Succinea grosvenori Lea. 


Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1864, p. 109 (Santa Rita Valley, Kansas?, and Alex- 
andria, Louisiana) ; Obs. Gen. Unio, ete., XI, p. 135, pl. 24, fig. 108. 

S. mooresiana Lea, Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1864, p. 109 (Court House Rock, 
Platte river, on the California route); Obs., XI, p. 136, pl. 24, fig. 109. 

S. lineata W. G. Binney, Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1857, p. 19; Man. Amer. Land 
Shells, p. 174. 


This species is characterized by its very full, rounded whorls and 
irregular sculpture, often with traces of spiral lines, though as frequently 
without them. Having part of the original specimens of the above 
synonyms before us, we are convinced that the three supposed species 
cannot be separated, although one would hardly expect the same form 
to range from the lower Mississippi to and throughout the arid great 
plains and the mountain region of Colorado and New Mexico. 

Succinea greerii Tryon, described from Vicksburg, Mississippi, is a 
little less swollen, with the suture not quite so deep, but it is doubtful 
whether the slight differences shown by the lot of eight specimens 
will prove constant. 

The species belongs to the campestris group. 

We took a few specimens of S. grosvenori at San Antonio, Texas, with 
S. concordialis and a large form of S. avara. 

Succinea avara Say. 

Texas: San Marcos, Hays county; Comal county; San Antonio, 
Bexar county; Devil’s river, Val Verde county. Arizona: Benson, 
Cochise county. 

AURICULIDA. 
Caryohium exile H.C. Lea. 

San Marcos, Hays county; New Braunfels, Comal county; Hondo 
river, Medina county, and Deyvil’s river, Val Verde county, Texas. 
Common in drift débris. 

Carychium exiguum (Say). 

Drift of Hondo river, Medina county; of Devil’s river, Val Verde 

county, and of Guadalupe river, Comal county, Texas. 


LYMN AIDA. 
Lymnea columella Say. 
New Braunfels, Comal county, Texas. A single slender specimen. 
Lymnea desidiosa Say. 
Texas: San Marcos, Hays county; New Braunfels, Comal county ; 
San Antonio, Bexar county; Rio San Filipe, Val Verde county. 
Lymnea humilis Say. 


Guadalupe river, Comal county, Texas. 
11 


162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


Lymnea bulimoides cockerelli n. subsp. Figs. 13-17. 


Shell subglobose, pale yellowish-corneous, composed of 44 convex 
whorls which are finely striate but without spiral lines or malleation. 
Spire very short, last whorl and aperture very large. Aperture short- 
ovate, its length three-fifths to two-thirds that of the shell. Columella 
broadly expanded, not folded. Umbilicus large. 


Las Vegas, N. M. Arroyo Pecos. Ogalalla, Neb. 


Alt. 10 ae § SS On LZ 8 9 mm. 
Diam. 7.2 6 62 6 6 3G GGie 
Aperture 6.7 5.3 66 Sp Uy ys) (Gall 


New Mexico: Las Vegas (type locality, Miss Mary Cooper), and in the 
charcoal zone of the Pleistocene of Arroyo Pecos (T. D. A. Cockerell) ; 
near Farmington (George H. Pepper) ; Acama(Dr. E. Palmer). Colorado: 
Pool southeast of Denver (J. D. Putnam). Nebraska: Ozalalla (C. T. 
Simpson). Dakota: Lake Hermann (P. C. Truman). 


This form differs from ZL. bulimoides and L. techella by its more glo- 
bose shape and shorter spire, and so far as we have seen is readily separ- 
able from both. Figs. 13-15 represent the types from Las Vegas; 16, 17 
are larger shells from Farmington, sent by Mr. George H. Clapp. 

L. bulimoides sonomaensis Hemphill, from Sonoma county, California, 
approaches cockerelli, but differs by the more rapidly expanding last 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163 


whorl, narrower flat columella and narrower umbilicus, which is like 
that of typical bulimoides. A specimen measures, alt. 10, diam. 7.7, 
aperture 7.2 mm. (figs. 18, 19). 

Lymnea bulimoides techella (Hald.). Figs. 20-23. 


Limnea techella Hald., Amer. Journ. of Conch., III, p. 194, pl. 6, fig. 4. 
(Texas.) 


Shell obese, with acutely conic spire, of five or six convex whorls; 
pale yellowish or light brown, finely striate and usually malleated, 
the flattened facets obliquely descending. Last whorl very ventricose, 
umbilicus large. Aperture short-ovate, about three-fifths the total 
length; basal lip expanded, colwmellar lip broadly dilated, without a 
fold. Umbilicus large. 


Cotype. San Marcos, Texas. Tempe, Ariz. 
Length 8 Sion IES aaeels: 14 12.7 12.5 mm. 
Diam. 5.1 5.1 7.3 7.6 9 7.8 7 - 
Aperture 4.9 3.1 i) 6.7 isis) / 6:87 


In the area under consideration we have seen specimens from the 
following places: 

Texas: Fort Worth (Sampson); Royse, Rockwall county (Ragsdale) ; 
Dallas (E. Hall); Houston (Pilsbry); San Marcos, Hays county 
(Pilsbry and Ferriss); mouth of Nueces river (Singley). 

New Mexico: Albuquerque, and McCarty, Valencia county (Ash- 
mun); Rio Grande at Mesilla (Cockerell). 

Arizona: Salt river at Tempe (Ashmun). 

Other records could probably be supplied from the literature, but 
it seems usually to have been referred to as L. bulimoides. Figs. 20-22 
represent specimens from San Marcos, Hays county, Texas; fig. 23 is 
a more malleate shell from Salt river, Tempe, Arizona. 


164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


The young of one season have a comparatively shorter spire than 
old shells, the rate of descent of the suture progressively increasing 
somewhat. As usual, there are only traces of malleation at this stage. 
The erosion of the apices in all but one of the type lot (as mentioned 
by Haldeman) makes them shorter than they would otherwise be, 
giving much the appearance of L. b. cockerelli. Abundant series from 
Houston and San Marcos collected by Pilsbry, with others from various 
naturalists, demonstrate the identity of Haldeman’s shells with the 
larger-spired adult form figured above. JL. techella was formerly con- 
sidered by one of us to be a synonym or race of L. cubensis Pfr., and 
L. bulimoides was treated as a variety of the same species, They are cer- 
tainly very similar, but cubensis has a more triangular and less broadly 
developed columellar expansion; and in view of the way Lymnea is 
being split up into species and races, it may be best to retain the several 
forms as distinct species or races until the subject can be taken up with 
ample material and time for the study of Antillean and Mexican forms 
together with our own. 


Planorbis trivolvis Say. 

_ Specimens referable to typical P. trivolvis were taken in Comal county, 
and at Del Rio, Devil’s river and the Pecos river, Val Verde county, 
Texas. 

Planorbis bicarinatus Say. 

Guadalupe river, Comal county, Texas; abundant and typical. 
Planorbis carus n-sp. Pl. IX, figs. 4, 5. 

Shell discoidal, biconcave, the spiral on the left side slightly more 
sunken and narrower than on the right. Whorls 34, convex, the last 
round peripherally and on both sides, curving more abruptly into the 
concavity on the left side. Sculpture of close, very regular obliquely 
radial rounded strie separated by slightly narrower deep grooves. Pale 
brown incolor. Aperture but slightly oblique, heart-shaped, peristome 
thin, acute, a trifle dilated at its insertions. Diam. 3.3, alt. (thickness) 
1 mm. 

*«Sinking Spring’’ near San Marcos, Hays county, Texas; Guada- 
lupe river about four miles above New Braunfels, Comal county. Rio 
San Filipe and Devil’s river, and canyon of the Pecos river about a mile 
above the High Bridge, Val Verde county; everywhere in drift débris. 
Types from the last locality. 

This little Planorbis is very distinct by its beautiful sculpture, con- 
stant in numerous specimens from five rivers in central and western 
Texas. It is much more abundant in the Rio Grande drainage than _ 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165 


in Hays and Comal counties. It is about the size of P. parvus, but 
the aperture is less oblique and the sculpture differs. It was found 
with parvus in Comal county and in the Pecos canyon. 


Planorbis filocinctus n.sp. Pl. IX, figs. 1, 2, 3. 

Shell very small, biconcave, the spiral narrower and more deeply 
sunken on the left than on the right side. Whorls about 2, the last 
broadly rounded peripherally, rounded also on both sides, but less 
convex on the right than on the left side. Sculpture of inconspicuous 
growth-lines and numerous thread-like spiral strie. Color of bleached 
specimens white or faintly yellowish. Aperture oblique, heart-shaped, 
about as long as wide, excised moderately by the preceding whorl. 

Greatest diam. of the disk 2.4, alt. (thickness) nearly 1 mm. 

San Pedro river, Benson, Arizona, in drift débris. Types collected 
by J. H. Ferriss, 1904. 

This little species may be at once recognized by its spiral striation, 
which is far stronger than in any other North American species. It is 
flattened less than P. parvus. Only five specimens were taken, but 
it is so unlike other known Mexican or United States Planorbes that 
there seems no doubt of its specifie distinctness. 


Planorbis parvus Say. 

Guadalupe river about four miles above New Braunfels, Comal 
county; Devil’s river, Val Verde county, Texas. San Pedro river, 
Benson, Arizona. 


Planorbis cultratus Orb. 
Pilsbry, Nautilus, ITI, p. 63, pl. 1, figs. 1, 2, 3. 

This species is thin and delicate, very acutely carinate at the periphery 
which is close to the left side. In 1889 one of us reported it from Hidalgo, 
Texas, where it was taken by Mr. Singley. In 1903 we took a single 
young shell in the drift débris of Devil’s river, Val Verde county. The 
young have a much less acute keel, in fact are angular rather than 
carinate, and they are less compressed in proportion. P. cultratus is 
found also in Florida (collected at Miami by 8. N. Rhoads), Central 
America and the West Indies. Few of the specimens thus far known 
from Texas are fully mature or in good condition. 

Planorbis liebmanni Dkr. 

Canal at New Orleans, Louisiana (H. Hemphill!). In Texas at Waco 
(Hemphill), Austin (EH. Hall), San Marcos, New Braunfels, Hondo 
river, Del Rio, Devil’s river and Pecos river (Ferriss and Pilsbry) ; also 
in the southeastern part of the state in Victoria county (J. D. Mitchell) 
and near Brownsville, Cameron county (Clapp). Also in Mexico. 


166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (March, 


Well-grown specimens have a diameter of 9 to 10 mm., with about 
5 whorls. 


Segmentina obstructa (Morel.). 

Except for the teeth, this species is not distinguishable from Plan- 
orbis liebmanni Dkr. It does not, however, attain quite so large a size, 
the largest we have seen measuring slightly less than 9 mm. diameter. 
The teeth are found in very young shells also; but never more than one 
set is present at any stage of growth, so far as seen. Specimens are 
before us from the following places, all in Texas: 

Austin (E. Hall); San Marcos, Hays county; New Braunfels, Comal 
county; Hondo river north of Hondo, Medina county (Pilsbry and 
Ferriss) ; Brownsville, Cameron county (sent by G. H. Clapp); Hidalgo, 
Hidalgo county (Singley); Rio San Filipe, Devil’s river and Pecos 
river, Val Verde county (Ferriss and Pilsbry). 

It has also a wide range in Mexico. 

The genus Segmentina.was based upon the European species S. 
nitida Mill. This is a very glossy, flattened shell with acutely angular 
periphery, simple thin lip, deeply embracing whorls, and barriers com- 
posed of three laminz (parietal, basal and upper) transverse to the 
whorl, leaving a narrow, three-branched space between them. 

In eastern Asia a modification of this type is found in such species 
as S. largillierti (Phil.), forming the subgenus Polypylis Pils. The 
shell is less compressed and not carinate, but glossy with deeply 
clasping whorls. The parietal lamina is obliquely transverse, the 
others transverse, basal long, a shorter one in the outer wall, and one 
or two in the upper margin. There are several or many barriers. 

The American forms, subgenus Planorbula Hald., have less smooth 
and much less compressed shells, the whorls only slightly clasping, 
often angular or subangular on the right side but rounded peripherally. 
There are six lamin: a sigmoid, obliquely entering parietal with a 
small tubercular denticle near its lower or left end; a transverse basal; 
an obliquely entering outer lamina with a transverse one above it, and 
a small entering lamina in the upper margin. 

In S. armigera the entering lamella in the outer margin curves up- 
ward slightly at its inner end. In S. wheatleyi all of the lamine are 
much more strongly developed, and the entering outer one is much 
longer, running up in a long curve behind the transverse lamina above 
it. The structures are, however, fundamentally identical in the two 
species. 

In the Antillean and Mexican group to which S. obstructa belongs 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167 


the whorls are rounded, the panetal lamine are as in Planorbula ex- 
cept that the larger one stands more obliquely, the basal lamina i 

transverse, but all the rest on the outer wall are entering plice, the larger 
lower one curving downward a little at its inner end, not upward as in 
armagera and wheatleyi. As in all American forms of the genus only 
one set of laminz seems to be present in any individual, though the 
earliest set is formed at a very early age. In the European and 
Asiatic species several sets are usually present. 


PLEUROCERATIDA. 


Goniobasis comalensis Pilsbry. Figs. 24-28. 

Melania ruja Lea?, Romer, Texas, p. 457 (‘‘In den Quellen des Comal- 
Spring bei New Braunfels sehr haufig’’). 

Melania pleuristriata Say, A. G. Weatherby [Wetherby]. American Naturalist, 
April, 1878, p. 254, with var. marmocki (springs of southwestern Texas). 

Goniobasis comalensis Pils., Nautilus, IV, p. 49, Sept., 1890 (Comal creek, 
New Braunfels). 

G. pleuristriata Say and G. comalensis Pils., Singic;, Contrib. Nat. Hist. 
Texas, Geol. Surv. Tex. Ann. Rep., 1892, pp. 311, 312. 


Shell conic-turrite, thin but strong, covered with an olive-brown 
cuticle. Whorls of the spire with a distinct keel which projects a 
short distance above the suture, and is usually wanting on the last two 


Fig. 27. 


whorls; the whole surface showing fine sigmoid growth-strix, and in the 
best specimens very faint, minute, spiral strize. Aperture ovate, the outer 
lip thin, sigmoid, retracted below the upper insertion; basal lip rounded 
or subangular. -Columella arcuate, somewhat thickened. Whorls 
about 7 in the most perfect shells, but usually fewer, the upper ones 
being eroded. 

Length 18, diam. 7.3, aperture 7.5 mm. 

Comal creek at New Braunfels, Comal county, Texas. Also in the 


168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF * [March 


Guadalupe river 6 to 4 miles to the north; San Marcos river at San 
Marcos, Hays county, on the dam above the fish hatchery (Pilsbry 
and Ferriss; Singley) ; a variety from Bexar county (A. G. Wetherby). 

This form differs from Melania pluristriata Say (M. rubida Lea) of 
central Mexico, by its far smaller size and less ample aperture. The 
type of pluristriata measured 1.25 x .55 inches; of rubida 1.30 x .57 
inches; and the specimens from Lake Chapala examined by Dr. von 
Martens from 26 x 12 to 35 x 13 mm., while no Texan shell we have seen, 
in many hundreds examined, reaches 1 inch long. Von Martens refers 
the Mexican species to Pachycheilus. Dr. William H. Dall, to whom we 
submitted specimens of G. comalensis for comparison with the type of 
M.rubida Lea, writes that ‘‘though the general form is the same, the 
rubida 1s very much larger and perfectly distinct.’’ The examples 
figured are from Comal creek, New Braunfels, near the mill. 

The ascertained distribution of G. comalensis comprises only the 
short rivers of a single small system emptying into Espirito Santo Bay, 
intercalated between the Colorado and Nueces basins, and comprising 
the Guadalupe and San Antonio rivers and their tributaries. 

The Goniobases are known from these streams only at the edge of 
the ‘‘Edwards Plateau.’’ As they live on rocks, ete., in swift water, 
it is not likely that they approach much nearer to the Gulf. In the 


Fig. 29. Fig. 30. Fig. 31. 


Colorado river, where Pilsbry collected in 1885, nothing was seen of the 
species, nor has it been reported from the Nueces or its branches. We 
saw no sign of Goniobasis in the tributaries of the Rio Grande, where 
our collecting was extensive enough to have found it if it existed.” 

The operculum (fig. 29) consists of about four whorls, the nucleus 
being situated at about the lower third of its length. It is closely 


2 Tn the collection of the Academy there are several specimens labelled ‘‘ Dal- 
las county,’’ received from Mr. J. A. Singley. This is in the Trinity river 
drainage, but Singley in his catalogue of 1893, issued long after these specimens 
were placed in the collection, expressly states that he found the species nowhere 
but in Comal and Hays counties. There was probably some error in labelling 
the specimens. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169 


marked with growth-wrinkles, and shows some strie at right angles 
to them. 

The radula (fig. 30) is normal for Goniobasis. The central tooth 
has 4, 1, 4 denticles, the inner lateral 2, 1, 4, inner uncinus 7, outer 
about 20 denticles. An inner uncinus in profile is drawn on the ex- 
treme right side (fig. 31), to show the length of the denticles, which 
are foreshortened in fig. 30. 

G. comalensis is dimorphic, like G. virginica and many other species. 
At New Braunfels the smooth form described as typical predominates, 
but there are also some individuals with numerous acute spiral ridges, 
about fifteen on the last whorl, but often fewer by suppression of those 
just below the periphery. 

At San Marcos only the smooth phase was found, in several hundred 
specimens taken. 

A series of 12 labelled ‘‘Bexar county,’’ received from A. G. 
Wetherby, consists wholly of multistriate shells, which moreover, 
although collected alive, are of a whitish or livid whitish tint, in this 
respect approaching the Mexican pluristriatus. The largest of this 
lot is 23.5 mm. long, 9.3 wide. exceeding in size any seen from Comal 
or Hays counties. These are part of the lot collected by Mr. G. W. 
Marmock, of Bexar county, and commented on by Wetherby in the 
American Naturalist for 1878. The ‘‘variety marmocki’’ mentioned 
by him, but without a word of definition, may have been the smooth 
form of the species, but there is nothing to indicate this either in 
Wetherby’s note or the set of shells he sent to Tryon. 


? 


Form fontinalis, nov. Figs. 22-35. 

In a small spring in the pleasure garden near New Braunfels, one of 
the fountains of Comal creek, we found only very small shells, the largest 
7 to 8.3 mm. long, 4.3 to 4.7 mm. wide, and of a markedly short, conic 
shape. The old ones are much eroded, and none are of the multi- 
striate phase. This race inhabits only the springs and the rapid streams 
from them for a short distance down. 

In another, much larger spring, and the stream from it for about 
fifty yards down, the shells are also dwarfs, though somewhat larger 
than those from the smaller spring. 

These springs flow out of the limestone rock, the water being beauti- 
fully clear. It is not cold, being perceptibly warmer than the river 
at the time of our visit, about the middle of April. There is very little 
vegetation upon the rocks, and the small size of the snails may be due 


8 Mr. Wetherby also mentions that ‘‘ Helix photus Pfr.’’ was collected by Mr. 
Marmock. This name may be an error for H. tholus W.G. B 


170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mazch, 


Fig 33. Fig. 34. Fig. 35. 


to insufficient food supply. Individuals are, however, very numerous. 
Associated with them are numerous Physas, also of pygmy proportions, 
though evidently adult. The snails of these springs evidently consti- 
tute physiologic rather than morphologic varieties. 


AMNICOLIDA5 
Paludestrina seemanni (Fiid.). 

New Mexico: South Spring creek, near Roswell, in a Pleistocene 
deposit (Cockerell and Tinsley, 1899). 

Texas: Drift débris of Pecos river, about a mile above the High 
Bridge, Val Verde county (Pilsbry and Ferriss, 1903). 

Dr. R. E. C. Stearns has recorded this species from Death valley, 
Inyo county, California. The specimens, some of which are before me, 
are somewhat more robust than those from New Mexico and Texas. 
The above records largely increase the eastward range of the species. 


Paludestrina diaboli n.sp. Fig. 36. 

Shell very slender, turrite, shaped about like P. seemanni; composed 
of 44 very convex whorls separated by a deep suture. 
Surface smooth. Aperture vertical, oval, a trifle nar- 
rower above than below, but not angular there. Peris- 
tome continuous, barely in contact with the preceding 
whorl for a short distance near the upper end. Umbili- 
cus small but distinct. 

Length 1.3, diam. .62 mm. 

Drift débris of the Devil’s river, about four miles from 
its mouth, Val Verde county, Texas. A single shell was 
also found on the Rio San Filipe near Del Rio, in the same county. 

The shells were all taken dead and bleached. It is readily separable 
from P. seemanni by its diminutive size. This is the smallest species 
of its family known from North America. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171 


Amnicola comalensis n.sp. Fig. 37. 

Shell distinctly perforate, ovate, thin, corneous, faintly marked 
with growth-lines. Spire regularly conic, 
the apex obtuse. Whorls 43, regularly con- 
vex, not shouldered, the suture well im- 
pressed. Aperture ovate, subangular above, 
the peristome adnate for a short distance 
above the perforation. 

Length 3.9, diam. 2, length of aperture 1.3 
mm. 

Comal creek, near New Braunfels, Comal 
county, Texas. Also from the Guadalupe 
river about four miles aboye New Braunfels. 

This species is much smaller than A. limosa, 
decisa, or other forms resembling it in color 
and shape. A. cincinnatiensis Anth. and the very closely related A. 
peracuta P. and W. both have more shouldered whorls, and are much 
larger than A. comalensis. 


Cochliopa riograndensis n. sp. PI. IX, figs. 10, 11, 12, 13. 


Shell of the usual depressed-turbinate shape, openly umbilicate, of 
a slightly olivaceous corneous tint. Surface faintly marked with 
erowth-lines, and sculptured with unequal spiral threads, a few of the 
larger ones dark colored. One thread at the shoulder is usually the 
most prominent. In some shells the spirals are very weak, hardly 
perceptible. Whorls 33, moderately convex, flattened and sloping 
below the suture, elsewhere rounded. Aperture quite oblique, rotundly 
ovate, the peristome thin, equably arched except near the outer and 
columellar insertions where it is noticeably straightened. The ends 
are connected across the parietal wall by a thin or thick callus. The 
columella is not noticeably thickened. 

Alt. 2, diam. 2.8 mm. 

Alt. 1.65, diam. 2.65 mm. 

Found in drift débris of Rio San Filipe near the Rio Grande, Val 
Verde county, Texas, thirty-six specimens. Pilsbry and Ferriss, 
1903. Types, 91,324, A.N.S. Phila. A single shell was also picked 
out of similar débris on the Devil’s river, about four miles from the Rio 
Grande, in the same county. 

This discovery of this form adds a new genus to the fauna of the 
United States and greatly extends the distribution of the group, the 


172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF -{March, 


other species being Central American.* The shell has much the ap- 
pearance of Valvata, but is readily distinguished from that by its ovate, 
not circular aperture, which is more or less conspicuously angular 
above, and by having the whorls more compactly coiled. It should, 
however, be said that we could not verify the generic reference of C. 
riograndensis by examination of the operculum or radula, as unfor- 
tunately none of the shells we obtained were living, though some were 
fresh in appearance, and the operculum was not found. It consists of 
few whorls in Cochliopa, as in Amnicola, while that of Valvata is 
many-whorled with central nucleus. 

C. riograndensis is not closely related to any of the known species, 
being of lighter texture, much more openly umbilicate, and with some- 
what different sculpture. 


VALVATIDA. 
Valvata micra n.sp. Pl. IX, figs. 7, 8, 9. 

Shell excessively small, composed of 24 tubular whorls; spire nearly 
flat; the last whorl is nearly round, barely or not quite in contact 
with the preceding at the aperture, near which it enlarges more rapidly. 
Suture deep. Surface finely, weakly striate. Aperture moderately 
oblique, subcireular, the peristome simple, continuous. Umbilicus 
ample but rapidly narrowing within. 

Alt. .48, diam. 1.15 to 1.2 mm. 

Drift débris of Guadalupe river about four miles above New Braun- 
fels, collected by Pilsbry and Ferriss, 1903. 

This is one of the smallest mollusks known, yet the dilation of the 


™ Prof. von Martens defines four species of Cochliopa in the Biologia Centrali 
A mericana—quatemalensis Morel., tryoniana Pils., trochulus and infundibulum 
Marts. (pp. 428, 429). He omits C. rowelli Tryon, which was originally described 
from Clear Lake, California. Rev. J. Rowell, who found the original specimens, 
now states (7m litt.) that ‘‘Cochlicopa Rowellii was named from shells collected 
by me near Baulinas Bay (not Clear Lake), Marin county, California.’” There 
are authentic specimens from Central America in the collection of the Academy, 
so that I still doubt whether the species really was actually collected in Cali- 
fornia. 

Prof. yon Martens surmises that C. guatemalensis (Morel.), which he had 
not seen, may not be different specifically from C. tryoniana; but it is in fact not 
even closely related to that species, being very much smaller, more depressed, 
and evenly sculptured with threadlike spirals. The suture descends shortly in 
front in fully mature shells. An additional locality is Polvon, in western Nicara- 
gua (McNiel in coll. A. N.S. Phila.). I have examined the radula of C. quate- 
malensis which proves to be Amnicoloid, and demonstrates the species to be a 


Cochliopa, not a Valvata as Morelet supposed. The central tooth has the formula 
the inner lateral has 6 denticles, the third from the inside being largest, 


and its body has the usual boss or projection below. The inner uncinus has 13, 
the outer very many excessively minute denticles. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173 


whorl at the aperture shows it to be adult. Five specimens were taken. 
The shells are all more or less bleached, the freshest being of a pale 
corneous tint. The round whorls, deep suture and general appear- 
ance are quite unlike any Planorbis or Vallonia, and indicate, we think, 
either that it is a Valvata or an Amnicoloid snail comparable to Horatia 
Bet. or Daudebardiella Bttg. in the Palearctic fauna. Until fresh 
specimens with the soft parts or operculum are found, the position of 
this mollusean atom will remain uncertain. 

Valvata micra nugax (pl. IX, fig. 6), a slightly larger form, alt. .9 
diam. 1.5 mm., with three whorls and a projecting spire, may prove to 
be a distinct species; but for the present, until more specimens are 
found, it may be placed under V. micra as a variety or form. 


CYRENIDA. 


Nautilus, XI, 1898, p. 112 (type loc. Guadalupe river, Comal county, Texas). 

Drift débris of Guadalupe river about four miles above New Braun- 

fels, and of Devil’s river, Val Verde county, Texas. A closely related 
form was found near Del Rio. 


Pisidium singleyi Sterki. 


Pisidium compressum Prime. 

New Braunfels, Comal county, Texas. Mr. J. A. Singley found P. 
trapezoideum Sterki at the same place (coll. A. N.S. Phila. No. 60,127). 
Pisidium abditum huachucanum n. subsp. 

The shell is quite inflated, dark brownish-olive, irregularly striate 
and marked with several conspicuous dark growth-arrest streaks; 
very inequilateral, the beaks low and near the anterior end. Anterior 
end abruptly truncate, posterior end produced and rounded. Hinge 
rather narrow, the lateral teeth in the right valve single, short and 
high, triangular; in the left double. Length 5.1, alt. 4.3, diam. 3.4 mm. 

Stream in Carr canyon, Reef, Cochise county, Arizona, collected by 
C. R. Biedermann, February 8, 1904. 

Specimens were submitted to Dr. V. Sterki, who could not identify 
the form with any known species. About half of the shells are more 
compressed than those described as typical, one measuring, length 4.1, 
alt. 3.4,diam.2 mm. The very inequilateral, anteriorly truncate out- 
line and low beaks are characteristic of both the obese and com- 
pressed forms. 

Eupera singleyi (Pils.). 


Spherium (Limosina) singleyi Pils., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1889, p. 88, pl. 
3, figs. 14, 15 (May 14, 1889). 

? Cyclas maculata Morelet, 1859, not of Anton, 1839 =Spheriwm yacatunense 
Fischer and Crosse, Miss. Sci. Mex., Moll., II, p. 653 (1894). 


This species is now known to us by specimens from the following 


174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


places, all in Texas: White Oak bayou, Houston (Singley); Cedar 
creek, Hudson county (G. C. Heron, type locality); Lavaca river, 
Jackson county (J. D. Mitchell); New Braunfels, Comal county (Sing- 
ley, Ferriss and Pilsbry) ; Guadalupe river about four miles above New 
Braunfels (Singley, Ferriss and Pilsbry); Devil’s river, Val Verde county 
(Ferriss and Pilsbry). 

It is a prettily maculate little clam, widely distributed in Texan 
waters. The largest shell I have seen measures 6 mm. long. It may 
prove to be specifically identical with 2. maculata Morelet of Yucatan, 
but that name is preoccupied by Anton for another species of the same 
group. Both were described as Cyclas and belong to Eupera. For 
this reason Crosse and Fischer proposed to substitute the name yuca- 
tanense; but five years previously I had described and figured S. sing- 
leyi. The latter name will therefore stand. 


UNIONID&. 


A list of species taken by us in Arkansas, Indian Territory and 
Texas will be published elsewhere. As our work in these States was 
done in the early spring, we found most of the streams too high for 
effective collecting of bivalves. 


EXPLANATION OF Puates V-IX. 


Pirate V.—Figs. 1, 2, 3—Polygyra mooreana tholus (W. G. B.). Washington 
county, Texas. No. 251, A. N.S. Phila. 

Figs. 4, 5, 6, 7—Polygyra mooreana (W. G. B.). Guadalupe river, Comal 
county, Texas. No. 91,364. Figs. 8, 9, 10—Hondo river near 
Hondo, Texas. No. 91,361. 

Figs. 11, 12.—Polygyra texasiana texensis Pils. Types. Colorado City, 
Texas. No. 83,258. 

Figs. 13, 14, 15.—Polygyra texasiana hyperolia Pils. and Ferr. West of 
Devil’s river, Texas. No. 91,363. 

Figs. 16, 17, 20.—Polygyra texasiana (Morie.). Typical. Guadalupe river 
Comal county, Texas, No. 91,362. 

Figs. 18, 19.—Polygyra texasiana (Moric.). Race with striate base, Calhoun 
county, Texas. No. 229, A. N.S. Phila. 


Puate VI.—Fig. 1—Bulimulus dealbatus mooreanus (W. G. B.). San Antonio, 

Texas. No. 84,626. 

Figs. 2, 3, 4.—B. d. mooreanus. Guadalupe river above New Braunfels. 
No. 84,628. 

Figs. 5, 6—B. d. mooreanus._ Victoria, Texas. No. 76,210. 

Figs. 7, 8.—B. d. liquabilis (Rve.). San Marcos, Texas. Nos. 91,396 and 
91,397. 

Figs. 9, 10, 11.—B. d. liquabilis. Jackson county, Texas. No. 76,286. 

Fig. 12.—B. d. liquabilis. Lee county, Texas. No. 58,379 

Fig . eae dealbatus (Say). Type. No. 58,381, A. N. S. Phila. 
Alabama. 


1906.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175 


Fig. 14.—Bulimulus d. ozarkensis Pils. and Ferr. Seligman, Missouri. No. 
83,132 

Fig. 15.—B. d. ozarkensis Pils. and Ferr. Rogers, Arkansas. No. 91,358. 

Figs. 16, 17.—Bulimulus d. ragsdalei Pils. Types. Montague county, 
Texas. No. 58,380. 

Figs. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22.—B. d. ragsdalei. Southwestern herd. West of 
Devil’s river, Val Verde county, Texas. Nos. 91,356 and 84,638. 

Figs. 23, 24—B. d. ragsdalet Southwestern herd. Del Rio, Texas. Nos. 
87,486 and 91,355. 

Fig. 25.—Bulimulus d. pasonis Pils. Type. Near El Paso, Texas. No. 
83,259. 

Figs. 26, 27.—Bulimulus d. pecosensis Pils. and Ferr. Near the Pecos river. 
Nos. 91,359 and 84,618. 


Puate VII.—Varieties of Bulimulus alternatus marie (Alb.). 
Figs. 1-7. —Near the High Bridge of the Pecos. No. 84,627, A. N.S. Phila. 
Figs. 4 and 5 represent young shells. 
Fig. 8—Near the Rio Grande, east of the Pecos river. No. 84,625. 
Figs 9, 10 11—Near Rio San Filipe below Del Rio. No. 84,635. 
Fig. 12.—Near Rio San Filipe below Del Rio. An albino, taken alive. 
Figs. 13, 14, 15, 16.—Corpus Christi, Texas. No. 60,136. 
Figs. 17, 18, 19.—Hidalgo, Texas. No. 60,094. 
Figs. 20-24.—Derby, Frio county, Texas. No. 60,501. 
Figs. 25-30.—Laredo, Webb county, Texas. No. 60,502. 


Prats VIII.—Figs. 1, 2, 3.—Helicodiscus eigenmanni Pils. San Marcos, Texas. 

No. 91,320. 

Figs. 4, 6.—H. e. arizonensis Pils. and Ferr. Fort Bowie, Cochise county, 
Arizona. No. 87,077, A. N.S. Phila. 

Fig. 5.—H. e. arizonensis. A more depressed specimen. Cave Creek 
Canyon, Chiricahua Mountains No. 87,076. A.S. N. Phila. 

Figs. 7, 8, 9, 10.—Helicodiscus parallelus (Say). Philadelphia, Pa. No. 
78,272, A. N. S. Phila. 


Piate IX.—Figs. 1, 2, 3—Planorbis filocinctus Pils. and Ferr. Type. 
Figs. 4, 5.—Planorbis carus Pils. and Ferr. Type. 
Fig. 6.—Valvata micra nugax Pils. and Ferr. Type. 
Figs. 7, 8, 9.—Valvata micra Pils. and Ferr. Type. 
Figs. 10, 11, 12, 13.—Cochliopa riograndensis Pils. and Ferr. Cotypes. 


176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (April, 


APRIL 3. 
Mr. ArrHuUR Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. 
Eighty-nine persons present. 


The reception of a paper entitled ‘“New, Rare and Little-known 
Scombride, No. 3,’’ by Henry W. Fowler (March 22), was reported 
by the Publication Committee. 


The death of Dr. Ogden Doremus, a correspondent, March 22, was 
announced. 


Dr. E. G. Conkiin made a communication on recent views as to 
the cause of sex. (No abstract.) 


APRIL 17. 
Mr. Frank J. Keeney in the Chair. 


Seventy persons present. 

The Publication Committee reported the reception of papers under 
the following t tles: 

‘‘TDeseription of a new Australian Glycymeris,’’ by Henry A. Pilsbry 
(April 10). 

‘«\ Monograph of the Genus Collocalia,’’ by Harry C. Oberholser 
(April 12). 

“‘On Hawaiian Species of Sphyradium,’’ by Henry A. Pilsbry and 
C. M. Cooke, Jr. 


Mr. Grorce Vaux, JR., exhibited a number of beautiful lantern 
illustrations before the reading of a paper by WiLLIAM 8. VAUX, JR., 
giving the results of recent studies of glaciers of the Canadian 
Rockies and the Selkirks, in continuation of a series of observations 
extending over a period of eight years. The paper will be published 
later. 


Messrs. Ogilsby Paul and Norton Downs, M.D., were elected mem- 
bers. 


The following were ordered to be printedg 


1906. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177 


A MONOGRAPH OF THE GENUS COLLOCALIA. 


BY HARRY C. OBERHOLSER. 


There is perhaps no other group of Swifts that equals in general 
interest the genus Collocalia. Some of the species build edible nests 
wholly or partly of saliva which is secreted in large quantities by 
salivary glands of unusual size; and the gathering and marketing of 
these nests has in some places and at some times grown to a traffic of 
considerable importance. 

Owing to the great similarity of many of the species, and the ob- 
scurity of the characters separating them, the group is one of the most 
difficult in the entire family Micropodide. Published descriptions,’ 
particularly those of the older authors, are often so brief and so lacking 
in mention of really diagnostic characters that it is hard, sometimes 
even impossible, to determine with certainty the form intended. For- 
tunately, perhaps, the sexes, except in a very few cases, are practically 
identical both in size and coloration. Notwithstanding the fact that 
some authors have minimized the importance of difference in size, 


1 The most important papers on the genus are as follows: 

Horsrietp, T., and Moorg, F.—Genus Collocalia. A Catalogue of the Birds in 
the Museum of the Hon, East India Company, I, 1854, pp. 98-106. 

Bonaparte, C. L.—Note sur les Salanganes et sur leur nids. Comptes Rendus de 
V Académie des Sciences de Paris, XLI, 1855, pp. 976-979. 

Bernstein, H. A.—Beitriige zur niheren Kenntniss der Gattung Collocalia Gr. 

* Nova Acta Academiae Leopoldinae Carolinae Naturae Curiosorum, X XVI, 1, 
1857, pp. 13-32. 

Bernstein, H. A.—Ueber die Nester der Salanganen. Journal fiir Ornithologie, 
1859, pp. 111-119. 

WALLAcE, A. R.—On the Identification of the Hirundo esculenta of Linnzeus, 
with a Synopsis of the Described Species of Collocalia. Proceedings of the 
Zoological Society of London, 1863, pp. 382-385. 

Gray, G. R.—A Synopsis of the Species ‘of the Genus Collocalia, with Descriptions 
of New Species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Series 3, XVII, 
1866, pp. 118-128. 

Satvapori, T.—Osservazioni intorno ad alcune Specie del Genere Collocalia, 
G. R. Gr. Atti della R. Accademia. della Scienze di Torino, XV, 1879, pp. 
343-350. 

Hartert, E.—Colloealia. Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum, XVI, 
1892, pp. 496-511. 

Hartert, E.—Gen. Collocalia G. R. Gray. Das Tierreich, 1, 1897, pp. 66-70. 


12 


178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


this is often one of the very best and most appreciable distinctions 
between both species and subspecies. 

One of the most surprising as well as interesting developments of 
our study has been the discovery of so many undescribed members of 
the genus, among which two entirely distinct species with wholly 
brownish lores like Collocalia leucophaea seem especially notable, as 
does also one from New Caledonia allied to Collocalia leucopygia. 
Most of the new forms are here elaborated from material recently col- 
lected, and upon which no published report has yet been made. 

Much confusion has hitherto arisen because of failure properly to 
discriminate those birds which have the tarsus more or less feathered 
from those in which it is entirely bare. In some cases forms with 
feathered and others with unfeathered tarsi have been considered sub- 
specifically related or even identical! The difficulty vanishes, however, 
if all the birds with any feathering on the tarsus be considered apart 
from the rest and placed, as they apparently should be, and as they are 
in the following pages, in a separate subgeneric group. Indeed, it may 
be best to regard them as even generically distinct, though it is not 
here so done, because this character of tarsal feathering is the sole one 
separating the groups, and while very marked in such forms as Col- 
localia innominata, it is but slight, sometimes difficult to appreciate, 
therefore in a sense intermediate, in Collocalia fuciphaga and its allies; 
and because if there be any logical difference between a genus and a 
subgenus, the criterion of practical intergradation of characters through 
intermediate species should be so considered. 

The proper generic name for the whole group seems to be Collocalia 
—the one of current usage. The name Salangana St.-Hilaire has been 
recently substituted * because supposedly of earlier date, but Salangana 
now proves first to have been employed simply in a vernacular sense,’ 
and to be citable as a generic term only from a later article * which is 
posterior to the work containing Collocalia Gray. There are no other 
synonyms. 

The material used in the preparation of the present memoir aggre- 
gates 159 specimens, principally of recent collection, and represents 
very nearly all the recognized forms. It is in large part that of the 
United States National Museum, which is now, through the many 
donations from Dr. W. L. Abbott, of considerable extent and includes 
good series of many of the species. This has been supplemented by 


2 Richmond, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXV, 1902, p. 301. 
3 ««Salanganes,’’ Saint-Hilaire, l’Echo du Monde Savant, IV, 1837, p. 84. 
4 Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 145. 

List Gen. Birds, 1840, p. 8. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179 


the birds obtained by Mr. Charles H. Townsend during the Pacific 
cruise of the United States Fish Commission steamer ‘‘ Albatross,’’ in 
1899-1900, and by specimens from the Academy of Natural Sciences 
of Philadelphia, the American Museum of Natural History, and the 
Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum at Honolulu. To the authorities of 
these institutions, to Mr. Townsend, Dr. Charles W. Richmond, and 
Mr. Witmer Stone the writer’s thanks are due for the courtesies which 
have made this paper possible. 


Genus COLLOCALIA Gray. 


Collocalia Gray, List Gen. Birds, 1840, p. 8 (type, Hirundo esculenta Linnzus). 
Salangana Lesson, Rey. Zool., 1840, p. 145 (type, Hirundo esculenta Linnzus). 


Chars. gen.—Small and mostly rather plainly colored Swifts; outer 
and middle toes with normal number of phalanges; tarsus not at all 
or but sparsely feathered, and not shorter than the middle toe; wings 
long, reaching when closed far beyond end of the tail; tail short, nearly 
Square to somewhat deeply emarginate, the shafts of the rectrices 
without spiny tips. 

Type.—Hirundo esculenta Linneus. 

Geographical range.—India and Ceylon, south to the Seychelles 
Islands, east through the Malay Peninsula, the East India Islands, 
and Polynesia, to the Philippine, Mariana, Marquesas, Society and 
Tonga groups, and northern Australia. 


Ky TO THE SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES OF COLLOCALIA. 


A.—Tarsus more or less feathered (subgenus Aerodramus). 
a.—Rump with a conspicuous white or brownish white band. 
b.—Centre of abdomen brownish gray like the breast; wing 


more than 120 mm., . . . . Collocalia innominata. 
b'.—Centre of abdomen white or nearly so; wing less than 120 
mm. 


c.—Upper parts brownish black; throat and breast nearly 

pure white like the abdomen; posterior lower surface 
without conspicuous dark shaft lines, 

Collocalia agnota. 

c'.—Upper parts dull black, scarcely brownish; throat and 

breast brownish gray like chin, and much darker than 

abdomen; posterior lower surface with conspicuous 


dark shaft lines, . . . . Collocalia leucopygia. 
a,—Rump without a conspicuous white or brownish white band. 
b.—Feathers of lores with brownish hases, . Collocalia ocista. 


b1.—Feathers of lores with pure white bases. 
c.—Wing not less than 124 mm. 
d.—Larger; upper surface lighter; lower surface with 
conspicuous blackish shaft lines, Collocalia lowi. 


180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


d'.—Smaller; upper surface darker ; lower surface without 
conspicuous blackish shaft lines, 
Collocalia brevirostris. 
c!.—Wing less than 124 mm. 
d.—Larger (wing about 121 mm.); upper surface more 
brownish; rump noticeably paler than back, 
Collocalia fuciphaga elaphra. 
d'.—Smaller (wing 108-118 mm.); upper surface more 
blackish; rump not noticeably paler than back. 
e.—Lower surface paler; upper surface somewhat 
more brownish,  Collocalia fuciphaga vestita. 
~e'.—Lower surface darker; upper surface somewhat 
more blackish, Collocalia fuciphaga fuciphaga. 
B.—Tarsus entirely unfeathered (subgenus Collocalia). 
a.—Abdomen not white in sharp contrast to the breast, the lower 
surface nearly uniform brownish gray. 
b.—Rump without a conspicuous white or brownish white 
band. 
c.—Feathers of the lores with brownish bases, 
Collocalia leucophaea. 
c!.—Feathers of the lores with pure white bases. 
d.—Larger (wing 127-140 mm.). 
e.—Upper surface darker, much more blackish; lower 
surface darker, and uniform, Collocalia origenis. 
e1.—Upper surface lighter, much more brownish; 
lower surface lighter, the throat paler than 
the rest, . . . . . Collocalia whiteheadi. 
d',—Smaller (wing 109.5-123 mm.). 
e.—Upper parts more brownish, more uniform, the 
pileum scarcely darker, the rump not lighter, 
than the back; throat not paler than abdomen, 
Collocalia wnicolor unicolor. 
e—Upper parts less brownish, less uniform, the 
pileum darker, the rump usually lighter, than 
the back; throat paler than abdomen, 
Collocalia unicolor amelis. 
o'.—Rump with a conspicuous white or brownish white band. 
c.—Feathers of lores with brownish bases, 
Collocalia thespesia. 
c!—Feathers of lores with pure white bases. 
d.—Smaller (wing 110-114 mm.). 
e.—Abdomen and upper surface darker; light rump 
band with more conspicuous dark shafts; size 
smaller (wing 110-111 mm.), 
Collocalia francica terraereginae. 
e!—Abdomen and upper surface paler; light rump 
band with less conspicuous dark shafts; size 
larger (wing 112-114), 
Collocalia francica francica. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181 


d'.—Larger (wing 114-124 mm.). 
e.—Lower surface with distinct blackish shatt lines; 
light rump band with dark shaft lines very 
conspicuous. 
f.—Upper and lower parts much paler; light 
rump band more conspicuous, 
Collocalia francica germani. 
j'—Upper and lower parts much darker; light 
rump band less conspicuous, 
Collocalia francica inexpectata. 
e'.—Lower surface without distinct blackish shaft 
lines; ight rump band with dark shaft lines 
almost obsolete. 
j.—Upper surface with little or no greenish gloss ; 
rump band more brownish; posterior lower 
parts darker, 
Collocalia francica spodiopygia. 
7'.—Upper surface with a distinct greenish gloss; 
rump band more whitish; posterior lower 
parts paler, Collocalia francica townsendt. 
a'.—At least the middle of abdomen white, in sharp contrast to the 
gray breast. 
b.—Rump with a white band. 
c.—Rectrices with white spots; white rump band without 
blackish shaft limes, . . . Collocalia uropygialis. 
c'.—Rectrices without white spots; white rump band with 
conspicuous blackish shaft lines, Collocalia troglodytes. 
b'—Rump without a white band. 
c.—Rectrices with white spots. 
d.—Upper surface brighter and more bluish or purplish; 
rump, wing-quills, and wing-coverts without light 
grayish tips, . . . . Collocalia esculenta. 
d'.—Upper surface duller ‘and more greenish; rump, 
wing-quills, and wing-coverts with light grayish 
tips. 
e.—White spots on tail-feathers sharply defined ; chin 
and upper throat paler; blackish shaft-mark- 
ings of short lower tail-coverts smaller, 
Collocalia neglecta. 
e'—White spots on tail-feathers not sharply defined ; 
chin and upper throat darker; blackish shaft- 
markings of short lower tail-coverts larger, 
Collocalia natalis. 
c!.—Rectrices without white spots. 
d.—Feathers of rump with broad white edgings, 
Collocalia marginata. 
d',—Feathers of rump without white edgings. 
e.—Wing less than 95 mm.; upper surface much 
duller) = 9s) ==.) se) Collocaliay dodger. 


182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


e!.—Wing more than 95 mm.; upper surface much 
brighter. 
j.—Upper parts much more bluish or purplish. 
g.—Larger (wing averaging 104.6 mm.), 
Collocalia linchi cyanoptila. 
g'.—Smaller (wing averaging 99.2 mm.), 
Collocalia linchi affinis. 
/'.—Upper parts much more greenish. 
g.—Larger (wing 103-105 mm.), 
Collocalia linchi linchi. 
g'.—Smaller (wing 97-101.5 mm.). 
h.—Upper surface duller, somewhat less 
bluish or purplish; size slightly 
greater, Collocalia linchi isonota. 
h'.—Upper surface brighter, somewhat 
more bluish or purplish; size slightly 
less, Collocalia linchi elachyptera. 


AERODRAMUS,® subgenus noy. 


Chars. subgen.—Similar in proportions to the subgenus Collocalia, 
but tarsus more or less feathered. 
Type.—Collocalia innominata Hume. 


Collocalia leucopygia Wallace. 
Collocalia leucopygia Wallace, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1863, p. 384. 


Chars. sp.—Upper surface dull, slightly sooty black, with a weak 
metallic gloss, most evident on crown, the rump with a broad white 
band whose feathers have conspicuous blackish shaft lines; wings and 
tail black with some metallic sheen, the latter without white spots; sides 
of head and neck clove brown, the loral feathers with white bases; 
chin and throat brownish gray; remaining lower parts pale grayish 
anteriorly, becoming brownish on sides of body, and whitish on abdo- 
men, all the feathers with distinct darker shaft lines; longest under 
tail-coverts glossy blackish brown; thighs and lining of wing brownish 
black. 

Wing, 95-99.5; tail, 45; exposed culmen, 4; tarsus, 8.5 mm. 

Type locality.—New Caledonia. 

Geographical distribution.—Loyalty Islands, New Hebrides Islands, 
and New Caledonia. 

This species may readily be distinguished from all its congeners with 
feathered tarsi, excepting Collocalia innominata and C. agnota, by the 
white band on the rump; and from all but Collocalia agnota by the 


® anp, aer; Jpayetv, cursare. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183 


white or whitish abdomen. In color it approaches rather near some 
species of the subgenus Collocalia, notably some forms of Collocalia 
francica, but the whitish abdomen is of course diagnostic. 


Collocalia agnota Sp. noy. 

Chars. sp.—Similar to Collocalia leucopygia, but upper surface 
lighter, much more brownish; chin, upper throat, and sides of head 
much paler brown; ventral surface from the lower throat to anal region 
more purely white, the jugulum and breast white like the abdomen, 
and contrasting sharply with the grayish brown of the chin and upper 
throat; feathers of breast and abdomen without noticeably darker 
shaft lines; basal portion of rectrices much paler. 

Geographical distribution.—Island of New Caledonia. 

Description.—Type, adult female, No. 8,757, American Museum of 
Natural History; New Caledonia; Verreaux Collection. Upper parts 
brownish black, the pileum with some metallic greenish gloss, the back 
with a faint suggestion of the same, the cervix a little lighter and more 
brownish ; rump with a broad band of pure white, the feathers of which 
have dark brown shaft lines; rectrices externally brownish black, with 
a slight bluish metallic sheen, internally more brownish, and proxi- 
mally growing paler until at base they are quite light brown, but without 
white spots; wings brownish black with some metallic sheen, the inner 
margins of quills fuscous; lores, orbital region, and a narrow line across 
the forehead sepia brown, the feathers of the lores with pure white 
bases; sides of neck and breast grayish brown, much lighter than the 
cervix; chin and upper throat dull broccoli brown; rest of lower parts 
medially almost pure white, though just appreciably brownish an- 
teriorly, the sides of body washed with brownish, the shorter lower 
tail-coverts pale brownish gray with darker shaft lines and whitish 
margins, the longest ones dark brown, with distally a metallic sheen; 
thighs brownish black; lining of wings dark brown. 

Wing, 105; tail, 46; exposed culmen, 4; tarsus, 9 mm. 

The relationships of this evidently distinct and apparently unde- 
scribed species are undoubtedly with Collocalia leucopygia, as is indi- 
cated by the conspicuously feathered tarsi, the white abdomen, and 
the white rump band with dark shaft lines. The only specimen known 
is the above described one in the American Museum of Natural History. 


Collocalia innominata Hume. 


Collocalia innominata Hume, Stray Feathers, I, 1873, p. 294. 
Collocalia maxima Hume, Stray Feathers, IV, 1876, p. 223 (Mergui and Bank- 
asoon, Tenasserim) (nomen nudum). 


Chars. sp.—Quite different from Collocalia leucopygia: much larger; 


184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


entire lower surface dark brownish gray; upper parts more brownish, , 
the light rump band decidedly less conspicuous. 

Wing, 130-137; tail, 50-56; exposed culmen, 6; tarsus 12-12.5 mm. 

Type locality—Port Mouat, South Andaman Island, Andaman 
Islands. 

Geographical distribution.—Southern Tenasserim to Lower Siam and 
Perak, Malay Peninsula; Mergui Archipelago; accidental(?) on South 
Andaman Island. 

The large size, feathered tarsi, light brownish rump band with dark 
shaft lines, and the conspicuously darker mesial lines of the lower 
surface, which last are present in only a few forms of Collocalia, suffic- 
iently distinguish this very strongly characterized species. An adult 
female taken by Dr. W. L. Abbott on September 5, 1896, at Trong, 
Lower Siam, proves its occurrence in that region. 


Collocalia ocista sp. nov. 


Chars. sp.—Similar to Collocalia leucophaeae, but tarsi feathered ; 
slightly smaller, except the tail which is longer; upper surface, includ- 
ing wings and tail, darker, more blackish (less brownish), and on head 
and back as well as elsewhere with a decided greenish metallic gloss; 
lower parts more grayish. 

Geographical distribution.—Marquesas and Society Islands. 

Description.—Type, adult female; Nukahiva Island, Marquesas 
Islands, September 16, 1899; Charles H. Townsend. Upper surface 
almost uniform dark sooty brown, slightly deeper on the pileum, a 
little lighter on the rump—neither of these differences very noticeable 
—and everywhere with a greenish metallic sheen; wings and tail darker, 
more blackish, with a bluish or purplish metallic gloss, the wing-coverts 
slightly more greenish, the innermost secondaries and inner margins of 
the quills, at least basally, lighter and more brownish—about the same 
color as the back; sides of head clove brown almost as dark as the 
crown, the lores quite so, the loral feathers with lighter brown bases; 
lower parts nearly uniform deep brownish gray, only the chin and 
longest under tail-coverts somewhat darker ; lining of wing clove brown. 

This new and very interesting bird is superficially so much like 
Collocalia lewcophaea, with the type of which it has been compared, 
that a specimen in the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 
collected long ago in the Marquesas Islands, and presented by Dr. 
Gambel, was so labelled; but the species may readily be separated by 
the characters above given. It is fully as dark below as C. lewcophaea, 
and like that species is peculiar in possessing light brown bases to the 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185 


feathers of the lores. From Collocalia juciphaga juciphaga, which also 
to some extent it superficially resembles, it may be distinguished by 
its larger size and more brownish upper parts, as well as most trench- 
antly by the light brown instead of pure white bases of the loral feathers. 
From Collocalia juciphaga elaphra, a subspecies hereinafter described,’ 
with which it agrees in size, and which it more closely approaches in 
the general color of the upper surface, it differs in being rather more 
blackish and more uniform above, the rump not so appreciably paler 
than the back; in having much darker lower surface; also, and most 
decidedly, in having the bases of the feathers of the lores light brown. 
This last character alone will separate it from all forms of the genus 
excepting C. leucophaea and C. thespesia. 

Three specimens of this new species were collected by Mr. Charles 
H. Townsend in 1899, during his recent Pacific cruise on the U.S. Fish 
Commission steamer ‘‘Albatross.’’ One of these, the single specimen 
from Tahiti, is rather more brownish above, and a little paler on the 
crissum than the type, but is very different from C. lewcophaea; another, 
from the Marquesas Islands, is more blackish above and slightly darker 
below; but the old specimen in the collection of the Academy of 
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia is practically identical with our type. 

Measurements of Collocalia ocista are as follows: 


Sex Locality. | Date. | Wing. | Tail. Hepasea Tarsus. 

Q Nukahiva I., Marquesas | | 

ISlandst once rane Sept. 16,1899} 121 | 65 5 8.5 
— Nukahiva I., Marquesas 

Tslands........ seasevasos teen ooes Sept. 15,1899 119 61 4 9 
— |Marquesas Islands ............|....:s:c:scseeeeeeeeeeee 117.5 |) 61 4.5 8.5 
CO Nukahiva I., Marquesas 
# NWslands= (ee acces July 18, 1902; 119 | 61 | 4.5 o 
CO Tahiti I., Society Islands. Nov. 13,1899) 123 SOs p44] <9 

ASV ER AD Clearer crane ccueecetererencan sevanenne cence 119.9 | 61.4 4.4 8.8 


Collocalia fuciphaga fuciphaga (Thunberg). 


Hirundo fuciphaga Thunberg, K. Vet. Akad. Nya Handl., XX XIII, 1812, 
p. 153, pl. 4 (Java). 

Hirundo vanikorensis Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., I, 1830, p. 
206, pl. XII, fig. 3 (Vanikoro Island, Santa Cruz Islands, Pacific Ocean) 


7 Postea, p. 188. 
§ Postea, p. 195. 
* Type. 


186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


Cotyle vanicorensis Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 170 (nom. emend. pro Hirundo vani- 
korensis Quoy and Gaimard). 

Hemiprocne salangana Streubel, Isis, 1848, p. 368 (East Indies). 

Cypselus inquietus Kittlitz, Denkwurd. Reise, II, 1858, p. 26 (Ualan Island, 
Caroline Islands, Pacific Ocean). : 


Chars. subsp.—Similar to Collocalia leucophaea, but decidedly smaller ; 
tarsus sparsely feathered ; bases of the loral feathers pure white; upper 
parts very much more blackish, and rather more uniform, the rump 
not appreciably lighter than the back. 

Type locality. Java. 

Geographical distribution.—East India Islands and western Poly- 
nesia, from Nias, Java, Borneo, and the Natuna Islands, northeast 
to the Philippine, Mariana, and Caroline Islands, east and southeast 
to New Guinea, Duke of York Island, Tonga (Friendly) and Loyalty 
Islands. 

The birds of a good series, consisting of specimens from Java, the 
Philippine and Caroline Islands, and from Nias Island, off the western 
coast of Sumatra, are very uniform in size as well as in the dark lower 
surface and glossy blackish upper parts, indicating thus that the name 
Hirundo vanikorensis Quoy and Gaimard,’° which was based on the 
bird from the Santa Cruz Islands, is synonymous with Hirundo fuci- 
phaga Thunberg," from Java. <A single specimen from Guam Island 
is, however, much more brownish above than any of the others ex- 
amined, and may represent an undescribed race. Much of the difficulty 
heretofore experienced in identifying this species and in segregating 
its various forms has arisen from confusing with it the birds with light 
lower surface and unfeathered tarsi, which occur in various localities, 
and most if not all of which are Collocalia unicolor amelis. 

The tail in Collocalia fuciphaga is usually quite deeply emarginate, 
but this character varies greatly. Some specimens in our series have 
the tail almost even, and there is every gradation evident between 
this condition and that of greatest emargination, differences apparently 
to be accounted for only by individual variation. Care must therefore 
be exercised in using the shape of the tail as an absolute character to 
distinguish this species. 

Measurements of Collocalia fuctphaga fuciphaga are as follows: 


10 Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., I, 1830, p. 206, pl. XII, fig. 3. 
" K, Vet. Akad. Nya Handl., XX XIII, 1812, p. 153, pl. 4. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187 


l ee ee ae 
= | rs -. | Exposed 

Sex. Locality. Date. Wing. | Tail. | imen, Larsus- 
Gur Nias: (sland essen Mar. 16, 1903} 114.5 | 54 | 4.5 8 
CO Mercedes, Mindanao, P.I. Dec. 19, 1903, 114 50 5 10 
2 |Pantar, Mindanao, P. I.\Aug. 13,1903) 108 | 48 4.5 8.5 
= [WEN eresccomenccss 113 51 4.5 9.5 
© Ualan Island, Caroline Is..Feb. 8,1900 114 54 1 je 2 
— |Ualan Island, Caroline Is./Feb. 16, 1900 109 54 4 rc 

AVOLARE! s.. occ cccatececatercecnese Se snndisatesnesteaeses | 112.1 51.8| 4.4 9 


Collocalia fuciphaga vestita (Lesson). - 


Salangana vestita Lesson, l’Echo du Monde Savant, ser. 2, VIII, 1843, p. 134. 
Collocalia nidifica Gray, Genera Birds, I, 1845, p. 55 (Sumatra). 


Chars. subsp.—Similar to Collocalia fuciphaga fuciphaga, but entire 
lower surface much paler; upper parts rather lighter and more 
brownish. 

Type locality. Sumatra. 

Geographical distribution.—Sumatra, Simalur Island, and southern 
part of Malay Peninsula. 

The original Collocalia fuciphaga was based on the bird from Java, 
from which this western form differs as above said. For the latter the 
name Salangana vestita Lesson” seems to be available. This is 
founded on ‘‘Hirundo esculenta Lath. Gen. Syn. pl. Hab. les iles de la 
Malasie,’’ which in both description and locality (Sumatra) is perti- 
nent to the present form. Moreover, the only Sumatran specimen 
examined agrees with the birds from Simalur Island, upon which latter 
the present separation is primarily based. The Nias Island bird, how- 
ever, is identical with that of Java, as already noted, and therefore 
must be called Collocalia fuciphaga fuciphaga. A single adult from 
Tanjong Silantei, on the east coast of Johore, southern Malay Peninsula, 
seems to be exactly like the birds from Simalur Island in color, but is 
considerably larger, the wing measuring 118 mm.; notwithstanding this 
it seems best referred, for the present at least, to C. f. vestita, although 
additional specimens may show it to be representative of a recognizable 
subspecies. 

Measurements of Collocalia fuciphaga vestita are as follows: 


12 |'Echo du Monde Savant, ser. 2, VIII, 1843, p. 134. 
3 Latham, Gen. Synop., Suppl. II, 1801, p. 257, pl. CXX XV. 


188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


Sex. Locality. Date. Wing. | Tail. es Tarsus. 
| 

O\ |Tanjong Silantei, E. Coast | 
OROLC ec creas es sscctees July 26,1901, 118 51 5 9 

@& |Simalur Island................... Dee, <7 ew iin Sl || & | & 

Q Simalur Island... Dec. 7,1901} 112.5 | 48 4.5 9 

= | SUMED ese raarcncoster antenna Feats is =) ay? 4 9.5 
BASV ELA QC Sd ssccucacessnsans-coutes roaeeee ESE | 114.1 50.5 4.6 9.1 


Collocalia fuciphaga elaphra subsp. nov. 


Chars. subsp—Similar to Collocalia fuciphaga fuciphaga, but de- 
cidedly larger; upper parts much more brownish, and less uniform, the 
rump being noticeably lighter than the back; lower surface decidedly 
paler. 

Geographical distribution.—Seychelles Islands; Anamba Islands. 

Description —Type, adult, sex unknown, No. 119,779, U.S. N. M.; 
Mahé Island, Seychelles Islands, April 17, 1890; Dr. W. L. Abbott. 
Upper surface sooty brown, with a very slight greenish gloss, the 
pileum rather darker and more greenish, the rump much lighter 
brownish—but not whitish—this due partially to the lighter bases of 
the feathers; wings and tail darker, more blackish, with a dull bluish, 
greenish or purplish sheen, the wing-coverts decidedly greenish; sides 
of head and neck dark brown, darkest on the lores, where the feathers 
have pure white bases; entire lower surface rather deep brownish gray, 
somewhat paler posteriorly, darker on chin, the longest under tail- 
coverts slightly glossed with greenish; lining of wing blackish brown. 

The specimens on which this race is principally established were 
collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott on Mahé, one of the Seychelles Islands. 
They differ so much from typical Collocalia jfuciphaga, of which we 
have a considerable series from several localities, that it seems necessary 
to regard them as representatives of another subspecies. 

The lighter colored rump, which seems to be one of the best char- 
acters of this race, is not sufficiently decided to give the impression of 
a whitish band such as exists in Collocalia francica and its allies, but it 
is nevertheless quite different from the uniformly dark condition ob- 
taining on the upper surface of Collocalia fuciphaga fuciphaga. From 
Collocalia fuciphaga vestita, which in some respects it resembles more 
closely than it does true fuciphaga, it may readily be distinguished by 
its greater size, lighter, more brownish, and less uniform upper surface, 
with the rump noticeably paler than the back. This new race, how- 


— vo 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189 


ever, does not need special comparison with any further forms of the 
genus, even those possessing feathered tarsi. 

Two adults from Pulo Jimaja, Anamba Islands, are somewhat less 
brownish above, as well as very slightly darker below, but nevertheless 
agree in all details of coloration quite closely with the birds from the 
Seychelles Islands, and differ thus quite remarkably from Collocalia 
fuciphaga fuciphaga, by whose range the Anamba Islands are pretty 
well surrounded. In all measurements excepting that of the wing 
these two specimens exceed the measurements of fuciphaga and equal 
or even surpass those of elaphra; but the wing-quills are molting and 
not fully grown, and there are indications from the relative length of 
the primaries that the length of the wing would have become when 
perfect almost if not quite as great as that of elaphra. In light of pre- 
sent knowledge, therefore, it seems best to refer to elaphra, with the 
above explanation, these two examples from the Anamba Islands, 
even though by so doing elaphra presents an anomalous geographical 
distribution. Should, however, a satisfactory series show the Anamba 
bird to be really much smaller than that from the Seychelles Islands, 
and reasonably constant in its slight color differences, it ought 
probably to be separated subspecifically. 

Measurements of two adults of Collocalia fuciphaga elaphra are here 
given: 


Sex.| Locality. | Date. Wing. | Tail. hee Tarsus. 
| 
Q Mahé I., Seychelles Is...../April Ate 1890) 120.5 Syl ZB) 
? |Mahé I., Seychelles Is.*../April 17,1890) 121 a ea | 9.5 


AN Erag er. Matern eis eee ee ee 51 ARSiele Dis 


Collocalia brevirostris (McClelland). 
Hirundo brevirostris McClelland, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1839, p. 155. 

Chars. sp.—Similar to Collocalia fuciphaga fuciphaga, but much 
larger; tail less deeply emarginate; and rump noticeably lighter than 
the very dark back. 

Wing, 124-127; tail, 55-59; exposed culmen, 5.5; tarsus, 10 mm. 

Type locality — Assam. 

Geographical distribution—Himalaya Mountains from Dalhousie, 
about 76° east longitude, east through Nepal and Sikhim to Assam 
and Manipur. 

This form has been until comparatively recent years usually consid- 


4 Type. 


190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April 


ered identical with Collocalia unicolor, from which, however, it may 
readily be distinguished by its feathered tarsi, darker, less brownish 
upper surface, with rump appreciably lighter than the back. It is 
most closely allied to Collocalia fuctphaga, and by Dr. Hartert is con- 
sidered a subspecies of this; but its large size and other characters, 
combined with its isolated range, so far as C. juciphaga is concerned, 
quite clearly indicate its specific distinctness. Furthermore, there is, 
so far as is known at present, no intergradation in size between Collocalia 
brevirostris and any form of Collocalia fuciphaga; and the race of the 
latter, C. j. elaphra, which is nearest in size is most different in color. 
The so-called intermediate specimens from the western Himalayas, 
mentioned by Dr. Hartert,’? have proved to be examples of Collocalia 
unicolor, a form belonging to the group without feathers on the tarsus, 
and have thus no bearing on the question. Therefore, until actual 
proof of intergradation with Collocalia juciphaga be forthcoming, the 
present form should stand as a full species. 


Collocalia lowi (Sharpe). 


Cypselus lowi Sharpe, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 333. 
Cypselus labuanensis , Ibis, 1879, p. 116, in text (nomen nudum). 


Chars. sp.—Like Collocalia innominata, but rump without a well- 
defined light band. 

Wing, 127-134; tail, 50-57; exposed culmen, 5; tarsus, 10-12 mm. 

Type locality.—Labuan Island, northern Borneo. 

Geographical distribution.—N orthern Borneo ; Palawan Island, Philip- 
pine Islands; Anamba Islands; accidental in Sumatra and on Nias 
Island (Hartert). 

This species resembles Collocalia leucopygia and Collocalia innomi- 
nata in possessing dark shaft lines on the lower surface, and in this it 
differs with them from all the other members of the subgenus. In 
color above and below—except for the lack of a hight rump band— 
as well as in size and proportions, it is identical with Collocalia innomi- 
nata. It is so much larger, and usually has the tail so much less 
deeply emarginate, than Collocalia juciphaga and all subspecies of the 
latter that further comparison is unnecessary. One specimen in the 
United States National Museum has the tail by no means square, but 
considerably emarginated, from which it is evident that there is con- 
siderable individual variation in this regard. 


Subgenus COLLOCALIA Gray. 


Chars. subgen.—Tarsus entirely without feathers. 
Type.—Hirundo esculenta Linneus. 


8 Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XVI, 1892, p. 502. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191 


Collocalia origenis sp. noy. 

Chars. sp.—Resembling Collocalia whiteheadi, but upper parts much 
darker, more blackish, and more uniform, the rump not appreciably 
lighter than the back; under surface darker, and throat not decidedly 
paler than abdomen. 

Geographical distribution.—Mindanao, Philippine Islands. 

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 192,162 U.S. N. M.; Mount Apo, 
4,000 feet, Mindanao, Philippine Islands, July 4, 1904; Dr. E. A. 
Mearns. Upper surface uniform brownish black, the rump not lighter, 
but wings and the distinctly forked tail more brownish, their feathers 
paler along the inner margins; entire ventral surface uniform smoky 
hair brown, the throat not paler; sides of head and neck darker brown 
than the under parts; a blackish spot in front of the eye; lining of wing 
blackish brown. 

This new species was discovered by Dr. Mearns during his recent 
trip to the island of Mindanao, the four adults obtained having been 
brought by natives who had found them in a cave on Mount Apo; and 
we are indebted to him for the privilege of describing them. 

In its large size, deeply emarginate tail, and lack of tarsal feathering 
Collocalia origenis agrees with Collocalia whiteheadi, but is readily dis- 
tinguishable by the dark colors, particularly on the upper parts which 
are even more blackish than in Collocalia fuciphaga fuciphaga from the 
Philippines. There is a slight sexual difference in this species, appa- 
rent in our series of two adult males and two adult females, but it is 
possibly not constantly distinctive: the females are somewhat more 
brownish above, and slightly paler below. A very young bird, with 
wings and tail but little grown, taken by Dr. Mearns, July 11, 1904, 
at Todaya, altitude 4,000 feet, on Mount Apo, is fully as blackish on 
the upper parts as the adults, and somewhat darker, decidedly more 
grayish on the ventral surface. 

Measurements of the adults are as follows: 


Sex.| Locality. Date. Wing. | Tail. peepee Tarsus. 
CO |Mt. Apo, Mindanao, P. I. July 4, 1904 129 | 53 6 13 
ees : 0 & 138 Oe estoeuly 14 
os |e “ “ tee Site We5.5e (e025 
0) “ ss se 130 54 Sy8) |), Tet 

ASV CLG Cleves cecechecaciecsasesssdiscedee-aewesuevoneeeee 132.8 | 54.5) 5.6 | 13.4 


15 Type. 


192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


Collocalia whiteheadi Grant. 
Collocalia whiteheadi Grant, Ibis, 1895, p. 459. 

Chars. sp.—Similar in color to Collocalia lowi, but dark shaft streaks 
on lower parts less distinct; averaging slightly larger, with unfeathered 
tarsi, and usually more deeply emarginate tail. 

Wing, 127-140; tail, 50-57; exposed culmen, 5; tarsus, 11.5-13 mm. 

Type locality.—Monte Data, highlands of Lepanto, northern Luzon, 
Philippine Islands. 

Geographical distribution.—Islands of Luzon and Palawan, Philippine 
Islands. 

This very distinct species may be easily distinguished from all the 
others with unfeathered tarsi, excepting Collocalia origenis, by its very 
large size, and from that form by the well-marked color characters 
already detailed. Specimens from Palawan are smaller than those 
from Luzon, touching the minimum of measurements above given, 
and also appear to be more brownish on the upper parts—differences 
which, should they prove reasonably constant, would entitle the 
Palawan bird to subspecifie rank. 

Collocalia unicolor unicolor (Jerdon). 


Hirundo unicolor Jerdon, Madras Journ., XI, 1840, p. 238. 
Cypselus concolor Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, XI, pt. 2, 1842, p. 886 (nom. 
noy. pro Hirundo unicolor Jerdon). 


Chars. subsp.—Resembling Collocalia whiteheadi, but much smaller; 
more brownish and more uniform above, the rump not appreciably 
paler than the back, the pileum but little if any darker; lower surface 
rather more brownish and more uniform, the throat usually not lighter 
than the abdomen; lining of wing lighter. 

Wing, 112-120.5; tail, 50-56; exposed culmen, 4—4.5; tarsus, 9-10 
mm. 

Type locality—Coonoor Pass, Nilghiri Hills, southern India. 

Geographical distribution.—Ceylon; and the western coast region of 
southern India, north to Vengurla; western Himalayas. 

Although this species has commonly been either synonymized with 
Collocalia fuciphaga or treated as a subspecies of it, the entirely un- 
feathered tarsi are a character fully sufficient for specific recognition ; 
and furthermore the upper surface is more brownish than in even the 
least blackish forms of Collocelia fuciphaga. In fact Collocalia uni- 
color is really more closely allied to Collocalia whiteheadi than to Col- 
localia fuciphaga! Dr. Hartert has given” as a reason for considering 
C. unicolor a subspecies of C. fuciphaga that some Celebes birds similar 
to C. unicolor in color, which he refers to C. fuciphaga, have no tarsal 


1 Ibis, 1896, p. 369 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193 


feathers; but these have hardly bearing on the question, for they without 
much doubt belong to Collocalia unicolor amelis. The present form is 
said to occur in the western Himalaya Mountains, but careful compari- 
son of a satisfactory series from this locality with typical examples 
from southern India would possibly show subspecifie differences. Im- 
mature birds of Collocalia unicolor are rather darker, more sooty than 
adults, both above and below. 


Collocalia unicolor amelis subsp. noy. 


Chars. subsp.—Similar to Collocalia unicolor unicolor, but less brown- 
ish and less uniform above, the rump usually appreciably paler than 
the back, the pileum decidedly darker ; lower surface rather less brown- 
ish and less uniform, the throat usually decidedly lighter than the 
abdomen; lining of wing darker; tail usually rather less deeply 
emarginate. 

Geographical distribution —Philippine Islands; Island of Guam; 
? Celebes; ? Louisiade Archipelago. 

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 189,931 U.S. N. M.; Ivisan, Ben- 
guet, Luzon, Philippine Islands, May 19, 1903; R. C. McGregor and A. 
Celestino. Upper parts dark sooty brown with a greenish tinge and 
but little gloss, the head darker, the rump slightly paler; wings and tail 
darker than the back—blackish brown with a greenish sheen, the inner 
webs of the wing-quills dull and paler brown; lower surface grayish 
brown, darkest on the lower tail-coverts, palest on the throat and 
jugulum; lining of wing blackish brown. ‘‘Iris brown, bill and claws 
black; legs dark reddish brown.’’ 

Several specimens of this new form, identified as Collocalia white- 
headi, were some time since received from the Philippine Museum by 
the U. S. National Museum. Notwithstanding the similarity of pro- 
portions (including the forking of the tail), the very great difference 
in size renders it easily distinguishable from C. whiteheadi on even 
superficial examination. From Collocalia francica and other light- 
rumped species Collocalia wnicolor amelis is at once to be separated 
by its lack of the whitish band on the rump. Its nearest relative 
is, of course, Collocalia wnicolor unicolor of southern India, from 
which, though similar in size, it differs as above mentioned ; but com- 
parison of a series of each of these forms shows none of the characters 
to be quite constant, hence amelis must rank as a subspecies. The 
tarsi in C. wu. amelis are entirely devoid of feathers, therefore no special 
comparison is really necessary with Collocalia juciphaga and its allies, 
except for specimens of fuciphaga that have accidentally lost the tarsal 

13 


194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


feathering. In color C. uw. amelis differs from C. fuciphaga fuciphaga 
by reason of paler ventral surface, particularly the throat, and more 
brownish upper parts, with lighter rump. It is paler, more brownish 
above than C. f. vestita, with the rump noticeably lighter than the 
back. Compared with C. j. elaphra it has the upper parts less brown- 
ish, the crown particularly more blackish, the rump less different 
from the back; lower surface less uniform, the posterior portion darker; 
and size somewhat less. 

The small Celebes birds without tarsal feathering, mentioned by Mr. 
Grant,’* belong probably to this subspecies, for they are evidently not 
Collocalia fuciphaga. Also the birds from St. Aigan Island, in the 
Louisiade Archipelago, said by Dr. Hartert ® to be light below, to have 
unfeathered tarsi, and to build nests different from C. juciphaga, are 
probably to be referred to C. wu. amelis, though possibly subspecifieally 
distinct. Aside from the above, Collocalia u. amelis is not at present 
certainly known except from the Island of Guam, where taken by Dr. 
E. A. Mearns, July 20, 1905, and from the Philippine archipelago, where 
it has been obtained on the Islands of Luzon, Verde, Cagayancillo, 
Sibuyan, Panay, Mindoro, Mindanao, and Palawan. It may, however, 
be quite generally distributed over the East India Islands, and may 
have been recorded as Collocalia fuciphaga from various localities, since 
hitherto it seems to have been confused with that species, because its 
unfeathered tarsi were not considered significant. 

Measurements of part of the U. 8. National Museum series of Collo- 
calia unicolor amelis are as follows: 


Sex. Locality. | Date. Wing. | Tail. need Tarsus. 
| 
CO Trisan, Benguet, Luzon, | 
+3 [P. 1.2°May 19,1903) 113 53 5) Of 
Ge 4 OF ee | 2s 113 50 Sa ee 
Q £§ nn 3 June 3, 1903) 111.5 50 | 4.5 9.5 
Q of xe . af } S 120 | 49.5 5 9.5 
© |Mindanao, P. I.................. |Nov. 28, 1887; 118 | 46 5 10 
= all arwranig Ee Niece secks erences Sept. 5, 1887) 118 | 49.5 5 9.5 
© |Irisan, Benguet, Luzon, | 
(Ree une rs L903 ls oO leo 10 
OF tm et eee || ie 123 +| 50 5 10.5 
fot] sf eg cs ; 109.5 50 4.5 10 
Granite exes ee “ “f |. 116.5 50 4 10 
| 
AV OTA De: soe eect eee | 116 498| 4.8 9.9 
| | 


18 This, 1895, p. 462. 
19 Novit. Zool., V1, 1899, p. 211. 
*0 Type. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195 


Collocalia leucophea (Peale). 


Macropteryx leucophaeus Peale, United States Explor. Exped., VIII, 1848, p. 
178, pl. XLIX, fig. 3. 


Collocalia cinerea Cassin, United States Explor. Exped., Mamm. and Ornith., 
1858, p. 183, pl. XII, fig. 4 (Tahiti Island, Society Islands) (nec Gmelin). 


Chars. sp.—Similar to Collocalia unicolor unicolor, but larger; upper 
parts, including wings and tail, more brownish, with less metallic 
sheen, and less uniform, the pileum somewhat darker, the rump paler, 
than the back; feathers of the lores with light brownish instead of 
white bases. 

Wing, 120-127; tail, 56-59; exposed culmen, 4.5-5; tarsus, 9.5-10 
mm, 

Type locality.—Tahiti Island, Society Islands. 

Geographical distribution.—Tahiti Island, Society Islands, Pacific 
Ocean. 

This very distinct species is superficially somewhat like Collocalia 
juciphaga elaphra from the Seychelles, but lacks the tarsal feathers; 
is larger, more brownish above, with less metallic gloss; much darker, 
duller, more uniform on the lower surface; and has brownish in place of 
white bases to the loral feathers. It is of course still more different 
from Collocalia juciphaga fuciphaga, being much larger, decidedly more 
brownish, with scarcely any metallic gloss above, and having neither 
feathers on the tarsi nor white bases to the feathers of the lores. On 
the Island of Tahiti alone is this species positively known to occur, 
since all the specimens from the Marquesas Islands now at hand prove 
to belong to Collocalia ocista. All previous records of this species from 
the Marquesas Islands therefore need verification, though of course 
its occurrence there is by no means improbable. 

Even if the name given to this species by Cassin—Collocalia cinerea” 
—were not, as has already been shown by Dr. Hartert,” a mistaken 
identification of his specimen with the Hirundo cinerea of Gmelin,” 
which is a swallow—Atticora cinerea—it would still not be the tenable 
name for the present species, since it is ten years posterior to the Ma- 
cropteryx leucophaeus of Peale,“ and was based on the same type speci- 
men which is yet in the U. 8. National Museum. 


Collocalia thespesia sp. noy. 


Chars. sp.—Similar to Collocalia franciea germani, but the wing 
slightly, the tail very much longer; upper parts lighter, more brownish ; 


11 United States Explor. Exped., Mamm.and Ornith., 1858, p. 183, pl. XII, fig. 4. 
2 Cat. Birds. Brit. Mus., XVI, 1892, p. 502. 

28 Syst. Nat., I, ii, 1788, p. 1026. 

*4 United States Explor. Exped., VIII, 1848, p. 178, pl. XLIX, fig. 3. 


196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


bases of the loral feathers pale brown instead of pure white; sides of 
head and neck, together with entire lower surface, excepting the anal 
region, much darker and more uniform. 

Geographical distribution—Tahiti Island, Society Islands. 

Description.—Type, female adult; Tahiti Island, Society Islands, 
November 14, 1899; C. H. Townsend. Pileum clove brown; cervix, 
back, upper tail-coverts, and part of rump rather lighter and slightly 
more rufescent with scarcely any metallic gloss; rump with a very 
light brown band, slightly whitish along the edges of the feathers, and 
similar to that of Collocalia francica francica, though apparently not 
quite so broad or so pale, the feathers with somewhat though not 
very conspicuously defined deeper brown shafts; wings and tail darker 
than upper parts, and somewhat blackish with a slight purplish or 
bluish sheen, but the basal portion of the rectrices and the inner edge 
of the wing-quills decidedly more brownish—much like the back; 
median and lesser wing-coverts with the tertials also rather lighter, 
more brownish than the quills, and somewhat glossed with greenish; 
sides of head clove brown almost as dark as the crown, the feathers of 
the lores with lighter brown bases; sides of neck brown like the cervix; 
lower surface the same, but lighter, becoming still a little paler on the 
abdomen, considerably so and appreciably more rufescent on the 
crissum; lining of wing clove brown. 

Wing, 122; tail, 58; exposed culmen, 5; tarsus, 10 mm. 

The single specimen of this new and remarkable species was ob- 
tained by Mr. Townsend during the cruise of the “‘ Albatross” already 
mentioned. It differs very strongly from Collocalia francica spodio- 
pygia, the light-rumped form from the Samoan Islands, in its larger 
size, lighter, much more brownish upper parts, rather more narrow 
rump band, darker, more uniform ventral surface, and especially, as 
from all other species of the entire genus excepting C. lewcophaea and 
C. ocista, by the brownish instead of pure white bases of the loral 
feathers. From Collocalia leucophaea it may of course be easily dis- 
tinguished by the pale band across the rump, as well as by somewhat 
less brownish upper surface and decidedly paler anal region. From 
Collocalia ocista it differs in lack of tarsal feathers, in more brownish 
upper surface, pale rump band, and lighter anal region. 

The only published name that can by any possibility apply to this 
species is Hirundo peruviana Forster,* based on a specimen said to 
have been obtained on Tahiti. But unless the description of this bird 
is very erroneous it cannot refer to thespesia, as the following quotation 


2 Descript. Anim., 1844, p- 240. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 197 


will show: ‘‘Corpus totum supra cum remigibus, rectricibusque nigro- 
nitens. Uropygium, gula, pectus, abdomen, crissum cinereo-fuliginosa.””* 
The upper surface in thespesia is by no means ‘‘nigro-nitens,’’ being 
dark brown, scarcely more blackish than the same part in Collocalia 
leucophaea; while the rump is not of the same color as the dark gray 
ventral surface, but is very much paler, even whitish. The description 
of peruviana very much better fits Collocalia francica spodiopygia, to 
which it should probably be referred. 


Collocalia francica francica (Gmelin). 


Hirundo francica Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, ii, 1788, p. 1017. 

Hirundo francisca Vieillot, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., XIV, 1817, p. 525 
(Mauritius). 

Hirundo francie Lesson, Traité d’Ornith., 1831, p. 270 (Mauritius). 


Chars. sp.—Like Collocalia unicolor amelis, but somewhat smaller; 
rather more brownish above, with a distinct broad whitish or brownish 
white band across the rump; paler below, especially on the abdomen 
and crissum; lining of wing paler, more brownish. 

Wing, 112-114; tail, 51-52; exposed culmen, 4-5; tarsus, 8.5-10 mm. 

Type locality—Mauritius Island. 

Geographical distribution.—Islands of Mauritius and Bourbon; 
? Ceylon. 

This form bears some resemblance to Collocalia innominata, but is 
of course much smaller; more brownish above, with a paler rump band 
which has not conspicuously darker shafts; darker below, particularly 
posteriorly, without noticeably darker shaft lines; and lacks feathers 
on the tarsus. It seems to be confined to the Islands of Mauritius and 
Bourbon, for although several times accredited to Madagascar its 
occurrence there remains to be confirmed; and all the East Indian 
records belong to other subspecies. 

Collocalia francica townsendi subsp. nov. 

Chars. subsp.—Similar to Collocalia francica francica, but wing 
longer; upper surface darker, more blackish, and more glossed with 
greenish, the rump band on the contrary more whitish; lower surface 
darker. 

Geographical distribution.—Tonga Islands. 

Description.—Type, adult female; Eua Island, Tonga (Friendly) 
Islands, November 28, 1899; C. H. Townsend. Upper parts, including 
wings and tail, brownish black with a greenish metallic sheen, the inner 
webs of the rectrices, especially on their basal portions, and particularly 
the inner webs of the wing-quills, more brownish; a conspicuous 


6 Ibid., p. 241. 


198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


brownish white—almost pure white—band on the rump, its feathers 
with slightly though not very noticeably dusky shafts; sides of head 
clove brown, the lores darker, with white bases; sides of neck somewhat 
lighter brown; lower surface brownish gray, darkest on chin and the 
longest lower tail-coverts, decidedly paler, even almost whitish, on 
lower abdomen and anal region; lining of wing clove brown. 

From Collocalia francica spodiopygia, to which this form has hereto- 
fore been referred, it differs in considerably more greenish glossy upper 
surface, much more whitish rump, and paler posterior lower parts. 
It has the most whitish rump of any subspecies of C. francica, and 
seems furthermore to be one of the best marked of these. It is another 
of the novelties brought back by Mr. C. H. Townsend from his Pacific 
cruise in 1899-1900, and was obtained in only the Tonga group—on 
Eua, Vavau and Niue Islands. 

Measurements of these specimens are as follows: 


l l 

Sex. | Locality. Date. | Wing. | Tail. Hepiesd Tarsus. 
G@ Vavaul., Tonga Islands..Dec. 4,1899 116 | 52 | 4 9 
Go |Niue L., Nov. 25, 1899 116.5 | 54 4 9 
Q |Bual., ae << 21 |Nov. 28, 1899} 117 | 50 4 9 
(AV eVap ere Ace ee eee Phen | 116.5 | 52 4 9 


Collocalia francica terreregine (Ramsay). 


Cypselus terre-regine Ramsay, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 601. 


Collocalia injuscata Salvadori, Atti R. Accad. Sci. Torino, XV, 1880, p. 348 


(Ternate Island, Molucca Islands). 

Chars. subsp.—Similar to Collocalia francica francica, but somewhat 
smaller; upper surface darker; posterior lower parts more deeply 
colored, imparting thus a more uniform appearance to the ventral 
surface; feathers of the light rump band with more conspicuously 
blackish shaft lines. 

Wing, 110-111; tail, 48-53; exposed culmen, 5; tarsus, 8.7-10 mm. 

Type locality —Cardwell, Rockingham Bay, Queensland, Australia. 

Geographical distribution.—Northern Queensland and southern New 
Guinea to Jampea Island, Ternate Island and probably also other 
islands of the Molucca group. 

This race may be distinguished from Collocalia francica spodiopygia 
chiefly by its much smaller size, more conspicuously blackish shaft 


7 Type. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199 


lines on the feathers of the light rump band, and by more glossy upper 
surface. From Collocalia francica townsend it differs in shorter wing, 
less whitish rump band with conspicuous blackish shaft lines, and 
darker abdomen. 

The subspecific-separation of the present form is made principally 
on the basis of the bird from Ternate Island, described by Count 
Salvadori as Collocalia infuscata,* which is certainly different from 
both francica and spodiopygia, although considered by Dr. Hartert as 
inseparable from the latter.” Although no specimens from northern 
Queensland ,the Cypselus terraereginae of Ramsay, have been examined 
in the present connection, the characters of size and coloration assigned 
them agree apparently best with this form, for which therefore terrae- 
reginae by priority becomes the proper subspecific name. Should, 
however, the birds from Queensland, which are undoubtedly not to be 
referred to spodiopygia, and probably not to jrancica, ultimately prove 
to be different from those of the Molucea Islands, the latter must stand 
as Collocalia francica infuscata Salvadori. 


Collocalia francica spodiopygia (Peale). 
Hirundo peruviana Forster, Descript. Anim., 1844, p. 240 (Tahiti Island, 
Society Islands) (nec Gmelin). 
Macropteryx spodiopygius Peale, United States Explor. Exped., VIII, 1848, 
p- 176, pl. XLIX, fig. 2 (Upolu Island, Samoa Islands). 
Herse forsteri Hartlaub, Journ. f. Ornith., 1854, p. 169 (nom. nov. pro 
Hirundo peruviana Forster). 

Chars. subsp.—Like Collocalia francica francica, but wing longer; 
upper parts more blackish and less glossy; also lower surface, partic- 
ularly the abdomen, darker; rump band less whitish. 

Wing, 116-117; tail, 48-54; exposed culmen, 4-5; tarsus, 8-9 mm. 

Type locality.—Upolu Island, Samoa Islands. 

Geographical distribution.—Solomon, Samoan, and Fiji Islands; 
Tahiti Island. 

This dark form from western Polynesia certainly deserves recogni- 
tion on good average characters as distinguished from Collocalia jfran- 
cica francica with which it has heretofore been synonymized. It is, 
indeed, both in color and size, apparently nearer Collocalia francica 
inexpectata, from which it differs chiefly in its smaller size, less 
glossy upper surface, lighter rump band, and obsolescence, usually 
absence, of dark shaft lines on rump and under parts. Peale’s type of 


*8 Atti R. Accad. Sci. Torino, XV, 1880, p. 348. 
Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XVI, 1892, p. 504. 
8° Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 601. 


200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


spodiopygia is still in the United States National Museum, and fairly 
well preserved. 

The name Hirundo peruviana Forster,* based on specimens from 
Tahiti, seems recently to have been pretty generally ignored or over- 
looked; but that it in all probability applies to this form, as some 
authors have indicated, notwithstanding that there is no other record 
from Tahiti, may easily be seen by examination of the excellent orig- 
inal deseription.*? It is, however, unavailable for use in the present 
case, since it is preoccupied by Hirundo peruviana Gmelin,* which is 
certainly some other bird. The Herse forsteri of Hartlaub ™ is, as he 
states, a renaming of Forster’s Hirundo peruviana, but is antedated 
by Macropteryx spodiopygius Peale.® 


Collocalia francica inexpectata Hume. 
Collocalia inexpectata Hume, Stray Feathers, I, 1873, p. 296. 

Chars. subsp.—Similar to Collocalia francica francica, but larger; 
upper surface decidedly darker, less brownish, and with more metallic 
greenish gloss; wings and tail with more metallic bluish and purplish 
tinge; rump much darker, making its light band less well defined, the 
feathers with much more distinct blackish shaft lines; lower parts, 
particularly abdomen and crissum, darker, more uniform, and with 
more evident dusky shaft lines: 

Wing, 114-124; tail, 50-54; exposed culmen, 4.5-5; tarsus, 9.5-10.5 
mm. 

Type locality—Button Island, Andaman Islands. 

Geographical distribution——Southern Andaman Islands; Nicobar 
Islands; Pulo Tioman; and both coasts of the southern part of the 
Malay Peninsula; ? accidental in Amherst, Tenasserim (Hartert). 

This race may be distinguished from Collocalia f. townsend: by some- 
what larger average size, much darker rump band with blackish shaft 
lines more conspicuous, and decidedly more deeply colored posterior 
lower parts, with evident darker shaft lines; from Collocalia j. terrae- 
reginae by much greater size, darker rump band, and more noticeable 
dark shaft lines on abdomen and crissum. It differs from Collocalia 
francica spodiopygia in its somewhat greater size, more glossy upper 
surface, more bluish and purplish metallic sheen on wings and tail, 
presence of appreciably dusky shaft lines on the posterior lower parts, 


31 Descript. Anim., 1844, p. 240. 

2 Thid. 

33 Syst. Nat., I, ii, 1788, p. 1025. 

84 Journ. f. Ornith., 1854, p. 169. 

35 United States Explor. Exped., VIII, 1848, p. 176, pl. XLIX, fig. 2. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201 


and in duller, less well-defined rump band, the feathers of which have 
much more conspicuous dark shaft lines. 

Birds from the southern part of the Malay Peninsula—both eastern 
and western sides—as well as from Pulo Tioman, off the east coast, 
average larger than those from the Andaman and Nicobar Islands; 
but this is apparently too slight and inconstant, in the absence of any 
accompanying color difference, to warrant recognition by name. In 
C. f. inexpectata as in other forms there is considerable individual color 
variation, evident in this case chiefly on the lower parts and the light 
rump band. The single specimen of inexpectata recorded by Dr. Har- 
tert °° from Amherst, Tenasserim, is possibly rather to be referred to 
Collocalia f. germani, for it is more probably an unusually dark example 
of the latter, whose home is near by, than a stray from the far-off south- 
ern Andaman Islands. 


Collocalia francica germani Oustalet. 
Collocalia germani Oustalet, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, 1876, pp. 1-3. 
Collocalia francica, subsp. 3. merguiensis Hartert, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., 
XVI, 1892, p. 506 (Mergui, Tenasserim). 

Chars. subsp.—Similar to Collocalia francica francica, but larger; 
upper surface more glossed with metallic greenish; light rump band 
with more evident blackish shaft lines; posterior lower surface darker, 
and with more conspicuous dark shaft lines. 

Wing, 115-121.5 (average, 118.3); tail, 49-52.5 (average, 51.3); 
exposed culmen, 4.5-5 (average, 4.9); tarsus, 9-11 (average, 10) mm.” 

Type locality—tCondore Island, China Sea, off the southeastern 
coast of Cochin China. 

Geographical distribution.—Mergui Archipelago; Tenasserim; Malay 
Peninsula south to Lower Siam; Condore Island, Cochin China; Philip- 
pine Islands. 

Like many of the forms of Collocalia, this race is, on account of 
individual variation, difficult to determine satisfactorily without a 
sufficient series, but it is nevertheless worthy of recognition. It is 
distinguishable from Collocalia f. spodiopygia by its lighter, more 
greenish glossy upper surface, more metallic bluish and purplish sheen 
on wings and tail; well-defined blackish shaft streaks on the feathers 
of the light rump band; paler lower parts, with dark shaft streaks on 
abdomen; and somewhat larger size. From Collocalia j. townsendi it 
may be separated by rather greater size; lighter, more brownish upper 


° Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XVI, 1892, p. 505; Tierreich, I, 1897, p. 69. 
** Ten specimens. 


202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


parts; less whitish rump band and darker abdomen, both with more 
distinct dusky or blackish shaft lines. From Collocalia f. terraereginae it 
may be distinguished by its much larger size, lighter, more brownish 
upper surface, and more conspicuous dark shaft lines on the posterior 
lower parts. From Collocalia f. inexpectata it differs in its decidedly 
paler under surface; lighter, more brownish upper parts; and more 
prominent, less brownish, light rump band ; but occasional intermediate 
individuals occur that are difficult to distinguish. The dark shaft lines 
of the lower surface vary much in different individuals, being apparently 
most evident in immature birds. The measurements of this form given 
by Hartert “8 are rather too large, as may be seen by reference to the 
above averages, but were probably taken from a limited number of 
specimens. A series of birds from Trong, Lower Siam, and another 
from the Philippine archipelago seem to be identical, and together 
are certainly all referable to this race, although a few of those from 
Cagayan Sulu, in the southwestern Philippines, are more blackish 
above and show in this, but not in size, some vergence toward Collocalia 
francica terraereginae. There are examples in the United States National 
Museum from the following islands of the Philippines: Panay; Cagayan 
Sulu; and Cagayancillo, in the Cagayanes group. It has also been 
recorded as Collocalia jrancica from Cuyo, Negros and Calamianes. 
All Philippine records of both francica and inexpectata refer of course 
to germant. 

The identity of Collocalia germani Oustalet and Collocalia francica 
merguiensis Hartert may be considered as conclusively established, for 
Dr. Hartert assures us* that he has compared the types. That 
germani is rightly considered a subspecies of Collocalia francica seems 
to be equally certain, for Dr. R. Bowdler Sharpe, who at our request 
carefully examined the series of merguiensis in the British Museum, 
informs us *° that there is not the slightest indication of tarsal feather- 
ing on any of the specimens. 

Collocalia troglodytes Gray. 
Collocalia troglodytes Gray, Gen. Birds, I, 1845, p. 55, pl. 19. 

Chars. sp.—Very much smaller than Collocalia francica francica; 
upper parts, including wings and tail, black with a metallic greenish 
or bluish gloss; a pure white, well-defined rump band, the feathers of 
which have blackish shafts and most of them dark tips; abdomen 


38 Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XVI, 1892, p. 506; Tierreich, I, 1897, p. 69. 
STavelites 
40 Tn litt. 


[ Me ee 0 OO OE ee 


a 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203 


white or whitish in contrast to most of the remaining more or less 
deeply brownish lower parts; under tail-coverts like the back; lining 
of the wing rather more brownish. 

Wing, 86-96; tail, 38-42; exposed culmen, 3.5; tarsus, 9-9.5 mm. 

Type locality.—Philippine Islands. 

Geographical distribution.—Philippine Islands. 

This very distinct species differs markedly from all the preceding 
forms with unfeathered tarsi in its small size, deeply blackish upper 
surface, white abdomen, and peculiar white rump band. It is super- 
ficially very similar to Collocalia leucopygia, but aside from the lack of 
tarsal feathers is easily distinguished from that species by its more 

~ greenish upper surface, broad blackish tips to the white feathers of the 
rump band; and more extensively blackish lower tail-coverts. There 
is considerable variation in the wing-length of C. troglodytes, but this 
does not seem to be correlated with different geographical areas. 

The species has been obtained on the following islands of the Philip- 
pine archipelago: Mindanao, Palawan, Siquijor, Cebu, Masbate, Negros, 
Guimaras, Panay, Romblon, Sibuyan, Mindoro, Luzon, Marinduque, 
Samar, Leyte, and Ticao. 


Collocalia uropygialis Gray. 
eollocalse uropygialis Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, XVII, 1866, 
p. 123. 

Chars. sp.—Similar to Collocalia troglodytes, but rather larger ; feath- 
ers of the white band on the rump without blackish shafts or tips ; most 
of the rectrices usually with white spots on the basal portion of inner 
webs; some of the under wing-coverts and lower tail-coverts with 
whitish tips or margins. 

Wing, 89-99; tail, 38-44; tarsus, 7 mm. 

Type locality.—Aneiteum Island, New Hebrides Islands. 

Geographical distribution—New Caledonia and New Hebrides 
Islands. 

Readily distinguished from all the other light-rumped forms of the 
genus by the white spots on the tail-feathers; with the remaining 
species it needs no special comparison. 


Collocalia marginata Salvadori. 


Collocalia marginata Salvadori, Atti R. Acad. Sci. Torino, XVII, 1882, p. 
448. 
Collocalia cebwensis Kutter, Journ. f. Ornith., 1882, p. 171 (Cebu Island, 
Philippine Islands). 
Chars. sp.—Somewhat like Collocalia uropygialis, but larger; rather 
more greenish above; rump without a white band, but its feathers 
with conspicuous white edgings; rectrices never with white spots. 


204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


Wing, 103-107; tail, 41-43; exposed culmen, 3.5—4; tarsus, 7.5-9 mm. 

Type locality.—Cebu Island, Philippine Islands. 

Geographical distribution.—Philippine Islands. 

This interesting bird, supposed until recently to be very rare, bids 
fair to be found distributed pretty generally throughout the Philip- 
pine archipelago. Up to the present time it has been ascertained to 
occur on the following islands: Cebu, Masbate, Luzon (McGregor), 
Mindoro, Calayan, and Sibuyan. 

It searcely needs close comparison with any other member of the 
genus except Collocalia linchi, and to distinguish it from this there 
should be no difficulty. The white margins of the brownish gray feath- 
ers of the throat and breast are usually broad and conspicuous, but” 
occasionally in even unworn specimens are almost obsolete. 

Collocalia linchi linchi Horsfield and Moore. 


? Hemiprocne fucivora Streubel, Isis, 1848, p. 369 (East Indies). 
Collocalia linchi Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Birds Mus. East Ind. Comp., I, 
1854, p. 100 (Java). 


Chars. subsp.—Very much like Collocalia marginata, but feathers of 
the rump without white margins; upper surface usually more brightly 
colored; throat and breast generally with less conspicuous white 
edgings. 

Type locality. Java. 

Geographical distribution.—Java; Lombok; Kangean Islands; Suma- 
tra, including the islands along its western coast; Singapore, and the 
southern part of the Malay Peninsula; Borneo(?). 

This species is shown by the considerable amount of material from 
various parts of its range now in the United States National Museum 
to be divisible into several recognizable races which are diagnosed 
below. Aside from the evident geographical variation there are some 
differences that seem to be due to wear of the plumage and to obtain 
alike in all the forms. The color of the upper parts changes little 
through sex, age, or season, although there is a normal but not very 
considerable amount of individual variation. The deep gray of the 
anterior lower parts is decidedly more brownish when the feathers 
become old; and the white or whitish margins that in fresh plumage 
are often very conspicuous on throat, breast, and under wing-coverts 
sometimes almost entirely disappear through abrasion. Likewise the 
broadly white edgings of sides, flanks, and lower breast wear off and 
ultimately allow much of the slate gray bases of the feathers to show, 
in this way decidedly darkening the general appearance of the parts. 

This form of Collocalia linchi, as compared with the other sub- 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205 


species, is characterized by large size, and by very greenish upper parts, 
including wings and tail, with but slight tinge and very little or no 
admixture of bluish. The United States National Museum possesses a 
fair series from Sikakap Strait, North Pagi Island, off the western coast 
of Sumatra; and a specimen from Singapore is also identical. Borneo is 
doubtfully included in the range of this race, as we have examined no 
specimens from that island, and its bird may be like that of either the 
Natuna Islands or even the Philippines, or may prove to be an endemic 
form. ; 
Measurements of Collocalia linchi linchi are as follows: 


I 
Sex| Locality. Date. | Wing. | Tail. ICulmen. Tarsus. 
| 

OS \Sikakap Str., No. Pagi I. Nov. 12,1902) 105 44 | 45 8.5 
ret | & a | cS 103 43 4.5 9 
2) & a 105.5 | 42 | 45 9 
2 | « ae) a 104.5 | 42 | 45 8.5 
2 ‘ se se 1035 | 42.5] 4.5 8.5 
| SIME RDOLE ace eer Aug. 28, 1879) 105 42 | 45 9 

45 8 


Average........-..00.- Ree roy ornare | 104.4 42.6 | 


Collocalia linchi cyanoptila subsp. noy. 


Chars. subsp—Similar to Collocalia linchi linchi, with which it 
agrees in size, but upper surface of head and body much more bluish 
in shade, and with considerable admixture of bluish purple; wings, 
and particularly the tail, decidedly more bluish. 

Geographical distribution.—Natuna Islands and Linga Island. 

Description.—Type, adult female, No. 174,688, U. S. N. M.; Bung- 
uran Island, Natuna Islands, July 1, 1900; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Upper 
parts metallic dark bluish green, much mixed with bluish purple, 
most noticeably so on posterior portion; tail bluish green decidedly 
tinged with purplish; wings sepia brown, dull metallic purplish on 
most of their exposed portions, the coverts more brightly colored, and 
mixed with dark green; sides of head and neck, throat, breast, flanks, 
and sides of body brownish slate, the feathers of the lores with cottony 
white bases, those of throat and breast with inconspicuous pale gray or 
whitish tips, those of lower breast, sides, and flanks broadly margined 
and terminated with white; median portion of abdomen white with 
some narrow slaty shaft streaks; lower tail-coverts dark bluish metallic 
green, the longer ones immaculate, the shorter ones margined with 
white; lining of wing dull dark metallic green. 


206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


This new race is quite different from true Collocalia linchi, the only 
form of the species with which it agrees in size, and it may readily be 
distinguished on even superficial comparison by the difference in the 
color of the upper parts. The best and most uniform character is the 
always much more bluish or purplish color of the upper surface of the 
tail. A single adult male from Linga Island, southeast of Singapore, 
is intermediate between cyanoptila and linchi; but there is so much 
purplish and bluish in the color of the upper parts, and the tail is so 
nearly like that of cyanoptila, that the specimen must apparently be 
referred to the latter, although this island is far from the Natuna 
group, and in a location where linchi is the form we should naturally 
expect to find. Further examples from Linga may, however, show 
that the average characters of the bird found there will place it with 
linchi. 

Measurements of the adults of Collocalia linchi cyanoptila are as 
follows: 


\ 7 ae 
Sex. Locality. | Date. | Wing. | Tail. Baa 


| [eee TSE. 
| 
fe) ‘Bunguran I., Natunals.“ July 1, 1900, 107 41 | 4.5 7.5 
Om g ee | fe | 102 41 | 4.5 8.5 
ie -: is July 11,1900 108 43 aby th, ts) 
6’? |Linga Island...................../July 10, 1899} 101.5 40 4 75 
A eragenter semis etme ee 104.6 | 41.3| 44 7.9 


Collocalia linchi affinis Beayan. 
Collocalia affinis Beavan, Ibis, 1867, p. 318 (ex Tytler MS.). 

Chars. subsp.—Similar to Collocalia linchi cyanoptila, but very much 
smaller. 

Type locality—Port Blair, South Andaman Island, Andaman 
Islands. 

Geographical distribution —Andaman and Nicobar Islands. 

This form, long ago described from the southern Andaman Islands 
by Beavan, has hitherto usually been considered the same as lincht. 
The satisfactory series obtained by Dr. W. L. Abbott in the Nicobar 
Islands, however, now conclusively establishes its claim to recognition. 
It differs from true linchi in its much smaller size, and the decidedly 
bluish or purplish shade of the upper surface, particularly the tail- 
coverts and tail. 


4. Type. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207 


Measurements of Collocalia linchi ajjinis are as below: 


Exposed Tarsus. 


Sez.| t Locality. Date. | Wing. | Tail. Calinene 
Q Little Nicobar I.,Nicobar 
[Is.Mar. 2,1901; 98 | 40 4 8.5 
° cG | iS 98 | 41.5 4 8.5 
Om re Feb. 26,1901, 99 39 4 8 
Q | «“ «“ « 100 41 4 8 
2 ss « |Feb. 27,1901} 101 | 39.5 4 8 
2 | s ie ‘s 99 | 38 4 8 
AV ETAL C2. force Hence rete Reetoneosenen ne sece cases: 99.2 | 39.8 4 8.2 
if 


Collocalia linchi elachyptera subsp. nov. 

Chars. subsp.—Similar to Collocalia linchi affinis, but more greenish 
on all the upper parts, particularly on back, wings, and tail. 

Geographical distribution.—Islands of the Mergui Archipelago. 

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 173,028, U.S. N. M.; Bentinck 
Island, Mergui Archipelago, March 9, 1900; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Upper 
parts deep metallic green, with an appreciable bluish purple tinge, 
particularly on the upper tail-coverts; tail the same, but more bluish; 
wings fuscous, the exposed portion of quills and primary coverts with 
a dull metallic purplish sheen, the other superior coverts like the back; 
lores dark brown, the feathers with pure white bases; rest of sides of 
head and neck, with chin, throat, and breast, dull brownish slate color, 
the feathers of the throat and upper breast with pale grayish or whitish 
tips; lower breast, sides, and flanks brownish slate with a slight metallic 
greenish sheen, the feathers all broadly margined with white which 
much obscures the darker color; middle of abdomen white with shaft 
markings of dusky ; exposed portions of lower tail-coverts dark metallic 
greenish, the shortest brownish, all but the longest broadly bordered 
with white; liming of wing dark brown, glossed with metallic green. 
“Bill black; iris dark brown; feet dark fleshy brown.’’ 

This race is of course intermediate between Collocalia linchi affinis, 
from the Andaman Islands, and Collocalia I. isonota,* from the Philip- 
pines; but the differences that characterize it are readily appreciable 
in a series, as well as in a large proportion of individual speci- 
mens, and seem, particularly when its isolated range is taken into 
account, quite sufficient for its recognition by name. It is readily dis- 
tinguishable from true linchi by reason of its much inferior dimensions 


*” Postea. 


208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


and more bluish or purplish upper parts, especially wings and tail; 
from cyanoptila by its small size and more greenish upper surface, 
including wings and tail. So far as known it does not occur outside 
the Mergui Archipelago, where it has been taken on only Bentinck 
Island; but it undoubtedly is to be found on other islands of the 
group, while there would seem to be no improbability of its occasional 
if not regular occurrence on the adjacent mainland. 
Measurements are subjoined : 


i aes 
Sex.) Locality. | Date. Wing. | Tail. reed Tarsus. 
| | | | 
cS Bentinck I.,Mergui Arch. Mar. 10,1900) 101 | 41 4 | 8.5 
of | a aS Mar. 9, 1900 98.5 | 39 4.5 8 
otra sf es | cs \eLOO) shall ADE) alts 8.5 
Q i a | i | 100.5 | 41 4.5 9 
g cs as ie | of | se 4.5 8.5 
AV ETAG CRON roc. | 99.4 | 40.5| 4.4 8.5 


Collocalia linchi isonota subsp. noy. 

Chars. subsp.—Resembling Collocalia linchi elachyptera, but aver- 
aging slightly larger; color of upper parts decidedly duller and some- 
what less bluish or purplish. 

Geographical distribution.—Philippine Islands. 

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 192,610, U.S. N. M.; Irisan, 
Benguet, Luzon, Philippine Islands, June 3, 1903; R. C. MeGregor 
and A. Celestino. Upper surface dull, dark, metallic green, the 
crown and upper tail-coverts with a slight bluish tinge; tail of the 
same color, scarcely more bluish; wings fuscous, the exposed surface 
of the quills dull greenish blue with but little metallic sheen, the supe- 
rior coverts like the back; lores dark brown, the feathers with pure 
white bases; sides of head and neck, chin, throat, breast, sides, and 
flanks brownish slate color, the throat and breast feathers with margins 
of pale grayish or whitish, those of lower breast, of sides and flanks 
so broadly bordered with white that the ground color is largely over- 
laid; median portion of abdomen white, with very fine dusky shaft 
lines; longest lower tail-coverts dull, dark, metallic green, slightly or 
not at all margined with whitish, the shorter ones brownish with 
ample white edges, or nearly all white with a dusky shaft-stripe; lining 
of wing dark brown, slightly glossed with metallic greenish. 

This race differs from Collocalia linchi linchi in its smaller size and 


1906.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209 


much duller, slightly more bluish upper parts; from C. 1. cyanoptila in 
inferior size and much duller, more greenish upper surface; and from 
C. l. afjinis in somewhat longer wing, slightly shorter tail, and decidedly 
duller, more greenish upper parts, particularly the tail. 

Birds in juvenal plumage, even before their wings and tails are fully 
grown, seem to be exactly like the adults in color above, and not ap- 
preciably different below except for possibly broader, more evident 
white margins on lower breast, sides, flanks, and lining of wing. 

This form of Collocalia linchi appears to be confined to the Philip- 
pine archipelago, and has been taken on only Luzon, Mindoro, Min- 
danao, and Bongao. 

Measurements of three adults are as under: 


Exposed | 


Sex. Locality. Date. Wing. Tail. Culmen. Tarsus. 
_ Irisan, Benguet, Luzon, 

ont [P. I. May 17,1903) 101.5 | 37 3.5 | 8.5 
ok sf «4 ‘June 6, 1903) 100 39.5 4 9 

Q Oe se |May 8, 1903), 100.5 | 36.5 | 4 9 


Collocalia dodgei Richmond. 
Collocalia dodgei Richmond, Smithson. Quart., IT, 1905, p. 431. 

Chars. sp.—Resembling Collocalia linchi isonota, but very much 
smaller; upper parts still duller, more sooty, with an even more green- 
ish metallic gloss. 

Wing, 88.5;* tail, 33; exposed culmen, 3.5; tarsus, 7 mm. 

Type locality—Mount Kina Balu, northeastern Borneo. 

Geographical distribution —Mount Kina Balu, northeastern Borneo. 

Description.—Type, adult, sex unknown, No. 191,575, U.S. N. M.; 
Mount Kina Balu, Borneo, spring of 1904; George H. Goss and H. D. 
Dodge. Upper parts dull brownish black with an appreciable oil- 
green metallic gloss, the pileum slightly darker; tail and superior tail- 
coverts darker greenish, somewhat shaded with bluish and without 
trace of white markings; wings like the tail, but inner margin of quills 
brownish with little or no metallic sheen, and upper wing-coverts, 
with innermost secondaries, more greenish like the back; sides of head 
and neck, chin, throat, breast, sides, and flanks brownish slate, darkest 


“ Type. 
* Dr. Richmond’s measurement of the wing is too great (loc. cit.). 
14 


210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


on sides of head, the feathers of lores with pure white bases, those of 
middle of lower throat and breast slightly, of the sides’and flanks more 
or less broadly, margined with whitish; centre of abdomen white; lower 
tail-coverts dusky with a slight greenish gloss, the longest ones nar- 
rowly, the shorter ones conspicuously edged all around with white, 
some of the shortest entirely white save for a narrow dusky shaft line; 
under wing-coverts blackish with the dull oil-green gloss of the upper 
surface; a few of the dark brown axillars tipped with white. 

This remarkably distinct species continues to be known from only 
the type specimen, which was obtained by Messrs. Goss and Dodge 
during their recent expedition to Mount Kina Balu. This example 
is fully adult and in perfect plumage. 

By reason of its white abdomen, uniform greenish upper parts, with 
lack of any white on the rump and also of white markings on the tail, 
Collocalia dodgei needs special comparison with none of its congeners 
unless it be C. linchi. From the typical form of the latter species it 
differs even more than from C. 1. isonota, the one to which it seems to 
be most closely allied, but from which, however, it is specifically dis- 
tinct. Whether the previous records of Collocalia linchi from Mount 
Kina Balu and from other parts of Borneo belong to this newly de- 
scribed species or to some form of linchi we are unable with our pre- 
sent material to determine, and this will be an interesting question for 
future investigation. 


Collocalia esculenta (Linneus). 


Hirundo esculenta Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, I, 1758, p. 191 (‘‘China’’ 
locality wrong; Amboina is the proper type locality). 

Collocalia hypoleuca Gray, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1858, p. 170 (Aru Islands). 

Collocalia viridinitens Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, XVII, 1866, p. 
120 (Celebes). 

Collocalia spilura Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, XVII, 1866, p. 120 
(Batchian). 


Chars. sp.—Resembling Collocalia linchi, but averaging decidedly 
smaller; most of the rectrices with large white spots on the basal por- 
tion of their inner webs. 

Wing, 69-103; tail, 38-44; exposed culmen, 3.5-4; tarsus, 8 mm. 

Type locality —Amboina Island, Molucea Islands. 

Geographical distribution.—East India Islands from Celebes and 
Sumbawa Island to the Solomon Islands and the Louisiade Archi- 
pelago, including New Guinea; Cape York, Queensland, Australia. 

Dr. Hartert is undoubtedly correct in his identification and adoption 
of Linnzeus’ Hirundo esculenta,*® even though the latter author gives 


48 Syst. Nat., ed. 10, I, 1758, p. 191. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211 


the locality wrong, since the description given by Rumphius,7 whom 
Linneus cites, refers without doubt to the present species. 

There seem to be at least two forms included under the name escu- 
lenta as now current, but the material at our disposal does not !permit 
a satisfactory segregation of these. 


Collocalia neglecta Gray. 
Collocalia neglecta Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, XVII, 1866, p. 121. 


Chars. sp.—Similar to Collocalia esculenta, from which it differs in 
the much duller, and greenish instead of bluish or purplish upper sur- 
face; rump, wing-quills, and wing-coverts with light grayish tips that 
are, however, sometimes obsolescent, particularly in old or worn birds. 

Wing, 88-97; tail, 41-43; exposed culmen, 3.5-4; tarsus, 6.5 mm. 

Type locality.—Eastern Timor. 

Geographical distribution—East Indian Islands of Timor, Savu, 
Alor, Dammer, Roma, Kisser, and Wetter. 

In the specimens from Timor examined the upper parts are dull 
grayish metallic green, the wings and tail slightly more bluish; the 
anterior lower parts, including the breast, brownish gray, the feathers 
tipped with grayish white, producing a mottled appearance, the middle 
of the breast and jugulum having most white, the chin scarcely any; 
abdomen nearly pure white; feathers of the sides with brownish gray 
centres and whitish margins much like the breast; lining of wing dark 
brown slightly mixed with whitish. 

Judging from Dr. Hartert’s remarks,* birds of this species from 
Timor are not just like those on the neighboring islands, and the latter 
may as he suggests be subspecifically separable. This species is very 
different from all members of the genus excepting Collocalia natalis 
and C. esculenta, and may easily be distinguished by its dull greenish’ 
upper parts combined with white-spotted tail-feathers. It is of course 
near Collocalia esculenta, but apparently quite distinct enough to stand 
as a species, although Dr. Hartert is of opposite opinion.® 


Collocalia natalis Lister. 
Collocalia natalis Lister, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 520. 


Chars. sp.—Similar to Collocalia neglecta, but white markings of 
tail not sharply defined; chin and upper throat darker, almost black- 


47 Herb. Amboin., VI, 1750, p. 183. 
48 Novit. Zool., TV, 1897, p. 268. 
 Novit. Zool., XI, 1904, p. 203. 


212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


ish; blackish shaft markings of the shorter under tail-coverts larger; 
feathers of the rump with somewhat broader white edgings. 

Wing, 122 mm. 

Type locality —Christmas Island, Indian Ocean, south of western 
Java. 

Geographical distribution.—Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. 

This little known form we have not seen; but it is apparently recog- 
nizable, though very much like Collocalia negiecta, of which it is possibly 
but a subspecies. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213 


DESCRIPTION OF A NEW AUSTRALIAN GLYCYMERIS. 
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. 


Glycymeris insignis n. sp. 

The shell is rounded-cuneate, the valves rather thick and strong, 
inequilateral, the posterior outline being longer and subangular, the 
anterior end rounded. The posterior dorsal slope is flat, and the 
beaks project well above the dorsal outline of the valve-edges. The 


specimens are worn and without cuticle, white in the middle and ante- 
riorly, pinkish orange near the posterior end. Sculpture of about 17 
low rounded radial ribs parted by narrower intervals, and about six 
strong broad but unequal concentric waves separated by deep con- 
strictions. 

The waves and radial ribs are weak near the anterior end, and 
wanting on the flat posterior slope. The hinge-line is very strongly 
curved, the two sides at an angle of about 90 degrees to each other. 
The hinge-plate is moderately wide, with 12 anterior and 11 posterior 
teeth, three or four near the middle being very small and somewhat 
irregular. There is a small triangular area or lozenge below the beaks, 
sculptured en chevron with about six widely diverging grooves. The 
basal margin is coarsely crenulate inside in correspondence with the 
external ribs, and the concentric waves of the exterior are very weakly 


indicated inside. 


214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


Length 23, height 24, diameter 15.6 mm. 

Length 23.5, height 23.3, diameter 16.7 mm. 

Geographe Bay, WestjAustralia. Cotypes two valves, right and 
left, received from Dr. J. C. Cox, of Sydney, New South Wales. 

The strongly developed concentric sculpture of this species is unlike 
any described Pectunculus known to me. The flat posterior dorsal 
slope is another peculiar feature. Dr. Cox writes that it has never 
been found in fresh condition or with the valves attached. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215 


ON HAWAIIAN SPECIES OF SPHYRADIUM. 


BY HENRY A. PILSBRY AND C. M. COOKE, JR. 


fhe genus Sphyradium occurs over practically the whole Palearctic 
and Nearctic realms, with one species in the Neotropical, but it has not 
hitherto been reported from Polynesia. The two Hawaiian species to 
be described below have all the shell characters of the genus, but since 
the jaw and teeth of neither is known, their reference to Sphyradium 
is provisional. 

Sphyradium sharpi P.andC.,n.sp. Figs. 1, 2. 

The shell is narrowly umbilicate, tapering-cylindric, the summit 
obtusely conic; thin; chestnut brown, paler near the apex, the surface 
somewhat shining and distinctly but not closely striate. Whorls 
slightly over 5, quite convex, the suture deeply impressed. The aper- 
ture is strongly oblique, rounded lunate. Peristome thin and simple, 
the basal and outer margins well arched ; columella vertical with broadly 
dilated edge. The insertions of the lips are remote. The umbilicus 
is circular and deep. Length 1.8, diam. 1.36 mm. 

Hawaii: Crest of the Kilauea crater, about a half mile south of the 
hotel. Types No. 91,699, A. N.S. Phila., collected by Dr. Benjamin 
Sharp. Cotype in the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum at Honolulu. 

This species is closely related to the following, from which it differs 
in being somewhat larger but with a smaller number of whorls. The 


Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. 


shape also differs perceptibly, S. aleranderi being noticeably more egg- 
shaped, with a rounded summit. It is also less strongly striate and 


216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April 


more polished. S. sharpi occurred with various species of Tornatellina 
and Nesopupa. 


Sphyradium alexanderi C. and P.,n. sp. Fig. 3. 

The shell is openly perforate, dextral, broadly ovate, subtruncate at 
the base, the apex blunt; nearly smooth, minutely striate especially 
below the sutures, shining, very thin, slightly diaphanous, chestnut, 
apical whorls much lighter; whorls 54-53, well rounded, increasing 
very slowly; sutures simple, well impressed. The aperture is oblique, 
quadrate-lunate; columella vertical, lip thin, reflexed at the columella, 
the margins remote; umbilicus circular, deep. Length 1.7, diam. 1.17 
mm. 

West Maui, at the top of Mt. Kukui, elevation about 6,000 feet. 

This shell, in company with a species of Tornatellina and another of 
Auriculella, was found by C. M. Cooke, Jr., at the very apex of West 
Maui overlooking Iao valley. It was found only on low shrubs, two 
or three feet in height, at the base of leaves. 

Collected in February, 1904. Type in Bishop Museum, M. P. 8. 
Cotype in A. N.S. Phila., No. 91,292. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217 


ADDITIONAL NEW SPECIES OF POLYCHEATA FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC. 


BY J. PERCY MOORE, 


In the following pages are described a number of new species of 
Polycheta, belonging to several families, from the collections of the 
Alaskan Salmon Commission of 1903. Three papers noticing other 
novelties in these collections have already been published in these 
Proceedings with the approval of the Commissioner of Fisheries, 
through whose kindness the material was placed in my hands for study. 
The full report on all of the species represented will appear in the 
Bureau of Fisheries Bulletin. 


Notophyllum imbricatum sp. noy. Plate X, figs. 1-3. 


The two examples upon which this species is founded bear a re- 
markable resemblance in proportions and general aspect to a Polynoe. 
The body is depressed and the large, scale-like notopodial cirri are 
imbricated and, except for a short space near the anterior end, com- 
pletely conceal the back from above. : 

The type and larger specimen is a trifle over 30 mm. long, and the 
greatest width between tips of the parapodia a little anterior to the 
middle of the body is 6.5 mm. The small individual is 12 mm. long 
and 1.8 mm. wide, and the back is concealed by the elytra even more 
completely than in the larger one. 

The prostomium is flattened and wedge-shaped, with the slightly 
concave or straight base about two-thirds of the length, and the 
angles rounded. A slight emargination of the anterior portion of the 
sides is filled by an irregular low tubercle from which the frontal cirri 
arise. A pair of large brown eyes occupy the greater part of the 
posterior region of the prostomium laterad of the median tentacle 
(fig. 1). 

The frontal tentacles arise in lateral and ventral pairs, the latter 
slightly in advance, from the slight emargination above mentioned. 
They nearly equal the prostomium in length, are stout and somewhat 
swollen above the base, and taper to fine tips. The median tentacle 
arises between the eyes and nearly fills this space. It is one and one- 
half times as long as the prostomium, stout and somewhat enlarged 


218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


above the base and tapers to a slender end. From behind its base a 
low ridge runs to the posterior margin of the prostomium. In both 
specimens the proboscis is retracted and the large mouth is bounded 
by a rather prominent lip, formed by the union of the peristomium 
with the succeeding somite. 

The peristomium and two succeeding segments are much crowded 
forward so that the tentacular cirri arise beneath the head. The first 
or peristomial cirrus is a ventral cirrus and arises from the forwardly 
directed portion of the peristomium beneath the eye. It resembles 
the median cephalic tentacle in form and size, but is a trifle longer and 
arises from a distinct basal article. Arising from beneath the pos- 
terior dorsal margin of the prostomium, apparently from the peristo- 
mium, are three somewhat flattened appendages on each side, the outer- 
most of which is the longest and connected with the corresponding 
tentacular cirrus by a slight web. The middle one is nearly as long, 
and the inner one is minute (fig. 1). 

Somite II bears two pairs of tentacular cirri, a dorsal and a ventral 
one, separated by a considerable interval in which arises a small 
papilla probably representing a parapodium. The ventral cirrus 
occupies a position below the peristomial cirrus, which it resembles, 
but which it exceeds decidedly in both length and thickness. The 
dorsal cirrus of this somite arises at a higher level than any others in 
the body from beneath the postero-lateral angle of the prostomium, 
and its rather stout but long and tapering style reaches to IX or X. 
Somite III bears a dorsal tentacular cirrus only, which, with the com- 
plete parapodium to which it belongs, is depressed to a position more 
ventral than usual, in marked contrast to the dorsal cirrus of II. It 
arises from beneath and slightly behind the latter, which it resembles 
in form and size (fig. 1). 

As stated before, the first three somites are carried well forward, 
the peristomium and II being coalesced ventrally but distinct, though 
very short, above. Remaining somites are well differentiated and 
obscurely biannular, the anterior and decidedly larger annulus bearing 
the parapodia. There are about 78 somites, the posterior end of the 
body being in a state of regeneration and the somites of that region as 
a consequence very small and tapered to a minute pygidium. 

The body, excluding the parapodia, is slender, about two-fifths of 
the total width, and of nearly uniform diameter, except near the taper- 
ingends. It is somewhat arched dorsally; flattened and with a shallow 
neural groove below. 

Parapodia (fig. 2) are prominent and well developed throughout. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219 


In the middle region they exceed one-fourth of the entire width. They 
consist of a broad base, a somewhat flattened, tongue-shaped neuro- 
podium, slightly cleft at the tip and bearing a rounded and swollen 
prominence on the ventral side of its base, and a minute papilliform 
notopodium, which diverges dorsally from the neuropodium. Each 
division is supported by a single aciculus, the notopodial being very 
slender and curved, the neuropodial stouter and straight. 

Along the posterior face of the base of the neuropodium above the 
papilla mentioned arises a flange-like ceratophore bearing a large, 
foliaceous palette-shaped ventral cirrus which curves upward behind 
the neuropodium and completely conceals both it and its sete from 
behind. The notopodial ceratophore is very large, causing ‘the 
notopodium itself to appear as a mere appendage. At its dorsal side 
the free distal border is prominently produced, thus prolonging the 
surface of attachment of the notopodial cirrus. The cirrus itself is 
very prominent, of a somewhat irregular reniform outline and attached 
by the marginal sinus. All of the notopodial cirri are turned nearly 
horizontally and overlap on the back in an imbricate fashion, closely 
similar to the elytra of the Polynoide. Anteriorly the dorsal cirri 
diminish in size so that they fail to cover the back completely and 
their ceratophores become more slender and elevated. The ventral 
cirri also become smaller, but remain prominent as far forward as III 
without essential change of form or position. A minute neuropodial 
tubercle exists on II, but it is uncertain if setee are present thereon. 

The eyes are purplish brown and the general color of the body a 
distinct dull greenish olive. Little pigment remains in any part of the 
body, but the notopodial cirri are more or less marked with dusky 
streaks and spots. A few small ova float free in the body cavity. 

The notopodium usually bears but a single slender, curved and 
simple seta, and even this appears to be absent from several of the 
anterior parapodia. Neuropodial sets are numerous, upwards of 20 
to 30 occurring in the subacicular and 12 to 18 in the supraacicular 
groups. They are colorless and transparent, compound, with the 
stem gently curved and slightly enlarged at the end, where each side 
of the socket is provided with 6 to 8 very long, slender teeth and several 
shorter ones. The blade is slightly curved and tapers to an acute tip, 
and is striated and provided with minute marginal denticulations 
(fig. 3). 

The only specimens are the two from Station 4,269, Afoqnak Bay, 
14 to 19 fathoms, hard gray sand and rocks. 


220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


Eulalia quadrioculata sp. nov. Plate X, figs. 4-6. 

This description is based upon a single much contracted entire 
specimen (type) and a fragment of the anterior end of another in every 
way similar. 

The type is 27 mm. long, the protruded proboscis 2 mm. additional, 
the width without parapodia 2 mm., with parapodia 3 mm., the diameter 
of the distal end of the proboscis 2.5 mm., and the number of segments 
106. 

The evidently much contracted prostomium (fig. 4) is about two- 
thirds as long as wide, scarcely emarginated in the median line pos- 
teriorly, rather tumid in the posterior lateral part and then slightly 
coneave to a small truncate median anterior lobe. ‘The usual pair of 
eyes are transversely elliptical, situated on the dorsal surface of the 
prostomium about three times their diameter apart, nearly twice their 
diameter from the lateral margins of the head and not more than 
their diameter from the posterior margin. They have distinct lenses. 
In nearly the same transverse line or very slightly in advance and half 
way between the dorsal eyes and the margin, or Just within the nuchal 
organs, is a second pair of eye-like spots of black pigment, but lenseless 
and smaller and more irregular than the dorsal eyes. 

The four frontal tentacles are subequal, about as long as the head, 
and rather thick, with acute tips. The ventral pair project somewhat 
downwards, the dorsal directly outwards. From the middle of the 
small lobe lying between the frontal tentacles a shallow longitudinal 
groove passes to the median tentacle, which arises from a point just 
anterior to the eyes. It equals the frontal tentacles in length, but is 
slightly more slender in its distal part. The four tentacular cirri arise 
in the positions usual in the genus from somites I, II and III, and are 
short and subequal, being about twice the length of the prostomium. 

The segments are all well differentiated and dorsally are strongly 
arched; anteriorly they are strictly simple smooth rings, but in the 
posterior third become biannulate. Ventrally the body is marked by 
a neural groove and lateral ridges bearing glandular areas ventral to 
the parapodia. On this surface the biannulation extends nearly to the 
anterior end. The anterior segments are contracted and extremely 
short, farther back they become relatively longer, and toward the 
posterior end the body is distinctly flattened. The pygidium, which 
is provided with a thickened welt-like rim surrounding the anus, 
bears on the ventral side a pair of prominent acuminate cirri resembling 
the ventral cirri in size. 

Parapodia are located at the level of the ventral surface. That on 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221 


II, related to the second tentacular cirrus, is rudimentary and achz- 
tous; that on IIT is larger, perfectly formed and bears sete. The others 
have the form shown in fig. 5 and bear foliaceous dorsal cirri. When 
fully developed they are sharply marked off from the ventral glandular 
swellings by distinct lateral grooves. The notopodium is of course 
wanting, and the neuropodium is a small somewhat flattened process 
divided distally into a very small postsetal and a decidedly longer 
presetal lobe, from between which the single vertical series of sete 
projects. Each lobe is notched on the edge at the point where the 
single straight slender aciculum reaches the surface. The neuropodial 
cirrus is prominent from III back and is a short, rather thick process 
attached to the posterior side of the base of the neuropodium. In 
the middle region it is somewhat foliaceous and reaches to the tip of 
the neuropodium; in form it is triangular with the broad, somewhat 
convex base ventral and the apex dorsal, while the attachment is by 
one of the short sides. Posteriorly they become more slender and 
project distinctly beyond the end of the neuropodium. 

The dorsal cirri (fig. 5) are prominent and foliaceous throughout. 
They arise from stout bases situated a short distance dorsal to the 
neuropodia, which they in most cases exceed in size. All of the cirri 
have their fibrous and glandular structures arranged pinnately along 
an axial core. Anteriorly the cirri are rather broadly lanceolate with 
acuminate, somewhat recurved tips; posteriorly they become more 
slender and elongated; and finally are very narrowly lanceolate and 
of a length exceeding the diameter of the body. At the same time 
their foliaceous character is gradually lost. 

About thirty sete, equally divided between the supraacicular and 
subacicular groups, form the vertical fan-like fascicle. They are of 
the usual compound form (fig. 6) with the transparent, colorless stems 
rather stouter than those of #. longicornuta, the thickened and nearly 
truncate end furnished on each side with seven or eight slender teeth, 
one of which is much larger than the others. The blades are short, 
broad at the base, and rather conspicuously striated and fringed. 

The type specimen, a female filled with large eggs, retains a dull olive 
color throughout the body, becoming brown on the dorsal cirri. Be- 
sides the black pigment in the eyes, there is a diffuse spot near the tip 
of each dorsal cirrus, and a very minute spot beneath each ganglion 
of the ventral chain. The cotype shows some indications of a faint 
transverse band across the dorsum of each segment. 

The type and cotype are from Quarantine Rock, Port Townsend, 
Washington, June 27, 1903. 


222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


Eulalia longicornuta sp. nov. Plate X, figs. 7, 8. 

A complete example, much contracted, measures 15 mm. in length, 
with a body width of 1.5 mm. at the widest part, and a total of 73 
segments. 

The broad prostomium is very slightly cordate, about as wide as 
long, and has no distinet concavity or constriction behind the frontal 
tentacles. The latter arise from the extreme anterior end of the 
prostomium, are slightly longer than the head and very slender. The 
median tentacle arises immediately in front of a line connecting the 
anterior border of the eyes or very close to the centre of the 
prostomium. It is 1% times as long as the head, very slender, and 
tapers regularly from the base to the tip. 

The single pair of eyes are circular, black, situated nearly their 
diameter from the posterior margin of the prostomium and twice 
their diameter from each other. Both specimens have the proboscis 
retracted, in which condition the mouth is bounded below by a some- 
what swollen, longitudinally furrowed lip. The peristomial somite 
appears on the dorsum as a slightly elevated lenticular area overlapping 
the prostomium. The first ventral tentacular cirrus arises directly 
beneath the eye, the second one from somite II; both are slender and 
subulate and reach back to somite VII or to a length 24 times the 
head. The two dorsal tentacular cirri arise from II and III respect- 
ively, and are about twice the length of the ventral cirrus, very slender 
and regularly tapered to a delicate tip. 

Dorsally the body is strongly arched above, below flattened and 
slightly grooved. It is widest at the middle and tapers regularly and 
nearly equally both ways. The segments are well marked throughout 
and show scarcely a trace of biannulation, even posteriorly. The 
anal cirri are missing from both type and cotype. 

Although the specimens are smaller, the parapodia (fig. 7) are even 
more prominent than in E. quadrioculata, owing to the projecting 
character of the dorsal angle of the presetal lobe, but otherwise they 
are similar. The dorsal cirri are, however, very different from those 
of that species, being folded against the sides of the body instead of 
held erect. They are strongly foliaceous throughout, the anterior 
and middle ones having a broadly pyriform outline, and those of the 
latter region being especially broad ; the posterior ones are more slender 
and rather cuneate-ovate. Moreover, the central area is always broad 
and thick and the gland ducts and other markings radiate from it in 
all directions and not in a pinnate manner. The ventral cirrus is also 
prominent and projects beyond the dorsal lobe of the parapodium. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223 


There are about 10 supraacicular and 12 subacicular set in all, but 
fewer on the extreme anterior and posterior parapodia and, except 
for the usual variations in relative length of the blade, all have the 
form exhibited in fig. 8. The slender stem ends in an acutely oblique 
enlargement with 7 to 9 nearly equal, closely appressed teeth on each 
side. The blades are slender, flexible and very acute, with very fine 
marginal fringe. 

In both specimens the color has faded to a nearly uniform olive with 
some brown striations on the dorsal cirri. The type is a female filled 
with eggs. These specimens were found among serpulid tubes taken 
at the Quarantine Station dock near Port Townsend, Washington, on 
June 27, 1903. 

Pionosyllis magnifica sp. noy. Plate X, figs. 9-11. 

This large syllid is described from two specimens, one of which (the 
type) measures 48 mm. long and nearly 2 mm. wide, exclusive of cirri 
and sete, in the middle of the body. The form is much depressed, 
especially in the widened middle region, from which it tapers to the 
very small head and pygidium. 

As just indicated the prostomium is small, its width little exceeding 
three-fifths of the width of the second segment and one-fifth of the 
maximum breadth of the body. It is depressed, somewhat quad- 
rangular in form, widest anteriorly where the width is about double 
the length. The somewhat flattened palpi project forward and some- 
what downward and are very slightly connate at the base (fig. 9). 

All three of the cephalic cirri are decidedly slender and arise in a 
transverse row from almost the extreme anterior margin of the prosto- 
mium. In one specimen they are subequal and about three times the 
length of the prostomium. In the other the median one is three and 
one-half times, the lateral about twice the prostomial length. The 
ends may be partly sloughed away. 

The eyes, though small, are very conspicuous and nearly black, the 
anterior slightly the larger. Together they form a quadrate figure 
conforming to the outline of the head and about two-thirds as large. 

Dorsally the peristomium is very short, but ventrally it projects as 
a prominent lip surrounding the large mouth. A fragment of the 
anterior end of an example of this species from Station 4,235 has the 
proboscis protruded as a short bell-shaped structure, bearing ten 
prominent papille at the end and just behind them a conical, dorsal 
median tooth which appears to be quite soft. On the roof of the 
pharynx just behind the everted portion there appears to be, however, 
a hardened, horny elliptical area. This specimen also has the eyes 


224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


larger than the others and nearly connate, but no swimming sete 
exist on any of the small number of anterior segments present. 

Of the tentacular cirri (fig. 9) the dorsal peristomial is about four 
times as long as the prostomium, that of somite II is slightly longer 
and of III as much shorter; the ventral peristomial cirrus is about two 
and one-half times the prostomial length. All of the tentacular cirri 
resemble the cephalic cirri in being slender, delicate, and not monili- 
form, or with indistinct irregular furrows only. 

After the second, the segments increase very gradually in length 
and more rapidly in width and soon assume the depressed form char- 
acterizing the middle region where they are five or six times as wide as 
long. The type specimen has about 150 somites, the cotype only 
110. Posteriorly the body becomes slender and ends in a minute 
annular pygidium, bearing on its ventral side a pair of very slender 
caudal cirri equalling the last twelve segments and exceeding any of 
the cephalic appendages. 

The parapodia are of the form usual in Syllidxe and project promi- 
nently from the sides at a low level. Although there is no distinct 
notopodium, a slender notopodial aciculus is always present just be- 
neath the notopodial cirrophore (fig. 10). The well-developed neu- 
ropodium terminates in a broadly rounded, more dorsal, postsetal 
process and a longer, rather prominent, and more ventral presetal 
process. The three or four aciculi terminate at the upper outer angle 
of the former. Ventral cirri are always short, stout and bluntly 
rounded, with oblique bases passing into the ventral surface of the 
body, and in size about equal the neuropodia. Notopodial cirri arise 
from very large and prominent cirrophores. Except for their slightly 
larger size anteriorly, where they are about three times the length of 
the prostomium, the notopodial styles are similar throughout. They 
are probably somewhat contracted and in life would be longer and more 
slender. In the middle of the body they are scarcely one-half of the 
total width. As shown in the figure they are rather stout and coarse, 
and, though more or less deeply marked with irregular transverse fur- 
rows, are never regularly articulated or moniliform. The only varia- 
tion in the parapodia is that they become more prominent in all their 
parts posteriorly. 

Notopodial aciculi are slender, curved and acutely pointed; the 
neuropodial are stouter, nearly straight and knobbed at the end. All 
sete (fig. 11) are compound and all are subacicular in position. In 
middle parapodia they are numerous, arranged in about ten horizontal 
rows of three to five each, or about forty in all. They are colorless, 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 225 


with long, slender, curved shafts, the ends of which are rather abruptly 
enlarged and not very oblique, and are provided with only a few small 
teeth at the apex. The appendages’ or blades are strongly hooked and 
bifid at the end and distinctly fringed. The shortest posterior ones 
have a length of about one and one-third times the diameter of the end 
of the shaft, the longest about four and one-half times that diameter. 

Both specimens are entirely colorless and the large one is filled with 
masses of sperm. 

The type comes from Admiralty Inlet, near Port Townsend, Wash- 
ington, Station 4,219, 16 to 26 fathoms, on a bottom of green mud with 
sand and broken shells. A fragment was taken at Yes Bay, Behm 
Canal, 130 to 193 fathoms, bottom of gray mud. 


Stauronereis annulatus sp. nov. Plate X, figs. 12, 13, and Plate XI, figs. 18-22. 


The larger example (much contracted) is 13 mm. long and about 1 
mm. wide exclusive of the sets, and has 72 segments. The other is 9 
mm. long with 62 segments. 

The prostomium (fig. 12) consists of a broad shoyel-like anterior 
process and two short segments, each bearing a pair of tentacles and a 
pair of eyes. Although these two divisions or rings are about equal, 
both the eyes and tentacles of the anterior one are much the larger. 
The anterior tentacles (palpi) arise from the ventro-lateral region of 
the first annulus. Each consists of a large and very stout basal piece 
strongly curved backwards by the sides of the head and bearing on its 
end a very small ellipsoidal terminal article. Just above the base of 
each, on the dorso-lateral region of the head, is a large very dark brown 
eye. Immediately behind and slightly above the large eyes the second 
pair of tentacles are borne on the second annulus. They are about as 
long but not so stout as the anterior ones, are cylindrical in form and 
consist of six or seven nearly spherical articles. The second pair of 
eyes are minute dark brown spots about one-fifth the diameter of the 
anterior pair, and are situated on the dorsum of the second annulus 
about half as far apart as the anterior pair. The mouth is small and 
bounded behind by the second somite, and from it project the ends of the 
jaws (fig. 18). Owing to the retracted state of the proboscis the jaw 
apparatus is not all visible. A specimen cleared in glycerine shows 
on the dorsal side a lenticular area having a very dark brown border 
and a paler interior enclosing a small central space. In ventral view 
are seen the pair of dark brown mandibles (fig. 18) with slender bowed 
bases and curved, divergent, tapering end-plates bearing about seven 
strong teeth along the medial margin. 

15 


226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


The prostomium and somite II are apodous, short simple rings. 
All others bear parapodia, but are not otherwise more complicated in 
structure. Up to about the fifteenth they increase in size, but remain 
uniannular throughout. The body is strongly arched above and 
nearly flat below, and terminates in a simple ring-like pygidium bear- 
ing a pair of small ventral anal cirri as long as the diameter of the 
pygidium. 

Parapodia are small, slender and strictly lateral in position. Except 
that they correspond in size with the segment bearing them and are 
consequently largest at the middle of the body, they are quite similar 
throughout. The neuropodium (fig. 13) is slender, nearly cylindrical 
and slightly enlarged distally, where it terminates in a presetal lobe 
divided into a larger ventral and a minute acicular process, and a 
postsetal lobe which begins just below the aciculum and runs to a 
rather prominent dorsal angle. Its dorsal surface bears a group of 
long cilia. The neuropodial cirrus is a simple finger-like papilla arising 
in or near the distal third of the ventro-posterior surface of the 
neuropodium and reaching nearly to the end of the latter. 

The dorsal cirrus arises immediately above the base of the neuro- 
podium and consists of a slender, elongated cirrophore nearly as long 
as the latter and slightly diverging from it. Usually but not always 
it is slightly constricted about the middle and the end is a little thick- 
ened. Probably it represents the notopodium, as what appears to be 
a slender aciculus penetrates about half of its length. A tuft of long 
cilia resembling that on the dorsal surface of the neuropodium is 
usually present on its ventral and sometimes on its dorsal surface also. 
On the end of this basal piece is borne a terminal style of about half 
its length and of a slender, conical form. The first parapodium 
altogether lacks a dorsal cirrus. 

Setze are numerous and of four forms, all very delicate, transparent 
and colorless. They are arranged in well differentiated supra- and 
subacicular fascicles, each comprising two kinds, and"all of which occur 
throughout the body, except perhaps in a few anterior segments, where 
the long compound set have not been found. 

All of the supraacicular sete are simple; those most numerous being 
very delicate but stiff capillary bristles, tapered to very acute tips, 
slightly curved and rather strongly serrated in an antrorse manner 
along one side (fig. 20). Their exposed parts are fully three times as 
long as the entire neuropodium. The other form has generally stouter 
stems, straight and tapering until near the end (fig. 19), where they 
present a gentle ventral curvature and at the same time become 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227 


broadened and end in two divergent, slightly curved points, the ventral 
of which is the longer; while below the dorsal is a serrated sheath, the 
rather coarse teeth of which are directed outward. Seldom more than 
three or four of the latter form occur in a parapodium along with ten or 
fifteen of the former. 

Subacicular sete are all compound. The most numerous kind 
occur to the number of about fifteen. They have moderately stout, 
rather strongly curved stems, the end being very unequally and 
obliquely bifurcated to form a socket, the dorsal border of which is 
provided with afew teeth (fig. 20), while the blades are comparatively 
short, but increase in length from the ventral to the dorsal margin of 
the bundle, and have one border fringed and the end terminated by a 
pair of distinct but not widely separated and nearly parallel teeth. 
The second kind of compound sete (fig. 22) seldom exceeds three in 
number. They have the same construction as the more numerous 
form but are much more’slender and delicate in all their parts, and the 
blade often equals the entire length of the neuropodium or about three 
times the length of the longest blades of the other type. On the most 
anterior segments the two forms appear to grade into each other. 
The setie of this species differ decidedly from those of typical members 
of the genus and are more nearly like those of Prionognathus ciliatus 
Keferstein. 

These worms are quite colorless and their form and _ histological 
structure indicates that they may be pelagic in habit. 

The type and a somewhat smaller cotype were obtained at Quaran- 
tine Rock, Port Townsend, Washington, June 27, 1903. 


Notomastus giganteus, Plate X, figs. 24, 25. 


The only complete specimen measures 140 mm. in length and 7 mm. 
in maximum diameter in the thoracic region, but a second incomplete: 
example is much larger. Even taking into account the contracted 
state of the specimens, this species is much stouter than usual for the 
genus. The body is nearly terete or slightly depressed and for the 
first fifteen or twenty millimeters increases in diameter, and then falls 
off to the posterior end which is two millimeters in diameter within 
ten segments of the anus. 

The prostomium is a small rounded lobe bearing a minute conical 
palpode and is completely retracted within the peristomium, which, 
except in being slightly longer, resembles the immediately following 
segments. The protruded and collapsed proboscis forms a discoid, 
wrinkled structure fully 8 mm. in diameter. All of the thoracic seg- 


228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (April, 


ments are strongly biannulate, the anterior annulus being slightly 
shorter than the posterior. Each annulus is marked out in irregular 
areas, of which there is generally but one series to each annulus, though 
on somites IV to VII inclusive they become arranged irregularly in 
two rows. Behind VII the thoracic seezments become smooth and more 
glandular and decrease in length, though even the last is fully one-half 
longer than the first abdominal. 

Beginning with I, each thoracie segment bears small notopodial and 
neuropodial tufts of very delicate, narrowly winged capillary sete in 
the usual positions, but neither the lateral sense organs nor the genital 
pores can be detected in surface views of these specimens. 

The abdominal segments, of which there are 190, are very short, 
with shallow, ill-defined furrows, and are either simple rings or ante- 
riorly obscurely biannulate. The surface is smooth, and the integu- 
ment provided with a thick glandular coat on the anterior and a much 
thinner coat on the posterior segments. 

The notopodial tori are very long, but not at all elevated above the 
surface in these specimens, and bear a great number of uncini. The 
notopodial torus is much more elevated and prominent, especially on 
posterior segments, but is much shorter and contains a much smaller 
number of uncini. The gills are low, rather long, inconspicuous folds. 
The pygidium forms a narrow circumanal welt bearing two longer 
prominently protruding ventral cirri and four much smaller ones in 
two paws more dorsally placed. 

The uncini (figs. 24, 25) are numerous and very delicate crochets 
of a peculiar form. They are f-shaped with the densely fibrillated core 
exhibiting a slight spiral turn, and the tip provided with a single bent 
terminal process, somewhat flattened and at the base swollen and over- 
arched by a depressed hood, the margin of which is denticulated with 
eight or ten teeth. 

The type comes from Station 4,264, off Freshwater Bay, in Chatham 
Strait, at a depth of 282-293 fathoms, and on a bottom of green mud; 
the larger but incomplete cotype was taken at Station 4,197, in the 
Gulf of Georgia, at a depth of 31 to 90 fathoms, on a bottom of sticky 
green mud and fine sand. 

Travisia pupa sp. noy. Plate XI, fig. 23. 

This is a thick, stout, grub-shaped worm tapering nearly equally 
both ways but having the anterior end rather blunter and thicker. 
The considerable number of examples in the collection measure from 
24 mm, to 82 mm. in length, with corresponding diameters at the middle 
of from 8 mm. to 32 mm. Exclusive of the pygidium there are thirty 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229 


one or thirty-two somites, but the number is not correlated with the 
size of the worm, the largest two having thirty-one and the smallest 
thirty-two. 

The prostomium is a minute conical organ, thin-skinned, weak- 
walled and hollow, and apparently capable of distention by internal 
fluid. It is followed by a short, uniannular segment continuing the 
general conical form of the anterior end. Dorsally this segment is 
crenulated on its posterior margin; below it is flattened and slightly 
grooved in the middle of the posterior part; and on each side it is pro- 
vided with a dorso-lateral groove which terminates anteriorly in a deep 
sensory pit at the posterior margin of the prostomium. The next 
segment is biannular, with the anterior ring distinctly larger. Below 
it forms the upper lip and is thrown into a number of deep longitudinal 
folds and furrows which pass into the mouth. On each side, above a 
rather prominent swelling, is a quadrangular area opposite the groove 
on the first segment and itself bounded by a longitudinal groove above 
and another below, both of which cut the segment for its entire length. 
This area bears the small tufts of notopodial and neuropodial sete and 
between them an elliptical clear spot or pit. Dorsally each ring is 
marked by longitudinal grooves which effect a peculiar lobed and 
crenulated arrangement of the posterior margin. The third somite is 
triannulate, but the anterior two rings are somewhat united and on the 
ventral surface the first enters the sides of the mouth and the second 
forms the longitudinally grooved lower lip. At the sides this segment 
is constructed like the second, except that the posterior third of the 
quadrate area is depressed and smooth and that a cirrus is borne on 
each side immediately above and behind the notopodial sete. Above 
the same longitudinal sulcation and posterior lobing appear. The 
next twelve segments are formed of three equal rings completely 
separated by continuous furrows, except for the short interruptions at 
the setigerous areas on each side. Dorsal longitudinal sulcations are 
wanting and a second sensory pit, which first appears on the middle 
of the second ring below the setigerous area of somite IV, becomes 
very conspicuous on the posterior segments of this region, and on every 
specimen finally ceases on XV. Somites XVI, NVII and XVIII each 
consist of a large posterior and a small anterior ring, the furrow separ- 
ating which becomes successively more and more restricted to the 
dorsal and ventral regions. Traces of a short anterior ring, differen- 
tiated only dorsally and ventrally, still continue on XIX and XX, but 
all remaining somites are strictly uniannulate with prominent over- 
lapping posterior margins, which finally become telescopic. Somite 


230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


XIV, which is exactly at the middle of the body, is the longest; but 
the reduction in both length and diameter of the segments is slight until 
near the ends, where it becomes more rapid. The pygidium is a short 
squarely truncated tube marked externally by longitudinal grooves 
which correspond with the clefts between the nine to twelve uneven 
lobes into which its margin is divided. 

The surface of the body is vesiculated or finely pustular in the follow- 
ing manner: Generally over the posterior half of the body, in all of 
the intersequental furrows and on all except the most anterior setig- 
erous areas, the pustules are very small and, though numerous, not 
crowded. In macerated specimens they are collapsed and appear 
as punctations. From the middle of the body they gradually increase 
in size forward. Each annulus of anterior somites is provided on its 
highest part with an irregular transverse series of very large vesicles 
which usually he nearer to the posterior margin and overlap the suc- 
ceeding ring, when the worm is contracted, as a rough and irregular 
fold interrupted in the median dorsal region. These folds and their 
vesicles are usually best marked on the middle ring of each somite, on 
which they increase in prominence from the median break laterally 
to the setigerous areas, below and even more above which they form 
rough lobes overlapping the third ring. The ventral lobe bears the 
ventral sensory pit referred to above. Anteriorly the transverse series 
of enlarged vesicles tends to form several rows and all of the vesicles to 
increase in size. The first three segments bounding and anterior to the 
mouth are covered nearly uniformly with vesicles of moderate size; 
and similar ones cover the anterior two-thirds of the setigerous areas 
of the first ten or twelve segments. The prostomium is perfectly 
smooth and lacks surface vesicles altogether. Posteriorly the ridges 
of enlarged vesicles and the lateral lappets become gradually flattened 
out and the entire surface much smoother. The lappets above and 
below the setigerous areas remain, however, and may become even 
more prominent on the last few segments, where, however, they are not 
vesicular. 

Neuropodial cirri appear on III and continue on every segment to 
near the posterior end, ceasing on from XXIV to XXVII in different 
specimens. They arise at the dorsal margin of the setigerous area, 
chiefly from the third annulus but in part from the second also. At the 
base their diameter nearly equals the length of the third annulus, but 
they quickly become slender. The surface is strongly wrinkled trans- 
versely, much like the contracted tentacle of a jelly-fish, and doubtless 
they are in life capable of great extension; but in the preserved speci- 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231 


mens, even where longest (in the middle of the body), they barely 
equal one-half or one-third of the body diameter. Toward the ends 
they are reduced to one-third or even one-fourth of this length. 

Lateral sense organs appear as a pair between the prostomium and 
peristomium and occur between the sete tufts of every succeeding 
segment, except that they are occasionally absent from NNXI or 
XXXII. In shape they are elleptical with the long axis vertical. 
Ventral sensory pits appear on IV and continue without exception to 
XV in the position indicated above. At first very small, they increase 
rapidly until they exceed the lateral organs, unlike which they are 
always circular. 

Small notopodial and neuropodial tufts of setze occur on all somites 
from II caudad at the junction of the second and third rings. Both 
tufts are retractile into pits and the notopodial setee are somewhat 
longer than the neuropodial. All sete are very slender, flexible and 
thread-like, of various lengths in each tuft, and have each margin 
provided with a fringe of appressed hairs. 

Many of the specimens are enclosed in a very tough mucous mem- 
brane more or less coated with silt, and often inhabited by small 
nematodes. 

This species bears much resemblance to Travisia olens Ehlers, which 
has only thirty segments and rather distinct parapodial papille. 

It is apparently an abundant worm, conspicuous from its large size, 
and widespread on muddy bottoms. Specimens were collected from 
the following stations: 4,192, Gulf of Georgia, 18 to 23 fathoms, green 
mud and fine sand; 4,194, Gulf of Georgia (type locality), 111 to 170 
fathoms, soft green mud; 4,197, Gulf of Georgia, 31 to 90 fathoms, 
sticky green mud and fine sand ; 4,230, Behm Canal, 108 to 240 fathoms, 
rocky; 4,235, Behm Canal, 130 to 193 fathoms, gray mud; 4,237, Behm 
Canal, 192 fathoms, green mud; 4,246, Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales 
Island, 101 to 123 fathoms, gray and green mud, coarse sand and 
shells. 


Brada pilosa sp. nov. Plate X, figs. 14-17. 


This well-marked species is represented by about a dozen specimens 
varying in length from 15 to 30 mm., the largest having a maximum 
diameter of 5 mm. With the prostomium and tentacles retracted, 
which is the condition of all of the specimens, the form of the body is 
slender clavate, bluntly rounded at the anterior end and gradually 
thickening to about XI or XII, from which point it tapers into the 
rather slender, gracefully formed caudal region. 


232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


The exact form of the prostomium and mouth is not apparent, inas- 
much as this region is retracted, leaving a conspicuous trifid opening 
which has been sometimes indicated in descriptions of other species as 
the true mouth. In this condition the peristomium is trilobate. All of 
the segments are simple rings, separated from one another by clearly 
defined but not conspicuous intersegmental furrows which become 
more distinct posteriorly. The segments pass regularly into one 
another without any conspicuous breaks in contour, and increase in 
length, as they do in diameter, to about XII, then undergo little change 
to the middle of the body, behind which they become again gradually 
shorter. Toward the posterior end they diminish to a minute pygi- 
dium which contains a small, vertical, slit-like anus, but appears to 
lack cirri or other appendages. 

The number of segments varies from 31 to 33, the latter number 
being present in the type. All, including the peristomium, bear both 
notopodial and neuropodial sete in tufts upon minute tubercles. 

The chief characteristic of the species is the richness of its papillation. 
The entire dorsal surface is thickly covered with filiform papille espe- 
cially numerous toward the ends, where they are so densely arranged 
that they actually touch and crowd one another. On the middle 
segments they are more widely separated, but are still so numerous 
that where Brada villosa bears 3 or 4 in the length of a somite, this 
species bears 8 to 12. They are not disposed in regular rows, but are 
arranged more or less irregularly at nearly equal intervals in all diree- 
tions. The intersegmental furrows lack papille and appear as smooth 
lines, like narrow avenues through a grass field. Just anterior to each 
parapodium the papille become few or nearly disappear, leaving a 
wider open space at this point. Those papille remaining in this 
region are collected about the setigerous tubercles, but instead of be- 
coming enlarged and forming rosettes they are actually smaller than 
the dorsal ones. 

All of the papille (fig. 14) are slender, elongated and filiform with 
a small terminal knob. Many of them collect a thick girdle of sedi- 
ment in a zone near the base, which gives the appearance of a bulbous 
enlargement. They differ considerably in length and toward the 
anterior end of the body exceed the length of the segment bearing 
them, so that this region has the appearance of being thickly coated 
with fine hairs. At the level of the ventral margin of the neuropodial 
tubercles the dorsal papillation ceases abruptly, and is replaced by 
the much smaller papille (fig. 15) which cover this surface. Although 
their number is nearly as great, these papille are so much smaller than 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233 


those found on the dorsal surface that to the naked eye they appear 
merely as a fine granulation. 

Every somite, including the peristomium, bears both notopodial 
and neuropodial setz in small lateral tufts. The sete of both fascicles 
have the same character, all being slender and transversely jointed, 
except at the acutely pointed tip. The former (fig. 16) are very slender 
and delicate and the internodes increase in length toward thetip. The 
latter (fig. 17) are more deeply colored, much stouter, distinctly curved 
and the much shorter joints decrease in length toward the tip. In 
both tufts the number of setz is small, about eight notopodials and 
eight or ten neuropodials being the rule. On the peristomium the 
notopodials are very long, equalling four or five segments, and they 
project forward far beyond the mouth. On succeeding segments they 
project outward and upward and decrease in length until they are about 
equal to the sezment bearing them. The neuropodials are rudiment- 
ary on I, but increase in both length and thickness on succeeding 
anterior segments, those at the posterior end becoming again more 
slender but without diminution in length. 

As stated above the prostomium is in all cases retracted. A dissec- 
tion shows that the tentacles are fine and very numerous, numbering 
upwards of thirty on each side. They are borne on a pair of bosses 
which are about twice as wide dorsally as ventrally, where they curve 
around the mouth and nearly meet. The palpi are very short and 
broad and marked by a longitudinal groove and transverse wrinkles 
on the ventral side, the dorsal surface being smooth. The skin is 
gray, but the papille impart to the dorsal surface a buffy yellow color. 

Brada pilosa very closely resembles Trophonia hirsuta Theel, but is 
distinguished by the reduction in size and number of the papille form- 
ing the setal rosettes and by the unjointed tip and other peculiarities 
of the sete. 

The species is not uncommon northward. Examples occur from 
the following stations: Station 4,251 (type locality), Stephens Passage, 
198 fathoms, rocky bottom; 4,235, Yes Bay, Behm Canal, 130 to 193 
fathoms, gray mud; 4,252, Stephens Passage, 198 to 201 fathoms, gray 
mud; 4,258, Lynn Canal, 300 to 313 fathoms, mud. 


Maldane similis sp. nov. Plate XI, figs. 26-30. 


The type and largest example is 56 mm. long and 2.5 mm. wide, 
the latter being nearly constant throughout the entire length. 

This species belongs to the M. biceps group in haying the cephalic 
and caudal plates of nearly the same form and size. The cephalic plate 


234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


is very broadly elliptical in outline, the margin little limbate, the pos- 
terior two-fifths separated by a deep notch on each side from the 
anterior three-fifths, the former erect and with its margin finely den- 
ticulated with from twenty to twenty-five teeth. One-fourth of the 
remaining margin anterior to the notch forms on each side a rather 
thick, narrow, spreading rim, the margin of which is quite entire or 
merely slightly crenulated, not conspicuously toothed as in M. biceps. 
Anteriorly the cephalic rim is separated from the postero-lateral mar- 
gins of the palpode by a pair of distinct radial furrows. The palpode 
is very large and contributes easily three-tenths of the entire margin. 
It is very broad and flat, with a smoothly curved anterior border and 
rather more than one-third of the middle of its posterior border pro- 
duced backward on to the head plate as a slightly elevated median 
welt scarcely rising to the height of a ridge. On each side of this, 
forming its lateral boundaries and the posterior boundary of the 
lateral portions of the palpode are the deep sensory slits, U-shaped or 
hooked, with the lateral limb the shorter. No furrows or other mark- 
ings occur on the surface of the cephalic plate. 

The mouth is large and the lips prominent and pouting. A short 
distance behind it is a transverse groove encircling the ventral half of 
the peristomium and joining a conspicuous longitudinal groove which 
begins at the lateral notch in the cephalic margin and passes along 
the side of the peristomium, to end posteriorly in the circular furrow 
which separates a complete narrow ring from the hinder part of the 
segment. Inasmuch as the posterior part of the peristomium is re- 
tracted within the anterior margin of II, this ring is completely con- 
cealed ventrally by the prominent half-collar developed in that posi- 
tion on the latter segment. 

The next segment (II) is very short, its length not more than one- 
half of its diameter; the posterior third is completely separated as 
a distinct ring; and the anterior margin is somewhat produced into a 
collar, the ventral half of which springs into especial prominence 
abruptly at the level of the sete. Somite III is about one-third longer 
than II and similarly biannulated, but its anterior margin is not col- 
lared. Thus far the skin is entirely glandularly thickened. 

The following six segments (IV to [X) are decidedly longer, about 
equalling their own diameter, and the secondary furrow, while always 
present, is in a more anterior position not far behind the middle. 
While the three anterior segments are glandular throughout, the ones 
under discussion have the glandular area confined to the ventral half 
of the body and especially to the anterior ring in the vicinity of the 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235 


tori. Somites IX and X are indistinguishable, and on the latter the 
now prominent tori have shifted to the posterior end of the segment. 

From this point the segments continue to lengthen to XIV, which is 
about three times as long as thick, after which they again decrease. 
Throughout the middle region the integuments are soft and translucent, 
except for the swollen, oval, glandular areas surrounding each torus. 
Somites XVIII, XIX and XX are again much thicker than long 
and the tori are correspondingly large and prominent; XX is about 
one-fourth as long as thick with a prominent pair of acheetous tori 
much below the usual level and meeting ventrally. 

The pygidium consists of a very short basal ring bearing a pair of 
coalesced glandular thickenings corresponding to the tori of XX. 
The anus is conspicuous and in a dorsal position at the base of the 
dorsal membrane. The limbate margin of the pygidium bears a re- 
markable resemblance to the cephalic plate, but is oblique in a reverse 
direction. Its ventral two-fifths are separated rom the dorsal three- 
fifths by a deep rounded notch, with thickened margins which nearly 
meet externally and constrict its opening. The ventral portion has its 
margin marked by four very broad, shallow crenulations and a pair 
of prominent triangular lateral lobes. The dorsal plate is more 
prominent and flaring, with a smooth and regular margin marked 
only by a broad and extremely shallow median emargination. 

Somites I and II and the pygidium are achetous; II bears strictly 
lateral setze only, arranged in a vertical tuft just above the dorsal ends 
of the ventral collar; III and IV bear similar sete tufts and very short 
series of uncini disposed in the same plane and both strictly lateral 
and sessile. On succeeding segments the set tufts have short, slightly 
oblique bases placed a little in advance of the uncini, which form lines 
five or six times as long as those on the preceding somites, more ventral 
in position, and elevated upon distinct tori. Proceeding caudad the 
uncinial lines increase slightly in length and become more ventral in 
position. The number of uncini in a torus is about 8 on III, 13 on V, 
28 on X, 32 on XV and 35 on XIX. 

The small tuft on II contains sete of two kinds, the one small with 
a rather wide wing and abruptly tapered stem terminating in a slender 
tip; the other very much longer, with the stem conspicuously striated 
the tips rigid and less slender and the wing very narrow (fig. 26). 
On following somites the number of setze increases to 10 or 12 pairs, 
the larger ones become stouter and the smaller more slender. By 
somite XV the number is further reduced ; the small sete exhibit only 
minute pointed tips and the ends of the larger ones are elongated and 


236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


provided with ensheathing awns which appear to be disposed in sym- 
metrical pairs. 

Anterior uncini (on IIT) (fig. 27) have the head little enlarged and 
somewhat thrown back, the stout, blunt, nearly straight beak some- 
what elevated, the crest composed of a single large tooth with a cluster 
of small ones surrounding its base, and the guard rudimentary or ab- 
sent (fig. 28). In a succeeding tori there is a gradual transition to the 
typical form which appears at about VI. Such uncini (fig. 29) have 
a distinct shoulder, well-defined neck and head, and a stout, tapering, 
hooked beak with an acute, slightly recurved tip. The crest is well 
developed and formed of two transverse rows of numerous teeth which 
are largest at the vertex and become rapidly reduced laterally. The 
guard is strong and arising well below the beak sweeps boldly beyond 
and above its tip (fig. 30). 

The type and one other specimen were taken at Station 4,264, off 
Freshwater Bay, Chatham Strait, 282 to 293 fathoms, on a bottom of 
green mud. 


Maldanella robusta sp. nov. Plate XI, figs. 31, 32. 

No complete specimen of this species occurs in the collection, but 
fortunately there are several heads and one posterior end and it is 
possible to so fit the fragments together as to secure a complete descrip- 
tion. 

The worm thus reconstructed is a fine large one, measuring about 195 
mm. long and 7.5 mm. in diameter at the middle part. Excluding the 
pygidium there is twenty-one segments, of which the peristomium 
and first preanal segment are achztous, II bears setze only, XX sete 
only on one side, and III to XIX inclusive both setee and uncini. 

The prostomium and peristomium are completely coalesced and 
exhibit no trace of a dividing furrow or suture. The cephalic plate 
meets the dorsal profile of the peristomium at an angle of approxi- 
mately 135° to 150°, so that the ventral length of the head is nearly or 
quite twice the dorsal. The cephalic plate has a nearly regular ellip- 
soidal outline, with a length of about twice the width. Its thin margin 
is elevated all round, highest and most erect behind, thence slightly 
diminishing in height to a point anterior to the middle where it is 
folded and sometimes slightly notched. Anterior to this point it 
again becomes higher and more flaring until it curves into the base of 
the palpode, from which it is separated by a slight cleft. Except fora 
faint crenulation, the margin is entire. The median ridge is rather 
broad and low, but extends through the anterior half or less only of the 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237 


cephalic plate, ending abruptly behind; anteriorly it widens slightly 
and passes partly into the marginal rim, partly into the palpode. On 
each side of the ridge are deep sensory slits which anteriorly bend 
somewhat sharply outward and backward, and continue along the base 
of the lateral fold nearly as far as the posterior end of the median limb. 

From near the posterior end of the median ridge to the lateral fold 
or notch in the marginal membrane passes a strictly transverse furrow 
on each side, leaving an extensive area in the posterior region of the 
head marked only by a few crescentic furrows parallel with the pos- 
terior margin. The palpode is a short, broadly rounded, rather thick, 
tongue-like structure which is continued backward on the ventral side 
as a broad welt to the mouth, within which it bifureates to form a pair of 
ridges separated by a deep cleft. The mouth is relatively small and 
bounded by a nearly cireular fold, elevated and furrowed somewhat 
like a piece of rope and which is open only anteriorly to admit the 
posterior extension of the palpode. 

As before mentioned there is absolutely no visible line of separation 
between prostomium and peristomium, but the two together constitute 
a continuous head, shaped somewhat like a horse’s hoof; that is, it 
spreads anteriorly, where it is truncated obliquely by the cephalic 
plate. The seven somites next following are cylindrical, with a nearly 
uniform diameter about equalling the posterior diameter of the 
peristomium, and a length but little greater. All have traces of anterior 
collars, which are best developed on IV to VII, on which also the 
glandular layer of the skin is thick and extensive. The skin of the 
head and somites II to IV is very smooth, iridescent and marked by 
fine furrows crossing in various directions, like those on the human 
skin. Somites V to VIII are of a dull, opaque, non-iridescent white. 
Following this the body is distinctly depressed and the segments 
elongated to two or three times their diameter. They bear prominent 
tori situated along broad elevated longitudinal muscle bands. While 
the greater part of the surface of the segments is smooth and has a 
conspicuous bluish iridescence, the longitudinal muscle ridges are 
vertically furrowed and, when the segments are much contracted, 
these furrows are extended nearly around the segment. With the 


exception of =, the segments bounding which are continuous and 


the place of transition of the parapodia from an anterior to a 
posterior position, all of the furrows are well developed. Somite LX 
is the last exhibiting a distinct glandular region, which is confined to a 
narrow anterior zone. For nearly the entire length of the worm there 
appears in the median ventral line a neural cleft in the muscles, having 


238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 
the aspect of a clear, translucent, bluish line. There is no diminution 
in the length of the posterior setigerous segments, but the achzetous 
segments are considerably reduced in both length and diameter. They 
are terete, about twice as long as thick, have the surface deeply wrin- 
kled transversely and bear rather prominent tori in the posterior one- 
third. Following these is the campanulate pygidium which has a 
narrow ringed base and a deep cup-shaped body, the margin of which 
is divided into thirty-nine very regular bluntly rounded teeth, the four 
ventralmost of which are considerably broader than the others, while 
at three other points one of the latter has been replaced by two smaller 
ones. Both without and within the surface of the cup is longitudinally 
fluted, and in the deeper part of the interior numerous fine ribs, usually 
two to each marginal tooth, pass to the margin of the very large anus. 

Somite II bears capillary setze only, which arise as a narrow vertical 
tuft from a slit-like cleft into which they are retractile. Succeeding 
segments, to XIX inclusive, bear both setze and uncini which are 
strictly lateral in position, the dorsal interval between the set scarcely 
exceeding the ventral interval between the uncini. As far as somite 
VIII the sete continue to occur in the form of vertical tufts retractile 
within slit-like pockets; and the uncini, which begin immediately 
below the set and lie in the same plane, form strictly linear series 
sessile or even depressed below the surface. On IX and all subsequent 
segments the sete are situated on rather prominent wart-like papille 
in the form of crescentic tufts open below; and the uncini are elevated 
on the crests of swollen tori. On II, III and IV the parapodia are 
situated in the anterior one-third; on V and VI they are but little 
anterior to the middle; on VII, VIII and IX they are again near the 
anterior end; on X they shift abruptly to the posterior one-third and 
so remain to the last. The posterior tori are especially prominent. 
Whether XX is normally setigerous cannot of course be determined 
until additional specimens are known. 

The number of uncini increases toward the posterior end, the counts 
being 22 to 26 on III, 35 to 42 on V, 45 to 50 on X, 53 to 57 on XV 
and 60 on XIX. 

The sets are numerous and form dense tufts. On II those of one 
series are shorter and about three times as thick as the others and have 
well-developed wings. Those in the other series are slender and nearly 
wingless. On succeeding somites all of the setae become much more 
elongated and more slender, but do not differ otherwise, and appa- 
rently lack altogether any lateral hairs or awns. 

As indicated above uncini (fig. 31) are numerous on all segments , 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239 


Z 


and are stout, striated, and of a deep yellow color throughout. They 
differ very little in form on the different segments, the only noticeable 
distinction being that the extreme anterior ones have the crest teeth 
less well developed and the guard hairs fewer. The rather long, 
slender, curved stem has a distinct but tapering shoulder, a rather 
long, erect neck and an enlarged head, below which is a very prominent 
square guard process (fig. 32). The beak is stout and hooked, the crest 
teeth three or four, the lowermost very large, the upper small or obso- 
lete; sometimes, especially on anterior uncini, a pair of small but dis- 
tinct lateral teeth is present. The guard is strong and consists of 
about sixteen stiff hairs which arise from a scale-like base ensheathing 
the front of the guard process, and spread regularly in an even curve 
around the end of the beak, above which they arise convergingly to a 
considerable height. 

The body of the alcoholics is generally colorless or pale yellow, but 
the cuticle has a strong bluish iridescence throughout. 

A portion of a tube is soft and flexible, consisting of a thick mucoid 
substance covered with a stratum of moderate thickness of soft grayish 
brown silt. 

This species is evidently related to the three species of Maldanella 
described by McIntosh from the deep waters of the oceans of the 
Southern hemisphere. The Japanese maldanid Clymene harai Izuka 
(=Axiothea campanulata Moore) also belongs to this genus. 

The sources of the examples of MW. robusta are Station 4,197, Gulf of 
Georgia, 31 to 90 fathoms, bottom of sticky green mud and fine sand; 
Station 4,230, Behm Canal, 108 to 240 fathoms, rocky bottom; and 
Station 4,246, the type locality, Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales Island, 
101 to 123 fathoms, bottom of green mud with coarse sand and shell 
fragments. 

Clymenella tentaculata sp. noy. Plate XI, figs. 33-35. 

This very interesting species is unfortunately imperfectly known, 
the following description being based upon one anterior and one 
posterior piece which may be parts of the same individual and which 
together represent nearly an entire worm. 

The former measures 22 mm. long and 2 mm. wide at IX and con- 
sists of the prostomium and nine segments; the latter is much twisted 
and the five setigerous segments, four acheetous preanal segments and 
pygidium measure about 20 mm. long. 

The cephalic plate is very much expanded and flares widely at the 
margin. Its outline is very broadly oval. The hinder third of the rim 
is separated from the anterior two-thirds by a pair of small lateral 


240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


incisions, behind which it is more erect and diminishes in height to a 
minute median posterior notch. Anterior to the lateral incisions the 
rather abruptly widened and flaring margins continue undiminished 
almost to the palpode which they join on each side. The cephalic 
margin is everywhere smooth and its margin entire. A pair of con- 
spicuous sensory slits divide the central disk of the head for about 
the anterior five-sixths of its length into three narrow longitudinal 
areas of equal width which are united behind. The central one is 
somewhat ridged and widens almost imperceptibly as it passes into 
the palpode anteriorly. The palpode consists of a short rounded base 
bearing a slender, elongated finger-like process on its median anterior 
margin. 

The cephalic plate forms a dorsal angle of about 120° or less with the 
peristomium, which is indistinguishably coalesced with the prostomium. 
It is little more than one-half as long as the cephalic plate and its sur- 
face is slightly granulated but unwrinkled. Owing to the protrusion 
of the proboscis, which has a depressed acorn-shape, with the basal 
division thickly papillated, the mouth is invisible. 

Somite II (the first setigerous) has a length about equalling the 
width at the anterior end, from which it gradually diminishes in dia- 
meter caudad. The next two segments are narrowerer, after which 
the diameter increases gradually to VIII, though the length remains 
nearly constant; IX has the same diameter, but if complete is scarcely 
half as long as VIII. All of these segments are transversely wrinkled 
superficially and are provided with a distinct, raised neural line. No 
prominent collars but merely a low free rim, most distinct on V, are 
developed on their anterior ends. 

Owing to the much coiled and twisted condition the real proportions 
of the distorted posterior segments cannot be easily ascertained. They 
are evidently three or four times as long as wide, slender and thin- 
skinned, except posteriorly where the prominent, swollen and glandu- 
lar parapodia are developed. There are no especially developed 
glandular zones or muscular ridges and the neural line is elevated 
throughout. The last six or seven seements decrease in length and the 
entire region tapers to the pygidium. The first of the posterior ache- 
tous segments is about one and one-half times as long as wide and of a 
shape similar to those preceding it, having fully developed but naked 
tori on the posterior end. The next three are simple rings without 
tori and of rapidly decreasing length. Terminating the body is a 
remarkably small, top-shaped pygidium lacking any limbate margin. 
Instead there arises around the base of the anal papilla, which con- 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241 


stitutes its greater part, a circle of twenty-three separate and distinct 
cirri, all of which are slender, regular and equal, and not, as in many 
species of the genus, alternately longer and shorter. Apparently they 
increase slightly in size from the dorsal to the ventral side; and the 
median ventral one is much elongated, its length equalling that of the 
four achzetous segments combined or about ten times the length of the 
other marginal papille, and it is very slender distally. 

On the first three setigerous somites (II to IV) about thirty sete 
occur in each group and are disposed in small vertical tufts just above 
the lateral line and about one-third of the length of the somite from 
its anterior end. The small number of uncini (3 to 5) are sessile in 
short, transverse lines just below the setee. On succeeding segments 
the sete are more numerous and project upward and outward in tufts 
from small tubercles. The uncini are more numerous (13 on V, 20 
on IX, and still more posteriorly) and form longer lines widely separ- 
ated below by a space of twice or more their own length. The tori 
have become prominent swellings. On IX they have become trans- 
ferred to the posterior end, although the boundary between this seg- 
ment and VIII is not clearly defined. This condition of the tori con- 
tinues throughout the body, though they become even more prominent 
posteriorly and are united across the dorsum of each segment by a 
glandular band. The dorsal interval between the sete is about equal 
to the ventral interval between the uncini. The first achzetous seg- 
ment at the posterior end bears a pair of perfectly normal tori, but no 
setee or uncini. 


The setie are often imperfect and their distribution is worked out 
only incompletely. Anterior segments have them all slightly curved, 
delicate and narrowly winged, with very slender, tapering tips. They 
occur in two series, one of finer, the other of coarser setee. Farther back 
these two kinds become further differentiated. Both become longer 
and the slender ones provided with short basal wings, beyond which is 
a delicate capillary tip doubly fringed with strongly divergent, very 
fine hairs. 

All uncini are yellow and have the stems longitudinally striated. 
Those of somites II to IV, in which the number is small, have the form 
shown in fig. 33. The stems are slender, slightly curved, regularly 
enlarged, but with no distinct nodulus, then slightly constricted to a 
neck, bearing a scarcely enlarged head (fig. 34), with a simple, tapering 
unhooked beak, a small crest of three minute teeth and apparently no 
guards. These uncini increase regularly to the dorsalmost, which 

16 


242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


also has by far the most prominent beak. On the remaining somites 
the uncini differ decidedly in the form of the head (fig. 35) which is 
much enlarged backward. The smaller beak is more curved and 
hooked, the crest high and prominent, with five or sometimes six non- 
fibrous, imbricated teeth of diminishing size. The guard consists of 
several (about 8) fine tapering hairs, which arise from a plate just 
beneath the beak, the inferior outline of which they follow to the tip, 
above which they then rise as curled inarched filaments. 

The alcoholic specimen is colorless, but the greatly developed para- 
podial plexuses of bloodvessels indicate red bands during life. 

Some fragments of tubes are 3 mm. in diameter. Their flexible 
walls are composed of a soft mucoid membrane covered with a thin 
coating of very fine neatly deposited sand. 

This species presents interesting resemblances to Prazilla gracilis 
(Sars) Malmgren in the form of the head and tentaculiform palpode, 
to Clymenella catenata (Malmgren) in the number of achztous preanal 
somites, and to C. rubrocincta Johnson in the elongated median ventral 
pygidial cirrus. 

It is known only from Station 4,264, off Freshwater Bay, Chatham 
Strait, July 25, 1903, 282 to 293 fathoms, bottom of green mud. 
Nicomache carinata sp. nov. Plate XI, figs 36-39, and Plate XII, figs. 43 and 44. 

A well-preserved but somewhat contracted specimen (the type) is 
65 mm. long and 3 mm. in diameter at the thickest part. Another in- 
complete but more fully extended example must have exceeded twice 
this length when complete. 

The prostomium and peristomium are coalesced. forming a continu- 
ous head about 1} times as long as wide. The prostomial region is 
nearly vertical with about its medial + formed by a ridge, which forms 
a prominent profile, somewhat arched above and ending below and 
anteriorly in a transverse crescent, separated by a slight groove from 
the short, somewhat thickened palpode. The latter is continuous 
with the similarly thickened lateral margins of the head, within which 
is a pair of shallow longitudinal depressions, while within these again 
and close to the median ridge are the distinct longitudinal sensory slits 
or nuchal organs. 

The dorsal peristomial region is somewhat tumid anteriorly, with a 
nearly straight profile posteriorly, but strongly arched transversely 
throughout. From the prostomium it is slightly distinguished by a 
faint transverse groove which passes laterally into the depression men- 
tioned above and the groove which continues the latter posteriorly to 
the end of this segment. The mouth is a large elliptical opening sur- 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243 


rounded by a rugous, furrowed lip. Just behind this lip is a shallow 
transverse ventral groove, while near its posterior end this segment is 
completely encireled by another faint furrow which, like the groove 
mentioned, is met by the longitudinal furrow on each side. 

Besides the pygidium the type has 24 segments, while the only other 
complete specimen in the collection has 25. The peristomium 1s 
acheetous, and somites II to XXII (or XXIII) inclusive are setigerous, 
leaving two preanal achetous segments, as in N.lumbricalis. Somite 
II is as long as the head; the next seven or eight segments are succes- 
sively of slightly increased length, the last named being nearly twice as 
long as the first. Behind IX several segments remain nearly equal in 
length, then the length diminishes, at first slowly, then rapidly to the 
last, the last three setigerous segments each equalling III in length and 
the two achzetous preanal segments together barely exceeding the last 
setigerous. Somites II, III and IV are of much greater diameter an- 
teriorly, and slope to the posterior end which is inserted slightly into 
the next succeeding segment. The next five segments (V to IX) are 
more nearly cylindrical, but bear slightly produced glandular collars at 
their anterior ends. The last four are simple short rings. At the two 
ends of the body the intersegmental furrows are deep and distinct, but 
in the middle region they are obscure. 

The pygidium is funnel-form, but little widened, regular and some- 
what longer than the last two segments combined. On the type its 
margin is divided into twenty-one equal and regular triangular teeth 
each with a minute cirriform tip. The only other anal funnel present 
has but sixteen marginal teeth and cirri. The anus is central and very 
large, and is surrounded by about ten regular lobes separated by as 
many radiating furrows. At about somite VIII the neural groove 
begins to be distinct between the lateral muscle ridges and continues 
to XXIV, from which point a faint neural line continues across the 
pygidium to end in the median marginal tooth which is narrower than 
the others. The other anal funnel has the three median ventral teeth 
smaller and the nerve cord terminating between two of them. 

No distinctly elevated tori or setigerous tubercles exist anterior to 
XIII, on which the latter are midway between dorsum and venter, 
and the ridge-like tori extend from just below them through the centre 
of the broad glandular zone nearly to the neural line. On succeeding 
segments they are even more prominent, and behind XV have shifted 
with the glandular zone to the posterior end of the segment. Toward 
the posterior end as the thin-walled portion of the segment diminishes 
in length they become more central, and finally on XXI and XXII the 


244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


swollen glandular tori form the entire length of the segment and bear 
the uncini along the middle. Although XXII and XXIV are achetous 
they are similarly constituted. 

The head and first four sezments are very smooth, iridescent and of a 
uniform deep purple color above. The next three segments are smooth 
and dull yellowish throughout; those of the middle region have pale 
anterior glandular zones, the rest being yellowish and roughened, while 
posterior segments are pale throughout and thin-walled, except for 
the ventral longitudinal bands and posterior glandular zones. 

The peristomium and two preanal segments are achzetous. Somites 
II, III and IV have a single stout spine situated at about the end of 
the anterior one-third of the segment and about twice as far from the 
dorsal as from the ventral median line. A little above and in front of 
this is a short vertical series of capillary sete. On the remaining 
segments the setee form more prominent tufts arranged in vertical 
series midway on the sides of the body and in the middle of the glandu- 
lar area which lies on the anterior end of the somites as far as about 
XV, then for some segments on the posterior end, and finally, with 
the disappearance of the non-glandular region, occupies the entire seg- 
ment. Uncini occur on all segments from V to XXII inclusive. They 
are in all cases arranged in a single series in the same plane as the 
sete, and extend in a line, for a greater or less distance according to 
their number, on to the ventral surface. On the anterior segments 
they are slightly larger and fewer, the number counted in the type 
being 7 to 9 on V, 16 to 19 on X and 10 to 12 on XXII. 

The single ventral spines on II, III and IV are stout, fibrous and 
yellow, tapering to a slightly curved, blunt, hard point. On the same 
segments the notopodial tufts contain about six longer, stouter setae 
(fig. 44) with longitudinally striated stems tapering to stiff, straight, 
acute tips and provided with a broad and extensive wing on one side 
and a very narrow one on the other; also a corresponding number, 
arranged in a parallel row, of much shorter, more delicate sete (fig. 43) 
with nearly wingless stems tapering to along hair-like and very delicate, 
flexible tip provided on each side with minute cilia-like hairs. The latter 
are so minute that they are visible under high powers only. Except 
for a slight increase in number the stouter setee remain unchanged 
throughout, but the more delicate ones become considerably modi- 
fied. By about the tenth segment they have become more numerous; 
some of them (fig. 43) are only moderately elongated (about as much 
or only slightly more than those of the preceding segments), but the 
lateral processes have become much larger, ensheathing and awn- 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245 


like, and™may be arranged spirally (fig. 43a); others are very greatly 
elongated, thread-like, openly spiral, tapered very gently to acute tips, 
and have the lateral processes reduced to minute appressed scales (fig. 
36). The latter spring in a group from the ventral side of the bundle. 

Typical crochets (figs. 38 and 39) have rather slender, strongly 
curved stems with an asymmetrical nodulus near the middle, the head 
very little enlarged and provided with a stout, rather long, moderately 
acute, strongly hooked, and slightly recurved rostrum, above which 
is a prominent crest consisting of five, or sometimes of four, depressed, 
overlapping, diminishing teeth. There are no lateral teeth, but the 
striations end in several groups of conspicuous markings just below 
the principal teeth. The guard arises close beneath the rostrum, but 
separated from the latter by a distinct space. There is no distinct 
guard process or shoulder, but the guard arises as a distinct transverse 
plate, soon becoming divided into about twelve slender, tapering fila- 
ments, which spread around the end of the rostrum or overarch it. 
The stem, neck and posterior part of the head are strongly striated. 
Posteriorly the stems of the uncini increase in length. On somite V 
all of the uncini have the form shown in fig. 37. The stem is straighter, 
beak less hooked and the teeth of the crest fewer and more erect. 
The guard is rudimentary. 

The head and succeeding three or four segments are very smooth, 
iridescent and of a uniform deep purple or reddish-brown color above, 
not at all spotted or blotched; the next three segments are smooth and 
yellowish throughout; those of the middle region have pale anterior 
glandular zones, the remaining parts being yellowish and roughened; 
while posterior segments are pale throughout and thin-walled, except 
in the position of the longitudinal muscles and glandular zones. 

The tubes are stout, thick-walled, hard but fragile structures, com- 
posed of fine sand grains, sponge spicules and bits of rock cemented 
together firmly and lined by a thin mucoid layer. Several tubes are 
sometimes coherent side by side. 

Fragments of this species occur in the collections from the Gulf of 
Georgia, Station 4,197, 31 to 90 fathoms, on a bottom of sticky green 
mud and fine sand, and Station 4,198, 157 to 230 fathoms, on a soft green 
mud bottom. The type locality is Station 4,227, in the vicinity of 
Naha Bay, Behm Canal, 62 to 65 fathoms, dark green mud and fine 
sand. 

Nicomache carinata is easily distinguished from N. personata John- 
son by the possession of two achetous preanal segments, while the 


latter has but one. In this respect it resembles NV. lumbricales Malmg., 


246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF April, 


but differs from that species in color, the form of the uncini and spines 
and the greater number of marginal divisions of the pygidium. 


Lumbriclymene pacifica sp. noy. Plate XII, figs. 40-42. 

The type and largest complete specimen, which is unduly elongated 
through maceration of the middle region, is 103 mm. long and 2 mm. 
in diameter. 

The head (composed of prostomium and peristomium) is slightly 
compressed laterally and very short, the length only very slightly 
exceeding the depth. It totally lacks a cephalic plate and has a 
nearly straight dorsal profile, meeting the vertical and convex anterior 
profile at nearly a right angle. There is just the faintest indication of 
a palpode and of the anterior end of the median ridge. About midway 
on the side of the head a longitudinal furrow extends from the furrow 
4 to a point just over the mouth, and just anterior to the ends of 
these furrows are the nuchal organs—a pair of small round depres- 
sions. A few faint short furrows run from near the end of the longi- 
tudinal furrow toward the mouth, and behind the latter the longitudinal 
furrow is cut by a transverse furrow which is very strongly developed 
on the dorsal side but fades out ventrally. From the posterior end 
of the peristomium a short re-entering half-ring is cut off ventrally by 
a rather distinct furrow which ends dorsally at the longitudinal furrow. 
The mouth is a rather conspicuous transverse slit situated about 
opposite the middle of the head and bounded both anteriorly and 
posteriorly by rather prominent lips, the former of which is marked 
by a short but deep longitudinal furrow. 

Somite IT is slightly shorter than the head. Behind it the segments 
increase regularly in length to IX at least, which is about three times 
as long as the head. Behind this several segments are probably still 
longer, but owing to their much softened state the exact length is 
uncertain. At the posterior end XVI is about as long as VI or VII 
and succeeding segments diminish rapidly, XTX and XX together only 
about equalling V in length. The two achztous preanal segments are 
again much reduced. 

Except that at the extreme posterior end a few are provided with 
prominent tori, all somites appear to be perfectly cylindrical. Somites 
II, III and IV bear setze about the middle and just behind them is a 
faint furrow. The next five bear them near the anterior end just 
behind the glandular girdle. Posterior somites have their large swollen 
tori situated near their posterior ends and bearing the small tufts 
of setee above and moderately long lines of crochets below. The two 


“1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247 


preanal segments have two tubercles on each side, one above the other, 
in the position of the tori, but without sete or uncini. 

In the type the pygidium is very short—less than the two preanal 
segments—and is terminated squarely by a simple slightly convex 
plate of broadly elliptical outline. Another specimen has the pygidium 
more extended and nearly twice as long (on the dorsal side) as the two 
preceding segments, and the terminal plate is oblique at about 45°. 
In both specimens the plate is margined by a just evident fold, con- 
tinuous except on the median ventral region. Just anterior to this 
margin dorsally is the anus. 

The color is well preserved at the anterior end in a sharply con- 
trasted pattern of reddish brown and white. On the head the former 
color oceurs as follows: over the entire frontal surface, a half-ring on 
the dorsum of the posterior end of the prostomium, and a broad ring 
which occupies most of the peristomium and which is much more 
deeply colored dorsal to the longitudinal furrow than below it. The 
white areas are a broad band occupying the sides and dorsum of the 
prostomium above the mouth, and a very narrow ring on the anterior 
end of the peristomium. On several succeeding segments the arrange- 
ment is in a narrow anterior red ring, then a white ring occupying most 
of the glandular zone, and succeeding this an extensive red area 
occupying all of the rest of the segment. These colors are best devel- 
oped on the dorsum, and gradually fade until by about somite VII 
only a nearly uniform dull yellow prevails. The glandular areas are, 
however, always whiter and more opaque than the remainder of the 
segment. 

The peristomium and two preanal somites are achetous, II to V 
bear small tufts of dorsal capillary bristles, and immediately below 
them two stout straight spines. Remaining somites have dorsal sete 
tufts, and below them ventral series of crochets occupying from one- 
eighth to one-sixth of the circumference of the segment. 

The anterior spines (fig. 40) are deep yellow, with opaque fibrous 
centres and straight blunt ends. In each tuft the setae number from 
fourteen to twenty in two ranks. On the proximal part of the exposed 
portion is a rather wide wing, obliquely striated and often frayed and 
fringed on the free margin. Just below this the shaft is usually con- 
stricted, and beyond it tapers to a capillary tip which is short on the 
anterior and very long and delicate on the posterior segments, but 
always, so far as determined, quite devoid of hairs or awns. 

Crochets are always few in number, never more than nine to fourteen 
occurring in each torus. They (fig. 41) are similar on all segments and 


248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


have well-differentiated shoulder, neck and head. The latter (fig. 
42) bears a stout, strongly hooked beak, above which are four stout 
profile teeth of diminishing size, flanked by a few small lateral teeth. 
The guard arises well below the beak and consists of about twelve 
coarse fibres which spread in front of and above the apex of the latter. 
The internal fibrous structure is strongly developed. 

Several tubes of this species occur in the collection and are interest- 
ing in structure. They measure 70 to 80 mm. long and 2.5 mm. in 
diameter, and occur either singly or attached in groups or to foreign 
bodies. Their walls are thin but hard and very brittle and are com- 
posed chiefly of small sand grains and sponge spicules, the latter of 
which are so attached that their pointed ends project freely toward 
the mouth of the tube. Various kinds of foraminifera and other 


foreign bodies are attached to the tubes, which are always dark- 


colored at the distal end and clean and pale elsewhere. 

Two complete worms and a fragment together with four or five tubes 
were taken at Station 4,264, off Freshwater Bay, Chatham Strait, 282 
to 293 fathoms, bottom of green mud. 

Sabellaria cementarium sp. nov. Plate XII, figs. 45-51. 

The fine species which represents the genus Sabellaria along the 
Pacific coast from Washington to Alaska is represented by a number of 
specimens, but unfortunately only one of these is complete, the others 
having lost the posterior end either through an attempt to remove the 
living worm from their tubes or by maceration in the tubes. 

The type and only perfect specimen is 81 mm. long, of which the 
very slender fecal tube contributes 28 mm. The operculum has a 
diameter of 4.5 mm., the thorax a width of 6 mm., from which thick- 
ness the abdomen tapers regularly to about 2 mm. at the posterior 
end and then suddenly contracts to the 1 to 1.5 mm. of the fecal tube. 

Counting the peristomium there are five thoracic segments exhibit- 
ing three distinct types of setation, then follow forty ordinary ab- 
dominal segments and about forty-six segments in the reduced fecal 
tube; finally the pygidium is a tubular structure 1.5 mm. long and .6 
mm. in diameter with its posterior end serrate with about twenty 
minute teeth. 

The prostomium is minute and completely concealed beneath the 
enormously developed peristomium. The small slit-like mouth is 
enclosed between a pair of closely appressed longitudinal folds, 
bounded laterally and somewhat enfolded ventrally by the enlarged 
palps, which are completely connate with the peristomium. 

The peristomium is greatly enlarged and in the type measures 6.5 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249 


mm. long and 4.5 mm. wide. Dorsally it is completely closed, over- 
arching and concealing the prostomium and mouth. ‘Together with 
the palpi which it bears below it forms a broad flat plate, of which the 
palps form the margins and are rolled inward and nearly touch ven- 
trally. At its distal end the peristomium bears the operculum—a 
circular or somewhat elliptical disk directed slightly dorsad and com- 
posed of three whorls of stout, stiff, hard spines or peristomial setz, 
so fitted together that they form a flexible and at the same time close- 
fitting and impenetrable plug to the tube. There are some indications 
in one specimen that this region may be regenerated when lost. The 
paleoli of the three rows differ in form and number as indicated below. 
Just external to and below the operculum is a circle of rather promi- 
nent conical opercular papilla, which probably represent the much sub- 
divided dorsal cirri of the peristomium. ‘They are clearly divided in 
two symmetrical halves like the opercular paleoli, and number 16 to 20 
on each side. 

The palps may be opened from the ventral side and spread, together 
with the peristomium, as a flattened plate deeply pigmented below 
and bearing the branchial folds on the lateral thirds. Anteriorly the 
two palps are conjoined in the operculum, the branchie also meeting 
in the middle line below and behind the operculum. From 12 to 18 
of these branchial folds or ridges occur on each side, the usual number 
in full-grown specimens being 18 pairs. They are prominent ridges 
running transversely across the free ventral margin of the palps and 
diminishing in size from behind forward. Owing to the medial bend- 
ing of the anterior end of the palps, the anterior six pairs of branchixe 
are arranged in the form of an arch and several of them lie in a nearly 
antero-posterior plane. Each gill consists of a stiff plate or ridge, 
with a serrate free margin behind which the filaments are borne. 
Except the very last, which usually bears but 10 filaments, the pos- 
terior gill ridges have about 20, the number decreasing regularly to the 
most anterior. All gill filaments are very slender and thread-like 
and the longest posterior ones equal the width of the peristomium. 

At the base of the branchial region is a pair of short rounded lobes 
having much the aspect of the branchial plates, but shorter and thicker 
than they and coming in contact across the mouth slit. Continuing 
from this dorsally is a sloping ridge bearing a pointed conical cirrus 
longer than the rounded lobe, and above this again a small tubercle 
carrying a fan-shaped tuft of slender sete. 

Somite IT is a short, simple ring partly fused with I and III ventrally 
to form the first ventral gland plate. Laterally it bears three conical 


250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


cirri, the ventral about as long as the segment, the middle about two- 
thirds as long, and the dorsal more than twice as long, slender distally 
and resembling the branchie, with which it stands as the first of a 
series. 

The remaining three thoracic segments are a little longer and IV 
and V bear distinct ventral glandular plates. Their neuropodial sete 
are stouter than those on I and II, but have no associated cirri and 
arise from the anterior margin of the segment on a level about mid- 
way between the neuropodial tufts of I and Il. Each of these seg- 
ments bears a dorsal cirrus or gill similar to that on II and in line with 
it, leaving a broad, naked area on the dorsum. Unlike II these somites 
bear no middle cirrus, but in place of it a prominent vertically elongated 
notopodial tubercle bearing a vertical series of large, coarse, paddle- 
shaped sete. 

Abdominal segments are somewhat flattened and only obscurely 
separated. As indicated above they decrease gradually in both 
length and diameter to the caudal appendage. Dorsally they present a 
somewhat arched area between the rows of gills and ventrally are 
excavated by a deep groove for the fecal tube, which is held in place 
by the tufts of slender neuropodial sets crossing from side to side 
beneath it. 

The body walls are exceedingly thin and delicate in the dorsal 
median area and permit the intestine to show through distinctly; the 
sides and ventral parts are decidedly thicker and more muscular. 
The abdominal gills have the same general form and position as the 
thoracic but are more perfect in structure, having larger blood-vessels, 
thinner walls and more numerous and prominent transverse ciliated 
ridges along their medial aspect. The first five or six are also much 
longer and have a length equal to the width of the interbranchial area. 
From this point they decrease in size very gradually and are totally 
absent from the last five or six segments. 

On the first abdominal segment the parapodia are very extensively 
developed and the notopodial uncinigerous tori occupy the entire 
side of the segment from the branchia nearly to the ventral median 
line. Ventrally they become higher and terminate in a small free 
lobe, from: beneath which arises a delicate ventral cirrus, and below 
this again the small neuropodial tubercle with its tuft of sete. The 
tori decrease in length chiefly from the dorsal end, at first very slowly, 
then rapidly and at the same time become more sharply defined as 
distinct, thin, outstanding lobes bearing the uncini on their margins. 
Toward the posterior end they become merely small prominent pro- 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251 


cesses with somewhat constricted stalks standing midway between 
the branchiz and the neuropodial sete tuft. After the first abdominal 
segment the neuropodial cirrus quickly becomes reduced and in four 
or five segments has become quite rudimentary or totally absent. 

The caudal or fecal tube has already been partly described. It is 
very delicate and thin-walled and bears no trace whatever of para- 
podia. Along its ventral side, however, what appear to be nerve 
ganglia can be distinctly seen and counted through the body wall, 
and delicate lines running in pairs from their neighborhood dorsad 
and cephalad have the same metameric arrangement. 

The type specimen is richly colored. The outer whorl of paleoli are 
a warm golden, the inner a golden brown. The thoracic region is a 
rich sienna brown, especially deep on the dorsal interbranchial region 
of the peristomium as well as of succeeding segments, and on the sides 
of the latter and the first ventral plate. The ventral post-branchial 
lobe of I and the dorsal branchiz are also well colored, but other cirri 
are pale. The gill filaments are pale purple, each with a deep brown 
basal spot. This specimen is a male, and the abdomen is colored pale 
cream from the contained sperm. Except for delicate lines formed 
of minute dots of reddish brown, which begin at the ventral sete tufts 
and then pass dorsad along the anterior margin of the segment and in 
most cases continue on to the antero-lateral margin of the gill, there is 
no pigment in this region. The intestine is filled with a greenish-gray 
matter that colors the fecal tube. Most of the other specimens are 
paler, but one has the anterior brown parts of adeep chocolate. The 
genital products escape by means of a pair of openings through the 
body walls behind the parapodia of each segment and in several cases 
from large masses within the tubes. 

The opercular paleoli vary from bright yellow to the more usual 
deep golden brown. They are all very stout, hard and rigid, and of 
peculiar irregular forms difficult of accurate description. All have 
slender, elongated stems, smooth superficially but striated longi- 
tudinally at the core, bearing very heavy and strong external blades, 
the great part of whose surface is roughened by numerous fine wavy 
parallel ridges which are slightly imbricated with their edges directed 
outward. The markings are not shown in the figures. 

The outer whorl of normal opercula contains from 39 to 64, according 
to the size of the worm, between 50 and 60 being the most usual num- 
ber. They are arranged in two symmetrical groups, though there 
appears to be a decided tendency for the right half to include one or 
two more than the left. Exclusive of the stem they (fig. 450) consist 


252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


of a massive irregularly twisted base, from which arises a tongue-like 
piece the end of which is strongly flattened at right angles to the great- 
est thickness of the base and terminates in a fringed tip, from the 
central cleft of which arises a slender, densely hairy process (fig. 46). 
These paleoli are so arranged that they present a spreading rim, in 
which their twisted form causes the basal portions to be somewhat 
imbricated from below dorsalwards. 

The middle paleoli number from 14 to 25, usually about 20, in sym- 
metrical halves. They (fig. 45m) also have a thickened base, from 
which arises a very prominent upright spine, gracefully curved and 
tapered to an acute tip. The inner circle of paleoli contains from 14 to 
22, but in nearly all cases they equal and alternate with those of the 
middle row. They (fig. 457) have abruptly widened cleaver-shaped ends 
bearing a knife-like edge and strengthened on the opposite side by a 
thickened rim which ends in a short triangular beak. They are dis- 
posed somewhat obliquely to the middle line and converge ventrally. 

Somite II bears a small tuft of strongly doubly-fringed, feather-like 
neuropodial sete (figs. 49 and 50). On III the neuropodial sete are 
partly of a short, more brush-like form and partly very small and of a 
slender, slightly fringed form. On the remaining thoracic segments 
they all become more sparsely fringed. The notopodials (fig. 47) on 
III, IV and V form a single vertical series of stout sete, shaped like 
an Indian paddle with the end much split and frayed. At the base of 
each of these is a minute spatulate hairy setze, with the end entire and 
somewhat produced in the middle, and the blade bent flatways. 

Abdominal sete are all very long and slender, but owing to different 
states of development appear of unequal length. Their shafts (fig. 
48) are provided with numerous whorls of hairs united at the base 
into collars and much produced on one side. 

The uncini (fig. 51) are very numerous and vary from 100 to 200 or 
even more on a torus. They are nearly colorless, delicate and incon- 
spicuous, and consist of narrow elongated bodies provided with from 
7 to 9 (seldom the former) very acute, appressed, overlapping teeth 
which are arranged in one series and diminish in size toward both ends. 
Each bears a stiff and rather brittle tendon at each end, the upper one 
being short and expanded distally into a small plate, while the lower 
bifureates immediately into a shorter, irregularly thickened, more ven- 
tral branch and a slender uniform branch greatly elongated to many 
times the length of the uncini.- 

This species is probably rather common and occurs in the collections 
from the following stations: 4,220 (type), Admiralty Inlet, near Port 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253. 


Townsend, Washington, 16-31 fathoms, green mud, sand and broken 
shells; 4,247, Prince of Wales Island, 89-114 fathoms, green mud with 
sand and broken shells; 4,274 (cotypes), Kadiak Island, 35-41 fathoms, 
green mud and fine sand. 

Samytha bioculata sp. nov. Plate XII, figs. 52, 53. 

The anterior prostomial lobe is quadrate, broader than long, its 
anterior border wider than the posterior, slightly concave and its 
lateral angles somewhat produced. Immediately behind and separ- 
ated from it by a distinct transverse furrow is a second small quadrate 
lobe, with a rather prominent eye or close aggregation of several 
pigment specks at each antero-lateral angle. Behind this lobe the 
peristomium forms a broad, smooth, slightly convex area reaching to 
the branchiew. Ventrally there is a very broad truncate under lip 
with a glandular margin. In the two known specimens only four to 
six very short clavate tentacles exist on each side. 

The considerably enlarged peristomium projects ventrally as a 
broad lobe enveloping the lower lip and is marked by a narrow trans- 
verse line of gland cells. Elsewhere it is a simple smooth convex ring. 
The second somite is about two-thirds as long and marked by a broader 
glandular half-ring. The third (first setigerous) somite is very short, 
but succeeding ones increase in length rapidly and by about VIII equal 
the peristomium. All of the thoracic segments, of which there are 
nineteen, the last seventeen of which are setigerous, are somewhat 
muscularly thickened on the ventral half and provided with a narrow 
presetal half-girdle of glands. The entire dorsum between the sete 
tufts is thin-walled and smooth throughout. 

Fourteen segments in the type and larger specimen, and thirteen in 
the smaller cotype, form the abdomen. In the former this region 
comprises about one-third of the entire length; in the cotype not more 
than one-fourth. Owing to the projection of the parapodia from the 
angles this region is decidedly quadrate, but somewhat arched dorsally 
and marked ventrally by a narrow neural groove. The somites dimin- 
ish regularly in all dimensions from before backward and the entire 
region tapers to the pygidium, which forms a ring surrounding the large 
anus and bears a pair of slender, prominently projecting cirri about 
equal to half the diameter of the body at the posterior end. 

The four pairs of branchiew are so much crowded antero-posteriorly 
that they appear to form a single series extending quite across the 
dorsal area of II and III, Closer study shows that two are anterior 
and slightly more lateral and two posterior and more median. They 
are all similar, slightly- flattened, slender and elongated, their length 


254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


being about three times the diameter of the region of the body from 
which they spring. 

Setz begin on III as a pair of minute tufts arising from an elevated 
position just beneath the gills. The tufts on IV are also small and 
placed nearly as high. On succeeding somites the sete become larger 
and more numerous and the tufts gradually assume a low station on 
the sides of the body as the abdomen is approached. They continue 
to XIX. 

Uncinial tori begin on VI, or the fourth setigerous somite. Through- 
out the thoracic region they are low, but freely projecting, compressed 
folds which arise immediately ventral and slightly posterior to the 
setee tufts and end ventrally in a freely hanging lobe or process. On 
abdominal segments the notopodia are distinctly separated from the 
neuropodia and project as small papille from the dorsal angles of the 
body. The neuropodia are small, compressed lappets constricted at 
the base and bearing the uncini along the free margin; apparently they 
lack cirri. 

Setz are all of one kind, slender, tapered and narrowly winged on 
both sides of the free portion nearly to the very acute tip. The uncini 
form a close single rank in which they are quite numerous (108 on X). 
From dorsal to ventral end of each series they decrease in length. 
They (fig. 52) are roughly triangular with a nearly square but sometimes 
projecting upper ligament process, above which the tooth-bearing 
margin rises but slightly. The inferior process varies in form, but is 
usually more or less incurved. Those of the type specimen almost 
constantly bear four long, slender, acute, overlapping teeth, the ven- 
tralmost of which is the stoutest, the two middle the longest and the 
upper the most slender. On the cotype a fifth smaller and sometimes 
minute tooth exists at the upper end of nearly all uncini (fig. 52a). 
Abdominal uncini (fig. 53) have the same form, but are much fewer in 
number. 

This species is founded on two much macerated specimens, of which 
the larger and type is 30 mm. long and filled with large ova. The 
smaller example is 16 mm. long. 

A nearly complete tube is 65 mm. long. Its basal third is soft, 
thin-walled and membranous. Beyond this the walls gradually 
thicken by the accumulation of silty material until they attain a 
diameter of about 5mm. This entire region of the tube is supported 
and protected by siliceous sponge spicules, the ends of which project 
in all directions and produce a very firm and bristling structure. 


a 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255 


Both specimens come from Station 4,197, Gulf of Georgia, 31 to 90 
fathoms, sticky green mud and fine sand. 
Amphicteis scaphobranchiata sp. nov. Plate XII, figs. 54-61. 

A single well-preserved specimen represents this noteworthy species. 
The length without branchie is 32 mm., the branchiz 7 mm., and the 
maximum width in the anterior part of the thorax 2.8 mm. 

The anterior lobe of the prostomium (fig. 54) is almost completely 
divided by a longitudinal furrow into a pair of somewhat slender 
tentacle-like divisions which are somewhat divergent anteriorly. A 
narrow transverse welt passes across the base of this region and is 
partly concealed by the much larger and more prominent sensory 
folds which lie behind it. These pass from the lateral borders of the 
head nearly transversely to the middle line, where they meet in a wide 
angle. Laterally they are continuous with the lateral lobes or folds 
which join the frontal lobe beneath. The tentacular membrane lies 
below the frontal and lateral lobes and is partly embraced by the 
peristomium. It bears from twelve to fifteen tentacles on each side, 
the lateral ones being very short and the middle ones as much as two- 
thirds the width of the thorax. All and especially the shorter ones 
are more or less clavate. 

The prostomium passes without any clear demarkation into the 
peristomium, which reaches as a smooth unbroken convex surface to 
the branchial segment. Dorsally it is remarkable for its extent, 
smoothness and absence of furrows. Its length and breadth are each 
equal to about two-thirds of the width of the branchial segment. In 
the middle line it reaches to the interbranchial shield, but its postero- 
lateral angles are cut off by the paleolar tubercles and lateral portions 
of somite II. Ventrally the peristomium forms a large, broadly trun- 
cated lower lip, slightly inserted into II and embraced laterally by the 
paleolar tubercles. 

The second somite is more than half as long ventrally as the peristo- 
mium, but except for the narrow strip extending dorsally beneath the 
branchi it ends abruptly at the enlarged paleolar tubercles. Somite 
II1 is very short and IY slightly longer, the two combined just equalling 
the length of II. Behind this region the segments again diminish in 
both length and diameter to the pygidium. With the exception of 
the last three or four, the thoracic segments are ill defined on the ven- 
tral and not at all on the dorsal side. Up to the level of the sete tufts, 
where a lateral shelf-like ridge is formed, the body walls are rather 
thick and firm, with slight anterior glandular bands and obscure 
ventral plates. Dorsal to the sete the body for the entire length is 


256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


perfectly smooth and unsegmented. The last three or four thoracic 
segments are transitional in character to the abdominal. The latter 
are more distinctly differentiated, owing in part to their more promi- 
nent parapodia and in part to the greater depth of the ventral furrows. 
The last few segments are separated by obvious furrows even on the 
dorsal side. Owing to its being crushed the pygidium cannot be 
described further than to refer to the pair of prominent, slender and 
stiff cirri which it bears. A distinct neural groove extends through- 
out the abdominal region and even on to several of the posterior thora- 
cic segments. A remarkable smoothness and peculiar dull iridescence 
characterizes the entire cuticle of this worm. 

If normally formed in this specimen the branchiz are highly char- 
acteristic. All four pairs are large and stout and arise in the usual 
manner, two pairs anterior and more lateral from If and III and two 
more posterior and median from IV, those of each side being com- 
pletely coalesced at the base. A small shield-shaped area separates 
them in the middle line, but otherwise they cover the entire width of 
the dorsum. Viewed from above they cover and conceal the entire 
head and curve downward in front of the prostomium and beneath the 
tentacles. All are very broad and flat at the base, especially the two 
inner ones on each side. In the case of three of them the outer one- 
third is less flattened and tapers to a blunt point. The anterior median 
of both sides, however, expands into a broad flat plate (fig. 56) some- 
what lobed on the margins and terminated by a tapering process bent 
sharply on itself into a hook. This process is complete on one side 
only, haying been broken off of the other. Probably all of the branchiee 
are straight in life, but they are peculiarly stiff and rigid and their 
cuticular covering is thick and marked by fine transverse strize, but 
otherwise smooth. 

Thoracic parapodia consist of simple setigerous tubercles arising 
from the lateral muscular shelf and short auriculate tori with both 
dorsal and ventral angles produced somewhat freely. Abdominal 
parapodia (fig. 57) consist of prominently projecting hatchet-shaped 
ventral tori, each bearing a minute cirriform process, and sharply 
bent, clavate dorsal cirri which replace the setigerous tubercles of the 
thoracic region. Parapodia of successive somites are united by a 
beaded muscular ridge which passes along the side of the abdomen 
between the torus and cirrus. The worm consists of thirty-two seg- 
ments, of which II bears the paleoli, III to XIX ordinary set, and VI 
to XXXII uncini. 

The paleoli (fig. 58) are of a clear, bright glistening straw color and 


1906. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257 


are arranged in a half tubular figure at the base, from which they 
diverge and spread distally in a fan-shaped fascicle. In each tuft the 
shortest one (at the inner end of the posterior limb) is about twice as 
stout as the longest. Distally they all taper regularly and rather 
rapidly to very long, slender, acute and stiff tips. Except for these 
tips they are striated conspicuously in both the longitudinal and 
transverse direction. 

The ordinary setz (fig. 59) are few in number and form rather small 
close tufts. They are apparently similar on all segments, being rather 
slender with tapering stems and acute, tapering tips, striated some- 
what obliquely, and provided on one side with a wing of moderate 
width marked with distinct oblique striz. 

The uncini are numerous on the thoracic segments (135 on X). 
They have the form shown in figs. 60 and 60a, being roughly tri- 
angular, with large bases, a prominent superior ligament process, a 
projecting rounded lower angle and long tooth-bearing border with 
five or six strong acute teeth, the lowermost of which is peculiarly 
bevelled and covers a short inferior ligament process which nearly 
touches its lower surface. Abdominal uncini (fig. 61) are fewer in 
number (78 on XXV), much smaller, and formed quite differently. 
They have small bases and high outstanding tooth-bearing rami, and 
apparently lack the inferior ligament process. 

Several thick-walled mud tubes in the same bottle were probably 
fashioned by this species. 

Type locality, Queen Charlotte Sound, off Fort Rupert, Vancouver 
Island, B. C., Station 4,201, 138 to 145 fathoms, soft green mud, sand 
and broken shells. 

Chone gracilis sp.nov. Plate XII, figs. 62-66. 

A very pretty small species resembling Chone duneri Malmgren in 
proportions, but differing from that species in the short, and broadly 
winged, barbless tips of the branchiew. From C. teres Bush this 
species is easily distinguished by its much longer branchie, small 
number of abdominal segments and the more elongated form of the 
abdominal uncini. 

The type specimen has a total length of 32 mm., of which the 
branchie make 12 mm. and the thorax 5 mm., the diameter for nearly 
the entire length being about 2 mm. 

The branchial bases are simple and very low, being completely con- 
cealed by the high collar. Ten pairs of delicate branchie extend 
equally to a length of more than one-half of the body. The stems are 


united by a very delicate membrane for three-fifths of their length and 
17 


258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (April, 


the remainder is broadly winged on both sides. The barbs are very 
delicate and are absent from an acute foliaceous tip about 2 mm. long. 
Byes are totally wanting. 

A collar of the form typical of the genus rises to a height of two and 
one-half times the length of the segment which follows it. The dorsal 
ends are refolded into the dorsal sinus and a slight notch occurs in a 
median ventral position; otherwise it is quite simple. The very small 
tentacles are shorter than the diameter of the body. 

Nine segments, 8 of which are setigerous, form the thorax and 51 
segments the abdomen. For nearly its entire length the body is 
cylindrical and of almost uniform diameter, but in the posterior fourth 
becomes somewhat broader and depressed before tapering rapidly to 
the caudal end. No distinct glandular ventral plates are developed, 
but all of the thoracic and the anterior three or four abdominal 
segments are completely encircled by a thick glandular layer. The 
thoracic and afew anterior abdominal segments are strongly biannulate, 
the middle abdominal are simple and half as long as wide, while the 
posterior are much shorter and more crowded. The fecal groove is 
distinct on the caudal fourth of the abdomen, and conspicuous on a 
few anterior abdominal segments, also where it passes obliquely around 
the right side of the first abdominal segment and on the dorsum of 
the thorax; elsewhere it is faint or absent. A few small ova are present 
in the coelom. Every portion of this worm is white, without a trace 
of pigment anywhere. 

All setze tufts are short but rather prominent; uncinigerous tori are 
also short and nearly uniform, diminishing only slowly and regularly 
from the first to the last. The sete and uncini are all delicate and 
colorless. The collar fascicle consists of a small number of narrowly 
winged, acute, capillary sete. Remaining thoracic somites have a 
larger number of partly capillary, partly spatulate sete placed be- 
tween two small lappet-like processes. The former consist of a dorsal 
row of acute tapering sete with one moderately wide and one just 
perceptible wing and a small number of very small and inconspicuous 
crooked sets (fig. 62) with rudimentary wings found below the spatu- 
lated sete. The spatulate sete (fig. 64) are arranged in two rows of 
about ten each; they have delicate, striated, usually symmetrical, 
obovate blades, and long very slender mucronate processes. The 
abdominal sete (fig. 63) are also in one series, few in number, rather 
coarser than the thoracic and with the two wings narrow and about 
equally developed. Thoracic uncini contain a single series of erect 
crochets or hooked set (fig. 65) with striated stems and the slightly 
enlarged head thrown back, a large coarsely divided crest and stout, 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259 


blunt beak. On somite V there are 13 in a torus, on somite VIII 
11. The abdominal tori contain uncini of the form shown in fig. 66, 
with quadrate bases and heads of much the form of the thoracic crochets 
but strongly recurved on the base. They are more numerous than the 
thoracic crochets, somite X XI containing 17. 

The tube is nearly transparent, little tortuous and almost free from 


sand. 

The single specimen comes from Station 4,274, Alitak Bay, Kadiak 
Island, 35 to 41 fathoms, on a bottom of green mud and fine sand. 
A smaller specimen was taken at Station 4,253, Stephens Passage, 15] 
to 188 fathoms, rocks and broken shells. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES X, XI anv XII. 


Prats X.—Notophyllum imbricatum—fgs. 1-3. 
Fig. 1.—Dorsal view of head of type. 13. 
Fig. 2.—Outline of parapodium of middle region, seen from in front, 
x 13. : 
Fig. 3.—Distal end of a neuropodial seta of average length. x 600. 
Eulalia quadrioculata—figs. 4-6. 
Fig. 4.—Dorsal view of anterior end of type. X 24. 
Fig. 5.—Posterior view of parapodium from somite XXV. » 32. 
Fig. 6.—End of an average seta from somite X. 600. 
Eulalia longicornuta—tigs. 7 and 8. 
Fig. 7.—Posterior view of parapodium from somite XXV of type. 32. 
Fig. 8.—End of a seta from somite X. » 600. Some of the sete have 
even longer appendages. 
Pionosyllis magnifica—figs. 9-11. 
Fig. 9.—Dorsal view of anterior end of type. 32. 
Fig. 10.—Anterior view of parapodium of somite XXV. x 32. 
Fig. 11.—End of a seta from the middle of a fascicleon XXV. x 600. 
Stauronereis annulatus—figs. 12 and 13. 
Fig. 12.—Anterior end of cotype from above. 82. 
Fig. 13.—A parapodium from somite XXV, anterior view. > 82. 
Brada pilosa—figs. 14-17. 
Fig. 14.—A medium-sized extended papilla from the dorsum of the middle 
region, showing ring of adhering silt. » 113. 
Fig. 15.—An extended papilla from the ventral surface. > 113. 
Fig. 16.—A portion of the middle of a notopodial seta from XV. x 250. 
Fig. 17.—Exposed portion of neuropodial seta from XV. X98. a, 
portion of middle of the same. 250. 


Piatre XI.—Stauronereis annulatus—figs. 18-22. 
Fig. 18.—Distal portion of jaw from below. 130. 
Fig. 19.—Forked seta from middle of notopodial fascicle of somite XXV; a, 
another of the same slightly rotated and foreshortened. > S800. 
Fig. 20.—Portion of the middle of a capillary neuropodial seta from somite 
XXV. xX 800. 
Fig. 21.—A short-bladed compound neuropodial seta from the middle of 
the fascicle of XXV. x 800. 
Fig. 22.—A long-bladed compound seta from the same somite. > SOO. 
Travisia pupa—fig. 23. 
Fig. 23.—A small portion from near the distal end of a notopodial seta 
from the middle region. S00. 
Notomastus giganteus—figs. 24 and 25. 
Fig. 24.—An entire crochet from the middle af the body. X 333. 


bo 
o> 
oO 


Fig. 25.—Profile view, and a face view, of the end of one of the same. 


< 800. 


Maldane similis—figs. 26-30. 
Fig. 26.—Slightly winged seta from II. 333. 

Fig. 27.—Hispid capillary seta from somite XV. » 480. 
Fig. 28.—End of crochet from somite III. x 480. 
Fig. 29.—Entire crochet from X. 110. 
Fig. 30.—Distal end of the same. x 480. 

Maldanella robusta—figs. 31 and 32. 
Fig. 31.—Two entire crochets from somite XV. 110. 
Fig. 32.—The end of one of the same. X 480. 


Clymenella tentaculata—figs. 33-35. 
Fig. 33.—Middle crochet from somite II, entire. 110. 
Fig. 34.—End of the same. 480. 
Fig. 35.—End of a middle crochet from V. 480. 


Nicomache coronata—figs. 36-39. 
Fig. 36.—Small portion of a fiber seta from somite X. 800. 
Fig. 37.—End of a crochet from somite V. 480. 
Fig. 38.—An entire crochet from somite XV. 110. 
Fig. 39.—End of the same. X 480. 
Puate XI1.—Lumbrichymene pacifica—figs. 40-42. 
Fig. 40.—End of a spine from II. 98. 
Fig. 41.—An entire crochet from somite X.  X 83. 
Fig. 42.—End of the same. x 440. 


Nicomache coronata—figs. 43 and 44. 
Fig. 43.—Small seta from somite X. 360; a, small portion of the same. 


Fig. 44. —Large seta from somite X. 360. 


Sabellaria cementariwm—figs. 45-51. 

Fig. 45.—Three spines forming a middle segment of the operculum, 
shown in profile in as nearly as possible their natural relations: 
7 inner, m middle, and o outer spines. 32. 

Fig. 46.—A face view of the end of an outer spine. 32. 

Fig. 47.—Middle notopodial seta from somite III. ™ 32. 

Fig. 48.—Portion of an ensheathed capillary notopodial seta from somite 
XX. x 440. 

Fig. 49.—Bipinniform neuropodial seta from II. 98. 

Fig. 50.—A portion of the middle of the same. > 440. 

Fig. 51.—Middle abdominal uncinus. 440. 


Samytha bioculata—figs. 52 and 53. 
Fig. 52.—Uncinus from somite X of type. 600; 52, the same from 
somite X of the cotype, somewhat foreshortened. > 600. 
Fig. 53.—Uncinus from somite XXV. 600. 
Amphicteis scaphobranchiata—figs. 54-61. 
Fig. 54.—Dorsal aspect of anterior end of type, with branchiew cut away 
and separated to show the prostomium. 9. 
Fig. 55.—Ventral aspect of the same with the branchiz in place. 9. 
Fig. 56.—Distal portion of one of the anterior middle branchiw. 9. 
Fig. 57.—One of the abdominal parapodia. 24. 
Fig. 58.—A paleolus from the middle of the fasciculus. 83. 
Fig. 59.—A seta from somite X. » 250. 
Fig. 60.—Two forms of uncini from somite XII, the five-toothed one i 
somewhat foreshortened. > 600. 
Fig. 61.—An uncinus from XXV. x 600. 
Chone gracilis—figs. 62-66. 
Fig. 62.—A small bent seta from somite V. 360. 
Fig. 63.—A winged seta from XXII. X 250. 
Fig. 64.—A spatulate and mucronate ios from VI. X 360. 
Fig. 65.—A crochet from VI. X 360. 
Fig. 66.—An uncinus from XXII. X 360. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 261 


May 1. 
Mr. ArTHUR ERwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. 
Forty-six persons present. 


The Publication Committee reported that a paper entitled ‘‘Addi- 
tional New Species of Polycheta from the North Pacific,’’? by J. 
Perey Moore, had been offered for publication (April 19, 1906). 


The deaths of Clarence H. Clark, a member, March 13, and of Lionel 
S. Beale, a correspondent, March 28, were announced. 


Dr. BENJAMIN SHARP made a communication on pearls and pearl 
fisheries. (No abstract.) 


May 15. 
The President, SamuEt G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. 
Thirty-four persons present. 


The Publication Committee reported that a paper entitled ‘‘ Records 
and Descriptions of Non-Saltatorial Orthoptera from British Guiana,’’ 
by James A. G. Rehn, had been offered for publication (May 7, 1906). 


The death of Carl V. Vischer, M.D., a member, May 14, was 
announced. 


Henry Lerrman, M.D., made a communication on the newer views 
regarding the nature of matter and their bearings on biology. (No. 
abstract.) 


Mr. Walter F. Herzberg was elected a member. 


The following were ordered to be printed: 


262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NON-SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA FROM 
BRITISH GUIANA. 


BY JAMES A. G. REHN. 


The records given in the following pages are all from a collection of 
Orthoptera made in 1901 at Demerara, British Guiana, by R. J. Crew, 
and for the privilege of studying which the author is indebted to Prof. 
Lawrence Bruner. The series contained sixty-one specimens, repre- 
senting thirty-four species, of which six are new. The types are in 
Prof. Bruner’s collection. 


BLATTIDA:. 


ANAPLECTA Burmeister. 
Anaplecta pulchella n. sp. 

Type: 2; Demerara, British Guiana, 1901. (R. J. Crew.) 

Closely allied to A. mexicana Saussure and dohrniana Saussure and 
Zehntner, but differing from mexicana in the narrowly incised supra- 
anal plate, the more angulate proximal portion of the appendicular 
field of the wings, and in some details of the coloration. From dohr- 
niana it differs in the wings, in the coloration and somewhat in the 
shape, but agrees in the shape of the supra-anal plate. 

Size rather large (for the genus); form rather flattened and sub- 
elliptical; surface glabrous. Head about completely hidden under the 
pronotum; interspace between the eyes almost twice the depth of one 
of the eyes; antenn sparsely haired. Pronotum transversely ovate, 
the cephalic margin regularly arcuate, caudal margin very slightly 
arcuate, lateral margins rounded obtuse-angulate; disk somewhat 
deflected laterad. Tegmina exceeding the apex of the abdomen, sub- 
lanceolate with the costal margin slightly arcuate except proximad 
where it is rather strongly arcuate, sutural margin straight, apex acute; 
basal field small, sub-coriaceous; anal field elongate sub-pyriform in 
shape and containing four veins; costal veins thirteen in number, the 
interspaces between the distal ones supplied with short spurious veins 
which do not coalesce with the discoidal vein; median vein with four 
rami of which the second (enumerating proximo-distad) is bifurcate. 
Wings with the appendicular field of medium size, sub-rectangulate 
with the margins rounded and the proximal angle decidedly obtuse; 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263 


clavate costal veins seven in number, the clavation being very large 
and short, in fact decided inflations, non-clavate costals five in number, 
distad of the clavate ones; medio-discoidal area with quadrate inter- 
spaces; axillary vein with one principal branch diverging caudad, 
which latter has two rami. Supra-anal plate transverse, rounded 
with a slightly median emargination; subgenital plate not reaching to 
the apex of the supra-anal plate, inflated and with the caudal section 
compressed and narrowly divided, reminding one of the structure of 
the valves of the Blattinee. Femora with their ventral margins spined. 
General color tawny above; head ochraceous with a pattern of four 
transverse and one short longitudinal occipital bars of seal brown, eyes 
seal brown, antennz ochre yellow proximad and dull brownish distad. 
Pronotum with the disk seal brown and the lateral portions hyaline, 
the disk broad caudad narrowing cephalad. Tegmina of the general 
color with a spot in the anal field, a more prominent one at the base of 
the discoidal field and another rounded one near the middle of the 
discoidal field raw umber. Wings very slightly washed with olive, 
except the sections adjacent to the proximal portion of the costal 
margin and the caudal section of the inserted angle of the appendicular 
field, which are washed with ochre yellow. Ventral surface and limbs 
pale clay color, margined, lined and touched with mummy brown. 


Measurements. 


Iberatiada @ilyehye S 6 » « « co of 6 © a 4 0.) meeManosen, 
Length of pronotum, 2.2, “ 
Greatest width of pronotum, pel Mdina ao as 
Ienothtolteomen. 4:)F, (Ps Otte reer or, gs PONG Paee dS.) oie #168 
Greatest width of tegmen, . Seo fet Me aMIN merce se) ASD: 


The type is the only specimen seen. 
Anaplecta fulgida Saussure. 

Two males, two females. 

Two of the above specimens belong to the form of the species with 
the disk of the pronotum dark, both sexes being represented. The 
tegmina in these dark specimens are somewhat darker than in the 
other individuals. 

This species has been recorded from Tabasco, Mexico, Guatemala 
and Piedras Negras, Costa Rica, this constituting the first South 
American record. 

PSEUDOMOPS Serville. 
Pseudomops crinicornis (Burmeister). 
One male, one female. 
While these specimens would, by their uniform black antenne, fall 


264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {May, 


under Juctwosa (Saussure), the original description of crinicornis con- 
tains nothing at variance with the material examined, no mention 
being made of the antennz, while the median whitish spots on the 
tegmina are distinctly specified. It would appear from the description 
that the form described as crinicornis by Saussure and Zehntner* is 
not the crinicornis of Burmeister. Whether lectuosa is distinct from 
crinicornis 1s a matter which cannot be settled here, the two having 
already been synonymized. 

The specimens studied show that the male is more uniformly colored 
than the female, the pronotum being without a light caudal margin 
and the median tegminal spots are absent, while the pale border of 
the coxze and ventral abdominal segments are much narrower than in 
the female. 

PSEUDOPHYLLODROMIA Brunner. 


Pseudophyllodromia pavonacea Rehn. 
1903. Pseudophyllodromia pavonacea Rehn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XXIX, 
p. 262. [Bartica, British Guiana.] 
One male. 
This specimen is inseparable from the type with which it has been 
compared. 


Pseudophyllodromia fasciatella Saussure. 

Three males, one female. 

These specimens agree perfectly with a series of sixteen individuals 
from Bartica, British Guiana. 


Pseudophyllodromia obscura Saussure. 


1874. Pseudophyllodromia obscura Saussure, Mém. Soc. Phys. et d’Hist. 
Nat. Genéve, XXIII, p. 98. [Brazil.] 


Four females. 

These specimens agree well with the description except that the 
disk of the pronotum is red-brown overlaid with blackish instead of 
maroon brown as described. 

Pseudophyllodromia prona n. sp. 

Types: co and 2 ; Demerara, British Guiana. 1901. (R. J. Crew.) 

Allied to P. peruana and lineolata Saussure, and differing from the 
former in the strongly lined interocular space, the color of the face and 
the coloration of the tegmina, the pale portions of the latter being 
small maculations and not whole areas. From lineolata it differs in 
the maculation of the pronotum, the general color of the head and the 
smaller tegminal markings. No other species of the genus appears 
to be any way as closely related as the two mentioned above. 


1 Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 33. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265 


Size medium; form as in other species of the genus but slightly 
broader. Head considerably exserted, the eyes rather prominent, 
the interspace between them not as wide as the depth of the eye in 
either sex; antenne filiform, very sparsely haired, in length very con- 
siderably exceeding the length of the body. Pronotum transverse 
sub-elliptieal, cephalic margin with an extremely slight median angu- 
lation; caudal margin distinctly but not greatly angulate, the margin 
laterad of the angulation slightly emarginate; lateral margins arcuate 
producing slightly lateral cephalic and caudal angles; surface of the 
disk with two impressed areas, one on each side, extending caudo- 
laterad from about the caudal fourth of the pronotum; lateral portion 
of the pronotum considerably depressed. Tegmina with the venation 
prominent; costal margin arcuate on the proximal half, about straight 
with a hardly perceptible emargination in the distal half, sutural 
margin with two arcuations, one of the anal field, the other of the 
remainder of the tegmen; apex narrowly rounded; basal field narrow, 
limited to about the proximal third; anal field elongate-obovate, the 
anal suleus more impressed in the male than in the female; costal 
veins thirteen to sixteen in number, rami of the median vein all longi- 
tudinal. Supra-anal plate of the male shorter than the subgenital 
plate, cerci over twice the length of the subgenital plate, moniliform, 
tapering from the middle, subgenital plate rather short, transverse, the 
apex narrow and shallowly emarginate. Supra-anal plate of the 
female shorter than the subgenital plate, cerci similar to those of the 
male, subgenital plate flat, the apical margin with a deep, very narrow 
median incision. Femora spined. 

General colors clove brown and pale ochre yellow. Head with three 
median, longitudinal, closely placed, parallel ochre yellow lines on the 
interocular space, the face with five transverse maculations of the 
same color, the dorsal one a complete fine line, the second, between 
the antennwe, a broadly V-shaped mark, the third a row of four sub- 
circular maculations, the fourth, on the clypeal suture, a thick, nar- 
rowed mesad line, the fifth a simple line across the clypeus; eyes walnut 
brown; antenne strongly infuscate except a brief ferruginous proximad 
section. Pronotum with the disk clove brown, a narrow median line 
and the lateral section pale ochre yellow, a spot on the caudal section 
of the pale lateral sections clove brown; caudal margin narrowly pale. 
Tegmina with the base color deep brownish, the basal field and inter- 
spaces between the veins of the anal area and between the costal veins 
and two spots in the proximal section of the discoidal field, one in the 
very narrow proximal section and the other just distad of it, pale 


266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


ochre yellow. Limbs ochre yellow marked with clove brown, the 
caudal broadly lined dorsad, and the tibiz infuscate distad. 


Measurements. 
oh 9 
lengthvot bodys. . . eee | Orn Oem 
Length of pronotum, .. 5 a Se ECS, 2) Sere 
Greatest width of pr onotum, eg eS. oro aer AN aja 
[geneth,of termen,. .-) sy eye ees or Se On 10.5 “ 
Greatest width of WECINCI: (epee ct =. yoo gals ee By 


The types are unique. 


ISCHNOPTERA Burmeister. 


Ischnoptera nyctiboroides n. sp. 


Type: 2; Demerara, British Guiana. 1901. (R. J. Crew.) 

Belonging to the group containing J. azteca, tolteca, nana and parvula, 
but differing from all in the larger size, and apparently from most of 
them in the comparatively large intercalary area of the wings. 

Size rather large; form robust, general form and coloration super- 
ficially reminding one of a Nyctibora; surface glabrous, but not with 
a very high polish. Head not hidden by the pronotum, the occipital 
margin evenly arcuate, interspace between the eyes slightly wider 
than the depth of one of the eyes; mandibular palpi with the distal 
joint elongate-elliptical when viewed dorsad, the ventral surface ex- 
cayate for the entire length. Pronotum of the shape usually found 
in Ischnoptera, the cephalic margin sub-truncate, the caudal margin 
sub-truncate with an extremely slight median angulation, lateral 
margins slightly arcuate, the greatest width caudad; lateral sections 
somewhat depressed, the disk without depressions. Tegmina extend- 
ing beyond the tip of the abdomen by about two-thirds the length of 
the pronotum; costal margin evenly arcuate; sutural margin straight 
except in the distal fourth, where it is obliquely diverted toward the 
apex which is in the general curve of the costal margin and rounded 
acute-angulate in character; basal field not extensive; anal field 
elongate-obovate, the apex blunt; veins of the anal area seven in num- 
ber, the costal veins very numerous, discoidal field with the veins 
distinctly longitudinal. Wing with the greatest width contained 
slightly more than one and one-half times in the length; costal veins 
about eleven in number excluding the branches of the mediastine vein, 
the majority being distinctly but not at all greatly thickened near the 
margin; discoidal vein with a caudal ramus diverging near the middle 
anterior ulnar vein with two complete and about two incomplete rami; 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267 


interealary area rather small but distinct, extending about a sixth the 
way to the base of the wing, the apical margin of the area very gently 
obtuse-angulate. Supra-anal plate transverse, somewhat produced 
mesad and very narrowly emarginate; cerci about equal to the sub- 
genital plate in length, tapering in the distal half; subgenital plate 
somewhat transverse, the distal margin arcuate, not emarginate and 
not distinctly excavated for the cereal bases. Cephalic femora armed 
on the ventro-cephalie margin, with about five large spines placed 
mesad and a number of slightly smaller ones distributed between the 
larger spines and the distal extremity; median and cephalic femora 
with the ventral margins armed. 

General color vandyke brown, narrow lateral areas on the pronotum 
and the basal areas of the tegmina ochre yellow. Head uniform except 
for the antenne, the regions of their insertion and the clypeus which 
are dull ochraceous. Pronotum with the median area very dark, 
almost seal brown, the lateral light areas being connected by a thread 
of the same color, which extends around the cephalic margin. Teg- 
mina almost ochraceous-rufous when viewed by reflected light, the 
area of the right tegmen covered by the left being vandyke brown. 
Wings washed with vandyke brown, the anterior field with the suf- 
fusion very strong, the color being quite solid around the costal veins 
Abdomen with the segments margined with seal brown, a broad bar 
of the same color paralleling the lateral margins and suffusing the 
subgenital of the preceding plate. Limbs ochraceous, the cox each 
with two transverse bars of seal brown connected along the lateral 
suleus of the coxa by a longitudinal bar of the same color. 


Measurements. 
ibemratin Ge yeh 2 koe ss 4 ll gc aleelinoubonl, 
Leagin GFR, 5 . 6 6 3 6 leo 6 5 ee S 
Greatest: widinkor prone tumiy ss eile lanl amie nen Os 
igenthworsucoment es es Wk. Creer oer cL ( 
Greens jolla Oi ween, 6 5 5 5 os 5 5 0 5 Oy © 


The type is the only specimen seen by the author. 


BLATTELLA Caudell. 
Blattella minor (Brunner). 
1865. Ph[yllodromia] minor Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 94. [Brazil.] 
One male. 
This specimen fits Brunner’s description of this species, except that 
the bars on the pronotum are fairly well separated, while Brunner says 
““linea separanti tenuissima.”’ 


268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {May, 


Blattella inexpectata n. sp. 

Type: 2; Demerara, British Guiana. 1901. (R. J. Crew.) 

In general appearance this form resembles B. parana (Walker) from 
Para, but it is larger with a richer coloration and with the caudal 
margin of the pronotum more arcuate. In some respects this species 
resembles the vitrea-dilatata-pavida group but is more slender, bearing 
a considerable superficial resemblance to /schnoptera blattoides. 

Size medium; form moderately depressed, elongate-elliptical ; surface 
glabrous. Head almost entirely covered by the pronotum, narrowest 
portion of the interspace between the eyes slightly less than the depth 
of one of the eyes; antennz well separated at the bases, in length ex- 
tending caudad to the distal extremity of the caudal coxee. Pronotum 
moderately transverse, ovate, narrow, cephalic margin subtruncate, 
caudal margin moderately arcuate with an extremely slight median 
angulation, lateral margins arcuate with the greatest width very slightly 
caudad of the middle; lateral sections moderately depressed. Tegmina 
slightly exceeding the apex of the abdomen, the greatest width con- 
tained slightly more than three times in the length; costal margin 
arcuate, the arcuation of the proximal third much greater than that of 
the remainder of the margin; sutural margin nearly straight, very 
obliquely truncate in the apical fourth where it turns to meet the nar- 
rowly rounded apex; basal field narrow and covering slightly more than 
a third of the length of the tegmen; anal field obovate in shape and 
about equalling the basal field in length; costal veins about fourteen in 
number, median vein with four rami, the distal of which has four 
branches, some of which has the branching carried two stages farther ; 
anal area with five veins. Wings with the costal veims numbering 
about nine, the majority of the veins being distinctly incrassate distad ; 
anterior ulnar vein bearing three complete rami. Supra-anal plate 
trigonal with a rather large median emargination; cerci about equal 
to the subgenital plate in length, fusiform; subgenital plate moderately 
inflated, somewhat tectate, apical margin shallowly emarginate, well 
marked cercal sinuations present. Cephalic femora armed on the 
ventro-cephalie margin with four large median and one large distal 
spine, the intervening area filled with fine comb-like spmes. Median 
and caudal femora with the ventral margins spined. 

General color ochraceous, becoming ochraceous-rufous on the disk 
of the pronotum and the section of the tegmina which when in repose 
cover the body. Eyes bistre; lateral sections of the pronotum and 
costal section of the tegmina translucent ochre yellow, the section 
of the left teemen which in repose is covered by the right is very pale, 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269 


nearly buff in color. Wings strongly washed with ochraceous; limbs 
pale ochraceous. 


Measurements. 


hens thiofibodysageree meee | Pek N ee 8 3) mm. 
SEO Gio, . 6 2) ole 6 6) oe ce me | One 
Gneatestiwidthiofpronotumyyn ss) 22-2) 2. ee = 
Wenethiof tecement (aeemeeeh vice ets 2 Fg 
Greatest widthiofitesmenweuse 2 ess 44) co 38 


The type is unique. 
NYCTIBORA Burmeister. 
1838. Nyctibora Burmeister, Handb, d. Entom., II, Abth. II, pt. I, p. 501. 

Included N. crassicornis, sericea, holosericea and latipennis Burm. 
Iirby has selected sericea as the type. 

Nyctibora tomentosa (Serville)? 
1839. Blatta tomentosa Serville, Orthoptéres, p. 86. [Surinam.] 

Two males. 

These specimens show some few characters at variance with the 
original description, but agree with the description of a female given 
by Saussure.2, Walker’s tenebrosa from Demerara appears to be a 
rather different insect. 


PARATROPES Serville. 


Paratropes subsericeus Saussure. 
1864. Paratropes subsericeus Saussure, Mém. |’ Hist. Nat. Mex., 3me Mém., 
p. 63. [Surinam.] 

One female. 

This specimen is referred to subsericeus instead of elegans Bur- 
meister, of which the former has been considered a synonym. The 
description of elegans, although very brief, does not fully fit the speci- 
men in hand, while that of swbsericeus fully describes the individual 
examined. The author does not assert that the two are distinct 
species, but Saussure’s name represents the type examined and Bur- 
meister’s does not. 

EPILAMPRA Burmeister. 


Epilampra abortivipennis Rehn. 


1903. Epilampra abortivipenna Rehn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., X XIX, p. 273. 
[Bartica, British Guiana.] 


One female. 
The type of this species was erroneously described as a female, a 
re-examination showing it to be a male. 


* Miss. Scient. Mex., Orth., p. 69. 


270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


The female is larger and bulkier than the male, but is otherwise very 
similar. The supra-anal plate of the female is transverse, rounded and 
with a moderately deep V-shaped median emargination, the cerci are 
about equal to the supra-anal plate in length, subequal in the proximal 
half, tapering in the distal half, supra-anal plate large, moderately 
inflated, cercal sinuations slight, the apical margin arcuate. 


Measurements of Female. 


ISoreqdawOmloNee Toe go co 6 1s 6 & hee 5 so sa. eAG) Omni, 
ILO ROMO, 4 5 s . 5 56 56 5 « « o Gy ~ 
Greatest) width of pronotumyye ay ss ee Soe 
ILO, Gg 5 so & Be a 8 a WS & 
Greatest width oftezmenys ye. 5 5. = 2 2 Gio: 


Epilampra lucifuga Rehn. 


1903. Epilampra lucijuga Rehn, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc., X XIX, p. 271 
{Southern British Guiana.] 


Three males, one female. 

The female is slightly larger than the type specimen, but otherwise 
the series is perfectly typical of the species. 

The supra-anal plate of the male is rather produced, trigonal and 
fissate mesad with the incision a mere slit to very near the apex; cerci 
about half again the length of the subgenital plate, tapering in the distal 
two-thirds; subgenital plate not reaching the caudal margin of the 
supra-anal plate, trigonal, supplied with lateral styles nearly a third 
the length of the cerci. 


Measurements of Male. 


Kens tihtot bodys sac mem iene neo a un cen cOosTTnTI 
Length of pronotum, ct) ak acme a ee anaes he iy 
Cresent yatohdav Oe joo, 5 5 5 5 9s s 0 5 5 CHS 
ibensthwotitegmiens 2" 2 ee eee ee eli 
Greatest width of tegmen, . Gee 


Epilampra maculicollis (Serville). 
1839. Blatta maculicollis Serville, Orthoptéres, p. 92. [Brazil.] 

One male, one female. 

The base color of these specimens is maize yellow, and between the 
eyes the head bears dorsad a pair of tapering spots of mummy brown, 
ventrad a blotch of seal brown, which has laterad short bars of the 
same color extending ventrad between the antenne. The pronotum 
is very finely sprinkled with, and the delicate pattern traced, in vandyke 
brown, while the tegmina have the discoidal and anal areas very thickly 
flecked with large and small spots of burnt umber, the basal and costal 
regions being comparatively clear with only small spots. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271 


Epilampra fusca Brunner. 
1865. Epilampra fusca Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 170. [Venezuela.]' 

One female. 

As far as can be determined from Brunner’s description, which was 
based on a mutilated specimen, this individual appears to represent 
the species. 

The color pattern is rather regular and typical of the genus, the 
maculations of the tegmina being uniformly distributed but larger in 
the discoidal field, while the whole insect has a strong suffusion of raw 
sienna. The head bears two spots of seal brown between the eyes, 
these spots being connected by a line of the same color which encloses 
a quadrate area between the antenne. 


Measurements. 
keno thyoibod ya ors ee te oe 4 leon: 
LET OrORON, 5 2 2 6 o ce a 6 6 6 9 We 
Createst width of pronouumweee ae ee = Ron 
Iensthvofteomens= = ue een 5 ee os) eo Ston & 
GCremetgyechin@iicsaman 5 4 6 5 6 a o@ 5 6 o dy % 


PERIPLANETA Burmeister. 
Periplaneta australasie (Fabricius). 
One male, two females. 


CHORISONEURA Brunner. 


Chorisoneura gracilis (Saussure). 
1862. Blatta gracilis Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XIV, 
we p. 167. [Brazil.] 


One damaged specimen. 


PYCNOSCELUS Scudder. 
Pycnoscelus surinamensis (Linnzus). 
Two females. 
One individual is quite uniform blackish above, with the cephalic 
margin of the pronotum laterad and the marginal field of the tegmina 
ochraceous. 


PANCHLORA Burmeister. 
Panchlora viridis (Fabricius). 
1775. [Blatta] viridis Fabricius, Syst. Entom., p. 272. [America.] 
One male. 
This species has previously been recorded from Cayenne. 


Panchlora peruana Saussure. 


1864. Planchlora] Peruana Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., 
XVI, p. 342. [Peru.] 


D2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


One male, two females. 


The female individuals differ somewhat in size, but both appear 
referable to this species. 


Measurements of Females. 


Wane leh, 5 . 5 « =« o os « « AOMinmn, Vil samm- 
Length of pronotum, .. Reese. lear 8) Gbaes (aie 
Greatest width of pronotum, . MOE Siesta gOS (fore 
Length of tegmen, : Wert to) aty ohi thoes PPM 
Greatest width of tegmen, 3, =| See Se oy 


HOLOCOMPSA Burmeister. 
Holocompsa nitidula (Fabricius). 
1781. [Blatta] nitidula Fabricius, Spec. Ins., I, p. 345. [Surinam.] 

Two females. 

These specimens have a dark brown patch on the caudal section of 
the disk, and the caudal margin of the pronotum is narrowly suffused 
with the same color. This pattern of coloration is evidently present 
in the type of Fabricius as he states: ‘‘Thorax ferrugineus, nitidus 
macula baseos nigra.’’? The golden hairs which are present on the 
lighter sections of the pronotum are also distributed over the brown 
area. 

Holocompsa cyanea Burmeister. 
Two males. 
This species has been recorded from Brazil by Brunner. 


BLABERUS Serville. 
Blaberus posticus Erichson. 


1848. Blabera postica Erichson, in Sechomburgk’s Reisen Brit. Guiana, III, 
p- 580. [British Guiana.] 


One female. 

This specimen is the first of a number of individuals of this section 
of the genus examined by the author, which appears to fit Erichson’s 
very poor description. The pronotal maculation is confluent laterad 
with the blackish caudal margin. This character appears to be what 
Erichson refers to in ‘‘Der Halsschild mit spitzer gerundeten Seiten, 
auf dem Ricken mit einigen kleinen, unbestimmten schwarzen Flecken, 
dagegen der Hinterrand breit schwarz gesiumt.’’ The figure of B. 
thoracicus given by Saussure and Zehntner represents very nearly the 
same thing, but a specimen from Costa Rica which I had considered 
thoracicus * has these lateral bars lacking. Jirby’s synonymizing of 


3 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 792. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 273 


the two species would appear, from the evidence in hand, to be correct, 
The author’s B. biolleyi * differs from posticus in the paler coloration, 
the more numerous and finer veins of the anal area of the tegmen and 
the separate and distinctly outlined maculations of the pronotum. 


MANTID As. 


ACONTISTA Saussure. 
Acontista perspicua (Fabricius). 
1787. [Mantis] perspicua Fabricius, Mant. Insect.,'I, p. 230. [Cayenne.] 


One male, one female. 

This species is known only from the Guianas. 
Angela guianensis n. sp. 

Types: o\ and 2 ; Demarara, British Guiana. 1901. (R.J.Crew.) 

Closely allied to A. quinqwemaculata (Stoll) from Cayenne, but dif- 
fering in the coloration of the wings in both sexes, particularly in the 
absence of yellow in the male, and also in the short tegmina and wings 
of the female. From brachyptera (Stoll) it can be separated by the 
unspined margins of the caudal section of the pronotum and the tuber- 
culate abdomen, as well as the color of the wings of the male. The 
coloration of the wings of fulgida and trijasciata readily separates the 
new form from these species. 

Size rather large; form as usual in the genus, male bacilliform with 
elongate tegmina and wings, female elongate with quite short tegmina 
and wings; surface smooth but not polished. 

oO. Head strongly transverse, occipitalfoutline straight except for a 
pair of slight lateral depressions; eyes prominent, ovoid in outline 
when viewed laterad, rounded and projecting slightly cephalad of the 
general level of the face but nearly plane caudad; ocelli large, elliptical, 
placed in a low, broad triangle; facial scutellum arcuate transverse, 
the arcuation dorsad; antennze as long as the head and pronotum 
together, moderately serrulate. Pronotum with the coxal dilation 
slight, subequal cephalad and caudad of the same; lateral margins of 
the collar distinctly dentate, of the shaft slightly dentate cephalad, 
smooth caudad; median carina distinct throughout the length of the 
pronotum but quite delicate on the collar, the shaft compressed trigonal 
in section. Tegmina slightly longer than the head and pronotum, 
when in repose reaching nearly to the tip of the third abdominal seg- 
ment; margins subparallel, apex rounded acute-angulate, the sutural 
margin being considerably trimmed toward the apex; costal field 
moderately expanded proximad and very gradually narrowing distad; 


4 Ibid., p. 792. 


274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


ulnar vein with three almost parallel rami, stigma distinct. Wings 
exceeding the tegmina by about a third the length of the pronotum, 
slightly longer than twice the width; costal margin nearly straight, 
apex rather narrowly rounded. Cephalic coxe slightly less than half 
the length of pronotum, not armed; cephalic femora about five-eighths 
the length of the pronotum, the ventro-caudal margin bearing four 
large and one small distal spines, the ventro-cephalic margin armed 
with two grades of spines, the larger size numbering six and the smaller 
eight, the smaller being placed one each between the larger spines, 
except that distad of the distal large spine two small ones are present 
and between the first and second distal spines three are present, dis- 
coidal spines four in number; cephalic tibie (exclusive of terminal 
claw) less than a third the femoral length, the cephalic margin with 
sixteen spines increasing in size distad, caudal margin with five spines; 
tarsi about equal to the tibie in length. Median and caudal limbs 
very slender but not greatly elongate, the caudal femora not quite 
reaching the middle of the third abdominal segment. 

General color Prout’s brown. Tegmina hyaline washed narrowly 
along the sutural margin (distad of the dividing vein) and very broadly 
along the costal margin with Prout’s brown, the greater portion of all 
the longitudinal veins being marked with numerous fine linear seal 
brown touches. Wings with proximal half hyaline, the apex of the 
anterior field yellowish coriaceous, the remainder vandyke brown with 
very strong violet reflections, this coloration also extending nearly to 
the base as a varying line along the mediastine vein, the caudal section 
of the broad transverse bar extending clear to the margin, and broken 
only by less infuseate areas immediately surrounding the radiate veins 
and the clear pattern of the transverse veins. 

2. Head much as in the male, facial scutellum slightly less arcuate; 
antenne very short, hardly exceeding the length of the collar of the 
pronotum, filiform. Pronotum with the collar nearly a fifth the length 
of the whole pronotum, coxal dilation slight; collar shghtly tapering 
cephalad, the cephalic angle narrowly rounded and with an apparent 
elevation caused by a marked depression of the collar immediately cau- 
dad; lateral margins of the collar dentate, shaft with the margins un- 
armed; median carina distinct on the collar and on the cephalic and 
caudal sections of the shaft, collar trigonal in cross section, shaft rounded 
dorsad. Tegmina about a fifth the length of the pronotum, reaching in 
repose to about the middle of the first abdominal segment, margins very 
slightly approximate distad; apex broadly rounded, stigma distinct. 
Wings in repose extending beyond the tegmina by not quite a third 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275 


the length of the latter, the length but slightly greater than the 
length of the tezmen. Abdomen with the apex broad, depressed, 
the three terminal segments with very distinct median longitudinal 
marginal folds; supra-anal plate about as long as broad, the distal 
portion rounded; cerci broad, lamellate and truncate as usual in the 
genus; subgenital plate strongly compressed, rostrate, diverted ven- 
trad out of the general abdominal plane. Cephalic cox slightly 
less than half the length of the pronotum, slightly armed, distal section 
expanded and compressed, being abruptly trigonal in section, while 
the proximal three-fourths is transverse in section; cephalic femora 
slightly more than half the length of the pronotum, the margins armed 
as in the male except that the cephalic margin has one or two 
additional spines of the second order; tibiae and tarsi as in the male. 
Median and caudal limbs slender but not greatly elongate. 

General color tawny-olive finely washed, spotted and sprinkled with 
Prout’s brown; eyes marked with seal brown. Pronotum with the 
two colors showing very distinctly in a pattern which is pardaline in 
character, the shaft with its cephalic fifth inclined toward bistre. 
Tegmina tawny-olive in the proximal half, becoming brick red in the 
distal half, the costal section Prout’s brown, some of the rami of the 
ulnar vein and the dividing vein with short fine linear touches of bistre, 
the folded proximal section blackish purple. Wings with the anterior 
field broccoli brown, yellowish along the costal margin and rich brick 
red in the distal third ; posterior field with the base color purplish brown 
with a very strong purplish-blue sheen, bearing twoirregular maculations 
of lemon yellow, limited to about the cephalic half of the field and each 
bearing distad an area of equal size of the clear base color of the area, the 
whole wing except these areas and the semi-coriaceous red section of 
the anterior field having all the transverse veins white or yellowish- 
white. Abdomen of the general color; limbs of the general color with 
the pardaline appearance distinctly marked on the median and caudal 
limbs. 


Measurements. 
of 2 
Wenpthinofibodys i 2 2 2 e222 65mm 88s mm. 
Length of pronotum, seh oe! LER REZ oe 36.5 “ 
Greatest width of pronotum, . . . . . 23 “ 3). ae 
ItengthVolbesmen, 2/95. .§ 2+ . 2 9, 28.5. * i329) = 
Length of wing, Ae Eas ee af Sian aye HL ee 
Wensthiomcephalicfemun, = 5. . . 5 14g 0c 20.3 “ 


The types are the only specimens seen by the author. 


bo 
~I 
(or) 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


PHOTINA Burmeister. 
1838. Photina Burmeister, Handb. d. Ent., I, Abth. I, pt. I, p. 531. 
Type, by elimination, P. vitrea Burm. 


Photina vitrea Burmeister. 


1838. M[antis] (Photina) vitrea Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., II, Abth. 
IT, pt. I, p. 532. [Brazil.] 


One female. 
PARAMUSONIA Rehn. 


Paramusonia conspersa (Saussure). 


1870. Th{espis] conspersa Saussure, Mitth. Schw. Ent. Gesell., III, p. 238. 
[South America.] 


One male, one female. 

Apparently this is the first record of the species with exact data. 
This form can be separated from the allied P. infwmata (Serville) by 
the finely denticulate lateral margins of the pronotum. 

MIOPTERYX Saussure. 
Miopteryx grenadensis Saussure. 
Two males. 


CALLIBIA Stal. 


1877. Callibia Stil, Bihang till IK. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl., IV, No. 10, 
pp. 79, 85. z 


Type.—Harpax pictipennis Serville= Mantis diana Stoll. 


Callibia diana (Stoll). 


1813. [Mantis] Diana Stoll, Natuur. Afbeeld. Besch. Spooken, pp. 74, 78, pl. 
XXY\V, fig. 100. [‘‘East Indies.’’] 


One male. 
This species has been recorded from Cayenne. 
OXYOPS Saussure. 
1869. Oxyops Saussure, Mitth. Schw. Ent. Gesell., IIT, pp. 56, 66. 
Type.—O. rubicunda (Stoll). 


Oxyops rubicunda (Stoll). 


1813. [Mantis] Rubicunda Stoll, Natuur. Afbeeld. Besch. Spooken, pp. 73, 
79, pl. XXV, fig. 96. 


One male. 
This specimen has the internal face of the cephalic cox unicolor as 
in one of the males examined by Saussure. 
PARASTAGMATOPTERA Saussure. 


Parastagmatoptera tessellata Saussure and Zehntner. 
1894. Parastagmatoptera tessellata Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.- 
Amer., Orth., I, p. 188. [Cayenne.] 


One male. 


1) 
| 
“I 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 


PHASMIDA. 
CEROYS Serville. 
1839. Ceroys Serville, Orthoptéres, p. 262. 
Type.—C. perfoliatus (Gray). 
Ceroys lituus n. sp. 

Type: 2 ; Demerara, British Guiana. 1901. (R. J. Crew.) 

Not closely allied to any previously known species of the genus, dif- 
fering in the absence of spines and in the lobation of the median and 
caudal femora. This species may not be true Ceroys, but it does not 
belong to any of the present allied genera. 

Size median; form moderately robust; surface smooth, not polished, 
unarmed. Head rather long, subequal caudad of the eyes, occiput with 
a faint median longitudinal impressed line and several very weak ones 
laterad; eyes subglobose, moderately prominent; antenne filiform, 
about equal to the head and thorax in length, the proximal joint de- 
pressed. Pronotum nearly half again as long as broad, the lateral mar- 
gins somewhat incurved, cephalic margin moderately concave, caudal 
margin arcuate, transverse depression distinct, arcuate caudad, median 
longitudinal depression very faint and incomplete. Mesonotum five and 
a half times the length of the pronotum, a distinct dorsal line present 
but no carina. Metanotum (including median segment) about five- 
eighths the length of the mesonotum, the median segment very dis- 
tinctly longer than broad and exceeding the length of the remainder of 
the metanotum. Abdomen distinctly exceeding the remainder of the 
body in length; four proximal joints simple, longitudinal and very 
slightly increasing in length distad; fifth segment expanded meso- 
caudad, in length about equal to the fourth segment; sixth segment 
simple, slightly shorter than the first proximal segment; seventh seg- 
ment two-thirds the length of the sixth, somewhat expanded caudad ; 
eighth segment slightly shorter than the seventh ; ninth segment shorter 
than the eighth, compressed, carinate dorsad, narrowly emarginate 
caudad; supra-anal plate with the angulate tip alone visible; cerci 
compressed, tapering, blunt, the length about two-thirds that of the 
ninth dorsal segment; subgenital opercule boat-shaped, carinate in the 
distal half, lanceolate, acute, not exceeding the tips of the cerci. Limbs 
multicarinate, robust. Cephalic femora about as long as the mesono- 
tum, compressed, basal flexure very marked and abrupt, the two 
prominent dorsal and single ventral carina lamellato-carinate; cephalic 
tibize about equal to the femora in length and with three lamellate 
carine ; tarsi with the proximal joint slightly longer than the remaining 
joints. Median femora slightly shorter than the metanotum, the two 

19 


278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


ventral lamellate carinee each with a prominent proximal and distal 
rounded foliaceous lobe, the dorso-cephalic carina also with a low 
proximal lobe; median tibize about as long as the femora, the ventral 
carine lamellate, but no lobes present; median tarsi with the proximal 
joint about equal to the remaining joints. Caudal femora as long as 
the proximal two and a half abdominal segments, in structure similar 
to the median but with the dorsal lobe even smaller; caudal tibis 
shghtly longer than the femora, in structure similar to the median tibize 
but slightly slenderer; caudal tarsi with the proximal joint distinctly 
but not greatly longer than the remaining Joints. 

General color Prout’s brown obscurely marked on the head and limbs 
with bistre, the femoral lobes and extremities of the median and caudal 
tibis decidedly bistre; antennse wood brown sprinkled with the general 
color. 


Measurements. 
Ienethtofibodyans = 0 98-2 2 eee eel OL. 
ILemveqi OF joo, 5 5 5 8 5 5 ok ll! DO 
L ength of mesonotum, .. ea ix 
Length of metanotum (including median s seg ment), 50 24) Som LOTS 
Length omeephalie femunee = 2. i eee eee Omi 
Length Olmedian demas se ous: <1 i) he aes ene ncs lcm 
Length Guecnwokilktaomige 5° Bee 2 6 5 oo « o Wea“ 


The type is unique. 


OLCYPHIDES Griffini. 
Olcyphides fasciatus (Gray). 
1835. Plhasma] fasciatum Gray, Synopsis Phasm., p. 24. [Brazil.] 
One female (sex ?). 
This individual is broken, but I presume it isa female. The original 
description, while very brief, sums up the chief diagnostic characters 
of the species. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279 


DESCRIPTIONS OF FIVE NEW SPECIES OF ORTHOPTERA FROM TONKIN. 
BY JAMES A. G. REHN. 


PHASMID 4. 


Phryganistria grandis n. sp. 

Type: o&; Tonkin, Indo-China. [A. N.S. Phila.] 

Allied to P. sarmentosa Westwood from Sylhet, but differing in the 
larger size, the greater number of medium-sized spines on the ventral 
margins of the median and caudal femora, and the presence of a strong 
distal spine on each of the same margins, as well as the proportionately 
slenderer abdomen. 

Size very large; form very slender; surface glabrous. Head about 
equal to the pronotum in length, somewhat narrowed caudad, and with 
the caudal section of the occiput with four longitudinal subparallel 
impressed lines; eyes rather prominent, globose; ocelli absent; antennze 
when extended caudad reaching nearly to the caudal margin of the 
second abdominal segment, first antennal joint moderately depressed. 
Pronotum distinctly longer than broad; cephalic margin slightly 
arcuate-emarginate, caudal margin subtruncate; transverse depression 
slightly bent caudad in the middle, a faint trace of a longitudinal de- 
pression in the cephalic section, none in the caudal section. Mesono- 
tum but little shorter than the metanotum, median segment and first 
segment of the abdomen nearly seven times the length of the pronotum, 
subequal except in the caudal fourth where it is slightly and gradually 
expanded. Metanotum (including median segment) slightly more 
than two-thirds the length of the mesonotum; median segment slightly 
less than a third the length of the remainder of the metanotum; 
cephalic half subequal, evenly expanding in the caudal half. Abdo- 
men exceeding the head and thoracic segments in length by more 
than the length of the head, as a whole subequal in width, the 
slight enlargement of the segments at their articulation with con- 
tiguous segments giving the abdomen the appearance of a sec- 
tion of bamboo; first segment very slightly“longer than the head 
and pronotum together, second and third subequal and slightly longer 
than the first, fourth and fifth subequal and slightly longer than the 
second and third, sixth segment two-thirds the length of the fifth, 


280 


— Reena gna a ee 
ang. ners od = he. 


Fie. 1.—Phryganist 
Dorsal view of 
half natural size.) 


united ; arolia present. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


RESET et (Ageia! oa MEN ae Nee 


ria grandis 
male type. 


n. 


sp. 
(One- 


seventh segment about half the 
length of the sixth, compressed 
and deep, eighth segment com- 
pressed, as deep as and slightly 
shorter than the seventh seg- 
ment, ninth segment with its 
extreme length about equal 
to the seventh and eighth 
united, strongly compressed, tec- 
tate and carinate dorsad, bear- 
ing two lateral digitiform pro- 
cesses which enclose a deep 
V-shaped emargination, the pro- 
cesses being rounded distad and 
bearing a number of short re- 
curved spines on their inner 
faces; cerci slender, simple, 
strongly curved distad; sub- 
genital opercule extending to 
the apex of the eighth dorsal 
segment, not produced, the dis- 
tal margin straight, the dorsal 
margin rounded-angulate, the 
ventro-caudal angle blunt-rec- 
tangulate. Cephalic femora 
slightly longer than the head, 
pro- and mesonotum, somewhat 
compressed, multicarinate, basal 
flexure short but very distinct, 
dorso-cephalic margin with a 
number (14 to 18) of rather 
irregularly distributed spines; 
cephalic tibiee considerably ex- 
ceeding the femora in length, 
as long as the six proximal ab- 
dominal segments in length, 
very slender and with the mar- 
gins unarmed ; cephalic metatarsi 
distinctly longer than the re- 
maining segments of the tarsi 


Median femora in length equal to the 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281 


mesonotum and half of the pronotum, rather robust, strongly 
carinate, the dorsal carinse with afew short spines on each but the 
caudal with a greater number than the cepha- 
lic, ventral margins with a series of strong 
spines, 12 to 14 in number, in addition to which 
is placed distad a very strong acute spine, the _ = * 
genicular lobes are spiniform and the ventral ,,;, qidisn.epo las 
face bears a median longitudinal series of 6 or 7 _ teral view of the apex 
fine spines; median tibie very slightly longer Neto aoe eae 
than the femora, slightly curved proximad, 

all the margins spined but the ventrals with a much greater 
number than the dorsals; metatarsi about equal to the remain- 
ing tarsal joints, all more robust than in the cephalic imbs. Caudal 
femora reaching nearly to the apex of the fourth abdominal segment, 
dorsal margins with very few spines, ventral margins armed as the 
median femora, the large distal spine and genicular lobes similar in 
form, and the lateral series numbering 16 to 17 spines, the median 
ventral series 9 to 10 in number; caudal tibie similar to the median in 
structure but longer; caudal metatarsi distinctly longer than the 
remaining tarsal joints. 

Generla color ferruginous, pale on the head and distad on the abdo- 
men, the greater portion of the mesothorax and the cephalic section of 
the metathorax wood brown, the former washed with malachite green. 
Antenne blackish brown. Ventro-lateral margins of the median and 
caudal femora dull oil green; spines tipped with black. 


Measurements. 
enethsoisbodyers= 2) 5 er) ce Se. | ee 6 ee LOS) mmf 
eneihnomheadsss 8): LS ee SOE ee aby vee 
wenmthyokpronotums; = =) 4) LPS uae see oe 7) 
Length of mesonotum, . . Sor tn. 
Length of metanotum (including median segment), Oe as Se 
Length OlgcephalicaemUr ae. ne 4.) 0 Ae cones eee Spee 
Length Ormedianitemury a 25 Sf) 6 ie an emumerd Qi5pace 
Wenruhholcaudalbfenaun 2 25 2 Se 7 ee 5 Sine 
Wenstiotcandalktibiase 2 2 5 9 6 ee, 05a 


The type only has been examined. 


TETTIGONIDZ. 
Chondrodera' maxima n. sp. 


Type: 2 ; Tonkin, Indo-China?? [A. N. S. Phila.] 


‘Tt appears from the literature on this genus that Brunner misinterpreted the 
shape of the mesosternum and metasternum, and should have placed this genus, 
in'his revision of the Pseudophylline, under 4 instead of 4 of the Phyllomimi. 

2 Some doubt is attached to this locality. 


282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Allied to C. notatipes and C. subvitrea Karsch from West Africa, but 
differing in the greater size, the deeper lateral lobes of the pronotum, 
the smaller eye, the differently shaped tegmen and the lesser number of 
transverse veins in the same. From C. borneensis Brunner it is readily 
Separated by the presence of a longitudinal spurious vein in the anal 
field of the tegmen, and in the strongly spined and but slightly ciliate 
femora. 

Size moderately large; form generally compressed. Head broad, 
somewhat flattened cephalad; occiput not elevated, straight, rounded 


transversely; fastigiam produced, extending slightly beyond the 
antennal scrobes, acute, moderately sulcate distad; eyes rather small, 
exserted and quite prominent, subglobose; antennze with the margins 
of the scrobes touching mesad, first joint large, subeylindrical, joints 
beyond the second poorly defined, in an incomplete condition extending 
to the distal third of the tegmen. Pronotum some- 
what saddle-shaped, the lateral lobes moderately 
flaring ventrad, surface with a number of blunt tu- 
bercles; cephalic margin obtuse-angulate with the 
immediate angle truncate, caudal margin arcuate 

val D with a slight median emargination; longitudinal 
poise: arp median sulcus distinct, precurrent, bearing in its de- 
sp. Dorsal viewof pression a blunt median carina on the prozona 
aer pronotum. — (proper) and metazona, on the latter becoming more 
> conspicuous caudad by the shallower character of 
the sulcus; median suleus flanked through nearly its entire length by a 
pair of series of rather irregularly placed tubercles; sulci separating the 
prozona, mesozona and metazona very distinct and deep, the meso- 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283 


metazonal one particularly heavy; lateral portions of the caudal mar- 
gins of the disk somewhat elevated; lateral lobes slightly longer than 
deep, caudal margin with a distinct but shallow elytral sinus, ventral 
margin sinuate obtuse-angulate, the margin supplied with low tubercles 
which are the terminations of low subobsolete ridges radiating from a 
point on the ventral section of the lateral lobes. Prosternum unarmed. 
Mesosternum distinctly but not greatly transverse, the foramina large 
and well separated. Metasternum strongly transverse, the cephalic 
margin slightly broader than the mesosternum, caudal section regularly 
narrowed, the foramina nearer the caudal margin, transverse and con- 
nected by a rather broad suleus. Tegmen rather coriaceous in texture, 
the greatest width (excluding the anal field) contained slightly more 
than three times in the length; dorsal outline when viewed laterally 
(excluding the horizontal anal field) nearly straight, costal margin 
slightly arcuate cephalad, strongly arcuate distad; apex dorsad and 
rather narrowly rounded, costal field with a distinct rounded proximal 
lobe; costal field with the mediastine vein short, oblique, anterior 
radial vein sending nine principal oblique rami to the costal margin, 
the most of which are bifureate in the distal portion of their length; 
radial ramus issuing distinctly but not greatly proximad of the middle 
of the tegmen, the area between this and the posterior radial vein 
with six principal transverse veins, which enclose areas roughly quad- 
rate in shape; anterior ulnar vein undulate, reaching to the apex of the 
tegmen, the area between the radial ramus and this vein having five 
principal transverse veins; area between the two ulnar veins with seven 
principal transverse veins; anal area narrow but continued to very 
near the apex of the tegmen, and bearing in addition to one principal 
precurrent though erratic longitudinal vein several others of similar 
character in the proximal section, short transverse veins numerous. 
Wings in repose reaching almost to the tips of the tegmina. Abdomen 
moderately compressed ; supra-anal plate slightly longitudinal, rounded, 
the apex emarginate and a shallow longitudinal median depression is 
present on the proximal half, ciliate; ovipositor about twice as long 
as the pronotum, heavy, hardly curved, the dorsal margin nearly 
straight and with a slight basal emargination, ventral margin regularly 
arcuate, apex acute, dorsal margin and short distal section of the ven- 
tral margin finely serrate; subgenital plate short, transverse trigonal, 
the apex with a V-shaped emiargination. Cephalic femora about as 
long as the head and pronotum, carinate, the ventral margins with four 
to six blunt spines; cephalic tibie slightly longer than the femora, 
bullze perforate and expanded on both sides, dorsal carine with one 


284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


short spine on the caudal, ventral carine both with a number (6 to 7) 
of short spines; tarsi with the third joint very broad. Median femora 
about as long as the cephalic, more compressed, deeper, ventro-cephalic 
margin strongly carinate and armed with five short spines, ventro- 
caudal margin armed with a number of very small spines, the margin 
not strongly carinate like the ventro-cephalic; median tibie slightly 
longer than the femora, compressed, carinate, ventral margins armed 
with seven small spines. Caudal femora not quite half the length of 
the tegmen, moderately compressed, and considerably inflated in the 
proximal half, cephalic face bearing two longitudinal depressions, ven- 
tro-cephalic margin lamellate and armed with ten or eleven flattened 
spines, which are small proximad and increase to a considerable size 
distad ; caudal tibizee about equal to the femora in length, compressed, 
carinate, the dorso-cephalic margin armed with four short spines, the 
dorso-caudal with twelve to fourteen larger lamellate spines, the ventral 
margins with about seven rather small spines on each margin. 

General color very dull canary yellow, becoming saffron yellow on 
the limbs. Head touched with saffron yellow; eyes walnut brown; 
antenne with widely placed annuli of walnut brown. Pronotum with 
the median longitudinal area faintly washed with lilac. Tegmina with 
the principal transverse veins bordered and touched with patches and 
lines of wine purple, the proximal portion of the sutural margin faintly 
washed with the same color. Ovipositor clay-color, the distal half and 
the entire ventral margin seal brown. Limbs with the spines either 
wholly or in part black. 


Measurements. 

Length of body (exclusive of ovipositor),. . . . . . 43 mm. 

Desa Gi ORONO, st 3 Es] (Sonne 

Greatest width (ventral) of pronotum, . . OSS Ol 
pWengthvot tesmens =) ye wee ee eee ons 

Cie Siayahdaoyianeraanyy 2 5 5 5 Ge = « «a 5 A) & 

LGA OVC OEM sae Me 6 5 9S 5 5 5 6 5 Ae 

IMAGO Owe, 5s 2 6 2 « 6 o o o « o Ihe 


The type only has been examined. 
Anabropsis* tonkinensis n. sp. 

Type: 2 ; Than-Moi, Tonkin, June-July. (Frihstorfer.) [A. N.S. 
Phila. ] : 

Allied to A. frater (Brunner),‘ supposed to be from India, but differ- 


3 Schenobates of authors, cf. Rehn, Canad. Entom., X XXIII, p. 272, 1901. 
* Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, XX XVIII, p. 275. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285 


ing in the smaller size and the fewer spines on the margins of the caudal 
tibiz, ten instead of fourteen in number. Brunner’s species is very 
briefly described and based on a male, but the specimen in hand 
differs in the lesser length of the body and of the caudal femora and 
tibiz, as well as the fewer tibial spines. 

Size rather large (compared with American species of the genus); 
form somewhat compressed ; surface entirely glabrous, polished. Head 
short and broad, occiput rounding toward the fastigium and bearing 
a very slight median longitudinal sulcus, which is continued nearly to 


Fie. 5.—Anabropsis tonkinensis n. sp. Lateral view of type. (About x 2.) 


the extremity of the compressed fastigium, which latter is separated 
from the vertex by a broad and shallow depression; frontal fastigium 
touching the fastigium of the vertex; paired ocelli large, placed on the 
lateral faces of the fastigium, median ocellus placed closer to the apex 
of the facial fastigium than to the clypeal margin; eyes ovoid, flattened 
cephalad, slightly prominent ; antennal serobes little elevated, proximal 
and second antennal joints subcylindrical, the second considerably 
smaller than the first, remainder of the antenne slender, moniliform, 


286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 
about twice the length of the body, the third joint slightly longer than 
the proximal and second joint together. Mandibles, clypeus and lab- 
rum large and produced as is usual in the genus; palpi large, with the 
first and second joints subequal, the third slightly longer than the others 
and distinctly longer than the labrum. Pronotum hardly arched 
longitudinally, distinetly arched transversely ; cephalic margin truncate, 
caudal margin arcuato-truncate; lateral lobes very greatly longer than 
deep, the greatest depth in the cephalic section; no median carina pre- 
sent, but an extremely fine median sulcus extends the whole length of 
the pronotum; distinct transverse sulci two in number, one near the 
cephalic margin, the other slightly caudad of the middle and extend- 
ing cephalo-laterad of the axis of the pronotum and forming oblique 
broad depressed areas on the lateral lobes. Tegmina very minute, 
not half as long as the exposed lateral portion of mesonotum, pad-like. 
Mesonotum, metanotum and abdominal segments provided dorsad 
with a slight but distinct median carina, laterad the distal section of 
each segment is provided with a number of short welt-like ridges. 
Supra-anal plate small, trigonal, depressed with the margins elevated ; 
ovipositor rather short and weak, slightly arcuate, tapering, apex 
moderately acute, margins unarmed. Prosternum with a pair of very 
long spines, nearly erect, the tips needle-like; mesosternum with a 
pair of similar spines, which, however, are shorter and broader than 
those on the prosternum; metasternum with a pair of blunt triangular 
lobes. Cephalic femora moderately compressed, slightly longer than 
the pronotum, margins and genicular lobes unarmed; cephalic tibie 
slightly longer than the femora, dorsal margins each with a distal spine 
and the cephalic with one median one, ventral margins each with five 
spines, the proximo-caudal small, as is also the proximo-dorsal; 
cephalic tarsi very slightly more than half the length of the tibie, 
arolia absent. Median femora equal to the cephalic in length and 
unarmed ; median tibie very slightly longer than the femora, armed on 
the dorso-cephalic margin with three spines and on the dorso-caudal 
with four spines, the ventral margins each armed with five spines. 
Caudal femora slightly shorter than the length of the body, strongly 
inflated in the proximal two-thirds, the distal third subequal, pagina 
sculptured with a regular series of clear-cut oblique lines, caudo- 
ventral margin with five to seven short spines on the distal section; 
caudal tibie about as long as the femora, dorsal margins each armed 
with ten fixed spines, ventral margins armed with three short mobile 
spines on the cephalic margin and one on the caudal margin, while 
three pairs of distal spurs are present, the proximal being very large 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287 


on each margin and spiniform; caudal tarsi with the distal joint about 
equal to the proximal in length. 

General color dorsad seal brown, ventrad including the limbs pale 
orange-ochraceous. Head solid color dorsad, ventrad of the dorsal 
color laid over cream-buff, the facial fastigium clear cream-buff; mouth 
parts, except clypeus, of the ventral color; eyes broccoli brown; anten- 
ne of the ventral color except for the three proximal segments which 
maculate or suffuse with seal brown. Pronotum slightly sprinkled 
with buffy laterad. Abdomen with the welt-like ridges buffy, as are 
also the styles and ovipositor. Cephalic and median femora strongly 
blotched and suffused with seal brown distad ; median and caudal tibie 
with proximal section washed with seal brown. Caudal femora with 
the pagina sprinkled with seal brown, the carina immediately ventrad 
of the pagina strongly blotched with the same in the proximal two- 
thirds and the genicular lobes and arches of the same color; caudal 
tibixe with the genicular region touched with seal brown. All spines 
and spurs narrowly tipped with seal brown. 


Measurements. 
Length of body (exclusive of geapoeel) ee eee Somme 
Length ofantenne,. . . ine ee ae , One, GR 
Length of pronotum, Series 5: re ae SOS 
Length ofcaudalfemur,, . . . .. . . 5 eae 
Length of ovipositor, Sole 


The type alone has been examined. 
Diestrammena longipes n. sp. 

Type: oc’; Than-Moi, Tonkin. June-July. (H. Frihstorfer.) [A. 
N.S. Phila.] 

Allied to D. unicolor Brunner ® from Siberia, China and Tenasserim, 
but differing in the very much longer limbs and the very marked colora- 
tion. 

Size rather large; body in life probably covered in the greater part 
with golden scales, of which traces remain. Head short, broad and 
deep; occiput slightly rounded into the fastigium, which is short, rather 
broad, deeply sulcate and bifureate; frontal fastigium low, separated 
from the fastigium of the vertex by a considerable space; ocelli small; 
eye ovate, flattened cephalad, moderately prominent, considerably 
shorter than the infra-ocular portion of the genze; antennal scrobes not 
elevated, proximal joint short subcylindrical, second joint smaller, sub- 
cylindrical, remainder moniliform, very nearly five and one-half times 


5 Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, XX XVIII, p. 299. 


288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


the length of the body; mandibles, clypeus and labrum moderately 
prolonged; palpi long and slender, the proximal joint quite short, the 
second and third longer and subequal, the distal slender, gradually 
enlarging, over half again as large as the second. Pronotum arched 
transversely and with faint indications of lateral shoulders; cephalic 
margin truncate, caudal margin subtruncate; lateral lobes slightly 
longer than deep, the cephalic section of the margin oblique, mesad 


cae 


oN 


Fic. 6.—Diestrammena longipes n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 2.) 


with a rounded obtuse angle and caudad with the same, the caudal mar- 
gin itself nearly straight. Mesonotum with the caudal margin obtuse- 
angulate; metanotum very slightly obtuse-angulate. Abdomen slightly 
tectate; cerci styliform, slightly shorter than the pronotum. Cephalic 
femora very slightly longer than the head and thoracic segments, 
armed on the ventro-cephalic margin with three spines and on the 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289 


cephalic genicular lobe with one; cephalic tibize equal to the femora 
in length, unarmed dorsad except for a short distal spine on the 
caudal margin, ventral margins each armed with two mobile spines, 
the distal ventral margin with one short median spine, spurs two in 
number, comparatively short, subequal; cephalic tarsi compressed, 
two-thirds the length of the tibize, metatarsi slightly longer than the 
remaining joints, distal joint much slenderer than the others, arolia 
absent. Median femora very slightly shorter than the head and 
thoracic segments, ventro-cephalic margin with a single spine in the 
distal section, ventro-caudal margin unarmed, both genicular lobes 
with large mobile spines, that of the cephalic lobe slightly shorter than 
the other; median tibiz somewhat longer than the femora, the ventral 
margin with four paired spines and one median one on the distal mar- 
gin, spurs rather short, the caudal the longer and that not more than 
a third the length of the metatarsus; tarsi similar to the cephalic. 
Caudal femora elongate, nearly half again as long as the body, consid- 
erably inflated in the proximal half, slender in the distal half with a 
slight genicular enlargement, ventro-cephalic face of the proximal 
inflated portion with several deep longitudinal impressions, the cephalic 
ventral carina much lower than the caudal, which is moderately 
lamellate, cephalic armed with ten spines in the distal section, the 
caudal armed with sixteen spines in the distal two-thirds, genicular 
lobes each with a very short mesad spine; caudal tibize slightly longer 
than the femora compressed, ventral margins unarmed, dorso-cepha- 
lic margin with thirty-two fixed spines, dorso-caudal with thirty, 
spurs in three pairs, the dorsal much the larger and with the caudal 
one slightly longer than the cephalic and but little shorter than the 
metatarsus; caudal tarsi similar to the others in structure but slightly 
larger and more robust. 

General color mars brown, the caudal margins of the thoracic and 
abdominal segments rather irregularly and broadly marked with seal 
brown, the median sections of the segments, however, being clear or 
nearly clear mars brown, while the mesonotum and metanotum bear 
irregular touches of sulphur yellow. Face ventrad of the eyes and of 
the antenne touched with vandyke brown; eyes walnut brown; anten- 
nee seal brown, the proximal joints paler and maculate with seal brown, 
joints beyond the second with two characters of annulations of lemon 
yellow, a broad annulation and a number of narrow annulations be- 
tween each broad one, both characters of annulations becoming distant 
distad. Limbs with the base color straw yellow with a faint touch of 
lavender on the proximal portions of the femora, all strongly annulate 


290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF “[May, 


with clove brown, the number of annuli on the caudal limbs being four 
principal ones on the femur, five on the tibia and two on the tarsus. 


Measurements. 
engthvotbodiy,% (2) ) iain ee re aoe . 2125 mms 
Length of antenna, : ey oe (Circa oli. 
Length of distal joint of the palpus Ge 
Length of caudal femur, Paifss) 
Length of caudal tibia, ZO 


The type is unique. 


Diestrammena palpata n. sp. 

Type: co; Than-Moi, Tonkin. June-July. (H. Friihstorfer.) [A. 
N.S. Phila.] 

Alhed to D. unicolor Brunner and D. longipes described above, but 
differing from D. unicolor in the much longer limbs as is the case with 
D. longipes, from which palpata differs in the very long palpi and the 
different coloration. 

Size rather large; form somewhat compressed. Head with the occi- 
put descending to the fastigium which is short and deeply, but very 
narrowly, divided; facial fastigium separated from the fastigium of the 
vertex by a considerable space; eye elongate subreniform ; antenne over 
five times the length of the body, the proximal joint large, subeylin- 
drical, second joint small and very short, remaining joints moniliform; 
palpi very slender, elongate, first and second joints short, third and 
fourth quite long, subequal, fifth very long, over half again as long as 
the fourth. Pronotum rounded transversely; cephalic margin sub- 
truncate, caudal margin slightly projecting, roundly obtuse-angulate, 
no lateral angles present; lateral lobes slightly longer than deep, the 
ventral margin bluntly obtuse-angulate. Mesonotum distinctly obtuse- 
angulate caudad; metanotum with the caudal margin very slightly 
arcuate. Abdomen compressed. Cephalic femora somewhat longer 
than the head and thorax, slender, very slightly expanded proximad, 
but otherwise subequal, ventral margins unarmed, cephalic genicular 
lobe with a very short fixed spine, caudal genicular lobe with a long 
mobile spine; cephalic tibiz very slightly longer than the femora, 
unarmed dorsad, ventral margins with four paired spines and one 
median one on the distal border, principal spurs considerably shorter 
than the large genicular spine on the cephalic femora; cephalic tarsi 
considerably more than half the length of the tibiew, compressed, the 
metatarsus shghtly more than half the tarsal length, arolia absent. 
Median femora distinctly but not greatly shorter than the cephalic 
femora, similar in structure but with a large mobile spine on the cepha_ 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291 


lic genicular lobe, in length, however, shorter than that on the caudal 
lobe; median femora and tibiz as in the cephalic limbs but shorter. 
Caudal femora elongate, slightly more than twice the length of the 
median, considerably inflated in the proximal half, cephalic ventral 
margin unarmed, caudal margin with a number of spines, closely 


Fie. 7.—Diestrammena palpata n, sp. Lateral view of type. (xX 2.) 


placed proximad, sparsely distributed distad; caudal tibie slightly 
longer than the femora, dorsal margins with thirty to thirty-four fixed 
spines, dorsal spurs very large, the caudal as long as the metatarsus; 
metatarsi about as long as the remaining tarsal joint. 

General color burnt umber, meso-dorsal region suffused with clove 
brown. Eyes vandyke brown; antenne annulate much as D. longipes, 
but the color is duller, the larger annulations narrower and the smaller 


292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


ones more numerous; palpi dark except the distal jot which is pale. 
Cephalic and median limbs cream-buff, proximal three-fourths of the 
femora obscurely maculate with mummy brown, a clear light pregen- 
icular annulus present, genicular region of the femora and tibie seal 
brown, remainder of tibize of the pale ground color. Caudal femora 
cream buff overlaid and mottled with burnt umber proximad and clove 
brown distad; caudal tibise, except for a certain amount of scattered 
proximal clove brown maculation, cream buff, spines tipped with dark 
brown, extreme distal portion of the tibize and caudal margins of the 
tarsal joints washed with seal brown. 


; Measurements. 
ILEANA > o o « oS a Oe ee oe og o 9 lk ite, 
Length of antenna,. . > 5 2 oe ecirea es 120 mes 
Length of distal joint of the palpus +E ae Ml abe ede nS Sms 
Length of caudalfemur, . . 30 gf ae er ia Oe 
Leneth Ofcaudalitibiay. 6 a «a .. -e eee sO! oee 


The type is the only specimen examined. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293 


FURTHER KNOWLEDGE OF SOME HETEROGNATHOUS FISHES. PART I. 
BY HENRY W. FOWLER. 


In this paper I have attempted to arrange systematically the Heter- 
ognathi contained in the collections of the Academy of Natural Sciences 
of Philadelphia. This group is largely made up of collections formed 
by John Hauxwell, James Orton and H. H. Smith. Nearly all of 
Cope’s typical specimens, besides a number of comparatively rare or 
obscurely defined species, are represented. Owing to the increase in 
knowledge of the vast fresh-water ichthyic fauna of South America, it 
is believed that further detailed information concerning rare, nominal 
or species only known from the original specimens will be weleomed. 


ERYTHRINIDZ. 
Hoplias malabaricus (Bloch). 


Macrodon trahira Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., XI 1869-70 
(August 19, 1870), p. 566. Pebas. John Hauxwell. Cope, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (January 16, 1872), p. 257. Ambyiacu River. 
John Hauxwell. Cope, Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p. 694. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 

Macrodon tareira Cope, l.c., XX XIII, 1894 (January 5), p. 84. Brazilian 
province of Rio Grande do Sul. H. H. Smith. 


A series of 28 examples represented by those in the Hauxwell and 
Orton collections from the Ambyiacu and Peruvian Amazons, and the 
H. H. Smith collection from Rio Grande do Sul, also others from Bahia, 
Rio das Vehlas and Surinam. They show: Head 23 to 34; depth 32 to 
52; D.1ror ur, 101 to 121, mostly 111, and only rarely 101 or 121; A.1ror 
m1, 8 ror 91, most always 8 I, or only rarely 91; scales 36 to 42 in lateral 
line to base of caudal, with 2 to 4 more on latter; 6 scales obliquely back 
from origin of dorsal to lateral line, only rarely 5; between lateral line 
and base of ventral 5 or 6 scales, usually 5; 15 to 19 seales before 
dorsal; snout 4 to 44 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 
41 to 8; maxillary 13 to 27; interorbital 34 to 44; total length of 
body 24 to 124 inches. 

OPHIOCEPHALOPS subgen. nov. 
Type Erythrinus uniteniatus Agassiz. 
Dorsal fin rounded or posterior rays not elevated. 


(Oets, serpent; kegad7, head; 4d, appearanee.) 
20 


294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June, 


Erythrinus uniteniatus Agassiz. 


Erythrinus salmoneus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p. 694. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 


Head 3 to 34; depth 3? to 43; D. 1, 81; A. 11, 71 to 11, 91, usually 
8 1tand rarely 7 1 or 91; scales 30 to 32 in lateral line to base of caudal, 
and 3 to 6 more on latter; 4 scales between origin of dorsal and lateral 
line, rarely 5; 4 scales between lateral line and ventral; 13 or 14 scales 
before dorsal, usually 14; snout 3? to 4 in head, measured from tip of 
upper jaw; eye 5 to 72; maxillary 2 to 21; interorbital space 24 to 3; 
total length 4 to 12 inches. In all 7 examples from the upper Amazons, 
Surinam and Paramaribo. 


Subgenus ERYTHRINUS Scopoli. 


Dorsal fin angular or pointed, and some of posterior rays elevated. 


Erythrinus erythrinus (Schneider). 


Erythrinus brevicanda Cope, Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70: 
(August 19, 1870), p. 566. Pebas. John Hauxwell. 

Erythrinus brevicauda Cope, l.c., XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 694. 
Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 


Head 3 to 34; depth 3? to 5; D. u, 71 to 91, rarely 7 or 8; A. m1, 
8 1; scales 29 to 32 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 3 or 4 more on 
latter; 4 seales between origin of dorsal and lateral line obliquely back; 
3 or 4 seales between lateral line and ventral; 14 to 16 scales before 
dorsal; snout 35 to 4 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 44 
to 6%; interorbital space 24 to 2%; total length of body 3 to 94 inches. 
In all 10 examples from the Orton and Hauxwell collections. One 
example shows the depressed ventral reaching a trifle beyond origin of 
anal. 


Pyrrhulina leta (Cope). Fig. 1. 


Holotaxis letus Cope, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (January 16, 1872), 
p. 257. Type No. 8,029, A.N.S.P. Ambyiacu River. John Hauxwell. 


As it is in such poor preservation I am forced to omit a number of 
notes of value. It may be said however beyond dispute that there are 
two distinct or well developed bands of teeth in the upper jaw. The 
accompanying figure will portray such information as is possible to 
make out from the specimen with the assistance of the original account. 


COPEINA gen. nov. 
Type Pyrrhulina argyrops Cope. 
Teeth in upper jaw uniserial, otherwise close to Pyrrhulina. 
(Named for the late Prof. Edward Drinker Cope, who studied most 
of the fishes included in this paper.) 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295 


Fig. 1.—Pyrrhulina leta (Cope). 


Copeina argyrops (Cope). Fig. 2. 


Pyrrhulina argyrops Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p. 694. Nos. 21,441 (type) and 21,442, A. N.S. i 
cotypes. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. of 1877. 


About 11? scales (according to pockets) before dorsal; width of 
head 1% in its length; interorbital space 24. Edges of body rounded. 
Head broadly depressed or flattened above and becoming somewhat 
constricted below. Snout broadly flattened above. Surface or man- 


Fig. 2.—Copeina argyrops (Cope). 


296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


dible well convex. Teeth conic, a little large, uniserial in upper jaw 
and biserial in lower, though none on maxillary or on roof of mouth. 
Tongue a little slender or elongate, tip rounded and free. Gill- 
opening extending forward about opposite front rim of pupil. Rakers 
7+10?, lanceolate, a little shorter than filaments which are 3 of orbit. 
Isthmus rather narrowly triangular. Hach scale with a number of 
radiating strie. Color in alcohol plain brown. Upper portion of 
dorsal more or less blackish with a narrow pale margin. Iris rather 
brassy. Length 2,7, inches (caudal a little damaged). 


CHARACIDA. 
CURIMATIN. 
Curimatella meyeri (Steindachner). Fig. 3. 

Head 32; depth about 4; D. 1v, 9; A. m1, 8; scales (according to 
pockets) about 38? in lateral line to base of caudal, and about 5? more 
on latter; between origin of dorsal and lateral line, obliquely forward, 
about 5?, and about same number between lateral line and origin of 
ventral; about 16? scales before dorsal; snout 34 in head; eye 34; 


Fig. 3.—Curimatella meyeri (Steindachner). 


width of mouth 4; maxillary 43; interorbital space 2}; least depth of 
caudal peduncle 3. Apparently no rakers. Caudal at present with 
few scales and these mostly fallen. The color in alcohol, probably due 
to preservation, is faded brown. This may also account for the ab- 
sence of spots on the scales of the back. One example (with damaged 
caudal), 32 inches. Peru. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. 1873. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297 


Curimatella alburnus (Miller and Troschel). 

Head 33; depth 23; D. mt, 9,1; A. m1, 9, 1; scales 33 in lateral line to 
base of caudal, and 2 or 3 more on latter; 6 scales obliquely back from 
origin of dorsal to lateral line; 5 scales between lateral line and origin 
of ventral; 5 scales between lateral line and origin of anal; snout 33 
in head ; eye 34; maxillary 3; interorbital space 21; pectoral 14; ventral 
17s. Caudal peduncle deep, compressed, and length about + of least 
depth. Upper profile convex from occiput to dorsal, and keel only a little 
distinct just before dorsal, also an indistinct keel on each side. Post- 
dorsal region rounded, with a median and a lateral keel on each side, 
all indistinct. Same also continued behind adipose dorsal. Post- 
ventral region with distinct median keel and a rather indistinct keel 
on each side converging toward anal. Snout convex, both surface 
and profile, and upper profile of head straight. Rakers small or 
minute weak filaments (mostly damaged). Origin of dorsal falling 
in vertical about midway between tip of snout and posterior basal 
margin of adipose fin. Third simple dorsal ray longest, longer than 
head, or about 4 of head and trunk. First branched anal ray appa- 
rently longest, 12 in head. Pectoral reaching 2 of space to ventral. 
Ventral extending 3 of space to anal. Length (with damaged caudal) 
53 inches. A single example, most likely from Dr. Hering’s collection, 
and taken in Surinam?, rather than ‘‘Curimatus spec. indet.’’ Cope, 
Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70 (August 19, 1870), p. 566, 
from Pebas, Hauxwell Coll. 


CYPHOCHARAX subgen. nov. 


Type Curimatus spilurus Giinther. 


Back well elevated, or hunched, anteriorly. Scales large, in even 
longitudinal series which slope a little from head posteriorly. 

(Kdges, gibbous or hunched; yéea=,an old name used by Gronow 
for the typical genus of this family and first introduced by Scopoli.) 


Curimata spilura (Giinther). Fig. 4. 


Curimatus spilurus Cope, Proe. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p. 684. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. of 
1873. 


Interorbital space 22 in head. Predorsal region trenchant, not 
grooved, and anterior dorsal profile of body steep. Gill-rakers not 
evident and scales not serrate. The example figured most likely from 
Nauta. Also three others which do not vary except that the hump, or 
elevated back, seems to be a little less in height than in the smaller 
ones. This agrees fairly well with Dr. Giinther’s account, though the 


298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


head would differ as it is said to be 33 to 4 in the body without caudal. 
The pectoral is apparently shorter in my examples. 

The closely related forms, Curimata spiluropsis (Eigenmann and 
Eigenmann) and Curimata dorsale (Eigenmann and Eigenmann), do 
not appear to differ markedly. In fact it is not difficult to discover 
most of the characters assigned to each by Dr. and Mrs. Eigenmann in 


Fig. 4.—Curimata spilura (Ginther). 


the examples before me. Under Curimatus spilurus these writers 
state that the predorsal region is depressed or grooved till near the 
dorsal fin. ‘This I am unable to determine. 


STEINDACHNERINA subgen. nov. 
Type Curimatus trachystethus Cope. 


This group comprises those species of Curimata with the postventral 
region rounded, or with an obtuse median keel, and the back normal 
or not hunched as in Cyphocharax. Scales in most species finely ser- 
rate. 

(Dedicated to Dr. Franz Steindachner, of the Royal Academy of 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299 


Natural Sciences of Vienna, as a slight recognition of his thoroughly 
excellent contributions to Ichthyology.) 


Curimata trachystethus (Cope). Fig. 5. 


Curimatus trachystethus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p. 684. No. 21,470, A.N.S.P., type. Peruvian Amazon, 
probably from Pebas. Prof. J. Ortom. Coll. of 1877. 


Width of head 1¢ in its length; width of mouth 32; interorbital space 
22. Body well compressed. Head convexly restricted below and 
broad above. Snout broad and obtuse in profile when viewed from 
above. Mouth broad. Jaws and lips thin. Mandibular angle very 
obtuse and with a little protuberance at symphysis fitting in a depres- 
sion in front of upper jaw. ‘Tongue a little narrow, median, rather 


Fig. 5.—Curimata trachystethus (Cope). 


far back, and little free in front. Interorbital space broadly convex 
and more or less flattened medianly. Gill-opening large and extending | 
forward till about opposite posterior margin of pupil. No rakers. 
Filaments a trifle more than half of orbit. Isthmus rather broadly 
triangular. A short pointed scaly flap in axil of pectoral. Predorsal 
region with a median rounded keel. Postdorsal region rounded. Pre- 
ventral region flattened. Postyentral region with a median obtuse 


300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


keel and a similar one on each side. Color at present in alcohol pale 
greenish-brown, due most likely to preservative. Back a little darker. 
Fins all plain, except dorsal, which is marked with a large blackish 
blotch nearer bases of median rays. Iris deep brown. Length 4$ 
inches (caudal damaged). 

Cope’s statements that ‘‘the depth at the front of the dorsal fin is 
one-third the length of the caudal’’ and ‘‘the length of the head is one- 
fourth the same’’ are impossible. He evidently intended to refer to 
the body. 


Curimata gilbert Quoy and Gaimard. 


Curimatus gilbertii Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XX XIII, 1894 
(January 5). p. 93. Many examples from the Brazilian province of Rio 
Grande do Sul, probably at Sao Joio. H. H. Smith Coll. 


All have the dark caudal spot evident, and in the larger ones it is very 


distinct. In some small ones it is preceded laterally and medianly, 


by an irregular series of small blackish spots of uneven size. In others 
this is connected by a dusky streak, fading out anteriorly and enclosing 
the lateral line. In fact the species shows considerable color variation. 
Also a large uniformly colored example from Campos, Brazil. The 
proportions, ete., of all the examples range as follows: Head 3 to 3§; 
depth 22 to 3; D. 11, 9; A. 11, 7, 1; scales 33 to 38 in lateral line to base 
of caudal and 3 or 4 continued on the latter; 6 or 7 scales, usually 6, 
obliquely back from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 6 scales obliquely 
between lateral line and origin of ventral; 14 to 16 scales before dorsal ; 
total length of specimens ranging from 2} to St inches. 


PELTAPLEURA subgen. nov. 
Type Salmo cyprinoides Linnzeus. 
Scales on costal region enlarged, much larger than elsewhere on body, 
and converging posteriorly so as to form even series with the others. 


(léizq4, a small light shield, here used with reference to the scales; 
zievpa, the side or rib.) 


Curimata cyprinoides (Linnzus). Fig. 6. 


Curimatus cyprinoides Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p 
258. Ambyiacu River, Equador. John Hauxwell. 


Of 11 examples 4 before me have the squamation fairly perfect. 
They show the scales in the lateral line ranging from 45 to 48 when 


1906. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301 


counted to base of caudal, and 4 or 5 more on the latter. The figure 
is based on the largest of these. 


4 


Fig. 6.—Curimata cyprinoides (Linneus). 


Subgenus CURIMATA Cloquet. 


Postventral region trenchant. Scales small, 51 to 70 in a lateral 
count, and forming more or less even longitudinal series. 

In view of the uncertainty of identification of Salmo edentulus Bloch, 
which is more like the example I shall identify as Curimata schom- 
burgkii, I have allowed this subgenus to fall with it and related species. 
Further, its identification with Salmo cyprinoides Linneus may be 
questioned, and if any credit is attached to Bloch’s figure the scales are 
a little large. 


Curimata copei sp. nov. Fig. 7. 

Head 3; depth 24; D. 11, 9; A. 11, 9,1; P. 1m, 18; V. 11, 9; scales 50? 
in lateral line to base of caudal (squamation injured), and about 4? 
more on latter; about 15 scales between origin of dorsal obliquely 
down to lateral line; about 9 series of scales between lateral line verti- 
cally to origin of ventral; about 9 scales in a vertical series between 
lateral line and origin of anal; about 28 scales before dorsal; width of 
head 275 in its length; depth of head 24; snout 34; eye 34; width of 
mouth 34; interorbital space 24; base of dorsal 2; least depth of caudal 
peduncle 23; base of anal 2; ventral (damaged) 1,55. 


302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


Body well compressed, greatest depth at origin of dorsal, and back 
well elevated. Upper anterior profile gibbous or convex. Edge of 
back rounded. Caudal peduncle compressed, its length about # in 
least depth. 

Head rather constricted below, upper surface convex and with a 
nearly straight profile to occiput. Nuchal region convex. Head of 
rather even width. Snout broad and obtuse, especially when viewed 


Fig. 7.—Curimata copei Fowler. 


from above, and a little produced beyond tip of mandible. Eye large, 
its center near first 2 in length of head, and a trifle longer than deep. 
Adipose eyelids a little broad. Mouth broad, a little inferior, and 
symphysis with a little knob fitting in a depression in upper jaw. 
Mandibular angle broadly obtuse. Tongue thick, rounded, hardly 
free in front, and not broad. Nostrils adjoining, superior, a little 
nearer front of eye than tip of snout and posterior larger. Anterior 
nostril circular, and with a cutaneous margin. Interorbital space 
broad, a little elevated, and flattened medianly. Postorbital about 
equal to preorbital or about size of pupil. First infraorbital a little 


_ ee int peat 


» 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. £03 
more than half length of second which is long. Preopercle with several 
distinct flutings. Gill-flap rather narrow. Opercle smooth. 

Gill-opening extending forward not quite opposite to posterior 
margin of pupil. Upper cleft of gill-opening extending forward a 
little more than at a point equal to last 2 in length of head. About 
15 + 28? small short rudimentary filamentous-like rakers on first arch. 
Gill-filaments long, longest about 2 in horizontal orbital diameter. 
Isthmus nearly forming an equilateral triangle. 

Scales moderately small, adherent, and forming longitudinal series 
parallel with lateral line. Scales below lateral line, or those on breast 
and abdominal region, a little larger than others. Scales passing over 
ventral carina. No narrow median naked strip from occiput to dorsal, 
scales passing over. Head naked. Scales on chest a little smaller 
than those on breast. No scales on dorsals, pectorals and ventrals. 
Base of caudal with scales, and along basal region of anal. Base of 
ventral inside with a broad flat scaly flap, and another flap, but narrow 
and at present equal to about 2 of fin (damaged), placed in axil. No 
flap in pectoral axilla. Lateral line of simple tubes, continuous, 
slightly decurved at first and then straight to caudal. 

Dorsal inserted about midway in vertical between tip of snout and 
posterior basal margin of adipose fin. Dorsal high, first branched rays 
evidently highest and others graduated down. Adipose fin well de- 
veloped and its base about last 2 in space between dorsal and base of 
caudal. Anal evidently low and its origin a little nearer base of caudal, 
in vertical, than origin of ventral. Caudal emarginate (damaged), and 
rays well branched. Pectoral small and low. Ventral inserted about 
opposite base of second branched dorsal ray, and reaching about 3 of 
distance to anal (damaged). Vent close in front of anal. 

Color in aleohol brassy-brown, back with a dull olivaceous tinge. 
Fins all brownish. Iris deep brown. 

Length 4% inches. 

Type, No. 8,201, A.N.S.P. Surinam. Smithsonian Institution. 

One example, the type. This was long ago considered a new species 
by Cope. It appears to be closely related to Curimata schomburgkii 
(Giinther), but differs at once in the deep body, the upper profile of 
which is more gibbous anteriorly. 

(Named for Prof. Edward D. Cope.) 

Curimata schomburgkii (Ginther). Fig. 8. 

Body well compressed. Edge of back rounded. Caudal peduncle 
compressed. Head compressed, a little constricted inferiorly, upper 
surface convex. Nuchal region also convex. Head of rather even 


304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


width. Snout broad, blunt when viewed above. Mouth broad and 
symphysis with a knob fitting in a cavity of wpper jaw. Mandibular 
angle broadly obtuse. Tongue small, as usual rather far back, flattened, 
a little thick and only edges free. Interorbital space broad and a little 


Fig. 8.—Curimata schomburgkii (Ginther). 


elevated convexly, not especially flattened medianly. Gill-opening 
forward till not quite opposite posterior margin of pupil. Upper cleft 
of gill-opening extending forward 2 in length of head. Gill-rakers 
10? + 32?, small short rudimentary-like weak filaments. Gill-filaments 
about 2 in eye. Isthmus a little broad and triangular. Scales more 
or less adherent, passing over ventral keel and ridge before dorsal. 
Seales on chest a little smaller than those on breast. Base of ventral 
inside with a broad scaly flap. Vent close to anal. Color in alcohol 
brassy-brown. Length 43 inches (caudal damaged). 

Two examples from Surinam, larger described above. Dr. Hering. 
The smaller example is in better preservation. It shows: Head 23; 
depth 22; D. ur, 8; A. m1, 9, 1; scales 54 in lateral line to base of caudal, 
and 4 more on latter; snout 32 in head; eye 32; pectoral 12; ventral 


J 


1906.3 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305 


13; upper caudal lobe about 1. Rakers distinct. First branched ray 
of dorsal longest, and reaching well beyond others, when fin is depressed, 
or to origin of adipose fin. Adipose fin long, its length along posterior 
margin but little less than length of its base. Anterior anal rays 
elevated. Caudal long, deeply forked, and each lobe well pointed. 
Pectoral long, pointed, and reaching origin of ventral. Ventral long 
and pointed, and reaching origin of anal. 


Semitapicis laticeps (Valenciennes). 


Curimatus altamazonicus Cope, Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 
1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 684. Nos. 21,118 (type) to 21,120, A.N.S 
P., cotypes. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. of 1873. 


Head 31; depth 22; D. m, 9,1; A. m1, 12,1; P. 1, 16; V. 1, 8; scales 
about S88 in lateral line to base of caudal (squamation injured), and 6 
more on latter; width of head 2% in its length; depth of head 12; snout 

}; width of mouth 33; interorbital space 24; base of dorsal 27; ; base 
of anal 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 3; pectoral (damaged) 2; 
ventral (damaged) 14. No gill-rakers, and filaments 14 in eye. Color 
in alcohol brown, paler on lower surface or below lateral line. Head 
dark on top, like back, and sides and under portions pale. Fins all 
brownish. Eye dusky. Length (caudal damaged) 72 inches. Type. 

The other cotypes show: Head 3 and 3,5; death 2) se) Os: 
A. 11, 13, 1; total length of body 64 and 7 inches respectively (caudals 
damaged), 


Psectrogaster ciliatus (Miller and Troschel). 


Curimatus rutiloides Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 258. 
Ambyiacu River, Equador. John Hauxwell. (Not of Kner.) 

Curimatus cyprinoides Cope, l.c., p. 291. Between the mouth of the Rio 
Negro and the Peruvian Amazon or Ucayale River. Robert Perkins. 
(Not of Linnzus.) 


Head 3; depth 24; D. 111, 9,1; A. 111, 7, 1; scales 48 in lateral line to 
base of caudal, and 5 more on latter; 12 scales in an oblique series 
back from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 9 series of scales obliquely 
back from origin of ventral to lateral line; 9 series of scales obliquely 
forward from origin of ventral to lateral line; about 32 scales before 
dorsal; snout 34 in head; eye 34; width of mouth 32; interorbital space 
21; pectoral 12; ventral 12; least depth of caudal peduncle 2%. Rakers 
none. Gill- flamers none 4 of orbit. Postventral carina well 
developed, scales strongly pectinate which form it. Scales on body 
all more or less ctenoid. Upper and lower profiles of body more or 
less evenly convex. Scales on trunk enlarged anteriorly on middle of 
side, so that longitudinal series are formed which are more or less 
parallel with course of lateral line above, and below converging as they 


306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


approach caudal. In alcohol brassy-brown with more or less silvery. 
Back till about level with occiput a dull olive-brown. Upper surface 
of head brownish. Body mostly washed with silvery. Fins plain 
brown, and pale like side. Irisbrown. Length 5}inches. This is the 
largest example. It is from between the mouth of the Rio Negro and 
the Peruvian Amazon. Robert Perkins. Also another example with 
same data. These are labelled, evidently in Cope’s handwriting, as 
‘“Curimatus cyprinoides v. aff.’’ 

Besides the above are 5 examples from the Ambyiacu river in the 
Hauxwell collection. Cope’s label reads ‘‘ Curimatus rutiloides.’’ An 
examination of the air-vessels of two of these examples shows that it 
persists nearly as far posteriorly till opposite base of penultimate anal 
ray. It is thus apparent that Cope may have intended all the ex- 
amples before me to represent his C. rutiloides, but the original labels 
in his own handwriting would lead to the above allocating of the 
references. The form called Psectrogaster amazonica by Dr. and Mrs. 
Higenmann I cannot distinguish in my examples. 


Potamorhina pristigaster (Steindachner). 


Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 685. 
Peruvian Amazon, probably from Nauta. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. of 1873. 


Head 3; depth 2 to 24, a little larger in smaller specimen; D. mr, 9; 
A. 11, 11 to 1m, 13, 1; ventral scutes 22 to 28; scales (squamation 
damaged) about 90 in lateral line to base of caudal and several more 
on latter; snout 34 to 3% in head; eye 4¢ to 44; width of mouth 34 
to 34; interorbital space 24 to 23; total length of 3 examples 6 to 9 
inches (caudal damaged). 


Anodus elongatus Agassiz. Fig. 9. 


Anodus steatops Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 (May 
17, 1878), p. 683. Nos. 21,498 (type) and 21,499, A. N. 8. P., cotypes. 
Pebas. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. of 1877. 


Body rather plump. Head broadly convex above, a little restricted 
below. Snout when viewed above rather rounded. Edges of jaws 
not sharp. Lips thin. Rami of mandible well elevated inside mouth. 
Tongue large, elongate, flattened above, rounded in front and free. 
Inside mouth upper membrane broad. Interorbital space broadly 
convex. Gill-opening extending forward to front margin of orbit. 
Rakers 66? + 100?, long, slender, or very fine and numerous and long- 
est equal to 1} eye-diameters. On inner edge of first branchial arch 
also a series shorter in length. Longest filaments nearly equal orbit. 
Isthmus long, narrow and slender. A triangular naked space extend- 
ing back on occiput. Edges of body rounded except those of lateral 


1906.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307 


line. Vent close in front of anal. Color in alcohol dull olive-brown, 
darker on back, and top of head deep brownish. Fins dull greenish, 
bases of caudal lobes blackish. A brownish or dusky blotch on several 
scales about and in lateral line about opposite tip of depressed dorsal. 
Greenish tints all probably due to the preservative. Iris and adipose 
eyelid brownish. Length (caudal damaged) 10} inches. Type. 

In explanation of Cope’s remarks it may be stated that these fishes 


Fig. 9.—Anodus elongatus Agassiz. 


agree best with Anodus elongatus Agassiz, a species from which I am 
unable to separate it. The pectorals and ventrals, although damaged, 
reach more than half the distance credited. The ventrals are more 
anterior in position, or originate under the anterior portion of the 
dorsal, and not opposite its middle. 


EIGENMANNINA een. nov. 


Type Anodus melanopogon Cope. 


Head large, especially opercular apparatus, and upper profile 
strongly concave. Mandible well produced beyond tip of upper jaw 
so that mouth is superior. Eye above middle in depth of head. Body 
heavy anteriorly, and tapering towards caudal. In other respects 
more or less allied to Anodus. 

(Named for Dr. Carl H. Eigenmann, of the Chair of Zoology in 
Indiana University, a well-known authority on South American fishes.) 


308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


Eigenmannina melanopogon (Cope). Fig. 10. 

Anodus melanopogon Cope, Proe. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p. 682. Nos. 21,227 (type) to 21,232, A. N.S. P., cotypes. 
Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. of 1873. 

Width of head 34 in its length; interorbital space 44. Body, head 
and caudal peduncle compressed. Upper surface of head narrow, 
convex, and lower surface constricted. Snout rounded and convex 
when seen from above. Jaws more or less flattened or spatulate. 
Each ramus of mandible well elevated inside of mouth. Lips hardly 
developed or very thin. Tongue small, narrow, rather thick, fleshy, 


Vig. 10.—Eigenmannina melanopogon (Cope). 


and united with floor of mouth by a median fleshy frenum. Upper 
buceal membrane rather narrow. Interorbital space a little elevated 
convexly and flattened medianly. Gill-opening large, extending for- 
ward till a little before front rim of orbit. Vent close in front of anal. 
Color in alcohol more or less silvery, back brown fading to white on 
sides and under surface. Top of head brown, sides and lower surface 
silvered white. Fins pale brownish, dorsal and caudal a trifle darker, 
and each ray of most fins speckled or spotted rather indistinctly with 
darker brownish. Iris rather brassy. Length 2% inches (caudal 
damaged). Type. 

One example shows 35? + 54? slender rakers, and longest about 
equals eye or much longer than filaments. 

With reference to the original description, Cope evidently intended 
to state that the base of the first dorsal ray was three millimeters nearer 
the end of the muzzle than the base of the caudal. Both pectorals and 
ventrals reach more than half way in the spaces stated. Cope evi- 
dently counts 128 rows of seales from the occipital region, and those 
on base of caudal. The origin of the ventral is below the bases of 


——————$——— Se 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 309 


the anterior dorsal rays. Most of rays of the fins are specked with 
brownish. 

This species is related to EBigenmannina orinocensis (Steindachner), 
but differs in the fewer scales, absence of the dark median lateral blotch 
and the coloration of the caudal. 


CHILOMYZON subgen. noy. 
Type Prochilodus steindachneri sp. nov. 

Scales large, less than 40, usually between 33 and 38 in a lateral 
count. Mouth disk-like and inferior. Related to Prochilodus Agassiz. 

(NXethos, lip; #5f, to suck.) 
Prochilodus steindachneri sp. noy. Fig. 11. 

Head 34; depth 22; D. 11, 9,1; A. mm, 8, 1; P. 1, 14; V. 1, 8; scales 34 
in lateral line to base of caudal and 3 more on latter; about 14 scales 


Fig. 11.—Prochilodus steindachneri Fowler. 


before dorsal; 7 scales obliquely back from origin of dorsal to lateral 
line; 6 scales obliquely forward from origin of ventral to lateral line, 
and same number in similar count from origin of anal; about 16 scales 


from isthmus to origin of ventral; 3 scales obliquely back from origin 
21 


310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


of adipose fin to lateral line; width of head 1% in its length; depth of 

head 14; snout 33; eye 34; width of mouth 2; interorbital space 275 ; 

third dorsal ray 14; third anal ray 2; length of pectoral 12; of ventral 
4; least depth of caudal peduncle 25. 

Body deep, compressed, rhomboid in shape, and suggesting certain 
Cyprinide. Upper profile more or less evenly convex, back elevated, 
and greatest depth at origin of dorsal. Lower profile at first straight 
for a good distance, and becoming convex posteriorly. Caudal 
peduncle compressed, short, and its least depth about equals its length. 

Head small, compressed or restricted a little below, and upper surface 
broadly rounded. Lower surface of head also flattened. Snout 
broad, obtuse, fleshy, and produced well beyond tip of mandible. Eye 
circular, a trifle anterior, and above center in depth of head. Eyelid 
narrow. Mouth broad, and in profile of gape curved downwards. 
When opened mouth is broad, directed inferiorly, and jaws furnished 
with broad thick and fleshy lips formed somewhat as a disk. Margin 
of this disk with a single series of small weak or movable ciliiform 
teeth. In front of each jaw behind outer series a short second or inner 
series of similar ones, convex or angular in its course, and with bend or 
angle directed inwards. Aperture of mouth small. Tongue small, 
hardly free from floor of mouth. Nostrils close together on side of 
snout above, and much nearer upper front rim of orbit than tip of 
upper jaw. Anterior nostril cireular, with its posterior cutaneous 
margin more or less concealing posterior which is thus lunate. Inter- 
orbital space broad and convex. Infraorbital rim narrow, lowest or 
most posterior largest. Preorbital a little swollen, with a deep eavity 
and large thick lip and maxillary more or less filling it when mouth is 
closed. Opercle striate. Opercular flap broad and rather cutaneous. 

Gill-opening extending forward till nearly opposite posterior margin 
of orbit. Rakers none. Filaments of inner series a little longer than 
those in outer, or about equal to + of orbital diameter. Isthmus 
broad. Branchiostegals long, broad, subequal, and 4 on each arch. 

Scales large, of more or less even size, disposed in longitudinal series 
parallel with lateral line, and each one with several striz. Margin of 
each scale also a little rough. Small scales on bases of caudal and anal, 
otherwise fins and head naked. A pointed scaly flap in axil of ven- 
tral equal to about 4 of length of ventral. Both predorsal and post- 
dorsal regions with a median keel, former most distinct, and latter also 
extending on upper surface of caudal peduncle behind adipose fin 
though still less distinct. Behind first dorsal also an indistinct lateral 
keel on each side, and below and posterior to adipose fin they are also 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311 


evident. Preventral region keeled in similar manner to postdorsal, 
only median keel most pronounced. Postventral and postanal region 
keeled, former may be considered almost trenchant. Lateral line 
continuous, of simple tubes, a little above middle in depth of body and 
continuous to caudal. 

Dorsal high, third ray longest, and origin of fin would fall in vertical 
about midway between tip of snout and base of adipose fin. Anal 
small, anterior rays longest, margin of fin concave, and its origin 
nearer base of caudal than origin of ventral. Adipose dorsal small, 
its base inserted about opposite bases of last anal rays. Caudal long, 
deeply emarginate and end of each lobe apparently more or less pointed. 
Pectoral rather long, pointed, and extending beyond origin of dorsal 
or about 3 of space to ventral. Ventral inserted nearly opposite middle 
of base of dorsal or about midway between origin of anal and that of 
pectoral, and extending about ? of distance to former. Vent close in 
front of anal fin. 

Color in alcohol more or less pale brownish washed with silvery- 
purplish. Back a little darker than side and lower surface. Body 
also with about fifteen or more indistinct vertical or transverse purplish- 
dusky bands. Dorsal with about six series of brownish spots on rays. 
Other fins pale plain brownish. Iris brassy. 

Length 5 inches. 

Type, No. 8,207, A. N.S. P. Parahyba, Brazil. Museum of Com- 
parative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Only one example, the type. 

This species is closely related to Prochilodus corimbata (Kner) = 
Salmo corimbata Natterer, in Kner = P. nigricans Kner, nec Agassiz = 
P. oligolepis Gunther. Dr. Steindachner’s account of the last does 
not give the coloration. Other related species are P. humeralis 
Gunther and-P. vimboides Kner, both differing in proportions, ete. 

(Named for Dr. Franz Steindachner.) 


Subgenus PROCHILODUS Agassiz. 


Scales small, more than 40 or usually between 40 and 60 in a lateral 
count. Mouth similar to that of Chilomyzon. 


Prochilodus ortonianus Cope. Fig. 12. 
Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 685. No. 
21,267 (type), A. N.S, P., cotype. Nauta, Peru. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. 
of 1873. 
Width of head 12 in its length ; width of mouth 23; interorbital space 2. 
Body robust, compressed, and caudal peduncle similar. Head broad, 
robust, convex on upper surface, and lower surface but little restricted 


312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


though more evenly convex. Width of head more or less even. 
Snout broad, convex above and broadly rounded when viewed from 
above. Interorbital space convex and median narrow fontanel extend- 
ing from internasal space to occiput. Head with arborescent mucous 
canals on upper side posteriorly and on suborbital region. Gill-open- 
ing falling a trifle short of posterior margin of orbit. Rakers none. 
Gill-flaments about 14 in eye. Isthmus broad. Branchiostegals 4, 
large, well developed and subequal. Scales a little rough and each one 


rn 


Fig. 12.—Prochilodus ortonianus Cope. 


with several strie. Predorsal region slightly keeled. Postdorsal 
region rounded. Upper and lower surfaces of caudal peduncle a 
little flattened. Preventral region flattened medianly. Postventral 
region sharply keeled medianly and an obsolete keel on each side, all 
three converging towards vent. Color in alcohol at present dull 
olivaceous or brassy-brown, back with more or less dull metallic 
shades. Fins all pale brownish, dorsal and caudal each with about 8 
series of brownish spots on each ray of former, and about 6 on each 
lobe of caudal, so that on latter they form more or less transverse 
bands. Iris brownish. Length 7? inches. Type. 
Prochilodus cephalotes Cope. Fig. 13. 
Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 686. No. 
21,211, A. N.S. P., type. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. of 
1873. 
Width of head 13 in its length; width of mouth 24; interorbital space 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313 


2. Width of head greatest in postero-supraocular region.  Gill-fila- 


ments about 3 of orbit. Predorsal region apparently keeled. Pre- 
ventral region apparently rounded, and postventral region keeled. 
Color in aleohol more or less pale plumbeous and somewhat silvered. 
Back darker or dusky-plumbeous. Upper surface of head like back, 


Fig. 13.—Prochilodus cephalotes Cope. 


and lower surface like that of belly. Damaged dorsal with at least 4 
series of deep brownish spots on rays. Caudal also with transverse 
series of spots, other fins plain. Iris brassy. Length 2? inches. 
Otherwise like the preceding. 

Prochilodus theraponura sp. nov. Fig. 14. 


Prochilodus insignis Cope, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (January 16, 
1872), p. 258. Ambyiacu River, Equador. John Hauxwell. 


Head 24; depth 24; D. 11, 9; A. mr, 8, 1; P. 11, 11?; V. 11, 8; scales 
about 40? (squamation damaged), and 5? more evidently on base of 
caudal; about 10? scales obliquely back from origin of dorsal to lateral 
line; about 8? scales obliquely forward from origin of anal to lateral 
line; 14 seales before dorsal; width of head about 2 in its length; 
depth of head 14; snout 34; eye 3; width of mouth 3; interorbital space 
21; length of first branched dorsal ray 14; base of dorsal 275; base of 
anal 24; length of upper caudal lobe 1; pectoral 13; ventral 14; least 
depth of caudal peduncle 34. 


314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


Body robust, compressed, back but little elevated so that upper 
profile would form an obtuse angle at origin of dorsal, and lower profile 
more or less evenly convex. Greatest depth at origin of dorsal. 
Caudal peduncle compressed, and its length about ? its least depth. 

Head compressed, convex on upper surface, and sides constricted 
below. Greatest width in postero-supraocular region, and upper 
profile nearly straight or only a trifle concave. Snout short, convex, 
rather broad, and rounded when viewed from above. Eye circular, 


ERA 
i NN 
A ais 
i Y ‘ 
‘ 
\ 


Fig. 14.—Prochilodus theraponura Fowler. 


anterior, and a trifle above middle of depth. Eyelid narrow. Jaws 
even, a little broad, and together with mouth and nostrils like in pre- 
ceding species of Prochilodus. Interorbital space convex, and median 
fontanel extending from internasal region to occiput, broader. Post- 
orbital largest in suborbital rim. Mucous channels on cranium later- 
ally not pronounced. Opercle with indistinct curved transverse striz. 
Gill-flap apparently narrow. 

Gill-opening extending forward a little in advance of posterior margin 
of orbit. Rakers none. Gill-filaments equal, about } length of orbit. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315 


Isthmus a little narrowly compressed. Branchiostegals 4, large and 
subequal. 

Scales mostly fallen, little rough, apparently disposed in even longi- 
tudinal series parallel with lateral line, each one with one or more 
strie, and apparently of more or less even size. Small scales appa- 
rently along bases of dorsal and anal, and on that of caudal. No trace 
of ventral flap remains. Predorsal region keeled. Postdorsal region 
rounded. Upper and lower surfaces of caudal peduncle, preventral 
and postventral regions keeled. Lateral line (damaged) continuous, 
on base of caudal, nearly straight, more or less median, and of simple 
tubes. 

Origin of dorsal about midway between tip of snout and base of 
adipose fin, first branched ray longest, and others apparently gradu- 
ated down. Adipose fin with base over those of last anal rays. Origin 
of anal much nearer base of caudal than origin of ventral, or nearly 
midway between base of last dorsal ray and that of caudal, and anterior 
rays apparently longest. Pectoral low, rather long, and reaching 
ventral. Ventral with origin a trifle in advance of middle of base of 
dorsal, and reaching nearly # of space to anal. Vent close in front of 
anal. 

Color in aleohol pale plumbeous, sides and lower surface more or less 
silvered, and back dusky-plumbeous. Upper surface of head dusky- 
plumbeous, sides and lower surface silvered. Fins all pale brownish. 
Dorsal with four well-defined broad deep brown cross-bands. Caudal 
with two similar colored oblique bands on each lobe, and a median or 
horizontal one from base of fin to tips of middle rays. Anal with lower 
anterior tip of fin brownish, and another horizontal transverse band 
from origin of fin to tips of more posterior rays also of brownish. 
Pectoral and ventral apparently plain pale brownish. Iris dull 
brownish. 

Length 2+ inches. 

Type, No. 8,033, A. N.S. P. Ambyiacu River, Equador. John 
Hauxwell. Only one example. 

Formerly identified by Cope with Prochilodus insignis Ixner, this 
species may at least provisionally be regarded as distinct. This is in 
view of the identity of Prochilodus insignis Jardine and P. insignis of 
Kner, and later of Dr. Giinther, not yet having been proved. Schom- 
burgk’s figure, as presented by Jardine, shows each lobe of the caudal 
with five oblique bands besides the median one, which is also in agree- 
ment in the description. Dr. Giinther’s Amazon examples are said to 
have only three or four bands across each lobe besides the median one. 


316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


Prochilodus theraponura may thus be said to differ from all of the 
others in the fact that it has but two oblique dark bars on the caudal, 
aside from the median one. 

(@epazwy, servant, with reference to the caudal bands, like those of 
Therapon; odpa, tail.) 


Prochilodus amazonensis sp. nov. Fig. 15. 

Head 34; depth 22; D. mr, 9, 1; A. m1, 8,1; P. 1, 16; V. 1, 8; scales 
about 43 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 5 more on latter; 11 scales 
obliquely back from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 8 scales obliquely 
forward up from origin of anal to lateral line; 10 scales obliquely up 
from origin of ventral to lateral line; 15 scales before dorsal; width of 
head 13 inits length; depth of head 14; snout 3; eye 34; maxillary 34 ; 


BD? 


ESR 
ee 


a ate 


Fig. 15 —Prochilodus amazonensis Fowler. 


width of mouth 22; interorbital space 2; length of base of dorsal 14; 
length of base of anal 24; length of pectoral 13; ventral (damaged) 13, 
least depth of caudal peduncle 2$. 

Body rather deep, compressed, back but little elevated so that upper 
profile would form a rather obtuse angle at origin of dorsal, at which 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317 


point is also greatest depth. Lower profile more or less evenly convex. 
Caudal peduncle compressed, and its length equals about # its least 
depth. 

Head robust, broad and convex on upper surface with profile nearly 
straight or only very slightly concave, and lower surface but little 
restricted, though more evenly convex. Width of head more or less 
even. Snout broad, rather short, convex above, and broadly rounded 
when seen from above. Eye circular, anterior, and a little above 
middle in depth of head. Eyelid narrow. Jaws broad, rounded, almost 
even or upper a trifle produced. Lips thick and fleshy, and teeth as 
in preceding species, Upper buccal flap broad and with a median 
fleshy tubercle in front. Lower buccal flap broad. Tongue and 
nostrils as in preceding species. Interorbital space also similar, and 
fontanel rather narrow. Postorbitals largest in suborbital chain. 
Cranium and suborbitals with mucous canals, some arborescent. 
Opercles with traces of very faint radiating striz. Gill-flap narrow. 

Gill-opening extending forward till nearly opposite posterior margin 
of pupil. Rakers in form of 4? + 8? or more short inconspicuous 
fleshy points along outer edge of first branchial arch. Filaments long, 
series on inner edge of first arch longer, equalling about $ of orbital 
diameter. Isthmus broad. Branchiostegals 4, large, well developed 
and subequal. 

Seales rather small, striate, rather smooth, in even longitudinal or 
horizontal series parallel with lateral line, and of more or less even size. 
Small scales along bases of dorsal and anal and on that of caudal. 
Ventral with a rather short pointed scaly flap about + length of (dam- 
aged) fin. Predorsal region with a median keel. Postdorsal region 
rounded. Upper and lower surfaces of caudal peduncle flattened. 
Preventral region flattened posteriorly, and with a low or obsolete keel 
anteriorly. Postventral region trenchant and with an obsolete keel 
on each side, convergent posteriorly. Lateral line continuous, median 
on side, extending on base of caudal, decurved a little in front, and 
mostly of simple tubes except those on first 6 scales which are arbores- 
cent. 

Origin of dorsal falling in vertical about midway between tip of 
snout and origin of adipose fin, rays long, first branched one apparently 
highest, and others graduated down so that last one is less than half 
length of first. Adipose dorsal small, its base over bases of posterior 
anal rays. Anal inserted nearly midway between base of last dorsal 
ray and base of caudal, anterior rays longest and edge of fin a little 
concave. Caudal emarginate, lobes apparently broad. Pectoral low, 


318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


pointed or upper rays longest, and reaching ventral. Ventral inserted 
about opposite first third of base of dorsal. Vent close in front of 
anal. 

Color in alcohol pale or dull brownish more or less silvered or with 
brassy reflections. Back with pale or dull purplish reflections becom- 
ing very dilute greenish on sides. Each scale more or less paler on 
outer or exposed portion, so that rather pale longitudinal lines are 
formed on back. Upper surface of head brownish, sides and lower 
surface silvered. Fins all pale brownish, dorsal with about eight dusky 
cross-bands. Caudal with a median blackish band from center of its 
base to tips of median rays, and each lobe with three oblique bands of 
similar color, but broader anteriorly. Anal with three horizontal 
dusky bands, lowest near tips of anterior rays, median beginning at 
origin of fin, and upper at posterior rays. Pectoral and ventral plain. 
Iris brownish. 

Length 42 inches. 

Type, No. 21,350, A. N.S. P. Lower Amazons. Prof. J. Orton. 
Coll. of 1874. Prof. E. D. Cope. One example. 

This species is also apparently closely related to Prochilodus insignis 
Jardine, but differs in the fewer blackish bars on the caudal lobes. It 
will possibly prove identical with the examples recorded by Dr. Giinther 
which have three dark bars on each caudal lobe. 

(Named for the Amazon river of South America, also written Ama- 
zons and Amazonas. The name Amazon is said to be derived from 
the Indian word Amassona or ‘‘ boat-destroyer,’’ with reference to the 
destructive tidal phenomenon or proroca.) 


HEMIODOPSIS subgen. nov. 
Type Hemiodus microlepis Kner. 
This group is distinguished from subgenus Hemiodus Miller and 
Troschel by the small scales in a lateral count, at least 100 or more. 
(‘Hyz, half; cdobs, tooth; é¢es, appearance, with reference to the 
subgenus Hemiodus.) 


Hemiodus microlepis Kner. 


Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 291. Between the mouth 
of the Rio Negro and the Peruvian Amazon. Robert Perkins. 
Cope, Proce. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 
686. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 

Head 4; depth 3,8; D. m1, 9,1; A. 111, 9, 1; scales about 105 (squama- 
tion injured) in lateral line to base of caudal, and 7 more on latter; 
about 24? scales obliquely back from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 
.about 12? seales between lateral line and origin of ventral, and about 


same number between former and origin of anal; snout 34 in head; eye 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319 


42; interorbital space 3; pectoral 14; ventral 14; least depth of caudal 
peduncle 24. Eye midway in depth of head. Gill-opening extend- 
ing forward till about opposite middle of orbit. Rakers 22? + 38?, 
compressed, cuneated triangularly, and inner edge of each ciliate. 
Gill-flaments about equal to # of orbital diameter. Scales above 
pectoral anteriorly, both above and below lateral line, and on breast, 
enlarged. Scales on base of caudal also a little large. Scales on post- 
dorsal region of back formed into more or less convergent series and 
larger than those just below. Lower lobe of caudal much longer than 
upper, Just the reverse of that indicated by Kner. Length 9 inches 
(caudal damaged). One example from Robert Perkins, taken between 
the mouth of the Rio Negro and the Peruvian Amazon. 

Also two smaller examples from the Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. 
Orton. Coll. 1873 and 1877. Prof. E. D. Cope. These both show 
about 120 scales in lateral line to base of caudal, and 7 or 8 more on 
latter. Middle of lower lobe of caudal dusky longitudinally, and 
deepest basally. The Perkins example shows this as faint. 


CITHARININ_E. 
Citharinus citharus (Geoffroy St. Hilaire). 


Citharinus geoffrovi Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896 (February 4), 
p. 223. Lake Rudolf. Dr. A. D. Smith. 


Head 22; depth 24; D. rv, 14, 1; A. v, 24, 1; scales 83 in lateral line 
to base of caudal, and 5 more on latter; 21 scales in a vertical series 
between origin of dorsal and lateral line; 17 scales between origin of 
anal and lateral line in a vertical series; snout 44 in head; eye 34; 
width of mouth 3; interorbital space 3; base of dorsal 12; base of anal 
14; least depth of caudal peduncle 32; pectoral 14; ventral 13. Back 
rather elevated, profile forming an angle at origin of dorsal. Lower 
profile of body more or less evenly convex. Head becoming com- 
pressed below. Snout short and broad. Eye about circular. Inter- 
orbital space broad and a trifle convex. Gill-rakers not evident. 
Color in alcohol, back brownish from a little above lateral line, and 
lower surface and side silvery-white. Fins pale brownish. Iris pale 
straw-color. Length 2? inches. Two examples, the other a little 
smaller. They both differ from the original figure of Geoffroy St. 
Hilaire in the straight upper anterior profile. 


PITHECOCHARACIN ® subfam. nom. nov. 
(Anostomine Auct.) 
PITHECOCHARAX gen. nov. 
Type Salmo anostomus Linnzus. 


Snout narrow and conic, and mouth superior. 


320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


This name is proposed as Anostomus Klein, in Walbaum, Pet. Arted. 
Gen. Pisc., III, 1792, p. 659 (type Salmo anostomus Linnzeus) = Gray, 
Cat. Brit. Mus. Fish. Gron., 1854, p. 153, is preoccupied in Orni- 
thology by Anastomus Bonnaterre, Enc. Méth. Ornith., 1790, p. xciii. 

(Iltéqjxos, ape, with reference to the short snout or nose; yapes, 
Charax.) 


Pithecocharax trimaculatus (Kner). 


Schizodon trimaculatus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p.690. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. James Orton. Coll. of 
1877. 


Head 4; depth 3; D. 1, 10, 1; A. 1m, 8, 1; scales 40 in lateral line to 
base of caudal, and 2 more on latter; about 16 scales before dorsal; 
6 scales obliquely back from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 6 scales 
obliquely up from origin of ventral to lateral line; 5 scales obliquely 
up from origin of anal to lateral line; pectoral 14 in head; ventral 12; 
snout 3 in head, from tip of upper jaw; eye 332; interorbital space 275. 
Rakers absent. Color in aleohol with each scale marked medianly 
with a pale area so that longitudinal series are formed, becoming 
convergent posteriorly. Length 5} inches (caudal damaged). 

Also another, 3 inches long, with same data. The opercular blotch, 
on both of my examples, appears to be superior according to such 
traces of it as remain, rather than inferior as indicated on Kner’s 
figure. 

Pithecocharax ucayalensis sp. nov. Fig. 16. 

Head 3; depth 33; D. m1, 10; A. nr, 8,1; P. 1, 12?; V.1, 8; scales about 
33? in lateral line to base of caudal (squamation injured), and appa- 
rently several more on latter; about 5? scales between origin of dorsal, 
obliquely back, and lateral line; about 4? scales between lateral line 
and origin of anal; width of head about 24 in its length; depth of head, 
over middle of orbit, about 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 334; 
snout 34 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 3; interorbital 
space 3. 

Body elongate, compressed, back a little elevated or with upper pro- 
file a little more convex than lower, and greatest depth about middle 
of predorsal region. Predorsal, postdorsal, and preventral regions 
(desquamated) apparently rounded. Postventral region possibly with 
median keel? Caudal peduncle compressed, and least depth about 
its length. 

Head compressed, elongate, and attenuate inferiorly, or with upper 
profile much more inclined than lower. Snout short, moderately 
broad, straight in profile and upper surface convex. Eye circular and 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321 


a little anterior. Mouth superior and mandible well protruding in 
front, cleft nearly vertical. Maxillary small and vertical. Teeth 
large, sharp, crenulate, uniserial, and two median mandibulars largest 
and most conspicuous. Tongue rather broad, rounded, and hardly 
free. Anterior nostril in a fleshy tube about equal to diameter of pupil 
in length, lateral, and nearly midway in length of snout. Posterior 
nostril large, a little inclined, slit-like, and close to middle of anterior 
rim of orbit. Interorbital space broad and nearly flattened. 
Gill-opening extending about opposite posterior margin of pupil. 


Fig. 16.—Pithecocharax ucayalensis Fowler. 


Rakers short weak fleshy protuberances, and moderately numerous. 
Filaments well developed. 

Scales mostly fallen, large, evidently in rows parallel with lateral 
line, and also apparently all of more or less even size. Base of caudal 
apparently scaly. Lateral line evidently complete, and of simple 
tubes. 

Origin of dorsal nearly midway between tip of mandible and base of 
eaudal. Origin of adipose fin placed about last fourth in space between 
origin of dorsal and base of caudal. Anal inserted well behind dorsal, 
or near middle of space between end of ventral and base of caudal. 
Pectoral low, and though damaged apparently not reaching ventral. 
Ventral inserted a short distance before origin of dorsal, and though 
also damaged not reaching perhaps more than half way to anal. 

Color in alcohol brown, lower surface and fins paler. Body with 


322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF jJune, 


about seven broad ill-defined dark brown or dusky transverse bands. 
First three nuchal or predorsal, fourth from base of dorsal, fifth and 
sixth from postdorsal region, and seventh from base of adipose fin. 
Fins pale, caudal lighter and with a subbasal transverse blackish line. 
Iris brownish. 

Length (caudal damaged) 14 inches. 

Type, No. 21,997, A. N.S. P. Peruvian Amazon or Ucayale River. 
Prof. J. Orton. Coll. Prof. E. D. Cope. 

This species is distinguished from Pithecocharax anostomus (Linnus) 
and P. trimaculatus (Kner) chiefly by the coloration. 

(Named for the Ucayale or Ucayali River, sometimes called Peru- 
vian Amazon or Paro.) 


Schizodon fasciatus Agassiz. 


Cope, Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70 (August 19, 1870), p. 566. 
Para. De Schulte Buckow. Cope, l.c., XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), 
p. 689. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 

Anostomus fasciatus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 258. 
Ambyiacu River, Equador. John Hauxwell. 


Head 34; depth 34; D. 11, 9,1; A. 11, 8, 1; scales 37 in lateral line to 
base of caudal, and 4 more on latter; 11 scales before dorsal; 5 scales 
obliquely back from dorsal to lateral line; 5 scales obliquely up from 
origin of ventral to lateral line; 4 scales obliquely up from origin of 
anal to lateral line; pectoral 12 in head; ventral 17; snout 2,55 in head, 
from tip of upper jaw; eye 33; interorbital space 2. Rakers none. 
Coloration faded dull brown. Length 6} inches (caudal damaged). 
Para, Brazil. DeSchulte Buckow. Prof. E. D. Cope. 

Three examples from the Peruvian Amazon, the largest about 74 
inches in length, show: Head 32 to 4; depth 34 to 3$; D. u, 10,1; A. 
111, 8, 1; scales 38 to 40 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 4 on latter. 
The color-pattern is constant. None of my examples show the dark 
transverse bar on the lower caudal lobe figured by Agassiz. The dark 
bars on the trunk are not absolutely vertical, the first two at least 
inclined a little back. They are also placed about equal in space and 
not extending across the ventral surface. Agassiz also indicates the 
eye too low in depth of head. 

One example from the Ambyiacu, 7} inches long (caudal damaged). 
John Hauxwell. It agrees with the Orton examples. 


Lemolyta teniata (Kner). 


Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 259. Ambyiacu River, 
Equador. John Hauxwell. 


Head 4; depth 5; D. 11, 10, 1; A. 111, 8, 1; scales 37 in lateral line to 
base of caudal, and 5 more on latter; 5 scales obliquely back from 


. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323 


origin of dorsal to lateral line; 4 scales obliquely up from origin of 
ventral to lateral line; 4 scales from origin of anal obliquely up to 
lateral line; 13 scales before dorsal; pectoral 12 in head; ventral 1+; 
snout 3 in head, from tip of upper jaw; eye 3; interorbital space 24. 
Rakers none. Length 44 inches (caudal damaged). Two examples. 

The median dusky longitudinal band extends from the snout to the 
caudal. Kner’s figure does not indicate it on the side of the snout or 
on the postocular region. 

PCECILOSOMATOPS subgen. noy. 
Type Characidium etheostoma Cope. 

Seales smaller transversely, about 4 from opposite origin of anal in an 
oblique series forward to lateral line. 

(Iloretdés, variegated; c@pa, body; #¢, appearance. Pecilosoma was 
an old name employed by Agassiz for certain Etheostomatine, to which 
these fishes bear a certain resemblance.) 


Fig. 17.—Characidiwm etheostoma Cope. 


Characidium etheostoma Cope. Fig. 17. 


Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 259, Pl. 13, fig. 3. No. 8,152 
(type) and 8,153, A. N. S. P., cotypes. Ambyiacu River, Equador. 
John Hauxwell. 


Seales 11 before dorsal; width of head about 2+ in its length; inter- 
orbital space 34. Body well compressed. Muzzle compressed. 
Snout rather narrow. Lips thin. Teeth in jaws uniserial, even and 
fine, none on maxillaries. Interorbital space convex. Gill-opening 


324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


extending forward opposite posterior margin of pupil. Rakers short, 
lanceolate and weak, in small number. Filaments well developed. 
Isthmus a little broad. Each scale with several radiating strie. Vent 
placed about last 2 in space between origins of ventrals and anal. 
Color in alcohol brownish, lower surface paler, and fins still paler. 
Body with about eleven transverse brownish bands, at first of about 
equal width with alternate interspaces, but posteriorly interspaces 
becoming wider. First band nuchal, second and third predorsal, 
fourth just before origin of dorsal, fifth from middle of base of dorsal, 
sixth from just behind last dorsal ray, seventh and eighth from post- 
dorsal region with latter entirely in front of adipose fin, ninth and 
tenth across caudal peduncle, and eleventh which is dusky on base of 
caudal. A rather narrow deep brownish band from tip of snout 
across side of head and embracing lateral line to base of caudal. Dor- 
sal with at least three brownish longitudinal rather narrow bands or 
lines, upper ones less distinct. Iris brassy-silvery. Length 1{ inches. 
Type. 

From Dr. Steindachner’s description it would hardly seem probable 
that his Characidium purpuratum is identical with C. etheostoma, in 
fact it falls in a different subgenus as the species are here understood 
if there are but 24 to 3 scales between the origin of the anal and the 
lateral line. = 


Subgenus CHARACIDIUM Reinhardt. 
Seales large transversely, about 3 from opposite origin of anal in an 
oblique series forward to lateral line. 


Fig. 18.—Characidium steindachneri Cope. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325 


Characidium steindachneri Cope. Fig. 18. 


Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 688. No. 
21,428, A.N.S.P., type. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. of 
1873. 

Width of head 2% in its length. Gill-opening extending forward 
about opposite middle of pupil. Vent about last fourth in space 
between origins of ventral and anal. Color in alcohol brownish with 
about 9 transverse distinct dusky bars. Fins all pale brownish. 
Tris brownish. Length about 1,4; inches (caudal damaged). Other- 
wise like the preceding. 


Characidium tenuis (Cope). 


Chorimycterus tenuis Cope, Amer. Nat., X XVII, 1894, p. 67. The upper 
waters of the Jacuhy River, in the Brazilian State of Rio Grande do Sul. 
H. H. Smith. Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., X XXIII, 1894 
(January 5), p. 86, Pl. 5, fig. 3. 


Head 42; depth 62; D. mr, 9; A. 11, 6, 1; scales 36 in lateral line to 
base of caudal and 2 more on latter; 4 scales obliquely back between 
origin of dorsal and lateral line; 3 scales obliquely back from origin of 
adipose fin to lateral line; 3 scales from opposite origin of ventral 
obliquely up and forward to lateral line; 3 scales obliquely forward and 
up from origin of anal to lateral line; 12 scales before dorsal; width 
of head 2 in its length; snout about 44; eye 32; maxillary 44; interorbital 
space about 5; least depth of caudal peduncle 24; length of depressed 
dorsal about 4; lower caudal lobe (damaged) about 4; pectoral 44; 
ventral 5; depressed anal 54. Edges of trunk rounded. Gill-opening 
extending about opposite posterior margin of orbit. Rakers about 
5 + 7, short, lanceolate and rather well separated. Filaments a little 
less than vertical diameter of orbit. Isthmus a little broad and tri- 
angular. Vent about first 2 in space between origins of ventrals and 
anals. Color in alcohol brownish, rather pale, especially below, and 
side with silvery reflections. Each scale of back with darker brown 
edge than shade of body-color. About 8 indistinct brownish trans- 
verse bars. Fins pale brownish, shaded with darker, anal and ventral 
a little lighter. Iris pale brownish. Length 2,8; inches (caudal 
damaged). Type. The other example agrees. 

This species is most closely related to C. stezndachnert Cope, but 
differs chiefly in the slightly larger eye and more slender body. 

The main character advanced for the nominal genus Chorimycterus, 
7.e., the presence of biserial mandibular teeth, is entirely fallacious, as 
both of the cotypes before me have but a single series in the mandible. 
It is therefore a synonym of Characidium. 

Oe 


326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (June, 


Subgenus RHYTIODUS Kner. 

Scales small, 80 to 90 or more in a lateral series. 
Rhytiodus microlepis Kner. 

Head 42; depth 52; D. 11, 10,1; A. 1, 8, 1; seales 77 in a lateral series 
to base of caudal, and 8 more on latter; 12 scales obliquely back from 
origin of dorsal to lateral line; 9 scales obliquely up posteriorly from 
origin of ventral to lateral line; 8 scales from origin of ventral in a 
similar way; about 23? (squamation damaged) scales before dorsal; 
snout 2? in head; eye 5; interorbital space 2; pectoral 14; ventral 14; 
least depth of caudal peduncle 22. Small short slender weak gill- 
rakers developed on outer edge of first arch. Pebas, Equador. Prof. 
J. Orton. Coll. 1873-77. Prof. E. D. Cope. 

GARMANINA subgen. nov. 
Type Rhytiodus argenteo-fuscus Kner. 

Restricted to those species of Rhytiodus Kner with large scales, 
about 50 to 60 in a lateral series. 

(Named for Prof. Samuel Garman, of Cambridge, Mass., author of 
many excellent contributions to Ichthyology.) 


Rhytiodus argenteo-fuscus Kner. 


Schizodon sagittarius Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p. 689. No. 21,474, A. N.S. P., type. Peruvian 
Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. of 1877. 


Head 43; depth 54; D. 11, 10; A. 11, 8; scales 47 in lateral line to 
base of caudal, and 5 more on latter; 7 scales obliquely back from 
origin of dorsal to lateral line; 4 scales obliquely back from origin of 
adipose fin to lateral line; 6 scales obliquely up from origin of anal to 
lateral line; about 16 scales before dorsal; width of head 1% in its 
length; depth of head over middle of orbit 22; least depth of caudal 
peduncle 3; pectoral 14; ventral 14; depressed dorsal 44; fourth anal 
ray 18; snout 23 in head measured from tip of upper jaw; eye about 44; 
interorbital space 24. Body tapering evenly back from opposite 
origins of dorsal and ventral. Predorsal region with an obtuse median 
keel. Postdorsal region flattened. Preventral region rounded, except 
region right at bases and just before ventrals, which is flattened. Post- 
ventral region apparently rather rounded. Least depth of caudal 
peduncle about half its length. Head depressed above and below 
anteriorly, and with convex surface. Snout broad, rounded when 
viewed above. Width of mouth about ? of orbit. Teeth broadly 
expanded or compressed. Maxillary reaching about to posterior nos- 
tril. Anterior nostril in a short tube. Interorbital space broadly 
convex. Gill-opening extending forward about opposite last fourth in 


1906.} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327 


head. Rakers short, not numerous and weak. Filaments equal orbit. 
Isthmus broad and convex. Scales non-striate. Ventral scaly flap 
% of fin. Pectoral reaching 3 of space to ventral, and ventral 2 to 
anal. Vent close in front of anal. Color in aleohol brownish, upper 3 
of body darker and sharply demarcated from lower or whitish surface, 
and former color extending well below lateral line. Dorsal and caudal 
brownish, especially middle of each lobe of latter. Pectoral, ventral 
and anal pale brownish, especially latter. Line of demarcation on 
sides pronounced by a longitudinal lateral band extending from tip of 
snout to base of caudal. Iris brownish. Length 62 inches. 

Prof. Garman’s view that this is the young of R. argenteo-juscus Kner 
is fully established, as I find that the mandible has 8 teeth rather than 
6 as stated by Cope. 

Leporellus vittatus (Valenciennes). 


Leporinus vittatus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p. 690. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. of 
1877. 


Head 32; depth 34; D. m1, 10, 1; A. m1, 8; P. 1, 16; V. 11, 8; scales 
37? (squamation injured) in lateral line to base of caudal, and 5? 
more on latter; 5 scales obliquely back from origin of dorsal to lateral 
line; 4 scales obliquely up posteriorly from origin of ventral to lateral 
line; 14? scales (squamation injured) before dorsal; snout 24 in head; 
eye 4; interorbital space 24; least depth of caudal peduncle 3. Gill- 
rakers short weak fleshy processes. Color in aleohol with back sharply 
defined from that of band running along lateral line, which is also well 
defined and dark. A narrow line on flank, well below lateral line, 
extending from base of pectoral to origin of anal. Top of head with 
indistinct brownish spots. Dorsal blackish with a broad transverse 
whitish band below middle. Length 22 inches. 

Castelnau figures Leporinus vittatus Valenciennes, which will be seen 
to differ at once in the coloration. It shows each scale of the back 
marked with a single black spot and the dorsal crossed by a blackish 
transverse band a little above its middle. The side of the head is 
spotted, and there are also no traces on the trunk of the dark contrasted 
color-pattern which my example now shows. Kner’s figure of Leporinus 
pictus agrees better, and though it differs according to the figure in 
having a pale dorsal marked above and in front with a dark blotch, 
another or basal one is mentioned in the description. The figure 
also shows no trace of the lower dusky line seen on my example, 
which extends from the pectoral to the anal. Dr. Steindachner 
records a large example from Cauca which had both dorsal and anal 
fins marked with blackish bands. 


328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


Leporinus fasciatus (Bloch). 4 
Head 31; depth 23; D. mr, 10,1; A. m1, 8, 1; scales 34 in lateral line 
to base of caudal, and 5 more on latter; 6 scales obliquely back from 
origin of dorsal to lateral line; 5 scales obliquely up from origin of 
ventral to lateral line; 5 scales obliquely forward from origin of anal to 
lateral line; 12 scales before dorsal; snout 24 in head; eye 44; inter- 
orbital space 23; pectoral 14; ventral 12; least depth of caudal peduncle 
24. Middle of orbit a little anterior in head. Rakers 5 + 8, denticle- 
like, compressed and weak. Predorsal and postdorsal regions rounded. 
Very slight lateral keel on each side of postventral region, and also one 
on each side of preventral region. Median line of both these areas also 
with a slight keel, that of latter most pronounced. In coleration it 
agrees largely with Bloch’s figure. The occipital band is broader. 
First band on trunk forking above, second inclined to base of pectoral, 
sixth also forked above and extending towards origin of anal, seventh 
from base of adipose fin to bases of last anal rays, and last or ninth 
in form of large blotch at base of caudal. An indistinet brownish bar 
about opposite middle of pectoral and a blotch near its tip or above 
base of ventral. Traces of two transverse caudal bands. Length 52 
inches (caudal damaged). Rio Parahyba, Brazil. Museum of Com- 
parative Zoology, Massachusetts. One example. 
Leporinus friderici (Bloch). 


Leporinus frederici Cope. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70 
(August 19, 1870), p. 566. Pebas, Eastern Peru. John Hauxwell. 
Cope, l.c., XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 690. Peruvian Amazon. 
Prof. J. Orton. 


Head 34 to 34; depth 34 to 32; D. 1 or m1, 10, 1; A. m1, 8, 1; scales 
33 to 35 in lateral line to base of caudal, and usually 4 more on latter; 
11 to 13 scales before dorsal; 5 scales in an oblique series back from 
origin of dorsal to lateral line; 5 scales obliquely forward from origin 
of ventral to lateral line; 5 scales obliquely forward from origin of anal 
to lateral line; snout 22 to 3 in head; eye 3} to 4%; interorbital space 
2to 2+. Gill-rakers slender short denticles usually a little bent distally, 
and about 20? on first arch. Color in alcohol very dark, base of each 
scale darker than other portion, and line of demarcation very distinct, 
so that an imbricated appearance is assumed. In smaller examples 
pectoral approaches nearer ventral than in adults. Total length of 7 
examples 3} to 9 inches. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. 
of 1877. 

Two examples from Pebas. John Hauxwell. Both show about 
same number of scales as preceding. The smaller one has the dark 
lateral blotches more or less confluent posteriorly, as described by Dr. 
Gunther. 


1906.] | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329 


The above specific name is restored in the original, for in all cases 
Bloch spelled it exactly as above. 


Leporinus multifasciatus Cope. Fig. 19. 


Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 690. 
Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 

Leporinus megalepis Cope, l.c., XI, 1869-70 (May 19, 1870), p. 566. Para. 
De Schulte Buckow. Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), 
p. 259. Ambyiacu River, Equador. John Hauxwell. 


The cotypes of L. multifasciatus, Nos. 21,448 (type) to 21,450, A. N. 
S. P., are in very poor condition, though they appear to be identical 
with the other material. The largest shows: Head 34; depth 33; D. 
1, 10; A. Iv, 8; width of head 2 in its length; depth of head over middle 
of orbit 2; snout 3 in head from tip of upper jaw; eye 34; interorbital 
space 23; least depth of caudal peduncle 24. Though dark lateral 
blotches are not present they may have faded. Length of type 2} 
inches. 


Fig. 19.—Leporinus multifasciatus Cope. 


The example from Para has very indistinct bands on the back and a 
rather long pectoral. 

The largest of the Hauxwell examples shows : Head 34; depth 3 ; 
D. mt, 10,1; A. 111, 8, 1; scales 33 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 4 
more on latter; 5 scales obliquely back from origin of dorsal to lateral 
line; 4 scales obliquely up from origin of anal to lateral line; 10 scales 
before dorsal; width of head 144 in its length; third dorsal ray 14; third 
anal ray 14; pectoral 1% ; ventral 14; least depth of caudal peduncle 223 


330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


snout 23 in head from tip of upper jaw; eye 32; maxillary 44; inter- 
orbital space 24; upper caudal lobe nearly 3 in ead and ei, Pre- 
dorsal region rounded at first and posteriorly with a median keel ex- 
tending to dorsal fin. Postdorsal region rounded, also preventral 
region. Postventral region with a median obscure keel. Head broad, 
depressed in front, rounded below and sides somewhat compressed. 
Snout when viewed above broad and triangular with rounded tip. 
Width of mouth about 2 of orbit. Maxillary about half way in snout. 
Lips fleshy. Teeth 8 in each jaw, anterior largest, and 2 median 
mandibulars especially conspicuous. Tongue rather far back, narrow, 
and not free. Interorbital space broadly convex. Gill-opening ex- 
tending forward about first third in head. Rakers 10 + 14?, short, 
lanceolate, and longest about half of longest filaments which are 3 of 
orbit. Vent close in front of anal. Color in aleohol faded brownish, 
a little darker on back and upper surface. About 14 indistinct bars 
of deeper brownish than body-color across back, and each one 
also narrower than pale interspace. In some cases they become 
faded altogether on side, and frequently indistinct traces occur below. 
Three blotches of deep brownish, larger than eye, along middle of side. 
First blotch midway in length of trunk, and second midway between it 
and third, which is on base of caudal. Dorsal, caudal and pectoral 
pale, and anal and ventral dusky or deep brown. Iris brown. Teeth 
warm brownish marginally. Length 4§ inches. Identified with L. 
megalepis Giinther, but that species is said to have the body with large 
blackish spots arranged in 2 or 3 series. 


Leporinus holostictus Cope. Fig. 20. 


Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 (May "17, 1878), p 
690. Nos. 21,467 (type) and 21 468, A. N.S. P., cotypes. Peruse 
Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. of 1877 


Width of head 2;4 in its length; sntarotrbital space 25. Predorsal, 
postdorsal and preventral regions rounded. Postventral region with 
an obsolete median keel, and another on each side. Snout broad and 
triangular seen from above. Lips fleshy. Teeth 8 in each jaw, 
anterior ones largest, and 2 median mandibulars conspicuous. Tongue 
rather far back, narrow and not free. Interorbital space broadly 
convex. Gill-opening extending forward about last fourth in length 
of head. Rakers 5 + 11?, short, lanceolate, and longest about 2 of 
longest filaments, which are 3 of orbit. Scales non-striate. Color in 
aleohol brownish, and lower surface paler or whitish. Body with 10 
broad transverse bands as wide as interspaces. First includes or 
extends over snout, second over interorbital space, third on occiput, 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331 


fourth on middle of predorsal region, fifth just before dorsal, sixth 
vertically across dorsal so that its posterior margin is even with last 
ray and then down till behind ventral, seventh on postdorsal region 
anteriorly, eighth on postdorsal region posteriorly till down just in 
front of anal, ninth behind adipose fin and continued transversely 


Fig. 20.—Leporinus holostictus Cope. 


across anal, and tenth at base of caudal. Fins otherwise all more or 
less unmarked, except posterior margin of caudal which is dusky. 
Iris brownish. Length 4% inches (caudal damaged). Type. The 
other example shows the depth as 34. 


ABRAMITES ¢gen.’noy. 
Type Leporinus hypselonotus Ginther. 

Closely related to Leporinus Agassiz, but distinguished by the larger 
anal basis. 

(Abramites, from Abramis, Bresma and Prasmus, old names applied 
to Brama brama or the common European bream. ‘The reference is to 
the superficial appearance.) 

Abramites hypselonotus (Giinther). 


Leporinus hypselonotus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17 1878), p. 690. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. of 
1877. 


Head 32; depth 22; D. 111, 10; A. m1, 12, 1; scales 34 in lateral line to 
base of caudal, and 4 more on latter; snout 3} in head from tip of upper 
jaw; eye 3; interorbital space 23. Length 24% inches, 

Dr. Giinther’s excellent figure largely agrees, though my example 


332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June, 


shows traces of an interorbital band and a nuchal one extending down 
just behind opercle. 


TETRAGONOPTERIN. 
Cheirodon monodon (Cope). 
Chirodon monodon Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XX XIII, 1894 
(January 5), p. 91, Pl. 6, fig. 9. Nos. 21,561 (type) and 21,562, A. N.S. 
P., cotypes. Brazilian province of Rio Grande do Sul. H. H. Smith. 


Edge of back rounded, except a little before spinous dorsal and upper 
surface of caudal peduncle where it is a little trenchant. Belly rounded. 
Postventral region and lower surface of caudal peduncle a little trench- 
ant. Each ramus of mandible elevated a little inside mouth. Tongue 
rather large, flattened, moderately broad and free in front. Inter- 
orbital space convex. Gill-opening extending forward nearly opposite 
anterior margin of orbit. Rakers 12 + 12 on first arch, lanceolate, 
and longest a little shorter than filaments, which are a little longer than 
pupil. Isthmus narrowly triangular. Vent close in front of anal. 
Color in alcohol pale brownish, back a little darker than lower surface, 
and body everywhere more or less silvered. <A pale or dull leaden- 
brassy streak from above eye back to caudal. Fins all pale or immacu- 
late brownish. Iris dull silvery. Length 142 inches. Type. 


Fig. 21.—Cheirodon pulcher (Steindachner). 


Cheirodon pulcher (Steindachner). Fig. 21. 


Tetragonopterus diaphanus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 
1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 691. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 
(Part.) 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333 


Edges of body but little trenchant, or only upper and lower surfaces 
of caudal peduncle and postventral region. Rami of mandible well 
elevated inside mouth. Rakers 10 + 14 on first arch, lanceolate, 
and longest about length of filaments which are 3 of orbit. Scales non- 
striate. Color in aleohol brownish, back darker and lower surface 
paler, washed everywhere with more or less silvery. A dull leaden 
streak, a little high, from below dorsal to caudal and then continued 
out on its middle rays as dusky. Fins otherwise all dull brownish. 
Iris dull brassy. Length 1} inches. 

Two examples, wrongly identified by Cope with Astyanax diaphanus. 


Aphyocharax pusillus Giinther. Fig. 22. 


Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 260. Ambyiacu River, 
Eastern Equador. John Hauxwell. Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 
Phila., XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 689. Peruvian Amazon. 
Prof. J. Orton. 


Interorbital space 24 in head. Snout convex. Rami of mandible 
but little elevated inside of mouth. Tongue a little elongate, fleshy 
and free in front. Interorbital space broad and a little convex. Gill- 
openings extending forward till nearly opposite front margin of pupil. 


Fig. 22.—A phyocharax pusillus Gunther. 


Rakers 7 + 8, short, pointed, and much less than filaments. Isthmus 
narrow and with median groove. Hach scale with 2 or 3 strie. Color 
in alcohol brown, sides paler, and body more or less brassy. Fins 
brownish, median caudal rays dusky. Iris brownish. Length 2,5, 
inches. Peruvian Amazon. Orton. Coll. of 1873. 


334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


Three examples from the Ambyiacu in the Hauxwell Coll. Head 
3% to 3$; depth 34 to 4; D. 1, 9; A. mr or Iv, 16, r to 18, 1; scales 32 
to 34 in lateral line (squamation mostly injured) to base of caudal, and 
2 more on latter; total length 2 to 21? inches. 


Aphyocharax filigerus Cope. Fig. 23. 


Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70 (August 19, 1870), p. 564. 
Nos. 8,059 (type) and 8,073, A. N.S. P., cotypes. Pebas, Eastern Equador. 
John Hauxwell. 


Interorbital space 3 in head. Edges of trunk apparently more or 
less rounded. Rami of mandible hardly elevated inside mouth. 
Tongue a little long, narrow and free in front. Interorbital space 
elevated convexly. Gill-openings carried forward about first 2 of 


Fig. 23.—A phyocharax filigerus Cope. 


orbit. Rakers 7 + 10, lanceolate, and apparently longer than longest 
filaments or a little longer than half of orbit. Isthmus narrow. Color 
in alcohol faded dull brownish, and fins pale, though median caudal 
rays a little paler than rest of fin. Iris brownish. Length 24 inches 
(caudal damaged). Type. Taken from the stomach of a siluroid. 


Diapoma speculiferum Cope. 


Amer. Nat., XXVIII, 1894, p. 67. No. 21,580, A. N.S. P., type. Upper 

waters of the Jacuhy River in Brazilian State of Rio Grande do Sul. 

H. H. Smith. Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XX XIII, 1894 
(January 5), p. 92, Pl. 5, fig. 4, from type. 

Edge of back rounded. Upper and lower edges of caudal peduncle 


trenchant. Chest with a median rounded ridge. Postventral region 


1906. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335 


trenchant. Snout convex. Tongue small, a little back, narrow, and 
a little free. Interorbital space narrowly convex. Gill-opening car- 
ried forward nearly opposite anterior margin of orbit. Rakers6 + 12?, 
slender, fine, longest a little longer than filaments and also present on 
lower portion of external arch. Isthmus rather broadly triangular. 
Scales striate. Vent close in front of anal. Color in alcohol more or 
less brownish, back more brown than lower surface and body with 
silvery wash. A leaden lateral streak from head opposite eye straight 
to base of caudal. Fins plain pale brownish. Eye brassy. Length 
1,4 inches. 

Cope was entirely mistaken when stating that the inferior limb of 
the external branchial arches was without rakers. 


Hemigrammus schmarde (Steindachner). 

Head 3; depth 22; D. mt, 9; A. Iv, 21?; about 30? scales in a lateral 
count from gill-opening to caudal, including those on latter; snout 44 
in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 24; maxillary 22; inter- 
orbital space 3. Color in alcohol brownish, scales fallen leaving a 
narrow silvery lateral band extending from shoulder to base of caudal. 
No blackish blotch at base of caudal, which while a little darker than 
rest of fin is not darker than peduncle. These conditions may all be 
due to the preservative. Length 12 inches. A single small example 
in poor condition from the Peruvian Amazon. Coll. Prof. J. Orton. 
Hemigrammus interruptus (Liitken). 


Hemigrammus luetkenii Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XX XIIT, 1894 
(January 5), p. 91. In the Jacuhy (Brazilian province of Rio Grande do 
Sul). H.H. Smith. 


The large series from the Jacuhy, Brazilian province of Rio Grande 
do Sul, and collected by H. H. Smith, shows: Head 3 to 3$; depth 24 to 
22; D. 1m, 9; A. tv or v, 18, I to 22, 1, usually with 21, occasionally 22, 
sometimes 18, and rarely 20; scales 30 to 33 in lateral line to base of 
caudal, 2 or 3 more on latter, former count usually 33, frequently 32 
or 31, and rarely 30; 11 or 12 scales in a transverse series obliquely 
back from origin of dorsal; 12 or 13 scales before dorsal; eye 24 to 3 in 
head, measured from tip of upper jaw; length of specimens 12 to 3 
inches. Gill-rakers about § + 14. 

Hemigrammus robustulus Cope. Fig. 24. 


Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70 (August 17, 1870), p. 561- 
Nos. 8,037 (type) to 8,052, A. N.S. P., cotypes. Pebas, Equador. John 
Hauxwell.—Cope, l.c., XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p.690. Peruvian 
Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 


Body strongly compressed. Rami of mandible but little elevated 
inside mouth. Tongue rather flat, rounded, compressed and a little 


336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (June, 


free. Interorbital space rather broad and a little convex. Gill-open- 
ing extending forward to anterior margin of pupil. Rakers about a 
dozen? on lower outer limb of first arch. Filaments short. Isthmus 
narrow. Scalesstriate. Color in alcohol pale or dull brown, abdominal 
region and lower surface of head paler. Flanks also tinted with a 
livid grayish or dull slaty hue. A streak of slaty, diffuse and indis- 
tinct at first, extending along side of caudal peduncle and then con- 
tinued out on median caudal rays as a blackish band. A dusky diffuse 
humeral blotch about size of orbit. Fins otherwise mostly uniform 
dull brownish. Muzzle deep brownish and front of mandible same. 


i 
Wwe 


Fig. 24.—Hemigrammus robustulus Cope. 


Spots or specks on cheek indistinct. Iris dusky-coppery. Length 2 
inches (caudal damaged). Type. 

The other cotypes range as follows: Head 2? to 33; depth 2 to 27; 
D. u, 9; A. m1, 23 to m1, 29, 1; scales 27 to 32 (squamation mostly 
injured) ; total length 14 to 2 inches. 

Other examples in the Hauxwell Coll. 


Astyanax lepidurus (Kner). 


Tetragonopterus lepidurus Cope, Proe. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XT, 1869-70 
(August 19, 1870), p.566. Para. Mr. De Schulte Buckow. 


Head 31; depth 33?; D. 11, 9; A. 11, 21?; scales (according to pockets) 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307 


about 33? in a lateral series to base of caudal; 9? scales between dorsal 
and ventral; snout 4 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 23; 
maxillary 24; interorbital space 34; least depth of caudal peduncle 3. 
Maxillary toothless and extending posteriorly a little beyond front 
rim of orbit, not to pupil. Rakers 10 + 16?, long, slender, and longest 
nearly as long as longest filaments. Scales large, mostly all fallen, and 
in alcohol leaving a narrow silvery band broadening out on posterior 
% of its course till about equal to diameter of pupil. No evidence of 
humeral or caudal blotches. Median caudal rays dusky, also tips of 
upper and lower lobes. Length 13 inches. This example was received 
from Cope, and is most likely the one referred to above. 


Astyanax ipanquianus (Cope). Fig. 25. 


Tetragonopterus ipangquianus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 
1877-78 (May 4, 1878). p. 44. Nos. 21,114 (type) and 21,115, A. N.S. P., 
cotypes. The upper waters of the Urubamba, one of the sources of the 
Ucayale. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. of 1876-77——Cope, l.c., p. 692. Uru- 
bamba River; elevation 11,500 feet. Prof. J. Orton. 


Fig. 25.—A styanax ipanquianus (Cope). 


Body compressed, and edges rounded. Snout convex. Rami of 
mandible not elevated inside mouth. Lips thin. Tongue fleshy, 
broad, rounded in front and hardly free from floor of mouth. Inter- 
orbital space convex. Gill-opening extending forward about opposite 
anterior nostril. Rakers 9 + 11, lanceolate, short, and longest a 
little less than half length of longest filaments. Filaments ? an eye- 


338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


diameter. Isthmus long and narrowly triangular. Each scale with 
a number of stria. Color in alcohol dull brassy-brown with silvery 
reflections, back slightly more brownish with a leaden tint. A humeral 
blotch of grayish about equal to orbit in size. Top of head brownish. 
Fins pale brownish, dorsal and caudal a trifle darker than others. 
Iris dull brassy-brown. Length (caudal slightly damaged) 5 inches. 
Type. 

The other examples, including those later reported by Cope, show: 
Head 3} to 4; depth 3 to 32; D. 1, 8; A. 11 or Iv, 23, 1 to 27, 1; scales 
about 50? (squamation damaged) to 55 in lateral line to base of caudal, 
and 2 or 3 on latter; 23 to 25 scales before dorsal; 11 scales in an 
oblique series back from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 8 or 9 scales in 
a vertical series between lateral line and origin of anal; eye 34 to 4 in 
head; total length 24 to 42 inches. 

Astyanax phenioopterus (Cope). Fig. 26. 


Tetragonopterus phenicopterus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), 
p 261. Nos. 8,093 (type) to 8,128, A. N. S. P., cotypes. Ambyiacu 
iver, Equador. John Hauxwell. 


Gill-opening extending forward about opposite anterior margin of 


Fig. 26.—Astyanax phenicopterus (Cope). 


pupil. Rakers small and inconspicuous, about 7? on lower part of 
first arch. Filaments short. Isthmus compressed and narrow. 
Color in alcohol dull brown, more or less silvery. Side of head silvery. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339 


Lower surface of body pale brown, and peritoneum showing through 
pale. A dusky humeral and caudal spot. Fins and iris pale brownish. 
Length (caudal damaged) 24 inches. Type. 

The other cotypes vary as follows: Head 24 to 4, usually a little less 
than 4; depth 3 to 33; D. m1, 8, rarely 11, 7; A. Iv, 21 to 26, and fre- 
quently 1, branched rays frequently 25; scales 30 to 35 (squamation 
damaged) ; total length 14 to 24 inches. 

Astyanax diaphanus (Cope). Fig. 27. 


Tetragonopterus diaphanus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 
1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p.691. Nos. 21,216 (type) to 21,218, A. N.S. P., 
cotypes. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. of 1874. 


Predorsal region with an obsolete median keel, and postdorsal region 
rounded. Preventral region rounded and postventral region trench- 
ant. Rakers 7 + 10, slender, lanceolate, and longest a trifle more 
than longest filaments which are about equal to diameter of pupil. 
Isthmus narrowly triangular. Color in alcohol dull brownish, more or 
less brassy, and especially broad band from eye to base of caudal. 
Fins all dull brownish. Iris brownish-yellow. Length 2, inches. 


Type. 


Fig. 27.—Astyanax diaphanus (Cope). 


The other examples show: Head 33 to 4; depth 34 to 34; D. m1, 8; 
A. ut, 17, 1 to 22, 1; scales 33 in lateral line to base of caudal and 3 
more on latter; usually 4 scales in a vertical series between origin of 
anal and lateral line; eye 24 to 22 in head; length about 2 inches with 
damaged caudals. 


340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


Astyanax hauxwellianus (Cope). Fig. 28. 


Tetragonopterus hauxwellianus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 
1869-70 (August 19, 1870), p. 560. Nos. 8,137 (type) to 8,142, A. N.S. 
cotypes. Pebas, Equador. John Hauxwell. Cope, l.c., XVII, 


1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 691. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 
Coll. of 1873. 


Gill-opening extending forward about opposite front of eye. Rakers 
10? on lower part of first arch. Filaments a little longer than longest 
rakers. Isthmus compressed and narrow. Color in alcohol faded to 
dark brown, lower surface paler. Fins all brownish. A dusky blotch 
at base of caudal and a similar shade in humeral region. Iris brassy. 
Length 2,3; inches (caudal damaged). Type. 


Fig. 28.—Astyanax hauxwellianus (Cope). 


f& The other cotypes show: Head 34 to 33; depth 2 to 23; D. usually 
111, 9, sometimes 1, 8 or m1, 10; A. usually rv, 40?, sometimes rv, 41?; 
total length 113 to 2,8; inches. The distinct lateral silvery band 
mentioned by Cope is now hardly evident. 

Also 59 examples from the Orton Coll. of 1873, Peruvian Amazon, 
and an example from Robert Perkins, from between the mouth of the 
Rio Negro and the Peruvian Amazon. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341 


Astyanax pectinatus (Cope). Fig. 29. 


Tetragonopterus pectinatus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70 
(August 19, 1870), p.560. No.8,090, A. N.S. P., type. Pebas, Equador. 
John Hauxwell. 


Gill-opening extending forward about anterior third of orbit. 
Rakers about 6 + 9, slender, lanceolate, and less than filaments which 
are about half of orbit. Isthmus narrow and compressed. Scales 


Fig. 29.—A styanax pectinatus (Cope). 


without strize. Color in alcohol with fins and body nearly uniform 
brownish, former paler. Body more or less washed with silvery. Iris 
brassy-brown. Traces of a humeral blotch, though indistinct. Length 
1? inches (caudal damaged). 


Astyanax longior (Cope). Fig. 30. 


Tetragonopterus longior Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p. 691. Nos. 21,222 (type) and 21,223, A. N.S. P., 
cotypes. Moyabamba. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. 1874. 


Predorsal region with a median obsolete keel and postyventral region 
apparently trenchant, edges of body otherwise rounded. Gill-opening 
forward till about opposite front of eye. Rakers 9 + 11, lanceolate, 
and longest about 2 of filaments, which are 3 of orbit. Isthmus nar- 
rowly triangular. Each scale with several radiating strie. Color in 
alcohol faded dull brownish, and back darker than silvered sides. A 
broad silver line, separating color of back from that of lower surface, 
extending from shoulder to base of caudal. Humeral blotch rounded 

23 


342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (June, 


and alittle longer than pupil. Fins all brownish. Iris brownish with 
rosy tint. Length 32 inches (caudal damaged). Type. 

Cope’s description would give the depth of the body 4,5 in its length 
without the caudal, while in the above example it is but 2¢. The head 
is said to be 44, while the above example shows it about 33. He gives 


Fig. 30.—Astyanazx longior (Cope). 


the eye 34 in the head, though the interorbital width is much less than 
1,33, in the eye, in fact but little less than the orbit itself. Both 
examples have Cope’s original label. 


Astyanax maximus (Steindachner). 


Tetragonopterus sp. indet. Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., XVII, 
ate (May 17, 1878), p. 691. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 
Coll. 1873. ; 


Head 33 to 4; depth 2? to 24; D. 1, 9; A. Iv, 28, 1 to 29, 1; scales 34 to 
35 in lateral line to base of caudal and 2? more on latter; 7 scales in an 
oblique series back between origin of dorsal and lateral line; 7 scales 
from base of ventral to lateral line; 7 or 8 scales in a vertical series 
between origin of anal and lateral line; 17 scales before dorsal ; pectoral 
a trifle less than head ; ventral 14 to 14; snout 34 to 4 in head, from tip 
of upper jaw; eye about 3; interorbital space 22; length of larger 
example with damaged caudal 4% inches. Rakers 10 + 16, lanceolate, 
slender, longest but little shorter than filaments which are about 3 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343 


diameter of eye. Pectoral reaches well beyond base of anal. Color 
in alcohol nearly plain brassy-brown, back a little darker, and caudal 
with a brownish streak from base out to ends of median rays. No 
evidence of a humeral blotch. 
Astyanax caucanus (Steindachner). 

Head 32; depth 22; D. 11, 9; A. Iv, 42; scales (according to pockets) 
about 38 in lateral line to base of caudal; pectoral about 175 in head; 
ventral 12; snout about 42 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; 
eye 3; maxillary 3; interorbital space 23; least depth of caudal peduncle 
about 3. A few small teeth at base of maxillary inside. Rakers about 
7 + 12?, and longest about 2 of longest filaments. In alcohol brown- 
ish, fins paler than body-color, and a silvery band, widest on supra- 
costal region, from shoulder to base of caudal where it terminates in a 
brownish spot. A brownish blotch on shoulder at origin of silvered 
lateral streak. Iris silvered brownish. Length 2,8 inches. One 
example from Paramaribo. Dr. Hering. 


Astyanax bartlettii (Giinther). Fig. 31. 


Tetragonopterus bartlettii Cope, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 
260. Ambyiacu River, Equador. John Hauxwell. 


Predorsal region with a median keel, rather obtuse, and postventral 


Fig. 31.—Astyanaz bartlettii (Giinther) 


344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


region but little trenchant, edges of body otherwise rounded. Gill- 
opening extending forward a trifle before front rim of pupil. Rakers 
about 10 + 14, slender, lanceolate, longest about 2 of longest fila- 
ments and apparently rather weak. Filaments about 3 of orbit. A 
few strize on each seale. Color in aleohol nearly uniform dull brownish, 
back a little darker and line of demarcation about level with upper 
margin of orbit distinct. A grayish elongate humeral blotch, most likely 
much faded, and in length nearly equal to diameter of eye. Base of 
caudal brownish and this color also extending out on median caudal 
rays. Fins otherwise all pale brownish. Iris brassy-brown. Length 
44 inches. Two examples. 


Astyanax finitimus (Vaillant and Pellegrin). Fig. 32. 

Predorsal region with a low median keel and one also on postventral, 
other edges of body rounded. Gill-opening not quite reaching front of 
orbit. Rakers 8 + 13, lanceolate, longest about 2 of filaments and 


Fig. 32.—A styanaz finitimus (Vaillant and Pellegrin). 


latter about + of orbit. Isthmus a little broadly triangular. Each 
scale with several radiating strie. Color in alcohol brownish, back 
deeper and this color sharply separated from that of lower surface by a 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345 


broad silvery band from shoulder to caudal, where it becomes deep 
brown or dusky and extends out on median caudal rays. A dusky 
humeral blotch a little larger than pupil. Lower side and under por- 
tions of body silvered. Fins pale brownish, dorsal and caudal,a 
trifle dusky. Iris brassy. Length 243 inches (caudal damaged). 
Possibly from some part of Central America, most likely Nicaragua? 
Dr. J. F. Bransford. Five examples. 

The others show: Head 34 to 32; depth 22 to 34; D. 11, 9; A. 11 or 
Iv, 24? to 26, 1; scales 36 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 2 more 
on latter; 8 scales obliquely back from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 
8 scales in a vertical series between lateral line and origin of anal; eye 
22 to 24 in head measured from tip of upper jaw; total length of speci- 
mens 1;% to 34 inches (damaged caudals). The young examples are 
more elongate and have larger eyes in proportion, though at all ages 
the caudal and humeral blotches are evident. 

Although the name Tetragonopterus finitimus was originally proposed 
by Bocourt (Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, Zool., 5, 1X, 1868, p. 62), his account 
is entirely too brief and imperfect to permit identification. Prof. 
Vaillant and Dr. Pellegrin next describe examples from Guatemala 
which they identify with this species and which seem to agree with 
my own specimens. 


Astyanax mexicanus (Filippi). 
Tetragonopterus mexicanus Jordan and Snyder, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., 
XIX, 1899 (1901), p. 125. Rio Ixtla at Puente de Ixtla, Morelos. Profs. 
D.S. Jordan and J. O. Snyder. 
Tetragonopterus streetsii Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (November 
28), p. 217. From the headwaters of the Coatzacalcos River among the 
Cordilleras. Dr. T. Hale Streets. 
Tetragonopterus argentatus Cope, Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., X XIT, 1885 
(December 10, 1884), p. 168. In the city of Monterey. Prof. E. D. Cope. 
Jordan and Snyder, l.c., Rio Verde near Rascon. Fowler, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904 (April 7), p.248. Del Rio and Devil’s River, 
Texas. Dr. H. A. Pilsbry. 

A very large series of examples of most all ages from Rio Ixtla at 
Puente de Ixtla, Morelos, and Rio Verde near Rascon, Mexico. These 
collected and presented by Profs. Jordan and Snyder. Also a large 
series from Monterey, Mexico, from Prof. E. D. Cope, and others from 
the same evidently from Mexico. Others from Del Rio and Devil’s river, 
Texas, from Dr. H. A. Pilsbry. All show the following: Head 3 to 4; 
depth 24 to 32; D. 11, 9, though sometimes 1 or m1, 8, and rarely m1, 
10; A. m1 to rv, 17, 1 to 24, 1, usually 21 or 20, frequently 19 or 22, 
others with 23 and occasionally 24, though rarely 17 or 18; scales in 
lateral line to base of caudal 32 to 37. and 2 or 3 more on latter, usually 


35, frequently 34 or 36, and rarely 32, 33 or 37; 7 or 8 scales in an oblique 


346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June 


series back from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 6 scales from base of 
ventral in a vertical series to lateral line, sometimes 7, rarely 5, and 
same between origin of anal and lateral line; 13 to 19 scales before 
dorsal, usually 15 to 16, less frequently 14 or 17, and rarely 13, 18 or 
19; eye 24 to 34 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw, larger 
measurements in young; length of specimens 1,3, to 43 inches. 
Astyanax cneus (Giinther) is a closely related species differing 
chiefly in the absence of maxillary teeth, according to Dr. Meek’s 
account. The other characters are seen to be more or less correlated, 
as several of my examples of A. mexicanus which possess as many as 24 
developed or branched anal rays (would be 26 or 27 evidently according 
to Dr. Meek’s count) also have well-developed basal maxillary teeth. 
A number of examples, possibly cotypical of Tetragonopterus streetsi 
Cope, have uncertain data. They are included in the above measure- 
ments, and are Nos. 32,371 to 32,426, A. N.S. P. 
Astyanax fasciatus (Cuvier). 


Tetragonopterus fasciatus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70 
(August 19, 1870), p. 566. Para. Mr. De Schulte Buckow. 


Head 33; depth 22; D. 10, 9; A. tv, 26; scales 34 in lateral line to 
base of caudal, and 3 more on latter; 6 scales in an obliquely vertical 
series from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 6 scales in a nearly vertical 
series from origin of ventral to lateral line; 14 scales before dorsal; 
snout 4 in head, measured from tip of snout; eye 3; interorbital space 23 ; 
least depth of caudal peduncle 24; pectoral 14 in head, from tip of 
mandible; ventral 12. Several minute maxillary teeth. Rakers 
about 9 + 15 on first arch, those on ceratobranchial largest, though 
shorter than filaments. Each scale of body with several striz. Pos- 
terior distal extremity of maxillary extending back till opposite pupil. 
Humeral and caudal spots pale. Rather broad pale or silvery band on 
side of trunk evident. Iris brassy-brown and side of head silvery. 
Length 2¢ inches. One example. 

I accept the above name, as Dr. Giinther pointed out the inconsist- 
encies of Cuvier’s figure and description, also when compared with 
other accounts. The examples identified by Prof. Ulrey (Ann. N. Y. 
Acad. Sci., VIII, 1893-95, p. 284) as Tetragonopterus fasciatus (Cuvier), 
and credited to Dr. Eigenmann, with the developed anal rays 19 to 25, 
would seem to indicate a rather unusual range of variation. 


Astyanax eigenmanniorum (Cope). 


Tetragonopterus eigenmanniorum Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., 
XXXII, 1894 (January 5), p. 89, Pl. 6, fig. 8. Nos. 21,598 (type) to 
21,602, and 21,627 and 21,628, A. N.S. P., cotypes. Brazilian province 
of Rio Grande do Sul. H. H. Smith. 


Predorsal region with median keel. Apparently a low keel on each 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347 


side of preventral region. Postventral region trenchant and edges of 
body otherwise rounded. Gill-opening extending forward a little 
beyond front margin of pupil. Rakers 8 +10? (damaged), slender, 
pointed, and shorter than filaments. Isthmus narrow and compressed. 
A few striz on each seale. Color in aleohol pale brownish, back darker 
than lower surface and traces of a pale or silvery band from eye to base 
of caudal. An indistinet brownish humeral blotch and another at base 
of caudal, also extending out on median rays of latter. Fins pale 
brownish. Eyes silvered. Length 2,, inches (caudal damaged). 
Type. 

The other examples all show: Head 34 to 34; depth 22 to 23; D. m1, 
9, rarely 11, 8; A. Iv, 21, 1 or Iv, 22, 1, usually latter; scales 30 to 34 
in lateral line to base of caudal and 2 or 3 on latter; 6 scales obliquely 
back from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 5 or 6 scales from origin of 
ventral to lateral line in a vertical series; 13 to 15 scales before dorsal, 
usually 14; eye 2? to 2# in head; total length of examples 2 to 23 inches. 

This form has been united with Astyanax fasciatus (Cuvier) by Prof. 
Ulrey. The above characters will show that it had at least best be 
regarded as distinct, if only provisionally. Further, it may be stated 
as differing principally from A. fasciatus in the fewer anal radii. All of 
the above characters are also constant, and it is possible to separate 
these specimens from those representing Astyanax laticeps, as Cope 
rightly determined. I shall therefore be obliged to remove the latter 
from the synonymy of A. fasciatus, where it has also been placed by 
Prof. Ulrey, as it differs principally in still fewer anal radii. Thus 
from an examination of the material before me I shall refuse to con- 
sider A. eigenmanniorum and A. laticeps either as variations of A. 
jasciatus or in fact either as the same species. Finally Cope’s descrip- 
tion and figure of A. eigenmanniorum may hardly be styled excellent, 
much less that it leaves little doubt that the fish in question is simply 
a variation of 7’. fasciatus. 

Astyanax iheringii (Boulenger). 
Tetragonopterus pliodus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., X XXIII, 
1894 (January 5), p. 90, Pl. 5, fig. 5. Nos. 21,578 (type) and 21,579, 
A. N.S. P., cotypes. Brazilian province of Rio Grande do Sul. H. H. 
Smith. 

Predorsal region with median rounded ridge, and postventral trench- 
ant, edges of body otherwise rounded. Gill-opening reaching front 
of pupil. Rakers about 10 + 12, short, lanceolate, and longest about 
2 of longest filaments which are about equal to 4 of vertical orbital 
diameter. Isthmus triangular and rather broad. Each scale with 
several radiating strie. Color in alcohol brownish, lower portion of 


348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF iJune, 


body, from level with upper edge of eye, silvery. A lateral silvered 
streak from eye to caudal. Traces of a faint humeral and caudal 
blotch. Dorsal and posterior edge of caudal brownish. Iris dull 
orange. Length 21% inches. Type of Tetragonopterus pliodus Cope. 

An example labelled Montevideo, Uruguay, received from Cope. 

Cope was evidently in error in stating that the humeral and caudal 
spots were wanting, as even now the former is present though 
indistinct, and the median caudal rays are darker than the rest of the 
caudal fin. There is also a dull brownish shade at the base of the 
caudal. Outer portions of dorsal, caudal and anal brownish, not 
exactly ‘‘finely specked with black’’ as stated by Dr. Boulenger. 
Astyanax laticeps (Cope). 


Tetragonopterus laticeps Cope, Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XX XIII, 
1894 (January 5), p. 89, Pl. 6, fig. 7. Nos. 21,852 (type) to 21,863 and 
21,748 to 21,747, A. N.S. P., cotypes. Brazilian province of Rio Grande 
do Sul. H. H. Smith. 


Predorsal region with a median keel and postdorsal with an obsolete 
median ridge with one on each side. Preventral region apparently 
rounded. Postventral region with median keel. Gill-opening ex- 
tending a little before front of pupil. Rakers 9 + 12, slender, pointed, 
and a little less than longest filaments. Isthmus narrow and com- 
pressed. Color in alcohol pale brownish, back darker than sides 
and lower surface, and a silvery band from shoulder to base of caudal, 
its width less than orbit. Body, especially lower surface and side of 
head, more or less silvered. A rounded dusky humeral blotch, and a 
dusky dash at base of caudal continued out on median rays of latter. 
Fins plain pale brownish. Iris brassy with a plain pale brownish ring. 
Length 2% inches (caudal damaged). Type. 

The other examples show: Head 22 to 34; depth 24 to 3; D. ut, 9; 
A. iv, 18, 1, rarely tv, 19, 1; scales 30 to 35 in lateral line to base of 
caudal, and usually 3 or 4 more on latter; 14 to 16 scales before dorsal, 
usually 15; 6 to 8 scales in an oblique series back from origin of dorsal 
to lateral line, usually 7; 6 or 7 scales from origin of ventral to lateral 
line, usually 6; eye 3 to 34 in head, from tip of upper jaw, usually but 
little over 3; total length 142 to 22 inches. 

This species has been united with Astyanax fasciatus (Cuvier) by 
Prof. Ulrey (Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VIII, 1893-95, p. 283). A. 
laticeps has three distinct small denticles at the base of the maxillary. 


Astyanax lineatus (Perugia). 


Tetragonopterus lineatus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XX XIII, 
1894 (January 5),p.107. Near Chapada in Matto Grosso from the head- 
waters of the Paraguay. H.H. Smith. 


Head 33; depth 23; D. 11, 9; A. rv, 25, 1; scales 33 in lateral line to 


om 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349 


base of caudal, and 3 more on latter; 7 scales in an oblique series back 
from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 6 scales in a vertical series from 
base of ventral to lateral line, and same number from origin of anal to 
latter; about 15 scales before dorsal; pectoral 14 in head; ventral 13; 
lower caudal lobe 1; snout 32 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; 
eye 3; interorbital space 22; least depth of caudal peduncle 22. At 
least one small denticle at base of maxillary. Posterior distal ex- 
tremity of maxillary extending till opposite anterior margin of pupil. 
Rakers about 9 + 15, slender, pointed and longest much shorter than 
filaments. In alcohol with a pale dusky humeral blotch. A dash of 
dusky on middle of side of caudal peduncle at base of caudal, fading 
out over posterior portion of anal, though posterior it extends out on 
middle caudal rays. About ten distinct longitudinal brownish lines on 
body, darker on back, and made up of dark brownish specks or dots. 
Tris brownish with a darker brownish ring. Length 34% inches. 

Dr. Steindachner’s figure in Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, C, 1891, p. 368, 
Pl. 2, fig. 1, does not show the dusky streak on the side of the caudal 
peduncle. 

Astyanax chapade sp. nov. Fig. 33. 

Head 32; depth 3; D. m1, 8; A. 1v, 18; P. 1, 9; V. 1, 7; scales 39 in 
lateral line to base of caudal, and 3 more on latter; 6 scales from origin 
of dorsal obliquely back to lateral line, and 4 in same way from origin 
of adipose fin; 4 scales between origin of ventral and lateral line 
obliquely forward; 4 scales between origin of anal and lateral line; 16 
scales before dorsal; width of head 142 in its length; depth of head, 
over middle of orbit, 14; snout 34; eye 3; maxillary 24; interorbital 
space 3; mandible 22; length of depressed dorsal 14; pectoral 12; 
ventral 2; upper caudal lobe 1;4;; least depth of caudal peduncle 23. 

Body elongate, compressed, rather ovoid, lower profile a little more 
convex than upper, and greatest depth at origin of dorsal. Predorsal 
region rounded. Postdorsal region with a median obtuse keel. Pre- 
ventral region rounded. Postventral region slightly trenchant. 
Caudal peduncle compressed, and its least depth about 2 its length. 

Head a little long, somewhat attenuated, well compressed, muzzle a 
little pointed, upper profile a little concave above eye posteriorly, and 
lower profile rather evenly convex. Snout a little long, convex, and 
produced a little beyond tip of mandible. Eye circular, a little superior 
and its center about first 2in head. Mouth alittle oblique. Maxillary 
obliquely vertical, its distal expanded extremity reaching about op- 
posite front margin of pupil and its width about half of diameter of 
same. Mandible strong. Lips rather fleshy. Teeth in jaws mostly 


350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


quindentate, especially those in mandible anteriorly which are also long 
and pointed, and five in each outer series above. At least three small 
serrated teeth along base of maxillary. Tongue elongate, fleshy and 
not free. Nostrils together near upper front rim of orbit. Interorbital 
space a little convex. Greatest width of infraorbital rim a little less 
than orbit or much broader than greatest exposed width of opercle. 

Gill-opening extending forward opposite front margin of pupil. 
Rakers about 7 + 10, lanceolate, rather far apart, and longest about 
3 of longest filaments. Filaments about equal to pupil. Isthmus 
narrow. Branchiostegals 4. 

Seales large, well striated, largest on flanks, and in longitudinal 


Fig. 33.—Astyanax chapade Fowler. 


series parallel with lateral line. Basal anal sheath low and of small 
scales. Base of caudal well covered with small seales. Axillary 
ventral scale about 4 length of fin. Lateral line well decurved and 
running rather low posteriorly to base of caudal. - Tubes simple. 

Origin of dorsal a little nearer base of caudal than tip of snout, 
fin low, and when depressed reaching # of space to base of caudal. 
Adipose fin small, its origin near last third in space between origin 
of dorsal and base of caudal, or just behind base of last anal ray, 
and length of fin less than orbit. Origin of anal about opposite 
base of penultimate dorsal ray, or about midway between that of 
pectoral and base of caudal. Caudal rather small, emarginate, and 
lobes rounded. Pectoral falling a little short of ventral. Ventral 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351 


inserted nearly midway between tip of snout and tip of last anal ray, 
or well before dorsal, and reaching about 3? of space to anal. Vent close 
in front of anal. 

Color in alcohol brown, especially back, sides and lower surface 
silvered and pale. A humeral blotch. A faint trace of a slightly 
lighter silvered band from shoulder to base of caudal, posteriorly 
becoming plumbeous though only slightly dusky at base of caudal, 
and same shade also continued out on median caudal rays to their tips. 
Base of each caudal lobe with a pale straw-colored blotch about size 
of pupil, then membranes between rays blackish and fading out into 
pale dusky posteriorly. Dorsal brownish with an indistinct. dusky 
cross-streak. Other fins all pale and unmarked. Iris brownish. 

Length 2% inches. 

Type, No. 21,828, A. N.S. P. Near Santa Anna da Chapada, in 
Matto Grosso, Brazil, from the headwaters of the Paraguay. August, 
1884. H. H. Smith. Prof. E. D. Cope. Also paratype, No. 21,829, 
A. N.S. P., with same data. 

This species is closely related to Astyanax moenkhauswi (Eigenmann 
and Kennedy), from which it differs chiefly in the coloration. A. 
paucidens (Ulrey) and A. jenynswi (Steindachner) both differ in the 
fewer scales, apparently not more than 33. 

(Named for Santa Anna da Chapada, province of Matto Grosso, 
Brazil.) 


352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW POLYCHETA FROM ALASKA. 


BY J. PERCY MOORE. 


Among a number of Alaskan Polycheta in the collections of this 
Academy, the two of which the descriptions follow are new. 


Syllis quaternaria sp. noy. 

This sexual free-swimming form of the type for which Malmgren 
instituted his genus Chetosyllis is probably the epitokous form of a 
true Syllis, but it cannot be correlated with any atokous form hitherto 
described. 

The length varies from 7 to 9 mm.; the width between the ends of 
the parapodia is .§ mm. and between the tips of the capillary sets 4.5 
mm., or one-half the length of the body. 


Syllis quaternaria.—a, dorsal view of prostomium, peristomium and first two 
somites bearing capillary sete, X 24; b, parapodium from IX with set cut 
off, X 32;c, along and d, a short notopodial seta from X, * 600. 


The prostomium (a) consists of a pair of prominent hemispherical 
lobes separated by a deep, narrow, median cleft, and each again divided 
by ashallow transverse groove. A pair of simple unjointed or obscurely 
wrinkled cylindrical tentacles arise from the latter grooves and 
incline decidedly toward the dorsum. They reach a length of 1} to 14 
times the prostomium. No other cephalic appendages exist, but there 
are two pairs of dense, black or deep brown, short spindle-shaped eyes, 
each provided with a small cuticular lens. The dorsal eyes are the 
more posterior and look vertically upwards; the large ventral pair look 
downwards, forwards and outwards. Sometimes 1 or 2 small, rod-like 


1906. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353 


bodies of pigment occur with the eyes. The mouth is a minute open- 
ing situated at the very bottom of the vertical prostomial cleft near the 
ventral surface. 

The peristomium (a) is but little modified and a segment just like 
the others, except that the parapodia lack the capillary sete. The 
sides of the body are nearly parallel almost to the caudal end, where the 
last 12 to 15 of the total number of 40 to 43 segments taper to the 
pygidium. Each segment is about 4 as long as wide, or anteriorly 
rather more than this. The small triangular pygidium bears a pair 
of large, stout moniliform cirri of about 25 joints, and in the males an 
additional short, slender, and unjointed median ventral cirrus. 

Excepting the first pair the parapodia (b) are biramous, and all but 
the first and the last few bear capillary sete in the notopodium. The 
basal part is a rather large dome-shaped structure, from which the 
neuropodium projects rather prominently and ends in a short, slightly 
curved dorsal acicular process, while a postsetal lamina, stepped at the 
ends for the rows of sets, forms its more ventral portion. Two or 
three straight aciculi support the neuropodium. From the middle of 
the ventral surface of the foot arises a short, slender, tapered and un- 
jointed ventral cirrus. The notopodium is a very slight, conical tu- 
bercle which receives the end of a single aciculum strongly curved at the 
tip and caps a large yellowish setigerous sac, from which the capillary 
setze spring. Well above and separated from this tubercle arises the 
dorsal cirrus, which is always prominent and strongly moniliform. 
With considerable regularity the dorsal cirri are alternately longer and 
shorter, the even numbers being about equal to 3 of the width of the 
body exclusive of the parapodia and consisting of 20 to 25 joints, 
whereas the odd numbers are about % as long as they and have only 14 
to 16 joints. 

As stated above, all but the peristomium and the last 5 or 6 segments 
bear capillary notopodial setze which form dense and very conspicuous 
bundles. They are perfectly smooth and simple in structure, glass- 
like in appearance, tapered to excessively fine but apparently flattened 
ends, and are more or less curved and sometimes curled and twisted at 
the ends—the latter condition being probably the result of preserva- 
tion. 

Neuropodial sete are arranged in 5 or 6 horizontal sub-acicular rows. 
They are relatively short and stout and perfectly colorless and vitreous. 
The curved stems are deeply cupped, and toothed along the more pro- 
longed side. The blades end in a single, rather stout, little hooked 
tooth, and the dorsal or shorter side is provided with a moderately 


354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


strong fringe best developed on the shorter blades, which also exhibit 
an aggregation of some of the terminal hairs to simulate an accessory 
tooth. On the ventral sete the blades seldom exceed a length of twice 
the diameter of the end of the shaft, while those of the 3 or 4 sete in 
the dorsalmost row are narrower and 4 or 5 times as long as the distal 
end of the shaft. 

Although all of the specimens examined are fully mature and have 
the body cavity filled with ova or sperm, the alimentary canal is com- 
plete and well developed, extending continuously from mouth to 
anus without exhibiting any of that occlusion or degeneration seen in 
many sexually mature syllids and other annelids. 

The type and about a score of cotypes are No. 1,091 of the Academy’s 
collections. Taken on the ‘‘surface in a lead 4 miles from shore by 
Mr. E. A. Mcllhenny at Point Barrow, Alaska.” 


Ammotrypane brevis sp- nov- 

The type of this species is a somewhat contracted specimen 15 mm. 
long, 1.5 mm. broad and 1.9 mm. high in the middle, being therefore 
rather robust and tapering to both ends. The general resemblance to 
A. aulogaster is close, but if the differences exhibited by the single speci- 
men prove to be constant the two species are readily separated. 


Ammotrypane brevis —Parapodium and gill from somite X, X 56. 


Instead of being laterally compressed the prostomium is blunt and 
flattened dorso-ventrally. From it a slight median ridge passes back- 
ward and gradually merges into the dorsal curvature of the back. 
Below this ridge on each side are the small sensory pits or nuchal 
organs. The mouth is a small trifid opening bounded by a pair of 
small anterior lobes and a single posterior lobe. Although the body 
seems to be quite complete and exhibits no indications of regeneration, 
there are only 29 setigerous somites not distinguishable from one 
another externally except through the presence of the parapodia. No 
intersezmental furrows whatever are discernible and the segments pass 
continuously into one another. Ventrally a pair of stout muscular 
bands, separated by a deep median groove, produce a somewhat sole- 
like surface. Above this the body is narrower and strongly arched 


a 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355 


and marked only by the small transverse muscle bundles, apparently 
4 to each segment. 

If perfect, as it appears to be, the pygidium presents striking char- 
acteristics. The large median spoon-shaped lobe of A. awlogaster is 
absent and represented only by a minute slender process. The 
lateral lobes are much larger, obliquely truncated above, and slightly 
indented at the end. 

The parapodia arise from the dorso-lateral surface of the lateral 
muscle bands and are about equally well developed throughout. 
They form small but distinct bluntly rounded tubercles produced 
into asmall, conical prominence and apparently unsupported by an 
aciculum. They bear only a small ventral cirrus and a prominent 
dorsal branchia, the small dorsal cirrus which has been figured for 
some species being absent. Branchize are absent from the first pair 
of parapodia, but are present on all of the others. They are largest 
on the middle segments, where they exceed a millimeter in length and 
the parapodium in diameter. They are slender and slightly tapering in 
form and provided along one side with a strongly developed longitudi- 
nal muscle, rendering them very contractile. 

The setze are all simple, colorless, tapering, capillary bristles, longi- 
tudinally fibrillated and soft in texture. They are arranged in two 
fascicles, a dorsal of 6 to 10 sete which reach 3 the length of the 
branchia, from the base of which they arise, and a ventral which arises 
from beneath the conical prolongation of the parapodium and contains 
5 or 6 setze less than } as long as the dorsal bristles. 

Along the sides of the body between the parapodia, but nearest to the 
succeeding one, are small black or dark brown and very conspicuous 
eye spots, which are hemispherical in shape and indistinctly facetted on 
the surface. 

The only specimen, a female filled with eggs, is No. 284 of the Acad- 
emy’s collection, taken by Dr. Benjamin Sharp at Icy Cape, Alaska, 
on August 17, 1895. 


356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


NOTE ON THE DUSKY SALAMANDER. 
BY HENRY W. FOWLER. 


Near Port Allegany, in McKean county, and in the valleys of the 
headwaters of the Genesee, Allegheny and Susquehanna, in Potter 
county, Pa., Mr. T. D. Keim and the writer spent a few days, studying 
the fauna, in the summers of 1904 and 1906. Most of the hemlock 
forests have been cleared off, except near Port Allegany,-where one 
still has but a short time left to study the animal life in its primeval 
conditions. 

Perhaps the most abundant in individuals among cold-blooded verte- 
brates was the little dusky salamander, Desmognathus fusca. It was 
found nearly everywhere in the valleys, about and in streams, and on 
the comparatively dry mountain-tops, though there less numerous 
and more solitary. About the headwaters of the Genesee they were 
even more abundant, so that we had the opportunity of examining 
-multitudes of living examples. So abundant were they in some 
localities that as many as four or five would frequently occur under a 
single small stone. Owing to the nature of the brooks about the 
Genesee headwaters, which are very swift, cold and sinking out of 
sight in some places to appear again in others, very favorable habitats 
are secured in the comparatively damp intercourses which are only 
flooded in times of heavy rains. 

Very great range in color-pattern and color-variation was noted in 
this species. Young an inch long had the pale area on the back more 
or less immaculate pink or pale brown. The uppermost of the accom- 
panying figures, Plate XIII, indicates this type. They varied from these 
shades into the dusky-black adults. They did not always appear to 
change from pinkish to brown, as some with pink backs were found 
equally as large as the larger brownish ones. The pale colors of the 
back were not always immaculate, many being variously blotched 
or speckled with darker or brownish. Very dark or blackish examples, 
not larger than the largest pink or brown ones, also occurred, though 
these all showed traces to some extent of the dorsal color-pattern. 
Most all full-grown examples lose every trace of the dorsal color-pattern 
in the blackish of the back. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357 


A comparison of the types of Desmognathus ochrophea Cope seems to 
leave it perfectly clear that it is nothing more than the intermediate 
brown color-variety of D. fusca, which I have represented in the two 
lower median accompanying figures. The identity of D. ochrophea 
with D. fusca, however, was first suggested by Mr. G. M. Allen in the 
Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 29, 1901, p. 73. In view of the material ex- 
amined I am now able to fully endorse Mr. Allen’s view as final. 
The characters pointed out by Cope in 1889 are certainly not of specific 
value as they range more or less through most of my material. The 
habitat of the ochrophea stage is not confined entirely to the mountain- 
tops, as the animals are found under damp stones about streams and 
in the valleys. Ido not agree with Cope’s suggestion that Salamandra 
haldemani Holbrook is ‘‘an unusually spotted Spelerpes bilineatus’’ as 
the tail is somewhat short. It agrees with some of my examples of 
D. jusca to some extent in the color of the belly, which is usually more 
or less livid in life. It had best be regarded as asynonym of D. fusca. 

As small and medium-sized examples greatly resemble Plethodon 
erythronotus, which is rather abundant in the dry forests, a good char- 
acter for distinguishing the two species at a glance will be found in the 
pale or whitish streak extending down from the eye behind. This is 
present on most all examples and may frequently be traced to some 
extent in the blackish adults. 


24 


308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


A CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE ORTHOPTERA OF MONTANA, 
YELLOWSTONE PARK, UTAH AND COLORADO. 


BY JAMES A. G. REHN AND MORGAN HEBARD. 


During the month of August, 1904, the junior author was occupied 
in collecting Orthoptera at a number of localities extending from 
eastern Montana to Salt Lake City, and from that locality to east- 
central Colorado. Collecting at some localities was limited to a few 
minutes search permitted by the stoppage of the train, at other locali- 
ties several days were spent and very extensive and interesting collec- 
tions made. The careful study of the Orthoptera of the Yellowstone 
Park and of Pike’s Peak yielded some interesting and scarce species, 
as well as two new forms and a considerable amount of information on 
the habitat and actions of a number of species. 

The number of specimens in the collection studied is about 2,800, 
and 121 species are represented. Notes on the habits and other infor- 
mation has been given under most of the species by the collector, 
and the chief localities visited have been briefly described, to aid in 
a proper understanding of their conditions and environmental features 
as well as to aid future students in this region. 

A considerable representation of the species treated in this paper 
has been placed in the Academy’s collection by the junior author. 


MonTANA. 


Waco, Yellowstone Co., elevation 2,700 feet. On the sage-brush 
plains just east of the foothills of the Rockies. 

Grey Cliff, Sweetgrass Co., elevation 3,900 feet. In a more rugged 
character of country than Waco but with a similar vegetation. 
Orthoptera appeared to swarm as the specimens collected were taken 
in less than two minutes. 

Billings, Yellowstone Co., elevation 3,115 feet. Specimens taken 
here were from the dusty main street of the town. 

Livingston, Park Co., elevation 4,488 feet. Material from this 
locality was taken among weeds growing in a vacant lot near the 
station. 

Emigrant, Daileys, Sphinx and Electric, Park Co., elevation 4,800-— 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359 


5,100 feet. During the brief stops made by the train between Livingston 
and Gardiner a little collecting was possible. “These stations are 
situated in the valley of the Yellowstone river between the Snowy 
Mountains and the Gallatin Range. The vegetation is chiefly sage- 
brush and other plants which grow in a semi-arid soil. Orthoptera 
were very plentiful, and had time allowed a great quantity could easily 
have been taken. 

Muir, Bozeman Tunnel, Park Co., elevation 5,496 feet. At this 
point a few minutes’ stop afforded an opportunity to collect in the 
heavy growth of weeds and grasses along the track. The vegetation 
was very luxuriant and wholly different from that found in the semi- 
arid sections. The Orthoptera of regions of this character was always 
much less abundant than in the sage-brush country. 

Three Forks, Willow Creek and Sappington, Gallatin Co., and Jejjerson 
City and Whitehall, Jefferson Co., elevation 4,061-4,529 feet. During 
the brief stops made at these towns a few specimens were taken. 
The soil was barren and Orthoptera was far less plentiful than in the 
more eastern portion of the State. 

Spire Rock, Jefferson Co., elevation 5,217 feet. Among the great 
boulders on the summit of the mountains near Butte a few specimens 
were seen and hardly any vegetation found. This locality was by far 
the most desolate of any at which collecting was done. 


YELLOWSTONE PARK. 


Mammoth Hot Springs, elevation 6,215-7,000 feet. At Fort Yellow- 
stone, where the Mammoth Hot Springs are situated, a great variety 
of collecting grounds are within easy reach. About the fort itself, 
among the weeds and grasses, Orthoptera were not very plentiful; but 
immediately behind the hotel, in the dense sage-brush growing on the 
sides of the foothills, vast quantities of Orthoptera of many species 
were to be found. Collecting here was somewhat difficult owing to the 
steep hillside and the agility of the majority of the species, as well as 
the difficulty of following more interesting specimens on account of 
the quantities of more common species which everywhere swarmed. 
At a greater elevation on the sides of these hills the sage-brush gave 
place somewhat to grasses and other low growing plants, where Orthop- 
tera were less prevalent but more desirable. On thesummits, however, 
the ground was pebbly and overgrown with sparse and stunted grasses, 
in which situations many most desirable species were abundant and 

.could be easily taken in the scanty vegetation. In one grassy hollow 
near the top of the foothills, among scattered bushes near a thicket 


360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


of aspen, I found species which did not seem present in the surrounding 
sections, among which were Hippiscus maculatus, Circotettix rabula, 
Bradynotes obesa and Melanoplus alpinus. 

At the head of the hot springs I found a plot of marsh grass among 
the stunted pines which revealed several species of crickets and other 
Orthopterous insects not found in the surrounding country. On the 
summits of the higher foothills nearby an even greater variety of the 
more interesting forms were found. 

Apollinaris Spring, elevation 7,250 feet. Material collected here 
was from dense pine woods. 

Fountain, Lower Geyser Basin, elevation 7,230 feet. Very few 
specimens could be found here, the pine woods nearby revealing 
nothing whatever, while but very few individuals were taken on the 
geyser formation and in the short grass near the hotel. This was the 
most unfavorable locality found in the Park. 

Old Faithful Inn, Upper Geyser Basin, elevation 7,830 feet. Here 
two distinct collecting localities were accessible in which few though 
interesting forms were found. Between Old Faithful geyser and the 
Firehole river a space of short grass contained numerous Arphia 
pseudonietana, while on the surrounding geyser formations the same 
species could be found in very small numbers. Back of the Inn, among 
the short but thickly-growing pines, several species of Melanoplus 
(M. bruneri and fasciatus) were found which were not met with else- 
where in the Park. Unlike most of the Yellowstone localities, long and 
diligent search was required to secure each specimen. 

Norris Pass, Continental Divide, elevation 8,240-8,320 feet. About 
the Norris Pass the vegetation was scanty owing to the elevation. In 
the more open spaces a short grass grew plentifully and several species 
of Orthoptera could have been taken in numbers had time permitted. 

The Thumb, Yellowstone Lake. About The Thumb on the shore of 
Yellowstone Lake the vegetation was heavy, but owing to the few 
cleared spaces but few Orthoptera were found. 

Exit of the Yellowstone River, elevation 7,742 feet. At this point 
above the high abrupt bank on the left side is a large treeless expanse 
covered by high plants and shrubs. In this location all forms of insect 
life were very plentiful, and many varieties of boreal Lepidoptera were 
noticed. The Orthoptera of this section differed materially from 
that found in the more arid geyser regions. 

Mud Volcano, elevation 7,740 feet. Collecting here was done on 
sandy soil. : 

Near Grand Cajion, elevation 8,000 feet. The country about the 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361 


Grand Cafion much resembled that about Yellowstone Lake, but 
Orthoptera were less abundant. As in other parts of the Park, very 
few specimens could be found in the woods, 


UTasH. 


Vicinity of Salt Lake City, Salt Lake Co., elevation 4,230-6,000 feet. 
About Salt Lake City I found the vicinity of Ensign Peak (top 6,000 
feet elevation) by far the most productive collecting ground. There 
the soil was dry and gravelly, but covered with a somewhat sturdy 
growth of sage-brush and other desert plants. In this place Orthoptera 
swarmed and great difficulty was experienced in following scarce 
specimens among the legions of less desirable ones. About the foot 
of the hill was the most productive situations, but great numbers were 
found both on the hillside and at the top. 

In a dry field of cut alfalfa some miles south of the city (elevation 
4,230 feet) collecting was profitable among the stubble, although both 
there and in the surrounding country far fewer species were to be 
found than was expected and nothing of the variety found in the more 
barren region about Ensign Peak. 


CoLORADO. 


Grand Junction, Mesa Co., elevation 4,573 feet. In the dry sandy 
country at this locality quite good collecting was found, though recent 
freshets had washed over much of the ground, and the only vegetation 
in most places consisted of tall seraggy bushes. 

Antlers, Garfield Co., elevation 5,310 feet. An area of cactus and 
sage at this locality proved very productive in the few minutes spent 
there. 

Debeque, Mesa Co., elevation 4,935 feet, and Newcastle, Garfield Co., 
elevation 5,552 feet. Both localities in the rather arid cafion of the 
Grand River. 

Vicinity of Colorado Springs, El Paso Co. To the east of the city in 
the prairie (elevation about 6,000 feet) Orthoptera were present in 
countless numbers. The true prairie-grass land revealed many species, 
while the more luxuriant grass about a small stagnant pond produced 
other species. This locality, while somewhat dry, was nothing like the 
parched sage-brush plains in which collecting was done at other places. 
Austin Bluffs (elevation 6,960 feet) rise abruptly from the prairie land, 
many dry shrubs growing upon them, plentifully interspersed with 
scrub pines. 

Vicinity of Manitou, El Paso Co. The mesa (elevation 6,400 feet) 


362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


at this locality was somewhat like the prairie at Colorado Springs, but 
not nearly as productive. On the hillside near the Pike’s Peak railroad 
station (elevation 6,700 feet) Orthoptera were plentiful among the 
high grasses and scrub oak thickets. The Garden of the Gods (eleva- 
tion 6,300 feet) proved everywhere unproductive except a small field 
of tall grass near the Manitou street-car line. Many species were to 
be found here in numbers. 

Pike’s Peak. The summit of Pike’s Peak (elevation 14,147 feet) is 
a mass of huge boulders with no apparent vegetation. The region 
about Windy Point (12,000-12,300 feet) is treeless and very steep. A 
short but sturdy grass grows everywhere that the quantity of huge 
jagged rocks permit, and in this grass a few species of Orthoptera 
such as Gomphocerus clavatus, Melanoplus altitudinum, fasciatus and 
monticola were quite plentiful. 

Along the timber-line (11,578 feet) in the stunted vegetation Orthop- 
tera were somewhat more varied, but not as interesting as those at 
Windy Point. At Middle Hudsonian (elevation 10,500 feet) and above 
the pump station (elevation 10,100 feet) the forest of quaking aspen 
was exceedingly unproductive and very few specimens were seen. In 
Dark Cafion (elevation 8,900-9,000 feet) in spite of an abundance of 
grass few Orthoptera could be found, although other forms of insect 
life were plentiful. On the densely wooded upper slope of Dark Cation 
work was attended with less success than in the burned-over forest. 

Cripple Creek, Teller Co., elevation 9,591 feet. The few specimens 
taken at Cripple Creek were from the tailings about the mines. 

Fort Morgan, Morgan Co., elevation 4,338 feet. A rank growth of 
weeds along the railroad track at this place swarmed with Orthoptera, 
and in a few minutes a number of interesting forms were taken. 


MANTID&A. 


LITANEUTRIA Saussure. 
Litaneutria minor (Scudder). 

Antlers, Colorado, Aug. 15, 1 immature 2. 

This specimen is referred to this species with some uncertainty, as it 
may represent L. borealis Bruner, which, however, is of doubtful 
validity. 

This individual was taken on dry soil among dense beds of cactus 
and sage. 


1 Vide Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, pp. 463, 464. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363 


ACRIDIDZ. 


ACRYDIIN#®. 
ACRYDIUM Geoffroy. 
Acrydium granulatum Kirby. 

Hill at head of springs, Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, 
Aug. 5, 2 immature specimens. 

Careful search revealed no mature specimens. 

Acrydium crassum (Morse). 

Manitou, Colorado, 6,324 feet, Aug. 16, 3 &, 8 2 ; 6,700 feet, Aug. 
2B I Ch, lS, 

This species has previously been recorded from localities in northern 
and north-central Colorado: Fort Collins, Laporte, Steamboat Springs, 
Poudre river, Platte Canyon and Denver. 

This species was found among the mountain-loving plants in the 
immediate vicinity of scrub oak bushes. It appeared to be extremely 
local, for I found it in but one small area, where, however, it was 
common. 


ACRIDIN &. 
SYRBULA Stal. 
Syrbula admirabilis (Uhler). 
St. Louis, Missouri, Aug. 27,18 o, 12 9. 
These specimens are inseparable from New Jersey individuals. 
A common species in the tall weeds of a vacant lot in the city. 


ACROLOPHITUS Thomas. 
Acrolophitus hirtipes (Say). 

Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, 6,215 and 6,500 feet, 
Aug. 5,2 0°. Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 18,4.0,9 2. Prairie 
land, Colorado Springs, Aug. 18,1 2. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, 
Aug. 17-22,7 3,13 @. 

This series exhibits a great range of color variation, extending from 
the typical blotched form to the uniform one tentatively named 
uniformis by Bruner.’ The latter does not appear worthy of recogni- 
tion, as the extremes and intermediates are present in both the larger 
series examined. 

This species was quite scarce on the hillsides about the Mammoth Hot 
Springs, being found among sage and mountain plants. On the prairie 
outside of Colorado Springs the species was extremely plentiful and 


? Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 47. 


IS FASS Si, 
ge ao 


364 PROCEEDINGS OF- THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


easily captured. The insect is not swift of flight and often relies on 
its strongly protective coloration to escape detection. 


Or 


Fig. 1.—Akentetus unicolor McNeill. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado. 
Lateral view of male. (> 5.) 


AKENTETUS MeNeill. 


Akentetus unicolor McNeill. 


Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 5, 1 2. Knob 


Fig. 2.—Akentetus unicolor Mc- 
Neill. Knob Hill, Colorado 
Springs, Colorado. Dorsal view 
of head and pronotum of male. 
(X 5.) 


Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 
17,2 &. Akron, Washington Co., Col- 
orado, Aug. 24,1. 

This scarce species, previously re- 
corded only from the type locality 
(‘‘Colorado’’) and Lakin, Kansas, is 
also represented in the Academy collec- 
tion by a male from Nebraska and a 
female from Livermore, Larimer Co., 
Colorado, the latter taken July 23, 
1899. The pattern of coloration is very 
similar to that of Amphitornus, but the 
longitudinal bars' are narrower. In 
the Akron and Mammoth Hot Springs 
specimens the postocular regions are 
distinetly infuscate. The bars on the 
caudal femora are distinct in all the 
specimens examined. 

The four specimens of this species 
taken were captured in three decidedly 
different locations. At Mammoth Hot 


Se 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365 


Springs one was taken on the hillside among sage-brush. At Knob 
Hill two were captured on the prairie, while at Akron it was taken in 
a dry situation near the railroad. 


AMPHITORNUS MeNeill. 


Amphitornus coloradus (Thomas). 
1872. S[tenobothrus] bicolor Thomas, Prelim. Rep. U.S. Geol. Sur. Montana, 
4658 


1873. S[tenobothrus] coloradus Thomas, Synopsis Acrid. N. Amer., p. 82. 

Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 5,4 2, 1 nymph. 
Summit of foothills near Mammoth Hot Springs, 6,500 feet, Aug. 5, 3 
2. Hill at head of Mammoth Hot Springs, 7,000 feet, Aug. 5,1 2. 
Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 13,1 2. Hill near Salt Lake City, 4,700 
feet, Aug. 13 and 14,30,2 2. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, 
Aug. 17-22,4 0,1 2. Prairie land, Colorado Springs, Aug. 18,1 2. 

The series examined contains both the typical form and the suffused 
form called ‘‘ Var. a’’ by Thomas. This is apparently the first record 
of the species from Utah. 

This species was found in Wyoming, Utah and Colorado in almost 
the same numbers. Each specimen seen was captured, if that was in 
any way possible. The insect was found among the sage on hillsides 
and also among the grasses of the prairie. 


OPEIA McNeill. 
Opeia obscura (Thomas). 

Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 13,1 2. Colorado Springs, Colorado, 
Aug. 18,1 2. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Aug. 17-22, 65 &, 62 @. 
Prairie land, Colorado Springs, Aug. 18, 2 &, 2 2. Garden of the 
Gods, Colorado, Aug. 19,1 &. 

Specimens of this species were received from Prof. C. P. Gillette from 
Merino, Lamar, Snyder and Fort Collins, Colorado, labelled Eritettix 
variabilis with a query. The Salt Lake City specimen is apparently 
the first recorded west of the Rockies. 

About Colorado Springs on the prairie this species was to be found 
in countless numbers. The males are very rapid in their movements, 
but so common were they that sometimes over a dozen would be taken 
with one sweep of the net. 


CORDILLACRIS Rehn. 
Cordillacris occipitalis (Thomas). 


Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 18, 1 2. Knob Hill, Colorado 


3TInvalidated by Stenobothrus bicolor (Charpentier), the combination dating 
from Sélys-Longchamps, 1868 (Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., XI, p. 31). 


366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


Springs, Aug. 18-22, 1 o&, 2 2. Austin Bluffs, Colorado Springs, 
Aug. 18,8 0,6 2. Prairie land, Colorado Springs, Aug. 18, 1 . 

This was an extremely scarce species on the grassy prairie, but among 
the low plants growing in a forest of dwarf pines on Austin Bluffs it 
was quite common. ‘The insects spring about rapidly and are also able 
to fly well. 

Cordillacris cinerea (Bruner). 

Sphinx, Park Co., Montana, Aug. 4,1 co. Austin Bluffs, Colorado 
Springs, Colorado, Aug. 18,2 2. 

This form appears to be hardly separable from the preceding. 

The male captured was taken in the sage-brush. So rapidly did 
it jump about that several minutes were occupied in making the cap- 
ture, as I had no net at the time. 

Cordillacris crenulata (Bruner). 

Antlers, Garfield Co., Colorado, Aug. 15, 2 2. Colorado Springs, 
Colorado, Aug. 18,1 2. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Aug. 17-22, 
8 %,10 2. Austin Bluffs, Colorado Springs, Aug. 18,1 2. Garden 
of the Gods, Aug. 17 and 19,1 ',3 @. 

This species was quite plentiful in the grass of the prairie outside 
Colorado Springs. It was also taken among cactus and sage, in a 
damp grassy meadow and among the low scattered plants growing in 
a forest of dwarf pines. 


PHLIBOSTROMA Scudder. 
Phlibostroma quadrimaculatum (Thomas). 

Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 18, 2 &, 2 2. Knob Hill, Colo- 
rado Springs, Aug. 17-22, 56 3’, 39 2. Manitou, Colorado, Aug. 23, 
1 2. Garden of the Gods, Colorado, Aug. 17-23,8 &, 5 2. Akron, 
Washington Co., Colorado, Aug. 24,1 o',1 9. 

One of the extremely plentiful species found in the prairie. Hun- 
dreds could have been taken in a short time. Quite a diversity of 
coloration occurred in the specimens, for among those taken were both 
brown and green-marked individuals. The females were generally 
of the green form, while the males were more of the wholly brown type. 


ORPHULELLA Giglio-Tos. 
Orphulella pelidna (Burmeister). 
Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Aug. 17-22,5 %,5 92. 
The separation of O. pratorum from this form is a task apparently 
hopeless. For the present at least we prefer to call these pelidna, as 
pratorum as understood by us, on the basis of material from the south- 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367 


eastern States and New Jersey, appears to be slenderer with longer 
wings. However these differential characters are only averages, 
numerous specimens which cannot otherwise be separated from the 
usual pratorum type being intermediate in proportions. 

The species was found in short marshy grass growing about a shallow 
pond in the prairie. Considerable search was required to find the ten 
specimens captured. 


Orphulella salina Scudder. 

Grand Junction, Colorado, Aug. 15,1 &%. 

This species has previously been recorded from Grand Junction and 
Montrose, Colorado, by Caudell,t and Grand Junction and Delta by 
Gillette.° 

This specimen was taken in short grass near the Grand river, in a 
locality which had been recently inundated. No other specimens of 
Orthoptera were seen about this location. 


DICHROMORPHA Morse. 
Dichromorpha viridis (Scudder). 
Table Rock, Pawnee Co., Nebraska, Aug. 25,1 %,1 2. St. Louis, 
Missouri, Aug. 27,2 2. 
In both localities plentiful among thick grass and weeds. 


CHLOEALTIS Harris. 
Chloéaltis abdominalis (Thomas). 

Summit of foothill of Gallatin Range, Mammoth Hot Springs, 
Yellowstone Park, 7,000 feet, Aug. 5,4 o', 7 2. Manitou, Colorado, 
6,300-6,900 feet, Aug. 23,7 o',4 2. 

The male individuals are inseparable from a specimen of the same 
sex from Pequaming, Michigan, while the females are similar to 
individuals of that sex from Manitoba and Truchas Peak, New 
Mexico. The Truchas Peak specimen is slightly smaller with rather 
slenderer caudal limbs. 

This species was doubtfully recorded from Colorado by Cockerell ° 
as taken at Willow Creek, Cusack Ranch, Custer County, in September. 

At Mammoth Hot Springs I found this species in a small glade at 
the top of the foothills. Here in the thick grass growing about a 
clump of aspen the series listed above was taken with little difficulty. 
The males of this species are very quick and wary, but the females are 


4 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, p. 782. 
5 Bull. 94, Colo. Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 26. 
° Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XX, p. 337. 


368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


extremely heavy and slow, and appear to rely a great deal on their 
protective resemblance to a bit of twig. The stridulation of the 


Fig. 3.—Chloéaltis abdominalis (Thomas). Manitou, Colorado. Lateral view 
of male. (xX 4.) 


FP 


Fig. 4.—Chloéaltis abdominalis (Thomas). Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone 
Park. Lateral view of female. (x 3.) 


males much resembles that of C. conspersa, but is not nearly so loud. 
At Manitou, I found this species in about the same numbers among 
the scrub oaks and mountain-loving plants of a steep hillside. The 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369 


Species appeared to be very local in habitat and, if a colony of the 
insect is not found, long search for the species 
would very probably be useless. 


STAURODERUS Bolivar.’ 
Stauroderus curtipennis (Harris). 


Muir, Bozeman Tunnel, Park-Gallatin Co., 
Montana, Aug. 12,1 2. Sappington, Gallatin 
Co., Montana, Aug. 12,1 o. Hill at head of 
Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 
5,2 %,1 2. Fountain, Lower Geyser Basin, 
Yellowstone Park, Aug. 6, 1 co. Near Grand 
Cafion, Yellowstone Park, 8,000 feet, Aug. 10, 
2%, 22. Yellowstone Lake, Aug. 8,5 o, 4 
2. Emerald Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 


7,20,2 2. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Aug. Pie eChiaeaiee che 
17,1 2. Manitou, Colorado, Aug. 16 and 23, dominalis (Thomas). 
5.5 2 Mammoth Hot 
aT . ae Springs, Yellowstone 
These specimens vary considerably in size and Park. Dorsal view 
somewhat in structure, but such variation is par- 0! _head and prono- 


: : 3 tumoffemale. (3.) 
alleled in Eastern specimens, from which they 


cannot be separated. 

This species was rather boreal in distribution and was found in 
numbers in tall marshy grass in a large open pasture on the shore of 
Yellowstone Lake. It was also found plentiful at Manitou, Colorado, 
in the same locality as Chloéaltis abdominalis. At Muir, Mammoth 
Hot Springs and Manitou the species was found in dry locations, 
all the other localities in which it was found being more or less damp. 
The stridulations of the males resemble sik-sik-sik-sik swiftly repeated, 
the sound being neither loud nor sharp. 


PLATYBOTHRUS Scudder. 
Platybothrus brunneus (Thomas). 


Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 5,2 %. Summit 
of foothills near Mammoth Hot Springs, Aug. 5,4 o&, 4 2. Summit 
5 


of foothill of Gallatin Range, Mammoth Hot Springs, Aug. 5,1 0,5 2. 


7 This. generic name (Catal. Sinopt. Ortépt. Fauna Ibérica, pp. 46, 57, 1898) 
should be used in this connection in place of Stenobothrus if we recognize Bolivar’s 
divisions as genera, as has been done by Burr (Entom. Record and Journ. Variat., 
XVI, p. 320). If these groups are recognized as of only subgeneric rank, Fieber’s 
Chorthippus must be used as the generic term in place of Stenobothrus, as has 
already been done in several previous papers by the senior author. 


370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


On geyser formation, Mammoth Hot Springs, Aug. 5, 1 2. Top of 
bare hill opposite Devil’s Kitchen, Mammoth Hot Springs, Aug. 5,1 2. 
Meadows near Norris Pass, Continental Divide, Yellowstone Park, 
Aug. 5,1 2. Near Grand Cafion, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 10, 2 &. 

These specimens have the caudal tibie with pale proximal annuli 
followed by dull glaucous and with the distal third reddish. 

This species is distinetly boreal and apparently uncommon in 
collections, the only definite records being from Fort McLeod, southern 
Alberta, several localities in Idaho, Fort McKinney, Wyoming, and 
Estes Park, Colorado. Individuals from all except the Idaho localities 
have been examined. 

The specimens taken were all found among the more boreal forms of 
vegetation in the Park. Nowhere was it possible to take a large 
series of specimens, in spite of the fact that when found individuals 
were easily captured. The insects move about quite hurriedly on 
the ground, and when disturbed can also use their wings advantage- 
ously. 


GOMPHOCERUS Thunberg. 


Gomphocerus clavatus Thomas. 

Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 5,6 2. Summit 
of foothill of Gallatin Range, Mammoth Hot Springs, Aug. 5, 1 @. 
Manitou, Colorado, 6,800-7,000 feet, Aug. 23, 2 o', 5 2. Pike’s 
Peak, 10,200 feet, Aug. 20, 1 2 ; Dark Cajion, 8,920-9,000 feet, Aug. 16,8 
3,4 2 ; above Windy Point, 12,300 feet, Aug. 20,16 o,8 2, 6nymphs; 
below Windy Point, 12,000 feet, Aug. 20, 6 o&; along timber line, 
11,578 feet, Aug. 20, 1 co‘; Mountain View, 9,700 feet, Aug. 20,2 0,5 2. 

With this series of nearly seventy specimens, and twenty others in 
the collection of the Academy, we are unable to find any constant 
character or characters to separate the three so-called American species 
of this genus. We have attempted to apply the characters given by 
Bruner® to distinguish them, but the Windy Point series exhibits 
enough variation to prove the futility of attempting to recognize 
several species. The length of the antenne and the angulation of 
the fastigium vary to a great extent, and the inflation of the cephalic 
tibise of the males apparently is as variable as in the European species 
of the genus. 

I found this species by no means abundant about the Mammoth 
Hot Springs, but took it in both the highest and lowest locations. On 


5 Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, pp. 92, 93. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371 


the hillside above Manitou, Colorado, I found the species in about the 
same numbers as at the Hot Springs. From Dark Cafion to the 
highest grassy locations on Pike’s Peak, however, the species was 
common in all favorable locations. The insects were found most 
common in all open grassy spots, especially above the timber-line 
where short grasses grow everywhere between the scattered boulders. 
The males are very active and are constantly stridulating—sik-sik-sik- 
sik—a sound louder but similar to that produced by Stawroderus 
curttpennis.. The females are slow and clumsy in their movements, 
appearing quite different from the males. 


PSOLOESSA Scudder. 
Psoloessa maculipennis Scudder. 

Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 17,1 2. 

This specimen is somewhat smaller than Kansas and New Mexican 
individuals of the species. The previous Colorado record of this 
species was simply ‘‘Southern Colorado.’’ 

While sweeping the prairie grass, a single specimen of this species 
was taken from among the hundreds of more common species. So 
great was the number of common Orthoptera in this locality that it 
was impossible to search for the scarcer individuals, but this species 
was not met with again even though much sweeping was done in the 
same vicinity. 


AGENEOTETTIX McNeill. 
Ageneotettix deorum (Scudder). 

Livingston, Park Co., Montana, Aug. 4, 1 oc’. Salt Lake City, 
Utah, Aug. 13-14,9 3,6 2. Grand Junction, Colorado, Aug. 15,1 o. 
Antlers, Colorado, Aug. 15, 3 o, 1 9. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, 
Colorado, Aug. 17-22, 73 &, 87 2. Austin Bluffs, Colorado Springs, 
Aug. 18, 2 2. Manitou, Colorado, Aug. 16,3 &, 2 2. Garden of 
the Gods, Colorado, Aug. 17 and 19, 3 &, 3 29. Roggen, Weld Co., 
Colorado, Aug. 24,1 2. Akron, Washington Co., Colorado, Aug. 24, 
PAR 

With this extensive series before me, I am unable to separate Bruner’s 
scudderi and occidentalis. The characters given by him in his key of 
the species of this genus ° do not appear to be constant, as specimens 
from the type locality (Garden of the Gods) cannot be separated from 
others from the supposed range of occidentalis (Salt Lake City, Grand 
Junction and Antlers), while a sufficient series from any one locality 


® Bull. 94, Colo. Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 58, 1904. 


372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


contains individuals with the characters supposed to be diagnostic of 
any of the three forms and numerous others which cannot be placed 
in one or the other of the three ‘‘species.”’ 

This was one of the most plentiful species encountered. It was 
found in many of the arid localities, but on the prairie it truly swarmed. 
Each sweep of the net would take a dozen or more specimens in this 
location, and so great were its numbers that other scarcer specimens, 
even when seen, would often easily escape in the myriads of this species. 


AULOCARA Scudder. 
Aulocara elliotti (Thomas). 

Gray Cliff, Sweet Grass Co., Montana, Aug. 4,2 co’, 4 2. Living- 
ston, Park Co., Montana, Aug. 4,1 2. Electric, Park Co., Montana, 
Aug. 4,1 2. Summit of foothills near Mammoth Hot Springs, Yel- 
lowstone Park, Aug. 5, 5 o', 6 2. Top of Ensign Peak, Salt Lake 
City, Utah, Aug. 13, 1 2. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, 
Aug. 17 and 22, 3 od’. Prairie land, Colorado Springs, Aug. 18, 3 @. 
Garden of the Gods, Aug. 17, 19 and 23, 11 &, 4 9. 

The largest series of this species was taken in a meadow of tall grasses 
and weeds at the western entrance of the Garden of the Gods. It was 
also taken on the prairie at Colorado Springs, in dry grass and sage 
at Gray Cliff and in the other localities in hilly sage-brush locations. 
Aulocara femoratum Scudder. 

Gray Cliff, Sweet Grass Co., Montana, Aug. 4, 1 co’. Garden of the 
Gods, Colorado, Aug. 17, 19 and 23,3 9. 

As stated by Gillette 1° the females of this species are very similar 
to the same sex of elliotti, and rather difficult to distinguish. The 
slenderer caudal femora of jemoratwm are probably one of the best 
differential characters. The Montana record is the most northerly 
for the species. 

The specimen taken in Montana was captured among the dried 
grasses in prairie land. Had I had more time in this locality I think 
more specimens could possibly have been taken. In the Garden ‘of 
the Gods the species was scarce, the only individuals taken being 
captured in the grass near the western entrance. 

Aulocara parallelum Scudder. 

Hillside at Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 18, 2 o&, 2 2. Top of 
Ensign Peak, Salt Lake City, Aug. 13,1 o,1 92. Antlers, Colorado, 
Aug. 15,2 o. 


10 Bull, 94, Colo. Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 30, 1904. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


73 


The color of the caudal tibiew, which were missing in the types, is 
similar to that of A. elliotti, with the pale proximal annuli more dis- 


Fig. 6.—Aulocara parallelum Scudder. Salt Lake City, Utah. 


female. (X 3.) 


tinct in the females than in the males. The blackish 
postocular stripe mentioned by Scudder appears to be 
a variable character and is absent in some specimens 
and distinet in others. 

The Antlers specimens are the first recorded out- 
side of Salt Lake Valley. 

This species was scarce in both localities in which 
it was taken. I found it on dry soil overgrown with 
sage, and owing to the activity of the individuals not 
many of even the few seen were taken. The caudal 
limbs of this species are so loosely attached that they 
snap off at the least strain and perfect specimens were 
consequently difficult to secure. 


CEDIPODIN-£. 


ARPHIA Stal. 
Arphia pseudonietana (Thomas). 
Upper Geyser Basin, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 7, 3 
6,12. Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 13,16. Hill- 
side at Salt Lake City, Aug. 14, 1 o',1 2. Prairie 


25 


Lateral view of 


Fig. 7.—Auloca- 
ra parallelum 
Scudder. Salt 
Lake City, 
Utah. Dorsal 
view of head 
and pronotum 
offemale. (x _ 
3.) 


374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


land, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 18, 1 co’, 1 2. Akron, Color- 
ado, Aug. 24,1 o. 

This series presents the variation in the intensity of the overlying 
blotches of dark brown usual in the species, and which in specimens of 
a light base color produces a strongly maculate type. The specimens 
from Upper Geyser Basin all have the sutural margin of the tegmina 
distinctly and broadly marked with pinkish ochraceous. 

In the Upper Geyser Basin this species was to be found in small 
numbers in the small grassy spots between the geyser formations and 
the Firehole river. In the other localities the species was scarce. 
Its flight is very vigorous and accompanied by a loud clattering. 


Arphia arcta Scudder. 

Hill at head of Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 5, 
RE 

This specimen has the wings orange red. 

The individual collected was the only representative of the species 
seen. 


CHORTOPHAGA Saussure. 


Chortophaga viridifasciata (De Geer). 
St. Louis, Missouri, Aug. 27,12. 


ENCOPTOLOPHUS Scudder. 
Encoptolophus coloradensis Bruner. 
Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 17, 1 o. 
The recognition of this distinct species was quite a surprise. Its 
closest ally is #. sordidus, from which it is separated by numerous 


Fig. 8—Encoptolophus coloradensis Bruner. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, 
Colorado. Lateral view of male. (X 3.) 


characters. The only published record is the original description, 
the type being from Fort Collins, Colorado. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375 


This specimen was beaten from the rank growth of weeds about a 
small water-filled depression in the prairie. Owing to the immense 
number of common species in this place no other 
specimens of this species was noticed, and much beat- 
ing in the same locality failed to secure additional 
specimens. 


CAMNULA Stal. 
Camnula pellucida (Scudder). 

Waco, Montana, Aug. 4, 3 co, 2 9. Emigrant, 
Montana, Aug. 4,12. Daileys, Montana, Aug. 4, 1 
2. Sphinx, Montana, Aug. 4,12. Electric, Mon- 
tana, Aug. 4,1 2. Muir, Bozeman Tunnel, Montana, 
Aug. 12,1 c%,2 2. Sappington, Montana, Aug. 12, 1 
o. Spire Rock, Montana, Aug. 12,1. Mammoth Fig. 9.—Encop- 
Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park: hill at head of springs, iolopiias ea 
Aug. 5, 1 2 ; on geyser formation at the upper end of ner. Knob 
springs, Aug. 5, 1°. Fountain, Lower Geyser Basin, eee eee 
Yellowstone Park, Aug. 6,1. Upper Geyser Basin, orado. Dorsal 
Yellowstone Park, Aug. 7, 1 co. The Thumb, Yel- view of head 

and pronotum 
lowstone Park, Aug. 7,1 2. Near Grand Cafion, of male. (*3.) 
Yellowstone Park, Aug. 10,12. Yellowstone Lake, 
Aug. 7, 1 2. Upper slope of Dark Cafion, Pike’s Peak, Colorado, 
Aug. 16,4 0,1 2,1 nymph. 

The specimens from Waco are very interesting as they are exceed- 
ingly pale in color, some appearing rather uniform dull straw color 
with the maculations much reduced and quite feeble; others have the 
maculations distinct but the lighter shades all the same color as in 
the other pale individuals. The specimen from geyser formation at 
Mammoth Hot Springs is coated with the mineral deposit. 

This species was one of the most plentiful of those found in Montana. 
At Waco the insects fairly swarmed in the dry prairie grass and sage. 
In this locality the specimens were extremely pale in coloration; 
exactly the color of the plants on which they were found. I have 
never seen greater swarms of insects than those of C. pellucida in the 
sage at the foot of the hills at Mammoth Hot Springs. The species was 
everywhere in Montana far more plentiful in the low dry locations, but 
in Colorado I found it only at a considerable elevation in Dark Cation, 
Pike’s Peak. One specimen was found in the Mammoth Hot Springs 
completely coated by the white formation. In another spring quite 
a few specimens of this and other species were found dead, killed 


probably by the fumes. 


376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


HIPPISCUS Saussure. 

Hippiscus rugosus (Scudder). 

St. Louis, Missouri, Aug. 27,1 9. 

A single specimen of this species was seen and taken in a vacant 
city lot overgrown with weeds. 
Hippiscus conspicuus Scudder. 

Colorado Springs, Aug. 17,1 @. 

But one specimen of this species was seen. 


Hippiscus maculatus Scudder. 

Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park: summit of neighboring 
foothills, Aug. 5, 1 2 ; summit of foothills of Gallatin Range, Aug. 5, 
ne. 

A little doubt is attached to the identification of these specimens. 

This species was scarce, but other specimens could have been taken 
had not the country been so hilly. Specimens would rise from the 
sage-brush hillside and fly some distance much more swiftly than one 
could follow. 


Hippiscus altivolus Scudder. 
Near Mountain View, Pike’s Peak, Colorado, 10,100 feet, Aug. 20,1. 
This is apparently the first additional record of the species since the 


eae a3 


% A 


Fig. 10.—Hippiscus altivolus Scudder. Pike’s Peak, Colorado. Lateral view of 
male. (xX 3.) 


original description (Mt. Lincoln, Colorado, above timber, 11,000- 
13,000 feet above sea-level; Como, Colorado, 9,500 feet). 

This specimen was found on the cog-wheel railroad track, in a spot 
where on each side almost the only vegetation was a dense thicket of 
aspen. The insect’s flight was erratic and exceedingly swift. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377 


Hippiscus neglectus (Thomas). 

Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 5, 3 2 ; summit of 
neighboring foothills, Aug. 5, 2 o, 4 2 ; summit of foothills of Gallatin 
Range, Aug. 5, 3 Q ; hill at head of springs, Aug. 5, 1 co; top of bare 
hill opposite Devil’s Kitchen, Aug. 5,1 <',3 2. Upper Geyser Basin, 
Yellowstone Park, Aug. 7,1 2. The Thumb, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 
7,1. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, 7,000 feet, Aug. 17,1 9. 

This species varies considerably in size and greatly in the intensity 
of the color pattern and the sutural stripe. Individuals from Camas 
Prairie, Idaho, have been used for comparison. 

About the Mammoth Hot Springs this species was the most plentiful 
of the larger Orthoptera. It preferred the hillsides to other locations, 
and, owing to its somewhat lighter form than other species of the genus 
found in that locality, it proved swift of flight and not always easy to 
capture. The single specimen taken at The Thumb was found in a 
small grassy space in the woods. Only one specimen was seen on the 
grassy prairie at Knob Hill, Colorado Springs. 


LEPRUS Saussure. 
Leprus interior Bruner. 

Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 13,1 2. Hillside at Salt Lake City, 
Aug. 13 and 14,4 6',7 @. 

These individuals agree well with a pair received from Prof. Bruner 
labelled Salt Lake City, and as a series are smaller and more conspicu- 
ously colored than a pair of L. cyaneus from Nephista, Colorado. The 
latter have the dark bars on the tegmina subobsolete, the light sutural 
stripes and a transverse median light bar being the only distinct mark- 
ings. In the Salt Lake specimens the bars are distinct and rather 
regular, comparatively little variation being exhibited. Several of 
the latter specimens have the blue of the caudal tibize weaker than in 
the other individuals. 

This series was only taken after long and careful search. There was 
but one place on the steepest portion of Ensign Peak where the insect 
could be found, and although the females were easily captured when 
found, the males flew vigorously. So steep was the hillside that it was 
bare of everything but scattered grasses and an occasional sage-bush. 
When at rest the insects were wonderfully protected by their colora- 
tion. 


DISSOSTEIRA Scudder. 
Dissosteira carolina (Linnzus). 
Billings, Yellowstone Co., Montana, Aug. 4,1 o',1 2. Salt Lake 


378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


City, Utah, Aug. 13 and 14, 2 2. Grand Junction, Colorado, Aug. 
15, 1 &, 1 Y. Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 17, 3 oh, 2 @. 
Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Aug. 17-22, 6 co‘, 1 2. Fort Morgan, 
Morgan Co., Colorado, Aug. 24,1 9. 

Everywhere common in dusty locations. 


Dissosteira longipennis (Thomas). 

Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 17 and 18,2 ch‘, 1 2. Knob Hill, 
Colorado Springs, Aug. 17 and 18,4 3,1 @. 

Specimens have also been examined from Denyer, Pueblo, Fort 
Morgan and La Junta, Colorado, and Sidney, Nebraska. 

A somewhat scarce species and one of the wariest insects collected. I 
found the specimens on the prairie, and would sometimes be obliged 
to follow one several hundred yards before an opportunity was offered 
to capture it. The flight of this insect is swift and high and often of 
considerable length. 


Dissosteira spurcata Saussure. 

Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 13 and 14,13 6',5 @. 

This series exhibits a great amount of variation in the intensity of 
the color pattern, some individuals being very dull, almost uniform, 
while others have a strikingly contrasted pattern. As previously 
remarked by Saussure, this species bears a considerable superficial 
resemblance to Spharagemon venustum. 

These specimens were all taken in a field of alfalfa stubble. 
Although in this locality the species was abundant, specimens were 
not taken with ease owing to their extreme wariness and their sudden 
zigzag flight. Their coloration was of great protective value, as when 
at rest it was almost impossible to distinguish them from the dried 
alfalfa. 


SPHARAGEMON Scudder. 


Spharagemon equale (Say). 

Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 17 and 18,3 o&',3 2. Knob Hill, 
Colorado Springs, Aug. 18,1 co‘, 1 2. Prairie land, Colorado Springs, 
Aug. 18,1 6',4 2. Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 13,2 o',3 9. Hill- 
side at Salt Lake City, Aug. 14,1 2. 

One specimen only is collared, a female from the prairie at Colorado 
Springs. , 

This species was moderately abundant on the grassy plain near 
Colorado Springs and was easily captured, as it was by no means as 
active as other species of the genus. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379 


Spharagemon bolli Scudder. 

Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, 7,000 feet, Aug. 17, 2 &. 
Manitou, Colorado, 6,900-7,000 feet, Aug. 23,5 0,3 &. 

These specimens are not separable from New Jersey specimens of 
the species. 

Very few specimens of this species were found on the prairie, but it 
was quite common on a path leading through pine woods on the hills 
above Manitou. 


Spharagemon collare (Scudder). 

Billings, Yellowstone Co., Montana, Aug. 4,1. Colorado Springs, 
Colorado, Aug. 17 and 18, 2 &, 4 2. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, 
Aug. 17-22, 14 o&', 37 2. Roggen, Weld Co., Colorado, Aug. 24,1 co. 

The specimen from Billings is assigned here with some doubt. One 
of the most plentiful of the large species found on the prairie. 


Spharagemon collare angustipenne Morse. 

Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 13,2 2. 

The two individuals recorded here were taken in the stubble field 
in which Dissosteira spurcata was abundant. This form appeared to be 
quite scarce. 


DEROTMEMA Scudder. 
Derotmema cupidineum Scudder. 


Whitehall, Jefferson Co., Montana, Aug. 12,1. Grand Junction, 
Mesa Co., Colorado, Aug.15,4,32. Antlers, Garfield Co., Colorado, 
Atiox 5: 9) ns) Q* 

These specimens are slightly larger than the original measurements 
given by Scudder, but otherwise fit the description quite well. The 
species appears to be readily separable from D. haydeni by the slightly 
longer and distinctly slenderer caudal femora. The pectinate char- 
acter of the metazonal rugosities is not characteristic of haydenz, as 
each of the above series contains specimens in that respect not differ- 
ing from haydeni, but the femora show them to be cupidineum. The 
Grand Junction specimens as a series are more suffused than the 
Antlers individuals. 

The previous Colorado records of this species are from White river, 
near the Utah boundary, Montrose, Grand Junction and Palisades. 

THe specimens taken at Grand Junction were captured on the re- 
cently inundated silt along the bank of the Grand river where numer- 
ous specimens were seen. Those from Antlers were captured on the 
dry cactus and sage plain. 


380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


Derotmema haydenii (Thomas). 

Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 17, 8 &, 7 2. Prairie land, 
Colorado Springs, Aug. 18, 3 &', 4 2, 1 immature individual. Knob 
Hill, Colorado Springs, Aug. 17-22, 8 o, 8 2. Garden of the Gods, 
Colorado, Aug. 17 and 23, 4 oh’, 3 2. Fort Morgan, Morgan Co., 
Colorado, Aug. 24,1 6,1 9. 

Both red and yellow winged forms are represented in this series. 

One of the common prairie species, which I often found in large 
numbers about damp depressions in the prairie and on the sandy 
borders of several shallow ponds. 


MESTOBREGMA Scudder." 
Mestobregma plattei (Thomas). 

Austin Bluffs, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 18,2 2. Garden of 
the Gods, Colorado, Aug. 23,1 @. 

But three specimens of this species were seen, although much time 
was spent searching for additional specimens. The insects were 
found around stunted pines and bushes growing on cliff-like outcrop- 
pings in both localities. One specimen had just emerged. The 
flight of this species is low but swift. 


Mestobregma kiowa (Thomas). 

Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, top of bare hill opposite 
Devil’s Kitchen, Aug. 5, 1 2. Prairie land, Colorado Springs, Colo- 
rado, Aug. 18,2 o&, 3 2. Austin Bluffs, Colorado Springs, Aug. 18, 
1 2. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Aug. 17-22, 41 &, 40 2. Mani- 
tou, Colorado, Aug. 16 and 23, 3 d’. Garden of the Gods, Colorado, 
Aug. 17,15 %,11 2. Roggen, Weld Co., Colorado, Aug. 24,1 2. 

This large series exhibits the usual amount of variation in macula- 
tions seen in this species, chiefly in the intensity of those on the head 
and pronotum and in the line between the discoidal and anal areas of 
the tegmina. One female from Knob Hill has the anal area of the 
tegmina sub-roseate. 


The authors cannot agree with Prof. Bruner’s suppression of the genus 
Mestobregma (Ent. News, XVI, pp. 259-260) on the grounds that the insect on 
which it was erected was not (dipoda plattei Thomas, as stated by Scudder, 
but one later described by Saussure as Psinidia (Trachyrhachis) parda- 
lina. Granting this to be so, the action of the author, and not his intention, 
should alone be considered, and as Mestobregma was based on dipoda platter 
Thomas, regardless of material in hand, it should rest on that specific name. 
The question of the application of the bird genus Ixoreus Bonaparte is a parallel 
ease, for discussion of which see Sclater, /bis, 1903, p. 142, the final ruling on 
which case by the American Ornithologists’ Union Committee on Nomenclature 
(vide Auk, XX1, p. 424) being similar to the opinion expressed above. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381 


An extremely abundant species wherever found, but swarming in 
certain grassland locations. 


Mestobregma thomasi Caudell. 

St. Louis, Missouri, Aug. 27,3 o',1 9. 

These specimens are not separable from male individuals from 
Indiana received from Prof. Blatchley. 

Found in a field overgrown with tall weeds in the city. 


METATOR MeNeill. 
Metator pardalinus (Saussure). 

Waco, Montana, Aug. 4,1 o&, 3 2. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, 
Colorado, Aug. 17 and 22,1 %,2 2. Prairie land, Colorado Springs, 
Aug. 18,6 o,2 2. 

Of the series here mentioned nine possess red or reddish wings, five 
yellow wings and one (Colorado Springs, prairie, Aug. 18, 2) has the 
wings orange. The evidence of this material would thus support the 
view held by Caudell,” who regards Psinidia maculosa Saussure as 
merely the yellow winged form of pardalinus, an opinion entertained 
as possible by Saussure in the original description, his words being, 

‘Annee preecedentis varietas?’’ 

The Waco record is the most northern for true pardalinus, but if 
maculosa is identical the range is extended as far north as Fort McLeod, 
Alberta. 

The specimens taken at Waco were captured among the sage-brush 
where the species appeared extremely plentiful. I also found this 
species plentiful at Colorado Springs, in the prairie wherever there was 
a damp depression. The insect is not swift of flight and may be 
easily taken with a net. 


CONOZOA Saussure. 
Conozoa sulcifrons (Scudder). 

Grand Junction, Mesa Co., Colorado, Aug. 15, 11 @, 12 @. 

Several specimens of this species were submitted to Mr. A. N. 
Caudell for comparison with material in the U. 8. National Museum, 
and his remarks are quite interesting and worthy of record. In part 
he writes: ‘‘They are not Conozoa wallula; they are either C. sulcijrons 
or behrensi . . . . I can scarcely tell these species apart. Behrensi is 
supposed to have shorter wings and elytra, have the median carina of 
the prozona more deeply cut and have the wing-bands wider. I have 


2 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, p. 790. 


382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


typical specimens of it from California . . . . these are quite distinct, 
but a good series before me grades into the sulcijrons form.’’ Speci- 
mens of behrensi from San Diego and Claremont, California, appear 
readily separable from the Grand Junction individuals, but these are 
probably typical specimens. 

This species has a rather wide distribution, having been recorded 
from Nogales and the Huachuca mountains, southern Arizona, in 
addition to the type locality and Grand Junction, Colorado. It would 
thus appear to be an Upper and Lower Sonoran species. 

I took this species on the bare silt along the banks of the Grand 
river. In this locality it was plentiful and many specimens could 
easily have been taken as their flight is short and not vigorous. The 
coloration of the insects is undoubtedly of great protective value. 


TRIMEROTROPIS Stal. 


Trimerotropis bilobata n. sp. 


Types: o’ and 9; Antlers, Mesa Co., Colorado, Aug. 15, 1904. 
Collected by Morgan Hebard. [Hebard Collection.] 


Fig. 11—Trimerotropis bilobata n. sp. Antlers, Colorado. Lateral view of type: 
(gs2) 


This species is one of a number which might with almost equal 
propriety be placed in either Conozoa or Trimerotropis, but which we 
have placed here chiefly because McNeill has considered its allied 
species as a member of Trimerotropis rather than Conozoa. 

The new form is apparently closely allied to 7. rebellis (Saussure) 
and differs in the absence of a distinct projecting process on the ventro- 
caudal angle of the pronotum, in the apparently less distinct lateral 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383 


angles of the pronotum, the more distinct Conozoa-like tegminal bars 
and the color of the caudal femora. 

The great elevation of the prozonal section of the median carina of 
the pronotum immediately separates it from most of the species. No 
close relationship exists to Conozoa wallula or any of the recently 
described species of that genus, the whole build being different from 
that seen in most of the forms of that genus, although C. acuminata 
approaches it very closely in this respect. 

Size small; form compressed, slender and elongate; surface finely 
punctate. Head with the occiput considerably elevated, domed; 
vertex but slightly lower than the summit of the eyes; fastigium 
strongly declivent, rather broad in both sexes, greatest width very 
slightly more than the length, lateral margins distinct and very dis- 
tinetly converging cephalad, passing into the carine of the frontal 
costa without interruption, median carina of the fastigium precurrent, 
less distinct than the lateral margins of the same; frontal costa rather 
regularly but not strongly expanding ventrad, the margins sub- 
parallel for a short distance around the median ocellus, median sections 
distinct suleate, less so dorsad, the marginal carine reaching the 
clypeal margin ;antennz slightly less 
than twice the length of the head 
and pronotum, slightly depressed ; 
eye subovoid, moderately promi- 
nent particularly in the male, slightly 
greater than (male) or equal to 
(female) the length of the infra- 
STEN SONGS Ons Ein rather Fig. 12.—Trimerotropis bilobata n. sp. 
narrow; cephalic margin of the dor- Wing. (X 2.) 
sum very obtuse-angulate, caudal 
margin very slightly obtuse-angulate; median carine cristate on the 
prozona and strongly divided into two lobes by the first sulcus, the 
incision being V-shaped and quite broad in the male and very narrow 
in the female, the cephalic lobe is subtrigonal in the male and lower 
and more longitudinally rounded in the female, second lobe equal to 
the first lobe in height and rounded dorsad in both sexes; carina of the 
metazona subcristate in both sexes; prozona about two-thirds the 
length of the metazona; lateral angles of the disk very distinct, and 
slightly carinate on the cephalic section of the metazona; lateral lobes 
slightly deeper than long, the ventro-caudal angle rounded with a very 
shght indication of a ventral blunt protuberance. 

Tegmina elongate, narrow, subequal in width, the costal dilation 


384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


slight and rounded; apex slightly recurved dorsad, rounded obliquely 
truneate; intercalary vein distinct, about intermediate in position 
except dorsad where it regularly approaches and joins the median 
vein. Wings long and narrow, the width being contained twice in 
the length; costal margin evenly and very gently arcuate in the distal 
half; apex very narrowly rounded; axillary field arcuate apically. 
Caudal femora quite slender, gently tapering, the width contained 
about three and a half times in the length, pregenicular constriction 
not great, pagina rather flat, the sculpturing regular and quite distinct; 
caudal tibize with nine spines on the external margins. 

General colors ecru drab overlaid with bistre in the male, the lighter 
color on the head and pronotum hoary white. Head with the facial 
and costal carine maculate with blackish brown, a large maculation 
beneath the base of each antenna and the ventral section of the eye 
marked with the same color in the male, the ventro-caudal section 
of the gene being washed with the same tint and a postocular stripe 
indicated, while the fastigium is marked with pale cinnamon-rufous 
and a pair of arcuate diverging bars of the same color are present on 
occiput as well as a blackish interocular bar on the vertex; antennze 
rather broadly annulate with the two general colors. Female with 
the head finely sprinkled with blackish spots with a trace of a light 
postocular bar. Pronotum of the male with a median bistre area 
which narrows caudad and the lateral lobes of prozona are strongly 
washed with bistre, forming a contrast with the hoary metazona. Pro- 
notum of the female marked much as in the male, but the whole darker 
and without light colors, while the lateral angles of the disk and a 
distinct oblique bar on the lateral lobes of the prozona are darker than 
any of the other pronotal markings. Tegmina with two complete trans- 
verse bars, one median, one at the proximal fourth and an incomplete 
bar just distad of the median transverse one, which is broader mesad 
than at the costal and sutural margins, the bar at the basal fourth 
toward the sutural margin approaching the median bar and also 
extending proximad in the intercalary region; distal third with small 
irregular maculations which are chiefly along the veins. Wings with 
the transverse bar bistre and situated in the middle, quite narrow as 
the width is not quite a third and a little more than a fourth of the 
width of the wing, caudad the band arches very slightly proximad 
and only slightly suffuses the caudal margin, the stigma broad and 
heavy and extending about half way to the base; distal section hyaline 
with the longitudinal veins broadly suffused with bistre toward the 
apex; proximal half primrose yellow. Cephalic and median limbs 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385 


ecru drab distinctly annulate with bistre. Caudal femora ecru drab 
with three distinct very dark bars and a solidly colored genicular 
region, the bars being paler laterad than dorsad, the pregenicular 
annulus ochraceous buff; caudal tibie rather dull citron yellow touched 
with spots of fuscous and with the genicular sections bistre and the 
tips of the spines blackish. 


Measurements. 
SS ro) 
Iba Gi lochs gs. 2 Be aa eo Me pelle) Miran, 245 Sonn, 
entthvolpronotuni ene Ae oto i ae 
Ihengthvofitecment)/a)5 sens APT 2 BIZ) SS PAO) 
Wenpiih-offcaud al femiunaeenen eee Ss 1a 69s alaaay 


A series of one male and two female paratypic specimens have been 
examined in addition to the types. The paratypic male has the 
markings slightly more subdued than in the male type. One of the 
female specimens is marked as in the male type with strongly con- 
trasted colors, except that the tegmina have the bars somewhat 
obsolete and the anal area with the veins more strongly lined with 
dark. The remaining female specimen is colored much the same as 
the type, except that the bars of the tegmina are slightly less con- 
spicuous. 

The female type is slightly larger than the paratypic individuals of 
the same sex, while the additional male is slightly larger than the 
type. 

This species was found in the arid valley of the Grand river near 
Antlers station, where the only vegetation was a heavy growth of low 
eactus interspersed with occasional sage. Specimens were by no 
means uncommon and could have been easily taken in numbers had 
the cactus not interfered so much with collecting, as when alarmed 
the individuals would invariably seek refuge in the dense beds of 
cactus. Orthoptera were not present in great numbers at this locality 
but the few species represented were quite interesting. The species 
Moloplus chenopodii was the most abundant and most striking. 


Trimerotropis gracilis (Thomas). 

Antlers, Garfield Co., Colorado, Aug. 15,3 2. 

This very distinct species has been recorded from localities ranging 
from central Idaho to Salt Lake Valley and Colorado. Thomas has 
recorded it also from the northern boundary (49th parallel) of Mon- 
tana and Dakota, and Seudder includes Nebraska in its range. Caudell 
has definitely recorded this species from Durango, Colorado, and Gillette 
credits it to nineteen localities in the same State, the most eastern 


386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Sept., 


of which are Greeley and Pueblo, the majority being west of the 
divide. 

This species was found among the cactus and sage in the dry bottom 
lands of the Grand river valley. The insects were by no means 
plentiful and were also extremely shy. 


Trimerotropis cincta (Thomas). 

Manitou, Colorado, 6,700-7,000 feet, Aug. 23, 11,4 2. 

The above series shows considerable variation in the strength of the 
median carina of the fastigium, some individuals having it strongly 
marked and in others it is hardly perceptible. The color of the caudal 
tibiz is quite variable in this species, as already noticed by McNeill, 
and the series in hand exhibits the following: ten with the distal three- 
fourths of the caudal tibie greenish yellow, four with the same bluish 
green, and one red. 

According to Gillette this species is found in the mountains and foot- 
hills of Colorado at altitudes ranging between 6,000 and 10,000 feet, 
and on both slopes of the divide. In his series of ninety-five speci- 
mens the hind tibiee were without exception bluish or yellowish on 
the distal portion. The species has been recorded from Nebraska, in 
addition to New Mexico and Colorado. The collection of the Academy 
contains specimens from Salida, Manitou Park and Fort Collins (Horse- 
tooth Mountain), Colorado. : 

This species was plentiful on a path among stunted pines on the 
upper slopes of the foothills back of Manitou. The location would 
have made it particularly difficult to capture specimens had not the 
individuals apparently trusted to their protective coloration. A close 
approach was necessary to cause them to take wing. 


Trimerotropis ferruginea McNeill. 

Daileys, Park Co., Montana, Aug. 4,1 co. Sphinx, Park Co., Mon- 
tana, Aug. 4, 3 o', 2 9. Spire Rock, Montana, Aug. 12,1 @ (‘‘on 
bare mountain’’). Upper Geyser Basin, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 7, 4c. 

The specimen from Spire Rock is assigned to this species with con- 
siderable doubt, as it is larger and has a rather different facies, but 
does not appear to be any closely allied form. The males from Upper 
Geyser Basin appear rather different from the Daileys and Sphinx 
specimens, being a little smaller and more like the Spire Rock individual 
in their somewhat more robust form, though considerably smaller size. 
This species is probably little more than a form of bijasciata, and hardly 
worthy of a name in view of the great amount of individual variation 
found in most of the species of the genus. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387 


This species was found in rather bare mountainous sections and on 
the formation about the larger Yellowstone geysers. 
Trimerotropis monticola Saussure. 

Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 5,1 2. Summit 
of foothills, Mammoth Hot Springs, Aug. 5, 1 o. 

These specimens agree quite well with Nebraska, Colorado and 
Wyoming specimens in the collection of the Academy. The specimens 
examined present considerable variation in the length of the tegmina. 

This appears to be the first record of the species north of Colorado, 
except Tie-Siding, Wyoming, from which locality Gillette has recorded 
it. 

These specimens were taken in the more hilly portions about the 
Mammoth Hot Springs, where, on account of the character of the 
country, they were captured with difficulty. The individuals fly 
swiftly and for long distances when alarmed. 


Trimerotropis preclara McNeill. 

Grand Junction, Mesa Co., Colorado, Aug. 15,5 o', 1 Q. 

This species has the fuscous band of the wing very broad, slightly 
more than one-third the length of the same, and well continued around 
on the caudal margin, while the spur is almost absent, the disk very 
pale greenish yellow, and the apex hyaline except for the infuseation 
of some of the veins. 

The light base color is almost bone white in some specimens, and 
distinctly washed with rufous in others. 

This species is known only from Salt Lake, Utah, and Sidney, Ne- 
braska, in addition to the locality here given. 

Among the bushes growing in the silt deposit along the banks of the 
Grand river these specimens were secured. The species was by no 
means as plentiful as T. montana, which was found in the same locality. 


Trimerotropis laticincta Saussure. 

Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 17,6. o,5 2. Knob Hill, Colorado 
Springs, Aug. 18-22,7 o', 4 2. 

This series exhibits considerable variation in the intensity of the 
bands of the tegmina, and in the shade of the light basic color. In 
some the latter is decidedly reddish, in others pale yellowish, and in 
the majority dull ochraceous. The caudal tibie are more orange in 
some specimens than in others, and the pronotum varies from dull 
ferruginous through warm browns to dull olive, and in one specimen dull 
blackish-brown. 


As far as can be determined from the material in hand Seudder’s 


388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


T. latijasciata from Utah is the same as this, and his name would have 
precedence. However, as no Utah material is available I prefer to 
use Saussure’s name, provisionally at least, for specimens from eastern 
Colorado. 

The evidence given by Cockerell * regarding the difference in color 
characters of individuals of this species taken in coitu is especially 
interesting in view of the value which has been attached to the char- 
acters there mentioned, 7.e., bands on the inner face of the caudal 
femora, and the width and curve of the wing band. Not much lati- 
tude is needed in these characters to connect forms like laticincta and 
latifasciata and melanoptera. Gillette does not consider latifasciata 
and laticincta separable from 7’. citrina.™ 

This species has been recorded from Fort Collins, Montrose, Grand 
Junction, Denver, Baileys and Golden, Colorado, by Caudell. 

One of the more common of the larger prairie land species. The 
flight of this insect was less vigorous than is usual in species of the 
genus. 


Trimerotropis melanoptera McNeill. 

Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 18, 1 &. Knob Hill, Colorado 
Springs, Aug. 17 and 18, 2 o', 1 2. Prairie land, Colorado Springs, 
Aug. 18,1 &. 

Two of these specimens agree well in the color of the tegmina with a 
topotypic (Silver City) male, while three have the bars more prominent 
and contrasting with the lighter base color. The metazona of the 
pronotum is paler than the prozona in these three specimens, and in 
two of them the contrast is as great as in 7’. monticola. The black 
areas of the wings appear to be slightly less extensive than the 
specimens described by MeNeill. The senior author’s 7. snowi ® may 
prove to be but a form of this with a less extensive black area on the 
wings. From the material then in hand it appeared well worthy of 
separation, but the additional material shows variability which 
weakens its status. 

This species was scarce even on the prairie land which appeared to 
be its favorite habitat. In habits it much resembled 7’. laticincta. 


Trimerotropis strenua McNeill. 
Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 13 and 14,4c°,8 @. 
This species is very close to 7. californica Bruner, and probably 


18 Proc. Davenp. Acad. Sci. IX, p. 38. 
4 Bull. 94, Colo. Agr. Exp Sta., pp. 35-36. 
8 Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., XTX, p. 223. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389 


should be considered nothing more than a race of it. The bars of the 
tegmina are usually somewhat narrower and the caudal tibiz not quite 
so deep in color. The majority of the specimens have a more or less 
distinct ferruginous or ochraceous wash suffusing the tegmina, while 
several have the lighter sections without the same, and clear bone white 
in color as in the pair of californica used for comparison. <A pair of 
specimens from Salt Lake Valley, received from Prof. Bruner, and 
labelled by him 7. preclara, belong to this species. Some of the 
specimens examined have the tegminal bars more distinct and less 
broken into spots than others, while the width also varies as much as 
the intensity. A female individual of this species from Salt Lake 
City, in the collection of the Academy,'* has the tegminal bars much 
broken into annuli, 

In nine of the specimens examined a second median bar on the lateral 
face of the caudal femora is more or less distinctly indicated, while 
in six it is absent or represented only by a very faint clouding. 

This beautiful species was quite common in the arid sage-brush 
region on the outskirts of Salt Lake City and the series was taken with 
ease. In spite of the insect’s bold coloring it was most inconspicuous 
when at rest. 


Trimerotropis montana McNeill. 

Grand Junction, Mesa Co., Colorado, Aug. 15,10 %,4 9. 

This species, if such it might be called, is very closely allied to the 
preceding, as has been stated by McNeill.17 As far as the material 
in hand goes it appears to be only a more subdued form, with the dark 
tegminal bars broader and pale areas more ochraceous and in a measure 
lacking the strong contrast seen in strenua. The character of the 
median carina of the fastigium and the proportions of the pronotum 
do not differ from the series of strenua, while the lateral face of the 
caudal femora in the greater majority have a median band more or 
less faintly indicated in addition to the constant subapical one. 

This species has been previously recorded from Durango and Delta, 
Colorado, in addition to Grand Junction, as well as Boise City, Idaho, 
the type locality. 

These insects were taken on the banks of the Grand river, on ground 
that had been recently inundated. The soil was sandy and clusters of 
tall bushes grew here and there. The specimens were active and not 
taken without difficulty. 


16 Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XX VII, p. 333. 
Proc, U.S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 433. 


26 


390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


Trimerotropis salina McNeill. 

Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 17, 1 cs’. Knob Hill, Colorado 
Springs, Aug. 17,32. 

These specimens are slightly larger than the measurements given by 
MeNeill, but we have placed them here chiefly on account of the poorly 
contrasted tegminal bars and the broad wing band. The lateral face 
of the caudal femora presents a median bar of varying intensity in 
several specimens. The coloration (i.e., blackish bars and suffusion) 
of the ventral sulcus of the caudal femora appears to be too variable 
to be given the prominence assigned to it by McNeill. The male 
individual here studied would be placed in another section of the 
vinculata group on the femoral coloration, while it unquestionably is 
the same as the three females which have the coloration as described 
by MeNeill. Instances such as this are by no means confined to this 
species, but can be found in most any large series of a species of the 
genus. 


Trimerotropis fratercula McNeill. 

Daileys, Park Co., Montana, Aug. 4, 13 o&’,6 2. Sphinx, Park Co., 
Montana, Aug. 4,1 2. Fountain, Lower Geyser Basin, Yellowstone 
Park, Aug. 6, 6 co, 6 2. Upper Geyser Basin, Yellowstone Park, 
Aug. 7,3 0,4 2. Mud Volcano, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 10, 1 . 
Emerald Spring, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 7,1 2. Yellowstone Lake, 
Yellowstone Park, Aug. 7 and 10,1,1 2. 

This series is assigned to this species with some little doubt. Some 
affinity exists with 7’. enconspicua Bruner, at least as far as published 
diagnostic characters are concerned. The coloration of the ventral 
sulcus of the caudal femora varies in individuals from the same locality 
and not separable by any other character. Some present a solid 
blackish sulcus with a distinct light pregenicular annulus, others have 
a well-marked additional light median bar, and a number of specimens 
have the black interrupted on the sides of the suleus but undivided in 
the middle. The evidence of this series of forty-three specimens of 
unquestionably but one species is that the coloration of the sulcus 
of the caudal femora is of little or no diagnostic importance. The 
coloration of the lateral and internal faces of the caudal femora are 
also unstable, in the authors’ opinion, while the intensity of the tegminal 
bars and the width of the wing bars are by no means as stable as would 
be supposed from the importance given them as diagnostic characters. 

The series studied presents some variation in size, the males from 
Fountain being somewhat larger than males from Daileys (length 
including tegmina: Fountain 28.5 mm., Daileys 25), while the Mud 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391 


Voleano and Upper Geyser Basin males are slightly smaller than 
the Daileys specimens (24 mm.). The females appear to be rather 
uniform in size. Three of the four females from Upper Geyser Basin 
are suffused with rufescent, while the other female and three males 
from the same locality are without any suffusion. The females from 
Fountain have the colors more contrasted than the majority of the 
Daileys females, while the Emerald Spring female has the contrast 
just as great. The males from Fountain have the pale tints more 
grayish and less ochraceous than in the Daileys males. 

The species was so abundant about Daileys that during the brief 
stop of the train nineteen specimens were easily taken. This was also 
the most abundant species of Orthoptera found about the geyser for- 
mations of the Park. The insects are wary and rise on the wing with 
speed. The coloration of the individuals almost invariably blended 
exactly with the soil on which they were found. 

Trimerotropis vinoulata Scudder. 

Electric, Park Co., Montana, Aug. 4,1 o. Muir, Bozeman Tunnel, 
Montana, Aug. 12,1 2. Whitehall, Jefferson Co., Montana, Aug. 12, 
1, 3 2. Upper Geyser Basin, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 7, 1 @. 
Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 14,1 2. Antlers, Garfield Co., Colorado, 
Aug. 15, 1 &.. Debeque, Mesa Co., Colorado, Aug. 15,1 co. Austin 
Bluffs, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 18,2 2. Manitou, Colorado, 
6,700-7,000 feet, Aug. 23,4 c',4 2. Garden of the Gods, Colorado, 
Aug. 19,2 2. 

This series represents a great and interesting amount of variation 
even for this plastic species. Variation in size is considerable, the 
largest males being from Electric, Debeque and Manitou, the smallest 
from Antlers; the largest female from Salt Lake City, the smallest from 
Austin Bluffs. These differences in size appear to be individual, 
as the smallest male (Antlers) is from the same general region as the 
largest (Debeque). The specimens from Muir and Whitehall, Mon- 
tana, are large, of rather uniform size, and but little smaller than the 
large Salt Lake City individual. 

In coloration we find such variation that a detailed account may be 
of interest. The Electric specimen has the bands solid and the lighter 
colors hoary and sharply contrasted; the Muir and Whitehall repre- 
sentatives are quite dull, the Muir specimen almost blackish, while the 
bands are only moderately distinct, in one of the Whitehall individuals 
broken up into annuli. The Muir and Whitehall type has the pro- 
notum with little contrast, and the caudal femora less variegated than 
in the Electric individual. The Yellowstone specimen is overcast with 


392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


dull hoary, the bands very weak, narrow and broken into annuli, the 
whole insect being much duller and more inconspicuous than the usual 
type. The Salt Lake City female has the bands of about average 
width, but weak and rather broken. Antlers and Debeque specimens 
are of the type which might be called normal or typical, with the bands 
distinet, broad and solid, and the lateral lobes of the pronotum moder- 
ately variegated. Austin Bluffs specimens are overcast with reddish 
ochraceous, one with the bands more distinct and solid than the other; 
Manitou individuals overeast with dull red, the bands variable in 
intensity and solidity, but not in width, one specimen haying the bands 
quite blackish. The Garden of the Gods specimens are particularly 
interesting, being entirely washed with brick red, the tegminal bands 
distinct but narrower than usual. 

The Garden of the Gods specimens are very interesting as the suffus- 
ing tint is the predominating color of that region, and in line with this 
one would expect a uniform very pale type from strongly alkaline 
regions, which does not hold true of the large amount of material of 
this species seen. Series from San Diego, California, one of the original 
loealities; Alamogordo, New Mexico, and Quartzsite, Arizona, are 
extremely variable among themselves, and each exhibit extremes as 
different, or nearly so, as those in the material here treated. How- 
ever, no specimens quite as reddish as the Garden of the Gods individual 
have been seen from other localities. The band of the wing is quite 
narrow and weak in some of the Manitou specimens,’ and heavy in 
Whitehall and Muir individuals. 

The species was generally distributed and equally abundant in the 
localities in which it was collected. The specimens taken about the 
Garden of the Gods showed remarkable protective coloration, as all 
were overcast with brick red which blended exactly with the character- 
istic brick red formation of the Garden. This was the only species 
found on these outcroppings. 

Trimerotropis ceruleipennis Bruner. 

Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 13, 2 co‘, 1 2. Top of Ensign Peak, 
Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 13,1 o, 2 

These specimens of this beautiful species have the tegminal bars 
uniform in pattern and varying but slightly in intensity, except in the 
female from Salt Lake City in which they are quite dark. The colora- 
tion of the ventral sulcus of the caudal femora varies from black with 
two light bars in the distal half to but one bar in the region, while in 


18 These may possibly represent one of the other species of the vinculata group 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393 


several specimens the evanescent bar (proximal) is present but incom- 
plete. The coloration of the caudal tibie varies from the usual light 
tint to a dark glaucous blue. The size of the specimens is quite 
uniform. 

This species has been recorded from Washington (Yakima), Oregon, 
(Umatilla), Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, Utah and Los Angeles, 
California. 

This species was found in the same locations as 7’. cyaneipennis, 
which species it much resembled in habits. 

Trimerotropis cyaneipennis Bruner. 

Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 13,4 c',4 2. Foothills, Salt Lake City, 
Utah, Aug. 14,3 0,2 9. 

This series is quite uniform in size, while variation in coloration is 
chiefly due to the intensity of the broken tegminal bars, though one 
specimen from Salt Lake City is uniformly very pale with most of the 
markings almost obsolete. 

This species has been recorded from the Salt Lake Valley region, 
and from Grand Cafion, Flagstaff and Prescott, Arizona. The two 
males recorded from Prescott are very considerably darker than any 
of the Salt Lake Valley specimens examined. 

This species was somewhat common but inhabited the most inacces- 
sible portions of Ensign Peak, and owing to the rapidity of its flight 
specimens were taken with no little trouble. 


CIRCOTETTIX Scudder. 
Circotettix carlinianus (Thomas). 

Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 5,1 9. 
Circotettix undulatus (Thomas). s 

Manitou, Colorado, 6,400 and 6,700 feet, Aug. 23,16',1 2. Pike’s 
Peak, Mountain View, 9,700 feet, Aug. 20,1 co, 1 2. Cripple Creek, 
Teller Co., Colorado, Aug. 19, 4 o’. 

These specimens have been compared with a series of twenty speci- 
mens from localities in the mountain regions of New Mexico, and one 
from Utah. Manitou individuals are more reddish than those from 
the other localities. 

This species was nowhere abundant, but several specimens were 
found on the tailings about Cripple Creek mines. 


Circotettix rabula’® n. sp. 
Types: cand 2 ; summit of hill at head of springs, Mammoth Hot 


1° T e.,a jangling fellow. 


394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


Springs, Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming; altitude 7,000 feet, 
Aug. 5, 1904. (M. Hebard.) [Hebard Collection.] 

Allied to C. wndulatus (Thomas) and shastanus Bruner, but differing 
from the former in the more robust form, the broader head, broader 
heavier and less strongly suleate frontal costa, larger eyes, slightly less 
angulate caudal margin of the pronotum and in details of the coloration, 
as the lighter and usually more variegated tegmina and pronotum and 
the less distinct fuscous band and spur of the wing. From shastanws 
it appears to differ in the heavier form and the structure of the first 
subjacent radial vein. 

The form of the wing of this species is essentially that of C. wndulatus, 
and its closest relationship appears to be with that species. As 
shastanus is not available for study, comparison can only be made with 
descriptions, but the results of such comparisons seem sufficient to 
separate the specimens in hand, especially when we consider the 
peculiar structure of the first subjacent radial in the older species, 
while in the new one here treated the structure of that region does not 
differ materially from the type seen in undulatus. 

In coloration a number of specimens of this species bear a striking 
superficial resemblance to C. carlinianus. 

Size medium; form quite robust; surface finely rugulose. Head 
with the occiput gently but distinctly arched, the interocular region 
no more elevated than the summits of the eyes and in width but little 
less than the length of the eye; fastigium slightly declivent, forming 
an obtuse angle with the face, nearly as wide as long, shallow, with the 
median carina rather faint and the marginal carine but little more 
distinct; frontal costa broad, expanded between the antenne and 
moderately constricted immediately ventrad of the ocellus, margins 
carinate and nearly (o') or not (2) reaching the clypeal margin, 
broadly suleate ventrad of the ocellus particularly in the male, strongly 
punctate dorsad with a depressed area at the junction with the fasti- 
gium; eyes moderately prominent, rather small, very broad ovoid in 
shape; antenne slightly longer than the head and pronotum together, 
somewhat depressed in the proximal section. Pronotum deplanate 
dorsad, broad, distinetly expanded caudad; cephalic margin very 
broadly and obtusely angulate; caudal margin rectangulate in the 
male, obtuse-angulate in the female, the angle finely formed and little 
rounded in either sex; lateral angles rounded and hardly marked on 
the prozona, distinct and heavy shoulders present on the metazona; 
median carina fine, little elevated, depressed at the principal sulcus, 
prozona about half the length of the metazona; lateral lobes slightly 


1906.} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395 


deeper than long, considerably impressed mesad, ventro-caudal angle 
rounded. Tegmina rather broad, the greatest width contained 
slightly more than four times in the length; costal lobe very slight and 
low, sutural margin straight, apex obliquely truncate toward the 
sutural margin, the distal third of the costal margin arcuate, making 
the immediate apex rounded rectangulate; intercalary vein distinct, 
intermediate in position proximad, close to the median vein distad. 
Wings moderately faleate, broad, the breadth being contained about 
once and a half in the length; humeral field with the apex rounded 
acute-angulate; axillary field with the margin very slightly arcuate 
and not lobate, being no more prominent than the next area in the 
radiate field; posterior axillary vein with its ramus paralleling closely 
the anterior axillary vein for a considerable distance, but not coalescing 
with it; radiate veins moderately thickened. Caudal femora rather 
slender, the ventral carina distinctly but slightly produced arcuate; 
caudal tibie with nine spines on the lateral margins. 

General color ecru drab, sprinkled, spotted and blotched with drab; 
eyes burnt umber; antennze of the paler color annulate with bistre; 
dorsum of the pronotum and the lateral lobes marked with the darker 
color. Tegmina with traces of three bands of quadrate and ocellate 
spots, these spots being almost wholly formed by the infuscation 
veins and cross veins, the bands being proximad, proximo-mesad and 
disto-mesad, while the distal third is supplied with scattered quadrate 
ocelli of the darker color. Wings with the transverse band very weak 
and almost severed, being chiefly an infuscation of veins and without 
definite limits, extending caudo-mesad and with a broad, moderately 
distinct stigma which extends half way to the base, the color of the band 
and stigma being drab; distal portion hyaline except for infuscate veins, 
proximal portion citron yellow. Cephalic and median limbs of the 
general colors annulate; caudal femora with a pale pregenicular annulus, 
and with traces of two transverse bars which are more distinct dorsad ; 
caudal tibie pale, infuscate proximad and distad, the spines touched 
apically with blackish. 


Measurements. 
One 2 
Lema hy 4 4 co og Gener o 6 Udsyieael, PY) 7/raalen, 
Mensthkotepronotumsis 9 2 5 4 oy sO At @  & 
Hhengintolgtepmenw eae 2 tll 2ObE SS 295k 
jensthvolicaudalfemur, . 5 . . . . -. Is & See 


A series of ten specimens in the Hebard Collection have been ex- 
amined in addition to the types: five, two males and three females, 


396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


from the type locality and date but taken on geyser formation at the 
upper end of the springs, one male from the immediate vicinity of the 
Hot Springs, August 5, another male from the summit of the first foot- 
hill of the Gallatin Range at the type locality, August 5, and one 


Fig. 13.—Circotettix rabula n. sp. Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park. 
Lateral view of female type. (xX 3.) 


female from Spire Rock, Montana, August 12. These specimens vary 
slightly in the strength of the tegminal bars, which are partially solid 
in some specimens, but all other 
characters appear to agree well 
with the types. 

Two males and two females 
received from Prof. Gillette and 
labelled C. verruculatus are ref- 
erable to thisnewform. They 
are from Dutch George’s and 
Virginia Dale, Larimer Co., 
Colorado. 

This species was by no means 
plentiful about the Hot Springs 
and much time was occupied in collecting the ten specimens. The insects 
are most swift and shy, so that great difficulty was experienced in 


Fig. 14.—Circotettiz rabula n. sp. Wing. 
(X 2.) 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397 


approaching them close enough to strike with the net. They may be 
heard high in the air making for several minutes at a time a noise like 
the whirring of machinery. The sound is continuous while the insects 
rise and fall in a most peculiar erratic flight. I have seen specimens of 
this species fly for over a quarter of a mile making continually this 
peculiar sound. Of all the Orthoptera met with this was without 
doubt the most vigorous and elusive species. 


Circotettix suffusus (Scudder). 

Summit of foothill of Gallatin Range, Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellow- 
stone Park, Aug. 5, 1 2. Hill at head of springs, Mammoth Hot 
Springs, Aug. 5, 1 co’. Upper Geyser Basin, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 
5,6 &, 2 2, 1 nymph. e 

These specimens are rather uniform in color for representatives of 
this genus, one being more clear grayish than the others, and several 
with a faint suggestion of ferruginous in their general tone. 

About the Hot Springs this species was found in the open sage- 
brush of the hillsides, while at the Upper Geyser basin it was found in 
the small grassy openings in the dense pine woods. 


Circotettix verruculatus (Kirby).*° 

Muir, Bozeman Tunnel, Gallatin-Park Co., Montana, Aug. 12,1 o, 
ie 

These specimens do not differ in size, the female, however, being 
slightly more robust. The frontal costa in the male is quite broad and 
similar to the female, thus differing from a large number of Eastern 
Specimens examined. A series of thirty-one specimens, covering 
localities extending from the mountain regions of Pennsylvania and 
Maine west to the northern peninsula of Michigan (Pequaming), shows 
that while considerable variation in color and size is present in a series, 
it cannot well be correlated with locality. The two Montana specimens 
are among the largest seen. 

These two specimens were taken on a cinder pile beside the railroad. 
Their crackling was very noticeable whenever they took flight. 


HADROTETTIX Scudder. 
Hadrotettix trifasciatus (Say). 
Sappington, Gallatin Co., Montana, Aug. 12,1. Colorado Springs, 


*0 The type of this species was taken in ‘‘ Latitude 57° N.,’’ and in all probability 
was collected by Drummond, who traversed the Athabasca and Peace river 
region in this latitude in western Athabasca and northeastern British Columbia. 
If collected by Richardson, the other naturalist of the Franklin expedition, it 
was no doubt taken either in the vicinity of York Factory, Keewatin or on the 
Athabasca river south of Lake Athabasca. 


398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


Colorado, Aug. 17, 2. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Aug. 17 and 
18,4 %,6 2. Prairie land, Colorado Springs, Aug. 18,7 @, 10 2. 

These specimens exhibit considerable variation in the intensity and 
width of the bands of the tegmina in the female, some having them 
very weak and broken up into spots, while a few have them as distinct 
as in the males. The males are quite uniform in the coloration of the 
tegmina, both in width of bars and intensity. 

This species was quite common on the prairie. The flight is slow 
and specimens may be easily captured even without a net. 


BRACHYSTOLA Scudder. 
Brachystola magna (Girard). 

Colorado Springs, Colorado, Alig. 18,9 7, 4 2,1 nymph. Knob 
Hill, Colorado Springs, Aug. 17,5’, 1nymph. Prairie land, Colorado 
Springs, Aug. 18 and 19,2 o', 6 2, 1 nymph. 

This series of thirty specimens clearly shows that the species has two 
color phases and that the green phase should not be confused with 
Charpentier’s B. virescens, a Mexican species of a quite distinct char- 
acter, aS an examination of his plate will show. Of the series examined 
eight are of the brown phase and twenty-one of the green, while one 
is too discolored to determine its true color. The green specimens 
vary considerably in the shade of the green, but the males appear to 
have the richer coloration. 

There is considerable variation in the size of the males. 

The following color description is made from a female specimen in 
the green phase from Colorado Springs received alive in Philadelphia 
and carefully stuffed after death, to-day presenting the same coloration 
as in life. 

Predominating color oil green. Head dark oil green above becoming 
paler ventrad on the face and gen, the caudal margin of the gene, 
the mandibles and broad band extending from cephalad of the eye 
ventrad to the clypeal suleus and the lateral portions of the clypeus 
pale flesh color; eyes clay color sprinkled with bistre; antenne dusky, 
margined laterad in the proximal section with pale greenish. Pro- 
notum with the lateral and median carine marked with very dark 
French green, on the metazona extending slightly ventrad and some- 
what suffusing the lateral lobes; lateral carine bordered mesad by a 
line of pinkish vinaceous; recurved caudal and lateral lobe margins 
chiefly flesh color. Tegmina tawny ochraceous with fair-sized bistre 
spots well distributed over them. Abdomen suffused with bistre 
dorsad ; a pair of rather broad distinct longitudinal lines, one on each 
side of the median carina, and a transverse series of spots on the caudal 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399 


margin of each segment, vinaceous. Venter bone white. Cephalic 
and median limbs bone white washed with greenish. Caudal femora 
oil green dorsad, whitish ventrad, the ventro-lateral sulcus with 
quadrate touches of vinaceous-rufous, while the internal face is suffused 
with the same color, a median line of French green is present on the 
lateral face and one of brick red on the internal face, genicular region 
bluish green dorsad, with a proximal transverse blackish bar ventrad, 
the arches chestnut; caudal tibize lavender laterad, vinaceous internally, 
the genicular region bluish, the spines bone white tipped with black. 

This species was by no means abundant, but in the prairie region 
specimens would every now and then be found. ‘The insects were so 
awkward that they seemed to have almost no control over their move- 
ments. Their coloration, however, undoubtedly proves a great pro- 
tection to them. 


LOCUSTIN.®. 


PAROPOMALA Scudder. 
Paropomala wyomingensis (Thomas). 


1871. Mesops wyomingensis Thomas, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, 
p. 152. [Along the east base of the Black Hills, in the vicinity of Cotton- 
wood Creek, Fall River Co., South Dakota, or Converse Co., Wyoming.] 

1890. Mesops cylindricus Bruner, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XII, p. 48. [Valen- 
tine, Nebraska, along the north side of Keya Paha creek, also on the blutis 
south of Chadron, Nebraska.] 


Roggen, Weld Co., Colorado, Aug. 24,6 @,1 2. 

As far as can be determined from the material in hand, including 
specimens determined by Bruner as both wyomingensis and cylindricus, 
and the literature bearing on the subject, no reason is apparent for 
separating the two above-mentioned forms. Bruner’s cylindricus was 
based on the brown phase, while in addition to the coloration larger 
size was given as a differential character. This latter would appear to 
be purely an individual matter, as green specimens have been examined 
nearly as large as Bruner’s measurements of that sex in cylindricus. 
All the Roggen males are in the brown phase, and the single female in 
the green. 

Material has also been examined from Valentine and Haigler, 
Nebraska, and Denver and Greeley, Colorado. 

These specimens were beaten from some very tall weeds near the 
railroad track, while the train was making a brief stop. 


SCHISTOCERCA Stal. 
Schistocerca lineata Scudder. 


Brush, Morgan Co., Colorado, Aug. 24, 1904, 1 &. 


400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


This individual is much smaller than the males measured by Scudder. 
Gillette ** has called attention to the variation in size in this species. 
Beaten from thicket of weeds. 


HESPEROTETTIX Scudder. 
Hesperotettix viridis (Thomas). 

Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 18,1 2. Prairie land, 
Colorado Springs, Aug. 18, 1 o, 2 2. Hill near cog-road station, 
Manitou, Colorado, Aug. 16,2 &. 

These specimens vary considerably in size, the Manitou females 
being larger than any of the others, and similar to two from Arizona 
and New Mexico, while seven specimens from five other Colorado 
localities are in size about equal to the Colorado Springs individuals. 
The coloration varies very little, and then only in the intensity of the 
blackish head and pronotal markings. 

This species was found distributed over a considerable region, but 
was in no place common. 

Hesperotettix festivus Scudder. 

Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 13 and 14,10 o%,11 2. Hillside at Salt 
Lake City, Aug. 14,1 o', 1 2. Top of Ensign Peak, Salt Lake City, 
Avie lioe 2iGu ne 

This series as a whole has shorter wings than nine individuals from 
southern Arizona, and in consequence of this the specimens appear 
somewhat more robust. The variation in size in the females is con- 
siderable, the larger type greatly predominating, while the males 
vary appreciably. The coloration tends in some specimens toward 
brownish and in a few is distinetly brown. This is also true of a male 
Salt Lake City specimen * which has been in the Academy collection 
quite a time. 

This species was by far the most plentiful of the genus Hesperotettix 
which I found, and individuals were quite common in the sage growing 
from the foot to the top of Ensign Peak. Individuals of the species 
were very active, but relied chiefly for protection on their jumping 
ability, which was very considerable. 

Hesperotettix gillettei Bruner.*® 

Neweastle, Garfield Co., Colorado, Aug. 15,1 2. 

This recently described species is only known from the Grand river 
drainage. 


1 Bull. 94, Colo. Agric. Exp. Sta., p. 38. 

2 July 24, 1898. 

3 Hesperotettix Gillettet Bruner, Bull. 94, Colo. Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 61, 1904. 
[Rifle, Glenwood Springs, Delta and Grand Junction, Colorado.] 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401 


During a brief stop of the train at Newcastle, I succeeded in captur- 
ing a single specimen of this species in the dust beside the railroad 
track. 


Hesperotettix speciosus (Scudder). 

Akron, Washington Co., Colorado, Aug. 24,1 o'. 

The median carina of the pronotum of this specimen is deep maroon 
purple, which depth of coloration is almost equalled in a male from 
Rocky Ford, Colorado. 

The specimen was beaten from tall weeds. 


EOLOPLUS Scudder. 
oloplus regalis (Dodge). 
Fort Morgan, Morgan Co., Colorado, Aug. 24,1 o. 
A single specimen was beaten from low bushy weeds growing densely 
about a water tank. Vigorous beating for several minutes failed to 
produce other specimens. 


Eoloplus chenopodii (Bruner). 

Antlers, Garfield Co., Colorado, Aug. 15, 11 o', 14 2. 

This series varies considerably in the intensity of the coloration) 
some individuals being more ashy than others. 

The specimens were easily taken in spite of the cactus, in which they 
invariably sought refuge, for their movements were slow and they could 
jump but a short distance. The species was abundant. 


BRADYNOTES Scudder. 


Bradynotes obesa (Thomas). 

Summit of first foothill behind hotel, Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellow- 
stone Park, Aug. 5,1 2. Top of bare hill opposite Devil’s Kitchen, 
Mammoth Hot Springs, Aug. 5,1 o',2 2. 

Although much time was spent searching carefully for specimens of 
this species, two days’ collecting resulted in but four specimens being 
found. All were taken on the gravelly tops of the foothills where 
vegetation was almost absent. Their color blended perfectly with the 


soil and they appeared to rely on this as a means of protection. 


PODISMA Latreille. 
Podisma dodgei (Thomas). 
Pike’s Peak, Colorado, at elevations of 9,700 (Mountain View) and 
10,200 feet, Aug. 20,2 c,1 92. 
These specimens and the specimen of Hippiscus altivolus were 
the only Orthoptera seen in the rather barren tract of stunted aspen 


402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


above the railroad pumping station. This species seemed to be strictly 
terrestrial in habitat. 
Podisma oreas*!n. sp. 

Types: co’ and 2 ; summit of foothill of Gallatin Range, Mammoth 
Hot Springs, Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming. Altitude, 7,000 
feet. Aug. 5, 1904. [Coll. Morgan Hebard.] 

Closely allied to P. ascensor Scudder from American Fork Cafion, 
Utah, agreeing almost perfectly in the form of the abdominal append- 
ages and other characters, but differing in the vertex being somewhat 
elevated, the interspace between the eyes in the male over twice as 
broad as the first antennal joint, the frontal costa more sulcate, the 
size slightly larger, the antenne reddish and the caudal tibie differently 
colored. 

Size medium (for the genus). Head with the occiput rounded and 
distinetly elevated above the pronotum in the o’, hardly elevated in 
the 2 ; fastigium moderately declivent, very shallowly and broadly 
excavated, interspace between the eyes in both sexes over twice as 
wide as the proximal joint of the antennze; frontal costa broad, hardly 
(co) or very slightly (2) narrower than the interspace between the 
eyes, slightly depressed around the ocellus, not suleate, biseriate 
punctate dorsad; antenne rather short, defective in the o’, distinctly 
but not considerably longer than the pronotum in the & ; eyes hardly 
prominent, truncate cephalad, distinctly longer than the infraocular 
sulcus. Pronotum very slightly inflated, very shghtly tectate, meta- 
zona finely punctate; cephalic margin subtruncate, caudal margin very 
slightly arcuate, no distinct lateral carinze but shoulder angles moder- 
ately prominent caudad; prozona slightly longer than the metazona 
in both sexes, quadrate in the o’, slightly transverse in the @ , principal 
transverse suleus very well marked, median carina more distinct on 
the metazona than cephalad, but not markedly elevated anywhere 
in its length; lateral lobes distinctly longer than broad. Tegmina 
slightly less than the pronotum in length, sublanceolate, twice as long 
as broad in the o’, half again as long as broad in the & , apex narrowly 
rounded, tegmina well separated dorsad. Abdomen with the apex 
but little elevated and not at all recurved; furcula about a third the 
length of the supra-anal plate and distinctly longer than the segment 
from which they spring, simple, parallel; supra-anal plate produced 
trigonal, considerably inflated mesad, median suleation and bordering 
ridges distinct on the proximal half, the suleation obsolete distad; 


44Opevac, in allusion to its habitat. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403 


cerci slender, strongly tapering in the proximal half, very slightly 
tapering in the distal half, apex blunt and very slightly excavated and 
falling considerably short of the apex of the supra-anal plate; sub- 


Fig. 15.—Podisma oreas n. sp. Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park. 
Lateral view of male type. (xX 4.) 


genital plate with the apical margin slightly elevated, the whole plate 
evenly tapering to this section, which is narrowly subtruncate and 
with a slight depressed area immediately caudad of the margin. 
Prosternal spine erect, slightly retrorse, thick and rather blunt. Inter- 
space between the mesosternal lobes distinctly broader 
than long in the @, over half again as broad as long in 
the 2 ; metasternal lobes sub-attingent in the co, sep- 
arated by a subquadrate interspace in the 2. Median 
and cephalic limbs no more inflated in the co than in 
the 2. Caudal limbs moderately robust, femora reach- Fig. 16.—Po- 


ing to the apex of the abdomen; caudal tibie with Pole hee 
eleven spines on each margin. sal view of 

General color bistre in the co, burnt umber in the ©. Sea ee 
Postocular streak rather faint and weak, seal brown in men. (X 4.) 


color; antennz carmine, rather dull distad. Tegmina 

in the o darker ventrad than dorsad, unicolorous in the 2. Stripes 
on the pleura distinct. Caudal femora with indications of two dark 
bars, chevron-shaped on the faces, the light color being an ecru drab, 
genicular arches and proximal section of the lobes on the internal face 
blackish, ventral face canary yellow, duller in the male than in the 
female; caudal tibiz very dull olive green in the do‘ and ochraceous in 
the 2, except the dorsal face which is gamboge yellow in both sexes; 
spines black. 


404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


Measurements. 
SS 2 
IbGaraey Ge yeh 4 oo 2s 5 6 9 a eo Al) wabim, 5} inevin, 
Ibararendn OF joROMMOMUION, 6 5 5 5 o lo tc a Ges) & ay 
enethvofstesmen: al cmeum itso! a e), la wees 5) oS 
Lavaiv@ronnckilianmir, 5 so 5 sim 2 «© Ii & Ne 


The type specimens are unique. 

These two specimens were taken on the pebbly summit of the foot- 
hills back of the Mammoth Hot Springs Hotel. The ground in this 
region was quite bare, but few plants being noticed. 


Podisma oregonensis (Thomas). 

The following localities are represented, all in Yellowstone Park: 

Mammoth Hot Springs, Aug. 5,4 o', 1 2. Summit of first foothill 
of Gallatin range, Mammoth Hot Springs, Aug. 5, 4 o, 8 2. Con- 
tinental Divide near 8,300 feet elevation (alpine meadow), Aug. 7, 
1. Apollinaris Spring, Aug. 6,1 2. Yellowstone Lake, Aug. 7, 
80,72. Near Grand Cafion, Aug. 10,10 o,4 @. 

The specimens from the higher altitudes, as the Continental Divide 
and Grand Canon representatives, average smaller than the individuals 
from lower altitudes. One male from Mammoth Hot Springs is 
partially covered with geyser deposit and is larger than any repre- 
sentative of the same sex (c') seen. In coloration some specimens 
have the paler markings more brilliant than in others, and some few 
individuals from Grand Cafion are suffused with smoky brown. 

This species appeared to be widely distributed and was found quite 
plentiful in the short grass of all the elevated open lands in the Park. 
The species was strictly terrestrial, and individuals were invariably 
active and possessed of considerable saltatorial power. 


MELANOPLUS Stal. 
Melanoplus lakinus (Scudder). 


Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 17 to 22,6 o', 4 9. 
Prairie land, Colorado Springs, Aug. 18,1 o,1 2. Fort Morgan, 
Colorado, Aug. 24,11 0,8 2. Akron, Colorado, Aug. 24, 2 o. 

Several of the above specimens belong to the richly colored green 
phase described by Gillette. 

Tn all the localities in which I collected on the Colorado prairie where 
the vegetation was high and rank, I found this beautiful species in 
moderate numbers. The individuals were very active, but could be 
easily beaten from the weeds in which they had taken refuge. The 
green form was noticeable for its brilliancy. 

Melanoplus occidentalis (Thomas). 


Emigrant, Montana, Aug. 4, 1 &, 2 2. Knob Hill, Colorado 


? 


an 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405 


Springs, Colorado, Aug. 17 to 22,7 7,11 2. Austin Bluffs, Colorado 
Springs, Aug. 18,1 2. Prairie land, Colorado Springs, Aug. 18, 4 &, 
5 2. Garden of the Gods, Manitou, Colorado, Aug. 17,2 0,8 @. 
Pike’s Peak, Colorado, Aug. 20, 1 o’ at Mountain View, 9,700 feet, 1 2 
at 10,100 feet, 1 2 at Middle Hudsonian, 10,500 feet. 

The specimens here recorded from Emigrant, Montana, are, as far as 
known, the most northern definite record except one from Bismarck, 
North Dakota. The species has been recorded by Gillette from locali- 
ties up to an altitude of 8,000 feet, and in view of the Pike’s Peak 
records here given it will be seen to extend to an elevation of at least 
10,500 feet, and to be truly an alpine species. In size these Pike’s 
Peak individuals do not appear appreciably smaller than specimens 
from the vicinity of Colorado Springs, and are considerably larger than 
others from Durango, Colorado. 

From the material collected this species appears to frequent a 
variety of habitats, from a distinctly arid region at Emigrant to a 
grassy gully in the Garden of the Gods. On the whole this form 
frequented the more sterile sections of the regions in which it was 
collected. 


Melanoplus flabellifer Scudder. 

Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 18, 2 &. Garden of 
the Gods, Manitou, Colorado, Aug. 17, 4 &. 

These specimens are identical with Scudder’s flabellijer in the form 
of the cerci, but the validity of the species is, in the authors’ opinion, 
questionable. As Gillette has shown,” a large series of specimens 
will contain forms referable to true occidentalis, flabellijer and cuneatus, 
and have a number of intermediates between these types as well. A 
number of the specimens referred in this paper to occidentalis are not 
typical of it, but were placed there as it is the older species and has 
priority over flabellifer in case the latter is synonymized. This action 
appears to us to be inevitable, but the material at hand is not extensive 
enough to take such action. No specimens of the cwneatus type are in 
the series. 

The specimens of this species were taken in the same localities as 
M. occidentalis. 

Melanoplus bowditchi Scudder. 

Grand Junction, Mesa Co., Colorado, Aug. 15, 3 co. Newcastle 
Garfield Co., Colorado, Aug. 16, 2 <’. 

These specimens are quite peculiar in appearance and not at all 


5 Bull. 94, Colo. Agr. Exp. Sta., pp. 53-54. 


27 


406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


similar in coloration to individuals from eastern Colorado and Nebraska. 
The coloration is decidedly brown, sometimes gray brownish, and little 
yellow or clear gray is apparent. The head and pronotum are sprinkled 
with fine umber dots and the tegmina have distinct quadrate macula- 
tions. The length of the body ranges from 17.5 to 19.5 millimeters. 

All of the specimens of this species were found in the valley of the 
Grand river. Those taken at Grand Junction were found on silt 
near the river, where very little vegetation was to be seen. The 
insect’s coloration was extremely protective and the species relied 
almost entirely on its wings for locomotory power. 

Melanoplus flavidus Scudder. 

Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 17-22, 21 3, 10 @. 
Prairie land, Colorado Springs, Aug. 18, 4 2. Garden of the Gods, 
Manitou, Colorado, Aug. 17 and 19,1 o,1 9. 

This series shows considerable variation in size and color, the latter 
chiefly in varying intensity of the pattern. 

This species was found in the same situations as M. occidentalis, but 
in much greater numbers. 


Melanoplus sanguineus Bruner. 

Garden of the Gods, Colorado, Aug. 17,1 o',1 2. 

This striking and beautiful species was recently described from 
Lamar and Las Animas, in the prairie section of the Arkansas valley, 
Colorado. This record shows it ascends well into the foothills. 

The coloration of the caudal femora and tibie is very striking and 
serves to readily identify the species. The female specimen in hand has 
the head, caudal section of the disk of the pronotum and the dorsal 
face of the caudal femora somewhat suffused with greenish. 

The specimens were taken in the high grass of a meadow at the 
western entrance to the Garden of the Gods. 


Melanoplus bruneri Scudder. 

Old Faithful Geyser, Upper Geyser Basin, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 
eplacoe 

This single specimen was taken in a small grassy field in the dense 
pine woods back of Old Faithful Inn. 

Melanoplus intermedius Scudder. 

Sphinx, Park Co., Montana, Aug. 4, 1 o. Sappington, Gallatin 
Co., Montana, Aug. 12, 1 o&. Geyser formation, Mammoth Hot 
Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 5,1 co’. Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 
13,66 ,3 2. Top of Ensign Peak, Salt Lake City, Aug. 13,5 o&,2 2. 
Neweastle, Garfield Co., Colorado, Aug. 16, 1 o. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407 


The form of the cerci of the male individuals here placed under this 
species agree fairly well with Scudder’s figure of those parts, and. not- 
withstanding his remarks to the contrary the authors believe inter- 
medius is at the most not more than a form of atlanis, and probably not 
even worthy of a name, varietal or otherwise. Numbers of specimens 
have been examined which seem to connect atlanis and intermedius, 
and all such are here treated under atlanis; only those closely approxi- 
mating Scudder’s figure being referred provisionally to intermedius. 

Considerable variation in size is noticed, males ranging from 18 to 24 
millimeters in the length of body. One male has the caudal tibie 
pale reddish, all the others varying shades of glaucous. 

One of the typical sage-brush species. In some localities it was 
quite plentiful. 

Melanoplus atlanis (Riley). 

Livingston, Park Co., Montana, Aug. 4,3 %,4 2. Electric, Park 
Co., Montana, Aug. 4,1 o. Jefferson Valley, Montana, Aug. 5,1 Q. 
Three Forks, Gallatin Co., Montana, Aug. 12, 1 co’. Mammoth Hot 
Springs, Yellowstone Park, up to 7,050 feet, Aug.5,2 0,2 2. Foun- 
tain, Lower Geyser Basin, Yellowstone Park, Aug.6,1 2. Pine woods, 
Old Faithful, Upper Geyser Basin, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 7,4 ',1 9. 
Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 13, 14 o', 12 2. Hillside, 4,700 feet, Salt 
Lake City, Utah, Aug. 14,5 1,2. Top of Ensign Peak, 4,900 feet, 
Salt Lake City, Aug. 13,3. Five miles south of Salt Lake City, in 
alfalfa field, Aug. 13,2 0,3 2. Grand Junction, Mesa Co., Colorado, 
Aug. 15,1 ,2 2. Newcastle, Garfield Co., Colorado, Aug. 16,1. 
Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 17 to 22,7 &, 2 @. 
Prairie land, Colorado Springs, Aug. 18,3 %,2 2. Manitou, Colorado, 
Aug. 23, 9 co, 1 2; same locality at 6,700 feet, Aug. 16,4 0,12. 
Garden of the Gods, Colorado, Aug. 17,5 &, 7 2. Dark Cafion, 
Pike’s Peak, 8,920 feet, Aug. 16,2 2. Roggen, Colorado, Aug. 24,2 2. 

This series exhibits a very great amount of variation in size and 
coloration, and in the form of the cerci many of the males placed here 
approach intermedius, as mentioned in the remarks under that form. 
The dullest specimens with little contrasted coloration are from the 
Garden of the Gods, and the palest ones are from the vicinity of Salt 
Lake City. However, while the majority of specimens of each series 
from the two above localities are uniformly dark or light, a few speci- 
mens from each locality are of what might be called the average type. 
Quite a number of specimens have the caudal tibize of various shades of 
glaucous. 

A common species in both sage-brush and prairie-grass. 


408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


Melanoplus bilituratus (Walker). 

Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 13,1. Top of Ensign Peak, Salt Lake 
City, Aug. 13,1. 

These specimens are perfectly typical of bilitwratus, which is probably 
only a race of atlanis. This is the first record of this species from Utah, 
and the first one east of Fort Halleck, Elko Co., Nevada, except one 
from Weeksville, Missoula Co., Montana. 

These two specimens were both taken on hilly ground covered with 
sage. 

Melanoplus spretis (Thomas). 

Garden of the Gods, Colorado, Aug. 17,2 2. Mountain View, Pike’s 
Peak, Colorado, Aug. 20, 9,705 feet, 1 o. 

The capture of these specimens is of considerable interest as it shows 
that this very destructive species is still present, either as a migrant or 
as a native, in regions formerly devastated by it. The absence of recent 
records of this species from Colorado shows it has become a scarce 
species. The material examined has been compared with individuals 
from Nebraska and North Dakota. 

Two specimens from the Garden of the Gods were taken in a grassy 
meadow, while the other specimen was taken in an aspen thicket in 
sparse grass. 

Melanoplus defectus Scudder. 

Muir, Bozeman Tunnel, Park-Gallatin Co., Montana, Aug. 12,2 &. 
Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 5,1 &. Summit of 
first foothill of Gallatin range, Mammoth Hot Springs, Aug. 5,2 0,3 2. 
Top of bare hill opposite Devil’s Kitchen, Mammoth Hot Springs, Aug. 
Delon 

This species, previously known only from the type locality, Grand 
Junction, Colorado, and Nebraska, is quite distinct from the atlanis- 
spretis type, the form of the subgenital plate, which is considerably 
elongate, being at a glance sufficient to separate it. 

Melanoplus dawsoni (Scudder). 

Muir, Bozeman Tunnel, Gallatin-Park Co., Montana, Aug. 12, 2 &, 
8 2. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 22,2 2. Manitou, - 
Colorado, Aug. 23,1 o,7 2. Hillside near Manitou, Colorado, 6,700 
feet, Aug. 16,56, 7 @. 

Material from Fort Collins, Colorado, has been examined in this con- 
nection. All the material studied belongs to the short-winged type 
of the species. Taken as a whole the series examined is quite uniform 
in size, and with such color variation as does exist being chiefly in the 
lighter or dark shade of the general color. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409 


I found this species quite plentiful in a grassy field choked with many 
bushes. In this locality the species, far outnumbered any other 
Orthopteron. At Manitou I found it on the hillside, where mountainous 
plants and scrub oaks formed practically the only vegetation. 


Melanoplus montanus (Thomas). 

Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 5, 3 o, 6 &. 
Norris Pass, Continental Divide, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 7,2 2. 

This rather conspicuous species has previously been recorded only 
from Montana. The males in the series examined are quite uniform in 
size and fairly so in coloration. The females vary considerably in 
size, one from Mammoth Hot Springs being distinctly smaller than the 
others, which latter are slightly larger than the two females from Norris 
Pass. The dark colors are more blackish and the browns more rufes- 
cent in the Norris Pass individuals than in any others. 

A distinctly mountainous species which I found only on the higher 
hillsides. The insects were powerful but too awkward to escape 
capture. 


Melanoplus altitudinum (Scudder). 

Pike’s Peak, Colorado, Dark Cafion, 8,920 feet, Aug. 16, 16 %, 9 
1 nymph; upper slope of Dark Cation, 9,000 feet, Aug. 16, 2 2 
below Windy Point, 12,000 feet, Aug. 20,3 0,2 2. 

The Dark Cafion specimens are quite uniform in size, but the three 
Windy Point specimens are smaller than any of the former and the 
males are smaller than any specimens of the species seen. The smallest 
Dark Cafion male measures 16.2 millimeters in length, while a Windy 
Point specimen measures 14.5. There is considerable variation in the 
intensity of color in the series examined, but the pattern does not 
vary to any considerable degree. The proximal portions of the 
antennz are more red than orange in all the Pike’s Peak specimens. 
The ventral sulcus of the caudal femora is dull yellowish in some 
specimens and suffused with sanguineous in others. 

This species was extremely common in grassy Dark Cafion, while 
several specimens were also taken in the short grass above the tree-line. 
The insects were active but easily captured. 


Melanoplus fasciatus (Walker). 

Pine woods, Old Faithful Geyser, Upper Geyser Basin, Yellowstone 
Park, Aug. 7,3 0,6 2. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 
17,1 2. Manitou, Colorado, 6,900 feet, Aug. 23,3 0,2 2. Pike’s 
Peak, Colorado: Mountain View, 9,700 feet, Aug. 20, 1 o’; Dark Cafion, 
8,920 feet, Aug. 16, 1 co’; below Windy Point, 12,000 feet, Aug. 20,1 2 


410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


These specimens vary considerably in size, as is usual in this species, 
particularly in the females. No difference is noted between Pennsyl- 
vania and New Jersey specimens and those recorded above. All the 
individuals here studied have the tegmina falling short of the tips of 
the caudal femora. 

The Windy Point record carries the vertical range of this species a 
thousand feet higher than previous records. 

This was the only species to be found in the dense pine woods back 
of Old Faithful Geyser, and it was one of the very few distinctly sylvan 
species taken. One specimen, however, was captured above the 
timber-line on Pike’s Peak and one on the prairie outside of Colorado 
Springs. The insects were extremely powerful and vigorous. 


Melanoplus femur-rubrum (DeGeer). 

Three Forks, Gallatin Co., Montana, Aug. 12,2 %. Willow Creek, 
Gallatin Co., Montana, Aug. 12, 2 co. Sappington, Gallatin Co., 
Montana, Aug. 12,3 &, 2 2. Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone 
Park, Aug. 5, 4 oc‘, 1 2. Geyser crust, Old Faithful, Upper Geyser 
Basin, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 7, 4 o&, 1 2. Five miles south Salt 
Lake City, Utah, in alfalfa field, Aug. 13,1 co. Grand Junction, Mesa 
Co., Colorado, Aug. 15,1 o. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, 
Aug. 17-22, 39 o&, 21 2. Manitou, Colorado, Aug. 22,1 ¢, 5 @. 
Garden of the Gods, Colorado, Aug. 17, 1 co’, 2 . Dark Cafion, 
Pike’s Peak, Colorado, 8,920 feet, Aug. 16, 1 o’. Roggen, Weld Co., 
Colorado, Aug. 24, 4 co’. Table Rock, Pawnee Co., Nebraska, Aug. 
25,1 o. Hannibal and Louisiana, Missouri, Aug. 25, 2 co’. St. 
Louis, Missouri, Aug. 27,4 o',1 2. 

The Colorado series contains individuals which are typical of M. 
plumbeus as understood by Scudder, but from this extremely bright 
type any number of intermediates, forming a complete chain and con- 
necting the dull form of femuwr-rubrwm found in the East, can be selected. 
From the Knob Hill series alone the extreme plumbeus type and typical 
femur-rubrum with seven graded intermediates can be selected. The 
majority of specimens belong to the intermediate forms, the extremes 
being scarcer, in the studied series, than the annectant forms. 

The authors fully agree with Gillette’s remarks ?* on this species and 
cannot consider plumbeus as other than brightly colored femur-rubrum. 
The specimens from Roggen, Colorado, Nebraska and Missouri do not 
approach plumbeus. The specimens from Montana localities are very 


2° Bull. 94, Colo. Agr. Exp. Sta., pp. 48-50. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411 


noticeably smaller than the others examined. No short-winged in- 
dividuals have been seen. 

This species was found in many localities, but nowhere more common 
than in the prairie grass outside of Colorado Springs. The brilliantly 
colored specimens (MW. plumbeus Dodge) were always found in the 
damper locations where vegetation was most abundant. 


Melanoplus monticola Scudder. 

Geyser crust, Old Faithful Geyser, Upper Geyser Basin, Yellowstone 
Park, Aug. 7,1 2. Near Grand Cafion, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 10, 
20,32. Yellowstone Lake, Aug.7,70',9 2. Knob Hill, Colorado 
Springs, Colorado, Aug. 22, 27 &',17 2. Pike’s Peak, Colorado, Aug. 
20: Mountain View, 9,700 feet, 1 o, 1 2 ; Middle Hudsonian, 10,500 
feet, 2 co‘; along timber-line, 11,578 feet, 3 co’; below Windy Point, 
12,000 feet, 13 o&, 12 @. 

This large series exhibits a considerable amount of variation in 
color and size, the greater part of which can be attributed to elevation. 
The specimens from Pike’s Peak are all smaller, those from over 11,000 
feet particularly, and the colors are as a rule duller. Specimens from 
Windy Point are as small as 15 (o') and 16 (2) millimeters in the 
length of the body, while those from Knob Hill are much larger and 
range between 17.5 and 22 (c') and 23 and 30(2). One male and one 
female from Yellowstone Lake as well the majority of the Pike’s Peak 
individuals are very dark in color, while some of the females from the 
latter locality are strongly touched with green. The specimens from 
the lower elevations are quite richly colored, and this with their larger 
size would seem to indicate another species, but no characters of the 
appendages seem to warrant their separation. The Middle Hudsonian 
individuals are perfectly intermediate between the Pike’s Peak repre- 
sentatives and the lowland specimens in size and the brilliancy of the 
coloration. 

The species has previously been recorded only from Sierra Blanca, 
Colorado, 12,000 to 13,000 feet, and from Windy Point, Pike’s Peak. 

This species was found in exceedingly varied locations. Not only 
was it abundant in the alpine herbage above the timber-line on Pike’s 
Peak, but it was also plentiful on the prairie outside of Colorado Springs. 
In the Yellowstone Park the species was found in the decidedly boreal 
portions. 

Melanoplus canonicus Scudder. 

Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 13,9 o%,42. Hillside at Salt Lake 
City, Aug. 14, 2 2. Top of Ensign Peak, Salt Lake City, Aug. 13, 
2 2. Grand Junction, Colorado, Aug. 15,4 2. 


412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


These specimens agree fully with the description and figures of this 
species, which has been previously recorded only from northern and 
western Arizona. There is considerable variation in size, 20 to 24 
millimeters in the length of body of the co’ and 24 to 28.5 in the 2. 
The color of the caudal tibie varies from pale glaucous to very decided 
blue, pale laterad, while the general color is more besprinkled with 
fine spots of umber on the dorsum in some specimens than in others. 

This species was found almost invariably among the sage. The 
color of the insects blends so exactly with the sage-brush that when 
at rest they are difficult to find. I noticed that the insects almost 
always sought refuge in the sage instead of on the ground. On and 
about Ensign Peak the species was plentiful. 

Melanoplus coccineipes Scudder. 

Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 17-22, 114 &', 77 @. 
Prairie land, Colorado Springs, Aug. 18,3 0,5 2. Manitou, Colorado, 
Aug. 22,2 9. Garden of the Gods, Colorado, Aug. 17, 5 o, 2 @. 
Roggen, Colorado, Aug. 24,7 o', 4 &. 

This large series presents a considerable amount of variation in size 
and color. The smallest co’ measures 17.5 millimeters in the length of 
body, the largest 22; the smallest 2 20, the largest 26. The individuals 
with the pronotum with a dark median bar superficially much resemble 
M. packardii. The general coloration is quite dark in some individuals 
and very light in others, the latter type having all the normal darker 
markings very weak, while some few specimens have the dorsum of 
the head and pronotum suffused with purplish red. The Roggen 
individuals are more grayish than any others examined. Of the large 
series examined all but two have red caudal tibiz, the color usually 
pale coral red. The other two specimens, a pair from Knob Hill, 
have glaucous tibie. The authors are much inclined toward the 
opinion recently expressed by Gillette,?’ to the effect that M. coccineipes 
represents merely a red-legged form of MZ. angustipennis. 

This was one of the species which made up the vast swarms of 
Orthoptera everywhere to be found in the prairie grasses outside of 
Colorado Springs. So great was the number of grasshoppers that it 
was almost impossible to follow any one interesting specimen when 
seen. All of the specimens of this species were taken by sweeping the 
grass. 

Melanoplus packardii Scudder. 
Emigrant, Park Co., Montana, Aug. 4, 1 co, 1 2. Mammoth Hot 


7 Bull. 94, Colo. Agr. Exp. Sta., pp. 43, 46. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413 


Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 5,1 2. Salt*Lake City, Utah, Aug. 
13,2 &, 2 2. Top of Ensign Peak, Salt Lake City, Aug. 13, 1 o&. 
Five miles south of Salt Lake City, in alfalfa field, Aug. 13,1 %,4 @. 
Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 17-22, 18 &, 25 @. 
Prairie land, Colorado Springs, Aug. 18, 3 2. Garden of the Gods, 
Colorado, Aug. 17 and 23,1 c°,1 2. Fort Morgan, Colorado, Aug. 24, 
ies 

From the above series it is quite evident that representatives of this 
species from the general vicinity of Colorado Springs are smaller than 
specimens from Montana, Yellowstone Park, Utah and eastern 
Colorado. Males from Montana, Utah and the Yellowstone range 
between 27 and 30 millimeters in length of body, while Knob Hill 
males measure from 22.5 to 26. The single female from Fort Morgan, 
however, is as large as the average Utah female. Specimens examined 
from several Nebraska localities are about the same size as the Knob 
Hill individuals and smaller than the Fort Morgan representative. 

In coloration the Montana, Utah and Yellowstone individuals are 
much more strikingly colored than those from Knob Hill, the colors 
being more contrasted and richer. In a series of six specimens from 
Boulder and Fort Collins, examined in this connection, several are 
brightly colored ; one male, the only Boulder specimen, being as striking 
as Utah individuals. 

In the series listed above seven specimens have wholly glaucous 
caudal tibize, while the remainder vary from carmine to pale pinkish, 
including some solferino and very pale purplish tibie, while one (Salt 
Lake City) has partially glaucous, partially solferino and purple tibie, 
the glaucous pale and limited to the proximal portion of the lateral 
faces. 

The specimens of this species taken at Salt Lake City were almost 
all from the luxuriant weeds growing along ditches and drains. Those 
from Colorado Springs were captured in the more heavily weed over- 
grown spots about damp depressions in the prairie. The insects were 
active, but often clung tenaciously. to the weeds in which they hid, and 
it was consequently easy to capture as many as desired. 


Melanoplus conspersus Scudder. 

Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 18,2 %,1 2. IKnob Hill, Colorado 
Springs, Aug. 17-22,39 o',18 2. Prairie land, Colorado Springs, Aug. 
18, 2 2. Garden of the Gods, Colorado, Aug. 17-19, 138 0, 5 Q. 
Akron, Washington Co., Colorado, Aug. 24,1 ©. 

This species in the highly colored individuals is quite handsome and 
appears rather different from the duller specimens, which differ how- 


414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


ever, only in the replacing of the yellow lighter colors with shades of 
light brown. In some individuals the caudal tibie are much more 
valgate than in others, while the inflation of the ventro-lateral carina 
and the adjacent parts of the caudal femora is quite marked in the 
male. A rather striking character of the coloration of this species is 
the continuation of the internal black vertical genicular bar of the 
caudal femora on the ventral surface, but not on the external face. A 
blackish patellar spot is present on the caudal tibize of some specimens 
and not of others. 

The specimens here studied have been compared with paratypic 
material. 

This species was one of those which swarmed in the prairie grass. 
In certain localities where the ground was somewhat damp it occurred 
in countless numbers. 


Melanoplus alpinus Scudder. 

Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, 6,500 feet, Aug. 5,1 o. 

This specimen has been compared with material from the Big Horn 
Mountains, Wyoming, and found to agree in all important characters. 

The specimen was taken on the summit of the first hill back of the 
Mammoth Hot Springs Hotel. The ground in that locality was bare, 
being but sparsely overgrown with short grasses. At the time, the 
specimen was not noticed to be a desirable insect, and a search for 
others was consequently not made. 


Melanoplus infantilis Scudder. 

Livingston, Park Co., Montana, Aug. 4,1 2. Electric, Park Co., 
Colorado, Aug. 4, 1 2. Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, 
Aug. 5: at 6,215 feet, 3 o, 1 2 ; at 6,500 feet, 2,1 2. Knob Hill 
Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 22,1 2. Cripple Creek, Teller Co., 
Colorado, Aug. 19,1 &. 

The Cripple Creek specimen of this diminutive species is smaller 
than the Yellowstone males, while the Livingston specimen is more 
grayish than any of the others. 

This species was found chiefly in the more hilly regions where vegeta- 
tion was not luxuriant and it was nowhere abundant. 


oo 


Melanoplus minor (Scudder). 

Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 17, 1 co. Manitou, 
Colorado, Aug. 23: at 6,300 feet, 1 co’, at 6,700 feet, 8 o', 6 Q. One 
female from Manitou has the caudal tibie dull purplish red, all 
other specimens having these parts various shades of glaucous. 

With one exception all the specimens of this species were taken,on 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415 


the steep hillside near the cog-wheel railway station. Orthoptera 
were not very abundant, but sufficiently plentiful to make collecting 
among the mountain-loving plants interesting. 

Melanoplus differentialis (Thomas). 

Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 18, 1 2. Roggen, 
Weld Co., Colorado, Aug. 24,1. Fort Morgan, Morgan Co., Colorado, 
Aug. 24,1 9. St. Louis, Missouri, Aug. 27,2 co. 

Very few specimens of this species were seen in Colorado. At St. 
Louis, however, the weeds in every vacant field were filled with them. 
Melanoplus bivittatus (Say). 

Gray Cliff, Sweet Grass Co., Montana, Aug. 4, 1 co’. Livingston, 
Park Co., Montana, Aug. 4, 1 co’. Muir, Bozeman Tunnel, Gallatin- 
Park Co., Montana, Aug. 12,1 o. Sappington, Gallatin Co., Montana, 
Aug. 12, 1 co’. Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 5, 
1,1 2. Summit foothill of Gallatin range, 7,000 feet, Mammoth 
Hot Springs, Aug. 5,1 2. Alfalfa field, five miles south of Salt Lake 
City, Utah, Aug. 13,4 7,3 2. Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, 
Aug. 18,1. Garden of the Gods, Colorado, Aug. 19 and 23, 1c’, 1 
Q. Fort Morgan, Morgan Co., Colorado, Aug. 24,4 0,2 2. Roggen, 
Weld Co., Colorado, Aug. 24,1 2. 

This species was more widely distributed than any other taken. 
Although nowhere found in swarms, it was almost invariably plentiful 
about the grasses and weeds growing in somewhat damp locations. 


DACTYLOTUM Charpentier. 
Dactylotum pictum (Thomas). 


Garden of the Gods, Colorado, Aug. 17,1 <',5 2,4 nymphs. Aug. 
19,4o,1 2,3 nymphs. 

This species was found in a slightly moist grassy meadow. Con- 
siderable time was occupied in searching for specimens and all adults 
and nymphs met with were taken. 


TETTIGONIDZ. 
SCUDDERIA Stal. 
Scudderia furcata Brunner. 
Manitou, Colorado, 6,900 feet, Aug. 23,2 o,3 2. 
Taken in the oak thickets on the hillside. The species was quite 
plentiful, but took to flight very readily. 


ORCHELIMUM Serville. 
Orchelimum vulgare Harris. 


St. Louis, Missouri, Aug. 27, 8 co’. 


416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


Taken in a vacant lot overgrown with weeds. The species was 
abundant everywhere in this locality. 


Orchelimum longipenne Scudder. 

Hannibal, Missouri, Aug. 25, 1c. 

This specimen agrees very well with Redtenbacher’s description 
and measurements of his inerme, which he proposed to replace longi- 
penne. Scudder’s original description is brief and unsatisfactory. 

The brownish marking on the dorsum of the pronotum is rather 
pale and nearly uniform in color, the lateral bars being extremely 
weak. 

This single specimen was taken from high weeds growing on the 
banks of the Mississippi river. 


XIPHIDION Serville. 
Xiphidion fasciatum (DeGeer). 

Akron, Washington Co., Colorado, Aug. 21, 1 2. Roggen, Weld 
Co., Colorado, Aug. 24,1 2. 

Xiphidion saltans Scudder. 

Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 17-22,40,3 2. Gar- 
den of the Gods, Colorado, Aug. 19,1 2. Roggen, Weld Co., Colorado, 
Aug. 24,16. _ 

The specimen from Roggen is very much paler than the others, the 
normal green on the sides of the head, pronotum and pleura being 
replaced with bluish white. 

These insects were all taken among the grasses growing in moist 
locations. 

Xiphidion strictum Scudder. 

St. Louis, Missouri, Aug. 27,2 o',2 2. 

These specimens have been compared with specimens of this species 
from Nebraska determined by Bruner. 

The specimens were taken from a weedy field. 


ANABRUS Haldeman. 

Anabrus simplex Haldeman. 

Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug.5,5o,4 2. Knob 
Hill, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 22,2 2. 

These specimens have been examined by Mr. Caudell and are con- 
sidered true simplex by him. 

This species was extremely common in the sage-brush about the 
Mammoth Hot Springs, The males sit on the highest twigs and keep 
up a continuous droning z-r-r-r-r—somewhat resembling the sounds 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 417 


produced by Orchelimwm vulgare. When alarmed the insects fairly 
tumble from their perch and hurriedly seek their holes at the plant’s 
roots. So quickly can these apparently clumsy insects reach their 
holes that it is only possible to surprise them still in the bush by ap- 
proaching with the greatest caution. The insects are exceedingly 
poor at jumping and are completely helpless when removed from their 
home bush. 


Anabrus coloradus Thomas. 

Manitou, Colorado, Aug. 23, 4 o&, 2 2. Hillside at 6,700 feet, 
Manitou, Aug. 16, 1 2. Halfway House, Pike’s Peak, Aug., 2 o. 
Mountain View, Pike’s Peak, 9,700 feet, Aug. 20,1 ©. 

These specimens have also been examined and determined by Mr. 
Caudell. 

These insects were all taken from low bushes growing in or near the 
woods on the slopes of Pike’s Peak. Their stridulations were quite 
long. 


STEIROXYS Herman. 
Steiroxys trilineata (Thomas). 


Muir, Bozeman Tunnel, Gallatin-Park Co., Montana, Aug. 12,1 9. 
Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 5,3 2. Summit of 
foothill of Gallatin range, Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, 
7,000 feet, Aug. 5,2 2. Near Grand Cafion, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 
10,2 2. Yellowstone Lake, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 7,2 92. 

Most of these specimens would by the rather uniform dorsal face of 
their abdomen be referred to pallidipalpus, but the authors do not 
consider the blackish V-shaped maculations of the abdomen constant 
enough to use for the separation of the two ‘‘forms.”’ 

This species was somewhat plentiful under sage-brush. They 
inhabited holes at the roots of these bushes, in which they sought 
refuge upon the least sign of danger. They hopped along awkwardly, 
but disappeared in their holes with surprising speed. 


EREMOPEDES Scudder. 
Eremopedes balli Caudell. 
Austin Bluffs, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Aug. 18, 1 oc. Prairie 
land, Colorado Springs, Aug. 18, 2 9. 
This species was previously known only from Fort Collins, Colorado, 
and Williams and Flagstaff, Arizona. This species was found on the 
ground among grasses. It is strictly terrestrial. 


418 PROCEEDINGS OF ‘THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


GRYLLIDA. 
NEMOBIUS Serville. 
Nemobius fasciatus (DeGeer). 

Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 5, 2 co, 2 @. 
Geyser crust, Old Faithful, Upper Geyser Basin, Yellowstone Park, 
Aug. 7,1 %, 1 2. Five miles south of Salt Lake City, Utah, in 
alfalfa field, Aug. 13,1 %. St. Louis, Missouri, Aug. 27,1 2. 

All specimens in this series are brachypterous. 


GRYLLUS Linneus. 
Gryllus pennsylvanicus Burmeister. 

On geyser formation at the upper end of Mammoth Hot Springs, 
Yellowstone Park, Aug. 5,2 2. Brush, Morgan Co., Colorado, Aug. 
24,1 2. St. Louis, Missouri, Aug. 27,1 2. 

The specimens are brachypterous. 

The specimens taken at the Hot Springs were lying dead on the 
geyser formation, evidently killed by the fumes issuing from a nearby 
vent hole. 


(ECANTHUS Serville. 
Ccanthus quadripunctatus Beutenmiiller. 

Knob Hill, Colorado Springs, Aug. 18-22, 5 co. Prairie land, 
Colorado Springs, Aug. 18, 1 co’. Garden of the Gods, Colorado, Aug. 
lg i Gi 

The antennal maculations, particularly on the proximal joint, vary 
considerably in shape, in one specimen approaching fasciatus and in 
others approaching pint. 

A common species on the higher weeds and bushes growing on the 
prairie. Their low but continuous stridulating would be heard often 
many yards away. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 419 


ON SOME REPTILIAN FREAKS FROM INDIANA. 


BY W. S. BLATCHLEY. 


Cases of deformity or malformation are seemingly much less common 
among wild forms of life than among mankind or his domestic animals. 
One often sees or hears of two-headed calves, five-legged pigs_and four- 
legged chickens, but ‘‘freaks’’ among wild mammals, birds and reptiles 
come to notice but seldom. In the literature on herpetology at my 
command I ean find only the following records of malformation among 
reptiles and batrachians in the United States. 

Dr. Samuel L. Mitchill, in the early part of the nineteenth century, 
published an article entitled ‘‘Facts and considerations showing that 
the Two-Headed Snakes of North America and other parts of the 
World are not individuals of a distinct race, but universally Monsters,’’? 
in which he recorded the finding in Genesee county, New York, of 120 
of the young of a female black snake, Bascanion constrictor L., among 
which were ‘‘three monsters, one with two distinct heads; one with a 
double head and only three eyes; and one with a double skull, furnished 
with three eyes and a single lower jaw; this last had two bodies.’’ 
These three specimens he figured on an accompanying plate. 

Dr. Mitchill noted that records of two-headed snakes had been made 
up to that date from the ‘‘West Indian and Polynesian islands; in 
Great Britain and in Italy,’’ and that those from the foreign countries 
had been supposed to ‘‘constitute a race of their own and propagate 
their kind in regular succession.’’ His paper, based on the finding in 
New York of three individuals among one litter, was written to con- 
trovert this foolish supposition. He added that ‘‘serpents are destitute 
of limbs, and are consequently incapable of monstrosity in feet, legs, 
hands and arms, either by defect, redundancy or malformation; when 
it happens, therefore, monstrosity must be in the head or tail, and the 
head is most frequently the seat of it.’’ 

Prof. Jeffries Wyman recorded the occurrence in Massachusetts of a 
specimen of water snake, T’ropidonotus sipedon (1.), with two heads 
and two tails.” 


1 American Journ. Science and Arts, X, 1826, 48. 
? Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1X, 183. 


420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


In the American Naturalist, Vol. X11, 1878, p. 470, Mr. H. C. Yarrow 
stated that there was ‘‘but one two-headed snake in the enormously 
large collection of reptiles in the Smithsonian Institution.’’ This was 
a specimen of Ophibolus getulus (L.), the common chain or king snake, 
from Port Tobacco, Maryland. 

In the same volume, page 694, Dr. J. S. Kingsley mentioned a two- 
headed snake, species not given, as being in the collection of Williams 
College, Massachusetts. 

In his ‘‘ Report on the Reptiles and Batrachians of Ohio,’’? Dr. W. H. 
Smith stated that the Museum of Michigan University contains a 
double-headed milk snake, Ophibolus doliatus triangulus (Boie). He 
added: ‘‘Cases of monstrosities among serpents have been observed 
by various parties from the time of Aristotle and Redi to the present, 
and they, as well as the occurrence of monsters in general, may be due 
to shock.’’ 

Concerning two-headed turtles I can find but one reference, viz., Dr. 
Mitchill, loc. cit., says: ‘‘I have heard of a two-headed tortoise (T’estudo) 
that lived to acquire a considerable size, by having taken food at both 
mouths.’’ 

But two notes regarding malformation among batrachians are at 
hand. One of these is by Dr. Kingsley, loc. cit., in which he records 
a specimen of a five-legged frog, Rana palustris, from Rochester, New 
York. The other, by Smith, ib. cit., refers to a mention by Ryder * 
of another five-legged frog of the same species. 

During the past fifteen years examples of four two-headed snakes, 
one two-headed turtle, one five-legged frog and one two-tailed sala- 
mander from Indiana have come to my notice. While I have seen but 
two of the individuals, the records of the others can be relied upon. 

Two-headed Snakes. a. Of the snakes, one at hand as I write is a 
specimen of the spreading viper, Heterodon platyrhinus Latr., six and a 
half inches in length, taken near Manilla, Rush county, by 8. C. Peck 
in August, 1904, and by him presented to the State Museum. It has 
two perfect heads, both possessing the scale formula of the species. 
Each head stands out at nearly right angles to the median line of the 
front extremity of the body, the center or keel of the two rostral plates 
being 22 mm. apart. The two heads unite just back of the hindmost 
of the inner lower labials, there being three rows of small scales between 
the inner upper labials. Viewed from above, the right head appears 


3 Geol. Surv. of Ohio, IV, 1882, 690. 
4 Science News, December 15, 1878, p. 69 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421 


very slightly longer than the left, but when compressed together there 
is no difference, each one being 13 mm. in length. The two cesophagi 
unite in a common gullet just back of the point of union. In all other 
respects the specimen is a typical young form of H. platyrhinus. 

b. Asmall two-headed garter snake was taken on a farm southwest 
of Russellville, Putnam county, and was kept in alcohol for several 
years. It was reported to me by several parties who had seen it, but 
was thrown out on account of decay, due to loss of aleohol, several 
weeks before I visited the place. The heads were said to unite about 
two inches back of the rostral plate, each having a small portion of the 
body between it and the point of union. 

c. In June, 1893, a friend reported to me that his son had killed a 
two-headed snake in a woods pasture near Terre Haute. In company 
with the boy I visited the spot the next day, but found that the buz- 
zards had been ahead of me and that only a small portion of the body 
was left. It was a house or milk snake, Ophibolus doliatus triangulus 
(Boie), and, judging from the fragments and the account of the boy, 
had been about two and a half feet inlength. He said that the heads 
forked five or six inches back from the front extremity of the body. 

d. Inthe Indianapolis News of July 19, 1893, John Collett, ex-State 
Geologist of Indiana, mentions a ‘‘double-headed garter snake as 
having been taken west of the Wabash river in Vermillion county a 
few years previously.’’ 

Two-headed Turtle—On May 1, 1892, John Tiley, a coal operator, 
found, near Waterman, in the southwest corner of Fountain county, 
Indiana, a two-headed turtle. It was presented to Dr. George T. 
De Verter, who kept it for more than a year, when by accident it was 
drowned. It was presented in alcohol to Prof. John Collett, of Indiana- 
polis, and, according to the Indianapolis News of July 19, 1893, had 
‘‘nothing to distinguish it from the ordinary little river turtle that 
sits with a row of fellows on a log and plunks into the water when you 
creep up with designs upon its freedom. Its back appears a little 
broader than usual to give it neck room. The heads are not joined and 
do not interfere with each other’s independence. Each has its little 
sack to retreat into in time of danger. Each has two fully ‘developed 
eyes, a complete and efficacious mouth and a full throat which is 
beautifully striped in black and yellow lines. Each has a little stripe 
of red retreating from each eye, and the heads are twins in size. Either 
head would have been good enough to serve a turtle of ordinary ambi- 
tion.’’ 

The News published a crude drawing of the turtle, and from it and the 

28 


422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


above description, I judge that the animal was very probably a speci- 
men of the lady turtle, Chrysemys marginata (Agassiz). Dr. De Verter 
informed the writer that when kept in an aquarium and fed, each head 
acted wholly independently of the other, the two being thrust forth 
for different articles of food—meat, mosquito larve, tadpoles, ete.—at 
the same time or at intervals, as occasion and opportunity demanded. 
What finally became of the specimen on the death of Prof. Collett is 
not known. 

Five-legged Frog.—In the spring of 1892, while teaching zoology at 
Terre Haute, I heard several times of a five-legged frog at a greenhouse 
in that city. I finally visited the place, but the specimen could not be 
located. The proprietor informed me that he had seen it on a number 
of occasions, and had caught it once and then let it go. According to 
his description, it was probably a specimen of the leopard frog, Rana 
virescens Kalm, with a fifth leg of the same size as each of the two 
front ones, which was joined to the left side about an inch back of and 
a little higher than the normal front leg. The specimen was not seen 
after my visit and probably fell a victim to some prowling cat. 

Two-tailed Salamander.—On June 21, 1906, I took from an ancient 
shell mound which was being excavated near Shoals, Martin county, 
a small specimen of the ashy salamander, Plethodon cinereus (Green), 
which possesses a forked tail. The animal itself was only 38 mm. in 
length, the tail comprising 12 mm., or nearly one-third. At a point 
near the middle the tail forked, the two prongs being separated in life 
by an angle of about 30 degrees. The left or longer fork was 7 mm. in 
length, while the right or shorter one was but 5 mm. long. Instead of 
being cylindrical as in typical specimens, each portion was flattened, 
with rather sharp edges above and below. 

It is very probable that cases of malformation among reptiles and 
batrachians are much more common than is generally supposed. It 
is safe to say that not more than ten per cent. of the normal individuals 
which are born or hatched ever come within the range of man’s vision. 
The great majority of the malformed ones are, like those of the 
domestic animals, either still-born or short-lived. The number of 
specimens of ‘‘freaks’’ which come to the notice of man is, therefore, 
doubtless a very small per cent. of those. which actually occur. 

To the factor of natural variation, rather than that of ‘‘shock,’’ is 
probably due the malformations which do occur. If but three speci- 
mens out of 120 of one brood of snakes were malformed on account of 


a shock to the pregnant mother, why did not that shock affect the 
others? 


. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 423 


DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF CENTROPOMUS. 
BY HENRY W. FOWLER. 


Centropomus gabbi sp. noy. Fig. 1 

Heads24 idepthi3-) Daa wlliest Onn SAS TG) 1 Pym loved o- 
scales 66 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 17 more out from latter to 
end of median rays; 12 scales in a vertical series between origin of 
spinous dorsal and lateral line; 13 scales in a vertical series between 
origin of rayed dorsal and lateral line; 15 scales in a vertical series 
between origin of spinous anal and lateral line; 7 scales in a vertical 
series between lateral line and middle of upper surface of caudal 
peduncle; width of head 3 in its length; depth of head at occiput 14; 
mandible 1; fourth dorsal spine 2; second dorsal ray 27;; second 


Fig. 1.—Centropomus gabbi Fowler. 


anal spine 14; first anal ray 1%; least depth of caudal peduncle 34; 
upper caudal lobe about 11; pectoral 12; ventral 13; snout 3% in head, 
measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 4}; maxillary 23; interorbital 
space 62. 


424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


Body compressed, elongated, back a little elevated, or more convex 
than lower profile, and greatest depth falling at origin of spinous dorsal. 
Edges of body rounded. Chest flattened. Least depth of caudal 
peduncle 12 in its length. 

Head compressed, sides flattened so that its width is equally wide 
above and below. Profile similarly inclined, and nearly straight. 
Muzzle prominent, robust. Snout as long as broad and with convex 
surface. Eye rather large, circular, touching upper profile and falling 
about first 2 in length of head. Mouth moderately large, inclined a 
little, and with gape straight. Mandible broad, depressed on lower 
surface, rami elevated posteriorly inside mouth, symphysis with slightly 
elevated dentigerous process and protruding well in front of snout. 
Lips rather thin and fleshy. Maxillary reaching middle of orbit, its 
upper edge slipping below preorbital to its extremity, and distal ex- 
pansion equals diameter of pupil. Bands of villiform teeth in jaws, 
on vomer and palatines. Tongue smooth, free and rounded in front. 
Nostrils adjoining, close to front rim of eye, and posterior a little 
larger. Along lower edge of preorbital 10 backwardly directed den- 
ticles. Along ridge of preopercle at angle 2 denticles. Margin of 
preoperele finely serrated, with about 6 especially enlarged serre at 
angle. Edge of suprascapula with graduated denticles to last or 
posterior, which is largest. Interorbital space flat with 2 equidistant 
parallel frontal ridges, convergent anteriorly at snout. Parietal ridge, 
beginning as supraocular, also prominent and becoming somewhat 
convergent towards occiput. A ridge on preorbital. Opercle ending 
in a rather broad cutaneous flap posteriorly above. 

Gill-opening extending forward opposite front rim of orbit. Gill- 
rakers 1, 5 + 10, tv, lanceolate, slender, longest much longer than 
filaments, or 2 of orbit. Gill-filaments about equal pupil. Pseudo- 
branchie smaller than filaments. Isthmus narrow and with slightly 
convex surface. 

Seales finely ctenoid, in even longitudinal series parallel with lateral 
line, and those on middle of side largest. Scales small on predorsal 
region, also those on or at bases of fins. About 12 series of scales on 
cheek. Head naked, except cheek, postocular region, opercle, sub- 
opercle, parietal region and occiput, though scales on opercle much 
largest. A narrow basal scaly sheath extending till behind seventh 
dorsal spine. Base of rayed dorsal covered with small scales, also of 
anal and caudal. Axil of pectoral with a pit, a cutaneous membrane 
covering it above. Ventral with a pointed scaly flap in axil about 
2 length of spine. Lateral line conspicuous, of simple large tubes, 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425 


and sloping down in a curve till on middle of side of caudal peduncle, 
and persisting on caudal to tips of median rays. 

Spinous dorsal inserted a little nearer tip of mandible than base of 
last dorsal ray, graduated down from fourth spine which is longest, 
and edge of fin not notched. Rayed dorsal inserted nearly an eye- 
diameter nearer base of caudal than eye, and graduated down from 
second ray which is longest, though first and third but slightly shorter. 
Spine of rayed dorsal less than half height of fin. Spinous anal in- 
serted nearer base of caudal than origin of ventral, second spine longest 
enlarged, and falling about half an eye-diameter short of base of caudal. 
Third anal spine long, slender, and but a trifle shorter than second. 
Rayed anal graduated down from first ray which is longest, and about 
equal to third anal spine. Caudal deeply emarginated, forked, lobes 
pointed, apparently equal, and median rays about half length of upper 
lobe. Pectoral broad, upper rays longest, and reaching about # to 
spinous anal. Ventral inserted Just behind base of pectoral, reaching 
2 of space to spinous anal, and spine about # length of fin. Vent a 
trifle before tips of ventrals. 

Color in alcohol dull brassy-brown, with obscure olivaceous tints 
above, and lower surface scarcely paler. Body also with shining or 
silvery reflections in some lights. Lateral line brownish, not much 
darker than body-color. Fins all more or less dilute brownish. 
Spinous dorsal with greater median portion of each membrane largely 
dusky-brown, and same of rayed dorsal and caudal, though basal 
portions of membranes of these fins pale. Membrane between second 
and third anal spines dusky. Outer front proximal regions of ventrals 
tinted with brownish dustings. Iris dull brownish. 

Length 104 inches. 

Type, No. 13,469, A. N. §. P. Eastern San Domingo. Prof. 
William M. Gabb. 

Known to me from the single example described above. It is close to 
the figure of C. mexicanus by Vaillant and Bocourt, which species 
according to Dr. Regan is undoubtedly identical with C. parallelus. C. 
gabbi differs from the aforementioned figure in the third dorsal spine 
being shorter than the fourth, the shorter spine of the rayed anal, the 
comparatively shorter second anal spine, which is but a trifle longer 
than the third, and several other characters, such as the presence of 
more preorbital serre, etc. 

(Named for Prof. Wiliam M. Gabb, who collected fishes in San 
Domingo.) 

Centropomus heringi sp. nov. Fig. 2. 


Head 27; depth 3g; D. VIII-I, 10, 1; A. III, 6, 1; P. u, 14; V. I, 5; 


426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


scales 70 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 16 more on caudal; 10 
scales between origin of spinous dorsal and lateral line in a vertical 
series; 12 scales in a vertical series between origin of rayed dorsal and 
lateral line; 15 scales in a vertical series from origin of spinous anal to 
lateral line; width of head 32 in its length; depth of head at occiput 
142; mandible 2; sixth dorsal spine 2{; second anal spine 14; third 
anal spine 14; least depth of caudal peduncle 34; pectoral 14; ventral 
1Z; ventral spine 22; snout 34 in head, measured from tip of upper 
jaw; eye 44; maxillary 22; interorbital space 74. 

Body moderately elongate, well compressed, and greatest depth 
about middle of base of spinous dorsal. Back a little elevated or 


Fig. 2.—Centropomus heringi Fowler. 


profile above more convex than below. Edges of body rounded. 
Caudal peduncle compressed, and least depth which falls about last 
third of its length about 13 in latter. 

Head compressed, sides flattened and appearance attenuated. 
Upper profile nearly straight from tip of snout to occiput and much 
more inclined than lower. Snout convex, rounded when viewed from 
above with a slight depression in front, and longer than wide. Eye 
a little ellipsoid, touching upper profile, and its center about first # 
in length of head. Pupil circular. Mouth nearly horizontal. Man- 
dible spatulate, projecting well beyond tip of upper jaw, and each 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427 


ramus but little elevated inside of mouth. Maxillary reaching beyond 
front of pupil slightly, though not to middle, and distal expansion 
emarginated posteriorly 24 in horizontal orbital diameter. Margin 
of preorbital with 6 backwardly directed teeth or serre. Bands of 
very fine teeth in jaws and on vomer and palatines, those on latter 
very narrow. Tongue narrow, elongately triangular, and free in 
front. Lower lip laterally rather fleshy. Nostrils near together, 
posterior larger and close in front of eye, and anterior placed about 
last ? in length of snout. Interorbital space rather narrow and flat- 
tened, frontal and supraocular keels nearly equidistant. Posterior 
ridge of preopercle well serrated, at angle 2 large denticles and lower 
edge with coarser serratures than those on vertical margin. Ridge 
just in front with 2 small serre at angle. Opercle ending in a long thin 
flap above. Suprascapula coarsely serrate above. 

Gill-opening extending forward opposite front margin of orbit. 
Gill-rakers 1, 5 + 11, 1, lanceolate, and longest longer than longest 
filaments, or about 14 in horizontal orbital diameter. Isthmus narrow, 
and with a slight median furrow. 

Scales small, in series parallel with lateral line, small and crowded 
on predorsal region, where they number about 25, and on bases of 
vertical or unpaired fins. Scales also small on breast and about 
chest. About 7 series of scales on cheek. Opercles, and a patch on 
each side of head above behind eye, scaly. With these exceptions 
head more or less cavernous and with prominent ridges. Dorsals and 
anals with basal scaly sheaths. Axil of ventral with a scaly flap coy- 
ered with a number of small scales. Lateral line of large simple tubes, 
prominent, and uniform in color with rest of body. 

Spinous dorsal inserted a trifle behind origin of ventral, third and 
fourth spines evidently longest? (though missing) and others graduated 
down. Rayed dorsal inserted nearly midway between posterior rim 
of orbit and base of caudal, and rays highest anteriorly. Spinous 
anal inserted nearly midway between origin of ventral and base of 
caudal or opposite base of fourth dorsal ray. Second anal spine very 
long, nearly straight, longer than third, and reaching beyond base of 
caudal. Anal rays graduated down from first which is longest. 
Caudal forked, lobes evidently pointed. Pectoral reaching a little 
beyond base of last dorsal spine, though not quite opposite origin of 
second dorsal. Ventral inserted a little behind origin of pectoral, 
and reaching % of space to anal, though a little short of origin of rayed 
dorsal. Vent a little before tips of ventrals or about 4 in post-ventral 
space. 


428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., 


Color in aleohol pale brown, more or less uniform, lower surface 
and sides with bright reflections. Back with obscure underlaid 
mottlings. Iris dull yellowish. 

Length 54 inches. 

Type, No. 13,421, A. N. S. P. Surinam or Dutch Guiana. Dr. 
Charles Hering. 

Known to me only from a single poorly preserved example which 
is closely related to C. argenteus. It differs, however, chiefly in having 
12 scales in a vertical series between the origin of the rayed dorsal 
and the lateral line, and in the variegated back. The profile of the 
head is also less attenuated and the second anal spine reaches further 
beyond base of caudal. 

(Named for Dr. Charles Hering, who collected fishes many years ago 
at Surinam or Dutch Guiana.) 

Other species examined are C. pectinatus Poey from Surinam, C. con- 
stantinus Jordan and Evermann from Rio Janeiro and Los Matheos 
in Brazil, C. argenteus Regan from Surinam, C. cuviert Bocourt from 
eastern San Domingo, C. armatus Gill from western Mexico, C. 
pedimacula Poey from Havana, and C. ensijerus Poey from eastern San 
Domingo. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429 


OcToBER 2, 
Mr. ArtHuR Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Thirty-three persons present. 


The deaths of Joseph F. Sinnott, June 20, of Howard N. Potts, 
July 24, members, and of the following correspondents: C. R. Von 
Osten Sacken, Eugéne Renevier, Henry A. Ward, Diomys Stur and 
E. F. Recluz, were announced. 


The Publication Committee reported that papers under the follow- 
ing titles had been offered for publication since the last meeting: 

““Description of Five New Species of Orthoptera from Tonkin,’’ 
by James A. G. Rehn (May 17). 

“Description of Two New Polychzta from Alaska,’’ by J. Perey 
Moore (June 20). 

“‘Note on the Dusky Salamander,’’ by H. W. Fowler (July 7). 

“On Some Fishes of Western Cuba,’’ by N. E. McIndoo (July 7). 

“‘On Some Reptilian Freaks from Indiana,’’? by W. S. Blatchley 
(July 7). 

‘“A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Orthoptera of Montana, 
Yellowstone Park, Utah and Colorado,’’ by James A. G. Rehn and 
Morgan Hebard (August 31). 

‘Description of Two New Species of Centropomus,’’ by Henry 
W. Fowler (September 10). 


Botanizing in the Canadian Rockies—Mr. STEWARDSON Brown 
remarked that during the past summer, through the liberality of Mrs. 
Charles Schaffer, June and July were spent in studying the plants of 
the Canadian Rockies, along the line of the Canadian Pacific Railway. 

The section explored was from Banff, Alberta, to Glacier, B. C., with 
side trips into the region surrounding Lake Louise, to the south of 
Laggan Station, and the Ptarmigan, Blind, and part of the Pipestone 
Valleys to the north; Lake O’Harra, Emerald Lake, the Yoho and 
Little Yoho Valleys, in the vicinity of Field, B. C. 

Collections were made consisting of 808 numbers, comprising about 
one-third as many species and more than 4,000 specimens. 

As these have not yet been critically studied it is impossible to 
indicate how many may be new to science; it is reasonable to suppose, 
however, that there are some novelties among them. The species 

29 


430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


forming the forest east of the divide appear to differ considerably 
from those of the west, due doubtless to the greater precipitation of 
moisture on the latter region. Near the limit of timber and in open 
ground, where the effect of such conditions would not be so marked, 
they appear to be nearly identical. 


OcToBER 16. 
Dr. BENJAMIN SHARP in the Chair. 


Twenty-five persons present. 


Weather Predictions —Mr. Harvey M. Warts remarked that a new 
epoch is about to dawn in meteorological research, in that the United 
States Weather Bureau expects within a month to receive daily 
reports from the entire northern (circum-Polar) hemisphere—Europe, 
Siberia, Alaska, and so on around from west to east—allowing the 
meteorologists for the first time to have synoptic charts made cover- 
ing this immense area of the inhabited globe. 

In explaining the significance of this, Mr. Watts went into a careful 
survey of the great basic causes of weather and climate variations. 
He called attention to the universal drift of the general circulation 
from west to east about the Pole in the regions north of the Tropies, in 
which general circulation are carried by the travelling eyclones and 
anti-eyclones (centers of low and high barometric pressures), and he 
indicated how the paths of these travelling eddies were determined by 
the pressures and location of the sub-Tropical high pressure belts, 
which form in the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans huge permanent anti- 
cyclones, upon whose seasonal shifting and variations in pressure 
depend the general variations in weather and climate. 

yThe speaker called attention to the fact that the variation in place 
and pressure of these anti-cyclones (the sub-Tropical high pressure 
belts),"it was now held generally by meteorologists, were due to varia- 
tions in the radiation from the sun. It is known that the sun is a 
variable star, whose radiation varies from time to time as much as 
ten per cent. 

These solar variations affect the pressure in the sub-Tropical region, 
and the variations in the pressures in the sub-Tropical region in turn 
affect. atmospheric pressures the earth over, determining the path of 
storms and clear weather phenomena, and also general climatic effects, 
such as excessive rains, droughts, hot and cold summers and their 
contraries. 


The following were ordered printed: 


1906.} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431 


FURTHER KNOWLEDGE OF SOME HETEROGNATHOUS FISHES. PART II. 
RY HENRY W. FOWLER. 


Astyanax stilbe (Cope). Fig. 34. 
Tetragonopterus stilbe Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70 
(August 19, 1870), p. 559. Type, No. 8,085, A. N.S. P. Para. 
De Schulte Buckow.— Cope, l.c., p. 566 (evidently type). 


Fig. 34.—Astyanaxz stilbe (Cope). 


Width of head 2 in its length; interorbital space 2% in head measured 
from tip of upper jaw. Body compressed. Predorsal region with a 
median keel, and postdorsal region rounded. Preventral region 
rounded and postventral region trenchant. Caudal peduncle com- 
pressed. Head compressed. Snout moderately broad and surface 
convex. Rami of mandible not elevated inside mouth. Teeth in 
jaws mostly quindentate, 4 on each side in an outer series above, and 


432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct. 


mandibulars large and powerful infront. Asmall basal maxillary tooth 
inside. Tongue flattened, rounded and a little free. Interorbital 
space convex. Gill-opening extending forward not quite opposite end 
of maxillary. Rakers 9 + 12?, lanceolate, and shorter than filaments 
which are # of eye. Each scale with a few strie. Tubes of lateral line 
simple. Vent close in front of anal. Color in alcohol pale brown, 
back a little darker than sides and lower surface with more or less 
silvery reflections. A silvered streak from humeral region, including 
rather vertical dusky-brown humeral blotch, to caudal, where it 
becomes dark brownish and continues out on median rays. Fins all 
dull or pale uniform brownish. Iris brassy-brown. Length 2}} 
inches. 


Astyanax moorii (Boulenger). 


Tetragonopterus moorei Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XX XIII, 
1894 (January 5), p. 107. Near Chapada, in Matto Grosso, from the 
headwaters of the Paraguay. H.H. Smith. 


Head 32; depth 3; D. m1, 9; A. rv, 28, 1; scales 37 in lateral line to 
base of caudal, and 3 more on latter; 9 scales obliquely from origin"of 
dorsal to lateral line; 7 scales from origin of anal to lateral line; pectoral 
14 in head; ventral 13; snout 3} in head measured from tip of upper 
jaw; eye 3}; maxillary 2; interorbital space 3. Body elongate ovoid. 
An obtuse median predorsal keel, also one on postdorsal and post- 
ventral regions, preventral region rounded. Head rather short, deep, 
compressed, muzzle blunt. Moutha little inclined. Maxillary reaches 
middle of eye and its expansion 3 of same. Maxillary with several 
basal teeth. Tongue fleshy, little free. Interorbital space convex. 
Opercle deep, and second infraorbital with rather indistinct striz. 
Gill-rakers 10 + 12, shorter than filaments, which are # of eye. Each 
scale with a few strie. Tubes of lateral line simple. Color in alcohol 
brown, more or less with dull silvered reflections. Lower surface paler 
or duller brownish than back. A blackish humeral blotch larger than 
orbit. Side with a broad grayish diffuse streak from gill-opening 
above towards base of caudal. In latter region this grayish shades 
into dusky or blackish and extends out on median caudal rays. Fins 
otherwise all pale brownish, dorsal and caudal a little darker. Jaws 
a little brownish in front. Iris light brown with a dark brown ring. 
Length 44 inches. 

Astyanax bimaculatus (Linnzus). 


Tetragonopterus caudimaculatus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., 
Beats 1894 (January 5),p.107. Headwaters of the Tocantius. H. 
. Smith, 


Head 34; depth 22; D. 111, 9; A. tv, 31, 1; seales 40 in lateral line to 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433 


base of caudal, and 3 more on latter; 9 scales in an oblique series back 
from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 7 scales from base of ventral to 
lateral line; 16 scales before dorsal; pectoral 1? in head; ventral 13; 
least depth of caudal peduncle 24; snout 32 in head, measured from 
tip of upper jaw; eye 34; interorbital space 24. No maxillary teeth. 
Gill-rakers 10 + 14 on first arch, slender, pointed and much shorter 
than filaments. Origin of dorsal nearer tip of upper jaw than base of 
caudal. Color in aleohol brownish, back darker than side and lower 
surface. Black humeral blotch conspicuous. Blackish dash at base 
of caudal and on side of caudal peduncle also pronounced. Each 
scale on side with a few brownish points or dots so that indistinct — 
longitudinal series are formed. Iris brownish with a darker ring. 
Length 43 inches. Headwaters of the Tocantius. H. H. Smith. 
Also 3 other examples with same data showing: Head 32 to 32; depth 
24 to 27; D. m1, 9; A. Iv, 28, 1 to Iv, 29, 1, usually latter; scales 38 to 
42 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 3 more on latter; 9 scales in an 
oblique series from origin of dorsal back to lateral line; 7 or 8 scales 
from base of ventral to lateral line; 9 scales from origin of anal te 
lateral line; 15 or 16 scales before dorsal; total length of specimens 2 
to 4,3; inches. 

Cope was evidently wrong in identifying this near Tetragonopterus 
caudomaculatus Gunther which has only 26 anal radii. 

Also two in bad condition from the Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. 
Orton. One of these has the humeral blotch large and pronounced. 
Astyanax lacustris (Litken). 

Head 33; depth 24; D. 1, 9; A. tv, 27, 1; seales 35 in lateral line to 
base of caudal, and 2 more on latter; 8 scales obliquely back from origin 
of dorsal to lateral line, and 5 scales in same way from origin of adipose 
dorsal; 6 seales in a vertical series between base of ventral and lateral 
line; 7 scales between origin of anal and lateral line; 14 scales before 
dorsal; snout 4 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 22; 
maxillary 22; interorbital space 22; least depth of caudal peduncle 24; 
pectoral 14; ventral 13. Maxillary toothless, and reaching front 
margin of pupil. Rakers about 10 + 15, slender, and a little shorter 
than filaments. In alcohol brownish, lower surface and sides paler or 
whitish and everywhere more or less washed with silvery. An ellip- 
soid blotch of blackish, in length about equal to orbit, on shoulder. 
Base of caudal pale brownish and median caudal rays brownish. A 
silvery streak from shoulder to caudal. Iris silvery-brassy. Length 
25. inches. Para, Brazil. De Schulte Buckow. Coll. J. C. Bre- 
voort. 


434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [@cies 


This example agrees largely with Liitken’s excellent figure. 
Astyanax orientalis (Cope). Fig. 35. 

Head 3} to 32; depth 2+ to 23; D. m1, 9; A. Iv, 27 to 29; eye 22 to 24 
in head measured from tip of upper jaw; interorbital space 23. Body 
well compressed. Snout broad, with convex surface. Teeth as 
usual in the genus. Maxillary toothless. Tongue thick, fleshy and 
little free. Interorbital space broad and convex. Gill-opening ex- 
tends nearly opposite front margin of orbit. Rakers 9 + 14, lanceo- 


Fig. 35.—Astyanax orientalis (Cope). 


late, and much shorter than filaments, which are 3 of orbit. A few 
striz on each scale. Tubes in lateral line simple. Vent close in 
front of anal. Color in alcohol brownish, peritoneum showing through 
paler. Fins all pale brownish. Lower side of head silvery. An 
elongate blackish-brown humeral blotch and a similar shade at base 
of caudal continued out on median rays. A rather indistinct silvery 
band from shoulder to base of caudal. Length of largest, with dam- 
aged caudal, 24 inches. Paramaribo, Dutch Guiana. Dr. Charles 
Hering. 


= 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435 


These examples seem to agree best with Tetragonopterus orientalis 
Cope. The diserepancies in the depth of the body may be accounted 
for by age, as the younger ones are more elongate. The anterior anal 
rays are however much longer than the others. The eye was evidently 
found to be 3 in the head, which also may possibly be attributed to 
age, though my examples show it but a little less than interorbital 
space. 

Tetragonopterus viejita Valenciennes may be closely related or 
identical, as it agrees in some respects, though it is impossible to con- 
sider it on account of the imperfect diagnosis. 

Astyanax rutilus (Jenyns). 

Tetragonopterus rutilus Cope, Proe. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XX XIII, 
1894 (January 5), p. 87. Brazilian province of Rio Grande do Sul. H. 
H. Smith. 

Head 32 to 44; depth 22 to 22; D. mt, 9, rarely m1, 10; A. rv, 25, I to 
IV, 28, 1, usually 25 or 26 developed rays, rarely 27 or 28; scales 35 to 40 
in lateral line to base of caudal, usually 37 or 38, and 3 more on latter; 7 
scales in an oblique series back from origin of dorsal to lateral line, 
rarely 8; 5 or 6 scales, usually latter, from base of ventral to lateral 
line: usually 6 scales from origin of anal, not counting those on base of 
fin, to lateral line; 15 or 16 scales before dorsal; length of 12 specimens 
ranging from 2 to 6 inches. 

I differ with Cope concerning the statement that this species re- 
sembles Astyanax jequitinhone (Steindachner). Most of my specimens 
agree quite well with the latter’s figure of A. rutilus. 

Astyanax jacuhiensis (Cope). 

Tetragonopterus jacuhiensis Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., X XXIII, 
1894 (January 5), p. 88, Pl. 6, fig. 6. Cotypes, 21,606 to 21,611; 21,683 
to 21,703; 21,912 (type) to 21,916, A. N.S. P. The Jacuhy (Brazilian 
province of Rio Grande do Sul). H. H. Smith. 

Head 33; depth 23; ; D. 1, 9; A. rv, 28, 1; seales 35 in lateral line to 
base of caudal, and 2 more on latter; 6 scales obliquely back from 
origin of dorsal to lateral line; 8 scales in a vertical series between 
origin of anal in lateral line; pectoral 14 in head; ventral 12; snout 32 
in head measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 34; maxillary 22; inter- 
orbital space 22. Body compressed. Predorsal and postventral 
regions with low median keel, postdorsal rounded and preventral with 
a low keel on each side. Lips rather fleshy. Teeth as usual. Tongue 
small, rounded, and little free in front. No maxillary teeth. Inter- 
orbital space convex and rather broad.  Gill-opening forward to 
anterior nostril. Rakers 9 + 12?, longest 2 of filaments, which are 
2 of orbit. Scales striate. Tubes in lateral line simple. Color in 


436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


alcohol dull brownish, back darker than lower surtace and every- 
where more or less sheened with dull silvery. A dusky blotch at base 
of caudal and another rounded one on humeral region. Former 
extends midway on side of caudal peduncle, and medianly out on 
caudal. Humeral spot in a pale area bordered posteriorly with dusky. 
Also a dusky streak sloping down from humeral spot towards pectoral. 
On scales just behind gill-opening above base of pectoral a dusky shade. 
Fins all pale brownish. Iris brownish with a chestnut ring. Length, 
caudal damaged, 4? inches. Type. 

The other cotypes show: Head 31 to 34; depth 2 to 23; D. in, 8 
rarely, usually, 11, 9, and occasionally m1, 10; A. Iv, 21, 1 to Iv, 27, 1, 
usually 25, 1, or 26, 1; scales 31 to 34 in lateral line to base of caudal, 
and mostly 2 or 3 more on latter; 6 to 8 scales obliquely back from 
origin of dorsal to lateral line, usually 7; 5 to 7 scales obliquely or 
vertically between origin of ventral and lateral line, usually 6, less 
frequently 7, and rarely 5; 12 to 16 scales before dorsal, mostly 14, 
sometimes 13, less frequently 15 and rarely 12 or 16; pectoral 14 to 
14 in head; ventral 14 to 13; total length of specimens 1432 to 44 inches. 
Cope’s figure fails to indicate the anterior anal rays as a little longer 
than the others. The young appear more evenly ellipsoid than the 
adults. 

Astyanax atahualpianus sp.nov. Fig. 36. 
Tetragonopterus agassizii Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., XVII, 
1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p.691. Near Pebas. Prof. J. Orton. 

Head 37; depth 23; D. m1, 9; A. m1, 21; P.1, 11; V. 1, 7; scales (squa- 
mation damaged) about 24? in lateral line to base of caudal, and 2 or 3 
more evidently on latter; about 6? scales obliquely back from origin 
of dorsal to lateral line; about 4? scales vertically from origin of anal to 
lateral line; width of head about 23 in its length; depth of head, over 
middle of orbit, 14; mandible 24; least depth of caudal peduncle 22; 
snout 33 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 22; maxillary 
2; interorbital space 24. 

Body elongate, rather ellipsoid, well compressed, upper profile 
perhaps a little more convex, and greatest depth apparently at origin 
of dorsal. Caudal peduncle compressed, and its least depth about 
equal to length. 

Head moderately short, deep, compressed, muzzle blunt and heavy, 
and upper profile nearly straight from snout to occiput. Snout short, 
rather narrow, and surface convex. Eye circular, a little anterior and 
superior. Mouth large and a little inclined. Maxillary long, oblique, 
its greatest width a trifle more than half of pupil, and its posterior 


a 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437 


extremity reaching beyond front margin of orbit, but not till opposite 
front margin of pupil. Mandible strong, protruding beyond tip of 
upper jaw, and rami not elevated inside of mouth. Lips rather thin. 
Teeth in jaws mostly quindentate, 4 on each side, in an outer series 
above, and those forming mandibular series large and powerful. Max- 
illary with 2 basal denticles. Tongue apparently flattened, a little 
elongate and hardly free. Nostrils, as usual, in front of eye above. 
Interorbital space moderate, and convex. Opercle deep, and upper 
posterior edge emarginate. Greatest width of infraorbital rim 
greater than greatest exposed breadth of opercle. 


Fig. 36.—Astyanax atahualpianus Fowler. 


Gill-opening extending forward about opposite posterior extremity 
of maxillary. Rakers about 8 + 11?, lanceolate, and shorter than 
filaments which are about 4 of orbit. Isthmus narrowly triangular. 

Scales mostly fallen, cycloid, each with several striz, thin, large, not 
narrowly imbricated, and apparently disposed in longitudinal series 
parallel with lateral line. Base of anal apparently with a low sheath 
of small scales. Base of caudal also covered with small scales. Lateral 
line apparently as usual or a little decurved, then sloping up to base of 
caudal, though a little low at first along side of caudal peduncle. 
Tubes simple. 

Origin of dorsal much nearer base of caudal than tip of mandible 


438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


and anterior rays apparently well elevated. Anal inserted just 
behind base of last dorsal ray, also nearer base of caudal than origin of 
pectoral, and anterior rays apparently elongated. Caudal forked, 
lobes apparently pointed. Pectoral small, evidently not attaining 
ventral(?). | Ventral inserted a little before origin of dorsal or nearly 
midway between origin of pectoral and that of anal, and perhaps 
reaching( ?) latter. 

Color in alcohol brownish, back darker, and side evidently silvered. 
Fins brownish, except base of caudal which is largely blackish. No 
trace of humeral blotch. Iris brownish. 

Length 142 inches (caudal damaged). 

Type, No. 21,435, A. N.S. P. Near Pebas, Peru.- Prof. J. Orton. 
Coll. of 1877. Prof. E. D. Cope. Also paratype, No. 21,436, A..N. S. 
P., with same data. Both in poor preservation. 

This form is very close to Astyanax agassizti (Steindachner), differing, 
as Cope long pointed out, in the longer body. It also has fewer anal 
radi. 

(Named for Atahualpa, among the last of the unfortunate Incas of 
Peru, who was strangled by the Spaniards at Cajamarca, August 29, 
1533.) 


Astyanax oligolepis (Giinther). Fig. 37. 

Width of head 1 in its length; interorbital space 24. Body com- 
pressed. Predorsal region with a median rounded ridge, postdorsal and 
preventral regions rounded, and postventral region a little tren- 
chant. Head compressed. Snout broad with convex surface. 
Lips rather thin. Teeth as usual, with a small one at base of 
maxillary. Tongue a little pointed and rather attenuated. Inter- 
orbital space broadly convex. Gill-opening forward opposite end 
of maxillary. Rakers 9+ 11, about } length of filaments which 
are 2 of eye. Scales with several radiating strie. Tubes in 
lateral line simple. Color in alcohol brownish, evidently discolored 
greenish. About 8 or 9 longitudinal dark streaks, each one following in 
courses of scales at their junctions above and below. Fins more or 
less plain brownish, and dorsal and caudal perhaps a little darker. Iris 
dull orange-brown. Length 37 inches. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. 
J. Orton Coll. Also 2 other examples. 

The above account agrees largely with Dr. Giinther’s, though the eye 
is larger and the maxillary extends to the front margin of the eye in 
his examples. In mine there are indistinct traces of both caudal and 
humeral spots which I suspect have more or less faded. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439 


iy 
cf 


Fig. 37.—Astyanazx oligolepis (Giinther). 


Astyanax abramis (Jenyns). 
Tetragonopterus sp. indet. Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 
1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p.691. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 

Head 3 to 32; depth 22 to 3; D. 111, 9; A. tv, 24? (usually more) to 30; 
scales about 44 to 48 (according to pockets) in lateral line to base of 
caudal and usually 3 more on latter; 19 to 21 scales before dorsal, the 
usual number 19 or 20; 10 to 12 scales in an oblique series back from 
origin of dorsal to lateral line; about 7? to 9 scales in a vertical series 
from origin of anal to lateral line; eye 2? to 34 in head, measured from 
tip of upper jaw; length of specimens (caudals damaged) 2} to 34 
inches. A tooth at base of maxillary. Coll. of 1873. A series of 25 
poorly preserved examples. 

The larger examples are deeper and have the anal beginning a little 
before bases of last dorsal rays. Pectoral reaching a little beyond 
origin of ventral, and latter reaches that of anal. Caudal and humeral 
blotches evident in alcohol. Pectoral and ventral blackish, and anal 
also finely specked with dusky. 

Although certain minor discrepancies may be noted between 
Jenyns’ figure and these examples I believe they are identical. Jenyns 


440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


fails to indicate either the humeral or the caudal blotch which are 
here very distinct. 

Dr. Eigenmann has recently recorded under the name Pecilurichthys 
abramis some specimens from Paraguay which apparently are the 
present species, 

Tetragonopterus chalceus Agassiz.| 


Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 260. Ambyiacu River, 

.. Equador. John Hauxwell. Cope, l.c., p. 291. Between the mouth 
of the Rio Negro and the Peruvian Amazon or Ucayale River. Robert 
Perkins ———Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p. 691. Marafion. Prof. J. Orton. 

Tetragonopterus ortonii Cope, l.c. XI, 1869-70 (August 16, 1870), p. 566. 
Pebas, Peru. John Hauxvwell. 


Head 3 to 33; depth 13 to 2; D. 11, 9; A. rv, 30,1 to Iv, 36, 1, usually 
33 developed rays, frequently 34, and other numbers rare or exceptional; 
29 to 31 scales in lateral line to base of caudal, usually 30, and 3 more on 
latter; 8 scales in an oblique series back from origin of dorsal to lateral 
line; 5 seales from root of ventral to lateral line; 6 scales from origin 
of anal, not counting any on fin, to lateral line; length of 13 examples 
from 2+3 to 4% inches. Hauxwell, Perkins and Orton. 

The example recorded from Pebas, eastern Peru, by Cope as 7. 
ortonii is identical. It shows: Head 2%; depth about 1,8; D. m1, 9; 
A. Iv, 33?; scales (squamation damaged) about 28? in lateral line to 
base of caudal; snout about 4 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; 
eye 2}; interorbital space 3. A dusky blotch at base of caudal. Length 
(caudal damaged) 24; inches. John Hauxwell. 

Tetragonopterus ortonit Gill is possibly this species, though I have 
not examined the type. 


Tetragonopterus ovalis (Giinther). Fig. 38. 


Tetragonopterus chalceus Cope, Proe. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 
1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p.691. Marafion. Prof. J. Orton. 


Interorbital space 24 in head. Body compressed. Predorsal region 
with a median keel, postdorsal region rounded, preventral region a little 
broad and flattened with a lateral keel on each side, and postventral 
region trenchant. Snout broad and convex. Several small teeth 
at base of maxillary inside. Some teeth in inner series of upper 
jaw with more than 5 cusps. Tongue fleshy, thick and little free. 
Interorbital space broad and convex. Gill-opening forward oppo- 
site anterior margin of orbit. Rakers 9 + 11, lanceolate, half of 
filaments, which are + of eye. Each scale with several radiating 
strie. Tubes in lateral line simple. Vent shortly before anal. 
Color in alcohol with scales faded brassy-brown, back darker, also 
top of head. Side of head burnished silvery. Fins pale brownish. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441 


Where scales fell from trunk a broad silvery band exposed, extending 
from eye to middle of base of caudal. Humeral and caudal spots if 
present in life now faded entirely. Iris reddish-brown. Length 2# 
inches. Coll. of 1877. 


es 


Fig. 38.—Tetragonopterus ovals (Giinther). 


Plethodectes erythrurus Cope. 


Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70 (August 19, 1870), p. 563, 
figs. 6 and 6a. Type, No. 8,032, A. N.S. P. Pebas, Equador. John 

” Hauxwell. 

Chalceus erythrurus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 262 


(type). 

Width of head 2+ in its length; interorbital space 27 in head meas- 
ured from tip of upper jaw. Body compressed, and dorsal edge 
apparently rounded. Head compressed. Snout about as broad as 
long, and rounded when viewed from above. Gill-opening reaching 
tip of maxillary. Rakers 7 + 9?, little shorter than filaments, which 
equal pupil. Each scale with about 5 strie. Tubes in lateral line 


442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


simple. Color in aleohol brown, abdomen and lower surface of head 
paler, especially that of muzzle. Upper surface of head brown. 
Dorsal, anal and ventral dusky-brown, latter deepest. Caudal, ex- 
cept dusky-brown median rays, pale brownish. Pectoral pale brown- 
ish. Lips brownish. Iris silvered brown. Length 2% inches 
(caudal damaged). Type. 

Cope states concerning the scales ‘‘transverse (above 1. line) 16,” 
which is surely wrong as he already had stated ‘‘scales large, 1. series 6 
at ventrals.”’ 


PELLEGRININA gen. nov. 


Type Pellegrinina heterolepis sp. nov. 


This genus differs from Alestes, Brachyalestes and Brycinus in the 
short anal basis and large dorsal scales. . 

(Named for Dr. J. Pellegrin, of the Museum of Natural History, 
Paris, author of many important contributions to Ichthyology.) 


Pellegrinina heterolepis sp. nov. Fig. 39. 

Head 3; depth 34; D. 11, 10; A. m1, 9, 1; P. 1, 15; V. 1, 8; scales 
about 29? (squamation damaged) in lateral line to base of caudal, and 
several more on latter; 4 scales between origin of dorsal and lateral 
line; 3 scales between origin of adipose fin and lateral line; 2 scales 
between base of ventral and lateral line; 2 scales between origin of 
anal and lateral line; 9 scales before dorsal; width of head 2 in its 
length; depth of head over posterior margin of orbit 13; snout 3}; eye 
32; maxillary 3; mandible 23; interorbital space 22; third dorsal ray 

4; third anal ray 13; least depth of caudal peduncle 3; pectoral 17; 
ventral 14. 

Body elongate, rather slender, well compressed, profiles similarly and 
slightly convex with greatest depth about middle of depressed pectoral. 
Predorsal region with a very obsolete median keel. Breast flattened, 
and preventral region otherwise similar to predorsal. Postventral 
region with a median obsolete keel, also postanal. Postdorsal region 
rounded, keel not evident. Caudal peduncle small, well compressed, 
and its length a little less than least depth. 

Head elongate, broad above, sides flattened and becoming some- 
what constricted below, profiles similar. Snout broad, rounded when 
viewed from above. Eye large, circular, anterior and high. Jaws 
large, about even. Maxillary rather small, narrow, reaching a little 
past front of orbit though not to front rim of pupil. Teeth in upper 
jaw triserial, outer series 17, slender and tridentate, and second series 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443 


of 4 anteriorly resembling inner series except smaller. Inner series 
of upper teeth 11, broad, compressed, quindentate and surface crenu- 
late. Mandible with about 11 robust quindentate teeth in an outer 
series, and a recurved canine forming an inner series, one on each side 
of symphysis. Outer series of mandibular teeth continued along each 
ramus of mandible posteriorly, where it is also not elevated inside 
mouth, as very weak denticles. Along edge of maxillary some weak 
denticles, most developed and crowded towards its base. Buccal 
membranes in mouth rather broad. Tongue small, little free. Nos- 
trils together, close in front and falling nearly opposite middle in depth 


Fig. 39.—Pellegrinina heterolepis Fowler. 


of eye. Interorbital space broad and but slightly convex, not ele- 
vated. Infraorbital broadest in chain, and its greatest exposed width 
not quite equal to that of opercle. Bones in orbital chain, and opercle, 
with slight stris marginally. 

Gill-opening extending forward about opposite front rim of pupil. 
Gill-rakers about 7 + 9 weak points less than half of pupil in length. 
Filaments about equal to pupil. Isthmus narrow, with a convex 
surface. 

Scales cycloid of various size, those on upper half large, and lower 
reduced and of crowded appearance. Each scale with radiating 
striz. Scales along base of anal and caudal small. Lateral line of 
simple tubes, decurved and extending rather low till on base of caudal. 


444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


Origin of dorsal falling nearly midway between front margin of eye 
and base of caudal, and third ray apparently longest, others graduated 
down. Adipose dorsal inserted near last fourth in space between 
origin of dorsal and base of caudal, and its length about 3 of orbit. 
Anal inserted well behind base of dorsal or nearly midway between 
origin of dorsal and base of caudal, and graduated from about fourth 
ray, which is apparently longest. Caudal emarginate and lobes appar- 
ently pointed. Pectoral long, reaching a little beyond ventral. Ven- 
tral inserted a little in front of dorsal, and reaching nearly ? of space 
to anal. 

Color in alcohol pale brownish, upper surface apparently scarcely 
darker. Fins plain pale brownish, dorsal with a brownish blotch 
basally, made up of specks, also one on anal, and ventrals dotted 
brownish. A large dusky humeral blotch. Inis brassy. 

Length 42 inches (caudal damaged). 

Type, No. 8,150, A. N.S. P. Probably some part of West Africa. 
A single example. 

( Exepos, various; 2ezts, scale.) 


Fig. 40.—Brachyalestes nurse riippellii (Giinther). 


Brachyalestes nurse ruppellii (Giinther). Fig. 40. 


Alestes ruppellii Giinther, Proe. Zool. Soc. London, 1896 (February 4), p. 
223. Lake Rudolf. Dr. A. D. Smith. 


Width of head 23 in its length; interorbital space 34 in head measured 
from tip of upper jaw Body well compressed and edges apparently 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445 


all rounded. Head compressed. Snout short, a little broader than 
long, and edge strongly convex as viewed from above. Mouth broad. 
No maxillary teeth. Tongue small and hardly free. Interorbital 
space a little convex. Gill-opening reaches front margin of pupil. 
Rakers 12 + 17?, slender, about 2 of orbit and shorter than filaments. 
Each scale with 1 or more inconspicuous radiating strie. Tubes in 
lateral line simple. Color in alcohol more or less silvery, and back and 
upper surface of head brown with pale purple reflections. Jaws pale 
brownish, also fins, dorsal and caudal hardly darker. Iris brassy. 
Length 2+ inches. 


Brachyalestes affinis (Giinther). Fig. 41. 
Alestes affinis (Giinther), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896 (February 4), p- 
223. Shebeli River, Africa. Dr. A. D. Smith. 

Width of head 14 in its length; interorbital space 24 in head meas- 
ured from tip of upper jaw. Body well compressed, and edges ap- 
parently all rounded. Head robust. Snout convex on surface, and 
obtuse when viewed above. Mouth broad. No maxillary teeth. 


Fig. 41.—Brachyalestes affinis (Ginther). 


Tongue small and not free. Interorbital space broad and evenly con- 
vex. Gill-opening reaching front rim of pupil. Rakers 12 + 15, 
slender, and longest 3 of pupil. Each scale with many reticulating 


strie. Color in alcohol faded plain pale brownish, and back and upper 
30 


446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


surface but a shade darker. Traces of a broad silvery lateral band, 
about equal to orbit in width, extends to caudal. Traces of a brownish 
blotch at shoulder and of another at base of upper caudal lobe. Fins 
pale brownish, dorsal and caudal hardly darker. Iris brassy-brown. 
Length (caudal damaged) 4? inches. 


Brycon capito Cope, Fig. 42. 


Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 261. Type, No. 8,058, A. N. 
S.P. Ambyiacu River John Hauxwell. 


Width of head 24 in its length; interorbital space 3 in head measured 
from tip of upper jaw. Body well compressed. Head compressed. 
Snout broader than long, depressed above. Teeth in mandible 
largest, especially 6 anterior ones which are quindentate. Rami not 
elevated, with small simple conic teeth like those in front of upper jaw 
and becoming graduated posteriorly. Outer series of teeth in upper 
jaw like those on side of lower. Smaller ones continued out on edges 
of maxillaries in a single series its entire length, though more properly a 


De 
oe 


si 
sanity 
tS 


Fig. 42.—Brycon capito Cope. 


continuation of inner series in upper jaw. In front of upper jaw teeth 
somewhat triserial with innermost quindentate and enlarged. An 
inner series formed of 2 conic teeth at symphysis. Tongue narrow 
anteriorly, little free. Interorbital space broad and flat. Gill-opening 
to first 2 of eye. Rakers 9 + 15, slender, and shorter than longest 
filaments, which are 2 of eye. Vent close in front of anal. Color in 
alcohol brownish-gray, becoming leaden on sides and whitish below. 
Fins pale brownish, and middle rays of caudal darker brown than rest 


of fin. Side of head silvery. Iris brassy-brown. Length 24 inches. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447 


Brycon melanopterum (Cope). 
Megalobrycon melanopterum Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), 
p- 262, Pl. 13, fig. 1. Cotypes, Nos. 8,035 (type) and 8,036, SUNG SS: Es 
Ambyi iacu River. John Hauxwell. 


Width of head 2 in its length; interorbital space 22. Body com- 
pressed, and edges apparently all rounded. Head becoming more or 
less constricted below. Snout broad, rounded when viewed above. 
Mouth broad. Outer enlarged mandibular teeth 8, quindentate, and 
lateral series becoming smaller posteriorly. An inner lateral series of 
mandibular teeth, small, and at symphysis a small conic tooth inside. 
Maxillary toothed, its entire edge in a single series. Teeth in upper 
jaw triserial anteriorly, laterally biserial, and each of inner series at 
least tridentate, those in third anterior series enlarged and quindentate. 
Tongue thick, fleshy and little free. Interorbital space broadly con- 
vex. Gill-opening to about first + of eye. Rakers about 8 + 13, 
lanceolate, and longest + of longest filaments, which are + of eye. 
Scales strongly striate and finely ciliate. Color in alcohol pale 
brownish, back and upper surface of head a little deeper colored. 
Fins pale brownish, and dorsal, caudal and anal tinted a little 
brownish. Along middle of upper caudal lobe longitudinally a dusky- 
brown blotch, deepest at base of lobe. This margined below diffusely 
with grayish-white. Along base of anala brownish shade. Iris brassy- 
brown. Length 6% inches (caudal damaged). Type. 

Also 4 examples from the Peruvian Amazon from Prof. James Orton 
Coll. 

Though I allow the above specimens of this species as distinct from 
Megalobrycon cephalus Gunther, it is possible that they may be found 
identical. Cope pointed out that M. melanopterum differs in the outer 
series of teeth in the upper jaw being more than double the size of 
those on the maxillary, as stated for M. cephalus by Dr. Giinther. 
The apparently uniform coloration is a feature of striking difference, 
and as Dr. Giinther’s examples were 13 inches long, may be one of 
age. Brycon falcatus Miller and Troschel, from Guiana, is also related. 


Chalcinus albus (Cope). 


Triportheus albus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 264, 
Pl. 14, fig. 3. Type, No. 21,234, A. N.S. P.. Ambyiacu River. John 


Hauxwell. 

Width of head 24 in its length; interorbital space 3 in head measured 
from tip of upper jaw. Body strongly compressed and preventral 
region trenchant. Snout with convex surface, and rounded when 
viewed from above. Teeth in upper jaw mostly biserial, or only 
irregularly triserial, quindentate, and median inner series expanded 


448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


and enlarged. Mandibular teeth uniserial, except 2 simple conic ones 
in font at symphysis forming an inner series. On each ramus of man- 
dible 4 anterior enlarged and distinctly quindentate teeth. At base of 
maxillary 2 small denticles. Tongue rather narrow, a little fleshy, 
rounded and hardly free in front. Interorbital space rather broad 
and convex. Gill-opening reaching opposite anterior margin of pupil. 
Rakers 13 + 22, slender, fine, shorter than filaments, which are + of 
orbit. Color in alcohol faded brownish, more or less leaden on sides, 
and side of head and abdomen silvered. Fins pale brownish, middle 
of caudal dusky. Lips brownish. Iris brownish. Length 24 inches 
(caudal damaged). 


Chaloinus angulatus (Agassiz). 


Chalcinus brachypomus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70 
(August 19, 1870), p. 566. Pebas, Eastern Peru. John Hauxwell. 
Cope, l.c. Para. De Schulte Buckow. 

Triportheus flavus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 264, Pl. 
14, fig. 1. Cotypes, Nos. 8,077 (type) to 8,080, A. N.S. P. Ambyiacu 
River. John Hauxwell. 

Triportheus nematurus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p. 692. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 


Head 33; depth 24; D. 1, 9; A. 1v, 27, 1; scales 34 in lateral line to base 
of caudal, and apparently 4 more on latter; 6 scales obliquely back 
from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 3 scales between origin of anal and 
lateral line; 16 scales before dorsal; pectoral 24 in head and trunk; 
mandible 3 in head, measured from tip of lower jaw; least depth of 
caudal peduncle 3; ventral 1,%,; snout 4 in head, measured from tip of 
upper jaw; eye 34; maxillary 3; interorbital space 3. Rakers 16 + 37, 
slender, fine, more or less subequal, and longest about 2 of longest fil- 
aments which are 3 of orbit. Lower lip with a fleshy cirrus on each 
side about half of orbit. In alcohol brassy-brown everywhere with 
more or less silvered reflections. Dorsal, caudal and pectoral dusted 
with dull brownish. Iris brownish. Length 6% inches (caudal 
damaged). Type. 

Other examples in the collection are one from Pebas in eastern Peru, 
John Hauxwell; one from Para in Brazil, De Schulte Buckow; one 
identified as Triportheus nematurus from the Peruvian Amazon, Prof. 
James Orton, in the collection of 1873. 

All the examples now before me show the following extent of var- 
iation: Head 34 to 44; depth 2 to 31; D. 1 or 11, 8 to 10, usually 9, 
though sometimes 9 or 10; A. 111 or Iv, 25, 1 to 29, 1, usually 27, 1, some- 
times 26,1 or 28, 1, and rarely 25, 1 or 29, 1; scales 30 to 34 in lateral 
line to base of caudal, usually 3 or 4 on latter; 6 or 7 scales obliquely 
back from origin of dorsal to lateral line, usually 6; 3 or 4 scales between 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449 


origin of anal and lateral line; 14 to 17 scales before dorsal, usually 15 or 
16; snout 4 to 42 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 2% to 32; 
maxillary 2% to 34; length of depressed pectoral (mostly damaged) 
about 24 to 3; length of examples 34 to 6 inches. 

Cope’s figure, which however may not have been drawn from the 
specimen which is here restricted as the type, differs in having the 
abdominal profile more undulate, the absence of mandibular cirri, 
the radii of anal anteriorly much lower, and the adipose fin too small. 
The mandibular cirri are present in most every case examined, though 
in the adult they are much shorter and inconspicuous. 

Granting Dr. Giinther’s argument concerning Agassiz’s figure of 
Chalceus angulatus, it is reasonably certain that my specimens belong 
to that species. 

Chalcinus brachipomus Valenciennes. Fig. 43. 

Width of head 2 in its length; interorbital space 27 in head measured 
from tip of upper Jaw. Body strongly compressed. Back rounded 
along edge. Preventral and postventral regions trenchant. Snout 
broad, surface convex, and rounded when viewed above. Teeth in 


Fig. 43.—Chalcinus brachipomus Valenciennes. 


upper jaw biserial, 3 median ones of inner series compressed and some- 
what enlarged. Mandible with 5 teeth on side of each ramus anter- 
iorly enlarged, and at symphysis 2 conical teeth. At least 2 small 
teeth on inner base of maxillary more or less concealed by lips. Tongue 


450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


thick, fleshy, pointed and tip little free. Interorbital space rather 
broad and evenly convex. Gill-opening forward to front of eye. 
Rakers 19 + 41, longest about # of filaments which are # of eye. Scales 
all well striated. Tubes in lateral line arborescent and rather long. 
Color in alcohol brassy-brown, back darker than lower surface. Upper 
surface of head brownish, sides and below pale or more brassy. Pec- 
toral and dorsal dusted brownish, caudal paler. Ventral and anal 
whitish. Iris brassy-brown. Length 74 inches. Demarara River, 
British Guiana. E. D. Cope. 

This species has apparently been confused, and it is not improbable 
that Chalcinus rotundatus (Jardine) may be found really the name 
applicable. Jardine’s figure and account are, however, too crude and 
incomplete to permit of certain identification. In fact the anterior 
position of the dorsal fin as indicated by the figure would point more to 
C. angulatus (Agassiz). Under C. brachipomus, the statement “la 
dorsale est assez reculée sur la dos et presque opposée 4l’anale qui 
est longue et basse” by Valenciennes, may perhaps be better referred to 
that designated as C. brachypomus by Dr. Gunther. I see no reason 
for Prof. Garman indicating Dr. Giinther’s examples as identical with 
the one from the Amazons under a new name, which is afterwards 
accepted by Dr. and Mrs. Higenmann. ‘These latter writers, and also 
Prof. Ulrey, unite Chalceus angulatus Agassiz with Chalcinus brachi- 
pomus Valenciennes, a proceeding which I am unable to accept. The 
latter may be distinguished from the former by the more posterior 
insertion of the dorsal. 


COSCINOXYRON een. nov. 
Type Chalcinus culter Cope. 


Gill-rakers fine, long and numerous on first arch, about 90 to 100. 
Dorsal inserted well posteriorly, or about last third in length of head 
and trunk. 

(Kéoxtvor, sieve; Sdedv, razor ; reference to the gill-rakers and 
cultrate body.) 


Coscinoxyron culter (Cope). 


Chalcinus culter Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 265, Pl. 
14, fig. 3. Type, No. 16,672, A. N. S. P. Ambyiacu River. John 
Hauxwell. Cope, Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p.692. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 


Width of head 22 in its length; interorbital space 34 in head meas- 
ured from tip of upper jaw. Body strongly compressed. Head 
well compressed, becoming constricted below. Surface of snout 
somewhat flattened above. Teeth a little small, those in upper 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451 


jaw crowded into 2 irregular series, inner a little larger, and all more 
or less tridentate. No maxillary teeth. Mandibular teeth uniserial, 
but little larger than those in upper jaw, and at symphysis 
2 close behind outer series. Tongue slender, pointed, fleshy and 
little free. Interorbital space broad and convex. Gill-opening for- 
ward opposite anterior margin of eye. Rakers 30 + 65, ciliiform, 
slender and longer than filaments or + of eye. Color in aleohol plumbe- 
ous-brown on back, side and lower surface leaden, and side of head 
silvered. Fins all diluted brown, pectoral and caudal dusted with dull 
brownish dots, and median rays of latter all more or less deep brown. 
Iris brownish. Length 6 inches. Type. 

The 2 examples from the Peruvian Amazon show: Head 32 
to 4; depth 34; D. m, 9; A. Iv, 28 or 29; scales about 40 (squama- 
tion injured) in lateral line to base of caudal, and 3 or 4 more 
on latter; about 8 scales (according to pockets) obliquely back from 
origin of dorsal to lateral line, and 3 between latter and origin of anal; 
about 23 to 25 (squamation injured) before dorsal; mandible 34 to 34in 
head ; snout 42 to 43 in head, measured from tip of lower jaw; eye 44 
to 44; interorbital space 32 to 34; pectoral 3 in head and trunk; length 
of fishes (caudal damaged) 8 inches. 

As with Triportheus flavus and T. albus Cope’s figure does not show 
the mandibular cirrus, a character present in all of the examples of the 
present species, though smaller in the larger. The dark median 
basal blotch on the caudal is also not shown on his figure. 
Pseudocorynopoma dori Perugia. 

Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XXXIIT, 1894 (January 5), p. 86. 
Jacuhy (Brazilian province of Rio Grande do Sul). H.H. Smith. 

Head 34 to 4; depth 23 to 3; D. 1, 9; A. Iv or Vv, usually v, 30, 1 to 
39, 1, usually 34, 1, frequently 32, I or 35, 1, and only seldom 30, 1 or 
39, 1; scales 33 to 40 in lateral line to base of caudal and usually 1 or 2 
more on latter; 7 or 8 scales obliquely back from origin of dorsal to 
lateral line; 6 to 8 scales, usually 7, between origin of anal and lateral 
line in a vertical series; 16 to 21 scales before dorsals, though usually 18 
or 19; snout 3? to 44 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 3 
to 34; maxillary 24 to 24; interorbital space 24 to 3; pectoral 22 to 
34 in head and trunk; length of body (caudals damaged) 12 to 23 
inches. In all 17 examples. 

Some, apparently females, do not appear to have the dorsal much 
enlarged, and the anal also smaller. Fully developed males show 
the distal end of each elongated anterior anal ray with a single series 
of small tubercles, evidently a character of breeding. 


452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


Subgenus GASTEROPELECUS Bloch. 

Upper anterior profile straight. 

Gasteropelecus sternicla (Linnzus). 

Head 34; greatest depth 12; D. 11, 8; A. 111, 30; scales 30? (squamation 
injured) in a lateral series from gill-opening above to base of caudal; 
about 18 scales before dorsal; 13 scales in a transverse series between 
origin of dorsal and that of anal; 17? scales from gill-opening at origin of 
pectoral to that of ventral; width of head about 2 in its length; 
mandible 24; snout 44 in head measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 34; 
interorbital space 2}. Length 2,3, inches. Surinam. Bonaparte 
Coll. (No. 456.) Dr. T. B. Wilson. 


THORACOCHARAX subgen. nov. 
Type Gasteropelecus stellatus Kner. 


Anterior profile of back convex. 
(@dpaé, cuirass; yapae, Charax.) 
Gasteropelecus stellatus Kner. 


Cope, Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70 (August 19, 1870), p. 
566. Pebas, Eastern Peru. John Hauxwell. Cope, Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 265. Ambyiacu River. John Haux- 
well. 


Head 34 to 34; depth 12 to 14; D. m1, 12 to m1, 15, usually m7, 13; A. 
11, 35 to m1, 39; scales (squamation damaged) 18? to 20 in a lateral 
series from gill-opening to base of caudal; pectoral (damaged) about 
14 to 2 in head and trunk; eye 3 in head, measured from tip of upper 
jaw; interorbital space 2 to 23; total length of 7 fish 1,5, to 34 inches. 
Pebas, eastern Peru, and the Ambyiacu River. John Hauxwell. 


CHARACINA. 
Asiphonichthys sternopterus Cope. 
Amer. Nat., XXVIII, 1894, p. 67. Type, No. 21,559, A. N.S. P. Upper 
waters of the Jacuhy River, in the Brazilian State of Rio Grande do Sul. 


H. H. Smith. Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XX XIII, 1894 
(January 5), p. 85, Pl. 5, fig. 2. Type. 


Width of head 2} in its length; interorbital space 3g. Body strongly 
compressed, edges rather rounded. Postdorsal region a little broad 
and preventral quite so. Postventral region well compressed. Head 
well compressed. Snout broader than long, and surface convex. 
Mouth broad. Mandible with rami not elevated inside of mouth. 
Teeth in jaws small, irregularly biserial in upper, and with several 
short canines. Mandibular teeth in front of jaw a little enlarged and 
with at least 4 more or less developed canines. Maxillary with a 
series of fine teeth along most of its edge. Interorbital space a little 


1906.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453 


broad and convex. Gill-opening forward about opposite front rim 
of pupil. Rakers u, 4 + 6, 11, rather thick and a trifle more than orbit. 
Filaments 2 of orbit. Scales not striated. Color in aleohol brownish 
with more or less silvery reflections. A narrow pale or grayish streak 
from shoulder to base of caudal. A grayish blotch size of pupil at 
shoulder, and a brownish tint at base of caudal medianly. Fins all 
plain pale brownish. Iris brassy-brown. Length 335; inches (caudal 
damaged). 

This example shows the anal rather more enlarged anteriorly than 
Cope’s figure, and also the scales more evenly enlarged in the costal 
region. 

Charax gibbosus (Linnzus). 

Head 3%; depth 2,8; D. u, 9; A. 1, 51; snout 34 in head, measured 
from tip of upper jaw; eye 34; aoa 13; nterosbitell space 33; 
least depth of caudal peduncle 33. Surinam. Dr. Charles Hering. 
A single small example in poor preservation about 3 inches long. 

The genus Charax Scopoli as here understood has Salmo gibbosus 
Linnzus as its type. 


Charax tectifer (Cope). 


Anacyrtus tectifer Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos, pecs Phila., XI, 1869-70 
(August 19, 1870), p. 565. Type, No. 8,175, A. N.S. P. Pebas, Equador. 
John Hauxwell. 

Anacyrtus sanguineus Cope, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 Ce 
266, Pl. 9, fig. 1. Cotypes, Nos. 8,176 (type) to 8, 186, A. N. Pp 
Ambyiacu River. John Hauxwell. Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. aoe 
Phila., XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 686. Peruvian Amazon. 
Prof. J. Orton. 


Head 34; depth 3; D. 11, 9; A. 111, 42, this fin damaged posteriorly, 
a fact overlooked apparently by Cope, which would thus account for 
“CA. 377’; P. 1, 122; V. 1, 7; scales about 46? (squamation injured) in 
course of lateral fag to base of caudal; there are also probably 12? 
scales between lateral line and origin of anal, instead of 10 as noted by 
Cope; width of head 22 in its length; depth of head, over middle of 
orbit, about 12; snout 4; eye 34; maxillary 12; interorbital space 34; 
mandible 13; least depth of caudal peduncle 32. The other characters 
do not appear to me to differ from those of Anacyrtus sanguineus 
Cope. The palatine teeth(?) are obsolete, due possibly to preservation. 
Coloration, as described by Cope, also agrees with A. sanguineus. 
Further, it may be stated that the anterior free margins of the nasal 
bones are not more prolonged than in A. sanguineus, and overhang 
the nostrils in a similar manner. Type of Anacyrtus tectifer Cope. 

The cotypes of Anacyrtus sanguineus Cope show: Head 34 to 33; 
depth 22 to 3; D. m1, 9; A. Iv, 39, 1 to Iv, 41, 1; scales 46 to 52 in lateral 


454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.. 


line to base of caudal with apparently several more on latter; 12 scales 
obliquely back from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 12 scales between 
lateral line and origin of anal; snout 34 to 4 in head; eye 3 to 43; 
maxillary 14 to 14; interorbital space 32 to 4; pectoral 12 to 13; ventral 
12 to 13; total length of body 14% to 4% inches. 

Young examples differ somewhat from the adult. The scales on 
the back are much smaller and crowded in appearance. The origin 
of the anal begins but a trifle behind that of the dorsal in the vertical, 
and the anterior portion of the fin is deep. Ventral reaches well 
beyond origin of anal. The maxillary falls a little short of the pos- 
terior orbital margin. 

Cope’s figure is evidently a little faulty in that the origin of the 
anal is opposite that of the dorsal, and the spine on the shoulder-girdle 
in front of the base of the pectoral is omitted. 


CYRTOCHARAX gen. nov. 
Type Anacyrtus limesquamis Cope. 
Seales rough, very small or about 100 or more in lateral line. No 
palatine teeth. 
Related to Charax Scopoli. 
(Kupzés, crooked; zapaé, Charax; with reference to the form of 
the body.) 


Cyrtocharax limesquamis (Cope). Fig. 44. 
Anacyrtus limesquamis Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p. 686. Cotypes, Nos. 21,460 (type) and 21,461, A. N. 
S. P. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 

Width of head 21 in its length; interorbital space 3. Body 
strongly compressed, edges rounded and breast broad. Head com- 
pressed. Snout broadly convex. Teeth in upper jaw and front 
of mandible mostly enlarged, those of former biserial with inner 
larger. Maxillary teeth and those on mandible laterally minute 
and crowded or numerous. No palatine teeth. Interorbital space 
convex. Gill-opening forward nearly opposite anterior margin of 
orbit. Rakers rv, 2 + 7, lanceolate, robust and almost equal orbit. 
Filaments about 3 of orbit. Tubes of lateral line simple. Vent close 
in front of anal. Color in alcohol brownish, greenish evidently copper 
stain. A broad brassy shade from gill-opening above to caudal. 
Fins all brownish without markings. Iris brownish. Length 8} 
inches (caudal damaged). Type. 

The other example shows: Head 3}; depth 23; D. 11, 9; A. 1v, 39, 
1; scales about 96 in lateral line to base of caudal, and about 5 more 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. : 455 


on latter; snout 21 in head; eye 4}; maxillary 14; interorbital space 


2.8, ; pectoral 12; ventral 1}; least depth of caudal peduncle 3#. 


Ky 
RY 
fans 


Fig. 44.—Cyrtocharax limesquamis (Cope). 


In this specimen the pectoral reaches first third of length of ven- 
tral, which latter reaches anal, and the humeral and caudal blotches 
are more distinct. Length 54 inches (caudal damaged). 


Subgenus RG2BOIDES Giinther. 
Reeboides myersii (Gill). Fig. 45. 

Reboides myersii Cope, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872). p. 265. 
Ambyiacu River. John Hauxwell. Cope, Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc. 
Phila., XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 686. Peruvian Amazon. 
Prof. J. Orton. 

Width of head 24 in its length; interorbital space 34. Body deeply 
compressed, and edges of back and caudal peduncle rounded. Pre- 
ventral region rather broadly flattened. Postventral region with a 
median low keel. Head well compressed. Snout much broader than 
long, and surface convex. Each jaw with 4 external short conic 
denticles, outer pair of upper on each side with 1 or 2 smaller denticles 
between. Teeth of upper jaw short, subequal, conic and more or less 
irregularly biserial, with inner series widely separated. Teeth of 
mandible small, canines 4, and median pair close together at sym- 


456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


physis. Greater portion of maxillary basally with a jagged denticulate 
edge. Tongue fleshy, triangular and little free in front. Inter- 
orbital space convex. Gill-opening forward opposite anterior margin 
of eye. Rakers 9 + 15, lanceolate, a little longer than filaments or 
4 of eye. Scales striate. Tubes of lateral line simple. Vent close in 
front of anal. Color in alcohol olivaceous-brown, greenish tint prob- 
ably due to copper in preservative, and back a little darker. Fins 
all brownish, bases of pectoral, ventral and caudal with a little dusky 


Fig. 45.—Reboides myersii (Gill). 


tint. A dusky humeral blotch above lateral line about size of orbit, 
and also one of same shade on base of caudal, though both rather 
indistinct. Iris dusky-reddish. Length 63 inches (caudal damaged). 
Three from the Peruvian Amazon. 

The 3 examples from the Ambyiacu show: Head 3$ to 33; depth 25 
to 23; D. , 9, rarely 1, 8; A. rv, 47, 1 to 52, 1, frequently 49, 1; scales 
about 84 to 86 in lateral line to base of caudal; snout 3} to 4 in head; 
eye 3,5 to 33; maxillary 13 to 14; interorbital 3} to 3%; pectoral 14 
to 14; ventral 12 to 13; total length of body (caudals mostly damaged) 
3% to 64 inches. 


1906.]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457 


CYNOCHARAX subgen. nov. 
Type Anacyrtus affinis Giinther. 


For those species with well-developed canines in the upper jaw. 
(Kébw», dog; yapae, Charax.) 
Reboides affinis (Giinther). Fig. 46. 


Reboides rubrivertex Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 265. 
Type, No. 8,190, A. N. S. P. Between the mouth of the Peruvian 
Amazon or Ucayale river. Robert Perkins. Cope, l.c., p. 292. 


Width of head 2 in its length; interorbital space 3. Body compressed 
strongly and edges of back rounded. Preventral region rather broad 
and flattened. Postventral region with a slight median keel or some- 
what trenchant. Head well compressed. Snout broadly convex, 


Fig. 46.—Reboides affinis (Giinther). 


much broader than deep. Upper jaw with 6 external teeth, and 1 
on outside near base of each maxillary. Mandible with 4 external 
teeth. Upper Jaw with 2 series of teeth of about equal size, posterior 
not confluent anteriorly. Mandibular teeth uniserial, with 4 canines, 
pair at symphysis close together. Maxillary with upper 3 of its edge 
finely denticulated. No palatine teeth. Tongue fleshy, triangular 
and free. Interorbital space convex. Gill-opening forward about 


458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


opposite posterior nostril. Rakers 10 + 14, lanceolate, and longest 
about % of orbit or about equal to longest filaments. Scales all more or 
less striate. Tubes in lateral line simple. Color in alcohol brown, 
lower surface little paler, and body everywhere more or less silvered. 
Fins all pale brown, without markings, and a brownish blotch on 
anterior anal rays. An indistinct or grayish blotch above and on 
lateral line, well behind shoulder, about size of orbit, and another at 
base of caudal. A brassy shade from gill-opening above broadly 
back over side. Iris reddish-brown, pale below. Length 5} inches 
(caudal damaged). Type of Reboides rubrivertex Cope. 

Reboides bicornis Cope. Fig. 47. 


Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70 (August 19, 1870), p. 564, 
fig. (teeth). Type, No. 8,151, A. N. S. P. Pebas, Eastern Equador. 
John Hauxwell. 


Width of head 32 in its length; interorbital space 3+. Body strongly 
compressed. Head well compressed. Snout about as broad as long. 
External denticles well developed, 2 median large and directed for- 


sas 
5 


5 


S07) 
SS 
oS 
oy 
> 
os 
oy 


a 


Sn 
ae 


35) 


Fig. 47.—Reboides bicornis Cope. 


wards, 2 lateral subequal on upper jaw, and 4 mandibulars equally 
placed. On each side of upper jaw a well-developed canine, and 2 
series of smaller similar teeth between or in front, other teeth all 
smaller and uniserial. Small teeth in mandible with 4 canines, an- 
teriorly median pair close or at symphysis. Maxillary with a number 
of large denticles of rather irregular size. Tongue long, slender and 


1906.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459 


little free. Interorbital space convex, and moderately broad. Gill- 
opening forward to front rim of orbit. Rakers 6 + 9, slender, pointed, 
a little shorter than longest filaments which are nearly as long as orbit. 
Tubes in lateral line simple. Color in alcohol faded brownish, lower 
surface paler, and everywhere with more or less silvered reflections. 
Fins pale or nearly uniform brownish. Length 24 inches (caudal 
damaged). Type. 

Cynopotamus gulo Cope. Fig. 48. 


Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., XI, 1869-70 (August 19, 1870), p. 565. 
Cotypes, Nos. 8,053 (type) to 8,055, A. N.S. P. Pebas, Eastern Peru. 
John Hauxwell. 


Width of head 34 in its length; interorbital space 4. Body strongly 
compressed. Head strongly compressed. Snout long as_ broad. 
Teeth in upper jaw uniserial, 4 enlarged canines, and several a little 
smaller laterally as median pair of former are close together. About 10 
canines in mandible, 5 on each side anteriorly, and subequally large. 


| 


Fig. 48 —Cynopotamus gulo Cope. 


Other teeth all small like those on maxillary, though forming 2 series 
anteriorly. Tongue small, fleshy, rounded in front and little free. 
Interorbital space broad and little convex. Gill-opening forward 
about front margin of pupil. Rakers tv, 2 + 7, 1, lanceolate, and 
much longer than filaments or 3 of orbit. Lateral line of simple tubes. 
Color in aleohol brownish. A more or less narrow leaden streak from 
shoulder to base of caudal, with a slightly dusky blotch at humeral 
region and one at base of caudal. Abdomen showing through pale 


460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


brownish. Head more or less silvered. Fins uniform dark brownish. 
Tris dark brownish. Length 3,; inches (caudal damaged). Type. 

Two larger examples in good preservation show: Head 32 and 34; 
depth 34 and 3; D. 7, 9; A. v, 41, 1 and v, 39,1; P. 1, 15 and 1, 14; 
V.u, 7;scales about 76 or 77 in lateral line to base of caudal, and about 
5 or 6 more on latter; about 16 scales obliquely back from origin of 
dorsal to lateral line; about 20 scales between origin of anal and lateral 
line; about 46 or 47 scales before dorsal; 8 scales obliquely back from 
origin of adipose dorsal; width of head 2% and 275 in its length; depth 
of head 14 and 12 over posterior margin of orbit; snout 3; eye 4} and 
43; maxillary 14 and 14; mandible 14 and 14; interorbital space 3; 
base of dorsal 22 and 24; least depth of caudal peduncle 32 and 332; 
total length of specimens (caudal damaged) 6% and 7+ inches respec- 
tively. Pebas, Peru. John Hauxwell. 

This species will fall within my subgenus Eucynopotamus, with the 
scales a little large, about 75 in the lateral line. 

Acestrorhamphus hepsetus (Cuvier). 
Xiphorhamphus hepsetus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., XX XIII, 
1894 (January 5), p. 85. Brazilian province of Rio Grande do Sul. H. 
H. Smith. 

Head 34; depth 33 to 32; D. 1, 9; A. v, 24, 1 to v, 26, 1; scales about 
76 in lateral line to base of caudal and several more on latter; snout 
23 to 344 in head; eye 43 to 54; maxillary 13 to 14; interorbital space 
5; pectoral 14 to 14; ventral 1{ to 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 34 
to 4; gill-rakers v or v1, 2 or3 + Sor9,andirtotv. Two examples. 


SPHYRNOCHARAX subgen. nov. 
Type Xiphorhamphus abbreviatus Cope. 


Body rather deep, 34 to 4. 

(*gbpava, Sphyrena; zap¢5, Charax.) 
Acestrorhynchus brachycephalus (Cope). 

Xiphorhamphus brachycephalus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., 
XXXII, 1894 (January 5), p. 84, Pl. 4, fig. 1. Cotypes, Nos. 21,728 
(type) and 21,917, A. N.S. P. Brazilian province of Rio Grande do 
Sul. H. H. Smith. 

Width of head 2 in its length; interorbital space 4. Body compressed 
and edges all more or less rounded. Head compressed. Snout con- 
vex and a little broader than long. Teeth on palatines uniserial, 
little smaller than those along maxillary and side of mandible where 
compressed. Canines 4 in front of each jaw, at symphysis, not close. 
Tongue triangularly pointed and free. Interorbital space a little 
convex. Gill-opening forward opposite posterior nostril. Rakers 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 461 


Iv, 6 + 11, tv, pointed, longest 3 of filaments which are 2 of orbit. 
Each scale with several fine strie. Color in aleohol brownish, sides 
brassy or silvered. Back a little darker than other portions. Fins all 
brownish, dorsal and caudal a little darker. A large blackish blotch, 
a little larger than iris, at base of caudal and extending out on middle 
caudal rays. An indistinct grayish humeral blotch. Iris brownish, a 
little darker above. Length 62 inches (caudal damaged). Type. 
Other example shows: Head 34; depth 34; D. 11, 9; A. rv, 25, 1; 
scales about 55 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 4 more on latter; 
snout 32; eye 4; maxillary 12; interorbital space 44. 
Acestrorhynchus abbreviatus (Cope). Fig. 49.) 


Xiphorhamphus abbreviatus Cope, Proc Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 
1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 687. Cotypes, Nos. 21,532 (type), 21,105 to 
aoe and 21,982 and 21,983, A. N.S. P. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. 

rton. 


Width of head 24 in its length; interorbital space 34. Body well 
compressed, and edges of body rounded except thorax, which has a 


Fig. 49.—Acestrerhynchus abbreviatus (Cope). 


large median keel. Postdorsal region, and both upper and lower 
surfaces of caudal peduncle, somewhat flattened and level. Head 
compressed. Snout a trifle longer than wide. Teeth in jaws rather 
irregular canines, about 6 well developed in upper and 8 in lower. 


Other teeth small, those on rami of mandible posteriorly fine, and 
31 


462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


similar to those extending whole length of bone. A long series of 
still finer palatine teeth. Interorbital space broad and a trifle convex. 
Gill-opening forward opposite anterior nostril. Rakers 8 + 10 
rudimentary denticles. Filaments 3 of orbit. Tubes in lateral line 
simple. Vent shortly before anal fin. Color in aleohol brownish- 
brassy, back a little darker than rest of body and with some metallic 
greenish tints. Fins all pale greenish-brown, each one more or less 
grayish or pale dusky marginally. Base of caudal with a blackish 
blotch a little less than orbit. Adipose fin brownish. Iris mostly 
dark brownish, reddish below. Length 8% inches (caudal damaged). 
Type. 

The others show: Head 3 to 34; depth 34 to 4; D. 1,9; A. v, 20, 1 to 
v, 24, 1; scales about 80 to 95 in lateral line to base of caudal, and about 
5 more on latter; snout 3 in head; eye 44 to 54; maxillary 14 to 13; 
interorbital space 34 to 32; least depth of caudal peduncle 4} to 42; 
length of body 5% to 84 inches. 


Subgenus ACESTRORHYNCHUS Eigenmann. 
Body elongate, depth 6 or 7. 


Acestrorhynchus falcirostris (Cuvier). 
Xiphorhamphus falcirostris Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 
1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 688. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 

Head 3% to 34; D. 11, 9; A. v, 21, 1; width of head 32 to 32 in its 
length; snout 2} to 23; eye 4? to 54; maxillary 1; to 14; interorbital 
space 3} to 5; least depth of caudal peduncle 5; leneth (caudals dam- 
aged) 64 to 11 inches. Two examples from the collections of 1873 
and 1877. 
Acestrorhynchus heterolepis (Cope). Fig. 50. 


Xiphorhamphus heterolepis Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., XVII, 
1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 687. Cotypes, Nos. 21,246 (type) to 21,248, 
A.N.S. P. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 


Width of head 34 in its length; interorbital space 33. Body com- 
pressed, edges rounded and upper and lower surfaces of caudal peduncle 
bevelled. Chest with a median keel. Head well compressed. Snout 
convex above, and its width 12 in its length. Teeth along edges of 
jaws uniserial above, 2 canines at tip in front, midway in length of 
snout a large canine on each side a little inside, and 3 more between 
it and front of eye becoming larger as they progress back. In man- 
dible 4 canines at symphysis, all well separated, and second pair 
largest. Just behind second pair 1 or 2 small teeth, then 3 enlarged 
canines middle of which is largest, and then follows a single series of 
small teeth like those along edge of maxillary. A single long series 


———— 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 463 


of small pointed palatine teeth. Tongue conic, elongate and free. 
Interorbital space a little convex. Gill-opening forward opposite 
front margin of eye. Rakers absent, edge of first branchial arch 
trenchant and finely asperous, with about 21 + 37 finely asperous 
laminze externally. Filaments + of eye. Tubes in lateral line at 
least bifurcate. Color in alcohol brownish, greenish tints evidently 
due to copper, and with brassy reflections. Fins unmarked, except 


Fig. 50.—Acestrorhynchus heterolepis (Cope). 


base of caudal, which has a black spot medianly about size of pupil. 
Tris brown. Length 144 inches (caudal damaged). Type. 

The other examples show: Head 31 to 34; depth 5 to 6; D. u, 9; 
A. v, 23 or 24, 1; scales about 120 to 130 in lateral line to base of caudal; 
snout 14 to 24 in head; eye 5+ to 54; interorbital space 44 to 54; least 
depth of caudal peduncle 54 to 52; length (caudal damaged) 72 to 
102 inches. 


Xiphostoma maculatum Valenciennes. 


Xiphostoma tedo Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 267, Pl. 
13, fig. 2. Cotypes, Nos. 7,958 (type) and 7,959, A. N.S. P. Ambyiacu 
River. John Hauxwell. Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., 
XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 688. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. 
Orton 


Width of head 4% in its length; interorbital space 54. Body well 
compressed and edges rounded. Head broad and flattened, sides be- 
coming constricted below. Snout depressed above, a little flattened. 
Teeth in jaws uniform, uniserial and recurved. A rather broad finely 
asperous tract on each palatine. Tongue triangular and not free. 
Interorbital space broad and flat. Most osseous areas on head rugosely 
striate. Gill-opening forward opposite anterior margin of orbit. 


464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Oct., 


Rakers v, 2 + 7, v1, lanceolate, and much shorter than filaments, 
which are about half of eye. Color in alcohol brownish, color of back — 
well separated from paler color of lower surface, and without markings. 
Tip of snout brownish. Fins all pale brownish, bases of caudal lobes 
with pale brownish bars. Faded marks or traces of bars, as indicated 
by Cope, are evident. Iris brassy. Length 7} inches (caudal dam- 
aged). Type. 

The others show: Head 22 to 23; depth 64 to 8; D. m1, 8; A. 111, 8, 1; 
scales 77 to 80 in lateral line to base of caudal, and several more on 
latter; snout 12 to 14 in head; eye 8+ to 9$; interorbital space 4% to 
5%; least depth of caudal peduncle 4? to 6; length 7}% to 12% inches 
(caudal damaged). 


BELONOCHARAX een. nov. 
Type Belonocharax beani sp. nov. 


Related to Boulengerella Eigenmann, but differing in the larger scales, 
which are about 50, while in the latter they are about 88. Lateral 
line incomplete. 

(Belém, Belone, the Old World Gar; yaa, Charax.) 

Belonocharax beani sp. nov. Fig. 51. 

Head 24; depth 7; D. m1, 8; A. m1, 8, 1; P. 1, 18; V. 1, 7; scales in 
lateral line, or those with tubes, 27, and count continued to base of 
caudal 18, also 5 more on latter; 5 scales obliquely forward from 
origin of dorsal to lateral line; 8 scales obliquely back from origin of 
adipose fin to lower surface of caudal peduncle; 5 scales obliquely for- 
ward from origin of ventral to lateral line; 35 scales before dorsal; 
width of head 3? in its length; depth of head at posterior edge of pre- 
opercle 2; snout 21; eye 8%; tip of snout to posterior extremity of 
maxillary 12; mandible 12; interorbital space 5; second dorsal ray 23; 
third anal ray 3; least depth of caudal peduncle 42; pectoral 22; ventral 
3h. 

Body long, rather slender, well compressed, trunk of more or less 
even depth, and middle of back evidently levelled but without any 
distinct keels on each side above. Lower edges of body evidently 
rounded. Postdorsal, postadipose dorsal and postanal edges of body 
flattened a trifle, and edge on each side a rather obsolete keel. Caudal 
peduncle well compressed, its length about 3 its least depth. 

Head long, attenuate, or in a long triangle, well compressed, flattened 
or rather broadened above, and sides becoming constricted somewhat 
below. Jaws long, tapering, robust, rather depressed, upper project- 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. — 465 


ing, flattened towards tip, pyramidal, and mandible rather broader with 
convex surface or of swollen appearance. Profile of snout a little 
convex at first, then merging into nearly straight upper profile of 
head. Profile of mandible at first a little concave, then a little convex. 
Hye a little posterior in head, high, and a trifle longer than deep. 
Mouth forming a slight arch. Lips not evident except as a narrow 
cutaneous fold along margin of mandible. Maxillary narrowly exposed 
oblique, and extending distal extremity posteriorly till about opposite 
posterior margin of pupil. Edge of maxillary with fine teeth. Tip of 
upper jaw a hard or tough point. Teeth in jaws uniserial, rather 
small, of more or less equal size, compressed or cultrate, crowded one 
after the other and all directed backwards. When jaws close upper 
teeth slip over sides of mandibular. In front of upper jaw a A- 
shaped patch of conic teeth progressing in size to outermost, which is 


Fig. 51.—Belonocharax beani Fowler. 


thus canine-like. There are also several other smaller conic teeth 
still exterior to latter. No teeth at symphysis of mandible. On roof 
of mouth near front of upper jaw on each side, a short series of several 
rather irregular small denticles. Buccal membranes broad, reaching 
first 2 in length of jaws. Tongue flattened, free, rounded as viewed 
from above, and its tip falling about last 2 in length of snout. Bones 
of head all more or less finely rugose-striate. Opercular flap rather 
broad. 

Gill-opening extending forward about opposite anterior margin of 
pupil. Gill-rakers about 8 + 11 short denticles, longest barely more 
than half of pupil. Filaments about 2 of orbit. Isthmus narrow, 
slender, edge rounded. Bones of shoulder-girdle, where exposed, with 
shght striz. 

Scales large, of more or less uniform size, each one striate and 
ctenoid. Scales on breast and bases of caudal and anal smaller than 


466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


those on body. Ventral with a small axillary scale. Lateral line, 
incomplete, midway on side, starting from shoulder, of simple tubes, 
and ending about 2 scales before origin of dorsal. 

Dorsal inserted well posterior or near last 2 in head and trunk, and 
second ray evidently highest, others graduated down. Adipose fin 
placed in last third of space between origin of dorsal and base of 
caudal, and its length a little less than eye. Anal inserted behind 
middle of base of dorsal, or nearer base of caudal than that of ventral, 
and third ray longest, or others graduated down. Caudal forked, 
lobes pointed. Pectoral reaching less than half way to ventral. 
Ventral a little more than half way to anal. Vent close in front of 
anal. 

Color in aleohol dull or pale brown, back a deeper shade than lower 
surface. About 8 longitudinal darker streaks of brownish than general 
body-color, those below paler. Head brown, lower surface paler. 
Fins pale brown, dorsal and caudal perhaps a trifle darker. Base of 
upper caudal lobe with its lower lobe marked with a jet-black blotch 
a little larger than pupil. Iris pale brownish. 

Length about 11 inches (caudal damaged). 

Type, No. 16,642, A. N. S. P. Truando, Rio Atrato basin in the 
Isthmus of Darien, Colombia. From the Smithsonian Institution 
(No. 1,658). 

I am indebted to Mr. Barton A. Bean for the data concerning this 
fish. According to him it approaches Xiphostoma hujeta Valenciennes, 
a species very imperfectly described though, which it seems to resemble 
so far as the original account permits. Provisionally at least it had 
best be considered distinct. 

(Named for Mr. Barton A. Bean, Assistant Curator of Fishes, 
United States National Museum.) 

Hydrolycus pectoralis (Giinther). 


Hydrolycus pectoralis Cope, Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p. 688. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 


Head 4 to 43; depth 34 to 32; D. 1, 10; A. 11, 45, 1 usually, sometimes 
varying to 43 or 46; scales usually 90 in lateral line to base of caudal; 
snout 34 to 44 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye, meas- 
ured vertically, 2 to 34; interorbital space 33 to 44; total length 54 to 
Slinches. Six examples from collections of 1873 and 1877. 


Hydrolyous scomberoides (Cuvier). 


Hydrolycus scomberoides Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 
292. Between the mouth of the Rio Negro and the Peruvian Amazon or 
Ucayale River. Robert Perkins. 


Head 44; depth 3; D. 1, 10; A. 11, 40, 1; scales about 112 in lateral 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 467 


line to base of caudal, though pores much fewer; snout 4 in head, 
measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 4; maxillary 14; interorbital space 
4; least depth of caudal peduncle 3; length 10? inches. 


Rhaphiodon vulpinus Agassiz. 


Raphiodon vulpinus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., XX VII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p. 688. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 


Head 4% to 5; depth 4% to 54; D. 11, 10; A. rv, 40 to 42, 1; scales about 
120 in lateral line to base of caudal, and about 8 more on latter ; snout 3% 
to 33% in head; eye 44 to 44; maxillary 17 to 14; interorbital space 54 
to 6; least depth of caudal peduncle 34 to 334; length of body (caudal 
damaged) 10 to 122 inches. Two examples in collections of 1873 and 
1877. 


Cyuodon gibbus (Agassiz). 


Raphiodon gibbus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 
(May 17, 1878), p. 688. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 


Head 42 to 4£; depth 34 to 32; D. 1, 10; A. Iv, 72, 1 to 1?, 83?, 1; 
scales 90 to 100 in lateral line to base of caudal; snout 34 to 4 in head, 
measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 34 to 32; maxillary 17 to 14; 
interorbital space 34 to 34; least depth of caudal peduncle 3 to 33; 
length (caudal damaged) 6 to 6% inches. Two examples in the collec- 
tion of 1873. 


DISTICHODONTINA, 


Distichodus rudolphi:Giinther. Fig. 52. 


Proce. Zool. Soc. London, 1896 (February 4), p. 223. Cotype, No. 14,559 
(type), A. N.S. P. Lake Rudolf, Central Africa. Dr. A. D. Smith. 


Fig. 52.—Distichodus rudolphi Ginther. 


468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Oct., 


Width of head 2} in its length; interorbital space 4. Body com- 
pressed with edges all more or less rounded. Head compressed, con- 
vexly round or not especially broad above, and sides becoming con- 
stricted below. Snout broader than long and surface convex. Teeth 
in jaws rather weak, though well developed, compressed, uniserial 
and bidentate. Tongue free and rounded as seen above. Interor- 
bital space rather broad and slightly convex. Gill-opening forward 
opposite anterior margin of eye. Rakers reduced as minute tuber- 
cles, and filaments a trifle less than orbit. Lateral line with simple 
tubes. Vent close in front of anal. Color in aleohol brownish, sides 
and lower surface paler, inclining to whitish and all more or less 
silvered. Lower surface of head also silvered. A pale or dull slaty 
humeral blotch about size of pupil. A dull or pale dusky diffuse 
blotch at base of caudal. Fins all pale brownish, dorsal and caudal 
a trifle darker, and median rays of latter also pale dusky. Iris pale 
brassy. Length 24 inches (caudal damaged). Type. 


SERRASALMINAB. 
Pygocentrus piraya (Cuvier). 


Serrasalmo piraya Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70 
(August 19, 1870), p. 566. Para. De Schulte Buckow. 


Head 23; depth 18; D. I, 1, 12; A. 101, 29, 1; abdominal serratures 32 
to vent; scales about 75 in lateral line to base of caudal and about 8 
more on latter; about 33 scales between origin of dorsal and lateral 
line; about 28 seales between origin of anal and lateral line; about 46 
scales before origin of dorsal; about 13 scales obliquely back from 
origin of adipose fin to lateral line; width of head 2% in its length; 
mandible 22; pectoral 14; ventral 24; least depth of caudal peduncle 
32;snout 44 in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 34; maxillary 
24; interorbital space 3. In alcohol more or less uniform brownish, 
margins of caudal broadly a little darker brownish. Iris brassy, 
brownish above and below. Length 3} inches. 


Pygocentrus nattereri Kner. 


Serrasalmo nattereri Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 292. 
Between the mouth of the Rio Negro and the Peruvian Amazon or 
Ucayale River. Robert Perkins. 


Head 24 to 23; depth 13 to 142; D. I, 1, 14,1 to 16,1; A. I, 11, 25,1 to 
28, 1; abdominal serratures 25 to 28; scales 72 to 86 in lateral line to 
base of caudal and 5 to 10 more continued out on latter; 34 to 38 
scales obliquely back from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 30 to 37 scales 
between origin of anal and lateral line; 15 or 16 scales obliquely back 
from adipose fin to lateral line; 50 to 54 scales before dorsal; mandible 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469 


24 to 23 in head ; pectoral 13 to 13; ventral 3 to 34; least depth of caudal 
peduncle 33 to 42; snout 4 to 44 in head, measured from tip of upper 
jaw; eye 32 to 54; maxillary 2% to 3; interorbital space 21 to 34; total 
length of body (with slightly damaged caudal) 2? to 64 inches. Alto- 
gether 5 examples, the largest from between the mouth of the Rio 
Negro and the Peruvian Amazon or Ucayale river. Of the others 2 
belong to Orton’s first collection (1873). The remaining 2 examples 
are small. They are marked with a number of small round brownish 
spots, each about the size of the pupil, and producing an effect simi- 
lar to that seen on some examples of Ephippus argus. The caudal 
is margined, within the lobes, and shaded basally with deep 
brownish. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. Coll. 1877. 
Serrasalmus humeralis Valenciennes. 


Serrasalmo humeralis Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 
292. Between the mouth of the Rio Negro and the Peruvian Amazon or 
Ucayale River. Robert Perkins. 


Head 23; depth 1 to 1,9,; D. I, u, 14, 1 to 15,1; A. I, m1, 29, 1 to 30, 
1; scales about 75 to 80 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 6 or 7 
more on latter; 32 or 33 scales down from origin of dorsal to lateral 
line; 34 or 35 scales down from lateral line to origin of anal; abdominal 
seutes 30 to 32; mandible 24 to 2} in head; pectoral 14 to 12; ventral 
22 to 24; least depth of caudal peduncle 34 to 33; snout 4 in head, 
measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 4 to 42; maxillary 22 to 24; 
interorbital space 3 to 34; total length of body (caudals damaged) 
43 to 5¢ inches. Two examples. 
Serrasalmus maculatus (Kner). 


Serrasalmo maculatus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70 
(August 19, 1870), p. 566. Para. De Schulte Buckow. 


Head 22; depth 12; D. I, m1, 12; A. I, 1, 29, 1; scales about 77 in 
lateral line to base of caudal, and 5 more on latter; about 31 scales 
between origin of dorsal and lateral line; about 32 between origin of 
anal and lateral line; abdominal scutes 31; mandible 24 in head; 
pectoral 13; ventral 24; least depth of caudal peduncle 32; snout 44 
in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 44; maxillary 24; inter- 
orbital space 32; length of body 32 inches (caudal damaged). 
Serrasalmus esopus (Cope). Fig. 53. 

Serrasalmo esopus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 269. 
Type, No. 7,914, A. N.S. P. From the Marafion, between the mouth of 
the Rio Negro, Brazil, and the Huallaga, Peru. Robert Perkins. 

Width of head 2, in its length; interorbital space 23 in head, meas- 
ured from tip of upper jaw. Body strongly compressed. Predorsal 
region, and postdorsal to adipose fin, with slight median ridge. Chest 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


470 


5 


sos Meet oe oO 
i oO Sic 
SS8nKR’ s 
Pe” Sega 
BE a oe 
on Bl pS) ss 
e ee re 
Hed gg? a 
Qeogts g 
or 8 oo 
fom od > 
chi} se) 
COS eee eeoeccs 
[=| ae 
Shap S Ba 
oe Cs) 
Ook go 
S Folns OO 
le} Ss 
ue ae 
OER sc eh ier ce 
a ® ¥ 
OO Veh oie oye sy als 
gedg oa > 
Sues) hose 
elle =f cee Cole (alee 
D5hSBER OS 
eer Se rate SO apelatoy 
as 7 arn”«d 
ant. os 
i be Need ae Wie rf — eo) 
Sl att Sha oc) 
cPinoRISl (TI () =p ts 
a 8 o mm de 
ee Bin @ 
osSFfFakr,., 
m ~ > @., 6 
ooo Sh 
Dia se 2 & 
SEES ES a 
Roa nese a irs 
as 
pret es es ey 
sTG EE 8 
Oro Ss Lol 
Sire ae) N 
= 7 5 8 2 ioeed 
Sosy av au 
a mos a 
~ oe oe 5 
ey rae fo ae] 
Ro aS pod 
etre} Atay HA Ty IS 
5 oe fon 
3 o Se) ies 
ea ee e388 
semM@Hdwod 


met 


Pane ate 


ee 
>: 


a 
rege 


SESS 


pass 


Fig. 53.—Serrasalmus wsopus (Cope). 


Tongue little free, 


papillose and with cutaneous fringe corresponding to 
teeth. Palatine teeth 5, small and uniserial. 


or less 


Interorbital space broad and convex. Gill-open- 


surface papillose. 


Rakers 14 + 12, more or less 


rudimentary, or about 5 or 6 on ceratobranchial a little enlarged, 


and all much shorter than filaments which are nearly equal to orbit. 


ing forward to front rim of pupil. 


Vent close in front of 


Tubes a little bifureate, or decurved usually. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 471 


anal and not surrounded by abdominal serratures. Color in alcohol 
faded brownish, back from level with occiput deeper and without 
brassy tint of lower surface of body. Body also with more or less 
silvered or brassy reflections. Caudal with a rather broad pale 
margin, then submarginally rather broadly deep dusky, otherwise 
pale. Anal with margin rather broadly brownish and base also a little 
brown. Other fins all more or less pale. Iris yellowish, brownish 
above. Length 5{ inches. 
Serrasalmus iridopsis (Cope). 

Serrasalmo iridopsis Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 268. 


Pl. 9, fig. 2. Type, No. 7,913, A. N.S. P. Ambyiacu River, Equador. 
John Hauxwell. 


Width of head 24 in its length; interorbital space 34, measured from 
tip of snout. Body compressed. Head well compressed and robust. 
Snout convex, and its length 3 its width. Teeth well developed in 
jaws, those on mandible = large. Each palatine with 7 teeth. 
Tongue rather narrow, rounded in front and free. Interorbital space 
broad and convex. Bones of head all more or less radiately striate. 
Gill-opening forward to middle of eye. Rakers1v + v short denticles, 
much shorter than filaments, which equal greatest exposed opercular 
width. Color in alcohol brownish, sides silvered. Back with a num- 
ber of rounded maculations, ranging in size up to that of pupil, and 
fading out on flanks. Fins all pale brownish, dorsal and caudal a 
trifle more deep in shade marginally. Iris pale brassy. Length 4% 
inches (caudal damaged). 

Although Cope states that the abdominal serratures are ‘‘forty-one,’’ 
his figure would indicate altogether but 31. Still as the type at present 
shows 32 serre, it is possible that some of those on the breast may have 
fallen. 

Serrasalmus immaculatus (Cope). Fig. 54. 

Serrasalmo immaculatus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 
1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 692. Cotypes, Nos. 21,503 (type) to 21,505, 
A.N.S.P. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 

Width of head 24 in its length; interorbital space 2% in head, meas- 
ured from tip of upper jaw. Body strongly compressed, and pre- 
dorsal and postdorsal regions, to adipose fin, with a slight median 
ridge. Upper and lower surfaces of caudal peduncle a little compressed 
convexly. Head compressed. Snout broad and surface convex. 
Teeth 2-3. Palatine teeth 7 on each side. Gill-opening forward 
opposite middle of orbit. Rakers x + vir rounded scabrous processes 
and each with a short denticulation. Filaments about equal eye. 


Color in alcohol brownish, more or less dull and uniform or only with 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


472 


slight silvered reflections, and greenish tints on head and fins evidently 


Length 7% inches 


Tris a little reddish-brown. 


due to preservative. 
(caudal damaged). 


A. 


seales about 67 to 78 in lateral line to base of 


. 
? 


Head 22 to 24; depth 13; D. 1, 11, 13,1 to 16,1 


The others show 
Pr, 2851 torsion 


? 


.—Serrasalmus immaculatus (Cope). 


54 


Fig. 


pectoral 


? 


head 


in 
; least depth of caudal peduncle 3} to 3% 


mandible 1? to 22 i 


? 


eaudal, and 6 to 8 more on latter 


? 


= to 34 


2 


13 to 1; ventral 


in head, measured from tip 


1 
2 


+ to 4 


snout 4 


, 


if 


to 


2 
3 


base of dorsal 1 


3a 
co 
os 
o 8 
aw 
b> 
ae 
Gy te) 
=a 
rel) 
a od 
o 
=} tefo) 
a 
Or baa: ! 
oro 
° 
Sr 
Ho 
coho 
ey OY 
| 
me © 
fs) 
zs 
ae 
im 
S} 
is B 
od 
Bear 
mie oy 
Se) 
© 
y+ 
os 
aes 
4+ 
= 8 
a 8 
Be 
ae 
Gq rho 
oo 


Though the dusky posterior caudal margin 


ident, the numerous lead-colored spots on the back are not. 


damaged) 6} to 6] inches. 
is evi 


Subgenus COLOSSOMA Bigenmann. 


f teeth in upper jaw close together. 


lor series 0. 


Anterior and poster 
Colossoma oculus (Cope). 


Ambyiacu 


Cotypes, Nos. 7,991 (type) to 8,010, A. N. S. P. 


John Hauxwell. 
Width of head 2 in its length 


River. 


Myletes oculus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 262, Pl. 12, 
fig. 2. 


head, measured 


in 


terorbital space 2 


;in 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473 


from tip of upper jaw. Body strongly compressed, and edges mostly 
rounded. Head robust, compressed, and becoming constricted below. 
Lips thin, cutaneous, and on each side of mandible forming anteriorly 
a long flattened triangular flap equal to about + of orbit. In each 
side of upper jaw externally 5 teeth, and each with a single cusp at 
least. Transversely in front of upper jaw 4 bicuspid teeth connect- 
ing lateral series. Mandible with 4 enlarged teeth transversely in 
front, pair approximated at symphysis with a large posterior cusp 
to each one, and 4 small teeth on each ramus graduated down 
posteriorly. Tongue a little long, Interorbital space broad and con- 
vex. Opercle with fine concentric strie. Gull-opening forward to 
front rim of orbit. Rakers 20 + 24, slender, and longest equals pupil. 
Longest filaments $ of orbit. Tubes of lateral line simple. Vent 
enclosed in serrze close in front of anal. Color in alcohol pale brown- 
ish and sides more or less silvered. Fins all pale brownish, anal and 
median caudal rays a trifle deeper. Sides of body with vertical 
brownish streaks, and one about midway on side close behind lateral 
line forming an ocellus. Iris slaty-white. Length 2} inches (caudal 
damaged). Type. 

The others show: Head 2} to 23; depth 14 to 1Z; D. 111, 12, 1 to 15, 1, 
usually 14, 1, sometimes 13, 1, occasionally 12,1, and rarely 15,1; A. 11 
or Iv, 20, 1 to 23, 1, usually 21, 1 or 22, 1 and only rarely 20, 1 or 23, 1; 
abdominal serratures 44 to 53; about 60 to 72 scales in lateral line to 
base of caudal; snout 33 to 4 in head, measured from tip of upper 
jaw; eye 3 to 34; interorbital space 24 to 24; pectoral 13 to 24; ventral 
1% to 24; total length of body 1,8; to 23 inches. 


WAITEINA subgen. nov. 
Type Myletes nigripinnis Cope. 
Anterior and posterior series of teeth well separated anteriorly in 
upper jaw. 
(Named for Dr. Edgar R. Waite, formerly of the Museum at Sydney, 
author of many contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia.) 


Colossoma nigripinnis (Cope). Fig. 55. 
Myletes nigripinnis Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., 1877-78 (May 17, 
1878), p.693. Type, No. 21,124, A.N.S.P. Peruvian Amazon. Nauta. 
Prof. J. Orton. 

Width of head 2 in its length; interorbital space 24 in head, measured 
from tip of upper jaw. Body well compressed. Predorsal region 
trenchant and edges of body otherwise mostly rounded. Head well 
compressed, becoming constricted below. Snout broad and convex 


474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.; 


on surface. Teeth large in mandible, those anteriorly forming trans- 
verse series of 4 largest and other 5 on each side of mandible graduated 
down posteriorly. Anterior mandibular teeth with cutting edges, and 
each one at symphysis with a large cusp. In upper jaw 5 teeth in 
each external series approximated with 4 transverse annectant ones, 
which latter together with last 3 externals, are bicuspid. Tongue 
thick and not free. Lips a little fleshy. Interorbital space broadly 


BS 
\ 


Fig. 55.—Colossoma nigripinnis (Cope). 


convex. Gill-opening forward to front edge of eye. Rakers 39 + 39, 
slender, about # of orbit. Filaments equal orbit. Tubes in lateral 
line simple. Color in alcohol olivaceous-brown, greenish most 
likely due to preservative, and lower regions but little paler. 
Trunk with many blackish or dusky blotches as large as or a 
little. larger than pupil, those below smallest. Membrane of fins 
more or less dusky-brown, dorsal paler, and also bases of caudal, 
pectoral and ventral pale. Lips dusky or brownish. Iris yellowish. 
Length 5} inches (caudal damaged). 


1906.} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475 


Cope’s statement, that ‘‘the two posterior mandibulars are in con- 
tact with the median pair of the anterior series, and are separated by 
a narrow interspace from each other,” evidently refers to the teeth 
of the upper jaw. 

REGANINA gen. nov. 
Type Myletes bidens Agassiz. 

Body rather elongate, not entirely orbicular, or not as deep as long. 
Abdominal profile moderately convex, not pendant. Abdominal 
serratures rather numerous, 56. Squamous area on base of anal fin 
rather low and sharply defined from rest of fin. Adipose fin rather 
free, not especially enlarged or elongated. No external free short 
cultrate predorsal spine. 

(Named for Dr. C. Tate Regan, of the British Museum of Natural 
History, author of many excellent contributions to Ichthyology.) 
Reganina bidens (Agassiz). 


Myletes bidens Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 291. 
Between the mouth of the Rio Negro and the Peruvian Amazon or Ucay- 
ale River. Robert Perkins——Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., 


XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 694. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. 
Orton. 


Head 3; depth 12; D. v, 14; A. m1, 23,1; abdominal serratures 51 + 5; 
scales about 85 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 5 more on latter; 
35 scales between origin of dorsal and lateral line; about 40 scales 
between vent and lateral line, and same number between root 
of ventral and lateral line; 46 scales before dorsal; snout 34 
in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 44; mandible 27; 
interorbital space 24; pectoral 17; ventral 14; least depth of caudal 
peduncle 24. Gill-rakers 19 + 18,1, lanceolate, and about 4 of longest 
filaments, which are about equal to orbit. Color in alcohol brownish, 
belly paler, and fins all more or less brownish, becoming darker margin- 
ally. Anal with a longitudinal median brown band, anterior radii of 
fin pale or whitish. Opercle with a brownish blotch. Iris dull yellow- 
ish. Length 9 inches. Between the mouth of the Rio Negro and the 
Peruvian Amazon. Robert Perkins. 

This example agrees largely with Agassiz’ figure. However, the 
scales on the base of the anal fin are not indicated as sharply demar- 
cated from the rest of the same, so that in width this squamous area is 
but a little broader anteriorly. 

Mylossoma albiscopus (Cope). 


Myletes albiscopus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 267, 
Pl. 12, fig. 1. Cotypes, Nos. 8,014 to 8,021 (type), A.N.S.P. Ambyiacu 
River. John Hauxwell. Cope, l.c., p. 292. Between the mouth of 
the Rio Negro and the Peruvian Amazon. Robert Perkins. 


Width of head 2 in its length; interorbital space 24 in head, measured 


476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


from tip of upper jaw. Body strongly compressed, edges rounded. 
Head robust. Snout broad and convex. Lips without triangular 
cutaneous corners, though broad. Upper teeth 5 in each external 
series, and with a transverse connecting series of 4. Mandibular 
teeth larger, 8 in number, 4 median greatly enlarged and pair at 
symphysis each with a large external cusp. All teeth with a cutting 
edge, and some, like transverse series above, bicuspid. Tongue not 
free, broad and rounded in front. Interorbital space broad and con- 
vex. Gill-opening forward opposite front of eye. Rakers 12 + 18, 
lanceolate and equal pupil. Filaments a trifle less than orbit. Tubes 
in lateral line simple. Color in alcohol dull or pale brassy-brown, 
back a little darker than lower surface and everywhere with more or 
less brassy reflections. Fins all pale or uniform brownish. Iris dull or 
pale orange. Length 6 inches. Type. 

The others show: Head 23 to 31; depth 14 to 14; D. m1, 13, 1 to 16, 1, 
usually 14, 1 or 15,1; A. m1 or rv, 31, 1 to 36, 1; scales 70 to 78 in lateral 
line to base of caudal, and 3 to 9 more on latter; serratures 41 to 47 + 
4 to 8 on abdomen; snout 34 to 4 in head; eye 2? to 4; interorbital 
space 2+ to 24; pectoral 14 to 12; ventral 2 to 24; total length of body 
213 to 5} inches, with caudals mostly damaged. The opercular blotch 
at present is only a little brownish in most cases. 


STARKSINA gen. nov. 
Type Myletes herniarius Cope. 


Body nearly as deep as long. Profile of belly well rounded convexly 
and pendant. Abdominal serratures rather few, 41. Posterior series 
of teeth in upper jaw separated from anterior by an interspace. Anal 
and caudal more or less covered with small scales passing out from 
body without special demarcation. Adipose fin small and free. No 
external free short cultrate predorsal spine. 

(Dedicated to Mr. Edwin C. Starks, of the Leland Stanford Junior 
University, California, well known for his contributions to the 
osteology of fishes.) 


Starksina herniarius (Cope). Fig. 56. 


Myletes herniarius Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 268, Pl. 
12, fig. 3. Cotypes, Nos. 7,990 and 8,025 (type), A. N.S. P.. Ambyiacu 
River. John Hauxwell. Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., 
XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 693. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. 
Orton. 


Width of head 12 in its length; interorbital space 2} in head, meas- 
ured from tip of upper jaw. Edges of body more or less trenchant. 
Head well compressed, becoming a little restricted below. Snout 


477 
In latter 


arranged in an external approximated series of 5 on each side, and 


Teeth in jaws heavy, robust, and all 


Lips thin. 
more or less smaller and of subequal size in upper jaw. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 
each with a cusp at least, those most external with 3. Transversely 


4 teeth connecting outer series, and tip of each with as many as 4 


broad and convex. 


1906.] 


erwin ts 
Sale 


rie. 
ey Reeser 


BES 
es, 


Gill-opening for- 


Tongue a little elongate and 


Interorbital space broad and convex. 


Fig. 56.—Starksina herniarius (Cope). 
t cases. Mandibular teeth arranged transversely across 


front of mandible, 3 on each side, with cutting edges, each with 1 


cusps in mos 


External mandibular teeth small and inconspicuous, and posterior 
32 


dentary edges hard and rather sharp. 


cusp at least and each symphyseal with a large conic internal cusp. 
not free. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


478 


Rakers 12 + 12, lanceolate, 


ward nearly opposite front rim of eye. 


and longest 3 in eye. 


simple. 


Tubes in lateral line 


Filaments 14 in eye. 
Vent close in front of anal, without serrze. 


Color in alcohol 


5 he Ss 
=| 1 
ee a 
Oe 
i] 

2 ) 
mn & co} 
2S 
8 3 
FE > 
Ba o 
cals 3 
for (2) B 
Sc 5 el 
=} o oO 
oe & 8 
Brg 2 
oC ae oS 
coal 3 eG 
Ay ae Bots © 
ce) =) bs 
a4 8 8 B 
A 
Sha. dq 8 3 
Sis) f «s 
en QQ eat 
Mo 2) eae 
Sse ea Sene 
Soe a 8S 
iS) jf) 
© Sa 
gaa 02as 
qs | 
Ete, Po eihe 
ago 2 3 
oO 
55S a8 
mo m 
a8 q = 
SS fo) 
n > 
Qn ical 
8 A a a 
e oo 
ans S 
o 8 o 
=) 521 5 
5 gwz 
ae) Bl ae 
Bad fe) 
8 8 'o a 
OQ, fa. 


atures rather few, 42. Pos- 


1 serr 


Abdomina 


not pendant. 


? 


>.¢ 


conve 


see 


Fig. 57.—Sealeina lippincottianus (Cope). 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479 


terior series of teeth in upper jaw not separated from anterior by an 
interspace. Squamous area on base of anal rather low and well 
defined from marginal part of fin. Adipose fin large, long, not free. 
A small external short free cultrate predorsal spine. 

(Named for Mr. Alvin Seale, formerly of the Bishop Museum at 
Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands, the first to offer a complete account of 
the Ichthyology of Guam.) 


Sealeina lippincottianus (Cope). Fig. 57. 


Myletes lippincottianus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70 
(August 19, 1870), p. 561, fig. (teeth). Cotype, No. 8,024, A. N.S. P. 
Para, Brazil. De Schulte Bueckow.——Cope, l.c., p. 566 (type). 


Width of head 14 in itslength ; interorbital space 22 in head, measured 
from tip of upper jaw. Edges of body all more or less rounded. 
Head compressed, becoming a little constricted below. Snout broad 
and convex. Mouth broadly transverse. Tongue elongate, little 
free. Interorbital space broadly convex. Gill-opening forward to 
posterior nostril. Rakers about 10 + 15, lanceolate, about ? of pupil. 
Filaments about # of eye. Tubes in lateral line simple. Color in 
alcohol pale brassy-brownish, back darker or more brownish from 
level with upper edge of gill-opening. Fins all more or less plain pale 
brownish, and without markings. Iris brassy. Length 3? inches 
(caudal lobes a little damaged). Cotype. 

I restrict the specimen described above as one of Cope’s cotypes, as 
it is possible his description is based on more than one example. The 
statements that there are 32 abdominal serratures and that the adipose 
fin is the length of the rayed dorsal do not agree with my example. 


Metynnis luna Cope. Fig. 58. 

Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78 (May 17, 1878), p. 692. 
Type, No. 21,443, A.N.S.P. Peruvian Amazon. Prof. J. Orton. 

Width of head 2% in its length; interorbital space 24. Body greatly 
compressed. Snout broad and with surface convex. Lips thin. 
Teeth rather small, above with both series close together, 5 on each 
side externally and 4 annectant transversely. In mandible 4 on each 
side, median 4 largest, and in turn middle pair each with a large pos- 
terior cusp. Each tooth with at least a median point, those of man- 
dible also with cutting edge, and inner series of upper jaw with 2 cusps 
to each tooth. Tongue not free, thick. Interorbital space broad and 
convex. Gill-opening forward to front margin of pupil. Rakers 
26 + 26?, slender, about + of eye, and filaments about 2 of latter. 
Some of tubes in lateral line simple. Color in alcohol brownish, back 
somewhat dark and plumbeous, and all of lower regions brassy and 


[Oct., 
Length 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Tris reddish-brown. 


Type. 


Metynnis luna Cope 


58.— 


Fig. 


Fig. 59. 


Pebas. John Hauxwell. 


Liperhir roo tee Spat org 
33 


BSS de be po obey 


480 


silvered. Fins uniform dull brownish. 


27 inches (caudal damaged). 


Cope’s statement that ‘‘the head enters the latter [7.e., length of 


body without caudal] three and two-tenth times’’ is incorrect, as I 


find it about 2%. 


Stethaprion erythrops Cope. 


Type, No. 8,031, A. N.S. P. 


(2). 


Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70 (August 19, 1870), p. 562, fig. 


Width of head 14% in its length; interorbital space 2? in head, meas- 


481 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


1906.] 


Body greatly compressed and edges, 


ured from tip of upper jaw. 


except rounded upper and lower surfaces of caudal peduncle, with a 


slight median ridge. 


Head a little robust, compressed, and becom- 


No palatine 
Tongue a little long, not free. 


ing a little constricted below. Snout broadly convex. 


teeth, others as in Astyanaz. 


Inter- 


Fig. 59.—Stethaprion erythrops Cope. 


Gill-opening forward nearly opposite 


orbital space broad and convex. 


Rakers 13 + 14, lanceolate, and a little less than pupil. 


front of eye. 


Vent close in front 


Color in alcohol pale brownish, back a little darker, and body 


Tubes in lateral line simple. 
more or less with brassy-silvery reflections. A dull leaden and pale 


Filaments 2 in eye. 


of anal. 


Fins all dull 


streak along posterior or straight portion of lateral line. 


[Oct., 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


482 


Tris deep reddish-dusky. Length 


Side of head silvered. 


inches (caudal damaged). 
Owing to Cope’s imperfect figure I have substituted the accompany- 


ing one, made from the type. 


brownish. 


29 


16 


3 


Fig. 60. 


Stethaprion chryseum Cope. 


Peruvian Amazon. 


Type, No. 8,030, A. N. 
Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. 


1878), p. 692. 


John Hauxwell. 
-78 (May 17, 


S. P. Ambyiacu River. 
, 1877 


Soc. Phila., XVII 


Prof. J. Orton. 


Width of head 2 in its length; 
from tip of upper jaw. Gill-rakers 9 + 13. Color in alcohol more 


Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), p. 261. 


interorbital space 24 in head, measured 


Fig. 60.—Stethaprion chryseum Cope. 


In most respects similar to the preceding 


or less uniform brown. 


Type. 


Length 213 inches (caudal damaged). 


In Part I of this paper a number of figures have been blurred by the printer, 
and as this may cause confusion in their comparison I give a list with explana- 


tions. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 483 


mellef Ine] Incflnefiae| 


a>] 


In the following figures the portions indicated are blurred: 


. 298, fig. 4, Curimata spilura. Snout, interorbital space and side of mandible. 
. 314, fig. 14, Prochilodus theraponura. Snout. 
. 316, fig. 15, P. amazonensis. Snout, tip of first branched dorsal ray and 


lower pectoral rays. 


. 332, fig. 21, Cheirodon pulcher. Upper surface of snout, end of rayed dorsal 


and median caudal rays. 


. 336, fig. 24, Hemigrammus robustulus. Tip of upper caudal lobe. 
. 337, fig. 25. Astyanaxipanquianus. Teeth, iris in front, breast, greater basal 


portion of pectoral fin together with scales just above, and anterior rays of 
anal basally. 


. 340, fig. 28, Astyanax hauxwellianus. Tips of jaws and ends of anterior long 


dorsal rays. 


484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.. 


ON SOME FISHES OF WESTERN CUBA. 
PS NS a McINDOO. 


During the latter part of June and the first part of July, Mr. J. D. 
Haseman and the writer, under the auspices of the Zoological Depart- 
ment of Indiana University, visited twenty-one caves between Ala- 
cranes and Cafias, Cuba, in order to secure embryos of the blind fishes— 
Stygicola and Lucijuga. 

We also collected fishes in the fresh waters and in the ocean at 
Marianao and at Batabano. These are enumerated in the present 
paper. The expenses were in part provided by a grant from the 
Carnegie Institution. 

After collecting blind fishes we made our headquarters at the Estacion 
Central Agronomica de Cuba, located at Santiago de las Vegas. I wish 
to express our appreciation for the numerous favors which the Director, 
Prof. E. S. Earle, of the Station, showed us. 


Locaitins VISITED. 


Lagunas Castellanos. Two and one-half miles southwest of Santiago 
de las Vegas there are three small lagoons situated in a narrow valley. 
These lagoons are called the ‘‘ Lagunas Castellanos.’’ Laguna Castel- 
lano No. 1 covers about five acres, has steep banks; its bottom is a 
mixture of mud and gravel, and its water is comparatively clear. 

Laguno Castellano No. 2 lies about three hundred yards north of No. 
1. Itis not as large as No.1. Its banks are very sloping and covered 
with aquatic plants which extend into the water one-third the distance 
to the center. The bottom is deep, black mud. The water is very 
muddy. 

We did not visit Laguna Castellano No. 3, which is somewhat larger 
than either of the other two and lies a half mile due west of them. 

All the fishes we caught in the clear water of Laguna Castellano No. 1 
are dark in color; those that came from the muddy Castellano No. 2 
are light in color. 

Rio Almendares. We seined in the Almendares river at Calabazar 
for a half mile below the wagon bridge. Under the bridge the water 
is deep and swift, but thirty feet below the stream widens and the 
water is shallow. Here the bottom is covered with gravel and large 


— 


2a —. ea ee ee 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485 


rocks. It was scarcely possible to seine with success in the river below 
this point on account of the swift water and steep banks. 

Batabano lies on the southern shore of Cuba, nearly due south of 
Havana. The country about Batabano is very low, a semi-swamp. 
The entire region between Havana and Batabano, with the exception 
of a few miles drained by the Almendares river, is drained by under- 
ground streams. One of these finds its exist at the Vento Springs, near 
Havana, and supplies Havana with its water. Two others find 
their exit near Batabano, one of which arises some distance inland 
from Batabano and sends a stream six to ten feet wide and about two 
feet deep through the central part of Batabano. 

The other stream arises about three hundred yards from the ocean 
and flows through the western part of the town. The water is clear and 
sluggish. Both of these streams run due south and empty into the 
ocean one-fourth of a mile apart. We seined in the larger stream just 
north of town, where the water was rather sluggish and the bottom 
muddy. We used the dip net in town, because it was impossible to 
handle the seine among the stakes along the banks. 

While at Batabano we seined in the ocean along the western side of 
the wharf, and at the mouth of the small stream in the western part 
of town. The water is very shallow and the bottoms muddy. Our 
success was very poor. 

Marianao is a small town eight miles west of Havana. On account 
of the rough rocks which form tide pools, it was impossible to use the 
seine at Marianao, but three-fourths of a mile northwest the water is 
shallow and the rocks are covered with sand. Here we had success 
with the seine. Between this place and Marianao we caught several 
fishes in the tide pools with our hands or with dip net. The following 
species were collected in these various localities. 


FresH-WaTrER FIsHEs. 
PCCILIIDZA. 

The members of this family are everywhere abundant. 
Cyprinodon riverendi (Poey). 

Six small specimens from the stream just north of Batabano. 
Fundulus cubensis Eigenmann. 

Four small specimens from the stream just north of Batabano, This 
species seems to be rather rare. It has so far been recorded from 
Pinar del Rio only. 

Gambusia punctata Poey. 
Everywhere abundant. Both males and females were caught in the 


486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


Almendares river at Calabazar, at the mouth of a small stream empty- 
ing into the ocean at Marianao and Laguna Castellano No. 2. The 
specimens from this lagoon are very light colored and have a more 
elongate body than the other specimens. 


Gambusia puncticulata Poey. 

Very abundant. Our specimens were caught at Calabazar and in 
Laguna Castellano No. 1. Those from the latter place were collected 
by Prof. Baker, of the Estacion Central Agronomica de Cuba. 

Pecilia vittata Guichenot. 

Found everywhere. Our specimens from Lagunas Castellanos Nos. 
1 and 2, from Calabazar and from the stream north of Batabano. All 
the specimens from Laguna Castellano No. 1 are dark colored; both 
males and females were caught in Laguna Castellano No. 2 and every 
one is light in color. All the females contain eggs. Those caught at 
Calabazar and at Batabano are dark colored, which is due to the clear 
water. 


CICHLIDZ:. 


The individuals of the genus Heros are quite common everywhere. 
They are as abundant in the streams of western Cuba as are the sun 
fishes in Indiana. They vary greatly in coloration. 


Heros tetracanthus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). 


Many specimens caught in the Lagunas Castellanos. Those from 
Laguno Castellano No. 1 are very dark colored; some of them are dark 
brown and approach a black, while others are much lighter in color. 
Most of the scales with a dark brown spot at base, these spots forming 
faint longitudinal series; head, preoperculum and operculum darker 
than other parts of body; preoperculum with three almost black length- 
wise streaks; dorsal, anal, and caudal with dark spots. 

The following is the color description of a specimen from Laguna 
Castellano No. 2. Background flesh color, black dots forming indis- 
tinct and discontinuous longitudinal streaks; snout ashy without dark 
spots; preoperculum and operculum with four discontinuous length- 
wise streaks; ventrals and anal ashy; pectorals flesh color; caudal 
without basal spot; caudal and dorsal with dark spots. 

Heros tetracanthus cinctus Eigenmann. 

From Laguna Castellano No. 2 and the stream north of Batabano, 
Those from Laguna Castellano No. 2, as all other specimens from the 
same place, are light in color. Each one is barred conspicuously. 
The specimens collected at Batabano are much darker. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487 


GOBIIDZ. 
Dormitator maculatus (Bloch). 
Several specimens from Laguna Castellano No. 1. Comparatively 
light in color. 


MARINE FISHES. 
ESOCIDZ5. 


Tylosurus euryops Bean & Dresel. 
Several from the mouth of the stream in the western part of Bata- 
bano. They are very swift and difficult to catch. 


ATHERINIDZ. 


Atherina laticeps Poey. 
Several specimens from Marianao. 


MUGILIDZ. 


Mugil trichodon Poey. 
Several were caught at Batabano, west of the wharf. 


MULLIDZ5. 
Upeneus maculatus (Bloch). 


One specimen from Marianao. 


CARANGIDZ. 
Caranx ruber (Bloch). 
Several from Marianao. 
Trachinotus faleatus (Linnzus.)} 
One specimen from Marianao. 
LUTIANIDA. 
Neomenis apodus (Walbaum). 
‘4 One small specimen from Marianao. 
Neomenis synagris (Linnus). 
Several were collected at Marianao. 


HASMULID 45 


Bathystoma rimator (Jordan & Swain). 
Many from Marianao. 


GERRIDA. 
Ulema lefroyi (Goode). 
Two specimens from Marianao. 
Eucinostomus pseudogula Poey. 
Six specimens from Marianao. 


488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


Eucinostomus meeki Eigenmann. 
Two specimens from Marianao. 


SCLASNIDZ. 
Bairdiella ronchus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). 
One large and three small specimens from Marianao. 


POMACENTRID&. 
Abudefduf saxatilis (Linnzus). 
Eight specimens from Marianao. 


Eupomacentrus leucostictus Gill. 
Three small specimens from Marianao. 


SCARIDZ. 
Sparisoma hoplomystax (Cops). 
Several specimens from Marianao. 


GOBIIDZ. 
Gobius soporator Cuvier & Valenciennes. 
Two large and two small specimens from Marianao. 


BLENNIIDZ. 
Labrisomus nuchipinnus (Quoy & Gaimard). 
Three specimens from Marianao. 


PLEURONECTID. 
Platophrys lunatus (Linneus). 
Two small fishes fram Marianao. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489 


NOVEMBER 6. 


The President, Samurt G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. 
Twenty-six persons present. 


Mr. Witmer STONE made a communication on the recently acquired 
Tristram collection of birds, illustrating his remarks by the exhibition 
of specimens. (No abstract.) 


The Publication Committee reported that papers under the following 
titles had been presented for publication: 

‘‘New Oribatide from the United States,’’ by Nathan Banks. 

‘*Descriptions of New Species of Polychzta from the Southeastern 
Coast of Massachusetts,’’ by J. Perey Moore. 


NOVEMBER 20. 
The President, Samurt G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. 
Fifty persons present. 


Dr. BengaAMIN SHarP made a communication on the history and 
habits of the fur seal, illustrated by lantern views. (No abstract.) 
The following were accepted for publication: 


490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 


NEW ORIBATIDZ FROM THE UNITED STATES. 
BY NATHAN BANKS. 


The Oribatidee, or ‘‘beetle-mites’’ as they have been called because 
of their hard teguments, have been but little collected or studied in our 
country. In 1895 the writer described those he had observed on Long 
Island, N. Y., and a few others. In 1896 a few more were added to the 
list. NowI describe twenty-four more, from various parts of the country. 

Our Oribatid fauna is similar to that of Europe, so far but one or 
two peculiar genera; but we have a larger percentage of smooth species, 
as Galumna, Oribatula, and fewer of the roughened species, as Notaspis, 
Nothrus, and Cepheus. The genus Pelops, represented in Europe by 
ten or twelve species, has not yet been found in North America. 
Galumna slossone n. sp. 

Color, dark brown, a pale spot at base of abdomen, legs pale. Cepha- 
lothorax with a long lamella each side, its apical third free and pointed, 
bearing a rather short bristle; a narrower lamella or ridge on each outer 
edge, ending in a short bristle; superior bristles long, erect; pseudostig- 
matic organ long, clavate at tip. Abdomen longer than broad, smooth, 
with six rather thickened bristles each side, two toward humerus, four 
near tip; wings quite long, not one-half as high as long; genital opening 
about twice its length in front of the larger anal opening; sternum 
with three lines each side, middle pair longest. Legs quite long and 
slender; femora I and II very broad, femur II with a pointed lobe at 
tip beneath; all tibize with two stout spines at tip, one on patella IJ, 
and one below tarsi IV; three strongly unequal claws, the middle one 
very much larger than the others; a large tectopedium behind coxa I. 

Length .6 mm. 

From Franconia, N. H. (Mrs. A. T. Slosson.) 


Galumna unimaculata n. sp. 

Color, red brown, a yellowish spot at base of the abdomen. Cepha- 
lothorax with a rather broad lamella each side, its apical fourth free, 
tip slightly emarginate, and with a short bristle; superior bristles rather 
fine, long; pseudostigmatic organ not very long, clavate at tip. Abdo- 
men large, globose, rather longer than broad, four pale smooth spots 
on each side, the basal pair much larger than the others; nine bristles 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491 


each side, two submedian toward base, one humeral, rather longer 
than others, four on posterior part, and two on the posterior margin; 
wings large, nearly as high as long, projecting a little in front of 
the abdomen, evenly rounded below; both wings and abdomen 
evenly, minutely granulate; genital opening twice its length 
in front of larger anus; venter granulate; sternal plate with two lines 
each side. Legs short and small, high up on the sides, leg IV not near 
as long as width of the body ; with fine hairs as usual; three equal claws. 

Length 1 mm. 

Franconia, N. H. (Mrs. A. T. Slosson.) 


Galumna nitidula n. sp. 


Dark red brown, no basal spot on abdomen; legs pale yellowish. 
Cephalothorax very small and short, a lamella along each side, two- 
thirds the way to tip, its tip free and ending in a short bristle; superior 
bristles very short; pseudostigmatic organ rather short, fusiform. 
Abdomen plainly longer than broad, high, without hairs, smooth and 
shining, venter also; wings very small, angulate in front; genital open- 
ing one and one-half its length in front of much larger anal opening; 
sternal plate with two furrows across, hind margin of hind cox run- 
ning into middle of genital opening; legs very short and small; the tarsi 
equal to the tibize; three equal claws. 

Length .7 mm. 

From Franconia, N. H. (Mrs. A. T. Slosson.) 


Galumna persimilis n. sp. 

Color, dark brown, a pale spot at base of abdomen, legs pale yellow- 
ish. Cephalothorax with a broad lamella each side, its apical third 
free and ending in a long bristle, on outer side a long, erect pointed 
lamella, ending ina quite long bristle, a short lamella each side 
on tip of cephalothorax, higher in middle than at either end; 
superior bristles long, erect; pseudostigmatic organ short and 
clavate. Abdomen smooth, globose; nine bristles each side, those 
toward apex thickened and almost clavate, one humeral, three near 
middle of each side, and five toward tip; wings not very large, much 
longer than high, triangular, but rounded below; venter smooth; 
genital opening twice its length in front of larger anus; a pair of bristles 
behind anus; sternal plate with three lines each side, middle longest. 
Legs short and slender; tarsi as long as tibise; a spine-like, barbed 
bristle beneath each patella, and two at tips of tibie; femur IV mar- 
gined beneath; a large tectopedium behind coxa I; three equal claws. 

Length .5 mm. 


492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.. 


From Franconia, N. H. (Mrs. A. T. Slosson.) Differs from G. 
slossone by equal claws, very short pseudostigmatic organs, etc. 


Galumna imperfecta n. sp. 

Color, pale yellow brown, legs paler. Cephalothorax with a rather 
broad lamella on each side, reaching one-half way down, with a long 
hair at tip; superior bristles long, erect; pseudostigmatic organ very 
long, clavate at tip. Abdomen large, barely longer than broad, not 
very high, smooth and shining, no hairs; wings of moderate size, tri- 
angular, one-half as high as long, not projecting in front of abdomen, 
outer lower corner rounded; venter smooth; genital opening fully twice 
its length in front of the much larger anal opening, a short transverse 
line a little in front of the anus; sternum with three transverse grooves, 
the posterior two run into the genital opening, the other is angulate on 
middle, but does not reach the sides. Legs rather short, femora broad, 
tarsi about as long as tibiz, but one claw to each tarsus. 

Length .6 mm. 

Several from Indianapolis, Ind. (Blatchley.) 


Galumna minuscula n. sp. 

Color, yellowish brown, legs paler. Cephalothorax with a lamella 
each side, connected near tip by a translamella, a rather long barbed 
hair from near base of tip; on each outer edge a low marginal lamella, 
which ends in a long bristle; superior bristles long, and barbed ; pseudo- 
stigmatic organ very short, capitate. Abdomen globose, smooth, 
without hairs, its outline in front not complete; venter smooth; genital 
aperture one and one-half its length in front of larger anal opening, a 
transverse ridge shortly behind anus, which is fully as broad in front as 
behind; sternal plate with a line each side in front of genital opening, 
and a dot each side in front of this; wings small, not projecting in front 
of abdomen, the lower anterior corner rounded. Legs short; the 
femora broad, especially II and IV, and margined above with bristles 
before middle; tarsi equal to tibie. 

Length .5 mm. 

From Bay Ridge, Md. Differs from G. mesta Bks. by having a trans- 
lamella, and by less divided sternal plate. 


Galumna armipes n. sp. 

Color, dark brown, a yellow spot on base of abdomen, cephalothorax 
and legs yellowish. Cephalothorax with a broad lamella on each side, 
reaching nearly to tip of head, it terminates in a short, curved bristle, 
just above the translamella is a pair of short bristles, no superior 
bristles; pseudostigmatic organ spatulate, porrect. Abdomen longer 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493 


than broad, its dorsum minutely roughened, without hairs, wings 
finely granulate, not very long, but nearly as high, margin evenly con- 
vex; ventral surface finely granulate; the genital opening not quite its 
length in front of the larger anal opening, the latter broader behind 
than in front, where it tapers roundedly; sternal plate with three fur- 
rows each side, the second being the longest. Legs rather short; tarsi 
longer than tibie, two barbed spines below on tarsi I and IH, one on 
tibize I and II, also on tarsi and tibie IV; hind femora margined below. 

Length .4mm. 

From Falls Church, Va., and Fort Lee, N. J. 


Galumna virginica n. sp. 

Color, pale yellowish. Cephalothorax with a broad lamella each side, 
its apical two-fifths free, and tipped by a long bristle; a low ridge out- 
side each lamella; superior bristles erect, not very long, barbed ; pseudo- 
stigmatic organ very long, clavate at tip. Abdomen longer than 
broad, depressed, smooth, without hairs; wings very long, not one- 
half as high, rounded below; venter smooth; genital opening once and 
one-half its length in front of the very much larger anus; sternal plate 
with three lines each side. Legs rather short and stout; femora III 
and IV margined below; bristles under tarsi and tip of tibize are stout 
and barbed; tarsi I and II plainly longer than tibiz, tarsi III and IV 
hardly as long as tibise; three equal claws. 

Length .5 mm. 

From Falls Church, Va. 


Galumna turgida n. sp. 

Color, reddish brown, legs paler. Dorsum smooth; cephalothorax 
with a lamella each side reaching more than half-way down, a narrow 
transverse ridge connecting the lateral ones; inferior and superior 
bristles barbed, the latter very long; pseudostigmatic organ very short, 
capitate; abdomen very large, globose, without hairs; wings not very 
large, longer than high, rounded below; genital opening more than 
twice its length in front of the much larger anal aperture; from the 
hind cox there is a line obliquely up on each side to the dorsum. 
Sternum with a line each side toward anterior margin of the genital 
opening, and in front of this a dot each side; behind on each side is a 
short line. Legs moderately long, femur I rather swollen above, 
femora III and IV only slightly margined below; tarsi longer than 
tibie ; three equal claws. 

Length .6 mm. 

Several from Palm Springs, California. (Hubbard.) 

33 


494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 


Galumna texana n. sp. 

Color, dark red brown, pale spot at base of abdomen, and legs pale 
yellowish. Cephalothorax short and broad, nearly smooth, superior 
bristles long, porrect, inferior bristles short, lamelle indistinct; pseudo- 
stigmatic organ quite long, clavate at tip. Abdomen high and broad, 
two black notches on front margin, surface finely punctate; wings very 
large, long and broad, rather coarsely punctate, its lower margin entire. 
Venter more roughly rugose, almost reticulate; genital opening once 
and two-thirds its length in front of the much larger anal opening; the 
latter is much broader behind than in front. Coxe IV very widely 
separate; the sternal plate with a line each side; legs small and very 
slender, with a few hairs in usual positions. 

Length .7 mm. 

One specimen from San Antonio, Tex., August. 


Oribatula pallida n. sp. 

Color, pale yellowish. Cephalothorax smooth above, with a lamella 
each side reaching one-half way to tip, a long bristle at each tip, superior 
bristles long and erect; pseudostigmatic organ quite long, clavate at 
tip. Abdomen much longer than broad, smooth above, without hairs, 
no distinct wings, but at each anterior corner a shelf-like projection; 
genital opening more than twice its length in front of the very much 
larger anal opening; a transverse furrow behind coxee II pointing to- 
ward genital aperture, in front and behind this furrow is a line on each 
side, but no line from hind coxe to genital opening. Legs slender 
tarsi all a little longer than the tibie; all with fine hairs. 

Length .38 mm. 

One specimen from Fort Lee, N. J. 


Liacarus carolinensis n. sp. 

Color, dark brown, legs paler. Cephalothorax with two pairs of 
lamellae, the inner pair are quite broad, and touch on inner side toward 
base, leaving a broad triangular space above, each with free tip and a 
long bristle, outer lamella narrow, and nearly reaches tip of head, with 
a bristle at apex; pseudostigmatic organ rather long, not barbed. 
Abdomen elongate, tapering behind, smooth above, no hairs; venter 
very minutely punctate; genital opening small, more than three times 
its length in front of the very much larger anal opening, the latter more 
than twice as long and more than twice as broad as the genital opening, 
and longer than broad; the posterior margin of body seen from below 
shows three short fine bristles each side, the inner pair shorter than the 
others; sternal plate with three complete transverse lines, hind margin 


ee ee 


3 


1906.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495 


of cox IV running into the genital opening slightly in front of the 
middle; a large tectopedium behind coxze I. Legs very slender; tarsi I 
and II slightly longer than tibix; tarsi III and IV much shorter than 
those tibie; three spine-like bristles below tarsi III and IV, and those 
on these tibize are rather short; three equal claws. 

Length 1.1 mm. 

One specimen from Black Mountain, N. C. (Beutenmiiller.) 


Liacarus abdominalis n. sp. 

Color, red-brown, legs paler. Cephalothorax, with a broad sub- 
median lamellz, nearly touching before tip, their apical fourth free, 
and tipped by a long bristle, a long, low outer ridge or lamella, reaching 
nearly to tip of head and ending with a short bristle; superior bristles 
very long, erect, simple; pseudostigmatic organ of moderate length, 
swollen toward tip and then tapering to a fine point. Abdomen elong- 
ate, smooth, no hairs above; venter smooth; fine hairs each side of anus, 
and a pair behind; genital aperture very small, fully three times its 
length in front of anus, the latter more than twice as long, and twice as 
broad as the genital opening; sternal plate with three complete fur- 
rows. Legs slender, the hind pair do not reach tip of abdomen; a 
large tectopedium behind coxa I; tarsi I and II as long as tibie, tarsi 
III and IV much shorter than tibiz; all the hairs are fine; three equal 
claws. 

Length 1 mm. 

One specimen from Claremont, Cal. (Baker.) 


Liacarus frontalis n. sp. 

Pale yellowish brown, legs paler. Cephalothorax with two low 
lamellee each side, the submedian pair nearly meet somewhat beyond 
middle of cephalothorax, and are tipped with long, porrect bristles, the 
marginal lamelle reach nearly to tip of head and end in short bristles; 
the superior bristles are long, simple, and erect; pseudostigmatic 
organ rather long, fusiform, its tip acute. Abdomen nearly circular, 
not very high, smooth, without hairs; venter smooth; genital opening 
circular, one and one-fourth its length in front of much larger anal 
opening, the latter evenly elliptical; sternal plate with three transverse 
lines, all complete, hind margin of coxze IV running into middle of 
genital opening. Legs slender, with simple hairs; tarsus I shorter 
than tibia I, tarsus IV nearly as long as tibia IV; three equal claws; 
mandibles large and stout, palpi very distinct. 

Length .5 mm. 

From Falls Church, Va. 


496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 


Notaspis castanea n. sp. 

Color, red brown, legs paler. Cephalothorax with a broad lamella 
each side, nearly touching before the tip, the tip deeply excavate, 
leaving a sharp point each side, from middle of tip arises a long simple 
bristle; superior bristles short, erect; pseudostigmatic organ short and 
fusiform, with a pointed tip, in length not more than one-third the 
width of the cephalothorax. Abdomen somewhat longer than broad, 
broadest in middle, dorsum minutely punctate, without bristles. 
Whole under surface of body strongly punctate, and uniformly so; 
genital aperture twice its length in front of the larger anal opening, 
the latter longer than broad. Sternal plate transversely divided by a 
furrow much nearer to the posterior than to the anterior margin. Legs 
rather slender, IV longer than width of body at that point; tarsus I 
shorter than the tibia; a sharp-pointed tectopedium behind coxa I. 

Length .95 mm. 

One specimen from Humboldt, Cal. 


Notaspis carbonaria n. sp. 

Color, shining jet black, legs yellowish. Cephalothorax with a 
broad lamella each side, extending beyond head, tip excavate, but the 
inner point much longer than outer, from middle of tip arises a long 
simple bristle; superior bristles as long as cephalothorax, simple; 
pseudostigmatic organ slender, simple, rather longer than one-half the 
width of cephalothorax. Abdomen elongate, more than three times 
as long as cephalothorax, and tapering behind; densely pitted above 
and below. Venter with a curved ridge behind, extending forward each 
side in front of anal aperture, and almost traceable to hind coxe., 
Genital aperture with hind border about as far forward as hind margin 
of hind coxe, fully three times its length in front of the anal aperture, 
the latter nearly twice as broad and twice as long as genital opening. 
Sternal plate divided by a transverse furrow. Legs short and weak, 
IV not more than two-thirds of width of body at that place; all tarsi 
short, the first much shorter than tibia I, and bearing a hair beyond 
its middle more than one-half longer than joint; claws three. 

Length 1.4mm. 

One specimen from Humboldt, Cal. 


Oppia spinipes n. sp. 

Color, pale yellowish brown, legs paler, lamellz blackish. Cephalo- 
thorax with a pair of low, submedian lamelle, the apical third free, and 
terminating in a long barbed bristle; a short lamella each side near apex 
of head, and ending in a short bristle; superior bristles long, porrect, 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497 


finely barbed ; pseudostigmatie organ quite long, barbed, not thickened 
at tip. Abdomen globose, with four, rather long, barbed bristles 
behind; genital aperture scarcely its length in front of the larger anal 
opening; sternal structure as in O. bipilis, the hind furrow running into 
middle of genital opening, a transverse furrow in front of this, and in 
front of latter is a short furrow on each side. Legs quite long and 
slender; femora III and IV very broad, and margined below, II moder- 
ately broad, I pedicellate; tarsi III and IV with two or three stout, 
barbed, spine-like bristles; a long, barbed bristle from trochanter III; 
three claws. 

Length .4 to .7 mm. 

Several examples from Falls Church, Va. This is strictly congeneric 
with O. bipilis of Europe. 

Oppia canadensis n. sp. 

Color, pale yellow. Cephalothorax with lamelle like O. spinipes, but 
they are much longer, nearly one-half the length is free; the superior 
bristles are rather longer; the pseudostigmatic organs about the same. 
The abdomen has four long bristles behind, the submedian pair plainly 
longer than in O. spinipes; the abdomen aboye and below is slightly 
roughened ; genital opening its length in front of larger anus, latter with 
two bristles each side, and a pair behind; sternal structure as in O. 
spinipes; hind coxe large and broad; a long bristle from trochanter IIT; 
the spine-like bristles on hind tarsi are rather more slender than in O. 
spinipes. 

Length .7 to .85 mm. 

Several from Ottawa, Canada. (Harrington.) 


Oppia montana n. sp. 

Color, pale yellowish. Cephalothorax with lamelle as in allied 
species, fully one-third of length free; superior bristles very long, 
barbed ; the barbed pseudostigmatic organ is longer than in O. spinipes. 
The abdomen is globose, with six short hairs behind, the superior 
median pair longer than the others, but all much shorter than in O. 
spinipes and O. canadensis; genital aperture one and one-fourth its 
length in front of the somewhat larger anus, sternal structure as in 
allied species; legs long and slender, the barbed bristles not very stout; 
a barbed bristle on trochanter III. 

Length .5 mm. 

From Franconia, N. H. (Mrs. A. T. Slosson.) 


Cepheus lamellatus n. sp. 
Color, red brown, legs paler, lamelle pale brown, reticulate. Cephal- 


498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 


othorax triangular, with a broad lamella each side, broader near tip 
than at base, and the tip trilobed, the middle lobe giving rise to a 
curved, simple bristle;a pair of smaller bristles on tip of head. Supe- 
rior bristles long and rather thick. Seta about one-half the width of 
the cephalothorax, and clavate at tip. Abdomen nearly circular in 
outline, not very high, above densely and roughly reticulate with rather 
heavy ridges, with ten pairs of thick bristles, all minutely barbed; one 
on each shoulder, two each side back and inward from this, three in a 
submarginal row on each posterior side, and four each side on posterior 
margin, two of them being near the tip, and rather more clavate than 
the others. Legs rather slender, with hairs in usual arrangement, 
long ones from tip of tibia and near middle of tarsus. Coxe separated, 
but cox II united on the median line; coxze IIT and IV very short, 
especially the latter, these giving room for the genital aperture, 
which is not one-half its length in front of the much larger anal 
opening ; venter finely irregularly rugose. 

Length .65 mm. 

One specimen from Blue Hill, Mass., October. 


Oribata puritanica n. sp. 

Color, dark red brown, legs paler. Cephalothorax triangular, sur- 
face smooth, two pairs of curved bristles near tip, an erect bristle near 
base of each pseudostigmatie organ, the latter straight, thick, and 
nearly as long as width of cephalothorax at that point. Abdomen 
globose, smooth, with five pairs of stout, fusiform bristles above; a 
basal pair pointing forward on extreme front margin of abdomen, the 
others behind in a submarginal row each side; a pair of longer, curved, 
simple bristles at tip. Venter smooth; genital and anal apertures 
touching; anal plates with two or three striz, and each aperture with 
two simple bristles each side, and two behind anus. Sternal plate with 
a broad, deep furrow each side. Legs slender; I barely longer than 
body, IV plainly longer; joints swollen at tips, and each with several 
long, curved bristles near tip; tarsi very slender; but one claw. 

Length 1 mm. 

One specimen from Middlesex Fells, Mass., October. 


Oribata longiseta n. sp. 

Color, pale yellowish brown. Surface above and below smooth. 
Cephalothorax with an apical pair of short bristles, and a stout black 
bristle each side on vertex, near the pseudostigma. The pseudostig- 
matic organ, long and slender, with a curved and barbate tip, plainly 
longer than width of cephalothorax. Abdomen globose, with scattered 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499 


fine erect bristles, about 25 of them, none long; three in front 
and two rows each side behind, those on apical third longer and thicker 
than others, but the last pair short. Venter smooth; genital and anal 
openings touching, the latter more elongate; a pair of short bristles just 
behind anus, and a transverse, black ridge just before tip; sternal plate 
with a dark furrow each side. Legs slender; the joints nodose; I a 
little longer than body, IV plainly longer, tarsi extremely slender; 
femora I and II plainly larger than others; all with curved bristles, 
mostly plumose, at least near tip, that from patellar joint of leg 1V 
extremely long, and plumose at tip, another very long, simple hair at 
tip of tibia IV; but one claw. A short, sharp spine behind coxa I, a 
larger one behind coxa II. 

Length .75 mm. 

Several specimens from Falls Church, Va., December. | 


Nothrus taurinus n. sp. 
Dull brown, rather paler in middle of the abdomen. Cephalothorax 


and abdomen roughened; a large curved process each side on tip of 
cephalothorax, a pair of bristles from near middle, and an irregular 
transverse ridge across base; pseudostigmatie organ short, and capitate. 
Dorsum of abdomen depressed, margins raised, four long erect bristles 
on each side, another more curved before tip, a straight one from each 
apical corner, and a submedian pair of curved ones at tip, a basal sub- 
median pair of shorter ones, and a longer humeral pair, all very stout. 
Abdomen elongate, about twice as long as wide at base, only a little 
wider at tip; genital and anal openings about equal in size, and touch- 
ing; the latter much before tip, and behind it each side are a couple 
of bristles. Legs short and heavy, all with a few curved hairs; femora 
broad at base; leg IV not reaching tip of body. 

~ Length 1mm. 

One specimen from Falls Church, Va. 


Neoliodes floridensis n. sp. 
This species is similar in most respects to N. concentricus Say, but at 


once separated therefrom by the fact that the basal median part of the 
dorsum of the abdomen (on the first turn) is separated from the sides 
by a lateral ridge, and the enclosed space is densely granulate; in N. 
concentricus this part is longitudinally striate, and there is no lateral 
ridge. The apex of the abdomen above is not as high nor as pointed 
as in N. concentricus. The legs are somewhat shorter, but the most 
distinct difference in the legs is that in this species there is a large lobe 
below at apex of each femur, especially large on legs I and IT; the tarsi 


500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 


and pseudostigmatic organs are somewhat shorter. Color, black, a 
pale area each side at base of the cephalothorax. 

Length .9 mm. 

Many specimens from Lake Worth, Fla. (Slosson.) 


EXPLANATION OF PuaTES XIV, XV, XVI, XVII, XVIII. 


Piatt XIV.—Fig. 1.—Galumna slossone. 
Fig. 2.—Galumna slossone, wing 
Fig. 3—Galumna slossone, ees T and II (below). 
Fig. 4.—Liacarus jrontalis. 
Fig. 5.—Liacarus frontalis, leg I, and seta. 
Fig. 6.—Oribata puritanica, seta, and hair from body. 
Fig. 7—Oppia canadensis. 
Fig. 8—Galumna armipes, wing, and tarsus I. 
Fig. 9.—Galumna armipes. 


Puate XV —Fig. 10.—Oppia montana. 
Fig. 11.—Galwmna minuscula. 
Fig. 12.—Oribata longiseta, seta, and hair from body. 
Fig. 13.—Galumna persimilis, wing. 
Fig. 14.—Cepheus lamellatus. 
Fig. 15.—Galumna persimilis. 


Pirate XVI.—Fig. 16.—Notaspis castanea. 
Fig. 17.—Liacarus carolinensis. 
Fig. 18.—Galumna virginica. 
Fig. 19.—WNeoliodes floridensis, leg I. 
Fig. 20.—Galumna virginica, wing. 
Fig. 21.—Galumna imperjecta. 


Prats XVII.—Fig. 22.—Oppia spinipes. 
Fig. 23.—WNothrus taurinus. 
Fig. 24.—Galumna texrana. 
Fig. 25.—Galumna turgida, wing, and seta. 
Fig. 26.—Galumna turgida. 
Fig. 27.—Galumna nitidula. 


Pirate XVIII.—Fig. 28.—Oribatula pallida. 
Fig. 29.—Liacarus abdominalis. 
Fig. 30.—Notaspis carbonaria, 
Fig. 31.—WNotaspis carbonaria, leg 1. - 
Fig. 32.—Liacarus abdominalis, leg I. 
Fig. 33 —Galwmna unimaculata. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF POLYCHETA FROM THE SOUTH- 
EASTERN COAST OF MASSACHUSETTS. 


BY J. PERCY MOORE. 


Arabella spinifera sp. nov. 

This species is known only from an incomplete worm consisting of 
the prostomium and fifty-one anterior segments and measuring 18 mm. 
long and 2 mm. in diameter, indicating a form less elongated than 
Arabella opalina Verrill. 

Prostomium subconical, very slightly depressed, acute, more than 
twice as long as the basal width; sides straight; ventral longitudinal 
grooves close together and very faint. The noteworthy elongation 
of the prostomium may be abnormal, resulting from an injury at the 
base. Eyes two, rather large, conspicuous, situated on the dorsum 
close to the posterior border of the prostomium and separated by a 
space of less than one-third the basal width of the prostomium. 
Palps rudimentary, or at least not visible from the exterior, and 
enclosed by the margins of the lips. 

Peristomium and somite II clearly separated by a deep furrow, both 
dorsally and ventrally ;both simple apodous rings, the former slightly the 
longer. Posterior lip smooth. Fort-bearing somites all very short, 
about 5-8 times as wide as long, all clearly defined by distinct furrows, 
simple in structure, and decidedly more arched dorsally than ventrally, 
making a subterete body. 

Parapodia begin on III. The first (Plate XIX, fig. 3) consists of a 
small but prominent notopodium, and a neurapodium which is divided 
into a short and stout, rounded presetal lobe supported by a single 
stout aciculum, and a similarly formed but slightly longer postsetal lobe, 
which is ventral and only slightly posterior to the former. Remaining 
parapodia (fig. 4) are prominent, and the postsetal or ventral lobe is 
elongated into a stout cirriform branchial organ containing a large 
vascular loop. For the length of the piece the parapodia undergo no 
change, except, first, a slight increase in size of the postsetal lobe and, 
second, a scarcely perceptible reduction of it in the last ten or twelve 
somites. 

On the first two or three parapodia the acicula do not project 
beyond the surface, but the neuropodia of all others are supported by 


502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 


two deep yellow acicula, the ends of which are exposed as in certain 
species of Drilonereis and Aracoda. The dorsalmost (fig. 5, a) is much 
the stouter and the end is blunt; the more ventral (fig. 5, 6), besides 
being more slender, is prolonged into an acute spinous process, which is 
frequently broken off. Further caudad the larger aciculum becomes 
still stouter and more distinctly curved. Two or three very fine 
acicula reach to the base of the notopodial tubercle (fig. 4). 

On the first somite the set are all in a small, nearly vertical fascicle 
between the two lobes, but they quickly rotate to a more oblique 
position and divide into an oblique supra-acicular group and a horizon- 
tal subacicular group. The former usually contains two pairs of 
doubly curved, very acute, limbate sete with strongly striated stems 
and finely denticulated margins (fig. 6); these are turned with profile 
dorsal and ventral. Subacicular sete are two or three in a horizontal 
row, turned so that in preparations of the parapodia both blades come 
into view symmetrically ; the blades are shorter and the tips more pro- 
longed than on the supra-acicular sete (fig. 7). Dorsal sete yellow, 
ventral nearly colorless. 

Mandibles (fig. 2) brown, with exposed tips white. The two halves 
merely touch without uniting and then diverge both distally and proxi- 
mally; dentinal plate not clearly differentiated from the carrier and 
nearly equal to it in length; the former curved, divergent, ending in a 
blunt white tip, without marginal teeth; the latter relatively short, 
broad at distal, tapering to proximal end, divergent. Mawille (fig. 1) 
brown, four pairs, all but the first pair (forcep Jaws) alternating in posi- 
tion and more or less asymmetrical. Carriers of forceps filiform, about 
twice the length of the series of jaws; the two halves coalesced near the 
end, thickened, then constricted and again enlarged at the distal end; 
the forceps roughly triangular, with three stout, hooked teeth along the 
medial margin of the basal half and the ends strongly hooked. The 
first accessory plate on the left side longer than the forceps plate, with a 
large hooked distal tooth and seven stout teeth gradually becoming 
smaller toward the proximalend. All of the remaining jaw plates differ 
little in size, but become successively somewhat smaller toward the 
anterior end; each is supported by two broad divergent wings and the 
dentinal ridge bears 4-6 conspicuous, slender, claw-like teeth, one or 
two of the anterior usually being enlarged. 

Color of preserved specimen: anterior end and parapodia rich yellow, 
pale farther back; the cuticle only slightly iridescent. 

The type and only known specimen (A. N. 8. No. 2313) was found 
among a lot of Ninoe nigripes Verrill dredged on the muddy bottom of 
the middle of Buzzard’s Bay, Mass., the exact spot being unknown. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503 


Praxillella tricirrata sp. nov. 

What appears to be an undescribed species of Prazillella is imper- 
fectly represented by several fragments, one consisting of the head and 
nine metastomial segments, of which the head and five segments are 
in process of regeneration, a second of somites VI to XII inclusive, and 
a third of the pygidium and eight preanal segments, the first five of 
which are setigerous. 

This is a larger species than P. zonalis or P. elongata, having a 
diameter of 3 mm. and an estimated length of about 150 mm. The only 
known anterior end, being in process of regeneration, presents an ab- 
normal appearance, somewhat approximating that of a Nicomache or 
Lumbriclymene. The entire regenerating region, consisting of the 
prostomium and six somites, has a length of a trifle more than 3 mm. 
and barely exceeds the sixth segment. 

Head very short, with the cephalic plate and limbate margin scarcely 
developed. There is a rather thick, short and broad palpode, and run- 
ning back from it a narrower but, relatively to the width of the head, 
broad median ridge bounded on each side by the deep and conspicuous 
sensory clefts, which again are bounded laterally by the low folds from 
which the limbate margins will develop, the whole forming a narrow 
area scarcely exceeding one-third of the entire width of the head and 
sloping steeply downward anteriorly. Mouth a rather large crescentic 
opening bounded by the narrow, furrowed persitomial lip. Peristo- 
mium very short and uniannular. 

Somites II to VI are about twice as long as wide, slightly compressed, 
distinctly biannular, decreasing slightly in diameter to the last, and 
with the furrows, except a which is obscure, well defined. No 
distinct collars. The integuments of this region are soft and delicate 
and a careful examination discloses no developed sete, though the 
setigerous glands are visible on some segments. 

The first normally developed segment (VI) is cylindrical, quite as 
long as the preceding part of the worm, and 2-3 times as thick; VII 
and VIII are quite similar; [IX and X are united into one joint about 
four times as long as wide and without any dividing furrow; XI is 
slightly longer than VIII, and XII still longer. Except a all 
furrows in this region are deep and distinct; the segments somewhat 
depressed and distinctly flattened ventrally. On VI, VII and VIII 
the parapodia are situated one-third of the length of the segment from 
its anterior end, and all of the area anterior to them is occupied by a 
thick, whitish, glandular zone; a similar zone exists on [X, while on Xa 
thick, rugous, ventral, glandular area of triangular form extends 


504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 


forward from and between the posterior tori to an apex halfway to the 
tori of IX, whence a narrow median ventral ridge continues it forward 
to the glandular zone of IX; XI and XII have no glandular areas, 
though the tori form prominent swellings near their posterior ends. 

The posterior segments are much contracted and distorted, butit is 
evident that they consist normally of a slender, very contractile, and 
wrinkled anterior portion, and a short, enlarged, posterior parapodial 
portion. They decrease in length regularly to the pygidium, which is 
preceded by three achwtous segments, of which the first closely re- 
sembles the last setigerous in size, and has posterior swellings repre- 
senting the parapodia; the next is about one-half and the next one- 
fourth as long, widest posteriorly, where there are slight parapodial 
thickenings. The last two gradually widen into the base of the 
pygidium. 

Pygidium (Plate XIX, fig. 8) with a short basal ring resembling the 
last acheetous segment, and bearing a thick posterior anal disk, the 
margin of which is provided with a median ventral cirrus and a pair of 
lateral, long, slender cirri each having a length of 3 the diameter of the 
disk, together with a circle of very regular prominent teeth of which five 
are between the median and each of the lateral cirri, and fifteen between 
the two latter on the dorsum. Anus occupying the centre of a low, regu- 
lar, finely furrowed cone, and closed by a thick, fleshy papilla, which 
arises from its ventral margin and bends dorsad. The usual raised neural 
line runs for the entire length and passes on to the ventral cirrus. 

Setze and uncini are undeveloped on the regenerating segments. 
They are sessile on VI-IX and borne on small papille and promi- 
nent tori on all the others. Anteriorly the sete form small but very 
prominent, vertical, linear tufts, which become more compact pos- 
teriorly. They are similar on all segments. Anterior tufts contain 
10-12 longer, stouter, slightly curved, narrowly limbate sete (fig. 9), 
with long, capillary tips, and nearly twice as many slender, capillary, 
wingless sete, partly smooth and partly bipinnate, with fine hairs 
(fig. 10). Farther back they become longer but fewer and in more 
compact bundles, and most of the wingless sete: are smooth. 

The anterior thoracic crochets are of course unknown. On other 
segments there are 15-19, the larger numbers behind. They are pale 
yellow, strongly striated, with rather slender stem, slightly con- 
stricted to form a neck, but lacking a distinct shoulder; an expanded 
head with a short, stout beak; a low crest with about four large and 
two or three small, diminishing teeth flanked by small fibrous teeth; 
and a conspicuous guard composed of 5-6 stout flattened hairs united 


1906. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 505 


at the base and in contact with the lower surface of the beak to its 
tip, above which they arch and recurve in a bold circle (figs. 11 and 12). 

Living color and tube unknown. Filled with eggs on Sept. 2. 
Taken on two occasions at Crab Ledge, east of Chatham, Mass., in 
17-20 fathoms, on a stony and gravelly bottom, and not found else- 
where. (Type No. 1253, Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila.) 
Cirratulus parvus sp. nov. 

Form very slender, terete, nearly linear, but most slender and attenu- 
ated posteriorly. Length 20-30 (usually about 25) mm., diameter 
about .6mm. Number of segments 60-75. 

Prostomium and peristomium united to form a distinct head (fig. 
13). Prostomium broad and flat, broader than long, its width nearly 
two-thirds widest part of body, shaped like the blade of a gravedigger’s 
shovel; the upper surface with a pair of obliquely transverse sensory slits 
at the place of union with the peristomium; the ventral surface some- 
what thickened and divided by a longitudinal fissure. Eyes, one pair, 
conspicuous, rounded or slightly elongated obliquely, widely separated 
on middle of head, close to the sensory slits. 

Peristomium a simple, somewhat swollen ring, scarcely differentiated 
from the prostomium above, but elsewhere clearly defined and forming 
a straight and smooth lip behind the relatively large mouth. Next two 
segments (II and III) simple rings with a diameter equal to the peris- 
tomium and a combined length equalling the entire length of the head. 

Setigerous and branchiate somites begin with IV, which is slightly 
enlarged. They are at first quite short, but rapidly lengthen without 
corresponding increase in diameter until the length nearly or quite 
equals the diameter. Posteriorly they again diminish in length and at 
the caudal end is a short region of not clearly defined segments. All 
somites simple and uniannular, and the intersegmental furrows smooth 
and clear cut. Although the body is nearly terete the ventral surface 
is somewhat flattened and the parapodia somewhat projecting. Pygi- 
dium bearing a minute pointed projection below a nearly circular, 
dorsal anus. 

Parapodia begin on IV and continue to posterior end ; they are small, 
ventro-lateral projections bearing separate notopodial and neuropodial 
tubercles. 

Branchial cirri also begin on IV just above the parapodia, and a pair 
occurs on each segment for about twenty, after which they are borne on 
every second or third segment and finally morescatteringly nearly to 
the posterior end. Cirri of the middle and posterior region are borne 
at the posterior margin of the segments some distance above the para- 


506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 


podia. They are slender, filiform and round, often half as long as the 
body and with the base constricted so that they are easily detached. 

Dorsal gills usually two pairs, sometimes a rudimentary third one on 
one or both sides, placed side by side on the dorsum of IV just above the 
parapodium and a little behind the branchial cirrus. They are slender 
at the base and swell to about twice the diameter of the branchial cirri, 
longer than the latter, longitudinally grooved for their entire length, 
and in contraction crenulate, wrinkled and more or less coiled in an 
open spiral. 

Sete and spines scarcely differ in form and structure from those of 
Cirratulus grandis. At the anterior end both notopodial and neuro- 
podial tufts contain capillary setee only—about 6-8 in each—of various . 
lengths, the longest about two-thirds the body diameter. Spines 
appear in the neuropodium at about XII, and a few segments farther 
back each neuropodial tuft contains about four spines and four sete, 
much shorter than on anterior segments (fig. 14). At the posterior 
end there are about two of each. In notopodial tufts the setee become 
fewer and shorter from before backward, but usually spines appear only 
in those of the posterior one-third. 

Color pale yellow or orange, usually with a greenish tinge, the integu- 
ments translucent, permitting the dark intestine to show through. 
Gills and cirri reddish from the contained blood. 

Known only from the deeper waters of Vineyard and Nantucket 
Sounds, in from 10-19 fathoms, where it lives in colonies among the 
crevices of Amarecium pellucidum and in passages of shells. Quite 
common in the latter at Crab Ledge, off Chatham. Nothing definite 
known of breeding habits, but specimens taken in late August contain 
small eges. (Type No. 1657, Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila.) 

This species is easily distinguished from young of Cirratulus grandis 
of the same size, which are frequently taken under stones at low water, 
by having but two achzetous segments between the peristomium and 
first branchial segment. It bears a close superficial resemblance to 
Cirrhatulus fragilis Leidy, but differs decidedly in that the latter is 
described and figured as having bifid spines, only one apodous pre- 
branchial segment, and the branchis beginning on the second setiger- 
ous segment. The species recorded under the name Cuirrhinereis 
jragilis Quatrefages as having been dredged in Vineyard Sound, and 
considered by Verrill to be identical with C. fragilis Leidy, is probably 
the species here described. 

Amphitrite attenuata sp. nov. 
Form slender, clavate, slightly swollen in the anterior thoracic 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 507 


region, slender and tapering behind. Length 30 mm., diameter nearly 
2 mm. at inflated part of thorax. Number of somites 80, IV- 
XXVIII setigerous. 

Prostomium broad and depressed at the base, produced forward into 
a rather thick, simple lip, broadly rounded, entire and usually curved 
upward at the anterior margin, little folded about the mouth laterally 
and not meeting the lower lip; tentaculiferous ridge in contact with the 
lateral ends of the lip but separated from it by a slight notch, arched 
over the dorsum of the prostomium posteriorly and bearing in a con- 
tinuous series about 30 coarse tentacles about one-half the length of 
the body. No eyes visible. 

Mouth large, bounded below by a ventral lip which is divided by a 
transverse furrow into an inflated internal portion and a flat external 
portion, which is very broad and extends laterally beyond, but does 
not touch the upper lip. Peristomium a short, simple ring dorsally, 
expanded ventrally to form the lower lip. Somite II as long as the 
prostomium and ventral lip combined, its anterior margin without a 
true,collar or lateral wings, but slightly produced as a free rim. Thora- 
cie region distinctly segmented, the furrow complete and well defined ; 
dorsal region most inflated at X—XII, thence gradually tapered to the 
abdomen. Abdomen attenuated, nearly quadrate in section, the 
dorsum only rounded; the segments becoming very short but all dis- 
tinctly biannulated, the posterior borders wider and somewhat project- 
ing. Pygidium a simple, rugous ring. 

Ventral plates 14 (II-XV) all, except the first, sharply defined but 
in contact with one another; the anterior ones rectangular, 2-4 times 
as broad as long, the last four elliptical and one and one-half times to 
twice as broad as long. Posterior to the ventral plates a ventral 
groove with a raised neural line continues to the posterior end. 

Gills (fig. 15) three pairs, on II, III and IV, decreasing in size from 
before backwards, all small; when fully extended the first not more 
than one-half the thoracic diameter, each with a short trunk dividing 
near the base into 2-4 main branches, each of which then dichotomizes, 
usually three times and terminates in slender, tapering twigs. 

Setigerous papille begin on IV just beneath the last gill, and are 
represented in a corresponding position on III by a minute achetous, 
knob-like papilla. Anteriorly they are prominent and at a high level; 
posteriorly they shift ventrad and become smaller. First torus on V, 
about one-half as long as the longest on XII, and one-sixth or one- 
seventh the body circumference. First five tori separated ventrally 
by about three times their length, those on XII by an interval about 


508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov. 


equal to their length and succeeding ones by a less distance. Pos- 
terior to the region of ventral plates they become more elevated and 
prominent, but, though assuming a lappet-form, they never become 
largely free, even on posterior abdominal segments. 

The characteristic setz arise from short vertical lines in tufts of 
about a dozen arranged in double series. ‘They (fig. 16) have remark- 
ably broad limbi, those of the posterior row being shorter than and 
half again as broad as the one figured; the very slender and much 
attenuated tip is very long, and the fringe nearly obsolete and confined 
to the outer end on the long sete, but better developed, though 
exceedingly delicate, on the short ones. 

Uncini occur in single series pointing forward on Y—X, in double 
series alternating in position and facing each other on XI-XXVILII, 
then again in single series to the end; there are about thirty-five on V, 
sixty on X and XI, thirty-six on XVIII and twenty on L. They are 
nearly colorless, with short, strongly convex bases deeply notched in 
front, the beak stout, the crest of four transverse rows of 3-9 teeth 
and the guard short and broad (fig. 17). 

Color pale reddish salmon, deepest anteriorly, tentacles flesh color. 

This species has been taken only on the piles of the New York Yacht 
Club wharf in Vineyard Haven, where it occurs sparingly below low 
water among Cynthia and Amaracium; lives in small mud tubes and 
breeds in early July. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. 


Arabella spinifera—figs. 1 to 7. 

Fig. 1.—Ventral view of maxille, the accessory jaws slightly turned by 

pressure. x 56. 

Fig. 2.—Dorsal a of mandibles. 56. 

Fig. 3.—Outline of parapodium IIT, posterior aspect. 56. 

Fig. 4—Anterior view of parapodium X. 56. 

Fig. 5.—Distal ends of the two acicula. X 250. 

Fig. 6.—Profile view of a moderately elongated seta from X. 250. 

Fig. 7—Face view of a short subacicular seta from X. X 250. 
Pravillella tricirrata—figs. 8-12. 

Fig. 8.—Pygidium and caudal achetous segments 9 

Fig. 9.—Slender capillary seta from XI. X 250. 

Fig. 10,—Bipinnate capillary seta from XI. 440. 

Fig. 11.—An entire crochet from XI. X 82. 

Fig. 12.—End of crochet. 360. 
Cirratulus parvus—figs. 13 and 14, 

Fig. 13.—Anterior end showing the branchize and branchial cirri. 24 

Fig. 14.—A tuft of notopodial cirri from the middle region. 250. 
Amphitrite attenwata—figs. 15 to 17 

Fig. 15.—First gill of the left side. x 24. 

Fig. 16.—A thoracic seta in } view. > 360 

Fig. 17.—A thoracic uncinus. 360. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509 


DECEMBER 4. 
Mr. ArtHuR Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Fifty-one persons present. 


The death of Robert P. Morton, a member, December 1, 1906, was 
announced. 


Messrs. GrorGe and Wititam S. Vaux, Jr., made a report on 
their studies of the glaciers of the Canadian Rockies and the Selkirks, 
supplementary to the communication of April 17. The two papers 
will be combined and published later. 


DECEMBER 18. 
The President, SamunL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. 


Thirty-seven persons present. 


The following were ordered to be printed: 


34 


510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


SOME NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN PERCOID FISHES. 


BY HENRY W. FOWLER. 


In this paper I give an annotated list of the more generalized percoid 
fishes of special interest to be found in the collections of the Academy of 
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Other papers dealing with remain- 
ing families are expected to follow. 

Owing to the more general acceptance of the view among naturalists 
that the first species under a genus be considered the type, I abandon 
the process of elimination. Cases only apply where no type is desig- 
nated or tautonomy is not inferred. Further I shall retain words 
different only etymologically, though with a strict adherence to the 
original orthography, even when erroneous, provided there is no 
evidence contrary. 


DULEIDZ:. 


This name supersedes Kuhliide, as Kuhlia Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. 
Phila., 1861, p. 48 (type Perca ciliata Cuvier specified = Centropomus 
rupestris Lacépéde), is superseded by Dules Cuvier, Régne Animal, 
Ed. 2, II, 1829, p. 147 (type Centropomus rupestris Lacépéde by first 
species). 

Dules marginatus boninensis subsp. noy. Fig. 1. 

Head 3; depth 24; D. X, 11; A. III, 12; P. 1, 13; V. I, 5; scales 50 in 
lateral line to base of caudal, and several more on latter; 6 scales 
obliquely back from origin of spinous dorsal to lateral line; about 13 
scales between origin of spinous anal in a vertical series to lateral line; 
width of head 2 in its length; depth of head over posterior margin of 
pupil about 14; mandible 24; fifth dorsal spine 14; first dorsal ray 142; 
third anal spine 24; first anal ray 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 
28; pectoral 14; ventral 14; ventral spine 24; snout 4 in head measured 
from tip of upper jaw; eye 3; maxillary 22; interorbital space 32. 

Body compressed, rather deep, lower profile a little more evenly 
convex than upper, and greatest depth falling about midway in post- 
ventral region. Back but slightly elevated, and with but a slight keel 
a short distance in front of spinous dorsal, otherwise edges of body 
rounded. Caudal peduncle compressed, its least depth about 14 in 
its length. 


<< eT 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511 


Head rather large, compressed, upper profile nearly straight from 
tip of snout to origin of spinous dorsal, and lower a little more inclined 
and convex. Snout rather short, its length about } its width, and 


Fig. 1—Dules marginatus boninensis Fowler. (Type.) 


rather truncate infront. Eye rather large, rounded, high and anterior, 
or posterior margin of pupil about midway in length of head. Mouth 
inclined, moderate, opening superiorly, and with mandible protruding 
in front. Maxillary narrow, free for about half its length, and its 
distal expansion about + diameter of pupil. Teeth in Jaws rather 
small, in bands. Vomer and palatines with patches of minute teeth. 
Tongue rather narrow, edentulous, pointed, and free in front. Buccal 
membranes rather narrow. Nostrils close together, superolateral, 
and much nearer front of eye than tip of snout. Interorbital space a 
little broad, slightly convex, and with frontal ridges little prominent. 
Margin of preorbital dentate. Lower margin of preopercle finely 
dentate, and posterior margin entire. Opercle with 2 flat backwardly 
directed pointed spines, well separated, and lower larger. Supra- 
scapula with several rather coarse serratures. 

Gill-opening extending forward about opposite front margin of 
orbit. Gill-rakers 10+21, lanceolate, slender, finely asperous inside, 
and longest about # of orbit. Gill-filaments a trifle less than diameter 
of pupil. Isthmus narrowly compressed, and with a median groove. 

Seales finely ctenoid, above lateral line in series parallel with its 
course, below in horizontal series, along bases of vertical fins small and 


512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


crowded, and in about 4 series on cheek. Lateral line of simple tubes, 
and concurrent with dorsal profile. 

Origin of spinous dorsal behind that of ventral, spines graduated 
from fifth, though fourth and sixth subequal, and margin of fin deeply 
notched. Last dorsal spine longer than second, though shorter than 
third. Rayed dorsal begins about midway between origin of pectoral 
and base of caudal, highest from first ray, though without lobe. Origin 
of spinous anal falling about opposite origin of rayed dorsal, third 
spine longest, and rayed fin similar to rayed dorsal. Caudal deeply 
emarginate, lobes pointed. Pectoral short, reaching about # of space 
to anal. Ventral inserted behind origin of pectoral, and reaching a 
little over 3 of space to origin of spinous anal. 

Color in alcohol pale brown, back slightly leaden, and lower surface 
paler. Fins all plain pale brownish, margins of dorsals, and caudal 
posteriorly, slightly dusky. Iris brassy-yellow. 

Length 54 inches. 

Type, No. 11,556, A. N.S. P. Bonin Islands, between lat. 26° 30’ 
and 27° 44’ N. and long. 140° and 143° E., in the North Pacific. Smith- 
sonian Institution (No. 347). 

This form is apparently closely related to Dules marginatus Cuvier. 
It differs from Tahiti examples of that species, however, in having 
more scales in the lateral line. In this respect it agrees with Hawaiian 
and Tahiti examples of Dules mato Lesson, though the latter differs 
principally in haying more gill-rakers. Examples of Dules rupestris 
(Lacépéde) from Samoa and Tahiti have the caudal but slightly emar- 
ginate. 

(Named for the Bonin Islands.) 


BOULENGERINA subgen. nov. 


Type Dules mato Lesson. 


Gill-rakers more numerous than in subgenus Dules. Boulengerina 
has 24 to 28 on the lower part of the first arch, while Dules has 16 to 20. 

The specific name of the typical species dates from Dules mato 
Lesson, Voy. Aut. Mond. Coquille, Zool., I11, 1830 (March 22, 1828), 
p. 223, thus having priority over Dules malo Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. 
Poiss., VII, 1831, p. 360. Kuhlia malo now in use must thus give 
way to Dules mato. 

(Named for Dr. George A. Boulenger, of the British Museum, well 
known among naturalists for many excellent works relative to the 
lower vertebrates.) 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA; 513 


MICROPTERID 5. 


This name supersedes Centrarchide as Centrarchus Cuvier, Hist. Nat. 
Poiss., III, 1829, p. 62 (type Cychla enea Le Sueur by first species = 
Bodianus rupestris Rafinesque), and is therefore a synonym of Am- 
bloplites Rafinesque. This leaves Eucentrarchus Gill, Amer. Journ. 
Sci. Art., XXXVII, 1864, p. 93 (type Labrus irideus Lacépéde = 
Labrus macropterus Lacépéde) as the proper name for the round bass, 
with the subfamily name changed from Centrarchine to Eucentrarchine. 
Therefore as Micropterus Lacépéde is the oldest genus in this family 
the above name may be framed for it. 

Ihave also examined Elassoma zonatum Jordan. Hlassoma probably 
represents a distinct family, as has been contended. 

Pomoxis annularis Rafinesque. 


Sedalia and St. Joseph, Mo. (Drs. D. S. Jordan and §. E. Meek); 
White River, Ark. (Drs. D. S. Jordan and C. H. Gilbert); Leaven- 


worth, Kan. (E. D. Cope). Both this and the next show some 
variation. 


Pomoxis sparoides (Lacépéde). 

Davenport, Ia. (Dr. S. E. Meek); lower James River, Va. (E. D. 
Cope); Lake Huron (E. D. Cope); Leavenworth, Kan. (E. D. Cope); 
Sandusky, O. (Smiths. Inst.); South Carolina (Dr. J. E. Holbrook); 
New Orleans, La. (J. M. Florat); Neuse River, N. C. (E. D. Cope). 


Eucentrarchus macropterus (Lacépéde), 

North Carolina (U. S. N. Mus.); South Carolina (Dr. Blanding); 
Bayport, Fla. (E. D. Cope). 

Ambloplites rupestris (Rafinesque). 

Richmond, Miami and Wabash Rivers, Ind. (E. D. Cope); Brook 
River and Michigan City (E. D. Cope), and Fort Dodge, Ia. (Dr. 8. E. 
Meek) ; Detroit, Mich.? (E. D. Cope); Lake Superior (Dr. J. H. Slack); 
Wisconsin (Smiths. Inst.); Blue River, Ind. (E. D. Cope); Holston 
and lower James Rivers, Va. (E. D. Cope) ; Cumberland River, 
Tenn. (E. D. Cope); French Broad and Yadkin Rivers, N. C. (E. D. 
Cope); Lake George, N. Y. (W. 8. Vaux); Texas (Dr. S$. W. Wood- 
house). 

Ambloplites rupestris cavifrons (Cope). Fig. 2. 


Ambloplites cavijrons Cope, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VI, 1866-69 
(December, 1868), p. 217. Type, No. 12,803, A. N.S. P. Headwaters 
of the Roanoke River, Montgomery county, Va. E. D. Cope. 


Width of head 22 in its length; interorbital space 44 in head, meas- 
ured from tip of upper jaw. Lips rather fleshy laterally. Rami of 
mandible well elevated inside mouth. Teeth small, curved, pointed, a 


514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


little irregular, and in bands in jaws. Vomerine teeth smaller, in an 
obtuse-shaped patch, and a narrow band on each palatine. Tongue 
rather thick, broad, rounded, and well free. A patch of small asperi- 
ties on tongue. Interorbital space a little convex. A rather tren- 
chant keel from occiput to origin of spinous dorsal. Gill-opening for- 
ward opposite front rim of pupil. Rakers tv, 1+6, v1, large, robust, 
and a little longer than filaments. Scales small and crowded on occi- 


Fig. 2.—Ambloplites rupestris cavifrons (Cope). (Type of Ambloplites cavifrons 
Cope.) 


put, predorsal region and thorax. Vent a little nearer tip of ventral 
spine than origin of spinous anal. In aleohol dull brown, more or less 
uniform on head and trunk, and fins paler. Faint traces of horizontal 
streaks following in series of scales. Very indistinct clouded mottlings 
on vertical fins. A brownish opercular spot. Iris dull brassy-silvery. 
Length 3 inches. Type. 


Archoplites interruptus (Girard). 


Centrarchus interruptus Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, p. 129. 
Cotypes, Nos. 13,480 (type) to 13,433, A. N.S. P. Sacramento River, 
Cal. Dr. A. L. Heermann. Coll. Smiths. Inst. 


Another from same locality (U. 8S. F. Com.); San Joaquin River, 
Cal. (Dr. Newberry). 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 515, 


Chenobryttus gulosus (Cuvier). 


Lepomis gillii Cope, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VI, 1866-69 (December, 
1868), pp. 222, 225. Type, No. 12,789, A. N.S. P. Branch of Tuckahoe 
i in the bottoms of James River, twelve miles above Richmond. E. 

. Cope. 

Lepomis charybdis Cope, l.c., pp. 223, 224, was based on Calliurus melanops 
Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1857, p. 200, from fresh waters of 
Texas. 

One example taken from the stomach of an alligator from Taylor’s 
Creek, Lake Okeechobee, Fla. (Prof. A. Heilprin); Volusia, Fla. (E. D. 
Cope); Neuse and Roanoke Rivers, N. C. (E. D. Cope); Mobile, Ala. 
(Mus. Comp. Zool.); San Diego, in Duval county, Tex. (E. D. Cope); 
Indiana (E. D. Cope). 


Enneacanthus gloriosus (Holbrook). 


Pomotis guttatus Morris, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 3. Type, No. 
22,598, A.N.S.P. Vicinity of Philadelphia. Dr. J. Cheston Morris . 
Hemioplites simulans Cope, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VI, 1866-69 
(December, 1868), p. 217, Pl. 22, fig. 7. Type, No. 13,449, A. N.S. P. 
Slow waters of Tuckahoe Creek, which enters the James River above 
Richmond, Virginia. E. D. Cope. 
Dr. Boulenger confuses this species with the next in Cat. Fish. Brit. 
Mus., Ed. 2, 1, 1895, p. 19, as Apomotis obesus. 


Neuces River, N. C., and lower James River, Va. (E. D. Cope). 


Enneacanthus obesus (Girard). 


Volusia, Fla. (E. D. Cope), and Concord, Mass. (Dr. J. H. Slack). 
One of the examples on which Morris based his Pomotis guttatus is this 
species, however, as the name and intention are apparently to indicate 
the preceding species, it may be restricted to the same. 


Apomotis cyanellus (Rafinesque). 


Bryttus signijer Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1857, p. 201. Cotype, 
No. 13,187, A. N.S. P. Rio Medina, Texas. Dr.C.B.Kennerly. Smiths. 
Inst. (No. 422). 

Bryttus mineopas Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 84. _Cotypes, 
Nos. 13,190 to 13,194, A.N.S.P. Minneopa, Minnesota. J.H. Slack. 


St. Joseph and Brownsville (Drs. D. 8. Jordan and S. E. Meek), James 
River and Marshfield (Drs. C. H. Gilbert and 8. E. Meek), and Green- 
field, Mo. (Dr. S. E. Meek); Ames, Ia. (Dr. Meek); Fort Riley, Kan. 
(Dr. W. A. Hammond); Hicksville, O. (Dr. Meek); Blue River (E. D. 
Cope) and Miami River, Ind. (E. D. Cope); Leavenworth, Kan. (E. 
D. Cope); Archer county, Llano and Wichita Rivers, Tex. (E. D. Cope). 

Apomotis is retained generically as the median posterior partition of 
the air-vessel is only slightly developed, while in the species of Lepomis 
examined it is usually well developed forwards. 


516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dec., 


Lepomis punctatus (Valenciennes). 


Lepomis apiatus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78, p. 66. 
Cotypes, Nos. 11,127 to 11,132, A. N. S. P. Volusia, Florida. E. D. 
Cope. 


Caloosahatchie River, Fla. (Prof. A. Heilprin). 
Lepomis auritus (Linnzus). 

A single example labeled ‘‘Roanoke River, Va., E. D. Cope,’’ No. 
13,058, A. N. 8. P., may be typical of Lepomis ophthalmicus Cope, 
Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., V1, 1866-69 (December, 1868), pp. 223, 
224. It would agree in length if the caudal were not included, though 
the measurements of the depth of the body at the origin of the soft 
dorsal and at the base of the fifth ray of this fin do not. 

Pomotis solis Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., VII, 1831, p. 352, is 
apparently a composite species based on examples from Lake Pon- 
chartrain, La., and Philadelphia, Pa. Primarily it seems to be re- 
stricted to the Louisianan form, as Dr. Jordan examined the types 
from Philadelphia and pronounced them as probably identical with 
Eupomotis gibbosus. Drs. Jordan and Evermann, in Bull. U. S. Nat. 
Mus., No. 47, I, 1896, p. 1001, place the Louisianan fish as a distinct 
subspecies of L. auritus, stating that it has larger cheek scales, about 5 
or 6 series, and a large dusky blotch on the last dorsal rays. Bollman, 
in Rep. U.S. F. Com., 1888 (1892), p. 573, includes Lepomis mystacalis 
Cope as a synonym, and is followed by others, though from my own 
examination of the types of this latter it is found to be identical with 
Lepomis palladus Mitchill. That the Florida form is not appreciably 
different upon comparison of alcoholic examples of L. auritus from 
Bayport, Fla. (E. D. Cope); South Carolina (Dr. J. E. Holbrook); 
Catawba and Yadkin Rivers, N. C. (E. D. Cope); Lake George, N. Y. 
(W. 8. Vaux), I am satisfied. The original account of Pomotis solis 
is hardly complete enough for certainty of identification. 

Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque). Fig. 3. 


Lepomis peltastes Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70, pp. 
453, 454: Cotypes, Nos. 12,978 to 12,981, A. N. S. P. Huron River, 
Michigan. Prof. Alexander Winchell. 

Lepomis haplognathus Cope, l.c., XXII, 1885, p. 168. Cotypes, Nos. 18,888 
to 18,889, and 20,397 to 20,398, A. N. S. P. Monterey, Nuevo Leon, 
Mexico. E. D. Cope. 


This is a most variable species, both in color and structure, especially 
with reference to the opercular flap. It is possible that Lepomis 
occidentalis Meek, Field Col. Mus. Pub. 65, Chicago, III, No. 6, 1902, 
p. 118, Pl. 29, and L. haplognathus Cope may exhibit characters in 
color to render them distinct races of L. megalotis. Certainly L. 
haplognathus, jadged from the alcoholic types, cannot be distinguished 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517 


from the very large series of specimens of L. megalotis, which covers 
every variation. Dr. Meek’s accounts do not leave it clear to me that 
his L. occidentalis is really distinct. Besides L. megalotis Cope, l.c., XI, 
1869-70, p. 452, examples representing L. nitidus Cope, l.c., p. 453, and 
L. longispinis Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Phila., 1865, p. 83, have been 
examined, and found to be this species. Llano River, Fort Worth, 
Wichita River, upper Medina River and Dallas (E. D. Cope), Delaware 


Fig. 3.—Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque). (Type of Lepomis haplognathus Cope.) 


Creek (Capt. Pope), Brazos River (Dr. Shumard), and Comanche 
Creek, Tex. (Smiths. Inst.); Goodland, Ind. Ter. (Dr. S. E. Meek); 
Eureka Springs (Drs. D. S. Jordan and C. H. Gilbert), Paragold (Dr. 
Meek), Greenway (Dr. Jordan), and Fort Smith, Ark.; Brook River, 
Ta. (E. D. Cope); Marshfield, Mo. (Drs. Gilbert and Meek); Leaven- 
worth, Kan. (E. D. Cope); Racine, Wis. (U. 8. Nat. Mus.); Detroit? 
(EB. D. Cope), Mich. (Dr. Pitcher); Wabash, Blue and Miami Rivers, 
Ind. (E. D. Cope); Coal Creek, Tenn. (E. D. Cope); Thomasville, Ga. 
(J. A. G. Rehn). 


Lepomis humilis (Girard). 


Bryttus humilis Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1857, p. 201. Cotypes, 
Nos. 13,166 to 13,168 and 13,154, A.N.S.P. Sugar Loaf Creek, Arkansas. 
H. B. Mollhiusen. Smiths. Inst. (No. 428). 


518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee..,. 


Bryttus oculatus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.. 1865, p. 83. Cotypes,. 
Nos, 13,146 to 13,153, A.N.S.P. Lake Whittlesey, Minn. J. H. Slack. 
Lepomis anagallinus Cope, Journ. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., VI, 1866-69: 
(December, 1868), p.221. Type, No. 13,145, A. N.S. P. Leavenworth, 
Kansas. Samuel H. Edge. 
Arthur (Dr. §. E. Meek), and Fort Worth, Tex. (E. D. Cope);: 
Greenfield (Dr. Meek), Marshfield (Drs. C. H. Gilbert and 8. E. Meek), 


and St. Joseph, Mo.; Fort Riley, Kan. (Dr. W. A. Hammond). 


Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesque. Fig. 4. 

Lepomis nephelus Cope, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., (2) VI, 1866-69» 
(December, 1868), p. 222. Type, No. 22,619, A. N.S. P. Kiskiminitas. 
River, West Pennsylvania. A. H. Guss. 

Width of head 2+ in its length; interorbital space 34 in head measured 
from tip of upper jaw. Edges of body mostly rounded and but slightly 
trenchant just before origin of spinous dorsal. Head compressed with 
sides flattened. Length of snout about # its width. Lips a little 


5 


Fig. 4.—Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesque. (Type of Lepomis nephelus Cope.) 


fleshy. Teeth rather coarse, pointed, conic, and in bands in jaws, 
those on vomer smaller. No palatine teeth. Tongue smooth, rather 
fleshy, a little pointed and free in front. Each ramus of mandible a 
little elevated inside mouth. Interorbital space slightly convex. 
Gill-opening forward to front margin of pupil. Rakers 1, 2+10, 0, 
lanceolate, and about equal to filaments or 4 of eye. An adnate scaly 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 519 


tract between bases of ventrals. Vent about midway, or a little 
behind, between tips of ventral spines and origin of spinous anal. 
Color in alcohol faded brown, belly and lower surface of body scarcely 
paler. Fins all pale brown, scarcely darker towards edges. Opercular 
blotch blackish-brown, in size about 3 of eye, and from opposite level 
of latter a dull brownish shade extends from upper end of preopercular 
margin to opercular blotch, increasing to its width in its course. : Iris 
warm brownish. Inside of gill-opening pale, opercular blotch appear- 
ing equally blackish-brown as on outside. Length 42 inches. Type. 


Lepomis palladus (Mitchill). 


Lepomis longispinis Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 83. Co- 
types, Nos. 16,562 to 16,564, A. N.S. P. From St. Louis to Southern 
California. Dr. A, L. Heermann. 

Lepomis ardesiacus Cope, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VI, 1866-69 (Decem- 
ber, 1868), p. 222. Type, No. 13,106, A. N.S. P. Kiskiminitas River, 
Western Pennsylvania. Addison R. Guss. 

Lepomis purpurescens Cope, Proce. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1869-70, 
pp. 453, 454. Cotypes, Nos. 13,066 to 13,077, A. N.S. P. Tributary of 
the Yadkin River in Roane county, North Carolina. E. D. Cope. 

Lepomis mystacalis Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78, 
p 66. Cotypes, Nos. 27,834 to 27,836, A.N.S.P. Volusia, Florida. E. 

. Cope. 

These do not differ, though they show about 48 scales, and all agree 
with examples from Lake Okeechobee. Other examples from Volusia 
differ, however, most strikingly in the short gill-rakers. One has 54 
seales in the lateral line. Another agrees with the figure of Pomotis 
elongatus Holbrook, Jowrn. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., (2) 111, 1855-58 


(May, 1855), p. 47, Pl. 5. 

Examples representing Pomotis speciosus Baird and Girard, Rep. 
Expl. Surv. R. R. Miss. Pac., X, Fish., 1858, p. 23, Pl. 8, figs. 5-8; P. 
fallax Girard, l.c., p. 27, Pl. 8, figs. 9-12, Pl. 9, figs. 5-12, Pl. 10, figs. 
1-7, and Lepomis notatus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., X1, 
1869-70, p. 453, have been examined. This species is very variable. 

French Broad River, N. C. (E. D. Cope); South Carolina (Dr. J. E. 
Holbrook) ; Volusia and opposite mouth of St. Lucie River (E. D. Cope), 
Caloosahatchie River, Fla. (Prof. A. Heilprin); Coal Creek, Tenn. 
(E. D. Cope); Amana, Ia. (Dr. S. E. Meek); Leavenworth, Kan. (E. D. 
Cope); Greenway, Ark. (Dr. Meek); Johnson’s Fork of the Llano, 
Wichita River and San Diego (E. D. Cope), Rio Seco (Dr. Kennerly) 
and Delaware Creek, Tex. (Capt. Pope); Detroit?, Mich. (E. D. Cope) ; 
James River at Marshfield, Mo. (Drs. C. H. Gilbert and 8. E. Meek); 
Quincy, Ill.; Blue River, Ind. (E. D. Cope). 


520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Eupomotis holbroockii (Valenciennes). 


Xystroplites longimanus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877-78, 
p. 67. Cotypes, Nos. 30,918 to 30,920, A. N.S. P. Volusia. Florida. E. 
D. Cope. 


Dr. Jordan examined Pomotis holbroockii Valenciennes in the Paris 
Museum, and expressed the opinion that it is identical with P. speciosus 
Holbrook. As the original account of the former is imperfect I accept 
this view provisionally. The differences between Holbrook’s figure 
and the examples before me are certainly not specific. The pectoral 
of the former is but little shorter than the head. The specific name 
is here adopted from the original. 

Eupomotis gibbosus (Linnzus). 

Mount Desert, Me. (Dr. H. C. Chapman); Lake George, N. Y. (W. 5S. 
Vaux); Sandusky, O. (Smiths. Inst.); Michigan (E. D. Cope); lower 
James River, Va. (E. D. Cope); Catawba, French Broad and Yadkin 
Rivers, N. C. (E. D. Cope). 

Micropterus dolomieu Lacépéde. 

Lake George, N. Y. (W. S. Vaux); Roanoke River, Va. (E. D. Cope); 
Fort Smith, Ark.; Wheatland and Davenport (Dr. S. E. Meek), and 
Brook River, Ia. (E. D. Cope) ; Miami River, Ind. (E. D. Cope) ; French 
Broad River, N. C. (E. D. Cope); Coal Creek, Tenn. (EH. D. Cope); 
Fort Worth and Fort Johnson, Tex. (E. D. Cope). 

Micropterus salmoides (Lacépéde). 

Lake Erie (Smiths. Inst.); Dr. J. Cheston Morris; Michigan (E. D. 
Cope); Davenport, Ia. (Dr. S. E. Meek); Nickajack Cave and Wabash 
River, Ind. (E. D. Cope); Norfolk (Smiths. Inst.) and lower James 
River, Va. (E. D. Cope); Yadkin, Catawba and French Broad Rivers, 
N. C. (E. D. Cope); Coal Creek in Clinch basin, Tenn. (E. D. Cope); 
South Carolina (Dr. Blanding); Bayport, Fla. (E. D. Cope); Indianola 
to Neuces, Tex. (Capt. Pope). 


PERCID As. 
Centropomus lucioperca (Linnzus). 
Northern Europe (Bonaparte Coll.). The type of Centropomus 
Lacépéde is the present species, therefore the American robalos become 
Oxylabrax, with the family name Ozylabracide. 


Stizostedion vitreum (Mitchill). 


Michigan (E. D. Cope); French Broad River, N.C. (E. D. Cope). 


Stizostedion canadense (Griffiths). 


North America (Bonaparte Coll.) ; Lake Erie (Dr. Watson). 


1906. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521 


Stizostedion oanadense boreum (Girard). 


Battle Creek, Ia. (EH. D. Cope). 


Perca fluviatilis Linneus. 
Italy (Bonaparte Coll.) ; Sweden (Prof. J. Kinberg). 


Perca flavescens (Linnzus). 

Mount Desert, Me. (Dr. H. C. Chapman); Martha’s Vineyard, Mass. 
(Dr. J. H. Slack); Lake George, N. Y. (W. S. Vaux); Cold Pond, near 
Charlestown, N. H. (Dr. Weber); Sparrow Lake, Ontario (C. P. Ray); 
Sandusky, O. (Smiths. Inst.); Clear Lake, Ia. (Dr. S. E. Meek); Lake 
Whittlesey, Minn. (Dr. J. H. Slack); Lake Erie (Dr. Watson) ; Potomac 
River (Smiths. Inst.) ;Chestertown (E. G. Vanatta), and North East, 
in Cecil county, Md. (H. W. Fowler). ; 

Percina caprodes (Rafinesque). 


Perca (Percina) nebulosa Haldeman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1842, p. 
330. Type, No. 22,652, A.N.S.P. The Susquehanna. S.S. Haldeman. 


North America (Bonaparte Coll.) ; Holston River, Va. (E. D. Cope); 
South Fork of Cumberland River, Tenn. (E. D. Cope); Miami and 
Wabash Rivers, Ind. (E. D. Cope) ; Ohio (U. 8. Nat. Mus.) ; Fort Smith, 
Ark. (Drs. D. 8. Jordan and C. H. Gilbert); Marshfield and Carthage, 
Mo. (Drs. Gilbert and 8. E. Meek); Dallas, Tex. (E. D. Cope). 


Percina caprodes zebra (Agassiz). 
Sparrow Lake, in Simcoe county, Ontario (C. P. Ray). 


Hadropterus phoxocephalus (Nelson). 
Clinton, Mo. (Drs. D.S. Jordan and §. E. Meek). 


Hadropterus macrocephalus (Cope). 

Etheostoma macrocephalum Cope, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., (2) XIII, 
1869, p. 400. Cotypes, Nos. 22,626 and 22,628, A. N.S. P. Youghio- 
gheny River in Western Pennsylvania. HE. D. Cope. 

Hadropterus aspro (Jordan). 
Giles county and Walker’s Creek, Va. (E. D. Cope); Miami River, 
Ind. (E. D. Cope) ; Hicksville, O. (Dr. 8. E. Meek). 


Hadropterus peltatus (Cope). 
Etheostoma peltatum Stauffer, in Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p. 
233. Type, No. 22,627, A.N.S.P. The Conestoga. Jacob Stauffer. 


Buck Creek, N. C. (E. D. Cope). 


Hypohomus aurantiacus (Cope). 

Cottogaster aurantiacus Cope, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., (2) VI, 1869, p. 
211, Pl. 24, fig. 6. Cotypes, Nos. 13,789 (type) and 13,790, A. N.S. P. 
Holston River, Virginia [according to label]. E. D. Cope. 

Cottogaster shumardi (Girard). 


Indiana (Dr. D. 8. Jordan); Michigan (Prof. M. Miles). 


522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dec., 


Ulocentra stigma (Jordan), Fig. 5. 
Boleosoma stigmeum Jordan, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., 1876, p. 311. 
Cotypes, Nos. 20,645 to 20,648, A. N.S. P. Etowah River, Georgia. D. 
S. Jordan. 


Fig. 5.—Ulocentra stigmea (Jordan). (Cotype of Boleosoma stigmeum Jordan.) 


Diplesion blennioides (Rafinesque). 

Pileoma cymatogramma Abbott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 327. 
Type, No. 14,009, A. N.S. P. Without locality. 

Hyostoma blennioperca Cope, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., (2) VI, 1869, 
pp. 214, 215. Cotypes, Nos. 14,004, 14,006 to 14,008, 14,020 to 14,025 
and 14,026 (type) to 14,035, A. N.S. P. Tributaries of the Kanawha and 
Holston. E. D. Cope. The type as here restricted is evidently the 
largest in the collection and is from the Holston. 


Black River, O. (U. S. Nat. Mus.); South Fork of Cumberland and 
Clinch Rivers, Tenn. (E. D. Cope); Miami and Richmond, Ind. (E. D. 
Cope); French Broad River, N. C. (E. D. Cope); Joliet, Il. (J. H. 
Ferris). 

Boleosoma nigrum (Rafinesque). 
Boleosoma olmstedi var. brevipinnis Cope, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1868, 
p. 214. Cotypes, Nos. 25,563 (type) to 22,567, A.N.S. P. WKiskiminitas 
River, Penna. E.D. Cope. In Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 
1871, p. 270, Cope raises this to the rank of a full species. 


Hicksville, O. (Dr. S. E. Meek); Wabash River and Richmond, Ind. 
(E. D. Cope); Sinking Creek and Holston River, Va. (E. D. Cope); 
St. Josephs and Grosse Isle, Mich. (E. D. Cope); Marshfield, Carthage 
and James River, Mo. (Drs. C. H. Gilbert and S. E. Meek); Belmond 
and Anamosa (Dr. Meek), and Chariton, Ia. (Drs. D. S. Jordan and 
S. E. Meek); Platte River at Fort Kearney, Neb.; Big Creek at 
Fort Hayes, Kan. 

Boleosoma nigrum olmstedi (Storer). 
Perca minima Haldeman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, 1842, p. 330. 


Type, No. 13,928, A.N. S. P. (A dried skin poorly preserved.) The 
Susquehanna. §, 8. Haldeman. 


I am unable to distinguish Potomac River examples (Dr. Pickering) 
as Arlina effulgens Girard, 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. §23 


Patapsco River at Baltimore (H. W. Fowler); Elk Creek (A. H. 
Grosh and H. W. Fowler) and Stony Creek, in Cecil county, Md. (T. D. 
Keim and H. W. Fowler); Sussex county, Del. (EH. D. Cope); lower 
Delaware River (Dr. C. Arrott). 


Fig. 6.—Boleosoma nigrum maculaticeps (Cope). (Type of Boleosoma macu- 
laticeps Cope.) 
Boleosoma nigrum maculaticeps (Cope). Fig. 6. 


Boleosoma maculaticeps Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1871 
(January 7, 1870), p. 269. Cotypes, No, 13,862 (type) to 13,876, A. N.S. P. 
Upper waters of the Catawba River, N. Carolina. E. D. Cope. 


Also an example from the Yadkin River, N.C. E. D. Cope. 

Boleosoma ejjulgens Cope, l.c., p. 268, although considered distinct 
by Cope, does not show any very striking points of difference according 
to this account. Perhaps 6 scales below the lateral line is reliable. 


Fig. 7.—Boleosoma nigrum meseum (Cope). (Type of Pecilichthys meseeus Cope.) 


Boleosoma nigrum meseum (Cope). Fig. 7. 
Pecilichthys meseus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p.232. Type, 


524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


No. 13,943, A. N. S. P. Platte River, near Fort Kearney, Neb. Dr. 
Hammond. 


Cross-bars on dorsal and caudal indistinct and faded. 
Boleosoma oamurum Forbes. 
Angelina River, Tex. (U.S. F. C.). 
Crystallaria asprella (Jordan). 
South Fork Cumberland River, Tenn. (E. D. Cope); Grosse Isle, 
Mich. (E. D. Cope). 
Ammoocrypta pellucida (Agassiz). 


Indiana (D. 8. Jordan). 


Etheostoma zonale (Cope). Fig. 8. 
Pecilichthys zonalis Cope, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., (2) XII, 1866-69 
(December, 1868), p. 212. Cotypes, Nos. 14,036 (type) to 14,038, A. N. 
S.P. Holston River, Va. E. D. Cope. 


Se ie ‘a 
Fa 


poe 


Fig. 8.—Etheostoma zonale (Cope). (Type of Pecilichthys zonalis Cope.) 


Also many other examples from the above locality and the French 
Broad River, N. C. (E. D. Cope). 


Etheostoma maculatum (Kirtland). 
Pecilichthys sanguifluus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., XI, 1869-70 
(January 7, 1870), p. 264. Cotypes, Nos. 13,738 (type) to 13,744, A. N. 
S. P. South Fork of Cumberland River, Tennessee. E. D. Cope. 


Etheostoma rufilineatum (Cope). Fig. 9. : 
Pecilichthys rufilineatus Cope, Proce. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., XI, 1869-70 
(January 7, 1870), p. 267. Cotypes, Nos. 13,791 (type) to 13,798, A. N. 
S. P. Warm Springs Creek, which flows into the French Broad River, in 
Madison county, North Carolina, E. D. Cope. 


Etheostoma jessie (Jordan). 


Etowah River, Ga. (D.S. Jordan). 


———— ae 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 525 


: oN 
Wen Las 
KAR SSS 

alee Ke SS SS SS 

4 SS —S 


SS 


Fig. 9.—Etheostoma rufilineatum (Cope). (Type of Pecilichthys rufilineatus 
ope.) 


Etheostoma ceruleum Storer. 


Pecilosoma transversum Abbott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 826. 
Cotypes, Nos. 13,810 (type) to 13,819, A. N.S. P. Lake Superior. 


Richmond, Ind. (E. D. Cope); Big Creek at Fort Hayes, Kan. (J. 
Janeway); South Fork Cumberland River, Tenn. (E. D. Cope); Ann 
Arbor, Mich. 


Etheostoma ceruleum spectabile (Agassiz). 
Marshfield, Mo. (Drs. C. H. Gilbert and S. E. Meek); Sedalia, Mo. 
(Drs. D. S. Jordan and §. E. Meek). 


Etheostoma ceruleum lepidum (Baird and Girard). 


Boleosoma phlox Cope, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 17, 1880, p. 30. Type, No. 
20,447, A.N.S.P. Trinity River, near Fort Worth. E. D. Cope. 


Elmfork at Saint Joe, Montague county, Tex. (E. D. Cope). 


Etheostoma flabellare Rafinesque. 

Sinking and Walker’s Creeks, in Kanawha basin, Kanawha, Holston 
and Roanoke Rivers, Va. (E. D. Cope); Catawba River, N. C. (E. D. 
Cope); Richmond, Ind. (E. D. Cope); Grosse Isle, Mich. (E. D. Cope) ; 
Postville, Ia. (Dr. S. E. Meek). 


Boleichthys fusiformis erochrous (Cope). 
Sussex county, Del. (EH. D. Cope). 
Boleichthys fusiformis gracilis (Girard), 


Palestine, Tex. (E. D. Cope). 


Boleichthys fusiformis palustris (Gilbert). 
Indiana (E. D. Cope). 
35 


526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Microperca punctulata Putnam. 
Indiana (E. D. Cope). 
Asperulus asper (Linnzus). 
Rhone River, France (Bonaparte Coll.). 
Asperulus Klein, in Walbaum, Pet. Arted. Gen. Pisc., 1792, p. 584 
(type Perca zingel Linnzeus only species mentioned), has priority over 
' Zingel Cloquet, Dict. Sci. Nat., IX, 1817, p. 240 (type Perca zingel 
Linneus first species). 
Asperulus zingel (Linnzus). 
Danube River (Bonaparte Coll.), and also evidently those from E. D. 
Cope. 
Acerina cernua (Linnzus). 


Sweden (Prof. J. Kinberg); Europe (Bonaparte Coll.). 


Gymnocephalus schretser (Linnzus). 


Danube?, Europe (Bonaparte Coll.). 


APOGONIDA, 


Foa brachygramma (Jenkins). 
Hawaiian Islands (Dr. J. XK. Townsend; Dr. William H. Jones). 


Apogon imberbis (Linnzus). 

The example recorded by Cope from Newport, R. I., as Apogonich- 
thys americanus differs a little from Mediterranean examples in the 
Bonaparte Coll. in having a shorter pectoral, though this may be 
associated with youth as it only measures 34 inches. In this respect 
however it approaches Castelnau’s figure, which was based on an 
example nearly 4 inches long, equal in size to my Mediterranean ones. 
The Newport specimen shows: Head 24; depth 24; snout 44 in head; 
eye 3; maxillary 2; interorbital space 44; pectoral 14; maxillary reach- 
ing posterior margin of pupil; margin of preopercle with minute obso- 
lete serre; gill-rakers 11, 2+9, m1, and longest about 2 of eye; dark 
brownish dustings behind eye and on opercle above; a brownish blotch 
about as large as pupil on caudal peduncle at base of caudal; edges of 
rayed dorsal and upper and lower edges of caudal tinted dusky. 

This and the following are members of the subgenus Apogon, dis- 
tinguished by the presence of VI spines in the first dorsal, and the 
anterior ridge of the preopercle entire. 

Apogon retrosella (Gill). 

An example from J. A. MeNeil, taken at Panama, from which locality 
the species has not been obtained before. It has a deep brown saddle 
on back at base of rayed dorsal, and another larger and obscure one 


. 
: 
; 
| 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 527 


on the caudal peduncle posteriorly. Also a few dusky dots on post- 
ocular region. Opercle silvery. 
Apogon maculiferus Garrett. 

Two examples from the Hawaiian Islands. Coll. Dr. J. K. Townsend. 

This species belongs to subgenus Ostorhinchus Lacépéde, distinguished 
from the previous subgenus chiefly by the presence of VII spines 
in the first dorsal. Other species which I have examined are Suma- 
tran examples of A. evanidus Fowler, A. hyalosoma Bleeker and A. 
novemfasciatus Cuvier, Japanese examples of A. notatus (Houttuyn), 
A, lineatus Schlegel, A. semilineatus Schlegel and A. niger Steindachner. 
A. snydert Jordan and Eyermann and A. menesemus Jenkins from the 
Hawaiian Islands belong to subgenus Pristiapogon Klunzinger, dis- 
tinguished by having both preopercular ridges serrate. 


ASTRAPOGON subgen. nov. 
Type Apogonichthys stellatus Cope. 


Distinguished from subgenus Apogonichthys Bleeker, Nat. Tijds, 
Ned. Ind., VII, 1854, pp. 312, 321 (type Apogonichthys perdix Bleeker), 
by the long ventrals, which reach well beyond the front of the anal. 

(Aozpoy, star; 4, without; zoy’w, beard.) 


Fig 10.—A pogonichthys stellatus Cope. (Type.) 


528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Apogonichthys stellatus Cope. Fig. 10. 


Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., (2) XIII, 1866, p. 400. Nos. 12,677 (type) 
ae eg eI ISh 125 , cotypes. New Providence, Bahamas. Dr. 
00 


The larger example may be selected as the type. It has interorbital 
space 44 in head, and flattened. Gill-rakers 1, 2+9, 1, slender and 
longest 2 of eye. Length 2 inches. 

Both have D. VI. 


AMBASSIDA. 


Ambassis ranga (Hamilton). 
Three examples from India. Dr. M. Burrough. 
T have also examined Scombrops boops (Houttuyn) from Japan. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 529 


MOLLUSCA OF THE OZARKIAN FAUNA. 


BY H. A. PILSBRY AND JAMES H. FERRISS. 


In the midst of the valley of the greatest river of the continent the 
Ozark Mountains stand above the plain. On the east and south they 
are bordered by lowlands scarcely a hundred feet above sea level, and 
westward the great plains stretch to the foothills of the Rockies. The 
Ozarks rise to no considerable height, the highest point, Magazine 
Mountain, in Logan Co., Ark., attaining to 2,823 feet; but the rough 
topography, in strong contrast with that of surrounding regions, 
affords conditions favoring the evolution of special forms, species or 
races, adapted to these conditions. Many of these forms have prob- 
ably been evolved just where we now find them, and where they are in 
a measure isolated by the absence or rarity of similar haunts in the 
lower and more level country surrounding the mountainous area. 

Some aquatic forms, Unionide and Pleuroceratide, are also peculiar 
to the Ozark region, though in the main Mississippian species rule. 

During the greater part of March and April, 1903, the authors col- 
lected at numerous places in the western Ozarks, in southwestern Mis- 
souri, western Arkansas, and Indian Territory, the localities selected 
being supplemental to those worked by Mr. Ferriss in 1900 and 1901. 
The results of our work are herein dealt with. 


I. Faunat RELATIONS OF THE OZARK REGION. 


The Alleghanian (= Transition of Merriam), Carolinian (= humid 
Upper Austral) and Austroriparian (= humid Lower Austral) zones as 
mapped by Dr. Merriam,‘ in eastern North America, are probably 
reflected as clearly in land molluscan distribution as in that of verte- 
brates and plants, though of course there is broad overlapping of 
faunas, and the smaller details of the zonal limits remain to be deter- 
mined by diligent local work. In the Northern States, this local 
amplification may well be based upon Dr. Merriam’s map; but in the 
Southern Appalachian system some significant discrepancies appear 
when the land mollusks are compared with vertebrate distribution. 


1 Life Zones and Crop Zones of the United States, Bulletin No. 10, U. S. De- 
partment of Agriculture, Division of Biological Survey, 1898. 


530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


The Boreal (Canadian) areas mapped by Merriam in Kentucky, 
Tennessee and North Carolina have for mollusca no faunal connection 
with or resemblance to the Canadian zone fauna of the northern 
mountains and Canada. ‘There is no evidence that the northern fauna 
invaded these heights during the Ice Age, but much evidence to the 
contrary.?, Had such an incursion taken place, it seems hardly con- 
ceivable that no Vitrina, Pupilla, Vertigo or northern Zonitide should 
remain to tell the tale. A certain ill-defined zonal distribution depend- 
ent on elevation may be traced, the mountain tops having a poorer 
fauna than the lower levels, with dwarfed races of some species and a 
few special species; but the zoological affinities of the forms are in the 
main with those of the lower coves, not with snails of higher latitudes. 

This illustrates what has been recognized by a few zoologists work- 
ing in other departments, that transcontinental ‘‘life-zones’’ have no 
necessary connection with the larger facts of faunal distribution, but 
define secondary divisions, parallel, so to speak, all over the world. 
For instance equal zones in the southern Alleghanies and the Rocky 
Mountains might be spoken of as ‘‘physically homologous,’’ but not 
faunally so. 

In eastern North America we have, leaving the Floridian tropical 
element out of the account, two faunas of inland mollusca, developed 
in diverse areas: (1) the Boreal fauna, consisting of Holarctic species 
_or genera, such as Vitrina, Zonitoides, Enconulus, Acanthinula, Val- 
lonia, Pwpilla, Punctum, Sphyradium, Lymnea, etc., which apparently 
had their rise in the north, and (2) the Appalachian fauna, consisting 
of forms characteristic of the eastern United States, such as the 
Mesodon, Triodopsis and Stenotrema groups, Omphalina, Vitrini- 
zonites, Paravitrea, Gastrodonta, the alternata group of Pyramidula, 
Helicodiscus, ete. From what we know of the Pliocene land shells, 
and those of the interglacial and post-glacial Loess, it is clear that these 
faunas must have been already as distinct at the close of the Pliocene 
as at present; and in the case of the Appalachian fauna, we have 
every reason to believe that its ancestors occupied eastern North 
America during tertiary time, and how much farther back no man can 
say? 


2See in this connection, Pilsbry, Mollusca of the Great Smoky Mountains, 
Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1900, pp. 110-150, and Walker and Pilsbry, Mollusca of the 
Mt. Mitchell Region, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1902, pp. 413-442. 

8 The boreal and southern elements in the east American fauna were fully 
recognized by Mr. W. G. Binney many years ago. Cj. also Charles C. Adams 
Southeastern United States as a centre of geographical distribution of flora ani 
fauna, Biological Bulletin III, pp. 115-131, 1902. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 531 


From the investigations made by the authors and their friends, it is 
obvious that there was in the East no extensive glacial recession 
of the snail fauna southward beyond the border of the ice sheet. It 
seems likely that the northern fauna of Appalachian origin was largely 
wiped out, and the survivors crowded with the boreal forms in a band 
along the States bordering the glaciated area. This comparatively 
recent concentration of the snail population southward gives at first the 
impression that the radiation of this element of our fauna was from 
the southeast, yet during the mild tertiary period favorable condi- 
tions certainly existed much farther north than at present, and 
there seems no more reason to postulate a southeastern than a north- 
eastern tertiary radiation. 

In the more elevated Rocky Mountain region there was obviously a 
more extensive glacial recession. Boreal genera and species were 
pushed at least as far as the Mexican boundary, where they still sur- 
vive at considerable altitudes. 

The Appalachian types of land snails now extend over all of the Alle- 
ghanian, Carolinian and Austroriparian zones; but within this area we 
must recognize several strongly individualized faunas characterizing 
mountainous tracts. These are as follows: 

I. The Austro-Appalachian fawna, comprising the eastern division of 
the Appalachian Mountains east of the valley of East Tennessee chiefly 
in North Carolina, south to Georgia. It is bounded on the north in 
Virginia and West Virginia by an Alleghanian zone fauna on the high- 
est ridges and a normal Carolinian at lower levels. The Austro- 
Appalachian fauna has been explored by Dr. Rugel, Mrs. George 
Andrews, Mr. Wetherby, Messrs. Walker, Sargent, Clapp, and the 
present authors. It is mapped as Transition and Boreal in Dr. 
Merriam’s Life Zone map of 1897. 

Il. The Cumberlandian fauna, including the western division of the 
Appalachian Mountain system in Kentucky, Tennessee and northern 
Alabama. ‘The limits of this fauna extend southwestward beyond the 
nucleus plotted as Transition in Merriam’s map. Our knowledge of 
this fauna is due to Lea, Binney, Bland, Wetherby, Harper and others. 
It has been neglected by the present generation of conchologists, but 
careful collections by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Smith are now in progress 
on its southern border (Alabama). 

Ill. The Ozarkian fauna, limited to the Ozark uplift, chiefly in 
Arkansas, but extending into adjacent States north and west. It is 
largely mapped as humid Upper Austral (= Carolinian) by Merriam. 

These three faunas possess but few species in common, aside from 


532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 
those widespread forms of the whole Carolinian zone, yet they have a 
similar facies, owing to the rich development of Stenotrema and toothed 
Zonitide, the relative scarcity of Pupillide, ete. It may be that the 
resemblances are due to parallelism in evolution of the faunas from a 
common source, yet the possibility may be entertained that the 
Mississippi embayment, which isolates the Ozark uplift, was crossed 
by a ridge, permitting rock-living snails to emigrate west from the 
Cumberland plateau, at some period in tertiary time. This is a geo- 
logical question aside from our present purpose.‘ There is no mention- 
able trace of Boreal zone elements in any of the three southern moun- 
tain faunas; and no ground exists in the molluscan fauna. for mapping 
even the highest peaks as Canadian or Alleghanian. 

The Ozarkian fauna is thus one of several mountain faunas of com- 
mon origin, all traceable to the Appalachian tertiary radiation. The 
limits of this fauna can be mapped only after much more field investi- 
gation, but roughly it includes the broken country of southern Mis- 
souri, a small area in southeastern Kansas, the hilly eastern part of 
Indian Territory, and the greater part of Arkansas, east as far pos- 
sibly as the 500-feet contour line; but data are absolutely lacking for 
the definition of its eastern boundary in Arkansas. We know that on 
the opposite shore of the Mississippi there is no trace of Ozarkian 
forms. Possibly the upland region of northwestern Louisiana should 
be added. 

On the northwest, north, and northeast of the Ozark area the wide- 
spread Carolinian species rule; on the southeast and south the 
Austroriparian, and on the southwest the uttermost waves of Lower 
Sonoran life ripple against the rising Ozark mass. The several elements 
of the fauna are here listed. 

1. Species and subspecies confined to the Ozark fauna: 


Polygyra dorjeuilliana? Polygyra 7. deltoidea. 
d. sampsoni. 7. simpson. 
d. percostata. labrosa. 
d. perstriata. fraterna imperjorata. 
jackson. pulsbryt. 


4Dr. D. S. Jordan writes: ‘‘Streams of the Ozark Mountains similar in char- 
acter to the rivers of East Tennessee have an essentially similar fish fauna 
although between the Ozarks and the Cumberland range lies an area of lowlan' 
bayous into which such fishes are never known to penetrate.’’ (Science Sketches). 
He suggests that the time of mingling across the lowlands may have been when 
the intervening region had a colder climate. aT. | 

5 This species spreads southward as far as Galveston, etc., but it is listed here 
because it is an abundant Ozarkian form, and has three races confined to that 
area. 


1906. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 533: 


Polygyra uncijera. Polygyra indianorum. 
blandiana. t. lioderma. 
inflecta media. binneyana. 
edentata. b. chastatensis. 
e. magazinensis. kiowaensis. 
obstricta occidentalis. Gastrodonta demissa brittst. 
neglecta. Omphalina fuliginosa ozarkensis. 
cragint. Vitrea aulacogyra. 
exoleta ozarkensis. significans. 
dwvesta. simpsont. 


2. Carolinian species occurring in the Ozark uplijt or on its borders 
(many of them extending also into the Austroriparian or Sonoran, 
the latter marked S.): 


Polygyra stenotrema. Euconulus chersinus dentatus. 
jraterna. Agriolimax campestris (S.). 
appressa. Pyramidula solitaria. 

a. perigrapta. alternata. 

inflecta. perspectiva. 

elevata. Helicodiscus parallelus. 
albolabris allen. Philomycus carolinensis. 
thyroides. Pupoides marginatus (S.). 
clausa. Bijidaria armifera (S.). 

Circinaria concava. contracta (S.). 

Omphalina fuliginosa. procera (S.). 
friabilis. pentodon Say (S.). 

Gastrodonta ligera. tappaniana Ad. (S.). 

Zonitoides arborea (S.). Cochlicopa lubrica.® 
minuscula (S.). Vallonia parvula. 

Vitrea hammonis.® Succinea retusa. 
indentata (S.). ovalis Say. 
petrophila. grosvenori (S.). 
multidentata. avara (S.). 


3. Austroriparian and Sonoran species (the latter marked S§.),. 
extending into the Ozark uplift or to its borders. 


*These are more properly Boreal species, extending downward, however. 
through and below the Alleghanian (Transition) zone. 


534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Helicina orbiculata tropica (S.). Bulimulus dealbatus. 

Polygyra texasiana (8.). Zonitoides singleyana. 
triodontoides. Euconulus chersinus trochulus (S.). 
leporina. Vertigo rugosula. 
jraterna. Strobilops labyrinthicus terasianus 
f. friersoni. (S.) 

j. alicie. Helicina orbiculata tropica ‘Jan.’ 
Pfr. (S.) 


About 36 per cent. of the total number of land snails listed are thus 
peculiar to the Ozark fauna; but when its boundaries come to be more 
exactly defined, and the finger-like extensions of the Austroriparian 
and Sonoran areas along the river bottoms are eliminated, the propor- 
tion of special forms will probably be increased. 


Il. ANNnotTaTepD List oF SPECIEs. 


With few exceptions, only the species collected by the authors in 
March and April, 1903, are treated of here. For a full knowledge of the 
Ozarkian fauna up to this time, Papers 6, 9 to 25 of the Bibliogra- 
phy appended must be consulted in connection with this. 

The specimens reported below were collected by the authors, except 
when another collector’s name is given in parenthesis. Unless other- 
wise stated, all records are from specimens, not from the literature. 
Helicina orbiculata tropica ‘Jan’ Pfr. 


Missouri: Chadwick, Christian Co. 
Arkansas: Rogers, Benton Co.; Blue Mt. Station, Logan Co. 
Indian Territory: Limestone Gan Choctaw Nation; Wyandotte. 


Polygyra texasiana (Moric.). 
Oklahoma City, Okla. (Ferriss). A form with rather weak, irrecu- 


larly developed striation, similar to the Texan transitions between 
P. texasiana and P. t. hyperolia. Also Petit Jean, Ark., and Limestone 
Gap, I. T. (Ferriss); found by Pilsbry at neither place. 

Mr. Sampson reports this species from Sebastian and Nevada Cos. 
Ark., and from Indian Territory, opposite Fort Smith, Ark. 


Polygyra dorfeuilliana Lea.’ Pl. XX, figs. 13, 14, 15, 16. 
This species is now known to us from the following localities: 


7 This species was named for Mr. Dorfeuille, of Cincinnati, proprietor of a 
museum and place of amusement known in 1827 as ‘‘Dorfeuille’s Hell.’’ Mrs. 
Trollope, in Domestic Manners of the Americans, states that ‘‘Cincinnati has 
not many lions to boast, but among them are two museums of natural history; 
both of these contain many respectable specimens, particularly that of Mr. Dor- 
feuille, who has moreover some highly interesting Indian antiquities. He is a 
man of taste and science. . . . . As Mr. Dorfeuille cannot trust to his 
science for attracting the citizens, he has put his ingenuity into requisition . . . 
He has constructed a pandemonium i in an upper story of his museum, in which he 
has congregated all the images of horror that his fertile fancy could devise, ”” ete. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 535 


Missouri: Warsaw, Benton Co.; Springfield, Green Co.; Chadwick, 
Christian Co. ; Seligman, Barry Co.; Current River, county not recorded. 
Mr. Sampson adds Camden, Howell, Douglas, Macdonald and Jasper 
counties (Nautilus, VIII, pp. 18, 19). Baker records Arcadia, Iron 
Co., and J. H. Britts found it in Henry Co. (Walker Coll.). 

Kansas: Arkansas City, Cowley Co. 

Arkansas: Mammoth Spring, Fulton Co.; Hardy, Sharp Co.; Eureka 
Springs, Carroll Co.; Rogers, Benton Co.; Van Buren Co.; Chester and 
Porter, Crawford Co.; Carrion Crow Mt., near Atkins P. O., Pope Co.; 
Gwynn and Poteau Mts., Sebastian Co.; Blue Mt. Station, Magazine 
Mt. and Petit Jean Mt., Logan Co.; Hatton Gap, Rich Mt. and Mena 
and Cove, Polk Co.; Gilham, Chapel Hill, Horatio and Ultima Thule, 
Sevier Co.; Morris Ferry and Rocky Comfort, Little River Co.; Hot 
Springs, Garland Co. It has, in addition to these places, been recorded 
from Hempstead, Nevada, Washington, Franklin, Pulaski, Johnson 
and Perry counties by Mr. Sampson. 

Indian Territory: Wyandotte, Wyandotte Nation; Fort Gibson, 
Cherokee Nation; Red Fork, Creek Co.; Eufaula, Sugar Loaf Mt., 
Wister, Poteau, Tushkahoma, Standley, Antlers and Limestone Gap, 
Choctaw Nation. 

Louisiana: Frierson and Nachitoches, Nachitoches Co.; De Soto Co. 
(Coll. B. Walker); Mt. Lebanon, Bienville Co. 

Texas: DeKalb, Bowie Co.; Cooke Co.;* Denison, Grayson Co.; Dal- 
las, Waco; Tarrant Co.;* Washington Co.;* Burleson ® and Brazos ° 
counties; Galveston. 

These places are plotted on the accompanying map, on which locali- 
ties for P. dorjeuilliana are represented by dots and the variety samp- 
soni by outlined dots. Henry and Camden counties, Mo., are the most 
northern localities known, and Arcadia, Iron Co., Mo., and the Current 
River are the easternmost. On the west it is known from Grouse 
Creek, near Arkansas City, Kan., and throughout the eastern half 
of the Indian Territory, and in Cooke Co. and Fort Worth, Tex. 
Southward it penetrates to Washington Co., Tex., in the latitude of 
Austin. 

This species thus inhabits an oblong area about 600 miles long and 
300 wide. In Missouri and Arkansas it is not known from the Missis- 
sippi lowlands, all known localities being above the 500 feet contour. 
In Louisiana and Texas, however, it descends to half that elevation, 


8 On the authority of Mr. J. A. Singley. 
® On the authority of W. G. Binney. 


536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


but yet, except at Galveston, where it may be imported, it seems to be: 
absent from the very wide and low Gulf border. 


Fig. 1—Distribution of Polygyra dorfewilliana Lea, known localities represented’ 
by dots. 


The variety sampsoni Wetherby, by its more uncoiled spiral, is a 
more evolved or accelerated race than typical dorfewilliana. It occu- 


1906.} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 537 


pies the northern central portions of the area, while the less evolved 
typical form is peripheral. There is, however, no line to be drawn 
between them, as in many places both forms and the intergrades 
occur together, and in the Choctaw Nation especially, most specimens 
are intermediate in size of the umbilicus. 

Tn 1903 we took the species at eleven localities in Missouri, Arkansas 
and Indian Territory. Some of the specimens from the bluff along 
Grand River at Wyandotte, near the northeast angle of Indian Terri- 
tory, are the largest I have seen, and also the most extreme of the 
sampsont form, diameter 8 to 9.3 mm. (Pl. XX, figs. 17,18,19). Those 
. from Limestone Gap, Indian Territory, and Magazine Mt., Ark., are 
intermediate in characters. At Mammoth Spring, Fulton Co., north- 
east Arkansas. only typical dorfewilliana was taken, the shells being 
‘small, 6.7 mm. diam. (PI. XX, fig. 12). This is exactly the size given 
by Lea for the type, .3 inch. 

In originally describing this species, Dr. Lea gave the locality as 
**Ohio, Mr. Dorfeuille, Cincinnati.’? Mr. W. G. Binney states that 
‘‘Mr. J. G. Anthony obtained from Mr. Dorfeuille some facts concern- 
ing the original discovery of this species, which prove beyond all doubt 
that it was accidentally brought from Kentucky.’’ It is on the 
strength of this that he reports it from ‘‘ Kentucky, opposite Cin- 
cinnati.’’ Binney alsorecords dorfeuilliana from ‘‘Coosa River, Ala- 
bama.’’ 

A somewhat extensive correspondence with active collectors has 
failed to bring out any definite locality for dorfewilliana in Kentucky, 
Tennessee or Alabama. Inquiry among Cincinnati conchologists has 
elicited no further confirmation of Mr. Dorfeuille’s Kentucky record. 
Mr. Bryant Walker writes: ‘‘There are no P. dorfeuwilliana from east of 
the Mississippi, so far as I can find, in the Wetherby collection. I 
have two specimens labelled ‘Ky.’ sent me years ago by Anthony, 
‘and one from the Lathrop collection from ‘Wn. Tennessee.’ ”’ 

Dr. W. H. Dall, of the U. S. National Museum, under date of October 
21, 1905, writes: ‘‘I have looked over our series of dorjewilliana Lea. 
One, marked by Lea ‘type,’ has the locality ‘Cincinnati,’ but the 
label records no collector’s name, but the original description credits 
it to Dorfeuille. There is also a fragment from Florida named by 
Binney dorjeuilliana, but which in my opinion is a fragment of avara. 
The first is No. 116,779, the other 47,318. We do not have it from 
Alabama. All our series are from Indian Territory, Arkansas, Louisi- 
ana, Texas. I feel quite confident the Ohio or Kentucky locality is 
erroneous.” 


538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Mrs. George Andrews informs us that no specimens from east of the 
Mississippi have come to her knowledge aside from the records in Mr. 
Binney’s work, already alluded to. 

It is our experience that in the trans-Mississippian region where P. 
dorfeuilliana occurs it is a common snail, readily found in all suitable 
stations, and often in considerable quantity. It is not one of the 
snails occurring only in restricted localities and requiring special search 
to find. It seems therefore doubtful whether its range really extends 
east of the Mississippi at all; and until some definite cis-Mississippian 
locality for it is put on record, we are disposed to erase Ohio, Kentucky, 
Tennessee and Alabama from the ascertained range of the species. : 

The variety percostata Pils.1° (Pl. XX, fig. 23) was based on 
specimens from the Red River in southwest Arkansas, in which the 
riblets of the upper surface continue over the base, which is strongly 
and coarsely rib-striate. The sculpture, however, varies a good deal, 
even in the original lot of several hundred specimens, most of which 
are as smooth as the ordinary form of dorfewilliana. The umbilicus, 
while variable in width, is never so wide as in typical sampsoni. The 
diameter is from 7 to 9 mm. 

We hesitate now to treat P. d. percostata as a subspecies, yet the 
tendency in this local race to produce a sculptured base is not present 
in a great number of other colonies of dorfewilliana which have been 
studied in thousands of specimens. 

P.d. perstriata n. subsp. Pl. XX, figs. 24 (type), 20, 21, 22. 

Another incipient race of P. dorfeuilliana from Tushkahoma and 
Poteau, Indian Territory, is open below like P. d. sampsoni, but the 
base is finely and densely striate. In a large series collected the 
sculpture varies but little. 

Other specimens from Mena, Ark. (Pl. XX, figs. 20-22) are smaller, 
and vary to forms with less distinctly striate base. 

Polygyra jacksoni (Bland). Pl. XX, figs. 1-5. 

The axis in this species is distinctly perforate at all stages of growth. 
The upper lip-tooth is deeply placed and very oblique. Viewed from 
the inside, the spire and parietal wall removed, it is seen to be 
a narrow oblique lamina. There is no tubercle on the columella inside, 
at least in the specimens I have opened. The diameter varies ordi- 
narily from 6.5 to 7.5 mm. 

The type locality is Fort Gibson, I. T. We collected it copiously in 


0 Polygyra dorfeuilliana percostata Pils., Nautilus, XIII, p.37. Type loc., near 
Texarkana, Ark., on the Red River. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 539 


the Petit Jean Mts., Logan Co., Ark. A few were taken at Blue 
Mountain Station, Logan Co., Ark. ; and in Indian Territory, Wyandotte 
Nation, at Wyandotte, on the top of the bluff, in dry woods under 
stones. Someof them are very small, barely over 6 mm.diam. Speci- 
mens from Springfield, Mo., are also small, 6.6 to 7 mm. diam. 

The localities now known for P. jacksoni follow: 

Southwestern Missouri: Camden Co.;'! Dade Co.;' Ash Grove and 
Springfield, Green Co.; Jasper Co.; Barry Co.;'* Macdonald Co." 

Arkansas: Eureka Springs, Carroll Co.; Washington Co.;' Rogers, 
Benton Co.;” Porter and Chester, Crawford Co.; Van Buren Co.; 
Franklin Co. ;* Sebastian Co.;" Blue Mt. Station and Petit Jean Mts., 
Logan Co.; Rich Mt. and Mena, Polk Co.” 

Indian Territory: Wyandotte, Wyandotte Nation; Fort Gibson, 
Cherokee Nation; Poteau, Choctaw Nation.” 

The range of the species eastward in northern Arkansas remains to 
be mapped. On the south its limit is apparently indicated with ap- 
proximate accuracy, since the explorations of Mr. Ferriss in Arkansas 
south of Polk county, and of both of us in the adjacent portions of 
Indian Territory, failed to bring P. jacksoni to light. 


Polygyra jacksoni deltoidea (Simpson). Pl. XX, figs. 6, 7. 
Helix (Polygyra) jacksoni var. deltoidea Simps., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1888, 
p. 450. 


Similar to P. jacksoni, except that the front edge of the parietal 
callous is very thick and raised in an erect triangle. Alt. 3.5, diam. 8 
mm., or smaller, diam. 7.5mm. This form has been found only near 
Fort Gibson, I. T. It has not before been illustrated. The figures are 
from cotypes. 

Polygyra jacksoni simpsoni n. subsp. PI. XX, figs. 8, 9, 10, 11. 

Larger than P. jacksoni and wholly imperforate, though the axis is 
hollow except in the last whorl, and the young shells therefore are 
perforate. The aperture does not differ from that of P. jacksoni, but 
there is a small tubercle within on the columella, seen upon breaking 
into the base. Whorls 5}. Alt. 4.7, diam. 9.3 mm. The largest 
specimen taken measures 9.5 mm. diam., the smallest 8.3 mm. 

The types were taken by us near Wyandotte, Wyandotte Nation, 
in the northeast angle of Indian Territory, on the south bank of Grand 
River, on a steep rocky bluff facing north. Mr. Simpson found this 
form near Fort Gibson, I. T., and it may be what Sampson refers to as 


1 Recorded on the authority of Mr. F. A. Sampson, 
” Recorded on the authority of J. H. Ferriss. 


540 PROCBEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


a large form of P. jacksoni which he took on the bluffs of the Arkansas 
River at Van Buren, Crawford Co., and in Sebastian Co., Ark., but we 
have not seen his specimens. 

At Wyandotte P. 7. simpsoni alone is found on the bluff facing the 
river, while the small typical jacksoni occurs in the dry stony woodland 
at the summit of the bluff. In no case were the two forms found in 
company. 

Tn 1900 Mr. Ferriss took a specimen of this variety at Mena, Polk Co., 
Ark. (ef. Nautilus, XIV, p. 28, No. 72). 


Section Stenotrema Raf. 


Five species of this group are now known from the Ozark region: 
P. stenotrema, P. labrosa, P. blandiana, P. uncifera and several sub- 
species of P. fraterna. The common Eastern P. lirsuta is not known 
to enter the Ozarks. Mr. Sampson has recorded it from Sedalia, Mo., 
aplace well out of the Ozark fauna. P. fraterna, P. fraterna friersont 
and P. f. alicie are the only Stenotremes known to reach so far south- 
west as Texas. 

Polygyra stenotrema (‘ Fér.’ Pfr-). 

Not a common snail in the Ozark region, so far as my experience 
goes. It does not appear in Mr. Singley’s Texas list, and I can find 
no Missouri record, though from its presence at Hardy and Wyandotte 
it may reasonably be expected over the State lines northward in both 
Missouri and Kansas, as well as in the still unknown eastern part of 
Arkansas. The following localities are represented by specimens 
before us: 

Arkansas: Hardy, Sharp Co. (Ferriss); Mabelvale, Pulaski Co. 
(C. W. Johnson); Petit Jean Mts., south of Hartford, Sebastian Co., 
one dead shell (Pilsbry and Ferriss); spur of the Chastat Mts., about 6 
miles south of Mena, Polk Co. (Ferriss) ; to which Mr. Sampson adds the 
records Clark, Garland and Independence counties. 

Indian Territory: Wyandotte, Wyandotte Nation (Pilsbry and 
Ferriss); Fort Gibson, in the Cherokee Nation (E. W. Hubbard). It 
was also taken at the latter place by C. T. Simpson in 1888. 


Polygyra labrosa (Bland). 


Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1903, p. 202, pl. 9, figs. 4-6. 
Helix labrosa Bld., Ann. Lye. N. H. of N. Y., VII, 1862, p. 107, pl. 4, fig. 19. 


Tn 1903 we took this species at eight places in Missouri, Arkansas and 
Indian Territory. It is quite abundant in most places, and varies but 
slightly. The recorded range of P. labrosa east of the Mississippi in 
Tennessee and Alabama (see Bland) rests solely upon data and speci- 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 541 


mens furnished by our conchological forefathers, and no localities 
more definite than the States mentioned have been given. It may be 
that the eastern range claimed for this species and Polygyra dorfeuwilli- 
ana will prove to be without foundation in fact. In the West its 
actually ascertained range is as follows. Except where otherwise 
stated, we have examined specimens from the localities mentioned: 

Missouri: Camden, Benton, Macdonald and Jasper counties; 
Springfield, Green Co. ;* Marble Cave near Galena, Stone Co. ; Seligman, 
Barry Co.; Chadwick, Christian Co.; Cedar Gap, Wright Co." 

Arkansas: Mammoth Spring, Fulton Co.; Eureka Springs, Carroll 
Co.; Rogers, Benton Co.; Van Buren™ and Chester,‘ Crawford Co.; 
Washington, Franklin, “Conway,'*Perry,and Independence?* counties; 
Carrion Crow Mt.,"* Pope Co.; Hot Springs, Garland Co.; Washita 
Springs, Montgomery Co.; Little Rock, Pulaski Co.; Magazine Mt., 
from the summit down, and Petit Jean Mts., Logan Co.; Poteau Mts., 
south of Gwynn P. O., Hartford Sta., Sebastian Co. 

Indian Territory: Sugar Loaf Mt., northwest of Gwynn P. O., Ark. 

These localities are all in the hilly or mountainous country, chiefly 
in central and western Arkansas, barely reaching over the State 
border on the west, but extending some distance north into Missouri. 
Nowhere does the species approach the lowlands of the Mississippi, so 
far as we know at present; but we are still practically without data on 
the land molluscan fauna of eastern Arkansas. 

In his original description Bland mentioned four localities for P. 
labrosa: Washita Springs and Hot Springs, Ark., Tennessee and Ala- 
bama. As neither was designated as typical, I would suggest that 
Hot Springs, Garland Co., Ark., be selected as the type locality. It 
has been collected there by Ferriss and others. 

There is a Helix labrosa of Wood, Index Testaceologicus, Suppl., p. 24, 
pl. 8, fig. 69 (1828), which seems to be identical with Buliminus labiosus 
Mull. 

P. (Stenotrema) edgariana might be supposed to inhabit Arkansas, 
from the range given by Binney, Man. Amer. Land Shells, p. 275, but 
it has not to my knowledge been found west of the Mississippi River, 
and I doubt its occurrence there. 


8 Recorded from this locality on the authority of Mr. F. A. Sampson. 
s Recorded from this locality on the authority of J. H. Ferriss. 
*® Recorded from this locality on the authority of Thomas Bland. 

36 


542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Polygyra monodon (Rack.). 
Helix monodon Rackett, Linnean Trans., XIII, 1822, p. 42, pl. 5, fig. 2. 
Sianrene monodon var. leaii Ward, Binney, Man. Amer. Land Shells, p. 281, 
Paes Pils., Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1900, p. 454. 

The southern range of typical P. monodon (Stenotrema leai of authors) 
seems to barely reach the Ozark region. Mr. F. A. Sampson records it 
from Sedalia, Pettis Co., and Lamar, Barton Co., Mo., and Carroll, 
Benton, Washington and Nevada counties, Ark.; also Neosho Co., 
Kan. Wehave notourselves seen Arkansas specimens. The following 
subspecies replace P. monodon in the Southwest. 

Polygyra fraterna friersoni Pils. 
Nautilus, XIII, p. 36 (1899); Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1900, pp. 454-456. 

The shell is perforate or rarely closed, with 64 whorls, a long fulerum, 
much longer than in P. }. imperforata, and no distinct notch at the 
base of the columella. It is larger than P. f. alicia with more whorls. 
Numerous localities are given in Pilsbry’s paper of 1900, to which the 
following may be added: Fayette Co., Tex., and Nashville, Tenn., 
in an open field, collected by A. G. Wetherby. This is the only locality 
known east of the Mississippi River. The type locality is Frierson, La. 
Polygyra fraterna (Say). 

It is somewhat peculiar that this form turns up in central Texas, 
where it was taken by us at and near New Braunfels, and by Pilsbry at 
Austin about 14 years ago. 

Polygyra fraterna imperforata Pils. 
Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1900, p. 455; 1903, p. 204. 

We took this form on the Poteau Mts., south of Gwynn P. O. (Hart- 
ford Station), Sebastian Co., Ark. It is known also from Rich Mt. and 
Mena, Polk Co., and Rocky Comfort, Little River Co., Ark. One 
of the types from the last locality measures: alt. 7.7, diam. 10.5 mm. 
to alt. 6.7, diam. 9 mm. 

Polygyra fraterna alicia Pils. 
Helix monodon var. alici@ Pils., Man. Conch., VIII, p. 152. Feb. 25, 1893. 
Polygyra monodon alicie Pils., Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1900, pp. 454-456; 1903, 
p. 204. 

This form is typically small and elevated with very convex base, 
narrowly perforate axis, and 53 to 6 whorls. The degree of elevation 
varies a good deal. The fulcrum is long and strongly notched above 
and below. The basal lip has a more or less strongly developed 
flange on its face, somewhat as in P. vultuosa, with a notch where it 
ends at the columella. Specimens of the type lot from Lake Charles, 
La., measure from 5 x 7 mm. to 5.7 x 7.8 mm. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 543 


We took this subspecies at the following localities: Monett, Barry 
Co., Mo.; Petit Jean Mts., Sebastian Co., Ark.; Wyandotte, Vinita, 
Wister, South McAlester and Limestone Gap, Indian Territory. 

It is before us from three localities near the northeastern angle of 
Texas: Gainesville, Cass Co. (Ragsdale); Wood Co. (R. Walton Coll.) ; 
and DeKalb, Bowie Co. (Ferriss). 

Polygyra obstricta occidentalis n. subsp. Pl. XXII, figs. 30, 31, 32. 

Shell imperforate, shightly convex or nearly flat above, very convex 
beneath ; similar to the more strongly carinate form of P. 0. carolinensis, 
but differing by the reduced teeth, those of the lip being very small 
or vestigeal. Surface rib-striate, very minutely and densely papillose 
between the riblets, not coarsely roughened as in obstricta. Whorls 44 
to nearly 5, the last slightly descending in front. 

Alt. 7.7, diam. 18.7 mm. 

Alt. 8.2, diam. 17.8 mm. 

Alt. 7, diam. 17 mm. 

Alt. 7.5, diam. 16.5 mm. 

Northern Arkansas, probably from near Benton, Saline Co. Col- 
lected by Prof. Stuart Weller. Collections of Ferriss and A. N.S. Phila. 

This form is readily distinguishable by its dwarf stature and much 
reduced lip-teeth. It is less acutely keeled than typical P. obstricta. 
It is evidently what Mr. Sampson® reports from Independence Co., 
Ark. He found one specimen 20.5 mm. in diameter. 

P. obstricta carolinensis (Lea) extends westward in the South to 
Grand Cane, De Soto Co., La., where it was collected by Mr. George 
Williamson. Typical P. obstricta has not, I believe, been found west 
of the Mississippi River. 

Polygyra inflecta (Say). Pl. XXII, fig. 1. 

Missouri: Chadwick, Christian Co. 

Arkansas: Rogers, Benton Co.; Blue Mountain Station and Maga- 
zine Mountain, both on the north and south sides of the summit, and 
Petit Jean Mts., Logan Co.; Poteau Mountain, south of Gwynn P.O. 
(Hartford Station), Sebastian Co. 

Indian Territory: Wyandotte, along the Grand River, Wyandotte 
Nation; Sugar Loaf Mt., Wister and Limestone Gap, Choctaw Nation. 

This common snail was everywhere found in abundance; and since 
in various places it has diverged to form local races or species, some 
account of its variation may be timely. The type locality given by 
Thomas Say is ‘‘lower Missouri’’—that is, along the Missouri River 


%® Mollusca of Arkansas, 1893, p. 186 


544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


within the State of Missouri. The type specimen measures alt. 6.2, 
diam. 11.25 mm., with 5 whorls. The outer lip-tooth recedes a little 
and is somewhat broad and rounded. The lower or basal tooth is 
marginal, decidedly narrower than its fellow, and tubercular. The 
notch between the two teeth is squarish and decidedly wider than deep. 
See Pl. XXII, fig. 1. 

In the stony ravines of the Ozark system at Chadwick, Mo., the 
extensive series collected shows two forms, which we will call 1 and 2, 
occurring in the proportion of 13 of form 1 to 38 of form 2, or one to 
three. Form 1(P]. XXII, figs. 2,3) is nearly typical, but more frequently 
the outer tooth is as small as the basal. The size varies from 5.2 x 10 
to 7.3x12mm. Form 2 is more solid, with the aperture more con- 
tracted by larger teeth (Pl. XXII, figs. 4-6). The two lip-teeth are 
subequal, the basal one massive and broadly conic. The notch between 
them is narrower than in the type, and as deep as it is wide. No speci- 
mens reach the size of form No. 1, the extremes measuring 5 x 9 and 
5.3x10mm. Whether these two forms occurred together or in sepa- 
rate colonies was not noted. 

The forms from other localities mentioned above vary from typical 
to a condition of teeth intermediate between the two forms described. 
Thus at Wyandotte, near the northeast angle of Indian Territory, 
intermediate specimens occur in profusion (Pl. XXII, figs. 7, 8). 
Among them was a mutation with the basal tooth obsolete, singularly 
like P. smithi Clapp, except in the smaller size, diam. 10.4 mm. (fig. 9). 

On the northern side of the cliff defining the summit plateau of 
Magazine Mountain it occurs adjacent to the locality for P. edentata 
magazinensis, though not actually associated with it. The specimens 
here are mostly small, diam. 9.5 to 11.2 mm. On the drier and warm 
side south of the summit plateau and in the valley south of Blue Moun- 
tain Station, at the southern foot of the mountain, they are equally 
small. The largest injflecta we found were taken in the Petit Jean 
Mountains, about ten miles south of Magazine Mountain, where they 
measured 12.3 to 13.8 mm. diam., and usually have the basal lip. 
calloused on the axial side of the basal tooth. The crest behind the 
lip is also sharp and high. 

Polygyra inflecta media Pils. Pl. XXII, fig. 10. 
Pilsbry, Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1903, 197, in text. 
Lip-teeth reduced to small tubercles, but still stronger than in P. 


edentata. Seligman, Barry Co., Mo. (Ferriss, 1901). Types No. 
81 437 A. N.S. P., cotypes in Ferriss Coll. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545 


This is a further development of P. inflecta form No. 1, described 
above. 


Polygyra edentata (Sampson). Pl. XXII, figs. 11, 15, 16. 


Triodopsis edentata Sampson, Nautilus, III, p. 85, December, 1889. 

Triodopsis edentula Sampson, W, G. Binney, Third Supplement Terr. Moll., 
V, p. 190. 

Polygyra edentata Sampson, Pils., Man. of Conch, VIII, p. 154, pl. 50, figs. 
16-18; Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1903, p. 197. 


The original specimens came from the summit of the Boston Mts., 
at Winslow, Washington Co., Ark. Mr, Sampson found it also at 
Porter, Crawford Co., and Ferriss took specimens at Chester, in the 
same county. These localities afford specimens 12 to 14 mm. in diam. 

P. edentata differs from P. inflecta by the reduction of the two lip- 
teeth to small and inconspicuous prominences, which however occupy 
the positions of the prominent teeth in P. inflecta. The specimens 
from Chester have a somewhat sharper, higher crest behind the lip 
than the others. 


Polygyra edentata magazinensis n. subsp. PI. XXII, figs. 12, 13, 14, 17, 18. 

Similar to P. edentata, but more contracted behind the lip, and with 
the aperture less rounded, more triangular, the lower lip-tooth absent, 
replaced by a low, wide prominence nearer to the columellar end of the 
basal lip; seale-like cuticular processes well developed. 


ANT Gee 7 i de 6.7 a 6 6 mm. 
Diam 14 UPLD 133,33 13 1215) 12 ik 


Most of the series of 114 specimens measure from 13 to 14 mm. 
diameter. All agree in the shape of the aperture and peristome, 
which varies remarkably little. 

Magazine Mountain, Logan Co., Ark., in a talus of large rocks under 
the cliff on the north side of the summit plateau (Ferriss and Pilsbry 
March 28-30, 1903). We found a single dead specimen on the south side, 
near where the road ascends the cliff. 

The smallest specimens are distinctly angular at the periphery in 
front. 


Polygyra cragini (Call). 


Triodopsis cragini Call, Bull. Washb. Coll. Lab. N. H., I, No. 7, p. 202, fig}5. 
December, 1886 (banks of Chetopa Creek, Neosho Co., Kansas). al 


This small T’riodopsis varies but little so far as present collections 
indicate. It borders the Ozark elevation on the west, from Kansas to 
Texas and Louisiana, the localities known to us by specimens up to this 
time being as follows: 

Southeast Kansas: Nesoho Co. (Cragin); Thayer (Ferriss). 


546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Indian Territory: Vinita, Cherokee Co. (Pilsbry and Ferriss); Red 
Fork, Creek Co. (Ferriss); McAlester (C. T. Simpson), South McAlester 
(Pilsbry and Ferriss) and Choctaw City (Ferriss), Choctaw Country. 

Western Arkansas: Mena, Polk Co.; Ultima Thule, Sevier Co. (J. H. 
Ferriss); Rocky Comfort,” Little River Co. 

Northwestern Louisiana: Frierson, Nachitoches Co. (L. 8. Frierson). 

Northeastern Texas: Wood Co. (J. A. Singley). 

At South McAlester, I. T., we found it under stones and wood ona 
stony hillside, April 8, 1903. 

Polygyra hopetonensis (Shuttlw.). There is aset of four small speci- 
mens apparently of this species, stated on the label to be from Fort 
Gibson, I. T., received by A. D. Brown from E. W. Hubbard (No. 
4,718 A. N.S. P.). This is so far from the well-known range of the 
species (South Carolina to Florida) that we mention the matter merely 
to provoke further investigation. 

Polygyra neglecta Pils. Pl. XXII, figs. 19, 20, 21. 
Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1903, 196. 

This species is now known from the following localities: 

Missouri: Springfield, Greene Co. (Wetherby) ; Chadwick, Christian 
Co. (Ferriss and Pilsbry); near Marble Cave, not far from Galena, 
Stone Co. (Coll. A. N.S. ); Seligman, Barry Co. (Ferriss). 

Kansas: Fort Scott, Bourbon Co. (F. A. Sampson); Erie, Neosho Co. 
(Ferriss). 

Arkansas: Eureka Springs, Carroll Co. (Sampson); Rogers, Benton 
Co. (Ferriss and Pilsbry); Mammoth Spring, Fulton Co. 

Indian Territory: Wyandotte, Wyandotte Nation (Pilsbry and 
Ferriss). 

The range of the species indicated by these localities is a small area 
in the northern and northwestern outliers of the Ozark system, about 
200 miles in extent east and west, and about 120 miles north and south. 
Its distribution northward in Missouri remains to be determined; but 
southward in Arkansas and Indian Territory it probably does not 
range much farther, for it would hardly have escaped the notice of 
Messrs. Sampson, Simpson, Ferriss and myself. 

: Several specimens from Mammoth Spring, Fulton Co., near the 
northern boundary of Arkansas, are not quite typical, yet are decidedly 
nearer to neglecta than to P. fraudulenta. Whether P. neglecta will stand 
as a species or be reduced to the rank of a subspecies of P. jraudulenta 
remains to be seen when good collections from the intermediate region 
between its area and the Mississippi River can be examined. 


1 Reported by Mr. Ferriss, who also gives the locality Hardy, Ark. 


he 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547 


Polygyra kiowaensis (Simpson), Pl. XXI, figs. 13, 17-20. 


Helix (Mesodon) kiowaénsis Simpson, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 450. 
Pilsbry, Man. Conch., VIII, p. 155, pl. 50, figs. 13-15, with var. arkansaensis, 
p. 156, pl. 50, figs. 11, 12. 

Helix (Mesodon) kiowaénsis Simps., Pilsbry, Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1889, p. 414, 
pl. 12, figs. 11, 12 (jaw and teeth). 

Polygyra (Mesodon) kiowaénsis Simpson var. arkansaensis Pils., Nautilus, 
IV, p. 131 (March, 1891). 

Mesodon kiowaénsis Simpson var. arkansaensis Pils., Sampson, Moll. of 
Arkansas, p. 192. 


This is a solid, compact little ‘‘Mesodon,” readily distinguished from 
P. binneyana and from the small umbilicate form of P. indianorum by 
its wide spire and narrower last whorl, and by the very narrow expan- 
sion of the internally thickened lip, which is without traces of teeth. 

It was originally found at Kiowa and Limestone Gap, I. T., two 
stations (not towns) on the M. K. & T. R. R., where Mr. C. T. Simpson 
collected in 1888. A single bleached shell was taken at Eufaula, I. T. 

In 1903 we worked a few days, April 9-11, at and near the Gap, and 
on the adjacent Sandstone ‘‘Mountains’’ immediately eastward. 
Helices were found chiefly under stones, together with copperheads 
and rattlesnakes. We found P. kiowaénsis very rare. Pilsbry got two 
living ones, one of them not full grown, and four dead shells, three of 
them more or less broken; Ferriss a few more. In all of them the 
umbilicus is slightly narrower than in a cotype from Kiowa received 
from Mr. Simpson (Pl. XXI, fig. 20). 

On the dry southern slope of Magazine Mountain, Logan Co., Ark., 
we found several dead and bleached shells similar to those from Lime- 
stone Gap, only two entire and one broken, although a great deal of 
time and labor was spent in the search. They occurred around and 
under rocks (Pl. X XI, fig. 13). 

The only other locality known is from near Hot Springs, Garland Co., 
Ark., where Mr. Sampson in 1890 found the types of what was described 
as var. arkansaénsis (Pl. XXI, figs. 17,18). These specimens are some- 
what more robust than the types of kiowaénsis, with the aperture 
slightly larger and the umbilicus smaller. The specimens collected by 
us at Magazine Mountain and Limestone Gap demonstrate however 
that the differences in the umbilicus and the shape of the mouth are 
inconstant; and we are now convinced that the varietal distinction is 
untenable. The name arkansaénsis should therefore be dropped. 

The scarcity of specimens at the three widely separated localities 
known, while many intermediate localities have been carefully searched 
for snails, shows P. kiowaénsis to be one of the rarest of American Helices. 

Measurements of the specimens in Coll. A. N. 8. follow, the dimen- 
sions of aperture including the peristome: 


548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Alt. Diam Aperture Umbilicus. 

Hot Springs.............. 9.5 16 7.2x9 1.5 mm. 

> 10 16 SP acne ay 

Magazine Mt............. | oe ee i nee - 
2 2 lelix : 

IO Wa ee ee 8.8 14.5 6.2x7.9 Shas 

[ Ce 16 6.7x9 Nae 

Limestone Gap......... J ee a aa He : 
: x if 

ee 13.3 Gerry rllel eens 


The number of whorls varies from 54 to 54. 


HR Pilsbry and Ferriss. Pl, XXI, figs. 9, 10, 11 (Petit Jean Mts.), 12 (Sugar 
Pils., Nautilus, XIII, p. 38 (August, 1899); Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1900, p. 
451, 1903, p. 201. Ferriss, Nautilus, XIV, pp. 26, 27, 28 (July, 1900). 

This beautiful species is closely related to P. indianorum, but is 
readily distinguished from the typical form of that species by its open 
umbilicus. It is equally easy to separate it from P. kiowaénsis by the 
larger aperture and comparatively narrower lip, which is less thickened 
within and more reflexed. It is found only on the mountains,® so far 
as our experience goes, and chiefly under large stones. It commonly 
does not seem to be found in the same localities with P. indianorum, 
either the one or the other occupying the ranges where we collected 
in 1903. Ferriss however got both at Tushkahoma, I. T., a year or 
two previously. It is now known from the following localities, all 
of them south of the Arkansas River: 

Arkansas: Magazine Mt., Logan Co.; Petit Jean Mts., at the south 
border of Logan Co., or the northwestern border of Yell Co. (Ferriss 
and Pilsbry); Mena, Hatton’s Gap and Rich Mt., Polk Co., and Gil- 
ham and Horatio, Sevier Co. (Ferriss). 

Indian Territory: Sugar Loaf Mt. and Wister, Choctaw Nation 
(Ferriss and Pilsbry); Tushkahoma (Ferriss); Poteau, 21-24 mm. 
diam. (Ferriss). 

The specimens from Indian Territory are much smaller than those 
from Arkansas, as may be seen from the following table, from which the 
variation curves may readily be plotted. At Sugar Loaf Mt. the mode 
is at 19.5 mm. and the largest specimen measures 23 mm. in diam., 
while in Arkansas the mode is at 24 to 26 mm., and the largest speci- 
men measures 28.2 mm. Curiously enough, at Tushkahoma, where the 
largest P. indianorum were found, P. binneyana was small. 


18 Ferriss reports it living under stones in creek bottoms in Sevier and Polk 
counties, Arkansas. Nautilus XIV, 26-28. 


eee 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 549 


The locality ‘‘Hardy, Sharp Co.’’ given in the original description, 
may possibly be due to an error of some sort, as that place seems out 
of the general range of the species; yet until a further search is made 
there, we are not justified in omitting the locality. 


Measurements of Polygyra binneyana. 


Petit 
Sugar rs Maga- | ,.- lee 
Diam. in mm. ‘Loaf Mt., Ma ™ ey zine Mt., ee ee 
Liga be nee Ark. | 


P. binneyana chastatensis n. subsp. Pl. XXI, fig. 16. 


In the Chastat Mountains, four miles south of Mena, Polk Co., Ark., 
Mr. Ferriss found a small race in which the lip is comparatively much 
wider than in typical P. binneyana, but yet differs from P. kiowaénsis by 
being strongly reflexed. Types 78,655 A. N.S. P. 

Alt. 11, diam. 20 mm., whorls fully 5. 

Alt. 10.5, diam. 17.7 mm., whorls 5. 

Alt. 9.5, diam. 17.7 mm., whorls 43. 

This is the smaller variety mentioned by Ferriss, Nautilus, XIV, p. 29. 


550 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Polygyra indianorum Pils. Pl. X XI, figs. 1, 2 (Tushkahoma), 3-8 (Limestone Gap). 


P. divesta indianorum Pils., Nautilus, XIII, p. 39. Ferriss, Nautilus, XIV, 
p. 28 (July, 1900). 
P. indianorum Pils., Proc. A. N.S. P., 1903, p. 200. 


This species is still known from only a small area, the localities being 
as follows: 

Arkansas: Poteau Mts., south of Hartford Station (Gwynr P. O.), 
Sebastian Co., on steep slopes under stones (Ferriss and Pilsbry), 
April 5, 1903. 

Indian Territory: Tushkahoma, Standley and Poteau (Ferriss); 
Limestone Gap (Simpson, Ferriss and Pilsbry). 

At Limestone Gap, on the line of the M. K. & T. R. R., we found P. 
indianorum the commonest species, though living ones were hard te 
get. The shells are smaller than at Tushkahoma, rarely over 22 mm. 
diam., and about 60 per cent. of the whole number taken have the 
umbilicus more or less open. There is a perfect series of gradations. 
from imperforate to as widely umbilicate as P. binneyana; only three 
shells of those found by Pilsbry were so open as this, and as they were 
specially looked for, the actual proportion is probably less than 3 per 
cent. 

These umbilicate shells, taken by themselves, might be considered 
to be P. binneyana were it not that they connect with imperforate 
indianorum by an unbroken series of intergrades, and moreover even 
those most like binneyana have the columella perceptibly more widely 
dilated. 

It will be seen by the table of measurements that all the specimens 
from Limestone Gap plotted together would form a curve with two 
nearly equal, strongly marked modes at the diameters 18 and 21 mm. 
Separated into three series according to the condition of the umbilicus, 
it is apparent that the imperforate (typical) form is larger than the 
perforate, being from 18 to 22.5 mm. diameter, with the mode at 21 mm., 
while the perforate form is from 16 to 21 mm., with the mode at 18 mm., 
and the few really wmbilicate specimens are 16.3 to 16.8 mm. in diam- 
eter. This diminution of size correllated with a perforate or umbilicate 
axis may indicate that the Limestone Gap race is either undeveloped or 
retrogressive, assuming maturity while yet retaining a character of the 
stage of youth in the unclosed axis; the best nourished (largest) indi- 
viduals attaining the normal closed umbilicus, while in those less favored 
the closure is imperfect, and in only the most stunted snails is the umbili- 
cus open. 

A somewhat different view would be that the Limestone Gap series 
is in process of diverging to form two species, one larger and imper- 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 551 


forate, the other smaller and umbilicate; but as yet both characters 
intergrade, and all the forms certainly occur together. 


Measurements of Polygyra indianorum. 


i 
| rte eine Gi Tushka- | Poteau 
iam. i ; =| homa, Mts., 
IO eee eats te (Tecan | eet MU ee al | Ark’ 


ate. ate. cate. 


No. of variates.......... 45 60 5 24 16 


Polygyra indianorum lioderma Pils. Pl. X XI, figs. 14, 15. 
Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1902, p. 511. 

Red Fork, Creek Co., I. T. This form is intermediate between P. 
indianorum and P. roemeri, being much less regularly and less distinctly 
striate than the former. It has not before been figured. 

Polygyra roemeri (Pfr.) is a terminal member of the divesta-india- 
norum series, smoother than any of the more northern forms. 


Polygyra divesta (Gld.). 

This snail is now known from the following places. Names of the 
collectors are indicated by initials: F., Ferriss; P., Pilsbry;$., Sampson. 

Missouri: Springfield, Green Co. (F.); Cedar Gap, Wright Co. (F.); 
Chadwick, Christian Co. (F. and P.); Seligman, Barry Co. (F.); also 
reported from Jasper and Dade counties (S.). 

Kansas: Fort Scott, Bourbon Co. (S.). 


552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Arkansas: Rogers, Benton Co. (F. & P.); Eureka Springs, Carroll 
Co. (S.); Blue Mt. Station and Magazine Mt., Logan Co. (F. & P.); 
Carrion Crow Mt., Pope Co. (F.); Petit Jean, Yell Co. (F.); Hot Springs, 
Garland Co. (F., 8.); Mablevale, Pulaski Co. (C. W. Johnson) ; Washita 
Springs (Gould, type loc.); also reported from Crawford, Franklin, 
Sebastian and Conway counties (S.). 

Indian Territory: Fort Gibson, in the Cherokee country (EK. W. Hub- 
bard, C. T. Simpson). 

Louisiana: Grand Cane, De Soto Parish (Williamson). 

P. divesta has been reported from Bowling Green, Ky., by Miss 8. F. 
Price (Nautilus, XIV, 75), but I have not seen specimens from there and 
am not sure of the identification. It has also been recorded from 
“‘Vernon Co., Miss.,’’ but there is no county of that name in the State. 
No reliable record of its occurrence east of the Mississippi River exists. 

Throughout its range the species is very uniform in character, the 
diameter ordinarily being from 17 to 21 mm. At Chadwick, where 
nearly all land snails are dwarfed, the shells are remarkably small, a 
series of 23 measuring as follows: 

No. of specimens.................- 1 3 6 3 4 4 1 tal 
Diamar See 1806) 1475) oe 52 5 16 n 625 eles 
Polygyra albolabris alleni (Wetherby). 

Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1903, p. 197. 

Several small series were taken in 1903 showing variations similar to 
those discussed in a former paper. Aside from size the shells do not 
vary much. The diameters are tabulated below for ten localities 
where we took the species in 1903. 

Two large specimens from the north side of Magazine Mountain show a 
parietal tooth. We do not remember seeing this tooth developed in 
the trans-Mississippian race of albolabris hitherto. 

The largest specimens were taken on steep, damp and rocky northern 
slopes, without reference to elevation. At Wyandotte, at an elevation of 
about 900 feet above the sea, they live on the steep, rocky bluff facing the 
river. At Magazine Mountain the series of large shells came from the 
edges of the talus, just under the great sandstone cliff along the northern 
side of the pleateau summit, at an elevation of about 2,700 feet; while 
at an equal elevation on the dry south side, with the same sort of rock 
and abundant cover, the shells were small, 25 mm. diam., and at the 
base of the mountain still smaller, 24.5 mm. At Chadwick, where the 
country rock is limestone, the individuals are small, 22 to 25 mm. 

The size of individuals in this species and area seems to be dependent 
upon the abundance of cryptogamic food, and is therejore a junction of 


en ee 


7 oa 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 553 


S # lees B GP |) Ber 
- = On on ° ~ oS 
4 psy lice, el ash citer 2] len) Benue 
gS g||, ceo | Ee SSE | | Sa )|AL 
Di i Eo] 2 g< mR | Sie Bl Sk 5 Pat SS i 
jam. in mm. | 7 = Bon] 8 | bed] God] Se SH) g51 8 > 
oS 5 BR te | ao > a > a) 8 S| he 
a Se on sis) sis oo} 5 = eI 
‘S) =e | Ss!) w = Se (calea [La na 
] | ] 
i aE sae rey Pay | | 


the particular station rather than related to elevation or geologic for- 
mation. 

It is likely that the specimens from Seligman, Mo., which exhibited 
two sizes without intermediate forms, commented upon in these 
Proceedings for 1903, p. 198, were from two stations of diverse physical 
features. 

There has also been recorded from Daingerfield, Morris Co., Tex., 
a small form of albolabris, collected by Mr. W. L. McDaniel (J. A. 
Singley, Contrib. to Nat. Hist. of Texas, Mollusca, p. 305; Fourth Ann. 
Rep. Geol. Surv. of Texas, 1892). Mr. Singley also reports that a colony 
of P. albolabris from North Carolina has been established by Mr. 
Askew at Tyler, Smith Co., Tex. 


Polygyra zaleta ozarkensis n. subsp. Pl. XXII, figs. 26-29 


Mesodon exoletus Binn., Sampson, Preliminary List of the Mollusca of 
Arkansas, Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. of Ark. for 1891, II, p. 190. 


The shell is smaller than P. zaleta (Binn.), with the spire usually more 
elevated, having somewhat the aspect of P. elevata; whorls 54, more 
slowly increasing, the last, in dorsal view, narrower. Aperture with a 
larger parietal tooth; columellar prominence usually well developed. 
Bright yellow, usually with a pink under-tint showing through on the 
spire. The cuticle is often partly or wholly worn from living shells. 

Alt. 16.5, diam. 23 mm. 


554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Alt. 15.5, diam. 23.5 mm. 

Alt. 15.5, diam. 23 mm. 

Alt. 15.5, diam. 21.5 mm. 

Types No. 91,329, A. N.S. P., from Sugar Loaf Mt., Choctaw Nation, 
I. T., collected by Pilsbry and Ferriss, April 6 and 7, 1903. 

While readily distinguishable from typical P. zaleta (or exoleta, as it 
is commonly known), this form has much in common with the race of 
northern Alabama, such as Mr. H. E. Sargent found at Woodville. In 
Woodville shells also the parietal tooth is very large, and the size is 
ordinarily that of typical zaleta, though occasional dwarf specimens 
are not larger than the Ozark race. 

In fresh specimens of P. z. ozarkensis there is usually an appearance 
of angulation at the periphery in front, though no actual angle exists. 
The more elevated specimens might easily be mistaken for P. elevata, 
which however differs by its columellar plate, the irregular shape of 
the aperture and the more closely wound whorls. 

Typical P. zaleta we have seen from Black Hawk Hollow, Fort Madi- 
son, Lee Co., lowa (T. Van Hyning), but it has no extensive distribu- 
tion in Iowa. Binney reports it from Missouri, but all the specimens 
before us from that State are the variety ozarkensis. 

Binney specified no type locality for his Helix zaleta, merely stating 
that it is ‘‘common in the States bordering on the Ohio river, and in 
the western parts of Virginia and Pennsylvania.’’ In order to have 
a definite standard, Cincinnati, O., may be considered type locality, 
specimens from that place agreeing well with his description and 
figures. 

The following localities are now known for P. z. ozarkensis. Where 
no collector is mentioned the shells were taken by the authors: 

Missouri: Current River; Seligman, Barry Co.; Cedargap, Wright 
Co.; Springfield, Green Co. (S. Weller); Chadwick, Christian Co. 

Arkansas: Hureka Springs (Sampson); Mammoth Spring, Fulton 
Co.; Harrison, Boone Co. (Stuart Weller); Rogers, Benton Co.; Maga- 
zine Mt., Blue Mt. Station and Petit Jean Mts., Logan Co.; Mablevale, 
Pulaski Co. (C. W. Johnson); Little Rock; Poteau Mts., south of 
Gwynn P. O., Hartford Station, Sebastian Co.; Rich Mt. and Mena, 
Polk Co.; Little River, Little River Co. In addition to these places 
from which we have seen specimens, Mr. Sampson records P. ezxoleta 
from Washington Co, 

Indian Territory: Sugar Loaf Mt., close to the western boundary. of 
Sebastian Co., Ark.; Wyandotte. 


ne 


1906. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 555 


Measurements (diameter) of Polygyra zaleta ozarkensis. 


| 


© yy mn ~ 
oes S - : os oo AF ~ o As 

s [lao |S¥/ 85] 8s | 4a [2 a Sai 

ha || eh eSB ASP |S eet So Js 
Diam.inmm. | 2°] £°| & Si | Sa SoU le Oceeall cer || iesua 
; Sf gst) Gost | =| 8 SUN See I i | eae) Gh Lee 
Ss = Be) Ss] 8. | SS |e BS G | ws 
fs) 5 Sea | ec | et |[fo & {| se 

eS) nD =F = Sa} aes |e en ieee | 


| 


NON we 


Of this species only two or three, at most, of the lots taken are suffi- 
ciently large to be expected to yield normal curves. It would seem 
however that there is no difference in size between shells from the 
shady north side of the summit of Magazine Mountain and those from its 
dry southern slope. The Poteau Mountain and Petit Jean Mountain lots 
are from northern exposures, but these mountains are rather dry. The 
Sugar Loaf lot is from shady, leafy ravines, but not especially well 
watered ordamp. ‘The snail however is not one which affects moist or 
rocky situations. It lives preferably on slopes leaf-carpeted over a rich 
humus, and rolls out of the leaves where one is raking for Omphalina. On 
the north side of Magazine Mountain we took them on the leafy slope 
just below the great rock-talus. 

From localities in Arkansas other than those tabulated but few (one 
to three) specimens have been seen. They agree with those in the table 
with three exceptions: At Rich Mountain Mr. Ferriss took two speci- 
mens, 23.5 and 26 mm. in diam.; in Little River Co. three taken measure 
24.25 and 26.5 mm.; and two from Little Rock are large and heavy, 
26 and 27.5 mm. These larger shells approach the eastern P. zaleta, 
and indeed intergrade with that in size. 


Polygyra elevata (Say). Pl. X XU, figs. 22-25 (Hardy, Ark.). 
Sampson, Kansas City Review of Science and Industry, February, 1883, 
p. 551; Bull. Sedalia Nat. Hist. Soc., August, 1885, p. 19. (Sedalia, Mo.) 
Moll. of Arkansas, Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. 1891, p. 190. 


556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Simpson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 450. (Fort Gibson, I. T.) 
Call, Bull. Washburn College Laboratory of Nat. Hist., I, No. 7, p. 202, 
December, 1886. (Wyandotte, Kan.) 


Very few records have been made of the existence of this species 
west of the Mississippi River. The form from this region is in the 
average smaller than Eastern shells. Some care is required to dis- 
tinguish it from P. zaleta ozarkensis. A set of fine shells from Spring- 
field, Green Co., southwestern Missouri (A. G. Wetherby collection), is in 
the collection of Bryant Walker, who gives the following measurements: 
JANG eee 17 16.75 16 15.75 15 mm. 
IDEN sc 21.5 20.25 19.75 20.5 ADez3) 

Sampson records P. elevata from Sedalia, Mo. We have not seen 
specimens. One shell (Ferriss Coll.) was taken by Prof. Stuart Weller 
near or at Harrison, Boone Co., Ark., measuring 17 x 22.6 mm. At 
Hardy, Sharp Co., also in northern Arkansas, a series of five taken by 
Mr. Ferriss measure: 


ING ee 15.5 16 16 ilze 17 mm. 
Diam PHL ts) 20 20.5 PALS 22s 
Whorls...... 64 64 64 62 64 


Several of these are illustrated for comparison with P. z. ozarkensis, 
from which the greater number of whorls and the oblique, straightened 
basal lip, usually with a tooth and notch at its outer end, distinguish 
P. elevata. 

Other records from Arkansas are given by Mr. Sampson: Carroll, 
Crawford, Clark, Jackson Cos., and Augusta, Woodruff Co. (Call). He 
remarks that it is ‘‘found on low ground or adjacent thereto.’’ P. 
elecata seems to be a species which has penetrated only the northern 
edge of the Ozark region. The specimens reported from Fort Gibson, 
I. T., should be re-examined, for they may prove to be P. z. ozarkensis, 
a form easily mistaken for P. elevata. 

P. elevata occurs as a pleistocene fossil in the Mississippi river bluffs 
at Alton, Ill., and Natchez, Miss. 

Polygyra thyroides (Say). 

Taken by us at Chadwick, Christian Co., Mo.; Rogers, Benton Co., 
and Mammoth Spring, Fulton Co., Ark., and in Indian Territory at 
Wyandotte, Wyandotte Nation, Vinita, Cherokee Nation, and Wister, 
Choctaw Nation. Also at San Marcos, Hays Co., in central Texas, and 
reported by Ferriss from Smithville, Tex. 

Polygyra clausa (Say). 

Chadwick, Christian Co., Mo.; Mammoth Spring, Fulton Co., Ark.; 

Vinita, Cherokee Nation, I. T. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 557 


PUPILLID A. 
Pupoides marginatus (Say). 
Rogers, Benton Co., Ark.; Limestone Gap, Choctaw Nation, I. T. 


Bifidaria contracta (Say). 


Rogers, Benton Co., Ark.; Limestone Gap, I. T. 


Bifidaria armifera (Say). 
Chadwick, Christian Co., and Monette, Barry Co., Mo.; Rogers, 
Benton Co., Ark. ; Vinita and Limestone Gap, I. T. 
Bifidaria procera (Gld.). 
Rogers, Benton Co., Ark. 
Bifidaria pentodon (Say). 
Hillside along creek south of Blue Mountain Station, Logan Co., Ark, 


Vertigo rugosula Sterki. 
Limestone Gap, I. T., one specimen. 


Strobilops labyrinthioa texasiana Pils. and Ferr. 

Wyandotte and Limestone Gap, I. T. (Ferriss and Pilsbry); Fort 
Gibson (Hubbard). Silver Lake, Kan., and Pottawatomie Co., 
Okla. (J. B. Quintard). 


VALLONIIDA. 
Vallonia parvula Sterki. 
Fort Gibson, Cherokee Nation, I. T. (E. W. Hubbard, Coll. A. N.S. 
P.). This is the only Vallonia we have seen from Arkansas or Indian 
Territory. No other species or locality has been recorded. 


CIRCINARIIDZ. 
Circinaria concava (Say). 
Chadwick, Christian Co., Mo. Magazine Mt., Logan Co., Ark., 
north side of the summit; also on the south side. 


ZONITIDZA. 
Gastrodonta ligera (Say). 

We took this snail at Vinita, Cherokee Nation, I. T., in abundance. 
We have also seen specimens from Fort Gibson, I. T., taken by Mr. Simp- 
son in 1888. These points mark its western limit so far as known. 
Mr. Sampson reports it from five counties in Arkansas (Moll. of Ark., 
p. 182). Itis not known from southern Arkansas or Texas. 

In Louisiana and the adjacent part of Texas G. intertexta replaces 
ligera in the low country, but that species has not been found in the 
Ozark region. 

37 


558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Gastrodonta demissa brittsi (Pils.). 

Zonites brittsi Pils., Nautilus, V, p. 99, 1892 (Hot Springs, Ark.). 

Gastrodonta demissa var. lamellata Pils., Nautilus, XIII, p. 107, January, 
1900 (Tushkahoma and Poteau, I. T.). 

G. demissa and var. brittsi and lamellata Pils., Proc. A. N. 8. Phila., 1900, p. 
456; 1903, p. 213. Ferriss, Nautilus, XIV, July, 1900, p. 31. 

Zonites demissa Binn., brittsi Pils. and gularis Say, Sampson, Prelim. List 
Moll. of Ark.; Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. Ark. for 1891, Vol. II, pp. 182, 183, 


Nos. 5, 6, 16. 
Zonites acerra Lewis, Simpson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 451 (Fort 
Gibson, I. T.). 


The shell varies from imperforate to as widely perforate as G. 
demissa ; the periphery is well rounded in adults, and the basal and outer 
walls of the aperture have a white callous lining, showing yellow outside 
on the last third of the base, the rest of the shell being olivaceous. 
Young shells usually have at some stage of growth an entering callous 
lamella within the basal lip, at the position of the similar lamella in G. 
gularis. Alt. 6.5, diam. 10 mm., whorls 64. 

Type locality, Hot Springs, Garland Co., Ark.; distribution, the 
Ozark uplift in Arkansas and adjacent portions of Missouri and Indian 
Territory. 

This form has been much misunderstood, and no fewer than five 
names have been applied to it. It was not until the series collected 
by us in 1903 was studied that the problem reached solution. In any 
good series from one place, it is found that some shells possess the basal 
lamina within the mouth, and that while these shells may be of various 
sizes, they fall short of the maximum size of the toothless individuals found 
with them. Inthe fully adult shells from any colony the lamina has 
always been absorbed, so far as our experience goes. But specimens of 
any size may also want the lamina; so that the lamellate stage may be 
a transitory feature appearing sooner or later, or possibly it may not 
be developed at all in some individuals. 

In one lot of 24 shells from Hot Springs, the largest one showing a 
lamina is 8.5 mm. in diam., and the lamina is very low, hardly notice- 
able. All of the 7 from this size down to the smallest (5.5 mm.) are 
laminate, most strongly so in the youngest. None of the larger shells 
(16 individuals, up to 10 mm. diam.) show a lamina. Fig. 2 repre- 
sents a series of these shells, drawn to the same scale. 

The types of G. brittst were specimens just past the laminate stage, 
but still immature. 

In some colonies the laminate stage persists in somewhat larger 
shells than above indicated. 

The size of the umbilical perforation varies, and we do not now think 
that any racial distinction can well be based upon its variations. The 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559 


Fig. 2.—G. d. brittsi, Hot Springs; series showing changes with growth, x 4. 


subspecies differs from typical Eastern G. demissa chiefly by the usual 
development at some stage of the internal lamina, whereas we have never 
seen this structure in any Eastern examples of the species. 

G. d. brittst is a more primitive form than G. demissa, and its chief 
claim to renown is that it supplies the link between the toothed Gas- 
trodonts, such as G. gularis, and those without teeth, G. acerra, ceri- 
noidea, ligera and intertexta, with which demissa has hitherto been 
associated. When young, G. d. brittsi belongs to the dentate group, 
but adults qualify to enter another class.’ 

Like the Gastrodonts of the Appalachians, these Ozarkians vary 
interminably in minor features with locality. At Magazine Mt., 
Logan Co., Ark., we took it sparingly at all elevations. Also on the 
Petit Jean Mts., south of Magazine, where they are 9 to 10 mm. in 
diam., the young of 5 mm. being laminate. Also on the Poteau Mts., 
south of Gwynn, Sebastian Co., and on Sugar Loaf Mt., in Indian 
Territory, west of Gwynn, where those up to three-fourths grown are 
laminate. 

At Chadwick, Christian Co., Mo., there is a large acerra-like form, 
diam. 12 mm., with 64 whorls and coarse sculpture. Only a few were 
taken, none being of the laminate form. The identification of this lot 
remains a little uncertain. 

The largest specimens we have seen are from Mena, Polk Co., Ark., 
where they measure up to 8.5 x 14 mm., with 7 whorls. A young one, 
7.5 mm. diam., is laminate, as are all those of smaller size. The 


Tt may be noted that the ligera group was not included in Gastrodonta by 
Binney and former authors. It was transferred to that genus by Pilsbry some 
years ago on anatomic grounds. The conchologic connection is now established. 


560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Fig. 3—G. demissa brittsi, Mena, Ark. The outline figures are natural size. 


adults are very similar to G. acerra, and doubtless it was this form 
which Simpson records as acerra in his Indian Territory list. 

Numerous other localities for G. d. brittsi may be found in the works 
cited above, under the names demissa, britisi, lamellata, acerra and 
gularis. 

Zonitoides arborea (Say). 

Chadwick, Christian Co., Mo.; Magazine Mt. and Blue Mt. Station, 
Logan Co., Ark.; Vinita, Sugar Loaf Mt. and Limestone Gap, I. T. 

The specimens from the summit of Magazine Mountain are small with 
asmall umbilicus, and smoothish, glossy surface with the most delicate 
sculpture in place of the usual wrinkles. The very minute dense spiral 
striation is better developed than usual in Z. arborea. 

Zonitoides minuscula alachuana (Dall). 

We took this in Logan Co., Ark., at Magazine Mountain, both on the 
north and south sides of the summit; very scarce. This race differs 
from Northern Z. minuscula by its much wider umbilicus. It was origi- 
nally described from Alachua Co., Fla. 

Vitrea multidentata (Binn.). 
Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1903, p. 208, Pl. X, figs. 6, 6a. 

Magazine Mt., Logan Co., Ark., on rocks in the great talus of the 
cliff along the northern side of the summit. The specimens are very 
fine and typical, usually with two rows of five or six teeth each, but 
some show three rows. 

This is very much farther west than the species has hitherto been 
recorded, and is the only locality known west of the Mississippi River. 
Vitrea simpsoni (Pils.). 

V. significans and V. simpsoni have no spiral sculpture, only a faint 
fine granulation, when examined with a high power. The radial 
grooves of the upper surface are weaker in V. simpsoni than in V. 
significans, especially on the inner whorls. We took the typical form of 
V. simpsoni at Limestone Gap, I. T., and along a creek about ten miles 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561 


southwestward. The shells measure 4.5 to 5 mm. diam. and have 
nearly 54 whorls. 

_ At the following places a small race of V. simpsoni occurs. The 
largest shells are barely 4 mm. in diam., with 5 whorls. The umbilicus 
is smaller and the aperture less lengthened than in the typical form. 

Missouri: Chadwick. 

Arkansas: Rogers, Hardy, Blue Mountain Station, Petit Jean 
Mountains, Morris Ferry. 

Indian Territory: Wyandotte, Poteau. 


Vitrea aulacogyra n. sp. 

Shell similar to V. petrophila but very much larger, with sculpture of 
close, obliquely radial strie on the upper surface, the strie fine and 
‘close on the inner whorls, much coarser on the last; striz and interven- 
ing grooves about equal. Upper surface slightly convex, nearly flat. 
Whorls 54, very slowly widening, the last very much wider, rounded 
peripherally, the base smoothish, not distinctly striate. Aperture as in 
V. petrophila. Umbilicus slightly smaller in proportion, one-fourth 
the diameter of the shell. 


Fig. 4.—V. aulacogyra, x 4. 


Alt. 3.3, diam. 8 mm., umbilicus 2 mm. wide. 

Magazine Mountain, in the talus at the north side of the summit. 

This form evidently stands close to V. petrophila, from which it 
differs in the close sculpture of all the whorls and the larger size. The 
maximum diameter of petrophila in the Ozarks, judging from over 30 
specimens from various places, is 54 mm., with 54 whorls, the umbilicus 
1.6 mm., contained 34 times in the diameter. The largest Tennessee 
specimen before us measures 5.6 mm., with 53 whorls. Bland gives 
the diameter of petrophila as 6 mm., with 54 to 6 whorls. 

V. aulacogyra is excessively rare. Only one specimen, perfect though 
bleached, was found. 


562 _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ({Dec., 


Vitrea hammonis (Strém). 

Chadwick, Mo.; Magazine Mt., Logan Co., and Rogers, Benton Co., 
Ark. Excessively fine spiral strie are visible on these specimens, in a 
favorable light, under the compound microscope. In Eastern V. 
hammonis they are generally absent. V. petrophila may be distin- 
guished from hammonis by its more numerous and more closely 
coiled whorls. 

Vitrea indentata (Say). 

Monett, Barry Co., and Chadwick, Christian Co., Mo. Rogers, Ben- 
ton Co.; Magazine Mountain and Blue Mountain Station and Petit 
Jean Mountain, Logan Co., Ark. Wyandotte, Vinita, Sugar-loaf 
Mountain, South McAlester and Limestone Gap, Indian Territory. 

In the Territory the shells are distinctly perforate (var. umbilicata 
‘Singley’ Ckll.), but are not quite so large as the Texan form. It is 
here, as in Texas, the commonest of the smaller zonitids. 

Vitrea petrophila (Bland). 

Arkansas: Magazine Mountain north of the summit, Logan Co. 
It was found by Ferriss in 1900 at Mena, Polk Co., near the western 
border of the State (Nautilus, XIV, 30). 

The specimens from Magazine Mountain differ from the types from 
Hast Tennessee in being brown in color, like Zonitoides arborea, while 
the typical form is of a pale corneous tint. There are fully 54 whorls. 
V. p. pentadelphia has but 44. This species belongs to the section 
Glyphyalinia. The westward extension of this species is unexpected. 
It will probably prove to be more widely spread in the Carolinian area 
than is now known. 

Omphalina fuliginosa (‘ Griff.’ Binn.). 

Small, globose specimens were taken on the northwestern confines of 
the Ozark area at Wyandotte, I. T., and Rogers, Benton Co., and 
Poteau Mountain, south of Hartford Station, Sebastian Co., Ark. 
From the shells alone it would be difficult to decide upon the species, 
but the soft anatomy is certainly nearer fuliginosa than friabilis. 


Omphalina fuliginosa ozarkensis n. subsp. 

The shell is light and thin, varying from dusky olive to olive-chestnut, 
dusky near or at the lip. The surface is indistinctly marked with fine 
spiral strie. Whorls 44, the earlier ones invariably worn and white or 
whitish. The mantle is pale gray, the branches of the vena cava black, 
pulmonary vein and its branches not pigmented. 

Alt. 16 13° mm. 

Diam. 23.3 Pale, 


1906.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 563 


Petit Jean Mountains, south from Magazine Mountain, type loc.; 
also Magazine Mountain, chiefly on the north side of the summit, 
buried in earth under dead leaves on shady hillsides, the apex only 
exposed. Ferriss and Pilsbry, March 28 to April 2, 1903. Also Sugar- 
loaf Mountain, on the boundary between Arkansas and Indian Terri- 
tory. 

In the field this form is instantly recognizable by the black lines of 
the pallial region, sharply defined against a pale ground, and readily 
visible through the shell. In spirit this black pigment remains un- 
changed. 


Omphalina friabilis (W. G. Binn.). 

Arkansas: Mablevale, Pulaski Co. (C. W. Johnson); Rocky Comfort, 
Little River Co. (Ferriss, 1900). Mr. Sampson (’93, p. 181) reports 
friabilis from several other counties, but as his list does not mention 
O. fuliginosa it is almost certain that he included the two species in his 
records. 

Texas: San Marcos, Hays Co., under dead leaves in the thicket along 
a rill on the northeast side of San Marcos River, abundant. 

The anatomical distinctions between O. friabilis and fuliginosa will 
be discussed elsewhere. The shells may be distinguished by the smaller 
apex, narrower and more closely coiled early whorls of friabilis, in which 
moreover the apical whorls are smooth, polished, whitish-corneous and 
unworn, while the summit in southwestern fuliginosa is invariably 
worn, the cuticle removed from the earlier whorls. 


Euconulus chersinus dentatus (Sterki). 
Nautilus, XII, p. 116, February, 1899. 

Magazine Mt., on the north side of the summit; also under stones on 
the hills along the creek south of Blue Mt. Station; both in Logan Co., 
Ark. Two young specimens from each place. This form was also 
taken at Hardy, Ark. (Ferriss). 

These two are, we believe, the only localities known for dentatus west 
of the Mississippi. 


PHILOMYCIDZ. 


Philomyous carolinensis (Bosc.). 
Chadwick, Mo.; Roger and Magazine Mountain, Ark.; Wyandotte, 
Sugar-loaf Mountain, Vinita and Wister, I. T. 


ENDODONTIDZ. 
Pyramidula alternata (Say). 
Arkansas: Magazine Mt., Logan Co., from the summit to the base 


564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


a finely striate form with rounded periphery. At the following locali- 
ties the striation is slightly coarser and the periphery weakly angular: 
Petit Jean Mts., Logan Co.; Poteau Mts., Sebastian Co. 

Indian Territory: Wyandotte and Wister, slightly angular specimens; 
Sugar Loaf Mt., rounded periphery and coarse sculpture. 

Pyramidula perspectiva (Say). 

Chadwick, Christian Co., southwestern Mo.; Arkansas, Magazine Mt., 
Logan Co., somewhat abundant on the north side of the summit, a 
few taken also on the dry southern side down to the railroad station. 

At Rogers, Benton Co., Ark., a small form of perspectiva was found, 
normal in form and sculpture but only 7mm.diam. The species is else- 
where so constant in size that this local form is noteworthy. 

Helicodiscus parallelus (Say). 

Arkansas: Rogers, Benton Co.; Magazine Mt., Logan Co. 

Indian Territory: Wyandotte, Vinita, South McAlester and Lime- 
stone Gap. 

The specimens from Magazine Mt., where a large series was taken, 
are scarcely over 3 mm. in diameter with 44 whorls. Those from the 
Territory are slightly larger, 3.8 mm., with 5 whorls. We saw nothing 
of H. fimbriatus Weth., reported from this region by Simpson. 

Succinea avara Say. 

Magazine Mt., north side of summit, and Petit Jean Mts., Logan Co., 

Ark.; Vinita, Wister and Limestone Gap, I. T. 


LYMN AIDA. 
Lymnea desidiosa Say. 
Rogers, Ark. 
Lymneza columella Say. 
Oklahoma City, Okla. (Ferriss). 
Planorbis trivolvis Say. : 

Rogers, northeastern Ark.; Limestone Gap, I. T. 
Ancylus kirklandi Walker. 

Hardy, Sharp Co., Ark. (Ferriss). Erroneously reported as A. 
haldemani in these Proceedings for 1900, p. 457, according to Walker, 
Nautilus, XVII, July, 1903, p. 29. 

In Texas we took it at New Braunfels, on rushes in Comal Creek. It 
was also sent from Garcitas Creek and the Guadelupe River, Victoria Co., 
by Hon. J. D. Mitchell (1899). 

Anoylus walkeri n. sp. 
Shell pale corneous, thin, oval, the right and left sides equally curved ; 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 565 


moderately elevated, the apex depressed, radially striate, situated 
behind the posterior third, and much nearer the right than the left 
margin. Surface densely and minutely striate concentrically, and 
showing faint traces of radial striz. Anterior and left slopes convex; 
right and posterior slopes concave. Length 4.3, width 2.75, alt. 1.4mm. 


Fig. 5.—Ancylus walkeri. 


Arkansas: Rogers, Benton Co., on fallen leaves in a fish pond, 
Ferriss and Pilsbry, 1903. Types No. 87,479, A. N.S. P. 

This Ferrissia has nearly as excentric an apex as A. excentricus, 
decidedly more so than in A. rivularis or tardus. The summit of the 
shell is in front of the somewhat depressed apex. It is named for Mr. 
Bryant Walker, who has published an excellent revision of the Eastern 
Ancyli. 


PHYSIDZ. 
Physa integra Hald. 
Rogers, Benton Co., Ark. A brown form of the species. 


Physa albofilata Anc. 
Chadwick, Christian Co., Mo.; abundant and the only Physa found. 
In small rivulets it is dwarfed. 


Physa rhomboidea Crandall. 


Nautilus, XV, p. 44, pl. 2 Be . figs. 6,7, August, 1901. 
Cf. A. Springer, Proc. A. N.S. Phila. , 1902, p. 514, pl. XXVL 


The shells we took from the stream running through Limestone Gap, 
I. T., agree with this form received from Mr. Crandall. 


POMATIOPSIDZ. 
Pomatiopsis lapidaria (Say). 


Rogers, Benton Co., Ark. 


566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


BIBLIOGRAPHY, 


The following list of papers bearing on the mollusca of the Ozark 
uplift and region adjacent thereto is not intended to be exhaustive. 
It comprises most of the papers which have not been cited or referred 
to in the standard works, and which are essential in the study of 
this fauna. 


_ 


. Baxrr, F.C. Note on Mollusks from Arcadia, Mo. Nautilus, XII, p. 36, 
July, 1898. 

Binney, W. G., and Gray, ArTHUR F. Notes on the Land Shells of Kansas. 
Bull. Washburn College Lab. of N. H., Vol. I, No. 1, pp. 55, 56, January, 
1885. 

Catt, R. EvtswortH. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fresh-water 
Mollusca of Kansas. Bulletin of the Washburn College Laboratory of 
Natural History, Topeka, Kan. 

I. Fresh-water Bivalves. Vol. I, No. 1, pp. 49-51, January, 1885. 

II. Fresh-water Univalves. Vol. I, No. 1, pp. 51-54, January, 1885. 

III. Fresh-water Bivalves. Vol. I, pp. 93-97. 

IV. Vol. 1, No. 4, Oct., 1885, pp. 115-124. 

V. Fifth Contribution to a Knowledge of the Fresh- water Mollusca of 
Kansas. Vol. I, pp. 177-184. 

VI. Sixth Contribution ae a Knowledge of the Fresh-water Mollusca of 
Kansas. Vol. II, No. 8, October, 1887, pp. 11-25. [Includes also three 
terrestrial species, Succinea mooreiana, Ferussacia subcylindrica and 
Oligyra occulta.} 

4. aa Description of a New Species of Unio from Kansas. Bulletin of the 

Washurn College Laboratory of Natural History, I, No. 2, January, 1885, 
p. 48, pl. 2, figs. 1-4 (Unio popenoi). 

5. ——. Notes on the Land Mollusca of the Washburn College Biological Survey 
of Kansas. Bulletin of the Washburn College Laboratory of Natural 
Ebstony I, No.7, December, 1886, pp. 201-206. 

6. —. A Study of the Unionide of Arkansas, with Incidental Reference to 
their Distribution in the Mississippi Valley. Trans. of the Academy of 
Science of St. Louis, VII, No. 1. 

. Cracin, F. W. Miscellaneous Notes. Bulletin Washburn College Laboratory 
of Natural History, Vol. I, No. 2, pp. 83, 84 (Unio occidens and Bulimu- 
lus dealbatus in Kansas). 

8. ——. A New Species of Unio from Indian Territory. Bull. Washburn Col- 
lege Laboratory of Natural History, II, No. 8, October, 1887, p. 6 (Unio 
quintardit). 

9. Ferriss, J. F. In search of Polygyra pilsbryi. Nautilus, XIV, July, 1900, 
pp. 25-31. 

10. ree A New Lampsilis from Arkansas. Nautilus, XIV, pp. 38, 39. 

11. Forp, Frank J. Kansas Shells. Nautilus, III, 105, 106. 

12. Marsu, Witt1am A. Description of Two New Species of Unio from Arkansas. 
Nautilus, V, 1, 2. 

Description of a New Unio from Missouri (Pleuwrobema missouriensis). 
Nautilus, XV, p. 74, November, 1901. 

14. Merk, EUGENE Sern. A List of Fishes and Mollusks Collected in Arkansas 
and Indian Territory in 1894. Bulletin U. S. Fish Commission, Vol. XV, 
for 1895, pp. 341-349 (1896). The mollusks listed (p. 349) are from Old 
River near Greenway, in northeastern Arkansas. Sixteen bivalves and 
four aquatic gastropods. 

15. Piuspry, Ht A. Notes on Certain Mollusca of Southwestern Arkansas. 
Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1900, pp. 449-459. 

Mollusca of Western Arkansas and Adjacent States, with a Revision of 

Paravitrea. Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1903, pp. 193-214. 


to 


ce 


“I 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 567 


17. Sampson, F. A. Notes on the Distribution of Shells. Kansas City Keview 
of Science and Industry. 
I. Shells of Eureka Springs, Ark. Vol. V, p. 526, 1881. 
II. Shells of Fort Worth, Tex. Vol. V, p. 681, 1882. 
III. Shells of Sedalia, Mo. Vol. VI, February, 1883, p. 551. 
IV. Lamar, Barton Co., Mo.; Springfield, Mo.; Eureka Springs, Ark. Vol. 


VI, pp. 22-25. 

18. ——. Shells of Pettis Co.,Mo. Bulletin Sedalia Natural History Society, 
August, 1885, pp. 16-28. 

19. ——. Notes on the Distribution of Shells. American Naturalist, 1887, pp. 
83-86 (On Gastropods collected in Northwestern Arkansas in March, 1886). 

20. ——. A Preliminary List of the Mollusca of Arkansas (exclusive of the 
Unionide). Ann. Rep. Geol. Survey of Arkansas for 1891, II, pp. 179-199, 
1893. 

21. ——. Mesodon andrewsi in Missouri. Nautilus, VI, p. 90. 

22. ——. Southern Shells in Missouri. Nautilus, VIII, p. 18. 

23. ——. Mollusca of Arkansas. Nautilus, VII, pp. 33-35. 

24. Some Arkansas Snails. Nautilus, VIII, p. 36. 


25. Srmpson, CHartes T. Notes on Some Indian Territory Land and Fresh- 
water Shells. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, pp. 449-454. 


EXPLANATION OF PLates XX, XXI, XXII. 


Puarr XX.—Figs. 1-5.—Polygyra jacksoni, Petit Jean Mountains, Ark. 
Figs. 6, 7—Polygyra jacksoni deltoidea, Fort Gibson, I. T. Cotypes. 
Figs. 8, 9, 10, 11.—Polygyra jacksoni simpsoni, Wyandotte, 1. T. Cotypes. 
Figs. 12.—Polygyra dorfeuilliana, Mammoth Spring, Mo. 
Figs. 13-16.—Polygyra dorfeuilliana, Hardy, Ark. 
Figs. 17-19.—Polygyra dorfeuilliana sampsoni, Wyandotte, I. T. 
Figs. 20, 21, 22.—Polygyra dorfeuilliana perstriata, Mena, Ark. 
Fig. 23.—Polygyra dorjewilliana percostata, Red River, Ark. Cotype. 
Fig..24.—Polygyra dorjfeuilliana perstriata, Tushkahoma, I. T. Cotype. 


Puate XXI.—Figs. 1, 2—Polygyra indianorum, Tushkahoma,.I. T. 

Figs. 3-8.—Polygyra indianorum, Limestone Gap, I. T. 

Figs. 9-11.—Polygyra binneyana, Petit Jean Mountains, Ark. 

Fig. 12.—Polygyra binneyana, Sugar-loaf Mountain, I. T. 

Fig. 13.—Polygyra kiowaensis, Magazine Mountain, Ark. 

Figs. 14, 15.—Polygyra indianorum lioderma, Red Fork, 1I.T. Cotypes. 

Fig. 16.—Polygyra binneyana chastatensis, Chastat Mountains, Ark. Co- 
type. 

Figs. 17, 18.—Polygyra kiowaensis (types of var. arkansaensis), Hot Springs, 
Ark. 

Fig. 19.—Polygyra kiowaensis, Limestone Gap, I. T. 

Fig. 20.—Polygyra kiowaensis, Kiowa, I. T. Cotype. 


PratTEe XXII.—Fig. 1.—Polygyra inflecta Say. Type. 
Figs. 2, 3.—Polygyra inflecta, Chadwick, Mo., form No. 1. 
Figs. 4-6.—Polygyra injlecta, Chadwick, Mo., form No. 2. 
Figs. 7-9.—Polygyra injlecta, Wyandotte, I. T. 
Fig. 10.—Polygyra injflecta media, Seligman, Mo. Type. 
Fig. 11.—Polygyra edentata, Chester, Ark. 
Figs. 12-14, 17, 18.—Polygyra edentata magazinensis, Magazine Mountain, 
Ark. Cotypes. 
Figs. 15, 16.—Polygyra edentata Porter, Ark. 
Figs. 19, 20, 21.—Polygyra neglecta, Chadwick, Mo. 
Figs. 22-25.—Polygyra elevata, Hardy, Ark. 
Figs. 26-29 —Polygyra zaleta ozarkensis, Sugar-loaf Mt. Cotypes. 
Figs. 30-32.—Polygyra obstricta occidentalis, Northern Ark. Cotypes. 


568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


OBSERVATIONS 
MADE IN 1906 ON GLACIERS IN ALBERTA AND BRITISH COLUMBIA. 


BY GEORGE, JR. AND WILLIAM 8. VAUX. 


At the present time the glaciers close to the line of the Canadian 
Pacific Railway located in the western part of Alberta and the eastern 
of British Columbia offer very convenient opportunities for study and 
comparison. The most accessible examples are found on the western 
slopes of the Selkirk and Rocky Mountain ranges, where they are fed by 
the immense precipitation from the warm winds blowing eastward 
from the Pacific Ocean. In common with almost all glaciers through- 
out the world it is found that these are receding, and while the changes 
between year and year are not great when the immense area of the 
glacier is considered, in a decade or century sweeping differences must 
be noted. 

That the general tendency for a great many years has been to recede 
every glacier in this region points with unmistakable evidence. At no 
very remote date the Illecillewaet and Asulkan Glaciers met and 
flowed as one down the valley which is now shared in common 
by their streams; while the beautiful Lake Louise, more than 225 
feet deep at the centre, owes its existence to the dying Victoria Glacier 
which now extends only to within one and one-half miles of the upper 
edge and is year by year depositing in the lake masses of glacier mud, 
ultimately to reduce it to a muskeg marsh. Thus at every turn the 
life span of glacier, mountain and lake may be read, and the creating 
and destroying forces seen at work on every hand. 

The much greater activity of glaciers located on the western slopes 
of the mountains as compared with those on the eastern has already 
been noted, and it may also be observed that the snowfall on the 
higher ranges is greater than on the lower in corresponding positions, 
even though the latter may lie farther to the west, and consequently 
nearer to the origin of the moisture-bearing winds from the Pacific 
Ocean. 

The amount of precipitation of snow on the several mountain slopes 
and in the passes adjacent to the railway has always been a matter of 
much interest to those concerned in protecting the roadbed during the 
winter, and also to students of glacier and alpine phenomena, as by 
comparisons made oyer a long series of years interesting data of cause 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569 


and effect may be obtained. Upon the completion of the railway 
records were started, and have been kept with more or less regularity, 
of the snowfall at three points near the summit of Roger’s Pass on the 
western slope of the Selkirk Range. While of course great variations 
have taken place and inaccuracies have crept in, the summaries of 
daily measurements are here given as they have been preserved for 
three stations, ‘‘Cut Bank,’’ at an elevation of about 4,000 feet, 
Glacier House, 4,120 feet, and ‘‘ No. 18 Shed,’’ 4,300 feet. 


Table Showing Y early Snowfall on West Slope of Selkirk Range. 


Year. | Cut Bank. Glacier House. | No. 18 Shed. 
1886-1887 No record. No record. 42 ft. O ins. 
1887-1888... No record. No record. 34" OC 
1888-1889... 14ft. 5ins. No record. 23 One 
1889-1890... 20 4 Gi No record. SB ay 
1890-1891... Lee Gis No record. No record. 
1891-1892... 2 soe No record. 36 ft. 3 ins. 
1892-1893... 23 NARS No record. Sis} Fa) 
1893-1894... 2S tee Oe 45 ft. 44 ins. No record. 
1894-1895... 16° acs 28ycee Tite. No record. 
1895-1896... DES | BUS No record. No record. 
1896-1897... TOE =D) £6 34 ft. 1lins. No record. 
1897-1898... No record Dee 6s No record. 
1898-1899... 18 ft. llins Aenean No record. 
1899-1900... TSE AOL 26 tree lhe 20 ft. O ins. 
1900-1901... 7 el Olea aie i fi {ee GSS a 
1901-1902... Osea oes 28." GR * fe eal) ae eS 
1902-1903... 22 IS apie (Oe Pe on 
1903-1904... DAln Ay Se 41 “ ea 
1904-1905... i Gy rs 16 “ tise a eto ne 
1905-1906 aR ee 22 ORs" 22 AX 


Taking into account only the years in which records have been pre- 
served gives the average snowfall at ‘‘Cut Bank,’’ 19 feet 3 inches, 
Glacier House, 30 feet 10 inches, and ‘‘ No. 18 Shed,’’ 33 feet 8 inches, 
while the average yearly snowfall, taking into account all years ob- 
served since the winter of 1886, gives 27 feet 11 inches. On the higher 
slopes and the névé regions of the glaciers in the vicinity the snowfall is 
much greater, yet the above may be taken fairly as an average for the 
elevation of Glacier House, 4,120 feet, or a little below the tongue of 
the Illecillewaet Glacier. 

In the following pages no attempt will be made to describe the pecu- 
liar phenomena of the several glaciers upon which measurements have 
been made, but to briefly outline the observations made during 
the last two weeks of July, 1906, together with sufficient description of 
the work which has gone before to provide data for comparisons. 


570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ([Dec., 


ILLECILLEWAET GLACIER. 


GuaciER House, British COLUMBIA. 


Being the most accessible of any of this group, the Illecillewaet 
Glacier has been observed yearly since 1898. Prior to that time, 
beginning in 1887, the observations have been made with less regu- 
larity. 

The work may be divided under three heads, each of which will be 
treated separately as follows: 

Test Pictures—These have been made each year, beginning 
August 17, 1898, from the marked rock ‘‘W.’’ From this point a 
complete view of the tongue and lower glacier may be had, and of a part 
of the icefall almost up to the limit of the dry glacier. The same 
camera and lens being used and exactly the same position selected, the 
pictures indicate very accurately the changes which have taken place 
in any given interval. A careful study of these shows that in spite of 
the continued recession of the tongue and a general shrinkage of the 
ice at the edges, particularly at the left side where great masses have 
broken away uncovering water-worn bedrock, the thickness of the ice 
at the sky line is appreciably thicker than it was in 1898. This condi- 
tion has been noted for a number of years, and time alone will prove 
whether an advance will take place when the thicker mass reaches the 
icefall and tongue. There is no doubt, however, that in all other par- 
ticulars—breadth, depth and extension of tongue—the glacier is at 
present from year to year decreasing. A comparison of the two test 
pictures of 1902 and 1906, reproduced herewith, with that made in 1898 
(compare Plate V, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899) will show in 
detail the changes which have taken place. 

Recession of Tongue——As previously noted (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila., 1899, p. 124), the first accurate location of the tongue of the ice 
is to be found in a long flat boulder not far from the moraine of 1887 
(S. on the map), lettered by unknown hands, ‘‘16 feet to nearest ice, 
’°90.’? With this rock as a basis the glacier showed a retreat after 
eight years on August 17, 1898, of 452 feet. 

From 1898 to the past summer (1906) the annual change has been 
determined from a rock (marked ‘‘C.’’ on map) lying in the centre of 
the bed moraine and which on August 17, 1898, was 60 feet from the 
tongue of the ice. The following table shows the recession each year 
and the date on which the measurements were made. 


’ 1For¥detailed accounts of previous investigations on this glacier see Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, pp. 121 and 501, and 1901, p. 213. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 571 


Illecillewaet Glacier, Recession of Tongue of Ice from Rock C. 


Date of Observation. Distance Tongue of Ice} Recession of Ice since 
; to Rock C, previous Year. 
60 ft. | 
Wome 16 ft. 
140: = 64 “ 
Ties 63 
203) < 4g“ 
2oDe) wi Sle 
2404 “ce | 54 “ce 
DAS aa 
avy 84“ 


It is interesting to note that while the recession between 1890 and 
1898 showed an average of 56 feet per year, for the eight years from 
1898 to 1906 this average has been but 33.3 feet per year, or about 
three-fifths. It will also be observed, by reference to the map, that the 
measurement on July 24, 1906, was not made to the point of greatest 
extension in the ice. Should this point have been measured the course 
would not have been in the same line as previous years, the tongue 
having moved to the left, but the recession for the year ending in 1906 
would have been 64 feet, instead of 84 feet as noted in the table. 

The change noted between any two years is not a good indication of 
the amount of recession or advance which may have taken place, as 
the local weather conditions, rainfall, and even the condition of the 
crevasses above, all have a marked influence in determining changes, 
and it is only when these are eliminated by including a longer interval 
that the true amount of change may be determined. 

Flow of Glacier above Tongue.—In 1899, to determine the rate of 
flow of the ice at a point about 1,300 feet above the tongue, eight plates 
were laid out across the glacier. These were accurately placed by 
means of a transit in a true line almost at right angles to the direction of 
flow, and their change in position accurately determined after stated 
intervals. The positions of these plates have been plotted on the 
map, and the table on page 572 gives a summary of the changes that 
have taken place at the times noted. 

With the exception of the comparisons made between July 31 and 
September 5, 1899 (see first part of table, page 574), the motion indi- 
cates the movement of the glacier over the period of approximately a 
year, and thus includes both the summer flow which should be greater 
and the winter flow which should be less than the averages given. 

Several of the 1899 plates have been lost from one cause or another, 


[Dec., 


OF 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY 


572 


“4807 SSS “480'T 
\80r7 a “4907 
‘\sory "SUT GQ°G "SUT 988'8 
480] ‘SUT 18°F ‘SUL OPL'L 

"SUL 008 ‘OT —= ‘80T 

“OUTBLOUL 

lop1i0q uC ‘SUI EL’ ‘SUL 913°9 
“4S0'] ap ata 
“480'T — “\soryT 
“906T “606T 


‘er A[ng uo 
aul [BUISLIO 
MOOG dOURYSIG 


‘S06L OF C061 
‘uoly 
-ow A[IVG 


‘9g Isnony uo 
oull [BULSILO 
MO[OG BOURISIC(T 


“sur 61° 
‘sur 79's 
‘Sul $8'7 


‘SUI QT'P 
‘SUL $6'8 


‘SUL 16° 


*B06T 99 OO6I 
‘uol} 
-ow A[IVGg 


“\8OrT 
‘SUL F0G'9 
‘SUL 8189 
"SUT 9g8'G 

“4SO'T 
‘SUL Qh8'P 
‘SUL OPP 
‘SUL 9p'g 


“B06T 
‘9z Jsnsny uo 
aul] [BULSIIO 
MOTEq adUTISIG 


“sul 
‘sul 


‘sul 


‘0061 9 668T 


‘10l) 


ou ALIRG 


! OF0'S 
“SUL O9L'S 
083% 
082% 
oH 
“SUL QTL'T 
88h ‘T 
P0'T 


‘SUL 
‘SUI 


“SUL 


“SUL 
‘sul 
“0061 


‘9 snsny uo 
OUL[ [RULSLIO 


MO[A DOURISIG 


‘9061 1 G68T ‘saynpq {0 auvy [o uoyjopy bumoysy a1qQn,, 


“UGTOVTY) LAVMATIIOATTY 


‘our, UD 
jeulT tO 
‘oull UO 
‘aur, UO 
‘oul, uO 
our, UO 
‘aul, UO 


‘aul, UO 


‘6681 'Te Aine 
UO 804¥B[q 
JO UOlISOg 


‘OWI 
jo soquinyy 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 573 


while others have completed their journey and now rest on the bowlders 
at the edge of the ice. In 1906 an entirely new set of six plates was 
prepared, and on July 12 they were laid out on the exact line used in 
1899 (see map). Some defects having been found in the first plates the 
ones laid out this year were of different design. A lighter steel reduced 
the weight by one-half without decreasing efficiency, while the pipe 
caulk was dispensed with entirely, a hold in the ice being obtained 
by turning the right edge up one-half inch, and the left edge 
down a like amount. The plate was thus held in position on the ice 
should it turn over. It is made up of but one piece, and may be nested 
compactly for carrying. Steel one-eighth inch thick was used, 6 
inches by 7 inches, which was left 6 inches square after the edging up 
had been completed. A trial showed that the thinner plate, allowing 
greater melting of the ice beneath, formed a pocket in which the plate 
rested, almost entirely free from slipping even on the steeper slopes. 
Each plate was marked ‘‘VAUX, 1906’’ in white on a red lead back- 
ground. The plates laid out were numbered from 1 to 6, beginning 
on the right side of the glacier. 

The aim of this investigation was to compare the yearly rate of flow 
at the line laid out with the yearly changes in the position of the 
tongue, and to determine the effect which a change in one would have 
on the other. As the second series of plates have been in position but 
a short time no yearly comparisons can be made, but the following 
table, comparing the daily motion of the plates in the fall of 1899 
(compare Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 507) with the motion 
of those in 1906, will give a ratio of the summer motion between the 
two dates. The plates have been grouped according to their location 
on the glacier, the numbers in the two instances bearing no relation to 
each other. 

The great uncertainty of this work may be realized when it is noted 
that in 1906 during twelve days the surface conditions of the glacier 
changed completely. Crevasses opened, others closed, and plates 
which when laid out were on comparatively level ice were found to be 
in almost inaccessible positions, which took long détours from the 
main path to reach. 

The interval between the laying out and measuring of the plates 
was one of unusual heat. Great freshets were reported all through the 
district, every glacier stream was swollen to abnormal size, and evi- 
dences of great surface melting were everywhere apparent. 

In addition to locating the position of the plates, a cross-section of 


the surface of the glacier at this point was developed. A comparison 
38 


574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


of this area with that similarly plotted in 1899 shows a marked shrink- 
age in the surface of the ice at that point. 


Table Comparing Summer Daily Motion of Plates on LIllecillewaet 
Glacier. 1899-1906. 


1899—36-day interval. | 1906 —12-day interval. 
] | | l 
: - | Feet from Average | Average | Feet from | ,, . 
Amber ©: 1906 daily motion daily motion 1906 eS: o 
“| ice edge. in inches. || in inches, | ice edge. : 
| Plate lost. | 92 1 
1 187 2.56 
| | 7.00 276 2 
2 415 3.90 
3 520 5.51 \| 
| | 11.33 532 3 
+ 668 Grr | 
| Qi I a 4 
5 760 6.06 | | 
6 900 6.79 | 
7 956 6.16 
| 10.25 | 1,020 5 
8.85 | 1,171 6 
8 1220 | 6.00 


ASULKAN GLACIER. 
GuactaR Houses, British CoLumsra. 


This glacier, lying at the head of the Asulkan Valley, some three miles 
from Glacier House in British Columbia, has been observed with more 
or less regularity since 1899 (compare Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 
1899, p.504). At that time rocks were marked and the general aspect 
of the tongue and moraines noted. Photographs have also been made 
which show the yearly changes in extension, thickness and breadth. 

The work on this glacier in 1906 covered practically the same 
ground as on the Ilecillewaet, and may be similarly divided. 

Test Pictures —An almost continuous record of photographs of the 
lower section has been made since 1899 from a large flat rock several 
hundred feet below the glacier which affords a view of all parts. A 
comparison of these photographs taken over a series of years shows 
smaller changes than in the cases of some of the neighboring glaciers, 
but that they are of the same character—a general shrinkage and 
reduction of section area (compare Plates XXV and XXVI with Plate 
VI, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899). 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 575 


Changes in the Tongue.—On the left side the Asulkan Glacier is 
bearing a large amount of morainal material which is deposited at the 
lower part of the left edge and upon the tongue. The right side is 
comparatively free from moraine except stray erratics which are 
borne on the surface of the ice and deposited at the edge. Several 
small moraines on the bed moraine indicate that at one time the 
amount of this material was much greater than at present. 

For several years the tongue has been deeply bedded in moraine and 
was difficult to locate. During the period of slight advance which was 
first noted in 1903 a steep moraine was pushed up at the tongue and the 
stream forced to find an exit through a smaller moraine on the right. 
The present year, however (1906), the tongue occupied almost exactly 
the same position as in 1899, leaving a space between the ice and the 
moraine which was formed during the glacier advance. A considerable 
stream issues directly beneath the tongue and almost covering the 
1899 test rock, has broken through the high unstable moraine. 

The following table shows the changes in the tongue as observed 
since 1899. 


Table Showing Changes in Tongue of Asulkan Glacier. 


PAUP EL 2 18 QO se ceceees “Rock opposite lined with snout.’’ 

AE Ss L900 Nae. Snout receded 24 feet. 

J AVS) Sale) eee Ice above rock 20 feet, 4 feet advance. 

Aug. 30, DAS US ieee cee Ice below rock 16 feet, 36 feet advance since 1901. 

July 23, LQOG! ices: Ice lines with test rocks, or is in same position as in 1899. 


The Flow of Glacier above Tongue.—For this work a line was selected 
across the glacier about 1,250 feet above the tongue and as nearly as 
possible at right angles to the line of flow. Owing to the comparatively 
short distances and the ease of observation no base line was laid down 
except as a check, and the positions of the plates from the points of 
observation were determined by means of the stadia. The motion of 
the plates on the ice was in every case measured with a horizontal 
steel tape at right angles to the base line. Plates numbered 7 to 12, 
similar to those used on the Illecillewaet Glacier, were laid out on July 
13, 1906, and their motion determined on July 23. The following 
table shows the total and average daily motion of the plates and of a very 
large oblong bowlder resting on the top of the moraine on the left edge 
of the glacier and advancing with it. 


576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Table Showing Average Daily Motion of Plates on Asulkan Glacier .~ 
between July 18 and July 23, 1906. 


Plate. Total Average Daily Remarks. 
| Motion. Motion. 

24 in. 2.4in. Near right edge of ice. 

Bie aut) 63 feet from R. edge. 

554 “ bias 157 feet from R. edge. 

GUase | Orv 325 feet from R. edge. 

GUHAS, Gita 415 feet from R. edge. 

63“ 6:3) Close to left edge. 

Sore 8.9 “ On left moraine, resting on icefoot. 


Sketch Map of Tongue.—The accompanying map of the glacier foot 
has been compiled from a series of stadia measurements, sketches and 
photographs. On it have been plotted the position of the tongue and 
the outline of the ice as it existed on July 23, 1906. If question is 
raised as to the accuracy of the stadia method for this class of work, it 
may be noted that in every instance the motion of plates and recession 
were determined from measurements with a standard tape, and it was 
found that over rough ground and glacier surfaces work could be 
ereatly expedited by use of the stadia, with an error not so great as 
would be encountered on the necessarily small scale of the plotting 
map. 


WENKCHEMNA GLACIER. 
VALLEY OF THE TEN PEAKs, LAGGAN, ALBERTA. 


In some respects this glacier presents the most unusual aspect of any 
noted in the region. Of the piedmont type its névé receives snow 
which falls and is blown across the Wenkchemna Group or ‘‘The Ten 
Peaks’’ and falls into the couloirs and chimneys lying on the northern 
slopes. At the lower levels a number of comparatively small glaciers 
are formed, flowing almost due north across the southern half of the 
Valley of the Ten Peaks. The valley bottom in places is covered with 
an open forest of firs and spruces, the Lyell larch being found in abund- 
ance at the upper (western) end where an elevation of over 7,000 feet 
is reached. 

At the head of the valley several almost parallel lines of ancient 
moraines were noted, and distinct traces of them could be followed 
down the valley till they were finally lost in the stream-eroded bottom. 
These moraines, and the very interesting one at the lower end of Moraine 
Lake which has given it its existence and name, point clearly to the 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 577 


fact that the glacier at one time covered the entire bottom of the 
valley, and that the medial moraines which are now noted between the 
several sections of the glacier were at that time carried entirely on its 
back down the valley and deposited far below, without leaving any trace 
of the route which had been originally taken. 

It has been known for a number of years that some portions of the 
Wenkchemna Glacier were advancing, or rather that from time to time 
masses of moraine which had rested almost upon the limit of the ice 
had been shot down upon and partly or completely covered living trees 
of the forest, which in places comes directly up to the ice wall. A 
comparison of photographs taken in preyious years with the condi- 
tions as they were found in July, 1906, indicated that at the points in 
question no material advance of the ice could have taken place, and yet 
at these very points there was evidence of masses of moraine being 
projected on the ground below. The fresh rock was thrown beyond the 
limit of the ice, which to all observation had not changed recently. 
The base of the glacier close to the ground gave evidence of not having 
changed for a number of years, but from the ice slope above masses of 
rock were and had been precipitated over and beyond the older rocks 
and upon the grass and trees. 

A careful consideration of these unusual conditions seemed to offer 
but ene satisfactory solution. The ice forming this glacier, or rather 
composite glacier, is largely contained in a hollow or basin, from the 
bottom of which drainage is provided to the lake below. The ice 
extends above the edges of the basin, in many places covered deeply 
with moraine. The pressure upon the ice from behind causes a slow 
but steady motion of the upper strata towards the edges, which sets up a 
shearing action of one layer of ice on that below. The result is that the 
upper part of the moraine, very thin and unable to withstand the pres- 
sure, is pushed outward by the ice till it falls over the tdge of the lower 
and more stable portions and upon the green grass or forest beyond the 
limits of the basin. It is evident that this action is much more active 
at certain points than at others, and an attempt was made to determine 
whether the position of the edge had anything to do with it, without 
satisfactory results. 

Whatever may finally be determined as to the cause of change in the 
ice edge, a tramp over the glacier surface gave many evidences of great 
and continued shrinkage. The moraines everywhere showed that 
though they had been recently formed the ice was then many feet 
thicker, and a series of very beautiful rock cones, which rested on the 
solid ground but were surrounded by ice, bore silent witness to the 


578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dec., 


immense thickness of the ice in recent times compared with what is 
noted at present. 


VICTORIA GLACIER. 
Lake Louise, LacGan, ALBERTA. 


Almost as accessible as the Ilecillewaet, the Victoria Glacier has never 
received the same careful study owing in large measure to the immense 
moraines which bury the tongue and the almost impossible task of 
finding permanent base and line ends. The great boulder marked in 
1899, and which the next season had moved with the ice 147 feet, has 
not since been measured, but the position of the ice on the northwest 
side, referred to several large angular blocks of red quartzite, has been 
repeatedly determined. 

During the summer of 1898 these blocks slipped from the ice and fell 
tothe moraine below. On July 29, 1899, they were 20 feet from the ice; 
on July 24, 1900, 26 feet, showing a change of 6 feet for the year; on 
September 1, 1903, 76 feet 6 inches, or an average yearly shrinkage of 
almost 17 feet, while on July 30, 1906, the distance was but 74 feet 
7 inches, showing practically no change, as the early date of measure- 
ment in 1906 compared with 1903 would make considerable difference 
in the total figures. 


Warra oR YOHO GLACIER. 
Youo VALLEY, NEAR FIELD, BRITISH COLUMBIA. 
, d 


This glacier, located at the head of the Yoho Valley, is a very long 
day’s trip from Field, the station on the railway. On August 17, 1901, 
the position of the tongue was marked on a large mass of bedrock 
which had been recently uncovered by the ice. The tongue at this 
time was a narrow blade of ice somewhat to the left of the axis of the 
glacier and lying in a long deep groove between parallel ledges of rock. 
Three years later the change was measured on August 7, 1904, as 89 
feet, or an average yearly recession of almost 30 feet. At this time 
there were signs of great activity and marked shrinkage. 

On July 15, 1906, almost a month earlier in the season than on the 
occasion of the previous visit, the glacier was again observed and the 
distance measured as 76 feet 7 inches, or about 124 feet less than in 
1904. Allowing for the earlier date, it may be said that the tongue 
is in the same position as two years ago. The general aspect of the 
ce showed that it was shrinking and retreating, and this was particularly 


1906.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 579 


the case on the right side where the main stream debouches from a 
most beautiful ice arch. 


HorSESHOB GLACIER. 
PARADISE VALLEY, LAGGAN, ALBERTA. 


Although no marks have been placed on this glacier it offers some 
striking and unique points of interest. It is of the piedmont type and 
owes its existence to the snow avalanches from Mounts Hungabee, 
Ringrose, Lefroy and Mitre, to the north of which it lies. The tongue 
and lower portions are deeply buried in moraine. While in common 
with others there are indications of shrinkage and retreat, the protection 
of moraine on the surfaces renders these changes very slow. An ex- 
ceedingly interesting phenomenon was noticed at a point several 
hundred feet above the tongue where a great sinuous cafion has been 
worn in the ice. The sides were perpendicular or overhanging, from 
20 to 30 feet in depth, while the curves were 1,000 to 1,500 feet long. 
In all there were not less than ten great bends, and through the bottom 
a good-sized stream flowed. The walls exhibited very fine examples of 
banding, while all the surfaces were fluted horizontally, apparently due 
to the greater melting in summer than in winter. Should this be correct 
the cafion has been at least twelve years in forming. 


From the foregoing data it is hard to draw more than the most 
general conclusions. It may, however, be safely noted that in all the 
glaciers observed there has been decided shrinkage and recession in the 
past seven years. While changes in the position of the tongue may 
have been small, the ice mass and sectional area are evidently much less. 
On the other hand the average yearly recession was in 1906 less than 
during a similar period five years before, the exception in the Illecille- 
waet Glacier being probably due to unusual conditions. The trifling 
advances in the Asulkan Glacier may be attributed to local causes and 
have no particular significance, but the increased daily rate of flow of 
the Ilecillewaet, coupled with a thickening of the ice at the sky line as 
seen from the test rock, would seem to point to a period of greater 
activity in the not very distant future. 


580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


The following reports were ordered to be printed: 
REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY. 


Sixteen meetings of the Academy were held during the past year, 
with an average attendance of fifty-two. Communications, for the 
most part illustrated with lantern views, were made by Henry Skinner, 
George Vaux, Jr., William S$. Vaux, Jr., Stewardson Brown, Arthur 
Erwin Brown, Witmer Stone, John W. Harshberger, William P. 
Wilson, Edwin G. Conklin, Henry Leffman, Benjamin Sharp, George 
Wood, Henry E. Wetherill, Harvey M. Watts, Mrs. Charles Schaeffer 
and Miss Mary J. Holmes. But few of these were reported for publica- 
tion in the PROCEEDINGS. 

Twenty-seven papers were presented for publication as follows: 
Henry W. Fowler, 5; J. Perey Moore, 4; James A. G. Rehn, 3; James 
A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard, 1; Henry A. Pilsbry, 2; Henry A. 
Pilsbry and C. M. Cook, Jr., 1; Benjamin C. Tilghman, 1; E. A. Andrews, 
1; Ralph V. Chamberlain, 1; N. M. Stevens and A. M. Boring, 1; 
Burnett Smith, 1; Henry C. Oberholser, 1; J. F. McClendon, 1; R. J. 
Lechmere Guppy, 1; N. E. MeIndoo, 1; W. 8. Blatchley, 1; Nathan 
Banks, 1. Three of these were returned to the authors, the others were 
accepted for publication in the PROCEEDINGS, of which one number for 
1905 and two for 1906 have been issued and distributed. 

Seven hundred and fifteen pages of the PROCEEDINGS have been pub- 
lished, illustrated by fifteen plates. The Entomological Section has 
published four hundred and four pages with fifteen plates of the 
Entomotoaicat News and two hundred and forty-seven pages with 
five plates of the TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL 
Socrnry (Entomological Section of the Academy). Two hundred and 
seventy-two pages with thirty-four plates have been issued of the 
Manuat or ConcHoLtocy. This makes a total of sixteen hundred 
and thirty-eight pages and sixty-nine plates published during the year 
under the auspices of the Academy. 

The President was appointed to represent the Academy at the cele- 
bration by the American Philosophical Society of the two hundredth 
anniversary of the birthday of Benjamin Franklin. 

A satisfactory design for the new Hayden Memorial Medal has at 
last been submitted and approved. The artist has been engaged on the 
work since September, 1905. Whether the time that has elapsed 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 581 


has been due to the eccentricities of the artistic temperament or a 
press of other engagements is not known, but it is believed that the 
beauty of the result will compensate for the delay. The new medal 
will certainly be a great improvement on the one awarded since 1890, 
the portrait of Hayden on the obverse being much more accurate than 
could have been hoped for from the photographs available, while the 
design of the reverse, replacing the unsatisfactory view of the Grand 
Cafion, is gracefully emblematic. The die will, it is hoped, be promptly 
engraved,so that the medal,so long due, may be conveyed to Dr. Walcott. 

Mr. Fox has rendered effective assistance in the issue and distribu- 
tion of the PROCEEDINGS. 

Epwarp J. Nouan, 
Recording Secretary. 


REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY. 


During the past year the deaths of the following correspondents were 
announced from the chair: Baron C. R. von der Osten-Sacken, Elisée 
F. Reclus, Prof. Eugéne Renevier, Dionys Stur, and Dr. Henry A. 
Ward. No correspondents were elected. 

Notices of the deaths of seven scientific men of prominence were 
received and suitably acknowledged in letters of condolence. 

There were received invitations to participate in the Tenth Inter- 
national Geological Congress, the International Congress for the Study 
of Polar Regions, the First International Congress of Oceanography, the 
Fifth International Congress of Obstetrics and Gynecology, the Pre- 
historic Congress of France, the Congress of the Latino-Slavic League, 
the celebration of the Fiftieth Anniversary of the foundation of the 
Academy of Science of St. Louis, the celebration of the Two Hundredth 
Anniversary of the birth of Benjamin Franklin and the Dedication of 
the Engineering Building of the University of Pennsylvania. Except 
to the last two, no delegates were appointed by the Academy. The 
invitations were acknowledged by appropriate expressions of interest 
and regret or congratulation. At the last two gatherings the Academy 
was represented by its President, on behalf of whom also the Corre- 
sponding Secretary accepted his appointment by the Society of 
Physical and Natural Sciences of Bordeaux as delegate to the 
Franklin celebration. 

A number of circulars announcing changes in the organization or 
staffs were received from learned societies and museums, and various 


582 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


requests for information or courtesies were answered or referred to the 
proper officers of the Academy. 
The following table summarizes the correspondence for the year: 


COMMUNICATIONS RECEIVED. 


Acknowledging receipt of the Academy’s publications, .. . . . . . 166 
Transmitting publications, . . J PR NUR ik om es 65 
Requests for the supply of deeeenries SU lis Fa cite NS peck 0 Se 2 
Invitations to learned gatherings, . . 1 es SI Eee ies 12 
Announcements of deaths of scientific men, . . tiie; 9 
Circulars concerning the administration of scientific ee ae ee HORE 10 
Photographs of correspondents, of. oh ee Ree RL Sc 11 
‘Biopraphies of correspondents. waenmrcy rae) ee 8 
ibettersifromYcorrespondentss= 9). = eee 7 
iMiscellancousiletters."" eae, Fos as eS ie. (SE eee 36 

Totalinecetved's so 9 ee eed = oe yc eye Peek 


COMMUNICATIONS FORWARDED. 


Acknowledging giftstothe Library, . . . . . . . . . . . 860 
Acknowledging gifts to the ea ; Te eo ee Ne She > 55 
Acknowledging photographs and Haass YS ee, eee 14 
Requesting the supply of deficienciesinjournals,. . . . . - . . 68 
Lettersof sympathy andcongratulation, . . . .- -.- .. .. - 8 
Miscellaneous letters, . . meee pen Ce eee 64 
Copies of annual reports and Seniesa. 3 wa fete Tas | aes ete Fe ZG: 

Total’sentin tc. Sc , CL eee er OO 


Respectfully submitted, 
J. Percy Moore, 
Corresponding Secretary. 


REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN. 


The Library of the Academy has been increased by the following 
additions during the past year: 


Pamphlets and parts of periodicals, Se Oy ks renee eins) Sem th tis we se FZ 
Volumes, thas VR! 2) be Oe a Shoe eae) a lead 
Maps, é Mee ae ores > eo. ta ate oes eee CED 
Piotaecanhen es A Se ey a Pee se 33 
Manuscript, : 1 


Total” ° ese es ee ee eer ores Os 


1906.] 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


They were received from the following sources: 


General Appropriation.................. 
United States Department of 
eACor CUNT Cheetes cree eter eereceeeste 
United States Department of the 
UTE GOTL OM ese eacstcc xsece esac cerener arrose 
A UGHOYS 5 5..2 ence: ssseceve cccensezesereoestesssee 
James Aitken Meigs Fund............ 
Wdward! Robins !tct-ccccc-<r-sccresce sees 
Department of Mines, Western 
PANS GUA Diecs ss ccsaterercencce wie pecer eters 
Mrs. Charles Schaeffer.................... 
Walsony Buin diiccc5..sc.cccc cece oecoreee 
Dr. H. C. Chapman.... waree 
Ministerio de Romeneon Peru pace 
University of Chicago................... 
United States Department oF 
Commerce and Labor.................. 
Department of the Interior, 
SPhhilippin eg Sescesaceetescsceseeaceteeeees 
Cape of Good Hope, Department 
OfPARTICUIGURG ees ccnece eee 
Swedish Government....................-- 
Department of Mines, Pennsyl- 


United States War Department... 
Pennsylvania State Department 
OfpA or cultUmen-c-ss.cscesteeesedeeeeeete 
Henryk Arctowski................00000-- 
Department of Agriculture, 
PRT CA c= 255 occ acsesccsscezevseatescasttes 
Facultad de Agronomia y Veteri- 
maser else) Ela Gases .cescee-cescsee-20s-s 
Ministére des Travaux Publies, 


Dr. J. W. Harshberger... ies 
Te (hate a\, 124] oF anes. acaeeecereeeeeceec 
Sveriges Geologiska Undersék- 


Geological Survey of New Jersey.. 
FamesvAT GevRebn ive scecscstesecceserercse 
Biblioteca Nacional, Bogota... 

Library of Congress...............:000 


nom 


IN @ 


aos 


a 


DWV ave AVIS OD eeseccereestess 
Commission de la Belgieca.............. 
Imperial Geological Survey, 


Department de |’Agriculture aux 

Indes Néerlandaises.................... 
Iowa Geological Survey.................- 
MFamese Hy) ONS eee ere itee ssc en asta: 
Department of the Interior, 


| Government of India...................... 
| Department of Mines, New South 


Instituto Geologico de Mexico....... 
| Geological Survey of Canada......... 
| Geological Survey of India............. 
Bureau of American Ethnology.... 
Clarence B. Moote...............-...:.:+- 
AWalliaarmy deel oxcerccectessess-ceesersseesses 


Publication Committee, Acad- 


Dr. Thomas Biddle....... 
Dr. Edward J. Nolan..................:..- 
State Geological Survey, North 

WD BiICO baleassctesereeeececcs scevaccs-cesecusee 
New Zealand Government............. 
Commissio do Servico Geologico 

CepRortucalemencrencescccesscscmrersses 
Albert I de Monaco...........2..2.:020-+- 
Ethnological Survey of Philip- 


Université Catholique de Louvain 
Geological and Natural History 
Survey of Wisconsin................. 
Department of Mines and Agri- 
Culture, SY GMC... ....:.:2.2:c.cecnce--- 


| DuciderLoubatescsss ee 


Commissioners of Fisheries and 
Game (Massachusetts).............. 
Department of Agriculture of 


Department of Mines, Victoria...... 
United States Fish Commission... 
United States Coast and Geodetic 

ULV CY cc scte cca evnrsescessticscesssseesstens™ 


583 


ol 


oro oo on 


o 


ee 


C2 WwW OO He He eH 


Ww oo 


me bb 


584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


United States Public Health and 
Marine Hospital Service............. 
Dre Wi Wi. Keene... canoes nacre : 
Samuel Wapneree: eee tne 
Commission Géologique, Finland.. 
Public Library of Victoria.............. 
Maryland Geological Survey.......... 
Alabama Geological Survey.......... 
Gouvernements Kina-Ondernem- 
ANON, SAV Gers creates cee 


Cyan Géodesique Neéer- 
landaises asses caw Siieareaceianes 
Thomas L. Montgomery................ 
Department of Mines, Nova 
COMB Gites cces cc casecasetereesee eeeesoaes 


Imperial Department of Agricul- 
ture™ Cal cuiitasecn cs cecrcceseees 
Missouri Bureau of Geology and 
Mir 2 oe roca thes cnc vveven so asterostacictee 
Home Secretary’s Department, 
Queenslanders a ppeesegs 
Angelo Heilprin............:..cesescsesee-+ 
Trustees of the Indian Museum..... 


on 


| 
| 
| 


{Dec., 


Geological and Natural History 


Survey of Minnesota.........0......... 1 
Royal South African Co.........0........ 1 
State Earthquake Investigation 

Commission, California.............. 1 
Board of Scientific Advice for 

Wan 8 ces c ca cen ere ARE : 1 
Pennsylvania Department of 

|, Aish eri eg 22/5.5-. octysee eet crea 1 

| Dr. Zawadny 1 
North Carolina Geological Survey 1 
Dr. Benjamin Sharp.............::-:00 1 
Illinois Bureau of Labor Statis- 

TGS). sac diieee neierae ee eee 1 
Department of Geology and Nat- 

ural History, Indiana................. 1 
Council of the Fridtjof Nansen 

Fund for the Advancement of 

SCION CO ae ves cete stan castue de severe Eee 1 
Geological Commission, Cape of 

Goodllope rise sven 1 
Biologisches Anstalt, Heleolnadl 1 


They were distributed to the several departments of the Library 


as follows: 


Joummalss: fa.ceeneten he ody eee yt 
Geology........ Be sean 
IN ori Cultline: cane te seesd- aes 


General Natural History................ 
Geography....... sesessvsstteoneetprdeeesteedm 
Voyages and Travels...... 
Ornitholopyecs ce tenes 
in GOmmOlO gaat ces. teesee ces eeee teers 
Anatomy and Physiology.............. 
Conchology.......... 


Anthropology........ ihe ecto 28 
Helminthologys::-.-.cssc--c.cs-sserte 27 
Biba graphy ncsse-enceetet-- terse eee 24 
Ichthyology... Seca 20 
Mammalogyeis nis. ine chee See 
Physical Sciences: ace.css een tes 12 
Medicines set aienen eareee want 11 
) delerpetologyiecnn.s.ccpe tee ane 8 
| Mineralogy... 8 
@hemistry sc secn ee eee ee 1 
Miscellameouisivcccsecessae entree 21 


The general condition of the Library has been further improved by 
the binding of 2,010 volumes. 
arrearages will have received such attention that the appropriations 
for bindings may be largely decreased. 

In compliance with the action of the Council of the Academy, 1,318 
volumes were sent to the California Academy of Sciences to assist in 
repairing the loss inflicted by earthquake and fire on the 18th of last 


April. 


It is hoped that in a year or so the 


The collection included a nearly complete set of the PRocEED- 


— 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 585 


INGS and JOURNAL of the Academy bound and, in common with the 
other volumes, appropriately labelled so as to indicate the source and 
object of the gift. A letter of acknowledgment recently received 
conveys the assurance that the books will be an important assistance 
to the California Academy, the members of which, in common with all 
the people of San Francisco, displayed such superb courage and for- 
titude under an almost overwhelming affliction. The boxes were sent 
to California through the Smithsonian Institution. 

Many duplicates received from corresponding societies had for years 
been accumulating in the Library of the Academy. After a selection 
had been sent to the California Academy, the Library Committee and 
the Council directed the return of the remainder to the publishing 
societies, in the hope that a similar favor might be secured in the case 
of duplicates of the Academy’s publications. 

Parcels therefore have been sent through the International Bureau 
of Exchange to 215 societies, each accompanied by the following 
notice: ‘‘The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia returns 
duplicates of publications received from corresponding societies, 
and requests that duplicate numbers of its JouRNaL and PRocEED- 
1NcGs be returned, either by post or through the International 
Bureau of Exchange.” It is hoped that this action may result in an 
addition to the stock of the earlier issues of the Academy's publications, 
several of which are nearly out of print. 

Seventy-eight volumes and 256 pamphlets, publications of the 
Department of Agriculture, U.S. Geological Survey, Bureau of Educa- 
tion, etc., have been returned to the Government Printing Office, in 
compliance with the law. The greater number of these were dupli- 
cates, but some were works not pertinent to the Academy’s Library. 
About thirty-seven volumes belonging to the latter class were given 
to the Free Library of Philadelphia. 

Cards have been prepared to be placed in the spaces left by books 
kept in the study rooms for use, thus in a measure remedying the incon- 
venience arising from such retention. 

The necessity for additional room in some of the departments of 
the Library becomes annually more pressing. In view of the possi- 
bility of an increase of the Academy’s building in the near future 
certain of the additions are placed temporarily, not always in con- 
formity with the system of classification, in the hope that the required 
increase in the shelving capacity of the Library may be secured. 

Ten cases are still to be shelf-listed in the department of Journals 
and Periodicals, although the work has continued during the year as 
steadily as the time at the disposal of the Assistant would permit. 


586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Three hundred and thirty-nine lantern slides have been added to the 
collection as a loan from the Ludwick Institute. These are dis- 
tinguished in the catalogue by blue cards. 

The intelligence and reliability of my assistant, William J. Fox, in the 
discharge of his duties, both in the Library and in connection with the 
publications of the Academy, are again gladly acknowledged. 

Epwarp J. Nouan, 
Tabrarian. 


REPORT OF THE CURATORS. 


The collections in the care of the Curators are in excellent condition, 
while much progress has been made during the year in their study and 
classification. 

Early in the year work was begun upon the new concrete and steel 
roof for the Library building, for which the Academy received an appro- 
priation of $20,000 from the State of Pennsylvania, and by the begin- 
ning of the autumn it had been completed. The new roof is a needed 
improvement, being thoroughly waterproof and fireproof, while it 
admits an abundance of light to the Museum galleries. 

This work necessitated the temporary closing of the old Museum to 
the public and the removal of all the collections from the upper gallery, 
while the cases on the lower floor had to be boarded up for their better 
protection. The rearrangement of the collections is now in progress 
and will be pushed rapidly during the coming year. 

Two thousand and sixteen cubic feet of exhibition cases uniform 
with those previously installed have been ordered for birds, inver- 
tebrate fossils and the McCook collection of insect architecture. 

A number of air-tight metal storage cases have been provided for the 
bird and mammal skins and for the Herbarium. 

Mr. Clarence B. Moore has continued his exploration of the Indian 
mounds of the Gulf States and has still further enriched his unrivalled 
collection. 

Through the liberality of Mrs. Charles Schaeffer, Mr. Stewardson 
Brown was enabled to spend two months collecting botanical speci- 
mens in the Canadian Rockies, where he obtained about 4,000 plants 
representing 700 species. 

Dr. Henry Skinner visited Idaho in the interest of the Academy for 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 587 


the purpose of making entomological collections, but a serious attack 
of illness materially interfered with his work. 

Dr. H. A. Pilsbry spent October and November in the prosecution 
of his studies on the molluscan fauna of Arizona. 

In addition to these extended expeditions many local collecting 
trips have been undertaken by the members of the Museum staff and 
much valuable material secured. 

Among the more notable accessions to the Museum during the year 
may be mentioned the Gulick collection of Hawaiian mollusks, which 
formed the basis of Mr. Gulick’s well-known paper on ‘‘ Evolution, 
Racial and Habitudinal’’; the collection of bird skins formed by the 
late Canon Tristram, of Durham, England, representing over 3,000 
species from all parts of the world, a large proportion of them new to 
the Academy’s collection; and another valuable collection of marine 
invertebrates from Naples, presented by Dr. Henry C. Chapman. 

A number of valuable mammals received from the Zoological Society 
of Philadelphia or by purchase have been mounted by the taxidermist 
and many others prepared as skins or skeletons. Considerable addi- 
tions have been made to the alcoholic series in Herpetology. 

In addition to the services rendered by the Museum staff the Curators 
are indebted to Dr. P. P. Calvert, Messrs. E. T. Cresson, Jr., and H. W. 
Wenzel for aid in the Entomological department, and to Mr. S. 5S. 
Van Pelt in the Herbarium. 

Details of the year’s work in several departments are appended. In 
addition Dr. J. P. Moore has continued the care and study of the 
Helminthological collections, and Mr. H. W. Fowler of the Fishes, 
while Miss H. N. Wardle has made progress in cataloguing and arrang- 
ing the Archeological collections. ‘ 

The Anti-Tuberculosis Society, Philadelphia Botanical Club, and 
Delaware Valley Ornithological Club have held their meetings in the 
Academy during the year. The collections have been consulted by 
many visiting scientists and specimens have been loaned to Robert 
Ridgway, H. W. Henshaw, H. I. Smith, C. Hart Merriam, D. G. Elliot, 
M. W. Lyon, H. F. Osborn, E. B. Williamson, Frank Stephens, G. W. 
Clapp, A. N. Caudell, O. P. Hay, O. A. Peterson, G. S. Miller, Jr., F. 
C. Baker, Lawrence Bruner, Earl Douglass, and E. W. Nelson. 

SamvuEt G. Dixon, 
Curator. 


REPORT OF THE SPECIAL CURATOR OF THE DEPARTMENT OF MOLLUSCA. 


Early in the year the entire collection of mollusks was removed from 
the upper gallery, and has remained packed up during the construction 


588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


of the new roof of the Museum. New cases have now been ordered, 
which will enable us to rearrange the specimens during the coming 
year. Meanwhile work has been continued upon such parts of the 
collection as were accessible. 

Large accessions have been received from numerous correspondents 
of the Curator. A list of these gifts may be found in the accessions 
to the Museum. The largest single accession has been the collection 
of Hawaiian land snails purchased from Dr. John T. Gulick. This 
series served as the basis of that author’s important studies on evolution, 
as well as his systematic papers on the Hawaiian fauna. Mr. H. 
Bloomfield Moore has contributed largely to our series of small land 
mollusks of Georgia and Florida by gatherings of leaves and humus, 
from which large numbers of shells have been picked by Mr. Vanatta. 

The Special Curator has been occupied chiefly with the preparation 
of the Manuat or ConcHoLocy, the monograph of the family 
Achatinide being completed this year, and the collections of this group 
revised and relabelled. Studies of American and Japanese mollusks 
have also been continued. The months of October and November 
were spent in Arizona and New Mexico, chiefly in the Grand Canyon 
of the Colorado, the Florida and Chiricahua Mountains, and large 
collections of the mollusca of these regions were obtained. 

Mr. E. G. Vanatta has continued his efficient work as Assistant in the 
department throughout the year. 

H. A. Pitssry, 
Special Curator. 


REPORTS OF THE SECTIONS. 
Tur BIoLoGIcAL AND MICROSCOPICAL SECTION. 


The Section has held nine stated and several informal meetings with 
the usual attendance. 

The donations reported by the Conservator are as follows: One 
Zentmayer histological microscope with three objectives; one Fiddian 
and one Acme microscope lamp; about 400 slides, including two 
Moller type plates and an arranged monogram mount by Thum; 
about twenty-five books, including Van Heurck’s Diatoms of Belgium, 
the Micrographic Dictionary, and a lot of unmounted material and 
mounting apparatus. All the above are from the collection of the late 
John C. Wilson, presented by Miss Maria S. Wilson. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. —, ae iY 


Five slides of marine invertebrates, collected by Dr. Chapman and 
mounted by the Conservator. 

At the regular meetings numerous communications have been made 
by the members on such subjects as rock inclusions, Diatoms, Myxomy- 
cetes and Bacteria. 

There has been a slight increase in membership. 

The officers elected for the year 1907 are as follows: 


Director, : : : : . J.Cheston Morris, M.D. 
Vice-Director, : : ; .  T. Chalkley Palmer, 
Treasurer,  . : : : . Thomas §S. Stewart, M.D. 
Recorder, ; : : . Charles S. Boyer. 
Conservator, . 5 . FJ. Keeley. 
Corresponding Secretary, . : . Silas L. Schumo. 


CHARLES §. Borer, 
Recorder. 


MINERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION. 


Nine meetings of the Mineralogical and Geological Section were held 
during the year with a fair attendance, and the finances of the Section 
are in good condition. Seven excursions were made to interesting 
localities and proved to be enjoyable to all who participated in them, 
as well as an agreeable method of study and recreation. There was an 
average attendance on these occasions of about 30. 

At the annual meeting held December 17, 1906, the following 
officers were elected : 


Director, : - : : . Benjamin Smith Lyman. 
Vice-Director, : ; : . George Vaux, Jr. 
Treasurer, . : : : . Emma Walker. 

Recorder, 2 - é : . Mary S. Holmes. 
Conservator, . Frank J. Keeley. 


Respectfully submitted, 
GEORGE VAUX, JR., 
Vice-Director. 


THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. 


The regular monthy meetings have been held, except during July and 
August, with an attendance of 11 persons. The proceedings of the Sec- 
39 


590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


tion have been published in the ENtromoLocicat News. Volume XVII 
of this journal has been completed with 404 pages and 15plates. The 
number of authors contributing articles was 92. Two thousand two hun- 
dred and seventeen insects were added to the collection. Nearly all of 
these have been properly incorporated in the cabinets. The number 
added this year has not been as great as in the two previous years, but 
there have been a number of valuable types presented and many gaps 
filled. The more important additions were 460 insects of various 
orders from P. P. Calvert; 305 Pennsylvania and New Jersey specimens 
with accurate data; 175 from Arizona, H. A. Pilsbry; collections from 
Mexico and the Western States from Henry Skinner; a collection from 
Minnesota, Witmer Stone; a valuable lot of mosquitoes from New 
Jersey, H. L. Viereck; blind Carabide from caves in Europe, H. W. 
Wenzel, and a small collection from Panama from H. E. Wetherill. The 
efficiency of the metal case or cabinet has been further demonstrated 
during the past summer. Some insects kept in wooden cases were 
damaged by mould, owing to the excessive dampness and leakage of 
the temporary roof on the building. At a meeting held December 27, 
the following officers were elected to serve for 1907: 


Director, . : 3 : : Philip Laurent. 
Vice-Director, . : : : : : H. W. Wenzel. 
Treasurer, Sm : 5 E. T. Cresson. 
Recorder, ; : : Henry Skinner. 
Secretary, ; : : J. H. Ridings. 
Conservator, : ; Henry Skinner. 


§ J. H. Ridings, 


Publication Committee, nT Creo 


HENRY SKINNER, 
Recorder. 


THE BoTANICAL SECTION. 


During the past year the work of placing the specimens in species 
covers was begun, the work in more than half of the Herbarium being 
completed to date; the balance will be arranged in the early part of 
the coming year. 

Additions to the Herbarium have numbered about 9,000 sheets; of 
these we have received as an exchange from the New York Botanical 
Gardens of about 1,100, including a set of 899 sheets of Dr. Abrams’ 
Southern California plants, 87 sheets from Central America and the 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 591 


West Indies and 100 Characee from the herbarium of the late Dr. T. F. 
Allen. 

Specimens have been presented by Dr. Ida A. Keller and Messrs. 
Joseph Crawford, Charles S. Williamson, Bayard Long, Benjamin H. 
Smith, Stewardson Brown, Samuel 8. Van Pelt, Dr. John W. Harsh- 
berger, Witmer Stone and the Philadelphia Botanical Club, from vari- 
ous parts of the eastern United States, amounting to about the same 
number. 

The Section has purchased the following: From Mr. A. A. Heller, 
2,400 Californian plants; from Dr. Charles H. Shaw, 545 British Colum- 
bian plants; from A. O. Garrett, 100 Utah plants; from Dr. J. W. 
Blankinship, 583 Montana plants. 

Through the liberality of Mrs. Charles Schaeffer, the Conservator 
was enabled to spend the months of June and July collecting in the 
Canadian Rocky Mountains, in the provinces of Alberta and British 
Columbia. More than 4,000 specimens were made, covered by over 
800 numbers. Several sets of duplicates of this collection will be 
available for exchange. 

Valuable assistance has been rendered by Miss Ada Allen in mounting 
specimens and Francis W. Pennell in cataloging and arranging sama 

The Philadelphia Botanical Club has continued to hold its meetings 
at the Academy during the year, about 1,800 sheets having been added 
to the local Herbarium, which has been assiduously cared for by Mr. 
Samuel 8. Van Pelt, its curator. 

At the annual meeting of the Botanical Section the following were 
elected to serve as its officers for the coming year: 


Director, . : : : : . Benjamin H. Smith. 
Vice-Director, . : : . Joseph Crawford. 
Recorder, : : ; 4 . Charles S. Williamson. 
Treasurer and Conservator, . : . Stewardson Brown. 


Respectfully submitted, 


STEWARDSON Brown, 
Conservator. 


THE ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION. 


During the past year the remainder of the mounted birds, with the 
exception of the song birds and ostriches, were removed to the new 
building and placed in the cases provided for them, all of the specimens 


592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


being examined by the taxidermist and thoroughly cleansed. Three 
new cases to accommodate the groups above mentioned are now nearly 
completed, so that the arrangement of the new bird gallery will be 
finished at an early date. 

Ten additional cases have been procured for the study series of skins, 
which is increasing at a rapid rate and is much consulted. 

During the past year the Academy secured by purchase the collection 
of bird skins belonging to the late Canon Tristram, of Durham, Eng- 
land. This comprises about 7,000 specimens, representing some 
3,000 species, the avifauna of British Guiana and of various insular 
groups being particularly well represented. Altogether it forms one of 
the most notable accessions that has been made to the Ornithological 
department and brings the total number of specimens in the Academy’s 
collection close to 55,000, while it adds a large number of forms previ- 
ously unrepresented in our series. 

Several nests and sets of eggs have been added to the Delaware 
Valley Ornithological Club Collection, rendering this local exhibit still 
more nearly complete. 

The Club has held its meetings in the building of the Academy 
during the year, and its members, as well as many visiting ornithol- 
ogists, have studied the collections. 

Mr. J. A. G. Rehn has rendered important service during the year 
in cataloguing and arranging the accessions. 

At the annual meeting of the Section the following officers were 
elected : 


Director, . . ! : . Spencer Trotter, M.D. 
Vice-Director, . . George Spencer Morris. 
Secretary, ; . William A. Shryock. 
Recorder, ; : . Stewardson Brown. 
Treasurer and Conservator, . : . Witmer Stone. 


WITMER STONE, 
Conservator. 


The annual election of Officers, Councillors and Members of the 
Committee on Accounts to serve during 1907 was held with the follow- 
ing result: 


1906. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 593 


PRESIDENT, 5 : : : ; Samuel G. Dixon, M.D. 
VICE-PRESIDENTS, . ; : : Arthur Erwin Brown, 
Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D. 

RECORDING SECRETARY, . : : Edward J. Nolan, M.D. 
CORRESPONDING SECRETARY, : . + J. Perey Moore, Ph.D. 
TREASURER, . ; : 3 : George Vaux, Jr. 
LIBRARIAN, : E ; : : Edward J. Nolan, M.D. 
CURATORS, : : ; : : Arthur Erwin Brown, 


Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., 
Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D., 
William S. Vaux, Jr. 
COUNCILLORS TO SERVE THREE YEARS, . Dr. C. Newlin Peirce, 
Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., 
Thomas Biddle, M.D., 
Frederick Prime. 
CoMMITTEE ON ACCOUNTS, . : . Charles Morris, 
Samuel N. Rhoads, 
Dr. C. Newlin Peirce, 
John G. Rothermell, 
Howard Crawley, Ph.D 
COUNCILLOR TO SERVE AN UNEXPIRED 
TERM OF TWO YEARS, . : : Henry Tucker, M.D. 


COUNCIL FOR 1907. 


Ex-ofjicio—Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., Edwin G. Conkln, M.D., 
Arthur Erwin Brown, Edward J. Nolan, M.D., J. Perey Moore, Ph.D., 
George Vaux, Jr., Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D., and William 8. Vaux, Jr. 

To serve Three Y ears.—Dr. C. Newlin Peirce, Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., 
Thomas Biddle, M.D., and Frederick Prime. 

To serve Two Years.—Charles B. Penrose, M.D., Charles Morris, 
Benjamin Sharp, M.D., and Henry Tucker, M.D. 

To serve One Year.—Thomas Fenton, M.D., Edwin 8. Dixon, John 
Cadwalader and Horatio C. Wood, M.D. 


Curator oF Motuusca, . ; : Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D. : 
ASSISTANT LIBRARIAN, ; : , William J. Fox. 


594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


ASSISTANTS TO CURATORS, 


TAXIDERMIST, : 
Jessup Fund Students, 


Janitors, . 


Witmer Stone, 
Henry Skinner, M.D., 
Stewardson Brown, 
J. Perey Moore, Ph.D., 
Edward G. Vanatta, 
Henry W. Fowler, 

J. A. G. Rehn, 

H. Newell Wardle. 
David McCadden. 

H. Newell Wardle, 

J. A. G. Rehn, 
Francis Pennell. 
Charles Clappier, 
Daniel Heckler, 
James Tague, 

Jacob Aebley. 


ELECTIONS DURING 1906. 


January 16.—Herbert 8. Jennings, Ph.D., Rob’t Grier LeConte, M.D., 


Henry Leffman, M.D. 


February 20.—R. E. B. McKenney, D. H. Tennant, Edward S. Miles. 


March 20.—Francis William Rawle. 


April 17.—Oglesby Paul, Norton Downs, M.D. 


May 15.—Walter F. Herzberg. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 595 


ADDITIONS TO MUSEUM. 
MAMMALS. 


Cot. George S. ANnpERsoN. Fruit Bat (Pteropus sp.), Civet Cat (Vivera 
tangalunga), Luzon, Philippines. 

P. P. Catvert. Two skulls of Lepus, Chihuahua, Mexico. 

W. 5. Dickryson. Skull of melanistic Marsh Hare. 

J.G. Dmx. Putorius noveboracensis, Bucks county, Pennsylvania. 

W.O. Emerson. Fiveskins of mammals, California. 

Howarp Fueuer. Grevy’s Zebra (Equus grevy?). 

Grorce L. Harrison, Jr. Water Buck (Kobus), Red Buck (Cervcapra). 

Davin McCappEN. Woodchucks (Marmota monax), Chester county, Pennsyl- 
vania. Old and young. Feetus of Gray Squirrel. 

Mepico-CurrurGicaL CoLtyeGre. Several mammalian embryos. 

C.J. Pennock. European Ferret. 

PurcHASED. Mink (Putorius vison), New Jersey. 

S. N. Raoaps. Bonaparte’s Weasel (Putorius cicognani). 

Burnett Smite. Bull Dog, for skeleton. 

H. L. Viereck. Brown Bat (Vespertilio fuscus). 

C.L. Witson. Four Black Rats (Mus rattus), Glenolden, Pennsylvania. 

ZooLoGcicaL Society OF PHILADELPHIA. Specimens prepared as follows: 
Mounted: Antelope Kangaroo (Macropus antilopenus), Ratel (Mellivora indica), 
Lioness (Felis leo). Skin and skull: Beaver (Castor fiber), Himalayan Bear 
(Ursus tibetanus), Panda (Aelurus fulgens), Ocelot (Felis pardalis), Arabian Gazelle 
¢ —), Florida Otter (Lutra hudsonica vaga), Central American Puma 
(Felis concolor costaricensis). Skin: Eyra Cat (Felis eyra). Skull: Young Steller’s 
Seal (Eumetopiasstelleri). Skeleton: Binturong (Arctictis bintuwrong). 


Birbs. 


Cou. GrorGE S. ANDERSON. Twelve skins of Philippine birds and egg of 
Megapode. 

C.F. Baker. Skin of Icterus hypomelas, Cuba. 

Dr. C. BerENs. Goshawk (Astur atricapillus), Cape May, New Jersey. 

DELAWARE VALLEY ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB. Six nests and eggs of local birds 
for the D. V. O. C. Collection. 

Grorce L. Harrison, Jr. Eggs of Maribou Stork, boundary of Soudan and 
Abyssinia. 

Purcuasep. H. B. Tristram collection of bird skins and mounted birds, 
about 7,000 specimens. 

W.E.D.Scorr. Trochalopterum canorum, skin. 

EDWARD SINGLETON. Herring Gull (Larus argentatus), mounted. 

ZooLoGicaL Society OF PHILADELPHIA. Skins of Spindalis pretrei, Conurus 
wagleri, Rhamphastos ambiguus, Turtur turtur risoria, Lagonosticta larvata, Buteo 


596 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


albicaudata, Goura victoria. Skeleton of Sagittarius serpentarius. Egg of Cal- 
locephalon galeatum. 


REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS. 


Dr. C.C. Apporr. Snake. 

R. C. Apporr. Green Snake, Vermont. 

ARTHUR ERwIN Brown. Thirty-seven jars of Reptiles and Batrachians. 

P. P. Catverr. Horned Toad (Phrynosoma), Chihuahua, Mexico. 

Dr. D.M. Castix. Two Anolis principalis, Tybee Island, Georgia. 

C.H. Conner. Two eggs of Water Turtle, Union Mills, New Jersey. 

J. W. Corriston. Horned Toad (Phrynosoma). 

Howarp Crawitry. Tadpoles of Rana palustris. 

H. W. Fowter. Collections of Batrachia from various points in Pennsylvania 
and New Jersey. Red-bellied Terrapin, Dennisville, Cape May county, New 
Jersey. 

H. W. Fowter and T. D. Kem. Kinosternon from Neshaminy Creek and 
collection of Reptiles and Batrachians from Potter county, Pennsylvania. 

H. W. Fowier and Wirmer Srone. Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians, 
York Furnace, York county, Pennsylvania. 

Mepico-CuirurGicaL CoLteGr. Several Reptiles. 

FRANCIS PENNELL. ana clamata and catesbiana, Acris gryllus and Plethodon, 
Wawa, Delaware county, Pennsylvania. 

S. N. Ruoaps. Acris gryllus, Nockamixon, Pennsylvania. 

C.F. Sanps. Ground Rattlesnake, Kansas. 

O. P.SarrertHwaite. Milk Snake, Ophibolus g. doliatus, Wawa, Pennsylvania. 

S.L.SHumo. Young Terrapene carolina, Glenmoor, Chester county, Pennsyl- 
vania. 

Dr. H. Skinner. Three Lizards, Idaho. 

Wirmer Srone. Wood Frog (Rana sylvatica), Medford, New Jersey. 

GrorcE B. Woop. Head of Sea Turtle, Florida. Snake, West Palm Beach, 
Florida. 

Dr. H. C. Woop. Several Reptiles, Jamaica. 

H. A. Van Vueck. Eggs of King Snake, Florida. 

ZooLoGIcAL Society OF PHILADELPHIA, Spilotes corais, intermediate between 
couperi and melanurus; Leopard Tortoise, Clemmys marmoratus. 


FISHES. 


C.C. Asporr, M.D. Blennoid Fish from Oyster. 

R. C. Asporr. Collection of Fishes from Nantucket, Massachusetts. 

J.G. Diztm. Pomozis, Bucks county, Pennsylvania. 

W. J. Eptine. Gasterosteus atkinsti, Jackman, Maine. 

H. W. Fowter, C. C. Assorr, M.D., and T. D. Keim. Collection of Fishes, 
Crosswicks Creek, New Jersey. 

H. W. Fow ter and Davin McCappEn. Collection of Fishes, Stone Harbor, 


New Jersey. 
H. W. Fowrer and T. D. Keim. Collections of Fishes, Neshaminy Creek, 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 597 


Pennsylvania, and headwaters of the Allegheny, Genesee and Susquehanna 
Rivers. 

H. W. Fowier and Wirmer Srone. Collection of Fishes, York Furnace, 
York county, Pennsylvania. 

H. W. Fowter and C. J. Hunr. Collection of Fishes, Pensauken Creek, New 
Jersey. 

H. W. Fowter. Collections of Fishes from Cape May, New Jersey, Emporium 
and Bristol, Pennsylvania. 

Wiiu1aM J. Fox. Two barrels of Fish and thirty-one additional specimens 
from Sea Isle City, New Jersey, including the Eagle Ray (Myliobates freminvillit), 
Thread Herring (Clupanodon oglinum), Gar (Tylosurus raphidoma), Halfbeak 
(Hemiramphus brasiliensis), Angel Fish (Pomacanthus arcuatus), Sail Fish 
(Istiophorus nigricans). 

Grorce Z. Harrman. Collection of Fishes, Palermo, New Jersey. 

S. P. Hetuman. Goldfish. 

C. A. Hicerns. Series of Food Fishes from Great Lakes. 

P. LorriwurerRe. Brook Trout (Salmo fontinalis), Pennsylvania. 

H. A. Pirspry. Perch and several Eels, Delanco, New Jersey. 

Dr. H. Senior. Two Fish, Hiodon and Coregonus. 

Dr. H. Skinner. Jar of Fish, Idaho. 

U.S. Fish Commission. Collection of Fishes. 

U.S. Nationat Museum. Citharichthys microstomus, Ocean City, New Jersey. 

Grorce B. Woop. Skeleton of Puffer; jaws of Shark; bones of Barracuda; 
collection of Fishes, West Palm Beach, Florida. 


INSECTs. 


Witu1am BrevuTreNMULLER. Two hundred Coleoptera, North Carolina. 

C. R. BreperMan. Eight Coleoptera, Arizona. 

P. Brottey. Eighty-nine Orthoptera, Costa Rica. 

Brooktyn Instirute. Eighteen Orthoptera, South America and Tonkin. 

A. E. Brown. Three Mallophaga, Philadelphia. 

L. Bruner. One Orthoptera, British Guiana. 

P. P. Catverr. Six insects, New York, and four hundred and sixty insects 
from Mexico. 

D. M. Castie. Twelve Coleoptera, United States. 

T. D. A. CockrrELL. Two Hymenoptera, Colorado. 

E. T. Cresson. One Hymenoptera, United States. 

J.C. Crawrorp. Twenty-five Hymenoptera, Costa Rica, and one, Nebraska 

E. Darckre. Ten Diptera, New Jersey. 

H. W. Fow.er. Twenty-seven insects, Pennsylvania. 

W.J. Fox. Twelve Coleoptera, New Jersey. 

JosprH GRINNELL. Thirty Orthoptera, California. 

F. Harmpacu. Four Lepidoptera, New Jersey. 

H. D. HocneNnBERRY. Specimen of wood bored by Bees. 

Cart Inc. Thirty Lepidoptera, Philadelphia. 

G. M. Greener. Three hundred and five insects from] Pennsylvania. 

M. Heparp. Twenty-five Orthoptera, Jerusalem. 

Bayarp Lone. Seventy-five Orthoptera, Pennsylvania and New Jersey. 


598 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


D.N.McCappen. Four Diptera, New Jersey. 

R. E. NicHotson. One Lepidoptera, Pennsylvania. 

H. A. Pirspry. One hundred and seventy-five insects, Arizona. 

Dr. C. W. Ricumonp. Two Spiders, Pennsylvania. 

Henry SKINNER. Fifty-nine Lepidoptera, United States. ; forty-five Lepidop- 
tera, California; fifty Odonata, Idaho; seventy Lepidoptera, Colima, Mexico; 
twenty-seven Diptera, Idaho; five Lepidoptera, Japan; two Odonata, Yellow- 
stone Park; fourteen Odonata, Pennsylvania; thirty-three Lepidoptera, Idaho. 

Wirmer Stone. One hundred and thirty-nine insects, Minnesota. 

H. L. Vrerecx. Fifty-nine Diptera, New Jersey; fifty-three Hymenoptera, 
Pennsylvania; twenty-five insects, United States. 

H. W. Wenzev. LHighteen Coleoptera, Europe. 

H. E. WerHEeRELL. Thirty-three insects, Panama. 

H. F. Wickuam. Eight Coleoptera, United States. 

JosEPH WILLCox. Scorpion, Florida. 


Mo.uusca. 


Mrs. Heten G. Assorr. Pyramidula alternata Say and Lymnea megasoma 
Say from Lake Minnetonka, Minnesota. 

Jacos AgBLy. Viviparus malleatus Rve., five and one-half years old, raised in 
an aquarium. 

A.and J. Batty. Eight trays of American land and marine shells. 

C. F. Baker. Ten trays of Cuban marine shells. 

F.C. Baker. Nine species of American fresh-water shells. 

W.T. Bepnatu. Four Chitons from Port Elliott, South Australia. 

BERNICE PavaHI Bishop Museum. Fifteen species of Hawaiian Island land 
shells in exchange. 

C. R. BrepERMAN. Pisidium from Reef, Arizona. 

Fortunato Bonts. Fifteen species of land shells from Cauca, Colombia. 

J. CHesteR Brapiey. Three trays of fresh-water shells from the Selkirk 
Mountains, British Columbia. 

SrpwarDson Brown. Thirty-three species of land and marine shells from 
Bermuda, and twenty trays of land and fresh-water shells from British Columbia. 

Grorce H. Crarp. Four species of land and fresh-water shells from North 
America. 

T. D. A. CockrRELL, Twelve trays of land and fresh-water shells from New 
Mexico, 

H.S. Cotton. Strombus pugilis L. from Clearwater Harbor, Florida. 

CHARLES H. ConNER. Two Unios from the Delaware River. 

L. E. Dantets. Segmentina crassilabris Wkr. from White and Knox counties, 
Indiana. 

Dr. S. G. Drxon. Three species of fresh-water shells from Puzzle Lake, 
Ontario. 

J. H. Ferriss. Six species of Western land shells. 

H. W. Fowrer. Fifteen trays of shells from Potter and McKean counties, 
Pennsylvania. 

WituiaM J. Fox. Loligo from Sea Isle City, New Jersey. 

L. S. Frrerson. Three species of land shells from near Frierson, Louisiana. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 599 


B. W. GREENWooD. One pearl from Ostrea virginica Gmel. 

A.Guuick. Lulota blakeana from Sapporo, Japan. 

Dr. HarsHBerGER. Five land shells from Harrington Sound, Bermuda. 

MorcaNn Heparp. Eight species of Achatinella. 

C.Heptey. Tellina jabrejacta Pils. from Masthead Island, Queensland. 

ANGELO HErmLprin. Cerion ura L. and Tudora megacheila P. M., Curagao. 

J. B. Henverson. Jr. Opeas gracile Hutt from Port au Prince, Haiti, and 
Zonitoides arborea Say from Cazenovia, New York. 

Juntus Henperson. Eight trays of land and fresh-water shells from Colorado. 

Dr. H.M. Hier. Nine species of Cuban land shells. 

A. A. Hinkuey. Four fresh-water shells from Alabama, 

Y. Hirase, A Sitala from China. 

Mrs. AGNEs F, Kenyon. Twenty-nine species of marine shells from Victoria, 
Australia. 

N. W. Lermonp. Twenty trays of land shells from Maine. 

H. H. Lewis. An Octopus from Bahama Islands. 

Miss E. L. Lunpy. Fourteen trays of marine and fresh-water shells. 

Dr. F. M. MacFaruanp. Physa from Grand Canyon, Arizona. 

J.G. Matone. Sixteen trays of land and fresh-water shells from Washington 
and Oregon. 

R. V. Mann. Oreohelix depressa Ckll. from near Boulder, Colorado. 

W. E. Meewan. Margaritana margaritifera L. from Still Creek, Schuylkill 
county, Pennsylvania. 

Mizwavker Pusiic Museum. Seventy trays of fresh-water shells. 

CLarRENCE B. Moore. Seventy-three trays of land and fresh-water shells from 
Georgia, Alabama and Florida. 

Dr. Wittram A. Nason. Three species of land shells. 

F. PENNELL. Two land shells from Wawa, Pennsylvania. 

H. A. Puspry. Three hundred and nineteen trays of land and fresh-water 
shells. 

PurcHaseD. The J. Gulick Collection of Hawaiian land shells, containing 
five hundred and sixty-five trays. Three hundred and thirty-one trays of Ala- 
bama fresh-water shells, collected by H. H. Smith. 

J. A.G. Rewn. Six trays of fresh-water shells from Cornwells, Bucks county, 
Pennsylvania. 

S. N. Ruoaps. Sixty-four trays of land and fresh-water shells from Eastern 
United States. 

J. Rircuie, Jr. Twenty-one trays of land and marine shells. 

Mrs. ScHAarFFER and Miss James. Six species of land and fresh-water shells 
from British Columbia. 

Dr. B. SHarpe. Two trays of Ostrea virginica. 

Dr. H. Skinner. Seven trays of land and fresh-water shells from Idaho, 
Montana and Indiana. 

Dr. V. Sterki. Two land shells from Ohio. 

Wirmer Srone and H. W. Fowter. Twelve trays of land and fresh-water 
shells from Pennsylvania and Minnesota. 

D. THaaNnum. Seven Hawaiian land shells. 

W.G. Torr. Seven Chitons from South Australia. 

Dr. R. H. Tremper. Epiphragmophora tudiculata Binn. from Ontario, Cali- 
fornia. 


600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


E.G. Vanarra. Fifteen trays of land shells from the Eastern United States. 

T. Van Hyninc. Three trays of land and fresh-water shells from Iowa. 

H. L. Vierecs. Five species of land and marine shells from Connecticut and 
New Jersey. 

Bryant WALKER. Thirteen species of land and fresh-water shells from Michi- 
gan, Minnesota and Indiana. 

Water F. Wess. Twelve species of East Indian land and fresh-water 
shells. 

Rev. W. H. Wesster. Ten species of Monodonta and Calliostoma from New 
Zealand. 

Epwarp E. WitpMaAn. Purpura lapillus L. from Greenings Island, Maine, 
and Woods Hole, Massachusetts. 

J. Wittcox. Two species of fresh-water and marine shells from Sarasota Bay, 
Florida. 

H.T.Wour. Lymnea stagnalis L. from an aquarium. 


Worms. 


Dr. H. C. Cuapman. Three bottles of Polycheta, two Myzostoma and a 
Nematode. 

H. B. Davis. Tenia serrata. 

H. W. Fowter. Erpobdella punctata, Gordius, Placobdella. 

W.J. Fox. Ascaris from Codfish. 

C. B. Moore. Fridericia, Florida. 

J. P. Moore. Planaria gonocephala and Glossiphonia, Dasychone and Poma- 
tostegus; three hundred and thirty-eight bottles of Polycheta. 

Dr. C. B. Penrose. Plychobothrium and Filaria immitis. 

Pror. C. E. Porter. Glossiphonia and Geoplana. 

Mrs. CHARLES SCHAEFFER. Planaria, British Columbia. 

Misses STEVENS and Bortne. Four bottles of Planaria morgani, including the 
type. 

Pror. A. L. TREADWELL. Twelve species of Polycheta. 

E.G. Vanarra. Allolobophora longa, Maryland. 

W.M. WHEELER. Nine species of Myzostomata, including several cotypes. 


CRUSTACEA, ECHINODERMATA, ETC. 


Dr. H. C. CHAPMAN. Sixty-two jars of invertebrates from Naples, Italy. 

WiwuiaM J. Fox. A Starfish from Sea Isle City, New Jersey. 

Mrs. Acnes F. Kenyon. One jar of Crustacea from Victoria, Australia. 

Miss E. L. Lunpy. Two corals. 

S. Epwarp PascHatu. One jar of Hermit Crabs from the south coast of Haiti. 

H. L. Viereck. A Starfish from Double Beach, Connecticut. 

J. Wittcox. A jar of Scorpions from Sarasota Bay, Florida. 

HELEN WIncHESTER. Lepas from Ocean Grove, New Jersey. 

Woops Hote Brotoeicat Station. Ten Barnacles from Woods Hole, Massa- 
chusetts. 


ARCHBOLOGY. 


Dr. Cyrus A. Peterson. Model of Moreles Mound, Illinois. 
E. P. Cowetu. Cast of head of Negro. 


a a 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 601 


* CLARENCE B. Moore. Numerous additions to the C. B. Moore Collection of 
Indian pottery, etc., from the mounds of Southern Atlantic and Gulf States. 


INVERTEBRATE FOssILs. 


CuaRENCE B. Moore. Two trays of fossil invertebrates from Georgia and 
Florida. 

C. AULOMETTE SHEPARD. Latirus floridanus Heilpr. from Tampa, Florida. 

JosEPH WILLcOx. Seventy species of fossils from the Eastern United States. 

Mrs. W.S. Bowen. Several fossil invertebrates. 


MINERALS, ETC. 


Miss E. L. Lunpy. Miscellaneous collection of rocks, etc. 

J. L. NortH. Mill cinder (supposed meteorite), Sewell, New Jersey. 
BE. A. Prrman. Collection of minerals and rocks. 

Henry A. ScHweyerR. Serpentine slab, Easton, Pennsylvania. 

Dr. Bensamiy SHarp. Iron ore, Michigan. 

WiuraM S. Vaux Cottection. Numerous specimens purchased. 


PLANTS. 


Srewarpson Brown. Collection of Florida plants. 

JosrpH CRAWFORD. One hundred and fifty plants from various localities. 

JosEPH CRAWFORD, Bayarp Lone and 8. 8. Van Petr. One hundred and 
twenty plants from the Adirondack Mountains, New York. 

Dr. JoHN W. HarsHBERGER. Fifty-five plants from Vermont. 

Dr. Ina A. Ketter. One hundred plants, Glen Onoko, Pennsylvania, and 
Cape Vincent, New York. 

Bayarp Lone. Fifty plants, Pocono region of Pennsylvania. 

New York Boranicat GARDENS. General collection of about 1,100 speci- 
mens, in exchange; principally from Southern California, Central America and 
the West Indies. 

PHILADELPHIA BoTANICAL CLUB, THROUGH VARIOUS OF ITs MEMBERS. Two 
thousand plants. 

BenJAMIN H. Smite. Small collection of plants from various localities. 

Witmer Stone. Lighty-five specimens of plants from Minnesota. 

Unitep Srates Nationat Musrum, iv ExcHance. Specimens of Viola 
painteri, Townsendia wilcoriana and Phillopterus macrorhizus. 

CHarues 8. Wrturamson. Fifty plants from various localities. 

Francis WINDLE. Specimen of Panicum philadelphicum. 

AcapEeMy ExprpiTions. Canadian Rocky Mountains, Stewardson Brown 
collector, four thousand specimens. Arizona, Dr. H. A. Pilsbry collector, two 
hundred and fifty specimens. 

BoranicaL Section—Puiants Purcuasep. J. W. Blankenship, Montana, 
583; A. A. Heller, Western America, 1,403; A. O. Garrett, Utah, 100; Charles H. 
Shaw, Selkirk flora, 545. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


[Dec., 


INDEX TO SPECIES, ETC., DESCRIBED AND REFERRED TO 


IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1906. 


Species described as new are indicated by heavy-faced, synonyms by 


Abudefduf saxatilis.. 
Acanthinula... 


Acanthostracion tricornis.. 


Acerina, cernua. =. .-- 526 | Alopias vulpes.......... 79 
Acestrorhamphus hepsetu _.. 460 | Alopiide.....__. 79 
Acestrorhynchus......... ...- 462 | Amarecium..... 508 
abbreviatus.... 461 | pellucidum... 506 
brachycephalu 460 | JAm Wass se: eens 528 
falcirostns...... _.. 462 | Ambassis ranga.. 528 
heterolepis.. ... 462 Ambloplites.._.. 513 
Achatinella...._ - 148 | cavifrons... 513 
Achatinellide. 148 rupestris... 513 
Achatinide..... 148, 149 r. cavifrons.. 513 
Achurum..... 10,11 | Amblytropidia.... 18,19 
Acontista...... 259734) auriventris._. 19, 19 
pee . 273 australisic.< 25 2-e 18, 18 
Acrida... == LO ferruginosa............. Sek 
Acridide... ... 363 mysteca..__... 19 
Acridine.. 10, 363 | occidentalis.. 18 
Acrolophitus .... 363 | trivitatis... 19, 19 
hirtipes.... ..- 363 | vittata ..... 18, 18 
uniformis. _.. 363 | Amblytropidia...... sapeiks) 
Acrydiine.... _ 363 | Ammocrypta pellucida . 524 
Acrydium.... 363 | Ammotrypane brevis... ac! 
compressicornis.. —- 20 | Amnicola... = eae 
crassum... . 363 cincinnatiensis.... Seal lel 
granulatum.. ..- 363 | comalensis... 125,171 
Abolophis:.2 eee 401 | decisa........ ES niic(il 
chenopodii.. 885,401 | limosa.... 171 
regalis: =e 401 | peracuta... 171 
Aerodramus 179,182 | Amnicolide... 170 
Ageneotettix _..39, 371 | Amphicteis scaphobranchiata.... 255 
deorum Se 3hl )) sAmphitornis.- se ee 364, 365 
occidentalis =a oe eee 371 | coloradus..........1.. .. 365 
scuddert:.- 2 371 | Amphitrite attenuata... - 506 
Agkistrodon contortrix..._______.- 109 Ampullaria.... ae .- 125 
Agriolimax campestris... ... 5383 | Anabropsis frater... .- 284 
Akentetus:. 0°22 1-5 see 364 | tonkinensis...... 284 
unicolor_.. =eo64 |) -Amalbrus..ce = 416 
Albula vulpes. 81 coloradus. 417 
Alb ulidtet 3c oe ee 81 sunplex 2. 416 


ttalic numerals. 


eatGs Alligator mississippiensis 


1906.] 
VAM A Cy GUS SALITNS eee 457 
limesquamus. 454, 454 
panes 458, 453 
tectifer... 458, 453 
Anaplecta.... Be 262, 
dohrniana 262 
fulgida.__.. 263 
mexicana .-. 262 
pulchellasc eee 262 
Anchovia brownil............---------.----- 84, 87 
cheerostoma... 87 
c. cayorum....... 85 
Ancylus excentricus. 565 
haldemani_..... 564 
kirklandi.. 564 
WI UA IS eee ees eee 565 
bec ah ee 565 
walkeri...... 564 
Angela brachyptera.. 273 
fulpidas = = 273 
guianensis.._._- 273 
quinquemaculata.. 23) 
trifasclater nae eee ee 273 
Angelichthys ciliaris......__.....--.---- 102 
PAN OGUS: 4-57.05 ee eee 307 
elongatus....._.. 06, 307 
melanopogon.. , 308 


valosomiai eee es ee eee DT, 
thera 023010) (=)bq-seee ae ey BS. eed Re 526 
lineatus...... 527 
maculiferus_ 527 


menesemus .. 


TAU) epee 527 
notatus....... 527 
NOVEMLAsciatUSs.... 2 OT, 
RetrOsell ae ee eee 526 
Bemilimeats sn 527 
BMY CEM eet eee 527 

Apogoniclthys a americanus 526 
perdix... stadia 5: 
stellatus...... 1527, 

PNPORONIGE Meee eee 

PAD OMOUS ee eens 51 
cyanellus 


obesus........ 
Arabella opalina.. 

spinifera.__ 
Aracoda.... pare tes 
Archoplites_ interruptus... des 
AGRA eMUlzenS ie 
Aap hia 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 


603 


Arphia pseudonietana 
Asiphonichth 
FAS ELU LUIS tr een aa 
asper 
zingel 
Astrapogon.. 
Astyanax...... 
abramis 
SENGUS seer ee ae 
PASSAT Noo ols PN AR 438 
atahualpianus... 436 
Bartlettniss21 227s ee 343 
bina cola tise eee 432 
caucanus.. 343 
chapade.... 349 
diaphanuss. 333, 339 
eigenmanniorum...._____- 346, 347 
fasciatus: 
finitimus......_. 
hauxwellianu: 
iheringii....._.- 
ipanquianus... 
jacuhvensish.. ss wens ” 435 
a CNY DIS ee es et ee ee 351 
jequitinhone. 435 
lacustris....... 
laticeps.... 
lepidurus. 
lineatus.... _ 
longior= = See ee 
TAME. Gh 8OD eee ee 
mexicanus.. : 
moenkhausili.— wee ee 351 
MOOK = 432 
oligolepis. 438 
orientalis. 5 
paucidens Bs 351 
MectinatUse=. eee 341 
pheenicopteru: 338 
rutilus...— 435 
stilbe........ = 431 
Atherina laticeps.. 91, 487 
Atherinide...... 91, 487 
PAGE ta eemeentee saa Uae EER 64 
Atticora cinere 195 
Auchenopterus marmoratus 108 
ACN CULel a eemewers Sas 216 
| Auriculide._ 
Aulocara....... 2 
elliotti...... 
femoratum.. 388 
parallelum.... 388 
Axiothea eampanulata.. 239 
Bairdiella ronchus..._..._.._.--_. 488 
Bascanion constrictor 109, 419 
Batrachid es ae 108 
Bathystoma rimator.. 99, 487 
Belonocharax..___ _ 464 
beani..... . 464 
Bifidariaye 25-5: 2 ee 145 


armifera...- 1445538) 547 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


604 
Bifidaria ashmuni____.__.-_.....- 144 
contracta....... 144, 533, 557 
modosariavc. = = eee 145 
pellucida........ 145 
p- hordeacella.. 143 
Dp: pacvidens:.2 == 144 
pentodon.._... 533 
DOUVEIS iene eee 144 
procera... 144, 533, 557 
pe cristata:: =e 125, 144 
tappaniana --144, 533 
tuba. 2. 145 
Blabera postica 272 
Blaberus.........-.. 272 
biolleyi 273 
posticus.. 272 
thoracicus. 272 
Blattajgracilis:< 2.2... 271 
maculicollis, = 270 
nitidula...... 272 
tomentosa. 269 
viridis... 271 
Blattella...- . 267 
inexpectata - 268 | 
minor - 267 | 
parana.... 268 
(Bla ttid ee 262 
Blenniid se. Se ea 488 
(Blenniin ses 2 ee 107 
Blennius cristatus_ --101, 107 
Bodianus rupestris......-...-------- 513 
Boleichthys fusiformis erochrous... 525 
fo practise cs 525 
f. palustris........ 525 
Boleosoma camurum.. 524 


grum....._.. 

n. mE CERES 

n. meseum.. 

n. olmstedi... 522 

olmstedi var. brevi ipinnis. 522 

philoso 25 

BU PNOUNO 522 
iBoopedon. ss So 39, 42 | 
iBorellig ave a 31, 36 | 
Boulengerella. 464 
Boulengerina.. - o12 | 
Brachyalestes. . 442 


nurse riippellii 
Brachystola.._- 
magna...... 
virescens... 
Brads; pilosa:22 == 
villosa...... 
Bradynotes.. 
obesa.... 


Bry cinus:... == Se ee 442 
Brycon capito. . 446 
falcatus... = .. 447 
melanopterum.. 2 
Bryttus humilis... 
mineopas.... 
oculatus... 
signifer..... = 
Bufo wquericus ss =. s ee eee 
IB Ofori G seen 
Buliminus labiosus.. = 
Bulimulid eS ee 
Bulimulus.... 
albidus..... 
alternatus... 
a. marie 
binneyanus 
dealbatus, 131, 132, 134, 136-139, 
534 
d. liquabilis.....___.124, 131, 133-136 
d. mooreanus.. 124) 131-135 
dsozarkensis ee 131, 136 
ds pascnis. 131, 139 
d. pecosensis, 125, 131-133, 138, 
139 
d. ragsdalei, 124, 131, 133, 136— 
139, 142 
d. schiedeanus... Shek. 
intermedius... 
patriarcha._ 
schiedeanus..........131, 133, 134, 138 
Bulimus confinis..- 134, 134, = 
liquabiliss-=— 
schiedeanus.....- 133, 36 
Ss. Var. mooreanus == 133 
| Calamus penna............ 99 
Calephorus............ 19, 20, 20 
compressicorni 20 
elegans............ . 20 
Callibia... 76, 276 
diana... .. 276 
Calliurus melanops 515 
Campogramma.._ 116 
glaucus 116 
Camnula...... 375 
pellucida... Se 375 
Carangide === eee 96, 487 
Caranx ruber...._. 487 
Carcharinus lamia..... 80 
| Carychium exiguum. 161 
| Centrarchide......_ 513 
Centrarchine... 513 
Centrarchus.__. 513 
interruptus.. 514 
Centropomus..... 520 
lucioperea.... 520 
rupestris... 510 
Cepheus............. . 490 
lamellatus .. 497 
Ceroys.........- 277, 277 
lituus;2 24 eee 277 


1906.] 


Ceroysi perfoliatus;=— 


Cestracion._.___- 80 
zygeena - 80 
Cestraciontide. 80 
Cheenaxis... 145 
C hzenobrythus ‘gulosus.. 515 
Cheetodon capistratus.. 102 
glaucis 116 
Cheetodontide.. 102 
Cheetosyllis........... 352 
Chalceus angulatus 449 
erythrurus....._. 441 
@halemusyal busis- 2s 447 
CDOT TN Sapa oen 448, 450 
brachypomus.. --- 448-450 
cuitersaaas 450, 450 
rotundatus... e450} 
Characide_____- .- 296 | 
Characidium___ 324, 325 
etheostoma.. 323, 324 
PULpULalMS 324 
steindachneri.. 324, 325 
tenuis............ . 325 
Characine. .. 452 
Charax....._. 453, 454 
gibbosus -- 453 
tectifer... 453 
Charopa.... 154 
Cheirodon monodon.. =. 332 
pulcher= 2, 483 
Ghalonia mydas.. lil 
Cheloniidee._____. zee bl 
Chilomyzon......... 309, 311 
Chirodon monodon...._.-.-----.-------.- 332 
Chicealtis. 19, 20, 30, 367 
abdominalis...._____.______. 367, 369 
conspersa._..- ... 368 
linearis... 30 
viridis... 29 
Chlorosecombrine......_. 114 
Chloroscombrus chrysurus........ 114, 116 


Chorimycterus. 
Chorisoneura.__- 


gracilis... 7p 
Chorthippus.. 33, 369 
Chortophaga..__. . 374 

viridifasciata.... 374 
Chriodorus atherinoides.. = Oy 
Cichlide... ieee _.. 486 
Circinaria concava. 533, 557 
Circinariide..____ —-- {B¥/ 
Circotettix......- .. 893 

GarOlinianusseesse eee 393, 394 


40 


NATURAL SCIENCES 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 605 


...360, 393 


Circotettix rabula...._. 
shastanus.__- 
suffusus.._. 
undulatus.... 
verruculatus.. 

Cirratulus grandis.......... 


Cirrhinereis fragilis. 
Citharinine..._.... 
Citharinus geoffroii_. 
Clininze 
Ce DEANS f= 
Clupanodon.... 
jJussieui. 
oglina.... 
pilchardus. 
thrissa...... 
Clupeide..__. 
Clymene harai..._.......-. 
Clymenella tentaculata..__ 
Cnemidophorus sexlineatus. 
Cochlicopa lubrica 
Cochlicopide....... 
Cochliopa.....--.-... 


guatemalensis 
infundibulum___..-.......... 
riograndensis..-.......- 125,171, 17 
rowelli.......-- 
trochulus.. 
tryoniana 

Cocytotettix..... 
intermedius. 
pulchripennis........ 

Ceecilianella 

Collocalia...... 177-212 
agnota.. 179, 182, 183 
brevinOs tris ss = ea 180, 189 
cebuensign =. = = eee 208 
cinerea. .... 195, 195 
Gyanopillar 208 
dodget...----- 181, 209, 209, 210 
esculenta... 181, 210, 211 
francica, 183, ‘188, “193, 198, ‘199, 

201, 202 


f. francica.............180, 196-200, 202 


f. germani..__.. __181, 195, 201 
f. imexpectata.............. 181, 199-202 
Me@MOTUS CALE. co.) .--co ae 199 
f. merguiensis............-.--.--.-. 201, 202 
f. spodiopygia... _..181, 196-201 
tte terreregine...180, 198-200, 202 
f. townsendi.........181, 197, 199-201 
fuciphaga, 178, 186-188, 190, 192- 
194 

f. elaphra, 180, 185, 188-190, 194, 
195 

f. fuciphaga, 180, 185-189, 191, 
194, 195 

f2-vestita. =e 180, 187, 188 
germans eee 201, 202 


606 


Collocalia hypoleuca..........-.--- 210 
inexpectata 200 
TITUS CAGE oe cee 198, 199 
innominata, 178, 179, 182, 183, 

183, 190, 197 


Jeucophea, 178, 180, 184-186, 195- | 


197 
leucopygia, 178, 182, 183, 183, 203 
linchi, 204, 204, 206, 207, 209, 210 
1. affini 182, 206, 207, 209 


PROCEEDINGS OF 


] 182. 205, 206, 209 | 
1. elachypers enero 182, 207, 208 | 
1. isonota... 182, 207, 208-210 


1. linchi... ET82' 204, 205, 208 
lowi::——- < 179, 190, 192 | 
marginata 181, 203, 203 
maim ae Se ee 183 
WNETPWIENSIS 201 
natalis... .-181, 211, 211 
neglecta... 181, 211, 211, 212 | 
nidifica. 187 | 
ocista _179, 184, 185, 195, 196 
OPI PeDIS eee 180, 191, 192 
SDUUCa 210 
thespesia..........-..---.----- 180, 195, 197 
troglodyte: 181, 202, 202, 203 
Uni COOP ee 190, 193 
u. amelis, 180, 186, 193, 198, 194, 
197 
u. unicolor............180, 192, 193, 195 
uropygialis.... ae 181, 203, 203 
SVATIGINIGONS seen 210 
whiteheadi 180, 191-193 
Colossoma== se 472 
nigripinnis. 473 
oculus..... 472 
Colubride... 109 
Comseris. = ke 19 
Compsactisn... == 33 
pulcher... 33 
Congrammus. 105 
moorei _ 105 
Congrus...... . 105 
Conozoa........-. 381-383 
EEG UE ab YY pa eee eee 383 
behrensi..... 381, 382 
SulenimOnsise sees ees 381 
wallular 22. oo 381, 383 
Copeina......... .- 294 
argyrops 295 
Cordillacris ... 365 
cinerea... . 366 
crenulata.... 366 
occipitalis... 365 
Coryphena equisel 122 
equisetis..._. 122 
Conypheenidie ee eee 122 
Coscinoxyront..-= 450 
culter... 450 
Cottogaster ‘aurantiacus. 521 
shumardi... 521 


| Cychla eenea...._.. 


| Cyphocharax....... 


| Dasybatus... 


THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 
Cotyle vanicorensis........._.....-...--- 186 
Crocodilide... 

Grotalids === 


Crotalus adamanteus 
Crystallaria asprella.. 
Cryptotomus beryllinus.. 
Cunmata =e 
cope 
cyprinoides.. 
dorsale 


spilura 
schomburgkii.. 
spilura.._...... 
spiluropsis......... 
Curamatella alburnus.. 


Curamatine............___ 
Curimatus altamazonicu: 
cyprinoides 
gilbertii.... 
rutiloides.. 
spilurus...... 
trachy stethus. 


maculata. 
Cynais canis.. 
Cynocharax... 
Cynodon gibbus_ 


Se sa carpio 
my drus 


| Cyprinus brama.______ 


Cypselus | concolor. ee 


terre-regine. 
Cyrenide......-.._- 
Cyrtocharax.......... 

limzesquamus 
Dactylotum.._... 

pictum..... 
Dasyatis...... 
Dasybatide. 
Dasybatis _ 


hastatus.._.. 
Daudebardiella. 
Delphinus.......-.-.- 
Dermochelydide....._ 
Dermochelys coriacea... - 
Derotmena....- ae 

cupidineum... 

haydeni............ a 
Desmognathus fusca... 356, 357 


1906.} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 607 


Desmognathus ochrophia........... 357 | Eretmochelys imbricata... 112 
Diapoma specs erume. = ee 334 | Enitettix..... 
Dichroatettix... 2 oll; 31, 32 variabilis__ 
viridifrons 30,32 | Erythrinide.. 
Dichromorpha.. 19, Be 29, 367 | Erythrinus.... 
erent = 29, 29 brevicauda.. 


erythrinus 
salmoneus 
unitzniatus. 


" palpata Rec iesict WSLS ET ee ae 290 | Esocide......._.... 
unicolor.___... 87,290  Esox osseus... 
Diodon holocanthus._.-......----.-.------ 103 | Etheostoma cceruleum 
hiystnac eee 103 | ce. lepidum ..... 
Diedonti ds eens nee 103 G spectabile 
Diplesion blennioides =. 522 | flabellare..__ 
Dissosteira __...........- Jessie 
carolina.. macrocephalum. 
longipennis maculatum...... 
spurcata.__. peltatum.._ 
Distichodontine rufilineatum. 
Distichodus rudolphi.......-----.....-- 467 | zonale,..._____ 


Dormitator maculatus. __ 487 | Eucentrarchine.. 


Dorosomatide.......... .. 84 | Eucentrarchus..... 
Drilonereis._ - 502 | macropterus.... 
Puleide = eee 510 | Eucinostomus gula 
Dules..... 510, 512 meeki.. 
MNO! esis ee 512 pseudogula... 
marginatus... Paola) euconulus 
m. boninensis... . 510 chersinus dentatus... 
TED ee . 512 | ¢. trochulus... 
Eigenmannina... . 308 fUlWus: =o 
melanopogon. .. 308 | Eucynopotamus......... 
orinocensis. .. 309 | Euglandina singleyana. 
Elassoma......... -. 513 | Eulalia quadrioculata.. 220, 222 
zonatum.. - 513 longicornuta..__.. 221, 222 
Elopide..._....... 81 | Eumeeces fasciatus.. S10 
Elops saurus... 81 | Bupera......_. .. 174 
Emydide............ = tli maculata elie: 
Emys concentrica. E13 singleyi.... a NS} 
Encoptolophus._.... . 374 VUEMtANeNSe ha eee 
coloradensis... ae 374 | Euplectrotettix 
Ssordidus. == 374 | CONS Persus ise ee ee 
Endodontidee......... 153,154 | ferrugineus 
Englandina singleyana................. 143 | prasinus....-. 
Engraulidide.......... 84 | schulzi.... 
Enneacanthus gloriosus. SNOT bp sodestes =e 
GDESUS eee . 515 | Eupomacentrus leucostictus.... 
PID ACHOM Ieee ee in ne 40 | Eupomotis gibbosus.. 
EXphippus Are@us s.r. 469 | holbroockii.... 
Epilampra...... 269 | Eutryxalis...... 
abortivipenna - 269 | gracilis. 
abortivipennis..................-- 269 | minor... 
fuscan ween Dee? te) strigata... 
lucifuga.... 270,270 | Exoceetide.. 
maculicollis. .............. -.. 270 | Fenestra... 
Epinephelus drummond-hayi. 97 argentin 
MACULOSUS ee 97 | bohlsii.....- 
morio._...... 97 intermedia.... 
striatus. 96 | pulchripennis 
Eremopedes. 417 | Ferrissia........... 


Bali. 222. UP ii” Ag | Pijntclat eek. een 


608 
iatola fasciata 3 ee 118 | 
Foa brachygramma......................-.- 526 
Mulgurcarica...<. se 52 
maximum... 52. | 
Fundulus cubensis 485 
sumiliqe == 88 | 
Galeichthys felis 88 
Gales 2 eee 79 


Galeocerdo tigrinus. 
Galeorhinus........- 


Galeus... 79 

Galumna... . 490 | 
armipes... - 492 | 
imperfecta. - 492 | 
minuscula.. . 492 | 
meesta...... 492 
nitidula... _ 491 
persimilis:. 2 ee 491 
slossone.. 490, 492 
texan ae ss Se eee 494 
turgida.... —_ 493 


unimaculata.. 
Win PICA eee 


Gambusia punctata. - 485 
puncticulata.._. 486 
Garmanina.......- 326 
Gasteropelecus.. 452 
stellatus...... 452 
stermicla: 2.2 oS 452 
Gastrodontaes.. <= ee 530 | 
acerra... 559, 560 | 
brittsis. 4 eS 560 | 
cerinoidea.. 559 | 

GGMiSS8).7. 2 ees 

d. brittsi... 

d. var. lamellata... 

gularis.... = 558-560 

iiitertextaseee ot ea 557, 559 

lamellatal= ==. eee 560 | 

ligera.... 
Gernidis i= 
Ginglymostoma cirratum...__- 79 | 
Ginglymostomide....... 79 
Glandina singleyana... 143 
Glaucuss == 116 

amia. 116 
Glessula. 223s 149 
Glycymeris insignis... 213 5 
Glyphisodon mauritii. . 101 | 
Glyphyalinia = == ee 562 | 
Gobiider...-- 104, 487, 488 
Gobius soporator..__________-.---..-- 488 
Gomphoceras (Hyalopteryx) pag- 

8005 6 | 
Gomphoceri.... | 
Gomphocerus..... 

| 


clayatus:.. 
(Epacromia) pecners 
Goniobasis:...-2 2 
comalensis.. 
forntinalis, 2. = ee 369 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


virginica... 169 
Gryllide.... 418 
Gryllus..... 418 

dubius... 20 

pennsy: Ivanicus.... 418 
Gymnocephalus schraetseri 526 

_ Gymnothorax funebris..__. 88 
Hadropterus aspro.... 521 


macrocephalus... 
peltatus.. 
phoxocephalus...............-... 
Hadrotettix...... 
trifasciatus.. 
Heemulide....._.... 
Hemulon plumieri 


Harengula humeralis 

Sardina a 
Harpax pictipennis 
Helicids:.— =.) ae 
Helicina orbiculata tropic 
Helicinidee 


Helicodiscus... _..154, 155, 530 


eigenmanni. 124, 151, 156, 157 
€. arizOnensis......-.-------- 156, 157, 158 
fimbriatus.._______.. 155-157, 158, 564 
f. var. salmonaceus... Stbe 


f; var. salmonensis.............------- 157 
lineatus.... = 155, L0G soo 
parallelus. a 5-157, 533, 564 
palmonaceay< 2-02 eee 157 
salmonensis. 155, 157 
|, Helacauniformis:.. = eee 126 
cronkhitei.... 154 
dealbata.____ 136 
diodontina... 148 
hermanni... 155 
(Polygyra) “jacksoni_ var. del- 
TOLGGS a= 539 
labrosa. 541 
lsbyrinthica 2a ee 148 
lineata... 156, 156 
mauriniana. ._ 149 
monodon___. . b42 


m. var. aliciz.... 
(Mesodon) kiowaénsis 


photus....-— == 169 
sayie 126,127 
striatella.... 158, 153 
(Polygyra) tamaulipasensis..... . 129 
Gh OLS eee eee eee 169 
Hemigrammus interruptus . 335 
luetkentrs fs 2 .. 335 
robustulus... 335, 483 
schmarde... .. 335 
Hemiodopsis....... 318 
Hemiodus..... 318 
microlepis...... 318 
Hemioplites simulans. ... 616 
Hemiprocne fucivora...........---------- 204 


1906.] 
Hemiprocne salangana______-____- 186 
Hemiramphide 91 
Hemiramphus brasiliensis... 91 
Heros... rare) 486 
tetracanthus.. 486 
epCINC GUS es ee 486 
Herse forsteri..__ 199, 200 
Hesperotettix 400 
festivus . 400 
ealletibelnect = ee ee 400 
SPeGlOsUs ey an eee ene 401 
VATS seems 400 
Heterodon platyrhinus 420 
Ep PISCUS ee ee 376 
EEN STC) IO 1S oO 376, 401 
conspicuus 376 
maculatus.._.........-. 360, 376 
MePlCChUS see 377 
UL OSUS essen _ 376 
Hippocampus punctulatus 95 
LOS LRT EC eee ee ee DO 
Hirundo brevirostris 189, 190 
cinereas i) a eee 195 
esculenta......179, 187, 190, 210, 210 
francie... a keys 
francica.. 197 
francisca..... by 
fucipharars =) LS ee 185, 186 
peruviana. -.196, 197, 199, 200 
Unicolon == 85. Se ee eee 192 
VAN OLENSI S eee 185 
olocompsats.. = ee eae 
cyanea 272 
nitidula.. 272 
goldfussi -125 127, 151, me 
roemeri . 


Hoplias malabaricus eS) 
NER OY: Stil er anes te ee ee ee 173 
Horesidotes....._ 32 
Hyalinia leviuscula... _ 180 
Eivalopterny ees. ee 10, 11 
Hyalopteryx. 10, 11, 15, 16 

SITUS pore ene eee ere Mila Py} 

EXAP Per AL Are ee 11,12 

(al Nee ee eee 15, 15, 16 

rufipennis...._- 10, 11, 12 
Hydrolycus pectoralis.. _.. 466 

scomberoides.___ 466 
Hyla carolinensis 109 

squirella.... 109 
Hylide.... eet 9 
Hyostoma blennioperca. Ree Oe, 
Hypacantha eee eS 116 
Hypacanthus 116 
Hypacantus... 116 
EEOC seep ne eee 116 
Ey podiyersen ue en 116 
He poker aurantiacus!..... 521 
ipianidsvee eee een oe 111 
Immersidens..........-.-..---.--.. eee 145 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 


| 


Infundibularia 
infundibuliformis 
Ischnoptera 
AZbOCA sents era Se 266 
blattoides.... 268 
nyctiboroides _ 266 
nana 266 
parvula 266 
toliecas =n seen eee 266 
son yar Se enh a STD 
parAaguayensisi.. 2. ee 36 
Istiophoridwe 96 
Istiophorus nigricans... 96 
ATER ONLI eros sae ta ore nel A I 380 
Wenkinsiastolifera.. 5 = 81 
TEST a eae ee ee rk SE 510 
TLL Oe oe RE er OD 
Aer alin Gl see eran oT RE 510 
Labrisomus nuchipinnus... . 488 
Labrus irideus....... 513 
macropterus... 513 


Lactophrys trigonus 
Lemolyta teniata____ 


Lagodon rhomboides......---..- 100 
Lampropeltis doliatus......_.. 110 
Lepodide.................-- 121 
Lepodus..... 121 
rail... 121 
saragus.. 121 
Lepomis......-.-.-. . 615 
anagallimuss ee 518 
LUPLAGUS ee es eee 516 
ardesiacus 519 
auritus...... 516 
charybdis. 515 
pillieen 615 
haplognathus. 516 
humilus.... Oly, 
longispinis eee ee 17, 518 
MOAACKOCHINUS oe ee 518 
megalotis..... 916, 517 
mystacalis... 516, 519 
MEP Helis sees ee eee eee 518 
nitidus 517 
notatus.... e Aaiilte) 
occidentalis. 16, 517 
ophthalmicus. Sole 
palladus....__. 516, 519 
peltastes... see HKG 
punctatus... 516 
purpurescens.. 519 
Leporellus vittatus... 327 
Leporinus ......._.- 331 
fasciatus. = ee 328 
frederici. 328 
fridericis 5-59 Sew Ae ees 328 
holostictus... 330 
hypselonotus . . 331 
meralepign eae eae 829, 330 
UU GAS CLAUS nee 329 
pictus....... 327 


610 


eprus 22s ees 
cyaneus. 
interior ———— S 
Liacarus abdominalis......-_--== 495 
Carolinensis =) <2 ss eee 494 
frontalis... 495 
1 OTe st: eens See ree A. EAT 116 
Ligurotettix. 39, 40 
Lignus.............. S ith 
Limnza techella. 163 
bitaneutiia; =e ee 362 
borealis... ee eee ee 362 
minor...__.. 362 
Lithobius harriete 3 
Locustine..___.._.- 399 
Lucifuga.......... 484 
Lumbriclymene.. 503 
pacifica.... -_ P46 
Lutianide..___ 97, 487 
Lutianus apodus MOY, 
ayer ee 
griseus... 97 
synagris. 98 
Lymnea........ - 5380 
bulimoides... 162-164 
b. cockerelli._.. 162, 164 
b. sonomaensis.- 162 
b. techella______. _ 163 
columella.. 161, 564 
GUSMSIS en eee ee 164 
Gesidios anes ee 61 564 
humilis... 161 
techella.. 162, 164 
Lymneide...___-.. 161, 564 
Lyosphera gibbosa === 1083) 
Macrodon tareira___ . 293 
tirana ee 293 


Macropteryx leucopheeus...195, 195, 199 
Malaclemmys centrata................- 113 


littoralis... se 113 

If rhizophorarum.. : 112 
Malone ee eee 233 
pees 233 
Meadanelle: ae 239 
TODUS Any eee 236, 239 
Mantidse 3 eG. we 273, 362 
Mantis diana. 276, 276 
perspicua... 273 
rubicunda..... 276 
(Photina) vitrea. 276 
Mapo soporator.... 104 
Mastaccembelidee... 90 
Mecostethus.......--..---- 40 


Megalobrycon cephalus 
melanopterum...._... 
Melania pleuristriata. 


Melanoplus.. 
alpinus 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


| 


| Melanoplus altitudinum......... 362, 409 
angustipennis..._.....-..._.--.- 412 
atlanis... 407, 408 


bilituratus.. 
bivittatus 
bowditchi 


bruneri..... 
CANONICUS 2a eee ee 411 
coccineipes 412 
conspersus.. 413. 
cuneatus.. - 405 
dawsoni__ . 408 
defectus...... . 408 
Gitterentialis== == eee 415 
fasciatus... 
femuUr=cU bra ee eee 410 
flabellifer.._. 405 
flavidus.... . 406 
infantilisSe == a eee 414 
intermedius 406, 407 
lakanusrsc4 =e eee 404 
minor.. . 414 
MoOntanus se eee 409 
monticola... 362, 411 
occidentalis 404-406 
Packard <a ane eee 412 
plumbeus.... 410, 411 
Saneuineus.s eee eae 406 
spretis... - 408 
Mermiriz... 17 
Mesodon...._.. 530 
exoletus) 2-7 See 553 
kiowaénsis var. arkansaénsis. 547 
Mesopsicylindrieis: << ee 399 
wyomingensis.__ . 899 
Mestobregma....__.. . 380 
kiowa.... . 380 
plattei... .. 380 
(hOMmaSie= == 381 
Metalepteas: = eae 16 
minor. 15, 16, 17 
Metaton. f= 20 22 eee 381 
pardalinus.. 381 
Metynnis luna. 479 
Microceramus texanus._ 125 
Microperca punctulata... 526 
Micropteride..._______ 513 
Micropterus...... 513 
dolomieu.. 520 
salmoides. 520 
Miopteryx_____ 276 
grenadensis___ 276 
| Mollienisia latipinna 90 
Monacanthide.....__ 102 
Mugil curema.. 91, 92 
trichodon.. 91, 487 
Mugilide..___ 91, 487 
Winall seve ss Sse ei ee 487 
Mursnidie 2 oe eee 88 
Myletes albiscopus...............____.- 75 
bidens?== eae 475, 475 


| Orphulella oe 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES 
Myletes herniarius.........__- 476, 476 | 
lippincottianus.. ATS, 479 
nigripinnis 473, 473 | 
OCUIGS ete te ee ey ee2 
Mylossoma albiscopus.....- 475 
Napaiaie nn 32 
Narcacion..... 80 
Narcaciontide. 80 
Narcobatus...... 80 | 
Natriex.. 113 | 
fasciata. 109 
Nemobius..... 418 
fasciatus........... 418 
Neoliodes concentricus 499 
floridensis......._.- . 499 
Bieprnes apodus. 487 
ynagris. . 487 
Nemiind ophidion. 93 | 
Nesopupa...._....... 216 | 
Nicomache... .-. 503 
carinata.._ 242, 245 
lumbricalis.. 243, 245 
personata.... .-- 245 
Ninoe nigripes. 502 
Nomeide..__. 119 
Nothrus... _ 490 | 
taurinus . 499 | 
Notaspis..._.....- 490 
carbonaria... _ 496 
castanea..._______. _ 496 
Notomastus giganteus.... _.. 227 
Notophyllum imbricatum.. 217 
INivcihbOra eee 266, 269 
CRaSSICOTNIS see ee 
holosericea.. 
latipennis. 
sericea....... 
tenebrosa. 
tomentosa....... 


Ocyurus chrysurus.. 
(Ecanthus quadripunctatu 
(E&dipoda humilis... 
plattet....... 
signatipennis.. 
(Edipodine..__... 
(Eonomus........ 
Ogcocephalida....... 
Ogceocephalus radiatus 
Ogilbia cayorum...... 
Oleyphides..._.... 
fasciatus.. 
Oleacinide... 
Omphalina... 
friabilis.... 


Ophibolus doliatus triangulus.. 
Getulishe ee — 
Ophrocephalops:..- 2 


| Oxylabracide_.. 


| Pachycheilus. 


| Ostraciontide... 
| Oxycoryphus.... 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 


QOpisthonemawe == 
Oppia bipilis. .._. 
canadensis. 
montana... 
spinipes.. 
Opsanus tau.. 
Orchelimum... 
inerme.... 
longipenne. 
vulgare.........- 
Oribata longiseta. 
puritenies —_ 
Oribatide... 
Oribatula... 


intricata. 
jucunda.. 


olivacea. 
pagana.... 
patruelis. 
plebeia.... 
SULT is neh ate 
aculeata.. 
elegans... 
gracilis... 
intricata.... 
maculipennis 
meridionalis. 
mexicana... 
neglecta... 
pelidna....... 
pratorum... 
punctata.... 
salina.__...... 
tepaneca.... 
viridescens 
zapoteca.... 
Orphulelle.__. 
Orphulina... 
acuta... 
balloui... 
pulchella.... 
veteratoria... 
Ostorhinchus.... 


19, 20, 21, 21,26 
wares 21,23 


mexicanus. 
zapoteca.... 


Oxylabrax. 
Oxyops... 
rubicunda. 


Palometass == 
Paludestrina diaboli.. 
seemanni____. 
Pampanoa.... ane 
PAN ChlOr ae ree 271 


612 


Panchlora peruana -__. PL atl 


Vins ee 20 
Paramusonia... 276 
conspersa..... 276 
Parastagmatoptera .. 276 
tessellata___.. 276, 276 
Paratropes._... -- 269 
elegans...... ==. 269 
subsericeus.. 269, 269 
IPBYB Vit eal etelte ents She ye aan 530 
Parorphula ...._. 19, 20, 20 
eramines 2 20, 20 
Paropomala........ . 399 
wyomingensis 399 
Partulide ____... 148 
Pellegrinina._. - 442 
heterolepis... . 442 
Pelopsi-.— == 490 
Peltapleura...............-.- - 300 
Pempheride.........-.- 122 
Pempheris.... 122 
miilleri . 122 
Peprilus: ....-. 119 
longipennis.. 119 
Perca ciliata... 510 
flavescens 521 
fluviatilis 521 
MINAS: 522 
(Percina) nebulos 521 
PAN OX) ae eee 526 
Percide 520 
Percina caprodes 521 
¢c. zebra... 521 
Periplaneta..... 271 
australasia............. 271 
Petrometopon cruentatus_ 96 
Phasma fasciatum__.__.. 278 
Phasmidz.._. 279 
enlomiy cid eee ee 563 
Philomycus carolinensis. 533, 563 
Phlibostroma)...- == 366 | 
quadrimaculatum. 366 
Photinas= 276 
vitrea... ; 276 | 
Phry, ganistria ‘grandis... 279 | 
sarmentosa... 279 
Phyllodromia minor.. 267 
Phyllomimi....... 281 
Physa albofilata.. 565 
integra.......... 565 
rhomboidea. 565 
Physide... = 565 
Pileoma cymatogramma. 522 
Pionosyllis magnifica... 223 | 


Pisidium abditum huachucanum... 173 | 


COMPRESS UM eae eS 
singleyi. Sess ee 173 
trapezoideum.. 173 
Pithecocharacine... 319 


Pithecocharax.__.. _ 
fAnOstOMMUS nee 322 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


[Dec., 


Pithecocharax trimaculatus._...320, 322 


ucayalensis.......-—... _.. 320 
Planaria maculata NS 
morgani.......__. 7,8 
simplicissima.. 7,8 
Planogyra..........- . 154 
Planorbis..... 173 


bicarinatus .. 164 
canis 124, 164 
cultratus 165 
locinctus:-- sss =e 165 
liebmanni.. 165, 166 
parallelus... 156, 156 
PabVUs rs: Se eee ee 165 
trivolvis. 164, 564 
Planorbula..._. 166, 167 
Gbstructal: = seen 166 
Platophrys lunatus___ 488 
ocellatus....__. 104 
Platybothrus._.___ 369 
brunneus__ 369 
Plectrophorus... 41,41 
Plectrotettix. 41, 41 
calidus__ 48 
conspersa... 47? 
excelsus__... 48 
gregarius 45 
pictus. 45 
pratensis 46 
Vanpes. ssa 47 
Plethodectes erythrurus.. 441 
Plethodon erythronotus..........-..- 357 
Pleuroceratide........._.... 167, 529 
Pleuronectide... 104, 488 
Podismai= »1c- 23 2 401 
ascensor. 402 
dodgeilg =.= =. ee ae 401 
oreasisen =>. 5.) ee 402 
oregonensis... 404 

| Poecilia vittata.._.. . 486 
Peecilichthys meszeus 523 
rufilineatus....... 524 
sanguifluus.... . 524 
ZONBIIS Tees ee ee 524 
Peecilidse == es See 88, 485 
| Pcecilosoma transversum.......--.. 525 
Pcecilosomatops..._.. 323 
Peecilurichthys abramis.. 440 
Poly pyran eae . 124 
albolabris.. . 553 

a. alleni.._.. 533, 552 
appressa: ss eee 533 

a. perigrapta. 533 

aur ela tas 128 
auriformis. --124, 126, 127 
binneyans =e 533, 547-550 

b. chastatensis.........---- 533, 549 
blandiana..._ 533, 540 
clausa...... 533, 556 
cragini 23 eee 533, 545 
Givestar. <2 = sans 533, 551, 552 


1906.] 


Polygyra d. indianorum.......- 550 
dorfeuilliana, 130, 532, 534-538, 
1 


d. percostata........ 
d. perstriata... 


d. sampsoni.......- 

edentata 533, 544, 545, 545 
e. Magazinensis.______.. 538, 544, 545 
(Stenotrema) eis eee eee 541 
elevata... 533, 553-556 
exoleta ozarkensis_. ..533, 554 
iraterns see 533, 534, 540, 542 
f. aliciz..... oo 534, 540, 542 
f. friersoni__ 534, 540, 542 
fr amperiorata sane 532, 542 
fraudulenta.._ 546 
hippocrepis.. 124, 127 


hirsuta... - 540 
hopetonens .- 546 


indianorum..547, 548, 550, 550, 551 


TINCT aTOLUI eee 533 
i. lioderma... sees SRB HM 
inflecta....... 533, 5438-545 
i. media. 6 BRL Ge! 
Jacksoni. 128, 532, 538-540 
y. deltcidea 2 =e 532, 539 
j. simpsoni._. 532, 539, 540 
IO WASnsis see 533, 547 
(Mesodon) kiowaénsis.__ 547 
(Mesodon) k. var. arkansa- 

CUSIS! eee ees yrs 547 
labrosa 32, 540, 540 
Le POrin a= eee a eee 534 
monodon__ 542, 542 
m. aliciz... A hg 
m. fraterna.. 124 
mooreana..... 124, 127, 129, 130 | 
MO MOH OLS eee ee ee 130 | 
neglecta.. 533, 546 | 
obstricta.... .. 543 | 
0. carolinensis. a S| 
0. occidentalis. 533, 543 
pilsbryi..._... 532 
roemeri 124, 130, 551 
Sayanoe=s et as = 127 
smithi.___ ee 44 
stenotrema... 533, 540 
(CEXASETISIS cee en ees 129 


124, 128-130, 137, 534 
-124, 128, 129, 534 
= 124, 129 
i124) 533, 556 


texasiana....__ 
t. hyperolia.. 
t. texasensis. 


z. ozarkensis_ 
Polynoide. 

Polypylis 
Pomacanthus arcuatus............___.. 102 


NATURAL SCIENCES 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 613 


|-Pomacentride) = Sea 101, 488 
| Pomacentrus leucostictus. _-..._.-- 101 
Pomatiopside...._-__. -. 565 
Pomatiopsis lapidaria.._.-...- 565 

| Pomotis elongatus.._........._...-..----- 519 
fallax a Ge) 
guttatus... ,old 
Holbrootkisics et 520 
ROHShR = 516 
speciosus.... = ol9 
Pornoxs annularis!= = 513 
Sparoides =. eb 513 
Poronotus.._ 119 
Porthmeus 116 


Potamopyrgus spinosus. 
Potamorhina pristigaster.. 


Praticolella berlandieriana.- 125 
praxal arora clic ssa eee een 242 
Praxillella elongata... 503 


tricirrata..____. 
zonalis..__. 
Priacanthopsis 
Priacanthus....______- 


Prionognathus ciliatus... 227 
Pristiapogon.....___. 527 
IBris tic vere nerneeee ne es. eee 80 
Pristis pectina tus. <= = =e 80 
Prochilodus...... 314 
RINAZONEDSIS ee 316, 483 
cephalotes._ SS 
corimbata.... 311 
ramerahs eee eee 311 
insignis. 318 
} TAT ET CANIS ee ees oe ed oS 311 
oligolepis._. 311 
ortonianus... 311 
Shenae aehnert.a =e 309 
theraponura......._. 318, 316, 483 
vimboides... ee =e 
Promicrops guttatus 97 
Psallisostomide.... 81 
Psallisostomus. 
OSSELISS eT 
Psectrogaster amazonica 
| ciliatus 
_ Psenes chapmani 
edwardsii. 121 
guttatus.... 121 
Pseudocorynopoma ‘doriz.. 451 
PScUdOMmOpstes ee 263 
crinicornis 63, 264 
luctuosa... . 264 
Pseudophyllodromia. 264 
fasciatella... 264 
lineolata._. .... 264 
obscura...... 
pavonacea 
peruana 
prona. 2 
Pseudoscaris guacamaia........___. 102 
| Pseudostauronotus............. 41, 41, 42,50 


614 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Pseudostauronotus brunneri__.._. 41,42 | Salangana vestita........__.....------- 187 
Occidentaligses sees vee 50 | Salmo anostomus.... 319, 320 
Psinidia maculosa........-.-..-.- 381 Corimbatsa ne seen een 311 
(Trachyrhachis) pardalina...... 380 cyprinoides 300, 301 
Psoloessaia.ca2 see ees 39, 48, 48, 371 edentulus... E30 
buddiana 2 ae 49, 49 | gibbosus...._. 453 
Perri pines see ee eee 48 | Samytha bioculata. _. 258 
maculipennis.. FARA NLONS 71: Wl GS ALCL are oe ee ee ae 84 
tescanialy ac ee ae ee 48 | Scaride.......... 101, 488 
Pterorhombus. _ 118 | Schistocerca... 42,399 
Punctum= - 530 Jineata:: 2 . 399 
californicum... - 158 | Schizodon fasciatus 322 
CONSPeCCUUI see 158 sagittarius... 326 
DASAG ON Beirne 158 trimaculatus. 320 
pygmeum._.. _ 158 | Schcenobates...... 284 
Pupa pentodon - 144 | Scienide..... 488 
Pupilla.... . 530 | Scincide................ 110 
blandi.. Scoliodon terre-nove 80 
hebes.. Scomber amia......... 116 
muscorum... chloris......... 116 

SYD LCRES he ee chrysnruss = 116 
Pupillide...._.__- 143, 147, 148, 532,557 | Scomberomorus cava 96 
Pupoides marginatus, 143, 146, 533, | Scombride.......... 96 
557 | Scombrops boops....... 528 

Pyenoscelus surinamensis..........-....- 271 | Scorpena grandicornis. 104 
Pygocentrus nattereri_... .. 468 | Scorpeenide................. 104 
DIL AY 2st ee eee er 468 | Scudderia........- .. 415 
Byram Gal ay eee ee ean ee 530 HUTCH bare eee eee ... 415 
alternata............ 533, 563 | Scyllina....... B9-41 
cronkhitei anthonyi.............- 153 borellii_ a as 
perspectiva........... 533, 564 brasiliensis. 45, 46 
SOlitanige:: 2. sen. eee 533 brunneri. 45, 47 
Pyrrhulina._. ws. 294 calidac 22. 222 ee ees 48 
argyrops... 294, 295 CONS persaee ee 41, 47, 48 
Teta ceo 94, 295 excelsa, =. Ni ee eee 48 
Radinotatum .. SOS alt gregaria 45 
Radiodiscus.._.- _ 154 instabilis. 42 
herman, 2 ee 155 peragrans.._ 40 
millecostatus.. 154,155 | picta.... 45 
Rajapastinacaes = es 80 | pratensis... 45, 46 
torpedo..... 80 | schistocercoides......------------- 48 
Rana palustris... 420 SynCh ese ete 48 
Raphiodon gibbus. 467 suffusa, 47 
Reganina.......... _ 475 LLEVA OLTILIS ese eee 42 
bidens:..2.== - 475 varipes.... -41, 47, 48 
Rhaphiodon vulpinus. . 467 viatoria... 40, 48 
Rubin a: 2 eee es . 80 | Scylline.... = 39) 
equaae pean ate ee ne SON Sealeim sac tae ey ee ee 478 
Rhinide... = i) lippincottianus..... 479 
Rhy figs eee Nee 326 | Segmentina....._... ... 166 
argenteo- -fuscus. 326, 327 | armigera. 166, 167 
microlepis.... . 326 | largillierti -.. 166 
Reeboides..... Dit ee 166 
affinis. obstructa 166 
bicornis.. | wwihestleyi, 2... ees eee 166, 167 
myefrsii..... .... 455 | Semitapicis elas oe . 305 
rubrivertex. 457,458 | Serranide... i EY OG 
Sabellaria............... _... 248 | Serrasalminz.... . 468 
cementarium..... .. 248 | Serrasalmo zsopu . 469 
Salamandra haldemani.._.._......- 357 humeralis.. .. 469 
Salangana..2 =. eee 178, 179 ITN A. CL La US oases eee eee 471 


1906.] 


maculatus... 
nattereri.. 
Hy J cpiraya.. 2 
Serrasalmus esopus......... 
humeralis.... 
immaculatus.. 
iridopsis.... 
maculatus... 


Sinipta sot 


notochloris... 
Spelerpes bilineatus. 
Sparidze—________ 
Sparisoma flavescens... 
hoplomystax.. 
Sparus raii 
Spherium (Limosina) singleyi-./ 
yucatanense 
Spharagemon...... 


e. angustipenne 
venustum....... 
Spheroides....... 
nephelus.. 
plumieri... 
Sphyradium.... 
sperender— 
sharp & 
Shee barracuda... 
Sphyreenide.... 
Sphyrenocharax... 
Nphyma. =. 
Squalus galeus... 
squatina.. 
tiburo.... 
zygena. 
Squatina.... 
Starksina...... 
herniarius 
Stauroderus..... 
eurtipennis......... 
Stauronereis annulatus- 
Staurorhectus 
glaucipes.. 
longicornis... 
Steindachnerina. 


Stenobothrus... 
bicolor..__. 
coloradus. 
LEMANS eee ee ee 41,45 


NATURAL SCIENCES 


| 


| 
| 


| Strobilops.... 


Succinea avara. 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 


Stenobothrus tepanecus....... 

viatorius 
Stenogyride... 
Stenotrema. 


Stephanolepis hispidus. 
Stereotettix.............---.. 
Stethaprion chryseum... 
erythrops............- 
Stirapleura..... 
bruneri.... 
brunnea.. 
chilensis.. 
decussata... 
humilis... 
obscura... 


signatipenni 
variabilis............ 
Stizostedion canadense_ 
ec. boreum........-..- 
vitreum.. 
Striatura.._.. 


hubbardi... 
labyrinthica.. 
1. texasiana... 
strebeli.... 
Virgo..... 
Stromateid_ 
Stromateine _ 
Stromateus.._- 
brasiliens’ 
fasciata... 


GEE POSULIS cc 
concordialis...._. 
floridana. 


grosvenori.. 
haleana... 


Succineid=...... = ee 
Syngnathide.. 
Syngnathus. 
acus...... 
elucens. es 
lowisians © ee 


616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Syngnathus mackayi........... 93 
ophidion....... 93 
pelagicus 93 
typhle.. 93 

Synodontidez.... 87 

Synodus foetens. aa tevl 

Syrbula... .-17, 363 
admir: : 17, 363 
AeuuUC Orns ee es 17 
eslavee........- psig ys 18 
montezuma. 
valida... 


(Herus) valida.. 
Tarpon atlanticus... 
Teidses a eee 
Testudo_____ 
Tetragonopterin amet 
Tetragonopterus agassizii.. 

argentatus................- 

bartlettii......... 
caudimaculatus. 


eigenmanniorum.. be 
IBIS EEN OES fe oa nee ee 


hauxwellianus 
ipanquianus... 
jacuhiensis.. 
laticeps........ 
fe oh 
hneatus... 


pheenicopterus.. 
pliodus.......- 
rutilus... 
stilbe.. 
streets 
viejita... 
Tetrodontide...... Phi Be 
Tetronarce occidentalis 
Tethronid2 
Thalassochelys caretta......__ 
Thespis conspersa....-..-.._- 
Thoracocharax... 


Thysanophora. seep 
ORM een ee eS, 
samicola ee 

Tornatellina..... 

Toxopterus...... 
miniatus... 

Trachinotine... 

Trachinotus.___ 
earolinus.. fe 
PALCH GRR ect 


96, 116, 487 


Trachinotus glaucus........__________ 116 
goreensis.........- = 116 
ovatus.... 116 

Travisia olens... 231 
pupa....... . 228 

Trichiuride..__ 96 
Trichiurus lepturus = 3196 
Trimerotropis ___- --. 382 
bifasciata.. ... 386 
plobata:. == 22> Sea 382 
californica. 388, 389 
CING tart oor ae 386 
Gtrmas. = ... 388 
cceruleipennis.. ... 392 
cyaneipennis: 393 
ferruginea: =a 386 
fratercula.. ... 390 
gracias’ a eee 385 
laticincta... 387, 388 
latiasdatas= == eee 388 
melanopteray... = ees 388 
montana......_ 387, 389 
monticola.. 387, 388 
preclara._ 387, 389 
rebellis... -. 382 
salina. . 390 
snow eee 388 
strenua..__. 388, 389 
vinculata... . 391 
Triodopsis__... 530 
cragini.. - O45 
edentata 545 
edentula.- +092 eee 545 
Triportheus albus 447, 451 
Havuse 448, 451 
nematurus. 448, 448 
Drastic oe to ene 31 
Trophoma hirsuta .. .. 232 
Tropidonotus sipedon... a 419 
Aruxelisias 1a? 15516 
Ibrevicormis< =e 16 
intricata...._.. 28 
Pylosurus /eury ops! 487 
NOtstUS. ee eo) 
Typle typle.... 93 
Ulema lefroyi...... 487 
| Ulocentra stigma. 522 
Unionide... 529 
Upeneus maculatus. _. 487 
| ranascopid ses ee ee een 105 
Valloniast ee 173, 530 
cyclophoreliae= 148 
excentrica.._.. . 148 
praciicosta.. se 148 
parvula.....__.. ...533, 557 
perspectiva:.2 2 148 
Valloniide......_. we! 
Walvata-— 
micra.. 
m, nugax 
| Walvatides!.. 02 172 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES 


iMenblg0:2-<25 ee Se eee ee 
binneyana. 
milium..__. 
oscariana... 


ovata... 147 
rugosula. 34, 557 
Waitress. 3 153 
Vitrea aulacogyra.. 533, 561 
binney ana === eee eee 152 
Gallisinart cesses eee ne Gy ay, 
d. roemeri ..124, 151, 151, 152 
hammonis. 151, 152, 533, 562 
indentata... 150, 533, 562 
i. umbilicata.... 124, 150, 562 
miliums .-.-152, 153 
m. meridionalis.._..................-- 152 
MMS UP CLEDSIS soe 153 
multidentata... 533, 560 
petrophila...... 51, 533, 561 
p: pentadelphia..............-..... 562 
Bed pUlise ee eee 150 


significans. 
simpsoni.... 
wheatleyi.. 
Vitrina........... 
alaskana 
pfeifferi.. 


Vitrinizonites... 

Voluta petrosa. 59 
sayana._. = 66 

Volutilithes.... 52-76 
abyssicola. 75 | 
haleanus.... 69 
limopsis......56, 58, 59, 69— FD. 74, 75 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 617 
Volutilithes petrosus..................52-76 
| TUG Geese nee ee 57 
MUP DEUS eee 57, 58, 71, 74 
sayana.___. 66, 71 72) 74 
SyanmMetricave ke 68 
Waiteina,.— _ 473 
Xiphidion..... _ 416 
fasciatum. 416 
TENURE os eee ae eae eee 416 
Suri Chea coe Lee eee 416 
Xiphorhamphus abbreviatus....460, 467 
brachycephalus 
| falcirostris..__.- 
hepsetus... 
heterolepis...... 
| Xiphostoma hujeta........ 
maculatum. 
| TEA OI te eee tems 
| Xystroplites longimanus.......... 
Zapata: oY ee ae 
Zonites acerra. 
| brittsi.... 
demissa 
dallianus...... 
| SINPIEV Anse ee 150 
Zonitide.......... ...149, 530, 532, 557 
Zonitoides—=- = eee 153, 530 
arborea.......150, ee 553, 560, 562 
| minuscula... 149, 560 
m. alachuana.... 
| m. neomexicana... 149 
| mUMMUSs.— ..124, 150 
singleyana... 150, 534 
| Hosterae eke. ie See 96, 104 


618 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY 


OF [Dec., 


GENERAL INDEX. 


1906. 


Additions to Museum, 595. 

Annual Elections, 592. 

Banks, Nathan. New Oribatide from 
the United States (Plates XIV- 
XII1), 489, 490. 

Beale, Lionel S., announcement of 
death of, 261. 

Biological and Microscopical Section, 
report of, 588. 

Blatchley, W. S. On Some Reptilian 
Freaks from Indiana, 419, 429. 

Botanical Section, report of, 590. 

Boyer, CharlesS. Report of Biological 
and Microscopical Section, 588. 

Brown, Arthur E. Theories of Evolu- 
tion since Darwin, 2. 

Brown, Stewardson. Botanical Trip 
to the Bermudas, 2. Botanizing in 
the Canadian Rockies, 429. Report | 
of Botanical Section, 590. 

Buckton, George Bowdler, announce- 
ment of death of, 2. 

Chamberlain, Ralph V. A New Litho- 
bius from Colorado, 3. 

Clark, Clarence H., announcement of 
death of, 261. 

Conklin, E. G., Ph.D. The Cause of 
Sex, 176. 

Corresponding Secretary, report of, 
581. 

Council for 1907, 593. 

Curators, report of, 586. 

Dixon, Samuel G., appointment as 
Academy’s representative to Frank- 
lin celebration, 5. Report of the 
Curators, 593. 

Doremus, Ogden, 
death of, 176. 

Elections during 1906, 594. 

Ellis, J. B., announcement of death of, 
9 


announcement of 


Entomological Section, report of, 589. 

Fowler, Henry W. Some Cold-blooded 
Vertebrates from the Florida Keys 
(Plates III, IV), 5, 77. Further 
Knowledge of Some Heterognathous 
Fishes, 5, 293, 431. New, Rare and 
Little-known Scombroids, No. 3, 114. 


Notes on the Dusky Salamander 
(Plate XIII), 356,429. Descriptions 
of Two New Species of Centropomus, 
423, 429. Some New and Little- 
known Percoid Fishes, 510. 

General Index, 618. 

Holmes, Mary 8. The Dos Pueblos 
Cation, Colorado, 51. 

Index to Genera, 602. 

Jefferis, William W., announcement of 
death of, 51. 

Leffman, Henry, M.D. Newer Views 
on the Nature of Matter, 261. 

Librarian, report of, 582. 

McIndoo, N. E. On Some Fishes from 
Western Cuba, 429, 484. 

Mineralogical and Geological Section, 
report of, 589. 

Moore, J. Perey. Additional New 
Species of Polycheta from the North 
Pacific (Plates X, XI, XII), 217. 
Descriptions of Two New Polycheta 
from Alaska, 352,429. Descriptions 
of New Polychzeta from the South- 
eastern Coast of Massachusetts 
(Plate XIX), 489, 501. Report of 
Corresponding Secretary. 

Morton, Robert P., announcement of 
death of, 509. 

Nolan, Edward J., M.D. Report of 
Recording Secretary, 580. Report 
of Librarian, 582. 

Oberholser, Harry C. A Monograph 
of the Genus Collocalia, 176, 177. 

Officers for 1907, 592. 

Ornithological Section, 591. 

Pilsbry, Henry A. Description of a 
New Australian Glycymeris, 176, 
213. Report of Special Curator of 
the Department of Mollusca, 587. 

Pilsbry, H. A., and C. M. Cooke, Jr. 
On Hawaiian Species of Sphyradium, 
176, 215. 

Pilsbry, Henry A., and J. H. Ferriss. 
Mollusca of the Southwestern States, 
II (Plates V-IX), 5,123. Mollusea 
of the Ozarkian Fauna (Plates XX, 
XXI, XXII), 529. 


1906.] NATURAL SCIENCES 


Potts, Howard N., 
death of, 429. 

Recluz, E. F., announcement of death 
of, 429. 

Recording Secretary, annual report of, 
580. 

Rehn, James A. G. Studies in South 
and Central American Acridide 
(Orthoptera), with Descriptions of a 
New Genus and Six New Species, 5, 
10. Records and Descriptions of 
Non-Saltatorial Orthoptera from 
British Guiana, 261, 262. 


announcement of | 


Descrip- | 


tions of Five New Species of Or- | 


thoptera from Tonkin, 279, 429. 

Rehn, James A. G., and Morgan Heb- 
ard. A Contribution to the Knowl- 
edge of the Orthoptera of Montana, 
Yellowstone Park, Utah and Colo- 
rado, 358, 429. 

Renevier, Eugene, announcement of 
death of, 429. 

Report of Biological and Microscopical 
Section, 588. 


| Vaux, George, Jr. 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 619 


| Skinner, Henry, M.D. Report of 
Entomological Section, 589. 

Smith, Burnett, Ph.D. "Phylogeny of 
the Races of Volutilithes petrosus 
(Plate IT), 51, 52. 

Smith, Charles, announcement of death 
of, 6. 

Standing Committees, 1. 

Stevens, N. M., and A. M. Boring. 
Planaria Morgani n. sp. (Plate I), 
@; 7 

Stone, Witmer. Certain Ornitholo- 
gists of the Past, 5. The Tristram 
Collection of Birds, 489. Report of 
Ornithological Section, 591. 

Stur, Dionys, announcement of death 
of, 429, 

Report of Minera- 
logical and Geological Section, 589. 
Vaux, George, Jr., and William S., Jr. 
Observations on Glaciers in Alberta 
and British Columbia (Pls. XXIII 

et seq.), 176, 509, 568. 


| Vischer, Carl V., M.D., announcement 


Report of Corresponding Secretary, | 0 
| Von Osten-Sacken, C. R., announce- 


581. 

Report of Curators, 586. 

Report of Entomological Section, 589. 

Report of Librarian, 582. 

Report of Ornithological Section, 591. 

Report of Recording Secretary, 581. 

Schaeffer, Mrs. Charles. The Caves 
and Flowers of the Cougar Valley in 
the Selkirks, 6. 

Sharp, Benjamin, M.D. Pearls and 
Pearl Fisheries, 261. History and 
Habits of the Fur Seals, 489. 

Sinnott, Joseph F., announcement of 
death of, 429, 


of death of, 261. 


ment of death of, 429. 
Ward, Henry A., announcement of 
death of, 429. 
Watts, Harvey M. 
tions, 430. 
Wilson, John C., 
death of, 6. 


Weather Predic- 


announcement of 


| Wilson, William P. The IETS 


Islands, 51. 
Yerkes, Charles T., announcement of 
death of, 2. 


a _ Png) > 7s 
all - ȴ 
: 4 
i] 
2 
7 
q 
« 
a! 
' 
: : 
° - 7 
ca 
a 
: 7 
; 
< 
« & 
5 s 
» 
= 
i 
: ia 
My 
: es 
acy) a 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. PLATE I. 


Se. 


STEVENS anp BORING. PLANARIA MORGANI N. sp. 


. 


; ! 
} f 
; / 
1 = + 
. 7 
i uD ‘ : 
A ‘ i ; 
‘ 
Wey / 
¥ x 7] 
x 
' é e 
— 
7 
; . 


ae 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. PLATE II. 


BURNETT SMITH. PHYLOGENY OF THE RACES OF 
VOLUTILITHES PETROSUS. 


> 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. PLATE III. 


~_—___"{_1 


OGCOCEPHALUS RADIATUS (MITCHILL). 


PLATE ly. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. 


MALACLEMMYS LITTORALIS RHIZOPHORARUM FOWLER. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. 


PILSBRY AND FERRISS. MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES 


© 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906 PLATE VI. 


PILSBRY AND FERRISS. MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. 


PILSBRY AND FERRISS. MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. PLATE VIII 


9 
8 


PILSBRY AND FERRISS. MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. 


PLATE IX 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. 


T Site 


— 


PILSBRY AND FERRISS. MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES, 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. PLATE X. 


MOORE. NORTH PACIFIC POLYCHASTA. 


PLATE XI. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. 


NORTH PACIFIC POLYCHA:TA. 


MOORE. 


PLATE XII. 


PROC, ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. 


Wyn 


NN 


‘sane 


NORTH PACIFIC POLYCHASTA. 


MOORE. 


’ 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHIEA. 1906. PLATE X!Ill. 


FOWLER ON DESMOGNATHUS FUSCUS. 


wa’ 


PLATE XIV. 


1906. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 


NEW ORIBATID44E. 


BANKS. 


PLATE XV. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. 


e, 
D> 


LAOS 

os Sissi 
8; 

Ve \ 
Bat YRC 
Cay x 
nae’ x 

i. > 

C so 
VN sprees 


peleee é 
ah Si Seti ae apuaey 
BE a Ree AS 
Bi Nabe eo Sy 
SSA 
\ A Ree EDO 
SS SESxkes <A 


Soa 


~ 


NEW ORIBATIDAZ. 


BANKS. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. PLATE XVI. 


BANKS. NEW ORIBATIDA2. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. PLATE XVII. 


\ 


| 


‘ 


BANKS. NEW ORIBATIDA&. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. PLATE XVIII. 


BANKS. NEW ORIBATIDA&. 


MOORE. NEW POLYCHASTA. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906 PLATE XX. 


PILSBRY AND FERRISS. MOLLUSCA OF THE OZARKIAN FAUNA. 


PROC, ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. PLATE XXI. 


PILSBRY AND FERRISS. MOLLUSCA OF THE OZARKIAN FAUNA. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906 PLATE XXII. 


PILSBRY AND FERRISS. MOLLUSCA OF THE OZARKIANZ FAUNA. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. PLATE XXIII. 


G,, JR, AND W. S. VAUX, ON GLACIERS IN ALBERTA AND BRITISH COLUMBIA. 
ILLECILLEWAET GLACIER, FROM TEST ROCK, 1902. 
(COMPARE PL. V PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA., 1899.) 


PLATE } 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. 


G. JR, AND W. S&S. VAUX, ON GLACIERS IN ALBERTA AND BRITISH COLUMBIA, 
ILLECILLEWAET GLACIER, FROM TEST ROCK, 1906, 
(COMPARE TEST PICTURE OF 1902.) 


a 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. PLA 


G., JR, AND W. S. VAUX, ON GLACIERS IN ALBERTA AND BRITISH COLUMBIA. 
ASULKAN GLACIER, FROM TEST ROCK, 1902. 
(COMPARE TEST PICTURE OF 1906,) 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906, PLATE XXVI. 


G, JR, AND W. S. VAUX, ON GLACIERS IN ALBERTA AND BRITISH COLUMBIA. 
ASULKAN GLACIER, FROM TEST ROCK, 1906, 
(COMPARE TEST PICTURE OF 1902,) 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906 PLATE XXVII. 


GLACIER, ALBERTA. 


if 


WH STATS 


or 


a. 


Dey, Wad - 


\\ rocky LEDGES 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1906. 


RIGHT MORAINE" 


Gc L A Mma Ee 
SECTION THRO GLACIER AT LINE OF PLATES 


| 


Kd [RTS frre ne 99 


— 
friars 


SS! 


groans 3 feet 


© avarase 57 years we 


oo 


ALDER.: BUSHES © 


& 
SCALE OF FEET -~ 


= "ALDER DUSMES 


Le 


TONGUE AND MORAINES 


OF THE 


ILLECILLEWAET GLACIER 
BRITISH COLUMBIA 


Showing position of Marked Rocks on Moraines and of Line 
of Plates placed on Glacier to determine Rate Flow 
BY GEORGE,JR, & WILLIAM S. VAUX 
—~ Fuly 1906 —=> 

<3) O- a rhea) 
Fr cn ah 8) Bote (OGD, 


el boulder | ee3e. end of rout ''g) 
Pk Gan se led a pe eel tain 
im border Cvaux 837) flat ler mearest Ke 
er bach Ge anked) | Bedi tare my WS Green Aug 9 1086) 
rock 


Qe oot 


of 


mined 
2) 


ZENASSS 


PLATE Wea ‘06 
fue m5 "99 


POSITION of pLaTES 19°° 


IF 


GROUND\MORAIN 


agin ee 
ALDER Busnes jojty. a FEW, EVERGREENS. 6g 
beg ete Se 


‘ oa 
‘feve tg: 2B 0855 


a 
‘DEPRESSION ‘JIN RIDGE 
UNE 


PLATE XXVIII 


ala 


PLATE XXIXx. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908, 


ETERMINE motion. 


waowmon IWS 


“BOW auwia . 


c) 
9 
jz 
“ 
s 
5 
a 
rf 
° 
ry 
is 
21 


AIAINICD BOM 
BION ait 
Lon mites 


——— 


TONGUES MORAINES, 


ASULKAN GLACIER 


VAOX. 


£ 


BRITISH COLUMBIA. 


2 
GEORGE Jz. &WILLiAM 


GLACIER HOUSE 


{take 


$ 


SCALE OF FI 


Pe 
to 


<2 07 SP<2.5 


QH . Aeademy of Natural Sciences 
3 of Philadelphia 
A2 Proceedings 


v.58 


Biolostcal 
& Medical 
Senals 


PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE 
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET 


UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY 


STORAGE